From e6077c30d14e9d662e8843c554db86c0d366d0b6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Michele Calgaro Date: Thu, 6 Jun 2024 13:44:12 +0900 Subject: Rename str nt* related files to equivalent tq* Signed-off-by: Michele Calgaro --- doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html | 16 +- doc/html/addressbook-example.html | 24 +- doc/html/annotated.html | 10 +- doc/html/archivesearch-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/biff-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html | 58 +- doc/html/canvas-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/chart-canvastext-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html | 26 +- doc/html/chart-chartform-h.html | 14 +- doc/html/chart-chartform_canvas-cpp.html | 22 +- doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html | 8 +- doc/html/chart-element-cpp.html | 14 +- doc/html/chart-element-h.html | 14 +- doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/checklists-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/classchart.html | 4 +- doc/html/classes.html | 10 +- doc/html/clientserver-example.html | 12 +- doc/html/collection.html | 18 +- doc/html/dclock-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/designer-manual-2.html | 4 +- doc/html/designer-manual-3.html | 36 +- doc/html/designer-manual-4.html | 22 +- doc/html/designer-manual-7.html | 50 +- doc/html/designer-manual-8.html | 6 +- doc/html/desktop-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/dirview-example.html | 52 +- doc/html/distributor-example.html | 40 +- doc/html/dnd.html | 6 +- doc/html/drawdemo-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/fileiconview-example.html | 88 +- doc/html/forever-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/ftpclient-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/functions.html | 170 +- doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/headerfilesynonyms | 10 +- doc/html/headers.html | 6 +- doc/html/hello-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/helpsystem-example.html | 44 +- doc/html/helpviewer-example.html | 40 +- doc/html/hierarchy.html | 10 +- doc/html/httpd-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/i18n-example.html | 32 +- doc/html/i18n.html | 36 +- doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html | 6 +- doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/index | 198 +- doc/html/layout-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/life-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/lineedits-example.html | 6 +- doc/html/listbox-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/listviews-example.html | 42 +- doc/html/mail-example.html | 44 +- doc/html/mainclasses.html | 4 +- doc/html/mdi-example.html | 32 +- doc/html/menu-example.html | 10 +- doc/html/motif-walkthrough-10.html | 2 +- doc/html/motif-walkthrough-4.html | 2 +- doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html | 8 +- doc/html/motif-walkthrough-9.html | 2 +- doc/html/movies-example.html | 14 +- doc/html/networkprotocol-example.html | 34 +- doc/html/ntqaccel.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqaction.html | 38 +- doc/html/ntqapplication.html | 26 +- doc/html/ntqasciicache.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqasciidict.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqassistantclient.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqbitmap.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqbuffer.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqbutton.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqcache.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqclipboard.html | 20 +- doc/html/ntqcolor.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqcombobox.html | 34 +- doc/html/ntqcstring.html | 28 +- doc/html/ntqdatastream.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqdatetime.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqdeepcopy.html | 36 +- doc/html/ntqdialog.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqdict.html | 34 +- doc/html/ntqdir.html | 76 +- doc/html/ntqdns.html | 24 +- doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqfile.html | 26 +- doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html | 86 +- doc/html/ntqfileinfo.html | 42 +- doc/html/ntqfont.html | 36 +- doc/html/ntqfontdatabase.html | 70 +- doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqftp.html | 28 +- doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqheader.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqhostaddress.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqhttp.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqiconset.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqiconview.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html | 24 +- doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqlabel.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqlibrary.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqlineedit.html | 34 +- doc/html/ntqlistbox.html | 38 +- doc/html/ntqlistview.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqlocale.html | 74 +- doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqmemarray.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqmenubar.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqmenudata.html | 30 +- doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html | 44 +- doc/html/ntqmetaobject.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqmovie.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqnetworkprotocol.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqpainter.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqpicture.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqpixmap.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqpixmapcache.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html | 26 +- doc/html/ntqprinter.html | 24 +- doc/html/ntqprocess.html | 32 +- doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqregexp.html | 72 +- doc/html/ntqsessionmanager.html | 20 +- doc/html/ntqsettings.html | 72 +- doc/html/ntqsignalmapper.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqsimplerichtext.html | 8 +- doc/html/ntqsocket.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqsound.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqspinbox.html | 40 +- doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqstring.html | 2440 ------------------------- doc/html/ntqstringlist.html | 309 ---- doc/html/ntqstrlist.html | 120 -- doc/html/ntqstyle.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqstylefactory.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqstyleplugin.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqstylesheet.html | 14 +- doc/html/ntqsyntaxhighlighter.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqtabbar.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html | 36 +- doc/html/ntqtable.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html | 26 +- doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqtextcodec.html | 40 +- doc/html/ntqtextcodecplugin.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqtextedit.html | 52 +- doc/html/ntqtextstream.html | 26 +- doc/html/ntqthreadstorage.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html | 16 +- doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html | 10 +- doc/html/ntqtooltip.html | 20 +- doc/html/ntqtranslator.html | 12 +- doc/html/ntqurl.html | 66 +- doc/html/ntqurlinfo.html | 18 +- doc/html/ntqurloperator.html | 30 +- doc/html/ntquuid.html | 6 +- doc/html/ntqvalidator.html | 4 +- doc/html/ntqvariant.html | 34 +- doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html | 2 +- doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html | 20 +- doc/html/ntqwizard.html | 12 +- doc/html/outliner-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/picture-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/plugins-howto.html | 4 +- doc/html/popup-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/porting.html | 60 +- doc/html/progress-example.html | 10 +- doc/html/propertydocs | 40 +- doc/html/qaccessibleinterface.html | 4 +- doc/html/qaction-application-example.html | 18 +- doc/html/qaction-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qapplication-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qaxbase.html | 34 +- doc/html/qaxbindable.html | 4 +- doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-qutlook.html | 16 +- doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-webbrowser.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxfactory.html | 40 +- doc/html/qaxobject.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxscript.html | 18 +- doc/html/qaxscriptengine.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxscriptmanager.html | 20 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-hierarchy.html | 30 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-simple.html | 8 +- doc/html/qaxserver-example-wrapper.html | 14 +- doc/html/qaxserver.html | 6 +- doc/html/qaxwidget.html | 6 +- doc/html/qbitarray-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qbuffer-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qcacheiterator.html | 2 +- doc/html/qchar-members.html | 2 +- doc/html/qchar.html | 12 +- doc/html/qcharref-members.html | 2 +- doc/html/qcharref.html | 8 +- doc/html/qchecklistitem.html | 18 +- doc/html/qchecktableitem.html | 2 +- doc/html/qcolor-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qcombotableitem.html | 12 +- doc/html/qconststring-members.html | 2 +- doc/html/qconststring.html | 8 +- doc/html/qcopchannel.html | 4 +- doc/html/qdatastream-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdate.html | 22 +- doc/html/qdateedit.html | 6 +- doc/html/qdatetime-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdatetimeedit-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdictiterator.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdir-example.html | 30 +- doc/html/qdir-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdns-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdragobject-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qdrawutil-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qfd-example.html | 10 +- doc/html/qfile-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qfont-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qfontdatabase-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qftp-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory.html | 4 +- doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory_qws-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin.html | 4 +- doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin_qws-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qglwidget.html | 4 +- doc/html/qheader-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qhebrewcodec.html | 4 +- doc/html/qhostaddress-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qhttp-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qhttpheader.html | 22 +- doc/html/qhttprequestheader.html | 14 +- doc/html/qhttpresponseheader.html | 2 +- doc/html/qiconview-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qiconviewitem.html | 30 +- doc/html/qimevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qintvalidator.html | 4 +- doc/html/qkbddriverfactory.html | 4 +- doc/html/qkbddriverfactory_qws-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qkbddriverplugin.html | 4 +- doc/html/qkbddriverplugin_qws-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qkeyevent.html | 4 +- doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qlibrary-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qlineedit-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qlistboxitem.html | 4 +- doc/html/qlistboxpixmap.html | 6 +- doc/html/qlistboxtext.html | 6 +- doc/html/qlistviewitem.html | 20 +- doc/html/qlocale-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qmag-example.html | 22 +- doc/html/qmenudata-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qmetaobject-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qmetaproperty.html | 6 +- doc/html/qmimesourcefactory.html | 24 +- doc/html/qmousedriverfactory.html | 4 +- doc/html/qmousedriverfactory_qws-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qmousedriverplugin.html | 4 +- doc/html/qmousedriverplugin_qws-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qnamespace-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qnetworkoperation.html | 10 +- doc/html/qnetworkprotocol-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qpixmap-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qprinter-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qprocess-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qregexp-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qregexpvalidator.html | 4 +- doc/html/qscreen.html | 2 +- doc/html/qsessionmanager-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qsettings-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qsimplerichtext-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qstrilist-members.html | 90 - doc/html/qstrilist.html | 85 - doc/html/qstring-h.html | 1160 ------------ doc/html/qstring-members.html | 121 -- doc/html/qstringlist-h.html | 151 -- doc/html/qstringlist-members.html | 87 - doc/html/qstrlist-h.html | 154 -- doc/html/qstrlist-members.html | 90 - doc/html/qstrlistiterator-members.html | 61 - doc/html/qstrlistiterator.html | 60 - doc/html/qstylefactory-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qstyleplugin-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qstylesheet-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qstylesheetitem.html | 14 +- doc/html/qsyntaxhighlighter-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qt-template-lib.html | 10 +- doc/html/qt.dcf | 242 +-- doc/html/qtab.html | 8 +- doc/html/qtable-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtableitem.html | 12 +- doc/html/qtextcodec-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtextcodecplugin-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtextdecoder.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtextdrag.html | 12 +- doc/html/qtextencoder.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtextistream.html | 4 +- doc/html/qtextostream.html | 4 +- doc/html/qtextstream-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtime.html | 10 +- doc/html/qtimeedit.html | 6 +- doc/html/qtl-qvaluelist-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/qtoolbutton-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qtooltipgroup.html | 6 +- doc/html/qtranslatormessage.html | 8 +- doc/html/quridrag.html | 24 +- doc/html/qurl-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qurlinfo-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qurloperator-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/quuid-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qvalidator-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qvariant-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/qwerty-example.html | 30 +- doc/html/qwindowdefs-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/qwsinputmethod.html | 2 +- doc/html/qwsmousehandler.html | 2 +- doc/html/qwsserver.html | 6 +- doc/html/qwswindow.html | 4 +- doc/html/rangecontrols-example.html | 2 +- doc/html/regexptester-example.html | 18 +- doc/html/rot-example.html | 8 +- doc/html/scribble-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/scrollview-example.html | 28 +- doc/html/shared.html | 4 +- doc/html/shclass.html | 6 +- doc/html/showimg-example.html | 26 +- doc/html/simple-application-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/simple-application.html | 20 +- doc/html/simple-font-demo-example.html | 20 +- doc/html/simple_dd-example.html | 10 +- doc/html/small-table-example-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/sql-driver.html | 10 +- doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-cpp.html | 10 +- doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-h.html | 8 +- doc/html/sql-overview-extract-main-cpp.html | 8 +- doc/html/sql-overview-insert-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-order1-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-order2-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table2-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table3-main-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/sql-overview-table4-main-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/sql.html | 44 +- doc/html/statistics-example.html | 14 +- doc/html/t8-cannon-cpp.html | 2 +- doc/html/tabdialog-example.html | 12 +- doc/html/table-small-table-demo-main-cpp.html | 4 +- doc/html/table-statistics-statistics-cpp.html | 10 +- doc/html/tagreader-example.html | 14 +- doc/html/tagreader-with-features-example.html | 16 +- doc/html/text.html | 6 +- doc/html/themes-example.html | 26 +- doc/html/titleindex | 26 +- doc/html/tools.html | 10 +- doc/html/tooltip-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/toplevel-example.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqcanvaspixmap.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqcanvaspixmaparray.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqcanvastext.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqdatabrowser-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqdatabrowser.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqdatatable-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqdatatable.html | 44 +- doc/html/tqdom-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqdomattr.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqdomcharacterdata.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqdomdocument.html | 54 +- doc/html/tqdomdocumenttype.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqdomelement.html | 56 +- doc/html/tqdomentity.html | 12 +- doc/html/tqdomimplementation.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqdomnamednodemap.html | 10 +- doc/html/tqdomnode.html | 26 +- doc/html/tqdomnotation.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqdomprocessinginstruction.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqimage-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqimage.html | 36 +- doc/html/tqimagedecoder.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqimageformatplugin-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqimageformatplugin.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqimageio.html | 16 +- doc/html/tqmap.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqobject-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqobject.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqptrlist.html | 16 +- doc/html/tqptrlistiterator.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqlcursor-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqlcursor.html | 40 +- doc/html/tqsqldatabase-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqldatabase.html | 74 +- doc/html/tqsqldriver-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqldriver.html | 16 +- doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlerror-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqlerror.html | 14 +- doc/html/tqsqlfield-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqlfield.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqsqlfieldinfo.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlform.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlindex-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlindex.html | 12 +- doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlquery-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqlquery.html | 20 +- doc/html/tqsqlrecord-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlrecord.html | 28 +- doc/html/tqsqlrecordinfo.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqsqlresult-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqsqlresult.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqsqlselectcursor.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqstrilist-members.html | 90 + doc/html/tqstrilist.html | 85 + doc/html/tqstring-h.html | 1160 ++++++++++++ doc/html/tqstring-members.html | 121 ++ doc/html/tqstring.html | 2440 +++++++++++++++++++++++++ doc/html/tqstringlist-h.html | 151 ++ doc/html/tqstringlist-members.html | 87 + doc/html/tqstringlist.html | 309 ++++ doc/html/tqstrlist-h.html | 154 ++ doc/html/tqstrlist-members.html | 90 + doc/html/tqstrlist.html | 120 ++ doc/html/tqstrlistiterator-members.html | 61 + doc/html/tqstrlistiterator.html | 60 + doc/html/tqvaluelist.html | 12 +- doc/html/tqvaluevector.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqwidget.html | 22 +- doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqwidgetfactory.html | 10 +- doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-h.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqwidgetplugin.html | 24 +- doc/html/tqxml-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqxmlattributes.html | 28 +- doc/html/tqxmlcontenthandler.html | 20 +- doc/html/tqxmldeclhandler.html | 12 +- doc/html/tqxmldtdhandler.html | 6 +- doc/html/tqxmlentityresolver.html | 4 +- doc/html/tqxmlerrorhandler.html | 2 +- doc/html/tqxmlinputsource.html | 10 +- doc/html/tqxmllexicalhandler.html | 12 +- doc/html/tqxmlnamespacesupport.html | 20 +- doc/html/tqxmlparseexception.html | 8 +- doc/html/tqxmlreader.html | 12 +- doc/html/tqxmlsimplereader.html | 2 +- doc/html/tutorial1-08.html | 4 +- doc/html/tutorial2-03.html | 26 +- doc/html/tutorial2-04.html | 6 +- doc/html/tutorial2-05.html | 38 +- doc/html/tutorial2-06.html | 8 +- doc/html/tutorial2-07.html | 2 +- doc/html/tutorial2-09.html | 4 +- doc/html/unicode.html | 8 +- doc/html/whatsthis | 8 +- doc/html/wizard-example.html | 26 +- doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html | 22 +- doc/html/wizard-wizard-h.html | 4 +- doc/html/xform-example.html | 28 +- doc/html/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.html | 16 +- doc/html/xml-sax-walkthrough.html | 14 +- 479 files changed, 8058 insertions(+), 8058 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqstring.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqstringlist.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/ntqstrlist.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstrilist-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstrilist.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstring-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstring-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstringlist-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstringlist-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstrlist-h.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstrlist-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstrlistiterator-members.html delete mode 100644 doc/html/qstrlistiterator.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstrilist-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstrilist.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstring-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstring-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstring.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstringlist-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstringlist-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstringlist.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstrlist-h.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstrlist-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstrlist.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstrlistiterator-members.html create mode 100644 doc/html/tqstrlistiterator.html (limited to 'doc/html') diff --git a/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html b/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html index 348c07944..e61772f87 100644 --- a/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html +++ b/doc/html/activeqt-dotnet.html @@ -137,16 +137,16 @@ managed programming language. public: Worker(); - TQString statusString() const; + TQString statusString() const; public slots: - void setStatusString(const TQString &string); + void setStatusString(const TQString &string); signals: - void statusStringChanged(const TQString &string); + void statusStringChanged(const TQString &string); private: - TQString status; + TQString status; };

The TQt class has nothing unusual for TQt users, and as even the TQt @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ function statusStringChanged(String*) (__event), the equivalent of the respective signal in the TQt class.

Before we can start implementing the wrapper class we need a way to convert TQt's datatypes (and potentionally your own) into .NET -datatypes, e.g. TQString objects need to be converted into objects +datatypes, e.g. TQString objects need to be converted into objects of type String*.

When operating on managed objects in normal C++ code, a little extra care must be taken because of the CLR's garbage collection. A normal @@ -201,16 +201,16 @@ to the String object, even if it has been moved by the garbage collector, and it can be used just like a normal pointer.

-

    #include <ntqstring.h>
+
    #include <tqstring.h>
 
     #using <mscorlib.dll>
     #include <vcclr.h>
 
     using namespace System;
 
-    String *TQStringToString(const TQString &qstring)
+    String *TQStringToString(const TQString &tqstring)
     {
-        return new String(qstring.ucs2());
+        return new String(tqstring.ucs2());
     }
 

 
 
    TQString StringToTQString(String *string)
diff --git a/doc/html/addressbook-example.html b/doc/html/addressbook-example.html
index 278c9057f..957cc0105 100644
--- a/doc/html/addressbook-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/addressbook-example.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ using an addressbook as the example.
 #define AB_MAINWINDOW_H
 
 #include <ntqmainwindow.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 
 class TQToolBar;
 class TQPopupMenu;
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ protected:
     void setupCentralWidget();
 
     TQToolBar *fileTools;
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
     ABCentralWidget *view;
 
 };
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ protected:
 
 ABMainWindow::ABMainWindow()
     : TQMainWindow( 0, "example addressbook application" ),
-      filename( TQString::null )
+      filename( TQString::null )
 {
     setupMenuBar();
     setupFileTools();
@@ -171,8 +171,8 @@ void ABMainWindow::fileNew()
 
 void ABMainWindow::fileOpen()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
         filename = fn;
         view->load( filename );
     }
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@ void ABMainWindow::fileSave()
 
 void ABMainWindow::fileSaveAs()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
         filename = fn;
         fileSave();
     }
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ void ABMainWindow::filePrint()
 #define AB_CENTRALWIDGET_H
 
 #include <tqwidget.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 
 class TQTabWidget;
 class TQListView;
@@ -235,8 +235,8 @@ class ABCentralWidget : public TQWidget
 public:
     ABCentralWidget( TQWidget *parent, const char *name = 0 );
 
-    void save( const TQString &filename );
-    void load( const TQString &filename );
+    void save( const TQString &filename );
+    void load( const TQString &filename );
 
 protected slots:
     void addEntry();
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ protected:
     mainGrid->setRowStretch( 1, 1 );
 }
 
-void ABCentralWidget::save( const TQString &filename )
+void ABCentralWidget::save( const TQString &filename )
 {
     if ( !listView->firstChild() )
         return;
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ void ABCentralWidget::save( const TQ
     f.close();
 }
 
-void ABCentralWidget::load( const TQString &filename )
+void ABCentralWidget::load( const TQString &filename )
 {
     listView->clear();
 
diff --git a/doc/html/annotated.html b/doc/html/annotated.html
index 017f1840c..4372d8b3d 100644
--- a/doc/html/annotated.html
+++ b/doc/html/annotated.html
@@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 TQSqlSelectCursorBrowsing of general SQL SELECT statements
 TQStatusBarHorizontal bar suitable for presenting status information
 TQStoredDragSimple stored-value drag object for arbitrary MIME data
-TQStrIListDoubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison
-TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
-TQStrListIteratorIterator for the TQStrList and TQStrIList classes
-TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
-TQStringListList of strings
+TQStrIListDoubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison
+TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
+TQStrListIteratorIterator for the TQStrList and TQStrIList classes
+TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
+TQStringListList of strings
 TQStyleThe look and feel of a GUI
 TQStyleFactoryCreates TQStyle objects
 TQStyleOptionOptional parameters for TQStyle functions
diff --git a/doc/html/archivesearch-example.html b/doc/html/archivesearch-example.html
index c747b7490..58d160f4a 100644
--- a/doc/html/archivesearch-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/archivesearch-example.html
@@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ void ArchiveDialog::search()
         header.setValue("Host", "lists.trolltech.com");
         header.setContentType("application/x-www-form-urlencoded");
 
-        TQString encodedTopic = myLineEdit->text();
+        TQString encodedTopic = myLineEdit->text();
         TQUrl::encode(encodedTopic);
-        TQString searchString = "qt-interest=on&search=" + encodedTopic;
+        TQString searchString = "qt-interest=on&search=" + encodedTopic;
 
-        articleSearcher.request(header, searchString.utf8());
+        articleSearcher.request(header, searchString.utf8());
     }
 
 }
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ void ArchiveDialog::searchDone( bool error )
                               + articleSearcher.errorString(),
                               TQMessageBox::Ok, TQMessageBox::NoButton);
     } else {
-        TQString result(articleSearcher.readAll());
+        TQString result(articleSearcher.readAll());
 
         TQRegExp rx("<a href=\"(http://lists\\.trolltech\\.com/qt-interest/.*)\">(.*)</a>");
         rx.setMinimal(TRUE);
diff --git a/doc/html/biff-example.html b/doc/html/biff-example.html
index d65b9d673..fa5bc991d 100644
--- a/doc/html/biff-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/biff-example.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ private:
     TQDateTime   lastModified;
     TQPixmap     hasNewMail;
     TQPixmap     noNewMail;
-    TQString     mailbox;
+    TQString     mailbox;
     bool        gotMail;
 };
 
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ how two images (hasmail_bmp_data and nomail_bmp_data, both fro
 *****************************************************************************/
 
 #include "biff.h"
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 #include <ntqpainter.h>
 
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ how two images (hasmail_bmp_data and nomail_bmp_data, both fro
 {
     TQFileInfo fi = TQString(getenv( "MAIL" ));
     if ( !fi.exists() ) {
-        TQString s( "/var/spool/mail/" );
+        TQString s( "/var/spool/mail/" );
         s += getlogin();
         fi.setFile( s );
     }
diff --git a/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html b/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html
index 34a697ae0..d2a404977 100644
--- a/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/canvas-chart-example.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ SOURCES += element.cpp \
 
 #include <ntqcolor.h>
 #include <ntqnamespace.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <tqvaluevector.h>
 
 class Element;
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ public:
 
     Element( double value = INVALID, TQColor valueColor = TQt::gray,
              int valuePattern = TQt::SolidPattern,
-             const TQString& label = TQString::null,
+             const TQString& label = TQString::null,
              TQColor labelColor = TQt::black ) {
         init( value, valueColor, valuePattern, label, labelColor );
         for ( int i = 0; i < MAX_PROPOINTS * 2; ++i )
@@ -104,21 +104,21 @@ public:
     double value() const { return m_value; }
     TQColor valueColor() const { return m_valueColor; }
     int valuePattern() const { return m_valuePattern; }
-    TQString label() const { return m_label; }
+    TQString label() const { return m_label; }
     TQColor labelColor() const { return m_labelColor; }
     double proX( int index ) const;
     double proY( int index ) const;
 
     void set( double value = INVALID, TQColor valueColor = TQt::gray,
               int valuePattern = TQt::SolidPattern,
-              const TQString& label = TQString::null,
+              const TQString& label = TQString::null,
               TQColor labelColor = TQt::black ) {
         init( value, valueColor, valuePattern, label, labelColor );
     }
     void setValue( double value ) { m_value = value; }
     void setValueColor( TQColor valueColor ) { m_valueColor = valueColor; }
     void setValuePattern( int valuePattern );
-    void setLabel( const TQString& label ) { m_label = label; }
+    void setLabel( const TQString& label ) { m_label = label; }
     void setLabelColor( TQColor labelColor ) { m_labelColor = labelColor; }
     void setProX( int index, double value );
     void setProY( int index, double value );
@@ -133,12 +133,12 @@ public:
 
 private:
     void init( double value, TQColor valueColor, int valuePattern,
-               const TQString& label, TQColor labelColor );
+               const TQString& label, TQColor labelColor );
 
     double m_value;
     TQColor m_valueColor;
     int m_valuePattern;
-    TQString m_label;
+    TQString m_label;
     TQColor m_labelColor;
     double m_propoints[2 * MAX_PROPOINTS];
 };
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ TQTextStream &operator>>( TQTextStreamntqmainwindow.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 
 
 class CanvasView;
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ public:
     enum ChartType { PIE, VERTICAL_BAR, HORIZONTAL_BAR };
     enum AddValuesType { NO, YES, AS_PERCENTAGE };
 
-    ChartForm( const TQString& filename );
+    ChartForm( const TQString& filename );
     ~ChartForm();
 
     int chartType() { return m_chartType; }
@@ -209,14 +209,14 @@ private slots:
 
 private:
     void init();
-    void load( const TQString& filename );
+    void load( const TQString& filename );
     bool okToClear();
     void drawPieChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
     void drawVerticalBarChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
     void drawHorizontalBarChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
 
-    TQString valueLabel( const TQString& label, double value, double total );
-    void updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename );
+    TQString valueLabel( const TQString& label, double value, double total );
+    void updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename );
     void updateRecentFilesMenu();
     void setChartType( ChartType chartType );
 
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ private:
     TQAction *optionsVerticalBarChartAction;
 
 
-    TQString m_filename;
-    TQStringList m_recentFiles;
+    TQString m_filename;
+    TQStringList m_recentFiles;
     TQCanvas *m_canvas;
     CanvasView *m_canvasView;
     bool m_changed;
@@ -280,11 +280,11 @@ private:
 #include "images/options_verticalbarchart.xpm"
 
 
-const TQString WINDOWS_REGISTRY = "/Trolltech/TQtExamples";
-const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
+const TQString WINDOWS_REGISTRY = "/Trolltech/TQtExamples";
+const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
 
 
-ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename )
+ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename )
     : TQMainWindow( 0, 0, WDestructiveClose )
 {
     setIcon( TQPixmap( options_piechart ) );
@@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
     m_font.fromString(
             settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "Font", m_font.toString() ) );
     for ( int i = 0; i < MAX_RECENTFILES; ++i ) {
-        TQString filename = settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "File" +
-                                               TQString::number( i + 1 ) );
-        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+        TQString filename = settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "File" +
+                                               TQString::number( i + 1 ) );
+        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
             m_recentFiles.push_back( filename );
     }
     if ( m_recentFiles.count() )
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
     setCentralWidget( m_canvasView );
     m_canvasView->show();
 
-    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
         load( filename );
     else {
         init();
@@ -540,10 +540,10 @@ void ChartForm::fileOpen()
     if ( !okToClear() )
         return;
 
-    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
                             TQString::null, "Charts (*.cht)", this,
                             "file open", "Chart -- File Open" );
-    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
         load( filename );
     else
         statusBar()->message( "File Open abandoned", 2000 );
@@ -552,10 +552,10 @@ void ChartForm::fileOpen()
 
 void ChartForm::fileSaveAs()
 {
-    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
                             TQString::null, "Charts (*.cht)", this,
                             "file save as", "Chart -- File Save As" );
-    if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) {
+    if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) {
         int answer = 0;
         if ( TQFile::exists( filename ) )
             answer = TQMessageBox::warning(
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ void ChartForm::fileOpenRecent( int index )
 }
 
 
-void ChartForm::updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename )
+void ChartForm::updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename )
 {
     if ( m_recentFiles.find( filename ) != m_recentFiles.end() )
         return;
@@ -622,7 +622,7 @@ void ChartForm::fileQuit()
 bool ChartForm::okToClear()
 {
     if ( m_changed ) {
-        TQString msg;
+        TQString msg;
         if ( m_filename.isEmpty() )
             msg = "Unnamed chart ";
         else
@@ -787,10 +787,10 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
 {
     TQApplication app( argc, argv );
 
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
     if ( app.argc() > 1 ) {
         filename = app.argv()[1];
-        if ( !filename.endsWith( ".cht" ) )
+        if ( !filename.endsWith( ".cht" ) )
             filename = TQString::null;
     }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/canvas-example.html b/doc/html/canvas-example.html
index 70b9d2000..551ba9c2c 100644
--- a/doc/html/canvas-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/canvas-example.html
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ protected:
     void contentsMouseMoveEvent(TQMouseEvent*);
 
 signals:
-    void status(const TQString&);
+    void status(const TQString&);
 
 private:
     TQCanvasItem* moving;
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-canvastext-h.html b/doc/html/chart-canvastext-h.html
index 8e625208f..2813aeebc 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-canvastext-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-canvastext-h.html
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ public:
 
     CanvasText( int index, TQCanvas *canvas )
         : TQCanvasText( canvas ), m_index( index ) {}
-    CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQCanvas *canvas )
+    CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQCanvas *canvas )
         : TQCanvasText( text, canvas ), m_index( index ) {}
-    CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQFont font, TQCanvas *canvas )
+    CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQFont font, TQCanvas *canvas )
         : TQCanvasText( text, font, canvas ), m_index( index ) {}
 
     int index() const { return m_index; }
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html
index 35557c9a9..a0f0463ef 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-chartform-cpp.html
@@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "images/options_verticalbarchart.xpm"
 
 
-const TQString WINDOWS_REGISTRY = "/Trolltech/TQtExamples";
-const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
+const TQString WINDOWS_REGISTRY = "/Trolltech/TQtExamples";
+const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
 
 
-ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename )
+ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename )
     : TQMainWindow( 0, 0, WDestructiveClose )
 {
     setIcon( TQPixmap( options_piechart ) );
@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
     m_font.fromString(
             settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "Font", m_font.toString() ) );
     for ( int i = 0; i < MAX_RECENTFILES; ++i ) {
-        TQString filename = settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "File" +
-                                               TQString::number( i + 1 ) );
-        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+        TQString filename = settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "File" +
+                                               TQString::number( i + 1 ) );
+        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
             m_recentFiles.push_back( filename );
     }
     if ( m_recentFiles.count() )
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ const TQString APP_KEY = "/Chart/";
     setCentralWidget( m_canvasView );
     m_canvasView->show();
 
-    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
         load( filename );
     else {
         init();
@@ -328,10 +328,10 @@ void ChartForm::fileOpen()
     if ( !okToClear() )
         return;
 
-    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
                             TQString::null, "Charts (*.cht)", this,
                             "file open", "Chart -- File Open" );
-    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
         load( filename );
     else
         statusBar()->message( "File Open abandoned", 2000 );
@@ -340,10 +340,10 @@ void ChartForm::fileOpen()
 
 void ChartForm::fileSaveAs()
 {
-    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
                             TQString::null, "Charts (*.cht)", this,
                             "file save as", "Chart -- File Save As" );
-    if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) {
+    if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) {
         int answer = 0;
         if ( TQFile::exists( filename ) )
             answer = TQMessageBox::warning(
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ void ChartForm::fileOpenRecent( int index )
 }
 
 
-void ChartForm::updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename )
+void ChartForm::updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename )
 {
     if ( m_recentFiles.find( filename ) != m_recentFiles.end() )
         return;
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ void ChartForm::fileQuit()
 bool ChartForm::okToClear()
 {
     if ( m_changed ) {
-        TQString msg;
+        TQString msg;
         if ( m_filename.isEmpty() )
             msg = "Unnamed chart ";
         else
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-chartform-h.html b/doc/html/chart-chartform-h.html
index f96be589c..ad90674a6 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-chartform-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-chartform-h.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "element.h"
 
 #include <ntqmainwindow.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 
 
 class CanvasView;
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
     enum ChartType { PIE, VERTICAL_BAR, HORIZONTAL_BAR };
     enum AddValuesType { NO, YES, AS_PERCENTAGE };
 
-    ChartForm( const TQString& filename );
+    ChartForm( const TQString& filename );
     ~ChartForm();
 
     int chartType() { return m_chartType; }
@@ -91,14 +91,14 @@ private slots:
 
 private:
     void init();
-    void load( const TQString& filename );
+    void load( const TQString& filename );
     bool okToClear();
     void drawPieChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
     void drawVerticalBarChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
     void drawHorizontalBarChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
 
-    TQString valueLabel( const TQString& label, double value, double total );
-    void updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename );
+    TQString valueLabel( const TQString& label, double value, double total );
+    void updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename );
     void updateRecentFilesMenu();
     void setChartType( ChartType chartType );
 
@@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ private:
     TQAction *optionsVerticalBarChartAction;
 
 
-    TQString m_filename;
-    TQStringList m_recentFiles;
+    TQString m_filename;
+    TQStringList m_recentFiles;
     TQCanvas *m_canvas;
     CanvasView *m_canvasView;
     bool m_changed;
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-chartform_canvas-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-chartform_canvas-cpp.html
index 182d1d8f9..0c4fa1ae5 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-chartform_canvas-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-chartform_canvas-cpp.html
@@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ void ChartForm::drawPieChart( const double scales[], double t
                                    BrushStyle(m_elements[i].valuePattern()) ) );
             arc->show();
             angle += extent;
-            TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
-            if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
+            TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
+            if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
                 label = valueLabel( label, m_elements[i].value(), total );
                 CanvasText *text = new CanvasText( i, label, m_font, m_canvas );
                 double proX = m_elements[i].proX( PIE );
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@ void ChartForm::drawVerticalBarChart(
             rect->setPen( pen );
             rect->setZ( 0 );
             rect->show();
-            TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
-            if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
+            TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
+            if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
                 double proX = m_elements[i].proX( VERTICAL_BAR );
                 double proY = m_elements[i].proY( VERTICAL_BAR );
                 if ( proX < 0 || proY < 0 ) {
@@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ void ChartForm::drawHorizontalBarChart(
             rect->setPen( pen );
             rect->setZ( 0 );
             rect->show();
-            TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
-            if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
+            TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
+            if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
                 double proX = m_elements[i].proX( HORIZONTAL_BAR );
                 double proY = m_elements[i].proY( HORIZONTAL_BAR );
                 if ( proX < 0 || proY < 0 ) {
@@ -239,21 +239,21 @@ void ChartForm::drawHorizontalBarChart(
 
 
 TQString ChartForm::valueLabel(
-            const TQString& label, double value, double total )
+            const TQString& label, double value, double total )
 {
     if ( m_addValues == NO )
         return label;
 
-    TQString newLabel = label;
-    if ( !label.isEmpty() )
+    TQString newLabel = label;
+    if ( !label.isEmpty() )
         if ( m_chartType == VERTICAL_BAR )
             newLabel += '\n';
         else
             newLabel += ' ';
     if ( m_addValues == YES )
-        newLabel += TQString::number( value, 'f', m_decimalPlaces );
+        newLabel += TQString::number( value, 'f', m_decimalPlaces );
     else if ( m_addValues == AS_PERCENTAGE )
-        newLabel += TQString::number( (value / total) * 100, 'f', m_decimalPlaces )
+        newLabel += TQString::number( (value / total) * 100, 'f', m_decimalPlaces )
                     + '%';
     return newLabel;
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html
index 9115c618e..48705ab2d 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-chartform_files-cpp.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include <ntqstatusbar.h>
 
 
-void ChartForm::load( const TQString& filename )
+void ChartForm::load( const TQString& filename )
 {
     TQFile file( filename );
     if ( !file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ void ChartForm::load( const TQString
 
     file.close();
 
-    TQString bad = "";
+    TQString bad = "";
     if ( errors ) {
         bad = TQString( "; skipped " ) + TQString::number( errors ) + " bad record";
         if ( errors > 1 )
@@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ void ChartForm::fileSave()
 
 void ChartForm::fileSaveAsPixmap()
 {
-    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+    TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
                             TQString::null, "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)",
                             this, "file save as bitmap",
                             "Chart -- File Save As Bitmap" );
     if ( TQPixmap::grabWidget( m_canvasView ).
             save( filename,
-                  filename.mid( filename.findRev( '.' ) + 1 ).upper() ) )
+                  filename.mid( filename.findRev( '.' ) + 1 ).upper() ) )
         statusBar()->message( TQString( "Wrote \'%1\'" ).arg( filename ), 2000 );
     else
         statusBar()->message( TQString( "Failed to write \'%1\'" ).
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-element-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-element-cpp.html
index 9c0e65e17..8851ba0be 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-element-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-element-cpp.html
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
  
 
#include "element.h"
 
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <ntqtextstream.h>
 
 const char FIELD_SEP = ':';
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ const char XY_SEP = ',';
 
 
 void Element::init( double value, TQColor valueColor, int valuePattern,
-                    const TQString& label, TQColor labelColor )
+                    const TQString& label, TQColor labelColor )
 {
     m_value = value;
     m_valueColor = valueColor;
@@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ TQTextStream &operator<<( TQTextStreamTQTextStream &s, Element &element )
 {
-    TQString data = s.readLine();
+    TQString data = s.readLine();
     element.setValue( Element::INVALID );
 
     int errors = 0;
     bool ok;
 
-    TQStringList fields = TQStringList::split( FIELD_SEP, data );
+    TQStringList fields = TQStringList::split( FIELD_SEP, data );
     if ( fields.count() >= 4 ) {
         double value = fields[0].toDouble( &ok );
         if ( !ok )
@@ -131,8 +131,8 @@ TQTextStream &operator>>( TQTextStreamTQColor labelColor = TQColor( fields[3] );
         if ( !labelColor.isValid() )
             errors++;
-        TQStringList propoints = TQStringList::split( PROPOINT_SEP, fields[4] );
-        TQString label = data.section( FIELD_SEP, 5 );
+        TQStringList propoints = TQStringList::split( PROPOINT_SEP, fields[4] );
+        TQString label = data.section( FIELD_SEP, 5 );
 
         if ( !errors ) {
             element.set( value, valueColor, valuePattern, label, labelColor );
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ TQTextStream &operator>>( TQTextStreamend();
                 ++i, ++point ) {
                 errors = 0;
-                TQStringList xy = TQStringList::split( XY_SEP, *point );
+                TQStringList xy = TQStringList::split( XY_SEP, *point );
                 double x = xy[0].toDouble( &ok );
                 if ( !ok || x <= 0.0 || x >= 1.0 )
                     errors++;
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-element-h.html b/doc/html/chart-element-h.html
index fa152018b..b6959af64 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-element-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-element-h.html
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #include <ntqcolor.h>
 #include <ntqnamespace.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <tqvaluevector.h>
 
 class Element;
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
 
     Element( double value = INVALID, TQColor valueColor = TQt::gray,
              int valuePattern = TQt::SolidPattern,
-             const TQString& label = TQString::null,
+             const TQString& label = TQString::null,
              TQColor labelColor = TQt::black ) {
         init( value, valueColor, valuePattern, label, labelColor );
         for ( int i = 0; i < MAX_PROPOINTS * 2; ++i )
@@ -72,21 +72,21 @@ public:
     double value() const { return m_value; }
     TQColor valueColor() const { return m_valueColor; }
     int valuePattern() const { return m_valuePattern; }
-    TQString label() const { return m_label; }
+    TQString label() const { return m_label; }
     TQColor labelColor() const { return m_labelColor; }
     double proX( int index ) const;
     double proY( int index ) const;
 
     void set( double value = INVALID, TQColor valueColor = TQt::gray,
               int valuePattern = TQt::SolidPattern,
-              const TQString& label = TQString::null,
+              const TQString& label = TQString::null,
               TQColor labelColor = TQt::black ) {
         init( value, valueColor, valuePattern, label, labelColor );
     }
     void setValue( double value ) { m_value = value; }
     void setValueColor( TQColor valueColor ) { m_valueColor = valueColor; }
     void setValuePattern( int valuePattern );
-    void setLabel( const TQString& label ) { m_label = label; }
+    void setLabel( const TQString& label ) { m_label = label; }
     void setLabelColor( TQColor labelColor ) { m_labelColor = labelColor; }
     void setProX( int index, double value );
     void setProY( int index, double value );
@@ -101,12 +101,12 @@ public:
 
 private:
     void init( double value, TQColor valueColor, int valuePattern,
-               const TQString& label, TQColor labelColor );
+               const TQString& label, TQColor labelColor );
 
     double m_value;
     TQColor m_valueColor;
     int m_valuePattern;
-    TQString m_label;
+    TQString m_label;
     TQColor m_labelColor;
     double m_propoints[2 * MAX_PROPOINTS];
 };
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html
index 43186e784..6fa152264 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-main-cpp.html
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
 {
     TQApplication app( argc, argv );
 
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
     if ( app.argc() > 1 ) {
         filename = app.argv()[1];
-        if ( !filename.endsWith( ".cht" ) )
+        if ( !filename.endsWith( ".cht" ) )
             filename = TQString::null;
     }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html b/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html
index f3881942e..6401a5423 100644
--- a/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/chart-optionsform-cpp.html
@@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ void OptionsForm::chooseFont()
 
 void OptionsForm::setFont( TQFont font )
 {
-    TQString label = font.family() + " " +
-                    TQString::number( font.pointSize() ) + "pt";
+    TQString label = font.family() + " " +
+                    TQString::number( font.pointSize() ) + "pt";
     if ( font.bold() )
         label += " Bold";
     if ( font.italic() )
diff --git a/doc/html/checklists-example.html b/doc/html/checklists-example.html
index 2dded4efe..29fd97dd1 100644
--- a/doc/html/checklists-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/checklists-example.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ protected slots:
 #include <ntqvbox.h>
 #include <ntqlabel.h>
 #include <tqvaluelist.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqpushbutton.h>
 #include <ntqlayout.h>
 
diff --git a/doc/html/classchart.html b/doc/html/classchart.html
index 5c4d2bf7f..364cc66de 100644
--- a/doc/html/classchart.html
+++ b/doc/html/classchart.html
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 
 
-
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/classes.html b/doc/html/classes.html
index 30b661c67..7ccd9b735 100644
--- a/doc/html/classes.html
+++ b/doc/html/classes.html
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes.
 
 TQNPWidget
 *
-TQStrIList
+TQStrIList
 
 TQXmlDTDHandler
 
@@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes.
 O
 TQObject
 
-TQString
+TQString
 
 TQXmlEntityResolver
 
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes.
 
 TQObjectCleanupHandler
 
-TQStringList
+TQStringList
 
 TQXmlErrorHandler
 
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes.
 
 TQObjectList
 
-TQStrList
+TQStrList
 
 TQXmlInputSource
 
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ classes, see TQt's Main Classes.
 
 TQObjectListIterator
 
-TQStrListIterator
+TQStrListIterator
 
 TQXmlLexicalHandler
 
diff --git a/doc/html/clientserver-example.html b/doc/html/clientserver-example.html
index f5623b341..b66a1f1e4 100644
--- a/doc/html/clientserver-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/clientserver-example.html
@@ -92,14 +92,14 @@ public:
     }
 
 signals:
-    void logText( const TQString& );
+    void logText( const TQString& );
 
 private slots:
     void readClient()
     {
         TQTextStream ts( this );
         while ( canReadLine() ) {
-            TQString str = ts.readLine();
+            TQString str = ts.readLine();
             emit logText( tr("Read: '%1'\n").arg(str) );
 
             ts << line << ": " << str << endl;
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ public:
     {
         SimpleServer *server = new SimpleServer( this );
 
-        TQString itext = tr(
+        TQString itext = tr(
                 "This is a small server example.\n"
                 "Connect with the client now."
                 );
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ private slots:
     void newConnect( ClientSocket *s )
     {
         infoText->append( tr("New connection\n") );
-        connect( s, TQ_SIGNAL(logText(const TQString&)),
-                infoText, TQ_SLOT(append(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( s, TQ_SIGNAL(logText(const TQString&)),
+                infoText, TQ_SLOT(append(const TQString&)) );
         connect( s, TQ_SIGNAL(connectionClosed()),
                 TQ_SLOT(connectionClosed()) );
     }
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ class Client : public TQVBox
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    Client( const TQString &host, TQ_UINT16 port )
+    Client( const TQString &host, TQ_UINT16 port )
     {
         // GUI layout
         infoText = new TQTextView( this );
diff --git a/doc/html/collection.html b/doc/html/collection.html
index cb7b53a6d..1f2bf84bd 100644
--- a/doc/html/collection.html
+++ b/doc/html/collection.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ the base classes), without hurting performance.
 them out in reverse order:
 
 
     #include <tqptrlist.h>
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
     #include <stdio.h>
 
     class Employee
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ them out in reverse order:
         const char *name()   const               { return n; }
         int         salary() const               { return s; }
     private:
-        TQString     n;
+        TQString     n;
         int         s;
     };
 
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@ traverse these collections, you must use TQDictIter
 
 
 TQt has the following predefined collection classes:
 

-
 In almost all cases you would choose TQStringList, a value
-list of implicitly shared TQString Unicode strings. TQPtrStrList and
+
 In almost all cases you would choose TQStringList, a value
+list of implicitly shared TQString Unicode strings. TQPtrStrList and
 TQPtrStrIList store only char pointers, not the strings themselves.
 
 
 List of Pointer-based Collection Classes and Related
 Iterator Classes
@@ -237,8 +237,8 @@ Iterator Classes
 TQPtrListTemplate class that provides a list
 TQPtrListIteratorIterator for TQPtrList collections
 TQPtrQueueTemplate class that provides a queue
-TQStrIListDoubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison
-TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
+TQStrIListDoubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison
+TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
 
 
 

diff --git a/doc/html/dclock-example.html b/doc/html/dclock-example.html
index e162bc9f0..2a614d05d 100644
--- a/doc/html/dclock-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/dclock-example.html
@@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ void DigitalClock::showDate()
     if ( showDateTimer != -1 )                  // already showing date
         return;
     TQDate date = TQDate::currentDate();
-    TQString s;
-    s.sprintf( "%2d %2d", date.month(), date.day() );
+    TQString s;
+    s.sprintf( "%2d %2d", date.month(), date.day() );
     display( s );                               // sets the LCD number/text
     showDateTimer = startTimer( 2000 );         // keep this state for 2 secs
 }
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ void DigitalClock::stopDate()
 void DigitalClock::showTime()
 {
     showingColon = !showingColon;               // toggle/blink colon
-    TQString s = TQTime::currentTime().toString().left(5);
+    TQString s = TQTime::currentTime().toString().left(5);
     if ( !showingColon )
         s[2] = ' ';
     if ( s[0] == '0' )
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-2.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-2.html
index 54df825f3..059683a0e 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-2.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-2.html
@@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
         // set the result
         int decimals = decimalsSpinBox->value();
-        resultLineEdit->setText( TQString::number( result, 'f', decimals ) );
-        numberLineEdit->setText( TQString::number( input, 'f', decimals ) );
+        resultLineEdit->setText( TQString::number( result, 'f', decimals ) );
+        numberLineEdit->setText( TQString::number( input, 'f', decimals ) );
     }
 

  
First, we define some enums for the input and output units. Then we retrieve the input from the numberLineEdit. We convert the input to millimeters because this is the most precise metric unit we support. Then we convert it to inches which is the most precise output unit we support. We then scale it to the selected output unit. Finally, we put the result in the resultLineEdit.

diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html
index ec4039b32..b21cc226f 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-3.html
@@ -263,13 +263,13 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
  • class TQString;
    
 
  • class TQColor;
    
 
Adding Includes

-
Our form will also need some included files. Includes may be added in the declaration, or (for preference) in the implementation. Right click "Includes (in Implementation)", then click Edit. Use the dialog that pops up to enter "ntqcolor.h" and "ntqstring.h". Since we're going to use the clipboard we'll need access to the global clipboard object via TQApplication, so also add "ntqapplication.h" and "ntqclipboard.h". We'll also be doing some drawing (e.g. the color swatches), so add "ntqpainter.h" too, then close the dialog.

+
Our form will also need some included files. Includes may be added in the declaration, or (for preference) in the implementation. Right click "Includes (in Implementation)", then click Edit. Use the dialog that pops up to enter "ntqcolor.h" and "tqstring.h". Since we're going to use the clipboard we'll need access to the global clipboard object via TQApplication, so also add "ntqapplication.h" and "ntqclipboard.h". We'll also be doing some drawing (e.g. the color swatches), so add "ntqpainter.h" too, then close the dialog.

 

 

 
When entering include files you can include double quotes or angle brackets if you wish; if you don't use either TQt Designer will put in double quotes automatically.

 
You should now have added the following includes (in implementation):

 
  • "ntqcolor.h"
    
-
  • "ntqstring.h"
    
+
  • "tqstring.h"
    
 
  • "ntqapplication.h"
    
 
  • "ntqclipboard.h"
    
 
  • "ntqpainter.h"
    
@@ -315,10 +315,10 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
     const int COL_NAME = 0;
     const int COL_HEX = 1;
     const int COL_WEB = 2;
-    const TQString WINDOWS_REGISTRY = "/TQtExamples";
-    const TQString APP_KEY = "/ColorTool/";
+    const TQString WINDOWS_REGISTRY = "/TQtExamples";
+    const TQString APP_KEY = "/ColorTool/";
 

- 
We define some useful constants for our form since it's easier to remember "CLIP_AS_RGB" than "2". The two TQStrings are used by TQSettings when we come to load and save user preferences; they're explained when we cover loadOptions() and saveOptions(). Note that we can insert any valid C++ into a .ui.h file including constant declarations as we've done here and #includes, etc.

+ 
We define some useful constants for our form since it's easier to remember "CLIP_AS_RGB" than "2". The two TQStrings are used by TQSettings when we come to load and save user preferences; they're explained when we cover loadOptions() and saveOptions(). Note that we can insert any valid C++ into a .ui.h file including constant declarations as we've done here and #includes, etc.

 
Since we're not subclassing if we want to have code executed during construction we must create an init() function; this will be called at the end of the form's constructor.

 
init()

 
    void MainForm::init()
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
changedColor()

 
This is a function that we need to write from scratch. Simply enter its code into TQt Designer's code editor and it will automatically appear in Object Explorer's Members tab (under Functions, public).

 
By default any function that it typed directly into the code editor becomes a public function. To change this, right click the function's name in Object Explorer's Members list, and click Properties to invoke the Edit Functions dialog. This dialog can be used to change various attributes of the function, including changing it into a slot.

-
    void MainForm::changedColor( const TQString& name )
+
    void MainForm::changedColor( const TQString& name )
     {
         TQColor color = m_colors[name];
         int r = color.red();
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    bool MainForm::okToClear()
     {
         if ( m_changed ) {
-            TQString msg;
+            TQString msg;
             if ( m_filename.isEmpty() )
                 msg = "Unnamed colors ";
             else
@@ -609,10 +609,10 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
         if ( ! okToClear() )
             return;
 
-        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
                                 TQString::null, "Colors (*.txt)", this,
                                 "file open", "Color Tool -- File Open" );
-        if ( ! filename.isEmpty() )
+        if ( ! filename.isEmpty() )
             load( filename );
         else
             statusBar()->message( "File Open abandoned", 2000 );
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
You should now have added the following declaration to your includes (in implementation):

 
  • "ntqfiledialog.h"
    
 
load()

-
    void MainForm::load( const TQString& filename )
+
    void MainForm::load( const TQString& filename )
     {
         clearData( FALSE );
         m_filename = filename;
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
             statusBar()->message( TQString( "Loading '%1'..." ).
                                   arg( filename ) );
             TQTextStream stream( &file );
-            TQString line;
+            TQString line;
             while ( ! stream.eof() ) {
                 line = stream.readLine();
                 if ( regex.search( line ) == -1 )
@@ -693,10 +693,10 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
 
fileSaveAs()

 
    void MainForm::fileSaveAs()
     {
-        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
                                 TQString::null, "Colors (*.txt)", this,
                                 "file save as", "Color Tool -- File Save As" );
-        if ( ! filename.isEmpty() ) {
+        if ( ! filename.isEmpty() ) {
             int ans = 0;
             if ( TQFile::exists( filename ) )
                 ans = TQMessageBox::warning(
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
 
editCut()

 
    void MainForm::editCut()
     {
-        TQString name;
+        TQString name;
         TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
         statusBar()->message( TQString( "Deleting '%1'" ).arg( name ) );
 
@@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
             m_table_dirty = TRUE;
         }
 
-        if ( ! name.isNull() ) {
+        if ( ! name.isNull() ) {
             m_colors.remove( name );
             m_changed = TRUE;
             statusBar()->message( TQString( "Deleted '%1'" ).arg( name ), 5000 );
@@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
 
editCopy()

 
    void MainForm::editCopy()
     {
-        TQString text;
+        TQString text;
         TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
 
         if ( visible == tablePage && colorTable->numRows() ) {
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
             TQIconViewItem *item = colorIconView->currentItem();
             text = item->text();
         }
-        if ( ! text.isNull() ) {
+        if ( ! text.isNull() ) {
             TQColor color = m_colors[text];
             switch ( m_clip_as ) {
                 case CLIP_AS_HEX: text = color.name(); break;
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ Captures:        cap(1)      cap(2)      cap(3)      cap(4)
         }
     }
 

- 
In this function we retrieve the name of the color from the current table row (or current icon, depending on the view). We then set a TQString to the text we want to copy into the clipboard and copy it.

+ 
In this function we retrieve the name of the color from the current table row (or current icon, depending on the view). We then set a TQString to the text we want to copy into the clipboard and copy it.

 
Summary

 
In this chapter we have created a standard main-window style application. We have implemented menus, a toolbar and a main widget (a TQWidgetStack). We've also created signal and slot connections and implemented many custom slots. In the following chapter we will complete the application by implementing custom dialogs, and by making use of common dialogs where appropriate.

 
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html
index a0272eb60..97b182bd1 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-4.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
We'll start by adding some includes.

 
    #include <ntqcolor.h>
     #include <tqmap.h>
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
 

  
Enter these above the validate() function.

 
We also need a variable to hold the list of colors.

@@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
  
Now that we've got a means of obtaining the list of color names we are ready to write the validate() function.

 
    void ColorNameForm::validate()
     {
-        TQString name = colorLineEdit->text();
-        if ( ! name.isEmpty() &&
+        TQString name = colorLineEdit->text();
+        if ( ! name.isEmpty() &&
              ( m_colors.isEmpty() || ! m_colors.contains( name ) ) )
             accept();
         else
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
             colorForm->setColors( m_colors );
             colorForm->colorLabel->setPixmap( pixmap );
             if ( colorForm->exec() ) {
-                TQString name = colorForm->colorLineEdit->text();
+                TQString name = colorForm->colorLineEdit->text();
                 m_colors[name] = color;
                 TQPixmap pixmap( 22, 22 );
                 pixmap.fill( color );
@@ -271,19 +271,19 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
     {
         if ( ! findForm ) {
             findForm = new FindForm( this );
-            connect( findForm, TQ_SIGNAL( lookfor(const TQString&) ),
-                     this, TQ_SLOT( lookfor(const TQString&) ) );
+            connect( findForm, TQ_SIGNAL( lookfor(const TQString&) ),
+                     this, TQ_SLOT( lookfor(const TQString&) ) );
         }
         findForm->show();
     }
 

  
If we haven't created the FindForm, we create it and connect its lookfor() signal to a corresponding lookfor() slot that we'll create in the main form. We then show the FindForm so that the user can enter their search text and click find.

 
lookfor()

-
    void MainForm::lookfor( const TQString& text )
+
    void MainForm::lookfor( const TQString& text )
     {
-        if ( text.isEmpty() )
+        if ( text.isEmpty() )
             return;
-        TQString ltext = text.lower();
+        TQString ltext = text.lower();
         TQWidget *visible = colorWidgetStack->visibleWidget();
         bool found = FALSE;
 
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
  • "ntqmessagebox.h"
    
 
  • "ntqstatusbar.h"
    
 
  • "ntqpainter.h"
    
-
  • "ntqstring.h"
    
+
  • "tqstring.h"
    
 
  • "ntqcolor.h"
    
 
  • "ntqapplication.h"
    
 
  • "ntqfiledialog.h"
    
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    We put all the ColorNameForm declarations in the source code file. The file colornameform.ui.h should begin with the following declarations:
    
 
        #include <ntqcolor.h>
     #include <tqmap.h>
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
 
     TQMap<TQString,TQColor> m_colors;
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html
index d4320d300..9da32ad66 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-7.html
@@ -142,16 +142,16 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
 
         enum Mode { File, Directory };
 
-        TQString fileName() const;
+        TQString fileName() const;
         Mode mode() const;
 
    • 
  
    The constructor is declared in the standard way for widgets. We declare two public functions, fileName() to return the filename, and mode() to return the mode.
    
 
        public slots:
-        void setFileName( const TQString &fn );
+        void setFileName( const TQString &fn );
         void setMode( Mode m );
 
     signals:
-        void fileNameChanged( const TQString & );
+        void fileNameChanged( const TQString & );
 
     private slots:
         void chooseFile();
@@ -179,8 +179,8 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
         layout->addWidget( lineEdit );
 
    
  
    We begin by creating a horizontal box layout (TQHBoxLayout) and add a TQLineEdit and a TQPushButton to it.
    
-
            connect( lineEdit, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-                 this, TQ_SIGNAL( fileNameChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+
            connect( lineEdit, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+                 this, TQ_SIGNAL( fileNameChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
 
         button = new TQPushButton( "...", this, "filechooser_button" );
         button->setFixedWidth( button->fontMetrics().width( " ... " ) );
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
     }
 
    
  
    We set the lineEdit as the focus proxy for our custom widget. This means that when the widget is given focus the focus actually goes to the lineEdit.
    
-
        void FileChooser::setFileName( const TQString &fn )
+
        void FileChooser::setFileName( const TQString &fn )
     {
         lineEdit->setText( fn );
     }
@@ -207,13 +207,13 @@ DBFILE   = vcr.db
  
    The setFileName() function sets the filename in the TQLineEdit, and the fileName() function returns the filename from the TQLineEdit. The setMode() and mode() functions (not shown) are similarly set and return the given mode.
    
 
        void FileChooser::chooseFile()
     {
-        TQString fn;
+        TQString fn;
         if ( mode() == File )
             fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( lineEdit->text(), TQString::null, this );
         else
             fn = TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory( lineEdit->text(),this );
 
-        if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+        if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
             lineEdit->setText( fn );
             emit fileNameChanged( fn );
         }
@@ -259,14 +259,14 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
     public:
         CustomWidgetPlugin();
 
-        TQStringList keys() const;
-        TQWidget* create( const TQString &classname, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
-        TQString group( const TQString& ) const;
-        TQIconSet iconSet( const TQString& ) const;
-        TQString includeFile( const TQString& ) const;
-        TQString toolTip( const TQString& ) const;
-        TQString whatsThis( const TQString& ) const;
-        bool isContainer( const TQString& ) const;
+        TQStringList keys() const;
+        TQWidget* create( const TQString &classname, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char* name = 0 );
+        TQString group( const TQString& ) const;
+        TQIconSet iconSet( const TQString& ) const;
+        TQString includeFile( const TQString& ) const;
+        TQString toolTip( const TQString& ) const;
+        TQString whatsThis( const TQString& ) const;
+        bool isContainer( const TQString& ) const;
     };
 
    
 
    From qt/tools/designer/examples/filechooser/plugin/plugin.h
    
@@ -282,14 +282,14 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
 
    The keys function.
    
 
        TQStringList CustomWidgetPlugin::keys() const
     {
-        TQStringList list;
+        TQStringList list;
         list << "FileChooser";
         return list;
     }
 
    
  
    For each widget class that you want to wrap in the plugin implementation you should supply a key by which the class can be identified. This key must be your class's name, so in our example we add a single key, 'FileChooser'.
    
 
    The create() function.
    
-
        TQWidget* CustomWidgetPlugin::create( const TQString &key, TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
+
        TQWidget* CustomWidgetPlugin::create( const TQString &key, TQWidget* parent, const char* name )
     {
         if ( key == "FileChooser" )
             return new FileChooser( parent, name );
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
 
    
  
    In this function we create an instance of the requested class and return a TQWidget pointer to the newly created widget. Copy this function changing the class name and the feature name and create an instance of your widget just as we've done here. (See the TQt Plugin documentation for more information.)
    
 
    The includeFile() function.
    
-
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
+
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "filechooser.h";
@@ -307,33 +307,33 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
 
    
  
    This function returns the name of the include file for the custom widget. Copy this function changing the class name, key and include filename to suit your own custom widget.
    
 
    The group(), iconSet(), toolTip() and whatsThis() functions.
    
-
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::group( const TQString& feature ) const
+
        TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::group( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "Input";
         return TQString::null;
     }
 
-    TQIconSet CustomWidgetPlugin::iconSet( const TQString& ) const
+    TQIconSet CustomWidgetPlugin::iconSet( const TQString& ) const
     {
         return TQIconSet( TQPixmap( filechooser_pixmap ) );
     }
 
-    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
+    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::includeFile( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "filechooser.h";
         return TQString::null;
     }
 
-    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::toolTip( const TQString& feature ) const
+    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::toolTip( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "File Chooser Widget";
         return TQString::null;
     }
 
-    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::whatsThis( const TQString& feature ) const
+    TQString CustomWidgetPlugin::whatsThis( const TQString& feature ) const
     {
         if ( feature == "FileChooser" )
             return "A widget to choose a file or directory";
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ DEFINES += FILECHOOSER_IS_WIDGET
  
    We use the group() function to identify which TQt Designer toolbar group this custom widget should be part of. If we use a name that is not in use TQt Designer will create a new toolbar group with the given name. Copy this function, changing the class name, key and group name to suit your own widget plugin implementation.
    
 
    The iconSet() function returns the pixmap to use in the toolbar to represent the custom widget. The toolTip() function returns the tooltip text and the whatsThis() function returns the Whats This text. Copy each of these functions changing the class name, key and the string you return to suit your own widget plugin implementation.
    
 
    The isContainer() function.
    
-
        bool CustomWidgetPlugin::isContainer( const TQString& ) const
+
        bool CustomWidgetPlugin::isContainer( const TQString& ) const
     {
         return FALSE;
     }
diff --git a/doc/html/designer-manual-8.html b/doc/html/designer-manual-8.html
index 38b207de7..7a6e4d6f9 100644
--- a/doc/html/designer-manual-8.html
+++ b/doc/html/designer-manual-8.html
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ bool createConnections()
         // Who is this book's author?
         TQSqlQuery query( "SELECT surname FROM author WHERE id='" +
             buffer->value( "authorid" ).toString() + "';" );
-        TQString author = "";
+        TQString author = "";
         if ( query.next() )
             author = query.value( 0 ).toString();
         // Set the ComboBox to the right author
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ bool createConnections()
     }
 
    
 
  •  
    We use a single function for storing author id's and returning them so that we can use a static data structure.
    
-
        void EditBookForm::mapAuthor( const TQString & name, int & id, bool populate )
+
        void EditBookForm::mapAuthor( const TQString & name, int & id, bool populate )
     {
         if ( populate )
             authorMap[ name ] = id;
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ bool createConnections()
     {
         int id = buffer->value( "authorid" ).toInt();
         for ( int i = 0; i < ComboBoxAuthor->count(); i++ ) {
-            TQString author = ComboBoxAuthor->text( i );
+            TQString author = ComboBoxAuthor->text( i );
             if ( authorMap.contains( author ) && authorMap[author] == id ) {
                 ComboBoxAuthor->setCurrentItem( i ) ;
                 break;
diff --git a/doc/html/desktop-example.html b/doc/html/desktop-example.html
index 9f839629b..d3b42c938 100644
--- a/doc/html/desktop-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/desktop-example.html
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ public:
 
 private:
     TQPixmap *pm;
-    TQString text;
+    TQString text;
 };
 
 DesktopWidget::DesktopWidget( const char *s, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
diff --git a/doc/html/dirview-example.html b/doc/html/dirview-example.html
index 5cd95fe78..f8c0fd5f8 100644
--- a/doc/html/dirview-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/dirview-example.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Drag&Drop in a listview.
 #define DIRVIEW_H
 
 #include <ntqlistview.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqfile.h>
 #include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 #include <ntqtimer.h>
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ class TQDropEvent;
 class FileItem : public TQListViewItem
 {
 public:
-    FileItem( TQListViewItem *parent, const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
+    FileItem( TQListViewItem *parent, const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
         : TQListViewItem( parent, s1, s2 ), pix( 0 ) {}
 
     const TQPixmap *pixmap( int i ) const;
@@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ private:
 class Directory : public TQListViewItem
 {
 public:
-    Directory( TQListView * parent, const TQString& filename );
-    Directory( Directory * parent, const TQString& filename, const TQString &col2 )
+    Directory( TQListView * parent, const TQString& filename );
+    Directory( Directory * parent, const TQString& filename, const TQString &col2 )
         : TQListViewItem( parent, filename, col2 ), pix( 0 ) {}
-    Directory( Directory * parent, const TQString& filename );
+    Directory( Directory * parent, const TQString& filename );
 
-    TQString text( int column ) const;
+    TQString text( int column ) const;
 
-    TQString fullName();
+    TQString fullName();
 
     void setOpen( bool );
     void setup();
@@ -120,10 +120,10 @@ public:
     bool showDirsOnly() { return dirsOnly; }
 
 public slots:
-    void setDir( const TQString & );
+    void setDir( const TQString & );
 
 signals:
-    void folderSelected( const TQString & );
+    void folderSelected( const TQString & );
 
 protected slots:
     void slotFolderSelected( TQListViewItem * );
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ protected:
     void contentsMouseReleaseEvent( TQMouseEvent *e );
 
 private:
-    TQString fullPath(TQListViewItem* item);
+    TQString fullPath(TQListViewItem* item);
     bool dirsOnly;
     TQListViewItem *oldCurrent;
     TQListViewItem *dropItem;
@@ -178,8 +178,8 @@ can be used in any other trees.
 #include <ntqmessagebox.h>
 #include <ntqdragobject.h>
 #include <ntqmime.h>
-#include <ntqstrlist.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstrlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <ntqapplication.h>
 #include <ntqheader.h>
 
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ TQPixmap *fileNormal = 0;
  *
  *****************************************************************************/
 
-Directory::Directory( Directory * parent, const TQString& filename )
+Directory::Directory( Directory * parent, const TQString& filename )
     : TQListViewItem( parent ), f(filename),
       showDirsOnly( parent->showDirsOnly ),
       pix( 0 )
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ TQPixmap *fileNormal = 0;
 }
 
 
-Directory::Directory( TQListView * parent, const TQString& filename )
+Directory::Directory( TQListView * parent, const TQString& filename )
     : TQListViewItem( parent ), f(filename),
       showDirsOnly( ( (DirectoryView*)parent )->showDirsOnly() ),
       pix( 0 )
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Directory::Directory( TQListView * parent, const
         setPixmap( folderClosed );
 
     if ( o && !childCount() ) {
-        TQString s( fullName() );
+        TQString s( fullName() );
         TQDir thisDir( s );
         if ( !thisDir.isReadable() ) {
             readable = FALSE;
@@ -404,11 +404,11 @@ Directory::Directory( TQListView * parent, const
 
 TQString Directory::fullName()
 {
-    TQString s;
+    TQString s;
     if ( p ) {
         s = p->fullName();
-        s.append( f.name() );
-        s.append( "/" );
+        s.append( f.name() );
+        s.append( "/" );
     } else {
         s = f.name();
     }
@@ -551,11 +551,11 @@ static const int autoopenTime = 750;
     TQListViewItem *item = itemAt( contentsToViewport(e->pos()) );
     if ( item ) {
 
-        TQStrList lst;
+        TQStrList lst;
 
         TQUriDrag::decode( e, lst );
 
-        TQString str;
+        TQString str;
 
         switch ( e->action() ) {
             case TQDropEvent::Copy:
@@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ static const int autoopenTime = 750;
         e->accept();
 
         for ( uint i = 0; i < lst.count(); ++i ) {
-            TQString filename = TQDir::convertSeparators(TQUriDrag::uriToLocalFile(lst.at(i)));
+            TQString filename = TQDir::convertSeparators(TQUriDrag::uriToLocalFile(lst.at(i)));
             str += filename + "\n";
         }
         str += TQString( "\nTo\n\n   %1" )
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ static const int autoopenTime = 750;
 
 TQString DirectoryView::fullPath(TQListViewItem* item)
 {
-    TQString fullpath = item->text(0);
+    TQString fullpath = item->text(0);
     while ( (item=item->parent()) ) {
         if ( item->parent() )
             fullpath = item->text(0) + "/" + fullpath;
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ TQString DirectoryView::fullPath(TQListViewItem* item)
             fullpath = item->text(0) + fullpath;
     }
 #ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-        if (fullpath.length() > 2 && fullpath[1] != ':') {
+        if (fullpath.length() > 2 && fullpath[1] != ':') {
                 TQDir dir(fullpath);
                 fullpath = dir.currentDirPath().left(2) + fullpath;
         }
@@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ TQString DirectoryView::fullPath(TQListViewItem* item)
         mousePressed = FALSE;
         TQListViewItem *item = itemAt( contentsToViewport(presspos) );
         if ( item ) {
-            TQString source = fullPath(item);
+            TQString source = fullPath(item);
             if ( TQFile::exists(source) ) {
                 TQUriDrag* ud = new TQUriDrag(viewport());
                 ud->setFileNames( source );
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ TQString DirectoryView::fullPath(TQListViewItem* item)
     mousePressed = FALSE;
 }
 
-void DirectoryView::setDir( const TQString &s )
+void DirectoryView::setDir( const TQString &s )
 {
     TQListViewItemIterator it( this );
     ++it;
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ void DirectoryView::setDir( const TQ
         it.current()->setOpen( FALSE );
     }
 
-    TQStringList lst( TQStringList::split( "/", s ) );
+    TQStringList lst( TQStringList::split( "/", s ) );
     TQListViewItem *item = firstChild();
     TQStringList::Iterator it2 = lst.begin();
     for ( ; it2 != lst.end(); ++it2 ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/distributor-example.html b/doc/html/distributor-example.html
index 41df83253..ac24caf5e 100644
--- a/doc/html/distributor-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/distributor-example.html
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ void Distributor::showPage( TQWidget *page )
         finishButton()->setDefault( TRUE );
         finishButton()->setFocus();
 
-        TQString labeltext =
+        TQString labeltext =
             tr("<p><b>Current Library File:</b> %1</p>"
                "<table border=0>"
                "<tr><td><b>New Installation Prefix:</b></td><td>%2</td></tr>"
@@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ void Distributor::showPage( TQWidget *page )
     TQWizard::showPage( page );
 }
 
-void Distributor::checkLibFilename( const TQString &filename )
+void Distributor::checkLibFilename( const TQString &filename )
 {
     setNextEnabled( selectLibrary, FALSE );
 
     TQFileInfo fileinfo( filename );
-    if ( ! filename.isEmpty() && fileinfo.exists() &&
+    if ( ! filename.isEmpty() && fileinfo.exists() &&
          fileinfo.isReadable() && fileinfo.isWritable() &&
          fileinfo.isFile() && !fileinfo.isSymLink() )
         timer->start( 500, TRUE );
@@ -147,8 +147,8 @@ void Distributor::checkLibFilename( const TQString
 
 void Distributor::browseLibFilename()
 {
-    TQString filename =
-        TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    TQString filename =
+        TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
     libFilename->setText( filename );
 }
 
@@ -266,22 +266,22 @@ void Distributor::checkLibData()
     if ( completed == total_steps ) {
         setNextEnabled( selectLibrary, TRUE );
 
-        TQString prefix = TQFile::decodeName( steps[0].value );
+        TQString prefix = TQFile::decodeName( steps[0].value );
         prefixPath->setText( prefix );
 
-        TQString def_bin = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/bin" );
-        TQString def_doc = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/doc" );
-        TQString def_hdr = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/include" );
-        TQString def_lib = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/lib" );
-        TQString def_plg = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/plugins" );
-        TQString def_dat = prefix;
+        TQString def_bin = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/bin" );
+        TQString def_doc = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/doc" );
+        TQString def_hdr = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/include" );
+        TQString def_lib = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/lib" );
+        TQString def_plg = prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/plugins" );
+        TQString def_dat = prefix;
 
-        TQString bin = TQFile::decodeName( steps[1].value );
-        TQString doc = TQFile::decodeName( steps[2].value );
-        TQString hdr = TQFile::decodeName( steps[3].value );
-        TQString lib = TQFile::decodeName( steps[4].value );
-        TQString plg = TQFile::decodeName( steps[5].value );
-        TQString dat = TQFile::decodeName( steps[6].value );
+        TQString bin = TQFile::decodeName( steps[1].value );
+        TQString doc = TQFile::decodeName( steps[2].value );
+        TQString hdr = TQFile::decodeName( steps[3].value );
+        TQString lib = TQFile::decodeName( steps[4].value );
+        TQString plg = TQFile::decodeName( steps[5].value );
+        TQString dat = TQFile::decodeName( steps[6].value );
 
         autoSet->setChecked( def_bin == bin &&
                              def_doc == doc &&
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ void Distributor::checkLibData()
     }
 }
 
-void Distributor::checkInstallationPrefix( const TQString &prefix )
+void Distributor::checkInstallationPrefix( const TQString &prefix )
 {
     if ( autoSet->isChecked() ) {
         binPath->setText( prefix + TQString::fromLatin1( "/bin" ) );
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ void Distributor::checkInstallationPrefix( const TQStri
 
 void Distributor::browseInstallationPrefix()
 {
-    TQString prefix =
+    TQString prefix =
         TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
     prefixPath->setText( prefix );
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/dnd.html b/doc/html/dnd.html
index 5614b21a2..0fb3d2950 100644
--- a/doc/html/dnd.html
+++ b/doc/html/dnd.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void MyWidget::dragEnterEvent(TQDragEnterEvent* event)
 void MyWidget::dropEvent(TQDropEvent* event)
 {
     TQImage image;
-    TQString text;
+    TQString text;
 
     if ( TQImageDrag::decode(event, image) ) {
         insertImageAt(image, event->pos());
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ void MyWidget::copy()
 
 void MyWidget::paste()
 {
-    TQString text;
+    TQString text;
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode(TQApplication::clipboard()->data(), text) )
         insertText( text );
 }
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ void MyEditor::startDrag()
 
 void MyEditor::dropEvent(TQDropEvent* event)
 {
-    TQString text;
+    TQString text;
 
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode(event, text) ) {
         if ( event->source() == this && event->action() == TQDropEvent::Move ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html b/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html
index 228328253..07c90e8c4 100644
--- a/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/drawdemo-example.html
@@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ void drawColorWheel( TQPainter *p )
         p->setBrush( c );                       // solid fill with color c
         p->drawRect( 70, -10, 80, 10 );         // draw the rectangle
 
-        TQString n;
-        n.sprintf( "H=%d", i*10 );
+        TQString n;
+        n.sprintf( "H=%d", i*10 );
         p->drawText( 80+70+5, 0, n );           // draw the hue number
     }
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html b/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html
index b7a384dd5..e3f54e338 100644
--- a/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/extension-dialog-example.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ void MainForm::init()
 {
     sessions = FALSE;
     logging = FALSE;
-    log_filename = TQString::null;
+    log_filename = TQString::null;
     log_errors = TRUE;
     log_actions = TRUE;
 }
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ void DialogForm::toggleDetails()
 {
     extensionShown = !extensionShown;
     showExtension( extensionShown );
-    TQString text = tr( "&Details " );
+    TQString text = tr( "&Details " );
     text += TQString( extensionShown ? "<<<" : ">>>" );
     detailsPushButton->setText( text );
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html b/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
index 8b3e779c2..c2e69747d 100644
--- a/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/fileiconview-example.html
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ used.
 
 
 #include <ntqiconset.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 #include <ntqdir.h>
 #include <ntqtimer.h>
@@ -81,10 +81,10 @@ public:
     const char* format( int i ) const;
     TQByteArray encodedData( const char* mime ) const;
     static bool canDecode( TQMimeSource* e );
-    void append( const TQIconDragItem &item, const TQRect &pr, const TQRect &tr, const TQString &url );
+    void append( const TQIconDragItem &item, const TQRect &pr, const TQRect &tr, const TQString &url );
 
 private:
-    TQStringList urls;
+    TQStringList urls;
 
 };
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ class TQtFileIconView : public TQIconView
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    TQtFileIconView( const TQString &dir, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    TQtFileIconView( const TQString &dir, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
 
     enum ViewMode { Large, Small };
 
@@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ public:
     }
 
 public slots:
-    void setDirectory( const TQString &dir );
+    void setDirectory( const TQString &dir );
     void setDirectory( const TQDir &dir );
     void newDirectory();
     TQDir currentDir();
 
 signals:
-    void directoryChanged( const TQString & );
+    void directoryChanged( const TQString & );
     void startReadDir( int dirs );
     void readNextDir();
     void readDirDone();
@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@ public:
 
     ItemType type() const
     { return itemType; }
-    TQString filename() const { return itemFileName; }
+    TQString filename() const { return itemFileName; }
 
     virtual bool acceptDrop( const TQMimeSource *e ) const;
 
-    virtual void setText( const TQString &text );
+    virtual void setText( const TQString &text );
     virtual TQPixmap *pixmap() const;
 
     virtual void dragEntered();
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ public:
 protected:
     virtual void dropped( TQDropEvent *e, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem> & );
 
-    TQString itemFileName;
+    TQString itemFileName;
     TQFileInfo *itemFileInfo;
     ItemType itemType;
     bool checkSetText;
@@ -227,10 +227,10 @@ protected:
 
 #include "qfileiconview.h"
 #include <ntqpainter.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <ntqpixmap.h>
 #include <ntqmime.h>
-#include <ntqstrlist.h>
+#include <tqstrlist.h>
 #include <ntqdragobject.h>
 #include <ntqmessagebox.h>
 #include <ntqevent.h>
@@ -490,9 +490,9 @@ static void cleanup()
     if ( TQString( mime ) == "application/x-qiconlist" ) {
         a = TQIconDrag::encodedData( mime );
     } else if ( TQString( mime ) == "text/uri-list" ) {
-        TQString s = urls.join( "\r\n" );
-        a.resize( s.length() );
-        memcpy( a.data(), s.latin1(), s.length() );
+        TQString s = urls.join( "\r\n" );
+        a.resize( s.length() );
+        memcpy( a.data(), s.latin1(), s.length() );
     }
     return a;
 }
@@ -504,12 +504,12 @@ static void cleanup()
 }
 
 void TQtFileIconDrag::append( const TQIconDragItem &item, const TQRect &pr,
-                             const TQRect &tr, const TQString &url )
+                             const TQRect &tr, const TQString &url )
 {
     TQIconDrag::append( item, pr, tr );
-    TQString ourUrl = url;
+    TQString ourUrl = url;
 #ifdef TQ_WS_WIN
-    if (ourUrl.length() > 2 && ourUrl[1] != ':') {
+    if (ourUrl.length() > 2 && ourUrl[1] != ':') {
         TQDir dir(ourUrl);
         ourUrl = dir.absPath();
     }
@@ -605,10 +605,10 @@ TQtFileIconViewItem::~TQtFileIconViewItem()
     delete itemFileInfo;
 }
 
-void TQtFileIconViewItem::setText( const TQString &text )
+void TQtFileIconViewItem::setText( const TQString &text )
 {
     if ( checkSetText ) {
-        if ( text == "." || text == "." || text.isEmpty() )
+        if ( text == "." || text == "." || text.isEmpty() )
             return;
         TQDir dir( itemFileInfo->dir() );
         if ( dir.rename( itemFileInfo->fileName(), text ) ) {
@@ -640,10 +640,10 @@ TQtFileIconViewItem::~TQtFileIconViewItem()
         return;
     }
 
-    TQStringList lst;
+    TQStringList lst;
     TQUriDrag::decodeLocalFiles( e, lst );
 
-    TQString str;
+    TQString str;
     if ( e->action() == TQDropEvent::Copy )
         str = "Copy\n\n";
     else
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ TQtFileIconViewItem::~TQtFileIconViewItem()
  *
  *****************************************************************************/
 
-TQtFileIconView::TQtFileIconView( const TQString &dir, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+TQtFileIconView::TQtFileIconView( const TQString &dir, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
     : TQIconView( parent, name ), viewDir( dir ), newFolderNum( 0 )
 {
     if ( !iconFolderLockedLarge ) {
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ void TQtFileIconView::openFolder()
     setDirectory( openItem->itemFileName );
 }
 
-void TQtFileIconView::setDirectory( const TQString &dir )
+void TQtFileIconView::setDirectory( const TQString &dir )
 {
     viewDir = TQDir( dir );
     readDir( viewDir );
@@ -783,21 +783,21 @@ TQDir TQtFileIconView::currentDir()
     return viewDir;
 }
 
-static bool isRoot( const TQString &s )
+static bool isRoot( const TQString &s )
 {
 #if defined(Q_OS_UNIX)
     if ( s == "/" )
         return TRUE;
 #elif defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
-    TQString p = s;
-    if ( p.length() == 3 &&
-         p.right( 2 ) == ":/" )
+    TQString p = s;
+    if ( p.length() == 3 &&
+         p.right( 2 ) == ":/" )
         return TRUE;
     if ( p[ 0 ] == '/' && p[ 1 ] == '/' ) {
-        int slashes = p.contains( '/' );
+        int slashes = p.contains( '/' );
         if ( slashes <= 3 )
             return TRUE;
-        if ( slashes == 4 && p[ (int)p.length() - 1 ] == '/' )
+        if ( slashes == 4 && p[ (int)p.length() - 1 ] == '/' )
             return TRUE;
     }
 #endif
@@ -918,10 +918,10 @@ void TQtFileIconView::slotDropped( 
         return;
     }
 
-    TQStringList lst;
+    TQStringList lst;
     TQUriDrag::decodeLocalFiles( e, lst );
 
-    TQString str;
+    TQString str;
     if ( e->action() == TQDropEvent::Copy )
         str = "Copy\n\n";
     else
@@ -934,7 +934,7 @@ void TQtFileIconView::slotDropped( 
 
     TQMessageBox::information( this, e->action() == TQDropEvent::Copy ? "Copy" : "Move" , str, "Not Implemented" );
     if ( e->action() == TQDropEvent::Move )
-        TQMessageBox::information( this, "Remove" , TQDir::convertSeparators(lst.join("\n")), "Not Implemented" );
+        TQMessageBox::information( this, "Remove" , TQDir::convertSeparators(lst.join("\n")), "Not Implemented" );
     e->acceptAction();
     openItem = 0;
 }
@@ -1101,13 +1101,13 @@ protected:
     TQToolButton *upButton, *mkdirButton;
 
 protected slots:
-    void directoryChanged( const TQString & );
+    void directoryChanged( const TQString & );
     void slotStartReadDir( int dirs );
     void slotReadNextDir();
     void slotReadDirDone();
     void cdUp();
     void newFolder();
-    void changePath( const TQString &path );
+    void changePath( const TQString &path );
     void enableUp();
     void disableUp();
     void enableMkdir();
@@ -1220,25 +1220,25 @@ void FileMainWindow::setup()
     pathCombo = new TQComboBox( TRUE, toolbar );
     pathCombo->setAutoCompletion( TRUE );
     toolbar->setStretchableWidget( pathCombo );
-    connect( pathCombo, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT ( changePath( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( pathCombo, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT ( changePath( const TQString & ) ) );
 
     toolbar->addSeparator();
 
     TQPixmap pix;
 
     pix = TQPixmap( cdtoparent_xpm );
-    upButton = new TQToolButton( pix, "One directory up", TQString::null,
+    upButton = new TQToolButton( pix, "One directory up", TQString::null,
                                 this, TQ_SLOT( cdUp() ), toolbar, "cd up" );
 
     pix = TQPixmap( newfolder_xpm );
     mkdirButton = new TQToolButton( pix, "New Folder", TQString::null,
                                    this, TQ_SLOT( newFolder() ), toolbar, "new folder" );
 
-    connect( dirlist, TQ_SIGNAL( folderSelected( const TQString & ) ),
-             fileview, TQ_SLOT ( setDirectory( const TQString & ) ) );
-    connect( fileview, TQ_SIGNAL( directoryChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( directoryChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( dirlist, TQ_SIGNAL( folderSelected( const TQString & ) ),
+             fileview, TQ_SLOT ( setDirectory( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( fileview, TQ_SIGNAL( directoryChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( directoryChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
     connect( fileview, TQ_SIGNAL( startReadDir( int ) ),
              this, TQ_SLOT( slotStartReadDir( int ) ) );
     connect( fileview, TQ_SIGNAL( readNextDir() ),
@@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ void FileMainWindow::setup()
 
 void FileMainWindow::setPathCombo()
 {
-    TQString dir = caption();
+    TQString dir = caption();
     int i = 0;
     bool found = FALSE;
     for ( i = 0; i < pathCombo->count(); ++i ) {
@@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ void FileMainWindow::setPathCombo()
 
 }
 
-void FileMainWindow::directoryChanged( const TQString &dir )
+void FileMainWindow::directoryChanged( const TQString &dir )
 {
     setCaption( dir );
     setPathCombo();
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ void FileMainWindow::newFolder()
     fileview->newDirectory();
 }
 
-void FileMainWindow::changePath( const TQString &path )
+void FileMainWindow::changePath( const TQString &path )
 {
     if ( TQFileInfo( path ).exists() )
         fileview->setDirectory( path );
diff --git a/doc/html/forever-example.html b/doc/html/forever-example.html
index 45dda206c..cd79ff549 100644
--- a/doc/html/forever-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/forever-example.html
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@ private:
 
 void Forever::updateCaption()
 {
-    TQString s;
-    s.sprintf( "TQt Example - Forever - %d rectangles/second", rectangles );
+    TQString s;
+    s.sprintf( "TQt Example - Forever - %d rectangles/second", rectangles );
     rectangles = 0;
     setCaption( s );
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/ftpclient-example.html b/doc/html/ftpclient-example.html
index 13ad9fae4..21fee013b 100644
--- a/doc/html/ftpclient-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/ftpclient-example.html
@@ -86,8 +86,8 @@ void FtpMainWindow::init()
             TQ_SLOT(ftp_stateChanged(int)) );
     connect( ftp, TQ_SIGNAL(listInfo(const TQUrlInfo &)),
             TQ_SLOT(ftp_listInfo(const TQUrlInfo &)) );
-    connect( ftp, TQ_SIGNAL(rawCommandReply(int, const TQString &)),
-            TQ_SLOT(ftp_rawCommandReply(int, const TQString &)) );
+    connect( ftp, TQ_SIGNAL(rawCommandReply(int, const TQString &)),
+            TQ_SLOT(ftp_rawCommandReply(int, const TQString &)) );
 }
 
 void FtpMainWindow::destroy()
@@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ void FtpMainWindow::destroy()
 
 void FtpMainWindow::uploadFile()
 {
-    TQString fileName = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
-            TQString::null,
+    TQString fileName = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+            TQString::null,
             TQString::null,
             this,
             "upload file dialog",
             tr("Choose a file to upload") );
-    if ( fileName.isNull() )
+    if ( fileName.isNull() )
         return;
 
     TQFile *file = new TQFile( fileName );
@@ -142,13 +142,13 @@ void FtpMainWindow::downloadFile()
     if ( !item || item->isDir() )
         return;
 
-    TQString fileName = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+    TQString fileName = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
             item->text(0),
             TQString::null,
             this,
             "download file dialog",
             tr("Save downloaded file as") );
-    if ( fileName.isNull() )
+    if ( fileName.isNull() )
         return;
 
     // create file on the heap because it has to be valid throughout the whole
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ void FtpMainWindow::connectToHost()
 
 // This slot is connected to the TQComboBox::activated() signal of the
 // remotePath.
-void FtpMainWindow::changePath( const TQString &newPath )
+void FtpMainWindow::changePath( const TQString &newPath )
 {
     ftp->cd( newPath );
     ftp->rawCommand( "PWD" );
@@ -297,10 +297,10 @@ void FtpMainWindow::ftp_listInfo( const TQUrlInfo
             i.name(), TQString::number(i.size()), i.lastModified().toString() );
 }
 
-void FtpMainWindow::ftp_rawCommandReply( int code, const TQString &text )
+void FtpMainWindow::ftp_rawCommandReply( int code, const TQString &text )
 {
     if ( code == 257 ) {
-        currentFtpDir = text.section( '"', 1, 1 );
+        currentFtpDir = text.section( '"', 1, 1 );
 
         for ( int i = 0; i<remotePath->count(); i++ ) {
             // make sure that we don't insert duplicates
diff --git a/doc/html/functions.html b/doc/html/functions.html
index 339fd403a..df4f3ff5d 100644
--- a/doc/html/functions.html
+++ b/doc/html/functions.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ abort:
  TQCanvasItem
  • answerRect:
  TQDragMoveEvent
  • appID:
  TQAxFactory
  • append:
- TQCString TQIconDrag TQPtrList TQSqlCursor TQSqlIndex TQSqlRecord TQString TQTextEdit TQValueList TQValueVector TQXmlAttributes
  • appendChild:
+ TQCString TQIconDrag TQPtrList TQSqlCursor TQSqlIndex TQSqlRecord TQString TQTextEdit TQValueList TQValueVector TQXmlAttributes
  • appendChild:
  TQDomNode
  • appendData:
  TQDomCharacterData
  • applicationContext:
  TQMotif
  • applicationDirPath:
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ abort:
  TQDockWindow
  • areaPoints:
  TQCanvasPolygon TQCanvasPolygonalItem
  • areaPointsAdvanced:
  TQCanvasPolygonalItem
  • arg:
- TQNPInstance TQNetworkOperation TQString
  • argc:
+ TQNPInstance TQNetworkOperation TQString
  • argc:
  TQApplication TQNPInstance
  • argn:
  TQNPInstance
  • arguments:
  TQProcess
  • argv:
@@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ abort:
  TQVariant
  • asVariant:
  TQAxBase
  • ascent:
  TQFontMetrics
  • ascii:
- TQKeyEvent TQString
  • assign:
+ TQKeyEvent TQString
  • assign:
  TQMemArray
  • assistantClosed:
  TQAssistantClient
  • assistantOpened:
  TQAssistantClient
  • at:
- TQBitArray TQIODevice TQMemArray TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSocket TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQString TQValueList TQValueVector
  • atBeginning:
+ TQBitArray TQIODevice TQMemArray TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSocket TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQString TQValueList TQValueVector
  • atBeginning:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • atEnd:
  TQDataStream TQFile TQIODevice TQMultiLineEdit TQSocket TQTextStream
  • atFirst:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQCacheIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQPtrListIterator
  • atLast:
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ c:
  TQCanvasItem TQCanvasView
  • cap:
  TQRegExp
  • capStyle:
  TQPen
  • capacity:
- TQString TQValueVector
  • caption:
+ TQString TQValueVector
  • caption:
  TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • capturedTexts:
  TQRegExp
  • cascade:
  TQWorkspace
  • caseSensitive:
@@ -483,10 +483,10 @@ c:
  TQSqlDriver
  • commonPrefix:
  TQTranslatorMessage
  • communication:
  TQProcess
  • compare:
- TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem TQString
  • compareItems:
+ TQIconViewItem TQListViewItem TQString
  • compareItems:
  TQPtrList TQPtrVector
  • complete:
  TQNPStream
  • compose:
- TQString
  • confirmCancel:
+ TQString
  • confirmCancel:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • confirmCancels:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • confirmDelete:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • confirmEdit:
@@ -508,9 +508,9 @@ c:
  TQMap TQValueList TQValueVector
  • constEnd:
  TQMap TQValueList TQValueVector
  • constPolish:
  TQWidget
  • constref:
- TQString
  • consume:
+ TQString
  • consume:
  TQContextMenuEvent
  • contains:
- TQCString TQDomNamedNodeMap TQIconViewItem TQMap TQMemArray TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegion TQSqlDatabase TQSqlRecord TQSqlRecordInfo TQString TQTranslator TQValueList
  • containsRef:
+ TQCString TQDomNamedNodeMap TQIconViewItem TQMap TQMemArray TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegion TQSqlDatabase TQSqlRecord TQSqlRecordInfo TQString TQTranslator TQValueList
  • containsRef:
  TQPtrList TQPtrVector
  • contentHandler:
  TQXmlReader
  • contentLength:
  TQHttpHeader
  • contentType:
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ echoMode:
  TQSettings
  • endPoint:
  TQCanvasLine
  • endPrefixMapping:
  TQXmlContentHandler
  • endsWith:
- TQString
  • enforceSortOrder:
+ TQString
  • enforceSortOrder:
  TQListViewItem
  • enqueue:
  TQPtrQueue
  • ensureCellVisible:
  TQGridView TQTable
  • ensureCurrentVisible:
@@ -954,11 +954,11 @@ falseText:
  TQDir TQFileInfo TQMimeSourceFactory
  • fileSelected:
  TQFileDialog
  • filesSelected:
  TQFileDialog
  • fill:
- TQBitArray TQCString TQImage TQMemArray TQPixmap TQPtrVector TQString TQTextStream
  • fillRect:
+ TQBitArray TQCString TQImage TQMemArray TQPixmap TQPtrVector TQString TQTextStream
  • fillRect:
  TQPainter
  • filter:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable TQDir TQSqlCursor TQWSInputMethod
  • filterSelected:
  TQFileDialog
  • find:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDataTable TQDict TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntDict TQMap TQMemArray TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlRecordInfo TQString TQTextEdit TQValueList TQWidget
  • findFirstVisibleItem:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDataTable TQDict TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntDict TQMap TQMemArray TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlRecordInfo TQString TQTextEdit TQValueList TQWidget
  • findFirstVisibleItem:
  TQIconView
  • findIndex:
  TQValueList
  • findItem:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQMenuData
  • findKey:
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ falseText:
  TQPtrList
  • findProperty:
  TQMetaObject
  • findRef:
  TQPtrList TQPtrVector
  • findRev:
- TQCString TQString
  • findWidget:
+ TQCString TQString
  • findWidget:
  TQBoxLayout TQGridLayout
  • finish:
  TQSplashScreen
  • finishButton:
  TQWizard
  • finished:
@@ -1033,19 +1033,19 @@ falseText:
  TQFrame
  • frameWidth:
  TQFrame
  • free:
  TQNetworkOperation
  • fromAscii:
- TQString
  • fromLast:
+ TQString
  • fromLast:
  TQValueList
  • fromLatin1:
- TQString
  • fromLocal8Bit:
- TQString
  • fromMimeSource:
+ TQString
  • fromLocal8Bit:
+ TQString
  • fromMimeSource:
  TQImage TQPixmap
  • fromPage:
  TQPrinter
  • fromRawData:
  TQXmlInputSource
  • fromStrList:
- TQStringList
  • fromString:
+ TQStringList
  • fromString:
  TQDate TQDateTime TQFont TQTime
  • fromStringList:
  TQSqlIndex
  • fromUcs2:
- TQString
  • fromUnicode:
+ TQString
  • fromUnicode:
  TQHebrewCodec TQTextCodec TQTextEncoder
  • fromUtf8:
- TQString
  • front:
+ TQString
  • front:
  TQValueList TQValueVector
  • fullPage:
  TQPrinter
  • fullSpan:
  TQCustomMenuItem
  • functions:
@@ -1103,8 +1103,8 @@ gamma:
  TQPixmap
  • greaterThan:
  TQUrlInfo
  • green:
  TQColor
  • grep:
- TQStringList
  • gres:
- TQStringList
  • gridSize:
+ TQStringList
  • gres:
+ TQStringList
  • gridSize:
  TQGridView
  • gridX:
  TQIconView
  • gridY:
  TQIconView
  • group:
@@ -1253,7 +1253,7 @@ icon:
  TQImage
  • inputFormats:
  TQImage TQImageDecoder TQImageIO
  • inputMask:
  TQLineEdit
  • insert:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDataBrowser TQDict TQIntCache TQIntDict TQLineEdit TQMap TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlCursor TQSqlForm TQSqlPropertyMap TQSqlRecord TQString TQTextEdit TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector
  • insertAfter:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDataBrowser TQDict TQIntCache TQIntDict TQLineEdit TQMap TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlCursor TQSqlForm TQSqlPropertyMap TQSqlRecord TQString TQTextEdit TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector
  • insertAfter:
  TQDomNode
  • insertAndMark:
  TQMultiLineEdit
  • insertAt:
  TQMultiLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • insertBefore:
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ icon:
  TQTable
  • isEffectEnabled:
  TQApplication
  • isElement:
  TQDomElement TQDomNode
  • isEmpty:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCache TQCacheIterator TQDict TQDictIterator TQDockArea TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeySequence TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQMap TQMemArray TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSpacerItem TQSqlRecord TQString TQTableSelection TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidgetItem
  • isEnabled:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCache TQCacheIterator TQDict TQDictIterator TQDockArea TQGLColormap TQIntCache TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict TQIntDictIterator TQKeySequence TQLayout TQLayoutItem TQMap TQMemArray TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPtrDict TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSpacerItem TQSqlRecord TQString TQTableSelection TQTranslator TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidgetItem
  • isEnabled:
  TQAccel TQAction TQCanvasItem TQLayout TQListViewItem TQSocketNotifier TQTab TQTableItem TQWidget
  • isEnabledTo:
  TQWidget
  • isEntity:
  TQDomEntity TQDomNode
  • isEntityReference:
@@ -1407,7 +1407,7 @@ icon:
  TQLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • isMovingEnabled:
  TQDockWindow TQHeader
  • isNotation:
  TQDomNode TQDomNotation
  • isNull:
- TQAxBase TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQDomImplementation TQDomNode TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQIconSet TQImage TQMemArray TQMovie TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSqlCursor TQSqlField TQSqlQuery TQSqlRecord TQSqlResult TQString TQTime TQUuid TQVariant
  • isNumber:
+ TQAxBase TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQDomImplementation TQDomNode TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQIconSet TQImage TQMemArray TQMovie TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSqlCursor TQSqlField TQSqlQuery TQSqlRecord TQSqlResult TQString TQTime TQUuid TQVariant
  • isNumber:
  TQChar
  • isOn:
  TQAction TQButton TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • isOpen:
  TQAssistantClient TQIODevice TQListView TQListViewItem TQSqlDatabase TQSqlDriver
  • isOpenError:
@@ -1509,7 +1509,7 @@ icon:
  TQIconView
  • iterator:
  TQLayout TQLayoutItem
  • 
 join:
- TQStringList
  • joinStyle:
+ TQStringList
  • joinStyle:
  TQPen
  • joining:
  TQChar
  • jumpTable:
  TQImage
  • 
@@ -1545,7 +1545,7 @@ label:
  TQFont
  • lastResortFont:
  TQFont
  • lastWindowClosed:
  TQApplication
  • latin1:
- TQChar TQString
  • launch:
+ TQChar TQString
  • launch:
  TQProcess
  • launchFinished:
  TQProcess
  • layOutButtonRow:
  TQWizard
  • layOutTitleRow:
@@ -1559,14 +1559,14 @@ label:
  TQWidget
  • leaveInstance:
  TQNPWidget
  • leaveWhatsThisMode:
  TQWhatsThis
  • left:
- TQCString TQRect TQString
  • leftBearing:
+ TQCString TQRect TQString
  • leftBearing:
  TQFontMetrics
  • leftCol:
  TQTableSelection
  • leftDock:
  TQMainWindow
  • leftEdge:
  TQCanvasSprite
  • leftJustify:
- TQCString TQString
  • leftMargin:
+ TQCString TQString
  • leftMargin:
  TQScrollView
  • length:
- TQCString TQDomCharacterData TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNodeList TQSqlFieldInfo TQString TQTextEdit TQXmlAttributes
  • lessThan:
+ TQCString TQDomCharacterData TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNodeList TQSqlFieldInfo TQString TQTextEdit TQXmlAttributes
  • lessThan:
  TQUrlInfo
  • lexicalHandler:
  TQXmlReader
  • library:
  TQLibrary
  • libraryPaths:
@@ -1602,12 +1602,12 @@ label:
  TQTextCodec
  • loadFromData:
  TQImage TQPixmap
  • loadImages:
  TQWidgetFactory
  • local8Bit:
- TQString
  • localData:
+ TQString
  • localData:
  TQThreadStorage
  • localFileToUri:
  TQUriDrag
  • localName:
  TQDomNode TQXmlAttributes
  • locale:
  TQTextCodec
  • localeAwareCompare:
- TQString
  • lock:
+ TQString
  • lock:
  TQApplication TQMutex
  • locked:
  TQApplication TQMutex
  • logicalDpiX:
  TQPaintDeviceMetrics
  • logicalDpiY:
@@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ label:
  TQSound
  • loopsRemaining:
  TQSound
  • lostFocus:
  TQFocusEvent TQLineEdit
  • lower:
- TQCString TQChar TQString TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • 
+ TQCString TQChar TQString TQWSWindow TQWidget
  • 
 m11:
  TQWMatrix
  • m12:
  TQWMatrix
  • m21:
@@ -1707,7 +1707,7 @@ m11:
  TQEucJpCodec TQTextCodec
  • mibEnums:
  TQTextCodecPlugin
  • microFocusHint:
  TQWidget
  • mid:
- TQCString TQColorGroup TQString
  • midLineWidth:
+ TQCString TQColorGroup TQString
  • midLineWidth:
  TQFrame TQStyleOption
  • midlight:
  TQColorGroup
  • mightBeRichText:
  TQStyleSheet
  • mimeFor:
@@ -1835,7 +1835,7 @@ name:
  TQTable
  • numSignals:
  TQMetaObject
  • numSlots:
  TQMetaObject
  • number:
- TQSqlError TQString
  • 
+ TQSqlError TQString
  • 
 object:
  TQAccessibleObject TQAxAggregated
  • objectTrees:
  TQObject
  • offset:
@@ -1871,36 +1871,36 @@ object:
  TQDeepCopy
  • operator T *:
  TQGuardedPtr
  • operator char:
  TQChar
  • operator const char *:
- TQCString TQString
  • operator const type *:
+ TQCString TQString
  • operator const type *:
  TQMemArray
  • operator int:
  TQBitVal
  • operator std::string:
- TQString
  • operator type *:
+ TQString
  • operator type *:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCacheIterator TQDictIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack
  • operator!:
- TQString
  • operator!=:
- TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator&:
+ TQString
  • operator!=:
+ TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator&:
  TQBitArray TQRect TQRegion
  • operator&=:
  TQBitArray TQRect TQRegion
  • operator():
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCacheIterator TQDictIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator
  • operator*:
  TQGuardedPtr TQListViewItemIterator TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQPoint TQPtrListIterator TQSize TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator
  • operator*=:
  TQPoint TQSize TQWMatrix
  • operator+:
- TQCString TQCanvasItemList TQPoint TQRegion TQSize TQString TQValueList
  • operator++:
+ TQCString TQCanvasItemList TQPoint TQRegion TQSize TQString TQValueList
  • operator++:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCacheIterator TQDictIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQLayoutIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator TQSemaphore TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator
  • operator+=:
- TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCacheIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQPoint TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator TQRegion TQSemaphore TQSize TQString TQValueList TQValueListIterator
  • operator-:
+ TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCString TQCacheIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQPoint TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator TQRegion TQSemaphore TQSize TQString TQValueList TQValueListIterator
  • operator-:
  TQPoint TQRegion TQSize
  • operator--:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQCacheIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQPtrListIterator TQSemaphore TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator
  • operator-=:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQCacheIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQPoint TQPtrListIterator TQRegion TQSemaphore TQSize TQValueListIterator
  • operator->:
  TQGuardedPtr
  • operator/:
  TQPoint TQSize
  • operator/=:
  TQPoint TQSize
  • operator<:
- TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid
  • operator<<:
- TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQDomNode TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator<=:
- TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage
  • operator=:
- TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQBitVal TQBitmap TQBrush TQCString TQCacheIterator TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDeepCopy TQDict TQDir TQDomAttr TQDomCDATASection TQDomCharacterData TQDomComment TQDomDocument TQDomDocumentFragment TQDomDocumentType TQDomElement TQDomEntity TQDomEntityReference TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQDomNotation TQDomProcessingInstruction TQDomText TQFileInfo TQFont TQFontInfo TQFontMetrics TQGLColormap TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQHttpHeader TQIconSet TQImage TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict fnord TQKeySequence TQLayoutIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQLocale TQMap TQMemArray TQMovie TQObjectList TQObjectListIterator TQPair TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPointArray TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRegExp TQRegion TQSqlCursor TQSqlError TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlIndex TQSqlQuery TQSqlRecord TQStrList TQString TQStyleSheetItem TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueVector TQVariant
  • operator==:
- TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQValueVector TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator>:
- TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid
  • operator>=:
- TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage
  • operator>>:
- TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator[]:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCache TQDict TQDir TQIntCache TQIntDict TQKeySequence TQMap TQMemArray TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQString TQValueList TQValueVector
  • operator^:
+ TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid
  • operator<<:
+ TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQDomNode TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator<=:
+ TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage
  • operator=:
+ TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQBitVal TQBitmap TQBrush TQCString TQCacheIterator TQColor TQColorGroup TQCursor TQDeepCopy TQDict TQDir TQDomAttr TQDomCDATASection TQDomCharacterData TQDomComment TQDomDocument TQDomDocumentFragment TQDomDocumentType TQDomElement TQDomEntity TQDomEntityReference TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQDomNotation TQDomProcessingInstruction TQDomText TQFileInfo TQFont TQFontInfo TQFontMetrics TQGLColormap TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQHttpHeader TQIconSet TQImage TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDict fnord TQKeySequence TQLayoutIterator TQListViewItemIterator TQLocale TQMap TQMemArray TQMovie TQObjectList TQObjectListIterator TQPair TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPointArray TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrListIterator TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQRegExp TQRegion TQSqlCursor TQSqlError TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlIndex TQSqlQuery TQSqlRecord TQStrList TQString TQStyleSheetItem TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueVector TQVariant
  • operator==:
+ TQBrush TQCString TQChar TQColor TQColorGroup TQDate TQDateTime TQDir TQDomImplementation TQDomNamedNodeMap TQDomNode TQDomNodeList TQFont TQGuardedPtr TQHostAddress TQImage TQKeySequence TQMapConstIterator TQMapIterator TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPoint TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQRect TQRegExp TQRegion TQSize TQSizePolicy TQSqlField TQSqlFieldInfo TQString TQTableSelection TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUrl TQUrlInfo TQUuid TQValueList TQValueListConstIterator TQValueListIterator TQValueVector TQVariant TQWMatrix
  • operator>:
+ TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage TQUuid
  • operator>=:
+ TQCString TQChar TQDate TQDateTime TQString TQTime TQTranslatorMessage
  • operator>>:
+ TQBitArray TQBrush TQCString TQColor TQCursor TQDataStream TQDate TQDateTime TQDockArea TQFont TQImage TQKeySequence TQMainWindow TQMap TQMemArray TQPalette TQPen TQPicture TQPixmap TQPoint TQPointArray TQRect TQRegion TQSize TQSplitter TQString TQTextStream TQTime TQUuid TQValueList TQWMatrix
  • operator[]:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCache TQDict TQDir TQIntCache TQIntDict TQKeySequence TQMap TQMemArray TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQString TQValueList TQValueVector
  • operator^:
  TQBitArray TQRegion
  • operator^=:
  TQBitArray TQRegion
  • operator|:
  TQBitArray TQRect TQRegion
  • operator|=:
@@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ packImage:
  TQDomNode TQSpinBox TQXmlNamespaceSupport
  • prefixes:
  TQXmlNamespaceSupport
  • prepare:
  TQSqlQuery
  • prepend:
- TQCString TQPtrList TQString TQValueList
  • pressed:
+ TQCString TQPtrList TQString TQValueList
  • pressed:
  TQButton TQButtonGroup TQCheckBox TQHeader TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQTable
  • pressure:
  TQTabletEvent
  • prev:
  TQDataBrowser TQFocusData TQListBoxItem TQPtrList TQSqlQuery
  • prevItem:
@@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ rBottom:
  TQPainter
  • redo:
  TQLineEdit TQTextEdit
  • redoAvailable:
  TQTextEdit
  • ref:
- TQString TQUrl
  • reformat:
+ TQString TQUrl
  • reformat:
  TQStatusBar
  • refresh:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable TQDataView TQDir TQFileInfo TQSplitter TQWSServer
  • regExp:
  TQRegExpValidator
  • region:
@@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ rBottom:
  TQWidget
  • released:
  TQButton TQButtonGroup TQCheckBox TQHeader TQPushButton TQRadioButton
  • reload:
  TQTextBrowser
  • remove:
- TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDict TQDir TQFile TQFtp TQIntCache TQIntDict TQLayout TQMap TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQSqlCursor TQSqlForm TQSqlPropertyMap TQSqlRecord TQString TQToolTip TQTranslator TQUrlOperator TQValueList TQWhatsThis
  • removeAttribute:
+ TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQButtonGroup TQCString TQCache TQDict TQDir TQFile TQFtp TQIntCache TQIntDict TQLayout TQMap TQObjectCleanupHandler TQPixmapCache TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQPtrQueue TQPtrStack TQPtrVector TQSqlCursor TQSqlForm TQSqlPropertyMap TQSqlRecord TQString TQToolTip TQTranslator TQUrlOperator TQValueList TQWhatsThis
  • removeAttribute:
  TQDomElement
  • removeAttributeNS:
  TQDomElement
  • removeAttributeNode:
  TQDomElement
  • removeChild:
@@ -2268,7 +2268,7 @@ rBottom:
  TQIconView
  • repaintSelections:
  TQTable
  • reparent:
  TQWidget
  • replace:
- TQAsciiDict TQCString TQDict TQIntDict TQMap TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQString
  • replaceChild:
+ TQAsciiDict TQCString TQDict TQIntDict TQMap TQPtrDict TQPtrList TQString
  • replaceChild:
  TQDomNode
  • replaceData:
  TQDomCharacterData
  • reportError:
  TQAxBindable
  • request:
@@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ rBottom:
  TQWSWindow
  • requestedFormat:
  TQGLContext
  • rereadDir:
  TQFileDialog
  • reserve:
- TQString TQValueVector
  • reset:
+ TQString TQValueVector
  • reset:
  TQDataTable TQGLContext TQIODevice TQIconSet TQImage TQMetaProperty TQProgressBar TQProgressDialog TQSqlResult TQTextStream TQUrl TQWMatrix TQWSInputMethod TQXmlInputSource TQXmlNamespaceSupport
  • resetGroup:
  TQSettings
  • resetInputContext:
  TQWidget
  • resetRawData:
@@ -2319,14 +2319,14 @@ rBottom:
  TQColor
  • rgba:
  TQGLFormat
  • rheight:
  TQSize
  • right:
- TQCString TQRect TQString
  • rightBearing:
+ TQCString TQRect TQString
  • rightBearing:
  TQFontMetrics
  • rightButtonClicked:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView
  • rightButtonPressed:
  TQIconView TQListBox TQListView
  • rightCol:
  TQTableSelection
  • rightDock:
  TQMainWindow
  • rightEdge:
  TQCanvasSprite
  • rightJustify:
- TQCString TQString
  • rightMargin:
+ TQCString TQString
  • rightMargin:
  TQScrollView
  • rmdir:
  TQDir TQFtp
  • role:
  TQAccessibleInterface
  • rollback:
@@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ sRect:
  TQRegExp
  • second:
  TQTime
  • secsTo:
  TQDateTime TQTime
  • section:
- TQString
  • sectionAt:
+ TQString
  • sectionAt:
  TQHeader
  • sectionFormattedText:
  TQDateEdit TQTimeEdit
  • sectionHandleDoubleClicked:
  TQHeader
  • sectionPos:
@@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ sRect:
  TQNetworkOperation
  • setArguments:
  TQAssistantClient TQProcess
  • setArrangement:
  TQIconView
  • setAscii:
- TQString
  • setAt:
+ TQString
  • setAt:
  TQSqlResult
  • setAttribute:
  TQDomElement
  • setAttributeNS:
  TQDomElement
  • setAttributeNode:
@@ -2782,10 +2782,10 @@ sRect:
  TQProgressDialog
  • setLastError:
  TQSqlDriver TQSqlResult
  • setLastModified:
  TQUrlInfo
  • setLatin1:
- TQString
  • setLeft:
+ TQString
  • setLeft:
  TQRect
  • setLeftMargin:
  TQTable
  • setLength:
- TQString
  • setLexicalHandler:
+ TQString
  • setLexicalHandler:
  TQXmlReader
  • setLibraryPaths:
  TQApplication
  • setLineEdit:
  TQComboBox
  • setLineStep:
@@ -2853,7 +2853,7 @@ sRect:
  TQDial
  • setNull:
  TQSqlField TQSqlRecord
  • setNullText:
  TQDataTable
  • setNum:
- TQCString TQLabel TQString
  • setNumColors:
+ TQCString TQLabel TQString
  • setNumColors:
  TQImage
  • setNumCols:
  TQGridView TQTable
  • setNumCopies:
  TQPrinter
  • setNumDigits:
@@ -3092,8 +3092,8 @@ sRect:
  TQFont TQTextEdit
  • setUndoDepth:
  TQTextEdit
  • setUndoRedoEnabled:
  TQTextEdit
  • setUnicode:
- TQString
  • setUnicodeCodes:
- TQString
  • setUnicodeUris:
+ TQString
  • setUnicodeCodes:
+ TQString
  • setUnicodeUris:
  TQUriDrag
  • setUpLayout:
  TQMainWindow
  • setUpdatePeriod:
  TQCanvas
  • setUpdatesEnabled:
@@ -3185,7 +3185,7 @@ sRect:
  TQMetaObject
  • signalsBlocked:
  TQObject
  • simpleHeuristicNameMatch:
  TQTextCodec
  • simplifyWhiteSpace:
- TQCString TQString
  • singleShot:
+ TQCString TQString
  • singleShot:
  TQTimer
  • size:
  TQAsciiCache TQAsciiDict TQBitArray TQCache TQCanvas TQCanvasRectangle TQDict TQDirectPainter TQFile TQFileInfo TQFontMetrics TQGLColormap TQIODevice TQIconViewItem TQImage TQIntCache TQIntDict TQMap TQMemArray TQPicture TQPixmap TQPtrDict TQPtrVector TQRect TQResizeEvent TQSocket TQSqlQuery TQSqlResult TQUrlInfo TQValueList TQValueVector TQWidget
  • sizeChange:
  TQHeader
  • sizeFromContents:
@@ -3210,7 +3210,7 @@ sRect:
  TQFontDatabase
  • socket:
  TQServerSocket TQSocket TQSocketDevice TQSocketNotifier
  • socketDevice:
  TQServerSocket TQSocket
  • sort:
- TQDataBrowser TQDataTable TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQListViewItem TQMemArray TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlCursor TQStringList
  • sortAscending:
+ TQDataBrowser TQDataTable TQIconView TQListBox TQListView TQListViewItem TQMemArray TQPtrList TQPtrVector TQSqlCursor TQStringList
  • sortAscending:
  TQDataTable
  • sortChildItems:
  TQListViewItem
  • sortColumn:
  TQDataTable TQListView TQTable
  • sortDescending:
@@ -3229,13 +3229,13 @@ sRect:
  TQSpinBox
  • specified:
  TQDomAttr
  • speed:
  TQMovie
  • split:
- TQStringList
  • splitName:
+ TQStringList
  • splitName:
  TQXmlNamespaceSupport
  • splitText:
  TQDomText
  • spontaneous:
  TQEvent
  • sprintf:
- TQCString TQString
  • sqlCursor:
+ TQCString TQString
  • sqlCursor:
  TQDataBrowser TQDataTable
  • squeeze:
- TQString TQTranslator
  • stackUnder:
+ TQString TQTranslator
  • stackUnder:
  TQWidget
  • standardIcon:
  TQMessageBox
  • standardSizes:
  TQFontDatabase
  • start:
@@ -3255,7 +3255,7 @@ sRect:
  TQObject
  • startedNextCopy:
  TQUrlOperator
  • startingUp:
  TQApplication
  • startsWith:
- TQString
  • state:
+ TQString
  • state:
  TQAccessibleInterface TQAxScriptEngine TQButton TQCheckBox TQCheckListItem TQContextMenuEvent TQFtp TQHttp TQIODevice TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent TQNetworkOperation TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQSocket TQWheelEvent
  • stateAfter:
  TQKeyEvent TQMouseEvent
  • stateChange:
  TQCheckListItem
  • stateChanged:
@@ -3282,7 +3282,7 @@ sRect:
  TQFont
  • strikeOutPos:
  TQFontMetrics
  • string:
  TQConstString
  • stripWhiteSpace:
- TQCString TQString
  • style:
+ TQCString TQString
  • style:
  TQApplication TQBrush TQPen TQWidget
  • styleChange:
  TQWidget
  • styleHint:
  TQFont TQFontInfo TQStyle
  • stylePixmap:
@@ -3400,24 +3400,24 @@ tab:
  TQDomNode
  • toDocumentFragment:
  TQDomNode
  • toDocumentType:
  TQDomNode
  • toDouble:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toElement:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toElement:
  TQDomNode
  • toEntity:
  TQDomNode
  • toEntityReference:
  TQDomNode
  • toField:
  TQSqlFieldInfo
  • toFirst:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQAsciiDictIterator TQCacheIterator TQDictIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQIntDictIterator TQPtrDictIterator TQPtrListIterator
  • toFloat:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toFont:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toFont:
  TQVariant
  • toIPv4Address:
  TQHostAddress
  • toIPv6Address:
  TQHostAddress
  • toIconSet:
  TQVariant
  • toImage:
  TQVariant
  • toInt:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toKeySequence:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toKeySequence:
  TQVariant
  • toLast:
  TQAsciiCacheIterator TQCacheIterator TQIntCacheIterator TQPtrListIterator
  • toList:
  TQVariant
  • toLong:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toLongLong:
- TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toMap:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toLongLong:
+ TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toMap:
  TQVariant
  • toNotation:
  TQDomNode
  • toPage:
  TQPrinter
  • toPalette:
@@ -3430,7 +3430,7 @@ tab:
  TQSqlRecordInfo
  • toRect:
  TQVariant
  • toRegion:
  TQVariant
  • toShort:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toSize:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toSize:
  TQVariant
  • toSizePolicy:
  TQVariant
  • toString:
  TQDate TQDateTime TQDomDocument TQFont TQHostAddress TQHttpHeader TQLocale TQSqlCursor TQSqlRecord TQTime TQUrl TQUuid TQVariant
  • toStringList:
@@ -3438,10 +3438,10 @@ tab:
  TQDomNode
  • toTime:
  TQVariant
  • toTime_t:
  TQDateTime
  • toUInt:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toULong:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toULongLong:
- TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toUShort:
- TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toUnicode:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toULong:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toULongLong:
+ TQLocale TQString TQVariant
  • toUShort:
+ TQCString TQLocale TQString
  • toUnicode:
  TQTextCodec TQTextDecoder
  • toVector:
  TQPtrList
  • toggle:
  TQAction TQButton TQCheckBox TQPushButton TQRadioButton TQToolButton
  • toggleBit:
@@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ tab:
  TQListBox TQListView
  • trueMatrix:
  TQPixmap
  • trueText:
  TQDataTable
  • truncate:
- TQCString TQMemArray TQString
  • tryAccess:
+ TQCString TQMemArray TQString
  • tryAccess:
  TQSemaphore
  • tryLock:
  TQApplication TQMutex
  • tryTerminate:
  TQProcess
  • turnOffChild:
@@ -3492,7 +3492,7 @@ tab:
  TQVariant
  • typeToName:
  TQVariant
  • 
 ucs2:
- TQString
  • unPolish:
+ TQString
  • unPolish:
  TQStyle
  • uncache:
  TQScreen
  • underline:
  TQFont TQTextEdit
  • underlinePos:
@@ -3502,7 +3502,7 @@ ucs2:
  TQTextEdit
  • undock:
  TQDockWindow
  • ungetch:
  TQFile TQIODevice TQSocket
  • unicode:
- TQChar TQString
  • unicodeUriToUri:
+ TQChar TQString
  • unicodeUriToUri:
  TQUriDrag
  • uniqueId:
  TQTabletEvent
  • unite:
  TQRect TQRegion
  • unload:
@@ -3536,7 +3536,7 @@ ucs2:
  TQWidget
  • updateOverlayGL:
  TQGLWidget
  • updateScrollBars:
  TQScrollView
  • upper:
- TQCString TQChar TQString
  • uri:
+ TQCString TQChar TQString
  • uri:
  TQXmlAttributes TQXmlNamespaceSupport
  • uriToLocalFile:
  TQUriDrag
  • uriToUnicodeUri:
  TQUriDrag
  • url:
@@ -3552,7 +3552,7 @@ ucs2:
  TQMainWindow TQToolButton
  • usesTextLabelChanged:
  TQMainWindow
  • usleep:
  TQThread
  • utf8:
- TQString
  • 
+ TQString
  • 
 vScrollBarMode:
  TQScrollView
  • valid:
  TQImage
  • validChunk:
diff --git a/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html b/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html
index 5ed08a695..3c8011ed3 100644
--- a/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/grapher-nsplugin-example.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
 
     union Datum {
         double dbl;
-        TQString* str;
+        TQString* str;
     };
 
     virtual TQPtrList<Datum>& graphData()=0;
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ void Grapher::consumeLine()
         TQPtrList<ColType> typelist;
         typelist.setAutoDelete(TRUE);
         do {
-            TQString typestr;
+            TQString typestr;
             ts >> typestr >> ws;
             ColType* t = 0;
             if ( typestr == "num" ) {
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ void Grapher::consumeLine()
                 break;
               }
               case Label: {
-                TQString* value = new TQString;
+                TQString* value = new TQString;
                 ts >> *value >> ws;
                 rowdata[col].str = value;
                 break;
diff --git a/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms b/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
index a5ec23a2d..70be07483 100644
--- a/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
+++ b/doc/html/headerfilesynonyms
@@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ tqptrlistiterator.h tqptrlist.h
 qhebrewcodec.h ntqrtlcodec.h
 tqsqlfieldinfo.h tqsqlfield.h
 tqsqlrecordinfo.h tqsqlrecord.h
-qchar.h ntqstring.h
-qcharref.h ntqstring.h
-qconststring.h ntqstring.h
-qstrlistiterator.h ntqstrlist.h
-qstrilist.h ntqstrlist.h
+qchar.h tqstring.h
+qcharref.h tqstring.h
+qconststring.h tqstring.h
+tqstrlistiterator.h tqstrlist.h
+tqstrilist.h tqstrlist.h
 qstyleoption.h ntqstyle.h
 qstylesheetitem.h ntqstylesheet.h
 qtab.h ntqtabbar.h
diff --git a/doc/html/headers.html b/doc/html/headers.html
index 161bf2c47..77436b33f 100644
--- a/doc/html/headers.html
+++ b/doc/html/headers.html
@@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
  • tqsqlresult.h
 
  • tqsqlselectcursor.h
 
  • ntqstatusbar.h
-
  • ntqstring.h
-
  • ntqstringlist.h
-
  • ntqstrlist.h
+
  • tqstring.h
+
  • tqstringlist.h
+
  • tqstrlist.h
 
  • ntqstyle.h
 
  • ntqstylefactory.h
 
  • ntqstyleplugin.h
diff --git a/doc/html/hello-example.html b/doc/html/hello-example.html
index 6145ecbce..0697df652 100644
--- a/doc/html/hello-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/hello-example.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ protected:
 private slots:
     void animate();
 private:
-    TQString t;
+    TQString t;
     int     b;
 };
 
@@ -203,13 +203,13 @@ void Hello::paintEvent( TQApplication a(argc,argv);
-    TQString s;
+    TQString s;
     for ( int i=1; i<argc; i++ ) {
         s += argv[i];
         if ( i<argc-1 )
             s += " ";
     }
-    if ( s.isEmpty() )
+    if ( s.isEmpty() )
         s = "Hello, World";
     Hello h( s );
 #ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGET_TOPEXTRA   // for TQt/Embedded minimal build
diff --git a/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html b/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html
index bbb45097f..823f244f9 100644
--- a/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/helpsystem-example.html
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ to the TQToolTip constructor.
         else
             section = header->sectionAt( header->offset() + p.y() );
 
-        TQString tipString = header->label( section );
+        TQString tipString = header->label( section );
         tip( header->sectionRect( section ), tipString, "This is a section in a header" );
     }
 
    • 
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ member with the TQTable pointer itself.
         int row = table->rowAt( cp.y() );
         int col = table->columnAt( cp.x() );
 
-        TQString tipString = table->text( row, col );
+        TQString tipString = table->text( row, col );
 
         TQRect cr = table->cellGeometry( row, col );
 
    
@@ -149,11 +149,11 @@ in a tooltip and to provide text for the TQToolTipG
     public:
         WhatsThis( TQWidget *w, TQWidget *watch = 0 );
 
-        bool clicked( const TQString &link );
+        bool clicked( const TQString &link );
         TQWidget *parentWidget() const;
 
     signals:
-        void linkClicked( const TQString &link );
+        void linkClicked( const TQString &link );
 
     private:
         TQWidget *widget;
@@ -182,9 +182,9 @@ is passed to the constructor it will propagate the parameter to
 the TQWhatsThis constructor and store the TQWidget pointer itself 
 in it's member variable to allow easier use of the TQWidget API 
 later on.
-
        bool WhatsThis::clicked( const TQString &link )
+
        bool WhatsThis::clicked( const TQString &link )
     {
-        if ( !link.isEmpty() )
+        if ( !link.isEmpty() )
             emit linkClicked( link );
 
         return TRUE;
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ if a hyperlink has been clicked.
     public:
         HeaderWhatsThis( TQHeader *h );
 
-        TQString text( const TQPoint &p );
+        TQString text( const TQPoint &p );
     };
 
    
 
     
        class TableWhatsThis : public WhatsThis
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ if a hyperlink has been clicked.
     public:
         TableWhatsThis( TQTable *t );
 
-        TQString text( const TQPoint &p );
+        TQString text( const TQPoint &p );
     };
 
    
 
     
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ WhatsThis constructor.
     {
         TQHeader *header = (TQHeader*)parentWidget();
 
-        TQString orient;
+        TQString orient;
         int section;
         if ( header->orientation() == TQObject::Horizontal ) {
             orient = "horizontal";
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ WhatsThis constructor.
         }
         if( section == -1 )
             return "This is empty space.";
-        TQString docsPath = TQDir("../../doc").absPath();
+        TQString docsPath = TQDir("../../doc").absPath();
         return TQString("This is section number %1 in the %2 <a href=%2/html/ntqheader.html>header</a>.").
             arg(section + 1).
             arg(orient).
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ viewport() to the WhatsThis constructor.
         if ( !i )
             return "This is an empty cell.";
 
-        TQString docsPath = TQDir("../../doc").absPath();
+        TQString docsPath = TQDir("../../doc").absPath();
 
         if ( TQTableItem::RTTI == i->rtti() ) {
             return TQString("This is a <a href=%1/html/qtableitem.html>TQTableItem</a>.").
@@ -335,13 +335,13 @@ member as well, to allow easier access to TQt Assistant later on.
         assistant = new TQAssistantClient( TQDir("../../bin").absPath(), this );
 
    
 
     The MainWindow constructor creates an instance of 
-TQAssistantClient using TQString::null as the first argument
+TQAssistantClient using TQString::null as the first argument
 so that the system path is used.
 
            TQTable* table = new TQTable( 2, 3, this );
         setCentralWidget( table );
 
         // populate table
-        TQStringList comboEntries;
+        TQStringList comboEntries;
         comboEntries << "one" << "two" << "three" << "four";
         TQComboTableItem* comboItem1 = new TQComboTableItem( table, comboEntries );
         TQComboTableItem* comboItem2 = new TQComboTableItem( table, comboEntries );
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@ and the toolbar are populated.
 which will enter "What's this?" mode when clicked.
 
            //create tooltipgroup
         TQToolTipGroup * tipGroup = new TQToolTipGroup( this );
-        connect( tipGroup, TQ_SIGNAL(showTip(const TQString&)), statusBar(),
-            TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( tipGroup, TQ_SIGNAL(showTip(const TQString&)), statusBar(),
+            TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)) );
         connect( tipGroup, TQ_SIGNAL(removeTip()), statusBar(), TQ_SLOT(clear()) );
 
    
 
     A TQToolTipGroup is created and will show and remove tooltips
@@ -423,12 +423,12 @@ headers and the table. What's This? help is also added for the
 menu items.
 
            // connections
         connect( assistantButton, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked()), this, TQ_SLOT(assistantSlot()) );
-        connect( horizontalWhatsThis, TQ_SIGNAL(linkClicked(const TQString&)), assistant,
-            TQ_SLOT(showPage(const TQString&)) );
-        connect( verticalWhatsThis, TQ_SIGNAL(linkClicked(const TQString&)), assistant,
-            TQ_SLOT(showPage(const TQString&)) );
-        connect( cellWhatsThis, TQ_SIGNAL(linkClicked(const TQString&)), assistant,
-            TQ_SLOT(showPage(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( horizontalWhatsThis, TQ_SIGNAL(linkClicked(const TQString&)), assistant,
+            TQ_SLOT(showPage(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( verticalWhatsThis, TQ_SIGNAL(linkClicked(const TQString&)), assistant,
+            TQ_SLOT(showPage(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( cellWhatsThis, TQ_SIGNAL(linkClicked(const TQString&)), assistant,
+            TQ_SLOT(showPage(const TQString&)) );
     }
 
    
 
     Signals and slots are connected, so that the relevant pages will
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ a subclass of TQObject and the instances of TQToolTi
 deleted when the widget is deleted.
 
        void MainWindow::assistantSlot()
     {
-        TQString docsPath = TQDir("../../doc").absPath();
+        TQString docsPath = TQDir("../../doc").absPath();
         assistant->showPage( TQString("%1/html/ntqassistantclient.html").arg(docsPath) );
     }
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html b/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html
index b108de02e..b4b0068fe 100644
--- a/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/helpviewer-example.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ TQt's richtext capabilities.
 
 #include <ntqmainwindow.h>
 #include <ntqtextbrowser.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <tqmap.h>
 #include <ntqdir.h>
 
@@ -63,21 +63,21 @@ class HelpWindow : public TQMainWindow
 {
     TQ_OBJECT
 public:
-    HelpWindow( const TQString& home_,  const TQString& path, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name=0 );
+    HelpWindow( const TQString& home_,  const TQString& path, TQWidget* parent = 0, const char *name=0 );
     ~HelpWindow();
 
 private slots:
     void setBackwardAvailable( bool );
     void setForwardAvailable( bool );
 
-    void sourceChanged( const TQString& );
+    void sourceChanged( const TQString& );
     void about();
     void aboutTQt();
     void openFile();
     void newWindow();
     void print();
 
-    void pathSelected( const TQString & );
+    void pathSelected( const TQString & );
     void histChosen( int );
     void bookmChosen( int );
     void addBookmark();
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ private:
     TQTextBrowser* browser;
     TQComboBox *pathCombo;
     int backwardId, forwardId;
-    TQStringList history, bookmarks;
+    TQStringList history, bookmarks;
     TQMap<int, TQString> mHistory, mBookmarks;
     TQPopupMenu *hist, *bookm;
 
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ private:
 
 #include <ctype.h>
 
-HelpWindow::HelpWindow( const TQString& home_, const TQString& _path,
+HelpWindow::HelpWindow( const TQString& home_, const TQString& _path,
                         TQWidget* parent, const char *name )
     : TQMainWindow( parent, name, WDestructiveClose ),
       pathCombo( 0 )
@@ -155,16 +155,16 @@ private:
 
     browser->mimeSourceFactory()->setFilePath( _path );
     browser->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Sunken );
-    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( sourceChanged(const TQString& ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( sourceChanged( const TQString&) ) );
+    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( sourceChanged(const TQString& ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( sourceChanged( const TQString&) ) );
 
     setCentralWidget( browser );
 
-    if ( !home_.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !home_.isEmpty() )
         browser->setSource( home_ );
 
-    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( highlighted( const TQString&) ),
-             statusBar(), TQ_SLOT( message( const TQString&)) );
+    connect( browser, TQ_SIGNAL( highlighted( const TQString&) ),
+             statusBar(), TQ_SLOT( message( const TQString&)) );
 
     resize( 640,700 );
 
@@ -241,8 +241,8 @@ private:
     toolbar->addSeparator();
 
     pathCombo = new TQComboBox( TRUE, toolbar );
-    connect( pathCombo, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( pathSelected( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( pathCombo, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( pathSelected( const TQString & ) ) );
     toolbar->setStretchableWidget( pathCombo );
     setRightJustification( TRUE );
     setDockEnabled( DockLeft, FALSE );
@@ -265,14 +265,14 @@ void HelpWindow::setForwardAvailable( bool b)
 }
 
 
-void HelpWindow::sourceChanged( const TQString& url )
+void HelpWindow::sourceChanged( const TQString& url )
 {
     if ( browser->documentTitle().isNull() )
         setCaption( "TQt Example - Helpviewer - " + url );
     else
         setCaption( "TQt Example - Helpviewer - " + browser->documentTitle() ) ;
 
-    if ( !url.isEmpty() && pathCombo ) {
+    if ( !url.isEmpty() && pathCombo ) {
         bool exists = FALSE;
         int i;
         for ( i = 0; i < pathCombo->count(); ++i ) {
@@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ void HelpWindow::aboutTQt()
 void HelpWindow::openFile()
 {
 #ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
         browser->setSource( fn );
 #endif
 }
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ void HelpWindow::print()
             richText.draw( &p, margin, margin, view, colorGroup() );
             view.moveBy( 0, view.height() );
             p.translate( 0 , -view.height() );
-            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number(page) ),
+            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number(page) ),
                         view.bottom() + p.fontMetrics().ascent() + 5, TQString::number(page) );
             if ( view.top() - margin >= richText.height() )
                 break;
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ void HelpWindow::print()
 #endif
 }
 
-void HelpWindow::pathSelected( const TQString &_path )
+void HelpWindow::pathSelected( const TQString &_path )
 {
     browser->setSource( _path );
     if ( mHistory.values().contains(_path) )
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv )
     TQApplication::setColorSpec( TQApplication::ManyColor );
     TQApplication a(argc, argv);
 
-    TQString home;
+    TQString home;
     if (argc > 1) {
         home = argv[1];
     } else {
diff --git a/doc/html/hierarchy.html b/doc/html/hierarchy.html
index ade4f42f8..42389913e 100644
--- a/doc/html/hierarchy.html
+++ b/doc/html/hierarchy.html
@@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
  • TQPtrList
 
 
  • TQPtrVector
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
  • TQPtrListIterator
 
 
  • TQPtrQueue
 
  • TQPtrStack
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
 
  • TQSqlRecordInfo
 
  • TQSqlResult
-
  • TQString
+
  • TQString
 
  • TQStyleFactory
 
  • TQStyleOption
 
  • TQStylePlugin
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ classes in the TQt API.
 
  • TQValueList
 
 
  • TQValueListConstIterator
diff --git a/doc/html/httpd-example.html b/doc/html/httpd-example.html
index 2bfbf5d8d..32b502475 100644
--- a/doc/html/httpd-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/httpd-example.html
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ private slots:
         // document back.
         TQSocket* socket = (TQSocket*)sender();
         if ( socket->canReadLine() ) {
-            TQStringList tokens = TQStringList::split( TQRegExp("[ \r\n][ \r\n]*"), socket->readLine() );
+            TQStringList tokens = TQStringList::split( TQRegExp("[ \r\n][ \r\n]*"), socket->readLine() );
             if ( tokens[0] == "GET" ) {
                 TQTextStream os( socket );
                 os.setEncoding( TQTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 );
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ public:
     {
         HttpDaemon *httpd = new HttpDaemon( this );
 
-        TQString itext = TQString(
+        TQString itext = TQString(
                 "This is a small httpd example.\n"
                 "You can connect with your\n"
                 "web browser to port %1"
diff --git a/doc/html/i18n-example.html b/doc/html/i18n-example.html
index da9d1c7e5..884cd6aa5 100644
--- a/doc/html/i18n-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/i18n-example.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example shows how to internationalize applications. Start it with
 #define MYWIDGET_H
 
 #include <ntqmainwindow.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 
 class MyWidget : public TQMainWindow
 {
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ private:
 
     setCaption( tr( "Internationalization Example" ) );
 
-    TQString l;
+    TQString l;
     statusBar()->message( tr("Language: English") );
 
     ( void )new TQLabel( tr( "The Main Window" ), central );
@@ -197,20 +197,20 @@ public:
         sm = new TQSignalMapper(this);
         connect(sm,TQ_SIGNAL(mapped(int)),this,TQ_SLOT(done(int)));
     }
-    void addButtons( const TQString& cancel=TQString::null,
-                    const TQString& ok=TQString::null,
-                    const TQString& mid1=TQString::null,
-                    const TQString& mid2=TQString::null,
-                    const TQString& mid3=TQString::null)
+    void addButtons( const TQString& cancel=TQString::null,
+                    const TQString& ok=TQString::null,
+                    const TQString& mid1=TQString::null,
+                    const TQString& mid2=TQString::null,
+                    const TQString& mid3=TQString::null)
     {
-        addButton(ok.isNull() ? TQObject::tr("OK") : ok, 1);
-        if ( !mid1.isNull() ) addButton(mid1,2);
-        if ( !mid2.isNull() ) addButton(mid2,3);
-        if ( !mid3.isNull() ) addButton(mid3,4);
-        addButton(cancel.isNull() ? TQObject::tr("Cancel") : cancel, 0);
+        addButton(ok.isNull() ? TQObject::tr("OK") : ok, 1);
+        if ( !mid1.isNull() ) addButton(mid1,2);
+        if ( !mid2.isNull() ) addButton(mid2,3);
+        if ( !mid3.isNull() ) addButton(mid3,4);
+        addButton(cancel.isNull() ? TQObject::tr("Cancel") : cancel, 0);
     }
 
-    void addButton( const TQString& text, int result )
+    void addButton( const TQString& text, int result )
     {
         if ( !hb )
             hb = new TQHBox(this);
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv )
     srand( getpid() << 2 );
 #endif
 
-    TQString lang;
+    TQString lang;
     if ( argc == 2 )
         lang = argv[1];
 
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv )
             r = 2;
         } else {
             TQButtonGroup *bg = new TQButtonGroup(4,TQt::Vertical,"Choose Locales",&dlg);
-            TQString loc = TQTextCodec::locale();
+            TQString loc = TQTextCodec::locale();
             for ( int i=0; qm[i]; i++ ) {
                 qmb[i] = new TQCheckBox((const char*)qm[i],bg);
                 qmb[i]->setChecked( loc == qm[i] );
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ int main( int argc, char** argv )
             exit( 0 );
         }
     } else {
-        TQString lang = argv[1];
+        TQString lang = argv[1];
         TQWidget* m = showLang(lang);
         app.setMainWidget( m );
         m->setCaption("TQt Example - i18n");
diff --git a/doc/html/i18n.html b/doc/html/i18n.html
index ccd9b771f..6c09191bf 100644
--- a/doc/html/i18n.html
+++ b/doc/html/i18n.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ and completely encapsulated in TQt's text engine. This means that you
 don't need to have any knowledge about the writing system used in a
 particular language, except for the following small points:
 
      
-
       
    •  TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &str ) will always
+
       
    •  TQPainter::drawText( int x, int y, const TQString &str ) will always
 draw the string with it's left edge at the position specified with
 the x, y parameters. This will usually give you left aligned strings.
 Arabic and Hebrew application strings are usually right
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ of the internationalization (i18n) support in TQt.
 
       Writing multi-platform international software with TQt is a gentle,
 incremental process. Your software can become internationalized in
 the following stages:
-
       
       Use TQString for all User-visible Text
+
       
       Use TQString for all User-visible Text
 
      
 
       Since TQString uses the Unicode encoding internally, every
 language in the world can be processed transparently using
@@ -238,17 +238,17 @@ The macros expand to just the text (without the context).
         return tr( greeting_strings[greet_type] );
     }
 
-    TQString global_greeting( int greet_type )
+    TQString global_greeting( int greet_type )
     {
         return tqApp->translate( "FriendlyConversation",
                                 greeting_strings[greet_type] );
     }
 
    • 
  
-
     If you disable the const char* to TQString automatic conversion
+
     If you disable the const char* to TQString automatic conversion
 by compiling your software with the macro TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
 defined, you'll be very likely to catch any strings you are
-missing. See TQString::fromLatin1() for more information.
+missing. See TQString::fromLatin1() for more information.
 Disabling the conversion can make programming a bit cumbersome.
 
     If your source language uses characters outside Latin-1, you
 might find TQObject::trUtf8() more convenient than
@@ -267,13 +267,13 @@ it. The correct idiom is
                       TQKeySequence(tr("Ctrl+Q", "File|Quit")) );
 
    • 
  
-
     
     Use TQString::arg() for Dynamic Text
+
     
     Use TQString::arg() for Dynamic Text
 
    
 
     The TQString::arg() functions offer a simple means for substituting
 arguments:
 
         void FileCopier::showProgress( int done, int total,
-                                   const TQString& current_file )
+                                   const TQString& current_file )
     {
         label.setText( tr("%1 of %2 files copied.\nCopying: %3")
                         .arg(done)
@@ -286,11 +286,11 @@ arguments:
 can easily be achieved by changing the order of the % arguments. For
 example:
 
    -    TQString s1 = "%1 of %2 files copied. Copying: %3";
-    TQString s2 = "Kopierer nu %3. Av totalt %2 filer er %1 kopiert.";
+    TQString s1 = "%1 of %2 files copied. Copying: %3";
+    TQString s2 = "Kopierer nu %3. Av totalt %2 filer er %1 kopiert.";
 
-    tqDebug( s1.arg(5).arg(10).arg("somefile.txt").ascii() );
-    tqDebug( s2.arg(5).arg(10).arg("somefile.txt").ascii() );
+    tqDebug( s1.arg(5).arg(10).arg("somefile.txt").ascii() );
+    tqDebug( s2.arg(5).arg(10).arg("somefile.txt").ascii() );
 
    
  
 
     produces the correct output in English and Norwegian:
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Cyrillic KOI8-R locale (the de-facto standard locale in Russia) might
 need to output Cyrillic in the ISO 8859-5 encoding. Code for this
 would be:
 
     
    -    TQString string = ...; // some Unicode text
+    TQString string = ...; // some Unicode text
 
     TQTextCodec* codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "ISO 8859-5" );
     TQCString encoded_string = codec->fromUnicode( string );
@@ -409,20 +409,20 @@ would be:
 
    
  
 
     For converting Unicode to local 8-bit encodings, a shortcut is
-available: the local8Bit() method
-of TQString returns such 8-bit data. Another useful shortcut is the
-utf8() method, which returns text in the
+available: the local8Bit() method
+of TQString returns such 8-bit data. Another useful shortcut is the
+utf8() method, which returns text in the
 8-bit UTF-8 encoding: this perfectly preserves Unicode information
 while looking like plain US-ASCII if the text is wholly US-ASCII.
-
     For converting the other way, there are the TQString::fromUtf8() and
-TQString::fromLocal8Bit() convenience functions, or the general code,
+
     For converting the other way, there are the TQString::fromUtf8() and
+TQString::fromLocal8Bit() convenience functions, or the general code,
 demonstrated by this conversion from ISO 8859-5 Cyrillic to Unicode
 conversion:
 
     
         TQCString encoded_string = ...; // Some ISO 8859-5 encoded text.
 
     TQTextCodec* codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName("ISO 8859-5");
-    TQString string = codec->toUnicode(encoded_string);
+    TQString string = codec->toUnicode(encoded_string);
 
     ...; // Use string in all of TQt's TQString operations.
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html
index 5f716c4f3..8a36a84b2 100644
--- a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-cpp.html
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 
 void DDListBox::dropEvent( TQDropEvent *evt )
 {
-    TQString text;
+    TQString text;
 
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode( evt, text ) )
         insertItem( text );
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 
 void DDIconViewItem::dropped( TQDropEvent *evt, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem>& )
 {
-    TQString label;
+    TQString label;
 
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode( evt, label ) )
         setText( label );
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 
 void DDIconView::slotNewItem( TQDropEvent *evt, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem>& )
 {
-    TQString label;
+    TQString label;
 
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode( evt, label ) ) {
         DDIconViewItem *item = new DDIconViewItem( this, label );
diff --git a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html
index d8d44c775..523b616d7 100644
--- a/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/iconview-simple_dd-main-h.html
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ private:
 class DDIconViewItem : public TQIconViewItem
 {
 public:
-    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon ) :
+    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon ) :
         TQIconViewItem( parent, text, icon ) {}
-    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString &text ) :
+    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString &text ) :
         TQIconViewItem( parent, text ) {}
     // High-level drag and drop
     bool acceptDrop( const TQMimeSource *mime ) const;
diff --git a/doc/html/index b/doc/html/index
index 4703912b4..8999a0cb0 100644
--- a/doc/html/index
+++ b/doc/html/index
@@ -6114,96 +6114,96 @@
 "QStoredDrag::encodedData" qstoreddrag.html#encodedData
 "QStoredDrag::setEncodedData" qstoreddrag.html#setEncodedData
 "QStoredDrag::~QStoredDrag" qstoreddrag.html#~QStoredDrag
-"QStrIList" qstrilist.html
-"QStrIList::~QStrIList" qstrilist.html#~QStrIList
-"QStrList" ntqstrlist.html
-"QStrList::operator=" ntqstrlist.html#operator-eq
-"QStrList::~QStrList" ntqstrlist.html#~QStrList
-"QStrListIterator" qstrlistiterator.html
-"TQString" ntqstring.html
-"TQString::SectionFlags" ntqstring.html#SectionFlags
-"TQString::append" ntqstring.html#append
-"TQString::arg" ntqstring.html#arg
-"TQString::ascii" ntqstring.html#ascii
-"TQString::at" ntqstring.html#at
-"TQString::capacity" ntqstring.html#capacity
-"TQString::compare" ntqstring.html#compare
-"TQString::compose" ntqstring.html#compose
-"TQString::constref" ntqstring.html#constref
-"TQString::contains" ntqstring.html#contains
-"TQString::detach" ntqstring.html#detach
-"TQString::endsWith" ntqstring.html#endsWith
-"TQString::fill" ntqstring.html#fill
-"TQString::find" ntqstring.html#find
-"TQString::findRev" ntqstring.html#findRev
-"TQString::fromAscii" ntqstring.html#fromAscii
-"TQString::fromLatin1" ntqstring.html#fromLatin1
-"TQString::fromLocal8Bit" ntqstring.html#fromLocal8Bit
-"TQString::fromUcs2" ntqstring.html#fromUcs2
-"TQString::fromUtf8" ntqstring.html#fromUtf8
-"TQString::insert" ntqstring.html#insert
-"TQString::isEmpty" ntqstring.html#isEmpty
-"TQString::isNull" ntqstring.html#isNull
-"TQString::latin1" ntqstring.html#latin1
-"TQString::latin1ToUnicode" ntqstring.html#latin1ToUnicode
-"TQString::left" ntqstring.html#left
-"TQString::leftJustify" ntqstring.html#leftJustify
-"TQString::length" ntqstring.html#length
-"TQString::local8Bit" ntqstring.html#local8Bit
-"TQString::localeAwareCompare" ntqstring.html#localeAwareCompare
-"TQString::lower" ntqstring.html#lower
-"TQString::mid" ntqstring.html#mid
-"TQString::number" ntqstring.html#number
-"TQString::operator const char *" ntqstring.html#operator-const-char-*
-"TQString::operator std::string" ntqstring.html#operator-std::string
-"TQString::operator!" ntqstring.html#operator!
-"TQString::operator+=" ntqstring.html#operator+-eq
-"TQString::operator=" ntqstring.html#operator-eq
-"TQString::operator[]" ntqstring.html#operator[]
-"TQString::prepend" ntqstring.html#prepend
-"TQString::real_detach" ntqstring.html#real_detach
-"TQString::ref" ntqstring.html#ref
-"TQString::remove" ntqstring.html#remove
-"TQString::replace" ntqstring.html#replace
-"TQString::reserve" ntqstring.html#reserve
-"TQString::right" ntqstring.html#right
-"TQString::rightJustify" ntqstring.html#rightJustify
-"TQString::section" ntqstring.html#section
-"TQString::setAscii" ntqstring.html#setAscii
-"TQString::setLatin1" ntqstring.html#setLatin1
-"TQString::setLength" ntqstring.html#setLength
-"TQString::setNum" ntqstring.html#setNum
-"TQString::setUnicode" ntqstring.html#setUnicode
-"TQString::setUnicodeCodes" ntqstring.html#setUnicodeCodes
-"TQString::simplifyWhiteSpace" ntqstring.html#simplifyWhiteSpace
-"TQString::sprintf" ntqstring.html#sprintf
-"TQString::squeeze" ntqstring.html#squeeze
-"TQString::startsWith" ntqstring.html#startsWith
-"TQString::stripWhiteSpace" ntqstring.html#stripWhiteSpace
-"TQString::toDouble" ntqstring.html#toDouble
-"TQString::toFloat" ntqstring.html#toFloat
-"TQString::toInt" ntqstring.html#toInt
-"TQString::toLong" ntqstring.html#toLong
-"TQString::toLongLong" ntqstring.html#toLongLong
-"TQString::toShort" ntqstring.html#toShort
-"TQString::toUInt" ntqstring.html#toUInt
-"TQString::toULong" ntqstring.html#toULong
-"TQString::toULongLong" ntqstring.html#toULongLong
-"TQString::toUShort" ntqstring.html#toUShort
-"TQString::truncate" ntqstring.html#truncate
-"TQString::ucs2" ntqstring.html#ucs2
-"TQString::unicode" ntqstring.html#unicode
-"TQString::unicodeToLatin1" ntqstring.html#unicodeToLatin1
-"TQString::upper" ntqstring.html#upper
-"TQString::utf8" ntqstring.html#utf8
-"TQString::~TQString" ntqstring.html#~TQString
-"QStringList" ntqstringlist.html
-"QStringList::fromStrList" ntqstringlist.html#fromStrList
-"QStringList::grep" ntqstringlist.html#grep
-"QStringList::gres" ntqstringlist.html#gres
-"QStringList::join" ntqstringlist.html#join
-"QStringList::sort" ntqstringlist.html#sort
-"QStringList::split" ntqstringlist.html#split
+"TQStrIList" tqstrilist.html
+"TQStrIList::~TQStrIList" tqstrilist.html#~TQStrIList
+"TQStrList" tqstrlist.html
+"TQStrList::operator=" tqstrlist.html#operator-eq
+"TQStrList::~TQStrList" tqstrlist.html#~TQStrList
+"TQStrListIterator" tqstrlistiterator.html
+"TQString" tqstring.html
+"TQString::SectionFlags" tqstring.html#SectionFlags
+"TQString::append" tqstring.html#append
+"TQString::arg" tqstring.html#arg
+"TQString::ascii" tqstring.html#ascii
+"TQString::at" tqstring.html#at
+"TQString::capacity" tqstring.html#capacity
+"TQString::compare" tqstring.html#compare
+"TQString::compose" tqstring.html#compose
+"TQString::constref" tqstring.html#constref
+"TQString::contains" tqstring.html#contains
+"TQString::detach" tqstring.html#detach
+"TQString::endsWith" tqstring.html#endsWith
+"TQString::fill" tqstring.html#fill
+"TQString::find" tqstring.html#find
+"TQString::findRev" tqstring.html#findRev
+"TQString::fromAscii" tqstring.html#fromAscii
+"TQString::fromLatin1" tqstring.html#fromLatin1
+"TQString::fromLocal8Bit" tqstring.html#fromLocal8Bit
+"TQString::fromUcs2" tqstring.html#fromUcs2
+"TQString::fromUtf8" tqstring.html#fromUtf8
+"TQString::insert" tqstring.html#insert
+"TQString::isEmpty" tqstring.html#isEmpty
+"TQString::isNull" tqstring.html#isNull
+"TQString::latin1" tqstring.html#latin1
+"TQString::latin1ToUnicode" tqstring.html#latin1ToUnicode
+"TQString::left" tqstring.html#left
+"TQString::leftJustify" tqstring.html#leftJustify
+"TQString::length" tqstring.html#length
+"TQString::local8Bit" tqstring.html#local8Bit
+"TQString::localeAwareCompare" tqstring.html#localeAwareCompare
+"TQString::lower" tqstring.html#lower
+"TQString::mid" tqstring.html#mid
+"TQString::number" tqstring.html#number
+"TQString::operator const char *" tqstring.html#operator-const-char-*
+"TQString::operator std::string" tqstring.html#operator-std::string
+"TQString::operator!" tqstring.html#operator!
+"TQString::operator+=" tqstring.html#operator+-eq
+"TQString::operator=" tqstring.html#operator-eq
+"TQString::operator[]" tqstring.html#operator[]
+"TQString::prepend" tqstring.html#prepend
+"TQString::real_detach" tqstring.html#real_detach
+"TQString::ref" tqstring.html#ref
+"TQString::remove" tqstring.html#remove
+"TQString::replace" tqstring.html#replace
+"TQString::reserve" tqstring.html#reserve
+"TQString::right" tqstring.html#right
+"TQString::rightJustify" tqstring.html#rightJustify
+"TQString::section" tqstring.html#section
+"TQString::setAscii" tqstring.html#setAscii
+"TQString::setLatin1" tqstring.html#setLatin1
+"TQString::setLength" tqstring.html#setLength
+"TQString::setNum" tqstring.html#setNum
+"TQString::setUnicode" tqstring.html#setUnicode
+"TQString::setUnicodeCodes" tqstring.html#setUnicodeCodes
+"TQString::simplifyWhiteSpace" tqstring.html#simplifyWhiteSpace
+"TQString::sprintf" tqstring.html#sprintf
+"TQString::squeeze" tqstring.html#squeeze
+"TQString::startsWith" tqstring.html#startsWith
+"TQString::stripWhiteSpace" tqstring.html#stripWhiteSpace
+"TQString::toDouble" tqstring.html#toDouble
+"TQString::toFloat" tqstring.html#toFloat
+"TQString::toInt" tqstring.html#toInt
+"TQString::toLong" tqstring.html#toLong
+"TQString::toLongLong" tqstring.html#toLongLong
+"TQString::toShort" tqstring.html#toShort
+"TQString::toUInt" tqstring.html#toUInt
+"TQString::toULong" tqstring.html#toULong
+"TQString::toULongLong" tqstring.html#toULongLong
+"TQString::toUShort" tqstring.html#toUShort
+"TQString::truncate" tqstring.html#truncate
+"TQString::ucs2" tqstring.html#ucs2
+"TQString::unicode" tqstring.html#unicode
+"TQString::unicodeToLatin1" tqstring.html#unicodeToLatin1
+"TQString::upper" tqstring.html#upper
+"TQString::utf8" tqstring.html#utf8
+"TQString::~TQString" tqstring.html#~TQString
+"TQStringList" tqstringlist.html
+"TQStringList::fromStrList" tqstringlist.html#fromStrList
+"TQStringList::grep" tqstringlist.html#grep
+"TQStringList::gres" tqstringlist.html#gres
+"TQStringList::join" tqstringlist.html#join
+"TQStringList::sort" tqstringlist.html#sort
+"TQStringList::split" tqstringlist.html#split
 "QStyle" ntqstyle.html
 "QStyle::ComplexControl" ntqstyle.html#ComplexControl
 "QStyle::ContentsType" ntqstyle.html#ContentsType
@@ -8284,7 +8284,7 @@
 "operator!=" ntqpoint.html#operator!-eq
 "operator!=" ntqrect.html#operator!-eq
 "operator!=" ntqsize.html#operator!-eq
-"operator!=" ntqstring.html#operator!-eq
+"operator!=" tqstring.html#operator!-eq
 "operator&" ntqbitarray.html#operator-and
 "operator*" ntqpoint.html#operator*
 "operator*" ntqsize.html#operator*
@@ -8292,14 +8292,14 @@
 "operator+" ntqcstring.html#operator+
 "operator+" ntqpoint.html#operator+
 "operator+" ntqsize.html#operator+
-"operator+" ntqstring.html#operator+
+"operator+" tqstring.html#operator+
 "operator-" ntqpoint.html#operator-
 "operator-" ntqsize.html#operator-
 "operator/" ntqpoint.html#operator/
 "operator/" ntqsize.html#operator/
 "operator<" qchar.html#operator-lt
 "operator<" ntqcstring.html#operator-lt
-"operator<" ntqstring.html#operator-lt
+"operator<" tqstring.html#operator-lt
 "operator<<" ntqbitarray.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" ntqbrush.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" ntqcolor.html#operator-lt-lt
@@ -8326,26 +8326,26 @@
 "operator<<" ntqregion.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" ntqsize.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" ntqsplitter.html#operator-lt-lt
-"operator<<" ntqstring.html#operator-lt-lt
+"operator<<" tqstring.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" qtime.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" ntquuid.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" tqvaluelist.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<<" ntqwmatrix.html#operator-lt-lt
 "operator<=" qchar.html#operator-lt-eq
 "operator<=" ntqcstring.html#operator-lt-eq
-"operator<=" ntqstring.html#operator-lt-eq
+"operator<=" tqstring.html#operator-lt-eq
 "operator==" qchar.html#operator-eq-eq
 "operator==" ntqcstring.html#operator-eq-eq
 "operator==" ntqpoint.html#operator-eq-eq
 "operator==" ntqrect.html#operator-eq-eq
 "operator==" ntqsize.html#operator-eq-eq
-"operator==" ntqstring.html#operator-eq-eq
+"operator==" tqstring.html#operator-eq-eq
 "operator>" qchar.html#operator-gt
 "operator>" ntqcstring.html#operator-gt
-"operator>" ntqstring.html#operator-gt
+"operator>" tqstring.html#operator-gt
 "operator>=" qchar.html#operator-gt-eq
 "operator>=" ntqcstring.html#operator-gt-eq
-"operator>=" ntqstring.html#operator-gt-eq
+"operator>=" tqstring.html#operator-gt-eq
 "operator>>" ntqbitarray.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" ntqbrush.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" ntqcolor.html#operator-gt-gt
@@ -8370,7 +8370,7 @@
 "operator>>" ntqregion.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" ntqsize.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" ntqsplitter.html#operator-gt-gt
-"operator>>" ntqstring.html#operator-gt-gt
+"operator>>" tqstring.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" qtime.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" ntquuid.html#operator-gt-gt
 "operator>>" tqvaluelist.html#operator-gt-gt
diff --git a/doc/html/layout-example.html b/doc/html/layout-example.html
index 218a8fe94..c178ef5f0 100644
--- a/doc/html/layout-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/layout-example.html
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ public:
     int i;
     for ( i = 1; i <= 4; i++ ) {
         TQPushButton* but = new TQPushButton( this );
-        TQString s;
-        s.sprintf( "Button %d", i );
+        TQString s;
+        s.sprintf( "Button %d", i );
         but->setText( s );
 
         // Set horizontal stretch factor to 10 to let the buttons
@@ -146,8 +146,8 @@ public:
         grid->addWidget( ed, row, linedCol );
 
         // Make a label that is a buddy of the line edit
-        TQString s;
-        s.sprintf( "Line &%d", row+1 );
+        TQString s;
+        s.sprintf( "Line &%d", row+1 );
         TQLabel *label = new TQLabel( ed, s, this );
         // The label goes in the first column.
         grid->addWidget( label, row, labelCol );
diff --git a/doc/html/life-example.html b/doc/html/life-example.html
index 2c54b9f75..df8db27d9 100644
--- a/doc/html/life-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/life-example.html
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     int scale = 10;
 
     for ( int i = 1; i < argc; i++ ){
-        TQString arg = argv[i];
+        TQString arg = argv[i];
         if ( arg == "-scale" )
             scale = atoi( argv[++i] );
         else {
diff --git a/doc/html/lineedits-example.html b/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
index be92b16cf..e796a979d 100644
--- a/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/lineedits-example.html
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ protected slots:
     combo4->insertItem( "ISO date" );
     combo4->insertItem( "License key" );
 
-    // ...this time we use the activated( const TQString & ) signal
+    // ...this time we use the activated( const TQString & ) signal
     connect( combo4, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( int ) ),
              this, TQ_SLOT( slotInputMaskChanged( int ) ) );
 
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotAlignmentChanged( int i )
 }
 
 /*
- * TQ_SLOT slotInputMaskChanged( const TQString &mask )
+ * TQ_SLOT slotInputMaskChanged( const TQString &mask )
  *
  * i contains the number of the item which the user has been chosen in
  * the third Combobox.  According to this value, we set an input mask on
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ void LineEdits::slotInputMaskChanged( int i )
 {
     switch( i ) {
     case 0:
-        lined4->setInputMask( TQString::null );
+        lined4->setInputMask( TQString::null );
         break;
     case 1:
         lined4->setInputMask( "+99 99 99 99 99;_" );
diff --git a/doc/html/listbox-example.html b/doc/html/listbox-example.html
index 6d74e7da6..a4aa70adf 100644
--- a/doc/html/listbox-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/listbox-example.html
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ private:
 
     int i = 0;
     while( ++i <= 2560 )
-        l->insertItem( TQString::fromLatin1( "Item " ) + TQString::number( i ),
+        l->insertItem( TQString::fromLatin1( "Item " ) + TQString::number( i ),
                        i );
     columns->setRange( 1, 256 );
     columns->setValue( 1 );
diff --git a/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html b/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html
index 40829a8e2..64212e49c 100644
--- a/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/listboxcombo-example.html
@@ -68,8 +68,8 @@ protected:
 
 protected slots:
     void slotLeft2Right();
-    void slotCombo1Activated( const TQString &s );
-    void slotCombo2Activated( const TQString &s );
+    void slotCombo1Activated( const TQString &s );
+    void slotCombo2Activated( const TQString &s );
 
 };
 
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ protected slots:
 #include <ntqlistbox.h>
 #include <ntqhbox.h>
 #include <ntqpushbutton.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqpixmap.h>
 #include <ntqlabel.h>
 #include <tqimage.h>
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ protected:
     setSpacing( 5 );
 
     unsigned int i;
-    TQString str;
+    TQString str;
 
     TQHBox *row1 = new TQHBox( this );
     row1->setSpacing( 5 );
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ protected:
     }
 
     // Connect the activated SIGNALs of the Comboboxes with SLOTs
-    connect( cb1, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( slotCombo1Activated( const TQString & ) ) );
-    connect( cb2, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( slotCombo2Activated( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( cb1, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( slotCombo1Activated( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( cb2, TQ_SIGNAL( activated( const TQString & ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( slotCombo2Activated( const TQString & ) ) );
 }
 
 /*
@@ -242,27 +242,27 @@ void ListBoxCombo::slotLeft2Right()
 }
 
 /*
- * TQ_SLOT slotCombo1Activated( const TQString &s )
+ * TQ_SLOT slotCombo1Activated( const TQString &s )
  *
  * Sets the text of the item which the user just selected
  * in the first Combobox (and is now the value of s) to
  * the first Label.
  */
 
-void ListBoxCombo::slotCombo1Activated( const TQString &s )
+void ListBoxCombo::slotCombo1Activated( const TQString &s )
 {
     label1->setText( TQString( "Current Item: %1" ).arg( s ) );
 }
 
 /*
- * TQ_SLOT slotCombo2Activated( const TQString &s )
+ * TQ_SLOT slotCombo2Activated( const TQString &s )
  *
  * Sets the text of the item which the user just selected
  * in the second Combobox (and is now the value of s) to
  * the second Label.
  */
 
-void ListBoxCombo::slotCombo2Activated( const TQString &s )
+void ListBoxCombo::slotCombo2Activated( const TQString &s )
 {
     label2->setText( TQString( "Current Item: %1" ).arg( s ) );
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/listviews-example.html b/doc/html/listviews-example.html
index 7b3d668a6..92384609d 100644
--- a/doc/html/listviews-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/listviews-example.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ and works like the main window of a mail client.
 #define LISTVIEWS_H
 
 #include <ntqsplitter.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <tqobject.h>
 #include <ntqdatetime.h>
 #include <tqptrlist.h>
@@ -70,19 +70,19 @@ class TQPopupMenu;
 class MessageHeader
 {
 public:
-    MessageHeader( const TQString &_sender, const TQString &_subject, const TQDateTime &_datetime )
+    MessageHeader( const TQString &_sender, const TQString &_subject, const TQDateTime &_datetime )
         : msender( _sender ), msubject( _subject ), mdatetime( _datetime )
     {}
 
     MessageHeader( const MessageHeader &mh );
     MessageHeader &operator=( const MessageHeader &mh );
 
-    TQString sender() { return msender; }
-    TQString subject() { return msubject; }
+    TQString sender() { return msender; }
+    TQString subject() { return msubject; }
     TQDateTime datetime() { return mdatetime; }
 
 protected:
-    TQString msender, msubject;
+    TQString msender, msubject;
     TQDateTime mdatetime;
 
 };
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public:
     enum State { Read = 0,
                  Unread};
 
-    Message( const MessageHeader &mh, const TQString &_body )
+    Message( const MessageHeader &mh, const TQString &_body )
         : mheader( mh ), mbody( _body ), mstate( Unread )
     {}
 
@@ -104,14 +104,14 @@ public:
     {}
 
     MessageHeader header() { return mheader; }
-    TQString body() { return mbody; }
+    TQString body() { return mbody; }
 
     void setState( const State &s ) { mstate = s; }
     State state() { return mstate; }
 
 protected:
     MessageHeader mheader;
-    TQString mbody;
+    TQString mbody;
     State mstate;
 
 };
@@ -123,20 +123,20 @@ class Folder : public TQObject
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    Folder( Folder *parent, const TQString &name );
+    Folder( Folder *parent, const TQString &name );
     ~Folder()
     {}
 
     void addMessage( Message *m )
     { lstMessages.append( m ); }
 
-    TQString folderName() { return fName; }
+    TQString folderName() { return fName; }
 
     Message *firstMessage() { return lstMessages.first(); }
     Message *nextMessage() { return lstMessages.next(); }
 
 protected:
-    TQString fName;
+    TQString fName;
     TQPtrList<Message> lstMessages;
 
 };
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ MessageHeader &MessageHeader::operator=( const MessageHeader &mh )
 
 // -----------------------------------------------------------------
 
-Folder::Folder( Folder *parent, const TQString &name )
+Folder::Folder( Folder *parent, const TQString &name )
     : TQObject( parent, name ), fName( name )
 {
     lstMessages.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
@@ -375,15 +375,15 @@ void ListViews::initFolders()
     unsigned int mcount = 1;
 
     for ( unsigned int i = 1; i < 20; i++ ) {
-        TQString str;
+        TQString str;
         str = TQString( "Folder %1" ).arg( i );
         Folder *f = new Folder( 0, str );
         for ( unsigned int j = 1; j < 5; j++ ) {
-            TQString str2;
+            TQString str2;
             str2 = TQString( "Sub Folder %1" ).arg( j );
             Folder *f2 = new Folder( f, str2 );
             for ( unsigned int k = 1; k < 3; k++ ) {
-                TQString str3;
+                TQString str3;
                 str3 = TQString( "Sub Sub Folder %1" ).arg( k );
                 Folder *f3 = new Folder( f2, str3 );
                 initFolder( f3, mcount );
@@ -396,13 +396,13 @@ void ListViews::initFolders()
 void ListViews::initFolder( Folder *folder, unsigned int &count )
 {
     for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < 15; i++, count++ ) {
-        TQString str;
+        TQString str;
         str = TQString( "Message %1  " ).arg( count );
         TQDateTime dt = TQDateTime::currentDateTime();
         dt = dt.addSecs( 60 * count );
         MessageHeader mh( "Trolltech <info@trolltech.com>  ", str, dt );
 
-        TQString body;
+        TQString body;
         body = TQString( "This is the message number %1 of this application, \n"
                         "which shows how to use TQListViews, TQListViewItems, \n"
                         "TQSplitters and so on. The code should show how easy\n"
@@ -455,10 +455,10 @@ void ListViews::slotMessageChanged()
     MessageListItem *item = ( MessageListItem* )i;
     Message *msg = item->message();
 
-    TQString text;
-    TQString tmp = msg->header().sender();
-    tmp = tmp.replace( "<", "&lt;" );
-    tmp = tmp.replace( ">", "&gt;" );
+    TQString text;
+    TQString tmp = msg->header().sender();
+    tmp = tmp.replace( "<", "&lt;" );
+    tmp = tmp.replace( ">", "&gt;" );
     text = TQString( "<b><i>From:</i></b> <a href=\"mailto:info@trolltech.com\">%1</a><br>"
                     "<b><i>Subject:</i></b> <big><big><b>%2</b></big></big><br>"
                     "<b><i>Date:</i></b> %3<br><br>"
diff --git a/doc/html/mail-example.html b/doc/html/mail-example.html
index 58677ff19..acd2640e5 100644
--- a/doc/html/mail-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/mail-example.html
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ SMTP protocol.
 #define SMTP_H
 
 #include <tqobject.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 
 class TQSocket;
 class TQTextStream;
@@ -63,12 +63,12 @@ class Smtp : public TQObject
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    Smtp( const TQString &from, const TQString &to,
-          const TQString &subject, const TQString &body );
+    Smtp( const TQString &from, const TQString &to,
+          const TQString &subject, const TQString &body );
     ~Smtp();
 
 signals:
-    void status( const TQString & );
+    void status( const TQString & );
 
 private slots:
     void dnsLookupHelper();
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@ private:
         Close
     };
 
-    TQString message;
-    TQString from;
-    TQString rcpt;
+    TQString message;
+    TQString from;
+    TQString rcpt;
     TQSocket *socket;
     TQTextStream * t;
     int state;
-    TQString response;
+    TQString response;
     TQDns * mxLookup;
 };
 
@@ -122,9 +122,9 @@ private:
 #include <ntqregexp.h>
 
 
-Smtp::Smtp( const TQString &from, const TQString &to,
-            const TQString &subject,
-            const TQString &body )
+Smtp::Smtp( const TQString &from, const TQString &to,
+            const TQString &subject,
+            const TQString &body )
 {
     socket = new TQSocket( this );
     connect ( socket, TQ_SIGNAL( readyRead() ),
@@ -132,18 +132,18 @@ private:
     connect ( socket, TQ_SIGNAL( connected() ),
               this, TQ_SLOT( connected() ) );
 
-    mxLookup = new TQDns( to.mid( to.find( '@' )+1 ), TQDns::Mx );
+    mxLookup = new TQDns( to.mid( to.find( '@' )+1 ), TQDns::Mx );
     connect( mxLookup, TQ_SIGNAL(resultsReady()),
              this, TQ_SLOT(dnsLookupHelper()) );
 
-    message = TQString::fromLatin1( "From: " ) + from +
-              TQString::fromLatin1( "\nTo: " ) + to +
-              TQString::fromLatin1( "\nSubject: " ) + subject +
-              TQString::fromLatin1( "\n\n" ) + body + "\n";
-    message.replace( TQString::fromLatin1( "\n" ),
-                     TQString::fromLatin1( "\r\n" ) );
-    message.replace( TQString::fromLatin1( "\r\n.\r\n" ),
-                     TQString::fromLatin1( "\r\n..\r\n" ) );
+    message = TQString::fromLatin1( "From: " ) + from +
+              TQString::fromLatin1( "\nTo: " ) + to +
+              TQString::fromLatin1( "\nSubject: " ) + subject +
+              TQString::fromLatin1( "\n\n" ) + body + "\n";
+    message.replace( TQString::fromLatin1( "\n" ),
+                     TQString::fromLatin1( "\r\n" ) );
+    message.replace( TQString::fromLatin1( "\r\n.\r\n" ),
+                     TQString::fromLatin1( "\r\n..\r\n" ) );
 
     this->from = from;
     rcpt = to;
@@ -186,12 +186,12 @@ void Smtp::readyRead()
     if ( !socket->canReadLine() )
         return;
 
-    TQString responseLine;
+    TQString responseLine;
     do {
         responseLine = socket->readLine();
         response += responseLine;
     } while( socket->canReadLine() && responseLine[3] != ' ' );
-    responseLine.truncate( 3 );
+    responseLine.truncate( 3 );
 
     if ( state == Init && responseLine[0] == '2' ) {
         // banner was okay, let's go on
diff --git a/doc/html/mainclasses.html b/doc/html/mainclasses.html
index 9ce5c66f5..17fcb4a80 100644
--- a/doc/html/mainclasses.html
+++ b/doc/html/mainclasses.html
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ classes), see TQt's Classes.
 
 TQProcess
 
-TQString
+TQString
 
 TQValueVector
 
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ classes), see TQt's Classes.
 
 TQProgressBar
 
-TQStringList
+TQStringList
 
 TQVariant
 
diff --git a/doc/html/mdi-example.html b/doc/html/mdi-example.html
index 09489ad9b..118552fd1 100644
--- a/doc/html/mdi-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/mdi-example.html
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ public:
     MDIWindow( TQWidget* parent, const char* name, int wflags );
     ~MDIWindow();
 
-    void load( const TQString& fn );
+    void load( const TQString& fn );
     void save();
     void saveAs();
     void print( TQPrinter* );
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ protected:
     void closeEvent( TQCloseEvent * );
 
 signals:
-    void message(const TQString&, int );
+    void message(const TQString&, int );
 
 private:
     TQTextEdit* medit;
     TQMovie * mmovie;
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
 };
 
 
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ const char * filePrintText = "Click this button to print the file you "
 
     openIcon = TQPixmap( fileopen );
     TQToolButton * fileOpen
-        = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
+        = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
                            this, TQ_SLOT(load()), fileTools, "open file" );
 
     saveIcon = TQPixmap( filesave );
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ ApplicationWindow::~ApplicationWindow()
 MDIWindow* ApplicationWindow::newDoc()
 {
     MDIWindow* w = new MDIWindow( ws, 0, WDestructiveClose );
-    connect( w, TQ_SIGNAL( message(const TQString&, int) ), statusBar(), TQ_SLOT( message(const TQString&, int )) );
+    connect( w, TQ_SIGNAL( message(const TQString&, int) ), statusBar(), TQ_SLOT( message(const TQString&, int )) );
     w->setCaption("unnamed document");
     w->setIcon( TQPixmap("document.xpm") );
     // show the very first window in maximized mode
@@ -285,8 +285,8 @@ MDIWindow* ApplicationWindow::newDoc()
 
 void ApplicationWindow::load()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
         MDIWindow* w = newDoc();
         w->load( fn );
     }  else {
@@ -449,14 +449,14 @@ void MDIWindow::closeEvent( MDIWindow::load( const TQString& fn )
+void MDIWindow::load( const TQString& fn )
 {
     filename  = fn;
     TQFile f( filename );
     if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
         return;
 
-    if(fn.contains(".gif")) {
+    if(fn.contains(".gif")) {
         TQWidget * tmp=new TQWidget(this);
         setFocusProxy(tmp);
         setCentralWidget(tmp);
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ void MDIWindow::load( const TQString
         mmovie = 0;
 
         TQTextStream t(&f);
-        TQString s = t.read();
+        TQString s = t.read();
         medit->setText( s );
         f.close();
 
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ void MDIWindow::save()
         return;
     }
 
-    TQString text = medit->text();
+    TQString text = medit->text();
     TQFile f( filename );
     if ( !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
         emit message( TQString("Could not write to %1").arg(filename),
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ void MDIWindow::save()
 
 void MDIWindow::saveAs()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( filename, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( filename, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
         filename = fn;
         save();
     } else {
@@ -545,12 +545,12 @@ void MDIWindow::print( TQPrinter            richText.draw( &p, margin, margin, view, colorGroup() );
             view.moveBy( 0, view.height() );
             p.translate( 0 , -view.height() );
-            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
+            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
                         view.bottom() + p.fontMetrics().ascent() + 5, TQString::number( page ) );
             if ( view.top() - margin >= richText.height() )
                 break;
-            TQString msg( "Printing (page " );
-            msg += TQString::number( ++pageNo );
+            TQString msg( "Printing (page " );
+            msg += TQString::number( ++pageNo );
             msg += ")...";
             emit message( msg, 0 );
             printer->newPage();
diff --git a/doc/html/menu-example.html b/doc/html/menu-example.html
index 505140ca6..2de700644 100644
--- a/doc/html/menu-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/menu-example.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ protected:
     void    resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * );
 
 signals:
-    void    explain( const TQString& );
+    void    explain( const TQString& );
 
 private:
     void contextMenuEvent ( TQContextMenuEvent * );
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ static const char * p3_xpm[] = {
 class MyMenuItem : public TQCustomMenuItem
 {
 public:
-    MyMenuItem( const TQString& s, const TQFont& f )
+    MyMenuItem( const TQString& s, const TQFont& f )
         : string( s ), font( f ){};
     ~MyMenuItem(){}
 
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ public:
         return TQFontMetrics( font ).size( AlignLeft | AlignVCenter | ShowPrefix | DontClip,  string );
     }
 private:
-    TQString string;
+    TQString string;
     TQFont font;
 };
 
@@ -306,8 +306,8 @@ private:
     label->setLineWidth( 1 );
     label->setAlignment( AlignCenter );
 
-    connect( this,  TQ_SIGNAL(explain(const TQString&)),
-             label, TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
+    connect( this,  TQ_SIGNAL(explain(const TQString&)),
+             label, TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
 
     setMinimumSize( 100, 80 );
     setFocusPolicy( TQWidget::ClickFocus );
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-10.html b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-10.html
index dbc0e0bfa..2938da6d7 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-10.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-10.html
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ existing projects.
 
     
     Using Unicode
 
    
 
     Support for internationalization is very easy
-with TQt.  Using TQString instead of char* for storing text gives
+with TQt.  Using TQString instead of char* for storing text gives
 us support for most of the written languages around the world.  Our Page and Options structs look much simpler now.
 
     
 
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-4.html b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-4.html
index 35f8a9414..0e4fd9387 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-4.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-4.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ contents of DoEditPage() to this point and remove the DoEditPage()<
 
     The Page struct defined in page.h stores strings in char*
 arrays.  Since the PageEditDialog and the data it contains will be
 destroyed when we return from this function, we need to convert the
-unicode TQString data into a TQCString in the local encoding and
+unicode TQString data into a TQCString in the local encoding and
 duplicate it with tqstrdup().
 
     
    
 
     The same process must be done for the minorTab text:
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html
index 886c3c91f..fbb387fad 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-8.html
@@ -125,10 +125,10 @@ number (with an indication that the page is invalid).
 
     The PageChange() function is moved from todo.cpp to the MainWindow::pageChange() function in mainwindow.ui.h.  As with the
 MainWindow::setPae() function, we need to modify the code to use
 the new widgets in our Main Window widget.
-
     Note: TQTextEdit::text() returns a TQString, which needs to be converted
+
     Note: TQTextEdit::text() returns a TQString, which needs to be converted
 into a normal char* array.  To do this we create a copy of the
 string in the local encoding.  We need to make the copy using tqstrdup() because the data contained in the TQCString returned by
-TQString::local8Bit() is deallocated when the TQCString is destroyed.
+TQString::local8Bit() is deallocated when the TQCString is destroyed.
 
     
    
 
     The TextChanged() function does nothing more than set the modified variable to 1.  Our new MainWindow::textChanged() function
 does exactly the same.
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ values.
 
 
     
    
 
     In the MainWindow::saveDB() function, we need to store the text
-currently displayed, so we use TQTextEdit::text() instead of XmTextGetString().  Note: TQTextEdit::text() returns a TQString, which
+currently displayed, so we use TQTextEdit::text() instead of XmTextGetString().  Note: TQTextEdit::text() returns a TQString, which
 needs to be converted into a normal char* array.  To do this we
 create a copy of the string in the local encoding.  We need to make
 the copy using tqstrdup() because the data contained in the TQCString
-returned by TQString::local8Bit() is deallocated when the TQCString is
+returned by TQString::local8Bit() is deallocated when the TQCString is
 destroyed.
 
     
    
 
     
diff --git a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-9.html b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-9.html
index 76fb859a7..fac4d58f5 100644
--- a/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-9.html
+++ b/doc/html/motif-walkthrough-9.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ previous versions.
 
     
    
 
     Next we just loop over all pages, appending the page label, contents
 and formatting characters to a printtext variable (which is a
-TQString).
+TQString).
 
     
    
 
     The rest of the MainWindow::filePrint() function is the actual
 printing code.  Here we simply create a TQSimpleRichText object using
diff --git a/doc/html/movies-example.html b/doc/html/movies-example.html
index 890203765..d1d22434e 100644
--- a/doc/html/movies-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/movies-example.html
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The Movies example displays MNG and animated GIF files using the TQFrame {
     TQ_OBJECT
     TQMovie movie;
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
     TQSize sh;
 
 public:
@@ -225,8 +225,8 @@ private slots:
         // The movie has sent us a status message.
 
         if (status < 0) {
-            TQString msg;
-            msg.sprintf("Could not play movie \"%s\"", (const char*)filename);
+            TQString msg;
+            msg.sprintf("Could not play movie \"%s\"", (const char*)filename);
             TQMessageBox::warning(this, "movies", msg);
             parentWidget()->close();
         } else if (status == TQMovie::Paused || status == TQMovie::EndOfMovie) {
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ public:
     MovieStarter(const char *dir);
 
 public slots:
-    void startMovie(const TQString& filename);
+    void startMovie(const TQString& filename);
     // TQDialog's method - normally closes the file dialog.
     // We want it left open, and we want Cancel to quit everything.
     void done( int r );
@@ -277,12 +277,12 @@ public slots:
     //behave as in getOpenFilename
     setMode( ExistingFile );
     // When a file is selected, show it as a movie.
-    connect(this, TQ_SIGNAL(fileSelected(const TQString&)),
-            this, TQ_SLOT(startMovie(const TQString&)));
+    connect(this, TQ_SIGNAL(fileSelected(const TQString&)),
+            this, TQ_SLOT(startMovie(const TQString&)));
 }
 
 
-void MovieStarter::startMovie(const TQString& filename)
+void MovieStarter::startMovie(const TQString& filename)
 {
     if ( filename ) // Start a new movie - have it delete when closed.
         (new MoviePlayer( filename, TQMovie(filename), 0, 0,
diff --git a/doc/html/networkprotocol-example.html b/doc/html/networkprotocol-example.html
index 926f4f3c1..b511608dd 100644
--- a/doc/html/networkprotocol-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/networkprotocol-example.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ protected slots:
 #include <ntqurlinfo.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <ntqurloperator.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <ntqregexp.h>
 
 Nntp::Nntp()
@@ -137,21 +137,21 @@ Nntp::~Nntp()
 void Nntp::operationListChildren( TQNetworkOperation * )
 {
     // create a command
-    TQString path = url()->path(), cmd;
-    if ( path.isEmpty() || path == "/" ) {
+    TQString path = url()->path(), cmd;
+    if ( path.isEmpty() || path == "/" ) {
         // if the path is empty or we are in the root dir,
         // we want to read the list of available newsgroups
         cmd = "list newsgroups\r\n";
     } else if ( url()->isDir() ) {
         // if the path is a directory (in our case a news group)
         // we want to list the articles of this group
-        path = path.replace( "/", "" );
+        path = path.replace( "/", "" );
         cmd = "listgroup " + path + "\r\n";
     } else
         return;
 
     // write the command to the socket
-    commandSocket->writeBlock( cmd.latin1(), cmd.length() );
+    commandSocket->writeBlock( cmd.latin1(), cmd.length() );
     readGroups = TRUE;
 }
 
@@ -160,17 +160,17 @@ Nntp::~Nntp()
     // get the dirPath of the URL (this is our news group)
     // and the filename (which is the article we want to read)
     TQUrl u( op->arg( 0 ) );
-    TQString dirPath = u.dirPath(), file = u.fileName();
-    dirPath = dirPath.replace( "/", "" );
+    TQString dirPath = u.dirPath(), file = u.fileName();
+    dirPath = dirPath.replace( "/", "" );
 
     // go to the group in which the article is
-    TQString cmd;
+    TQString cmd;
     cmd = "group " + dirPath + "\r\n";
-    commandSocket->writeBlock( cmd.latin1(), cmd.length() );
+    commandSocket->writeBlock( cmd.latin1(), cmd.length() );
 
     // read the head of the article
     cmd = "article " + file + "\r\n";
-    commandSocket->writeBlock( cmd.latin1(), cmd.length() );
+    commandSocket->writeBlock( cmd.latin1(), cmd.length() );
     readArticle = TRUE;
 }
 
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ void Nntp::parseGroups()
 
     // read one line after the other
     while ( commandSocket->canReadLine() ) {
-        TQString s = commandSocket->readLine();
+        TQString s = commandSocket->readLine();
 
         // if the  line starts with a dot, all groups or articles have been listed,
         // so we finished processing the listChildren() command
@@ -294,11 +294,11 @@ void Nntp::parseGroups()
         // parse the line and create a TQUrlInfo object
         // which describes the child (group or article)
         bool tab = s.find( '\t' ) != -1;
-        TQString group = s.mid( 0, s.find( tab ? '\t' : ' ' ) );
+        TQString group = s.mid( 0, s.find( tab ? '\t' : ' ' ) );
         TQUrlInfo inf;
         inf.setName( group );
-        TQString path = url()->path();
-        inf.setDir( path.isEmpty() || path == "/" );
+        TQString path = url()->path();
+        inf.setDir( path.isEmpty() || path == "/" );
         inf.setSymLink( FALSE );
         inf.setFile( !inf.isDir() );
         inf.setWritable( FALSE );
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ void Nntp::parseArticle()
 
     // read an article one line after the other
     while ( commandSocket->canReadLine() ) {
-        TQString s = commandSocket->readLine();
+        TQString s = commandSocket->readLine();
 
         // if the  line starts with a dot, we finished reading something
         if ( s[ 0 ] == '.' ) {
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ void Nntp::parseArticle()
             s.remove( s.length() - 1, 1 );
 
         // emit the new data of the article which we read
-        emit data( TQCString( s.ascii() ), operationInProgress() );
+        emit data( TQCString( s.ascii() ), operationInProgress() );
     }
 }
 
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ void Nntp::error( int code )
          code == TQSocket::ErrConnectionRefused ) {
         // this signal is called if connecting to the server failed
         if ( operationInProgress() ) {
-            TQString msg = tr( "Host not found or couldn't connect to: \n" + url()->host() );
+            TQString msg = tr( "Host not found or couldn't connect to: \n" + url()->host() );
             operationInProgress()->setState( StFailed );
             operationInProgress()->setProtocolDetail( msg );
             operationInProgress()->setErrorCode( (int)ErrHostNotFound );
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqaccel.html b/doc/html/ntqaccel.html
index d755b5147..f2e8183cf 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqaccel.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqaccel.html
@@ -246,13 +246,13 @@ enabled. Returns FALSE if the item is disabled or cannot be found.
 Returns the key sequence of the accelerator item with identifier
 id, or an invalid key sequence (0) if the id cannot be found.
 
-
    TQString TQAccel::keyToString ( TQKeySequence k ) [static]
+
    TQString TQAccel::keyToString ( TQKeySequence k ) [static]
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Creates an accelerator string for the key k.
 For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". The "Ctrl" etc.
 are translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "TQAccel" context.
 
     The function is superfluous. Cast the TQKeySequence k to a
-TQString for the same effect.
+TQString for the same effect.
 
 
    void TQAccel::removeItem ( int id )
 
    
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Enables the accelerator item with the identifier id if enable
 
     To work, an item must be enabled and be in an enabled TQAccel.
 
     
    See also isItemEnabled() and isEnabled().
 
-
    void TQAccel::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQAccel::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )
 
    
 Sets a What's This help text for the accelerator item id to text.
 
     The text will be shown when the application is in What's This mode
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ and the user hits the accelerator key.
 accelerator key), use TQMenuData::setWhatsThis().
 
     
    See also whatsThis(), TQWhatsThis::inWhatsThisMode(), TQMenuData::setWhatsThis(), and TQAction::whatsThis.
 
-
    TQKeySequence TQAccel::shortcutKey ( const TQString & str ) [static]
+
    TQKeySequence TQAccel::shortcutKey ( const TQString & str ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the shortcut key sequence for str, or an invalid key
 sequence (0) if str has no shortcut sequence.
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ you must write e.g. TQt::ALT+TQt::Key_Q.)
 Group do not appear to have issued equivalent recommendations for
 other languages.
 
-
    TQKeySequence TQAccel::stringToKey ( const TQString & s ) [static]
+
    TQKeySequence TQAccel::stringToKey ( const TQString & s ) [static]
 
    This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Returns an accelerator code for the string s. For example
 "Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl",
@@ -318,10 +318,10 @@ string s for the same effect.
 
     
    See also TQObject::tr() and Internationalization with TQt.
 
 
    Example: i18n/mywidget.cpp.
-
    TQString TQAccel::whatsThis ( int id ) const
+
    TQString TQAccel::whatsThis ( int id ) const
 
    
 Returns the What's This help text for the specified item id or
-TQString::null if no text has been specified.
+TQString::null if no text has been specified.
 
     
    See also setWhatsThis().
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqaction.html b/doc/html/ntqaction.html
index 075166e96..64ba4b3cd 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqaction.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqaction.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 
     Warning: To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child
 of a widget that the action is later added to.
 
-
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 This constructor results in an icon-less action with the the menu
 text menuText and keyboard accelerator accel. It is a child
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ these using setToolTip() and s
 
     Warning: To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child
 of a widget that the action is later added to.
 
-
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 This constructor creates an action with the following properties:
 the icon or iconset icon, the menu text menuText and
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ these using setToolTip() and s
 
     Warning: To prevent recursion, don't create an action as a child
 of a widget that the action is later added to.
 
-
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
+
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     This constructor creates an action with the following properties:
 the description text, the icon or iconset icon, the menu
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ a widget, or an action group whose parent is a widget.
 tips unless you provide specific text for these using setToolTip()
 and setStatusTip().
 
-
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
+
    TQAction::TQAction ( const TQString & text, const TQString & menuText, TQKeySequence accel, TQObject * parent, const char * name = 0, bool toggle = FALSE )
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     This constructor results in an icon-less action with the
 description text, the menu text menuText and the keyboard
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ See the "toggleAction" property f
 
    bool TQAction::isVisible () const
 
    Returns TRUE if the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and toolbars); otherwise returns FALSE.
 See the "visible" property for details.
-
    TQString TQAction::menuText () const
+
    TQString TQAction::menuText () const
 
    Returns the action's menu text.
 See the "menuText" property for details.
 
    bool TQAction::removeFrom ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
@@ -339,34 +339,34 @@ See the "enabled" property for details
 
    void TQAction::setIconSet ( const TQIconSet & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the action's icon.
 See the "iconSet" property for details.
-
    void TQAction::setMenuText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQAction::setMenuText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the action's menu text.
 See the "menuText" property for details.
 
    void TQAction::setOn ( bool ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets whether a toggle action is on.
 See the "on" property for details.
-
    void TQAction::setStatusTip ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQAction::setStatusTip ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the action's status tip.
 See the "statusTip" property for details.
-
    void TQAction::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQAction::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the action's descriptive text.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQAction::setToggleAction ( bool ) [virtual]
 
    Sets whether the action is a toggle action.
 See the "toggleAction" property for details.
-
    void TQAction::setToolTip ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQAction::setToolTip ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the action's tool tip.
 See the "toolTip" property for details.
 
    void TQAction::setVisible ( bool ) [slot]
 
    Sets whether the action can be seen (e.g. in menus and toolbars).
 See the "visible" property for details.
-
    void TQAction::setWhatsThis ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQAction::setWhatsThis ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the action's "What's This?" help text.
 See the "whatsThis" property for details.
-
    TQString TQAction::statusTip () const
+
    TQString TQAction::statusTip () const
 
    Returns the action's status tip.
 See the "statusTip" property for details.
-
    TQString TQAction::text () const
+
    TQString TQAction::text () const
 
    Returns the action's descriptive text.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQAction::toggle () [slot]
@@ -395,10 +395,10 @@ indicate the state, e.g.
 
     
    See also activated(), toggleAction, and on.
 
 
    Example: action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp.
-
    TQString TQAction::toolTip () const
+
    TQString TQAction::toolTip () const
 
    Returns the action's tool tip.
 See the "toolTip" property for details.
-
    TQString TQAction::whatsThis () const
+
    TQString TQAction::whatsThis () const
 
    Returns the action's "What's This?" help text.
 See the "whatsThis" property for details.
 
    Property Documentation
    
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ the icon of the action is cleared.
 
     (See the action/toggleaction/toggleaction.cpp example.)
 
     
 
    Set this property's value with setIconSet() and get this property's value with iconSet().
-
    TQString menuText
    
+
    TQString menuText
    
 
    This property holds the action's menu text.
 
    If the action is added to a menu the menu option will consist of
 the icon (if there is one), the menu text and the accelerator (if
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ off (FALSE).
 
     
    See also toggleAction.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setOn() and get this property's value with isOn().
-
    TQString statusTip
    
+
    TQString statusTip
    
 
    This property holds the action's status tip.
 
    The statusTip is displayed on all status bars that this action's
 toplevel parent widget provides.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ toplevel parent widget provides.
 
     
    See also statusTip and toolTip.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setStatusTip() and get this property's value with statusTip().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the action's descriptive text.
 
    If TQMainWindow::usesTextLabel is TRUE, the text appears as a
 label in the relevant tool button. It also serves as the default
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ exclusive toggling, add the relevant toggle actions to a
 TRUE.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setToggleAction() and get this property's value with isToggleAction().
-
    TQString toolTip
    
+
    TQString toolTip
    
 
    This property holds the action's tool tip.
 
    This text is used for the tool tip. If no status tip has been set
 the tool tip will be used for the status tip.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ action cannot be seen or chosen by the user.
 appear at all.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setVisible() and get this property's value with isVisible().
-
    TQString whatsThis
    
+
    TQString whatsThis
    
 
    This property holds the action's "What's This?" help text.
 
    The whats this text is used to provide a brief description of the
 action. The text may contain rich text (HTML-like tags -- see
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqapplication.html b/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
index 23534ff03..3097b45c1 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqapplication.html
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ arguments to translate():
 
  • TQApplication::DefaultCodec - the encoding specified by
 TQTextCodec::codecForTr() (Latin-1 if none has been set)
 
  • TQApplication::UnicodeUTF8 - UTF-8
-
     
    See also TQObject::tr(), TQObject::trUtf8(), and TQString::fromUtf8().
+
     
    See also TQObject::tr(), TQObject::trUtf8(), and TQString::fromUtf8().
 
 
    TQApplication::Type
    
 
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ for example if no widget in that window accepts key events.
 
     
    See also TQWidget::setFocus(), TQWidget::focus, and focusWidget().
 
 
    Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
-
    void TQApplication::addLibraryPath ( const TQString & path ) [static]
+
    void TQApplication::addLibraryPath ( const TQString & path ) [static]
 
    
 Append path to the end of the library path list. If path is
 empty or already in the path list, the path list is not changed.
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ file.
 The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
 
     
    See also topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::visible, and TQPtrList::isEmpty().
 
-
    TQString TQApplication::applicationDirPath ()
+
    TQString TQApplication::applicationDirPath ()
 
    
 Returns the directory that contains the application executable.
 
     For example, if you have installed TQt in the C:\Trolltech\TQt
@@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ name of the executable (which it normally does). It also assumes that
 the current directory hasn't been changed by the application.
 
     
    See also applicationFilePath().
 
-
    TQString TQApplication::applicationFilePath ()
+
    TQString TQApplication::applicationFilePath ()
 
    
 Returns the file path of the application executable.
 
     For example, if you have installed TQt in the C:\Trolltech\TQt
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ widgets such as popup menus and dialogs.
 
     
    See also mainWidget(), topLevelWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, and TQWidget::close().
 
 
    Examples: addressbook/main.cpp, extension/main.cpp, helpviewer/main.cpp, mdi/main.cpp, network/archivesearch/main.cpp, qwerty/main.cpp, and regexptester/main.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQApplication::libraryPaths () [static]
+
    TQStringList TQApplication::libraryPaths () [static]
 
    
 Returns a list of paths that the application will search when
 dynamically loading libraries.
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@ working directory) is also added to the plugin paths.
 
     If you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate over a
 copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = app.libraryPaths();
+    TQStringList list = app.libraryPaths();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ TQt/Embedded windows to d.
 TQt/Embedded.
 
     
    See also TQWSDecoration.
 
-
    void TQApplication::removeLibraryPath ( const TQString & path ) [static]
+
    void TQApplication::removeLibraryPath ( const TQString & path ) [static]
 
    
 Removes path from the library path list. If path is empty or not
 in the path list, the list is not changed.
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@ objects. If event_type is 0, all the events are sent for receiver This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Dispatches all posted events, i.e. empties the event queue.
 
-
    TQString TQApplication::sessionId () const
+
    TQString TQApplication::sessionId () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the current session's identifier.
@@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ identifier is the same as it was in that previous session.
 applications and for different instances of the same application.
 
     
    See also isSessionRestored(), sessionKey(), commitData(), and saveState().
 
-
    TQString TQApplication::sessionKey () const
+
    TQString TQApplication::sessionKey () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the session key in the current session.
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ that may be used on touch-screens or similar IO-devices.
  
 
     
    See also globalStrut().
 
-
    void TQApplication::setLibraryPaths ( const TQStringList & paths ) [static]
+
    void TQApplication::setLibraryPaths ( const TQStringList & paths ) [static]
 
    
 Sets the list of directories to search when loading libraries to paths.
 All existing paths will be deleted and the path list will consist of the
@@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ style-guide compliant.
 
     
    See also style(), TQStyle, setPalette(), and desktopSettingsAware().
 
 
    Example: themes/themes.cpp.
-
    TQStyle * TQApplication::setStyle ( const TQString & style ) [static]
+
    TQStyle * TQApplication::setStyle ( const TQString & style ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Requests a TQStyle object for style from the TQStyleFactory.
@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ the tooltip if no tooltip is currently shown.
 The widgets in the list may be deleted by someone else at any time.
 
     
    See also allWidgets(), TQWidget::isTopLevel, TQWidget::visible, and TQPtrList::isEmpty().
 
-
    TQString TQApplication::translate ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0, Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const
+
    TQString TQApplication::translate ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0, Encoding encoding = DefaultCodec ) const
 
    Note: This function is reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
    
  
 Returns the translation text for sourceText, by querying the
@@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@ default, it is null. encoding indicates the 8-bit encoding of
 character stings
 
     See the TQTranslator documentation for more information about
 contexts and comments.
-
     If none of the message files contain a translation for sourceText in context, this function returns a TQString
+
     If none of the message files contain a translation for sourceText in context, this function returns a TQString
 equivalent of sourceText. The encoding of sourceText is
 specified by encoding; it defaults to DefaultCodec.
 
     This function is not virtual. You can use alternative translation
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqasciicache.html b/doc/html/ntqasciicache.html
index 0c71987ba..0d2fe3bbb 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqasciicache.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqasciicache.html
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ instance TQAsciiCache<X> to create a cache that operates on
 pointers to X (X*).
 
     A cache is a least recently used (LRU) list of cache items. The
 cache items are accessed via char* keys. For Unicode keys use
-the TQCache template instead, which uses TQString keys. A TQCache
+the TQCache template instead, which uses TQString keys. A TQCache
 has the same performace as a TQAsciiCache.
 
     Each cache item has a cost. The sum of item costs, totalCost(),
 will not exceed the maximum cache cost, maxCost(). If inserting a
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqasciidict.html b/doc/html/ntqasciidict.html
index 7c74e2021..b9c2710b3 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqasciidict.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqasciidict.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ pointers to X (X*).
 char* used for insertion, removal and lookup. The value is a
 pointer. Dictionaries provide very fast insertion and lookup.
 
     TQAsciiDict cannot handle Unicode keys; use the TQDict template
-instead, which uses TQString keys. A TQDict has the same
+instead, which uses TQString keys. A TQDict has the same
 performace as a TQAsciiDict.
 
     Example:
 
    diff --git a/doc/html/ntqassistantclient.html b/doc/html/ntqassistantclient.html
index 4ec625b04..6f364a3e4 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqassistantclient.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqassistantclient.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ line to your pro file:
 
     See also "Adding Documentation to TQt Assistant" in the TQt Assistant manual.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQAssistantClient::TQAssistantClient ( const TQString & path, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQAssistantClient::TQAssistantClient ( const TQString & path, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs an assistant client object. The path specifies the
 path to the TQt Assistant executable. If path is an empty
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ client-server communication is set up.
 Use this function to close TQt Assistant.
 
     
    See also assistantClosed().
 
-
    void TQAssistantClient::error ( const TQString & msg ) [signal]
+
    void TQAssistantClient::error ( const TQString & msg ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted if TQt Assistant cannot be started or if an
@@ -143,12 +143,12 @@ already open, this function does nothing. If an error occurs,
 error() is emitted.
 
     
    See also assistantOpened().
 
-
    void TQAssistantClient::setArguments ( const TQStringList & args )
+
    void TQAssistantClient::setArguments ( const TQStringList & args )
 
    
 Sets the command line arguments used when TQt Assistant is
 started to args.
 
-
    void TQAssistantClient::showPage ( const TQString & page ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQAssistantClient::showPage ( const TQString & page ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Call this function to make TQt Assistant show a particular page.
 The page is a filename (e.g. myhelpfile.html). See "Adding
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqbitmap.html b/doc/html/ntqbitmap.html
index 9566a5025..0d285601b 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqbitmap.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqbitmap.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ The TQImage documentation discusses bit order of mono
 
 Constructs a bitmap that is a copy of bitmap.
 
-
    TQBitmap::TQBitmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
+
    TQBitmap::TQBitmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a bitmap from the file fileName. If the file does
 not exist or is of an unknown format, the bitmap becomes a null
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqbuffer.html b/doc/html/ntqbuffer.html
index 2b208c29b..b18b2fbe5 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqbuffer.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqbuffer.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ buffer must be closed before reopening or calling setBuffer().
 parameter. For convenience, there are also TQDataStream and
 TQTextStream constructors that take a TQByteArray parameter. These
 constructors create and open an internal TQBuffer.
-
     Note that TQTextStream can also operate on a TQString (a Unicode
+
     Note that TQTextStream can also operate on a TQString (a Unicode
 string); a TQBuffer cannot.
 
     You can also use TQBuffer directly through the standard TQIODevice
 functions readBlock(), writeBlock() readLine(), at(), getch(),
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqbutton.html b/doc/html/ntqbutton.html
index 10969d729..54963f2b7 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqbutton.html
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ See the "pixmap" property for details.
 
 Sets the toggle state of the button to s. s can be Off, NoChange or On.
 
-
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQButton::setToggleButton ( bool b ) [protected]
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ if the button is off.
 setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 
     
    See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
 
-
    TQString TQButton::text () const
+
    TQString TQButton::text () const
 
    Returns the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQButton::toggle () [slot]
@@ -421,9 +421,9 @@ toggle buttons, for example.
 
     pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the text shown on the button.
-
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
+
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
 text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an
 accelerator is automatically created for it using the character
 that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html b/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html
index d75d99559..031a301a2 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqbuttongroup.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Constructs a button group with no title.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a button group with the title title.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQButtonGroup::TQButtonGroup ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a button group with title title. Child widgets will
 be arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcache.html b/doc/html/ntqcache.html
index da9c879d0..e7f0ad16b 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcache.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcache.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
    Detailed Description
    
 
 
-The TQCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on TQString keys.
+The TQCache class is a template class that provides a cache based on TQString keys.
 
     
 
 
     
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ implementation deletes the item if auto-deletion is enabled, and
 does nothing otherwise.
 
     There is a TQCacheIterator that can be used to traverse the items
 in the cache in arbitrary order.
-
     In TQCache, the cache items are accessed via TQString keys, which
+
     In TQCache, the cache items are accessed via TQString keys, which
 are Unicode strings. If you want to use non-Unicode, plain 8-bit
 char* keys, use the TQAsciiCache template. A TQCache has the
 same performance as a TQAsciiCache.
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ has been enabled.
 
     
    See also totalCost().
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQPtrCollection.
-
    type * TQCache::find ( const TQString & k, bool ref = TRUE ) const
+
    type * TQCache::find ( const TQString & k, bool ref = TRUE ) const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the item associated with key k, or 0 if the key does
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ is moved to the front of the least recently used list.
 
     If there are two or more items with equal keys, the one that was
 inserted last is returned.
 
-
    bool TQCache::insert ( const TQString & k, const type * d, int c = 1, int p = 0 )
+
    bool TQCache::insert ( const TQString & k, const type * d, int c = 1, int p = 0 )
 
    
 
 
     Inserts the item d into the cache with key k and associated
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ become invalid.
 
     Returns the maximum allowed total cost of the cache.
 
     
    See also setMaxCost() and totalCost().
 
-
    type * TQCache::operator[] ( const TQString & k ) const
+
    type * TQCache::operator[] ( const TQString & k ) const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the item associated with key k, or 0 if k does not
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ inserted last is returned.
 
     This is the same as find( k, TRUE ).
 
     
    See also find().
 
-
    bool TQCache::remove ( const TQString & k )
+
    bool TQCache::remove ( const TQString & k )
 
    
 
 
     Removes the item associated with k, and returns TRUE if the
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ This should be a bit bigger than count() is likely to be.
 and distribution information using tqDebug(). This function does
 nothing in the release library.
 
-
    type * TQCache::take ( const TQString & k )
+
    type * TQCache::take ( const TQString & k )
 
    
 
 
     Takes the item associated with k out of the cache without
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html b/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html
index e8d13488d..6a3091fac 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcheckbox.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Constructs a checkbox with no text.
 
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQCheckBox::TQCheckBox ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQCheckBox::TQCheckBox ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a checkbox with text text.
 
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Sets the checkbox to the "no change" state.
 
    void TQButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the pixmap shown on the button.
 See the "pixmap" property for details.
-
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQCheckBox::setTristate ( bool y = TRUE )
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ if the button is off.
 setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 
     
    See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
 
-
    TQString TQButton::text () const
+
    TQString TQButton::text () const
 
    Returns the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQButton::toggle () [slot]
@@ -273,9 +273,9 @@ toggle buttons, for example.
 
     pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the text shown on the button.
-
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
+
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
 text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an
 accelerator is automatically created for it using the character
 that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqclipboard.html b/doc/html/ntqclipboard.html
index 9e91d9e04..f4d4374d3 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqclipboard.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqclipboard.html
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ access it using TQApplication::clipboard
     TQClipboard *cb = TQApplication::clipboard();
 
     // Copy text from the clipboard (paste)
-    TQString text = cb->text(TQClipboard::Clipboard);
-    if ( !text.isNull() )
+    TQString text = cb->text(TQClipboard::Clipboard);
+    if ( !text.isNull() )
         tqDebug( "The clipboard contains: " + text );
 
     // Copy text into the clipboard
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ which put data into the clipboard will put the data into the mouse
 selection, otherwise the data will be put into the clipboard.
 
     
    See also supportsSelection() and selectionModeEnabled().
 
-
    void TQClipboard::setText ( const TQString & text, Mode mode )
+
    void TQClipboard::setText ( const TQString & text, Mode mode )
 
    
 Copies text into the clipboard as plain text.
 
     The mode argument is used to control which part of the system
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ mouse selection.
 
     
    See also text() and setData().
 
 
    Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    void TQClipboard::setText ( const TQString & text )
+
    void TQClipboard::setText ( const TQString & text )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This function uses the TQClipboard::setText() function which takes
@@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the clipboard supports mouse selection; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
 
    Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    TQString TQClipboard::text ( Mode mode ) const
+
    TQString TQClipboard::text ( Mode mode ) const
 
    
 Returns the clipboard text as plain text, or a null string if the
 clipboard does not contain any text.
@@ -396,9 +396,9 @@ clipboard is used.  If mode is TQClipboard::Clipboard, the
 text is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If mode is
 TQClipboard::Selection, the text is retrieved from the global
 mouse selection.
-
     
    See also setText(), data(), and TQString::operator!().
+
     
    See also setText(), data(), and TQString::operator!().
 
-
    TQString TQClipboard::text ( TQCString & subtype, Mode mode ) const
+
    TQString TQClipboard::text ( TQCString & subtype, Mode mode ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the clipboard text in subtype subtype, or a null string
@@ -411,9 +411,9 @@ text is retrieved from the global clipboard.  If mode is
 TQClipboard::Selection, the text is retrieved from the global
 mouse selection.
 
     Common values for subtype are "plain" and "html".
-
     
    See also setText(), data(), and TQString::operator!().
+
     
    See also setText(), data(), and TQString::operator!().
 
-
    TQString TQClipboard::text () const
+
    TQString TQClipboard::text () const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This function uses the TQClipboard::text() function which takes
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ If selectionModeEnabled() returns TRUE, the mode argument is
 TQClipboard::Selection, otherwise the mode argument is
 TQClipboard::Clipboard.
 
-
    TQString TQClipboard::text ( TQCString & subtype ) const
+
    TQString TQClipboard::text ( TQCString & subtype ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the clipboard text in subtype subtype, or a null string
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcolor.html b/doc/html/ntqcolor.html
index ba7d399fa..7508d63c1 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcolor.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcolor.html
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ RGB value in a standard way. If pixel is something else, then
 the pixel value is set directly to pixel, skipping the normal
 allocation procedure.
 
-
    TQColor::TQColor ( const TQString & name )
+
    TQColor::TQColor ( const TQString & name )
 
    
 Constructs a named color in the same way as setNamedColor() using
 name name.
@@ -266,10 +266,10 @@ Internal clean up required for TQColor.
 This function is called from the TQApplication destructor.
 
     
    See also initialize().
 
-
    TQStringList TQColor::colorNames () [static]
+
    TQStringList TQColor::colorNames () [static]
 
    
 
-Returns a TQStringList containing the color names TQt knows about.
+Returns a TQStringList containing the color names TQt knows about.
 
 
    int TQColor::currentAllocContext () [static]
 
    
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ displays as well as for colormap displays, except that
 TQColor::destroyAllocContext() does nothing for true color.
 
     Example:
 
    -    TQPixmap loadPixmap( TQString fileName )
+    TQPixmap loadPixmap( TQString fileName )
     {
         static int alloc_context = 0;
         if ( alloc_context )
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ window system if the window system uses a palette.
 
     Otherwise returns -1. Use numBitPlanes() to calculate the available
 colors in that case.
 
-
    TQString TQColor::name () const
+
    TQString TQColor::name () const
 
    
 Returns the name of the color in the format "#RRGGBB", i.e. a "#"
 character followed by three two-digit hexadecimal numbers.
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ may return slightly different values to those set by setHsv 
    See also hsv() and setRgb().
 
 
    Examples: drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, and progress/progress.cpp.
-
    void TQColor::setNamedColor ( const TQString & name )
+
    void TQColor::setNamedColor ( const TQString & name )
 
    
 Sets the RGB value to name, which may be in one of these
 formats:
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html b/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html
index a557adbb0..2ac1d20d4 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcombobox.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ to clear the displayed string without changing the combobox's
 contents.
 
     A combobox emits two signals, activated() and highlighted(), when
 a new item has been activated (selected) or highlighted (made
-current). Both signals exist in two versions, one with a TQString argument and one with an int argument. If the user
+current). Both signals exist in two versions, one with a TQString argument and one with an int argument. If the user
 highlights or activates a pixmap, only the int signals are
 emitted. Whenever the text of an editable combobox is changed the
 textChanged() signal is emitted.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ combobox.
 programmatically, e.g. using setCurrentItem().
 
 
    Examples: fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, lineedits/lineedits.cpp, listboxcombo/listboxcombo.cpp, and qmag/qmag.cpp.
-
    void TQComboBox::activated ( const TQString & string ) [signal]
+
    void TQComboBox::activated ( const TQString & string ) [signal]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This signal is emitted when a new item has been activated
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ See the "autoCompletion" prop
 
    bool TQComboBox::autoResize () const
 
    Returns TRUE if auto resize is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 See the "autoResize" property for details.
-
    void TQComboBox::changeItem ( const TQString & t, int index )
+
    void TQComboBox::changeItem ( const TQString & t, int index )
 
    
 Replaces the item at position index with the text t.
 
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 unless the combobox is editable.
 
     
    See also insertItem().
 
-
    void TQComboBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & im, const TQString & t, int index )
+
    void TQComboBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & im, const TQString & t, int index )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Replaces the item at position index with the pixmap im and
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ See the "count" property for details.
 
    int TQComboBox::currentItem () const
 
    Returns the index of the current item in the combobox.
 See the "currentItem" property for details.
-
    TQString TQComboBox::currentText () const
+
    TQString TQComboBox::currentText () const
 
    Returns the text of the combobox's current item.
 See the "currentText" property for details.
 
    bool TQComboBox::duplicatesEnabled () const
@@ -327,14 +327,14 @@ combobox.
 
     This signal is not emitted if the item is changed
 programmatically, e.g. using setCurrentItem().
 
-
    void TQComboBox::highlighted ( const TQString & string ) [signal]
+
    void TQComboBox::highlighted ( const TQString & string ) [signal]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This signal is emitted when a new item has been set to be the
 current item. string is the item's text.
 
     You can also use the highlighted(int) signal.
 
-
    void TQComboBox::insertItem ( const TQString & t, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQComboBox::insertItem ( const TQString & t, int index = -1 )
 
    
 Inserts a text item with text t, at position index. The item
 will be appended if index is negative.
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Inserts a pixmap item at position index. The item will be
 appended if index is negative.
 
-
    void TQComboBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQComboBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a pixmap item with additional text text at position
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ terminated with 0.
 
     
    See also insertStringList().
 
 
    Example: qmag/qmag.cpp.
-
    void TQComboBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList & list, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQComboBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList & list, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts the list of strings at position index in the
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ combobox.
 
     This is only for compatibility since it does not support Unicode
 strings. See insertStringList().
 
-
    void TQComboBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList * list, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQComboBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList * list, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts the list of strings at position index in the
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ combobox.
 
     This is only for compatibility since it does not support Unicode
 strings. See insertStringList().
 
-
    void TQComboBox::insertStringList ( const TQStringList & list, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQComboBox::insertStringList ( const TQStringList & list, int index = -1 )
 
    
 Inserts the list of strings at position index in the
 combobox.
@@ -430,13 +430,13 @@ See the "autoResize" property for
 
    void TQComboBox::setCurrentItem ( int index ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the index of the current item in the combobox to index.
 See the "currentItem" property for details.
-
    void TQComboBox::setCurrentText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQComboBox::setCurrentText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the text of the combobox's current item.
 See the "currentText" property for details.
 
    void TQComboBox::setDuplicatesEnabled ( bool enable )
 
    Sets whether duplicates are allowed to enable.
 See the "duplicatesEnabled" property for details.
-
    void TQComboBox::setEditText ( const TQString & newText ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQComboBox::setEditText ( const TQString & newText ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Sets the text in the line edit to newText without changing the
 combobox's contents. Does nothing if the combobox isn't editable.
@@ -492,14 +492,14 @@ is valid according to v is accepted.
 
    int TQComboBox::sizeLimit () const
 
    Returns the maximum on-screen size of the combobox.
 See the "sizeLimit" property for details.
-
    TQString TQComboBox::text ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQComboBox::text ( int index ) const
 
    
-Returns the text item at position index, or TQString::null if
+Returns the text item at position index, or TQString::null if
 the item is not a string.
 
     
    See also currentText.
 
 
    Examples: fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp and helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp.
-
    void TQComboBox::textChanged ( const TQString & string ) [signal]
+
    void TQComboBox::textChanged ( const TQString & string ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is used for editable comboboxes. It is emitted
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ emitted when the user changes the current item, not when it is
 changed programmatically.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setCurrentItem() and get this property's value with currentItem().
-
    TQString currentText
    
+
    TQString currentText
    
 
    This property holds the text of the combobox's current item.
 
    
 
    Set this property's value with setCurrentText() and get this property's value with currentText().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqcstring.html b/doc/html/ntqcstring.html
index ad5025861..82faf8392 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqcstring.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqcstring.html
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ The price of doing this is that some algorithms will perform
 badly. For example, append() is O(length()) since it scans for a
 null terminator. Although you might use TQCString for text that is
 never exposed to the user, for most purposes, and especially for
-user-visible text, you should use TQString. TQString provides
+user-visible text, you should use TQString. TQString provides
 implicit sharing, Unicode and other internationalization support,
 and is well optimized.
 
     Note that for the TQCString methods that take a const char *
@@ -200,12 +200,12 @@ both strings contain only ASCII characters. (If $LC_CTYPE is
 set, most Unix systems do "the right thing".) Functions that this
 affects include contains(), find(), findRev(), operator<(), operator<=(), operator>(), operator>=(), lower() and
 upper().
-
     This issue does not apply to TQStrings since they represent
+
     This issue does not apply to TQStrings since they represent
 characters using Unicode.
 
 
    
 
     Performance note: The TQCString methods for TQRegExp searching are
-implemented by converting the TQCString to a TQString and performing
+implemented by converting the TQCString to a TQString and performing
 the search on that. This implies a deep copy of the TQCString data.
 If you are going to perform many TQRegExp searches on a large
 TQCString, you will get better performance by converting the
@@ -283,15 +283,15 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Counts the number of overlapping occurrences of rx in the string.
 
     Example:
 
    -    TQString s = "banana and panama";
+    TQString s = "banana and panama";
     TQRegExp r = TQRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE );
-    s.contains( r ); // 4 matches
+    s.contains( r ); // 4 matches
     
    
  
 
     
    See also find() and findRev().
 
 
     Warning: If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
-string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
+string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
 apply the function to that.
 
 
    TQCString TQCString::copy () const
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ starting at position index.
 
     Returns the position of the next match, or -1 if rx was not
 found.
 
     Warning: If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
-string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
+string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
 apply the function to that.
 
 
    int TQCString::findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ starting at position index and searching backwards.
 
     Returns the position of the next match (backwards), or -1 if rx
 was not found.
 
     Warning: If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
-string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
+string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
 apply the function to that.
 
 
    TQCString & TQCString::insert ( uint index, char c )
@@ -564,18 +564,18 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 Returns a reference to the string.
 
     Example:
 
    -    TQString s = "banana";
-    s.replace( TQRegExp("a.*a"), "" );     // becomes "b"
+    TQString s = "banana";
+    s.replace( TQRegExp("a.*a"), "" );     // becomes "b"
 
     s = "banana";
-    s.replace( TQRegExp("^[bn]a"), "X" );  // becomes "Xnana"
+    s.replace( TQRegExp("^[bn]a"), "X" );  // becomes "Xnana"
 
     s = "banana";
-    s.replace( TQRegExp("^[bn]a"), "" );   // becomes "nana"
+    s.replace( TQRegExp("^[bn]a"), "" );   // becomes "nana"
     
    
  
 
     Warning: If you want to apply this function repeatedly to the same
-string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
+string it is more efficient to convert the string to a TQString and
 apply the function to that.
 
 
    TQCString & TQCString::replace ( char c, const char * after )
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ and returns a reference to the string.
 character f, and the precision (number of digits after the
 decimal point) is specified with prec.
 
     The valid formats for f are 'e', 'E', 'f', 'g' and 'G'. The
-formats are the same as for sprintf(); they are explained in TQString::arg().
+formats are the same as for sprintf(); they are explained in TQString::arg().
 
 
    TQCString & TQCString::setNum ( short n )
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdatastream.html b/doc/html/ntqdatastream.html
index 0cea75757..5808241b5 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdatastream.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdatastream.html
@@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ data to. The TQFile class is an example of an IO devi
     TQFile file( "file.dat" );
     file.open( IO_ReadOnly );
     TQDataStream stream( &file );  // read the data serialized from the file
-    TQString str;
+    TQString str;
     TQ_INT32 a;
     stream >> str >> a;           // extract "the answer is" and 42
     
    
  
 
     Each item written to the stream is written in a predefined binary
 format that varies depending on the item's type. Supported TQt
-types include TQBrush, TQColor, TQDateTime, TQFont, TQPixmap, TQString,
+types include TQBrush, TQColor, TQDateTime, TQFont, TQPixmap, TQString,
 TQVariant and many others. For the complete list of all TQt types
 supporting data streaming see the Format of the TQDataStream operators.
 
     For integers it is best to always cast to a TQt integer type for
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdatetime.html b/doc/html/ntqdatetime.html
index 379b5f831..0ada884a4 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdatetime.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdatetime.html
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Returns the number of days from this datetime to dt (which is
 negative if dt is earlier than this datetime).
 
     
    See also addDays() and secsTo().
 
-
    TQDateTime TQDateTime::fromString ( const TQString & s, TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) [static]
+
    TQDateTime TQDateTime::fromString ( const TQString & s, TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the TQDateTime represented by the string s, using the
 format f, or an invalid datetime if this is not possible.
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ based on the given UTC time.
 
     Returns the time part of the datetime.
 
     
    See also setTime() and date().
 
-
    TQString TQDateTime::toString ( const TQString & format ) const
+
    TQString TQDateTime::toString ( const TQString & format ) const
 
    
 Returns the datetime as a string. The format parameter
 determines the format of the result string.
@@ -338,10 +338,10 @@ Uses TQDate::longMonthName().
  hh:mm:ss.zzz     14:13:09.042
  h:m:s ap	     2:13:9 pm
 
-
     If the datetime is an invalid datetime, then TQString::null will be returned.
+
     If the datetime is an invalid datetime, then TQString::null will be returned.
 
     
    See also TQDate::toString() and TQTime::toString().
 
-
    TQString TQDateTime::toString ( TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) const
+
    TQString TQDateTime::toString ( TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the datetime as a string. The f parameter determines
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdeepcopy.html b/doc/html/ntqdeepcopy.html
index ac516d089..2e84c58de 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdeepcopy.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdeepcopy.html
@@ -58,33 +58,33 @@ data.
 use and for maximum speed. In the example below, s1, s2, s3, s4 and s5 share data.
 
     
         // all 5 strings share the same data
-    TQString s1 = "abcd";
-    TQString s2 = s1;
-    TQString s3 = s2;
-    TQString s4 = s3;
-    TQString s5 = s2;
+    TQString s1 = "abcd";
+    TQString s2 = s1;
+    TQString s3 = s2;
+    TQString s4 = s3;
+    TQString s5 = s2;
     
    
  
 
     TQDeepCopy can be used several ways to ensure that an object
 references unique, unshared data. In the example below, s1, s2 and s5 share data, while neither s3 nor s4 share data.
 
         // s1, s2 and s5 share the same data, neither s3 nor s4 are shared
-    TQString s1 = "abcd";
-    TQString s2 = s1;
+    TQString s1 = "abcd";
+    TQString s2 = s1;
     TQDeepCopy<TQString> s3 = s2;  // s3 is a deep copy of s2
-    TQString s4 = s3;             // s4 is a deep copy of s3
-    TQString s5 = s2;
+    TQString s4 = s3;             // s4 is a deep copy of s3
+    TQString s5 = s2;
     
    
  
 
     In the example below, s1, s2 and s5 share data, and s3
 and s4 share data.
 
         // s1, s2 and s5 share the same data, s3 and s4 share the same data
-    TQString s1 = "abcd";
-    TQString s2 = s1;
-    TQString s3 = TQDeepCopy<TQString>( s2 );  // s3 is a deep copy of s2
-    TQString s4 = s3;                        // s4 is a shallow copy of s3
-    TQString s5 = s2;
+    TQString s1 = "abcd";
+    TQString s2 = s1;
+    TQString s3 = TQDeepCopy<TQString>( s2 );  // s3 is a deep copy of s2
+    TQString s4 = s3;                        // s4 is a shallow copy of s3
+    TQString s5 = s2;
     
    
  
 
     TQDeepCopy can also provide safety in multithreaded applications
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ get a unique copy of the data, and that any assignments to global_stringTQString &str )
+    void setGlobalString( const TQString &str )
     {
         global_mutex.lock();
         global_string = str;           // global_string is a deep copy of str
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ get a unique copy of the data, and that any assignments to global_stringlock();
-        TQString str = global_string;          // str is a deep copy of global_string
+        TQString str = global_string;          // str is a deep copy of global_string
         global_mutex.unlock();
 
         // process the string data
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ get a unique copy of the data, and that any assignments to global_string Warning: It is the application developer's responsibility to
 protect the object shared across multiple threads.
-
     The examples above use TQString, which is an implicitly shared
+
     The examples above use TQString, which is an implicitly shared
 class. The behavior of TQDeepCopy is the same when using explicitly
 shared classes like TQByteArray.
 
     Currently, TQDeepCopy works with the following classes:
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ shared classes like TQByteArray.
 
  •  TQMemArray (including subclasses like TQByteArray and TQCString)
 
  •  TQMap
 
  •  TQString
-
  •  TQValueList (including subclasses like TQStringList and TQValueStack)
+
  •  TQValueList (including subclasses like TQStringList and TQValueStack)
 
  •  TQValueVector
 
 
     
    See also Thread Support in TQt, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqdialog.html
index e2f8a76ca..5acba7fcd 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdialog.html
@@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ dialog is deleted after exec() returns.
 
     
 
 
            TQFileDialog *dlg = new TQFileDialog( workingDirectory,
-                TQString::null, 0, 0, TRUE );
+                TQString::null, 0, 0, TRUE );
         dlg->setCaption( TQFileDialog::tr( "Open" ) );
         dlg->setMode( TQFileDialog::ExistingFile );
-        TQString result;
+        TQString result;
         if ( dlg->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
             result = dlg->selectedFile();
             workingDirectory = dlg->url();
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdict.html b/doc/html/ntqdict.html
index e8eade989..7e182d8ff 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdict.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdict.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ dictionary based on TQString keys.
 
 
 The TQDict class is a template class that provides a
-dictionary based on TQString keys.
+dictionary based on TQString keys.
 
     
 
 
@@ -150,23 +150,23 @@ with a unique name and then access the line edits via the
 dictionary. 
 
     Example #2:
 
    -    TQStringList styleList = TQStyleFactory::styles();
-    styleList.sort();
+    TQStringList styleList = TQStyleFactory::styles();
+    styleList.sort();
     TQDict<int> letterDict( 17, FALSE );
     for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = styleList.begin(); it != styleList.end(); ++it ) {
-        TQString styleName = *it;
-        TQString styleAccel = styleName;
-        if ( letterDict[styleAccel.left(1)] ) {
-            for ( uint i = 0; i < styleAccel.length(); i++ ) {
-                if ( ! letterDict[styleAccel.mid( i, 1 )] ) {
-                    styleAccel = styleAccel.insert( i, '&' );
-                    letterDict.insert(styleAccel.mid( i, 1 ), (const int *)1);
+        TQString styleName = *it;
+        TQString styleAccel = styleName;
+        if ( letterDict[styleAccel.left(1)] ) {
+            for ( uint i = 0; i < styleAccel.length(); i++ ) {
+                if ( ! letterDict[styleAccel.mid( i, 1 )] ) {
+                    styleAccel = styleAccel.insert( i, '&' );
+                    letterDict.insert(styleAccel.mid( i, 1 ), (const int *)1);
                     break;
                 }
             }
         } else {
             styleAccel = "&" + styleAccel;
-            letterDict.insert(styleAccel.left(1), (const int *)1);
+            letterDict.insert(styleAccel.left(1), (const int *)1);
         }
         (void) new TQAction( styleName, TQIconSet(), styleAccel, parent );
     }
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ access this dictionary will be reset.
 
     
    See also isEmpty().
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQPtrCollection.
-
    type * TQDict::find ( const TQString & key ) const
+
    type * TQDict::find ( const TQString & key ) const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the item with key key, or 0 if the key does not exist
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ recently inserted item will be found.
 
     Equivalent to the [] operator.
 
     
    See also operator[]().
 
-
    void TQDict::insert ( const TQString & key, const type * item )
+
    void TQDict::insert ( const TQString & key, const type * item )
 
    
 
 
     Inserts the key key with value item into the dictionary.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ dictionary.
 inserted into this dictionary. Only the pointers are copied
 (shallow copy), unless newItem() has been reimplemented.
 
-
    type * TQDict::operator[] ( const TQString & key ) const
+
    type * TQDict::operator[] ( const TQString & key ) const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the item with key key, or 0 if the key does not
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ reference to the stream.
 
     The default implementation sets item to 0.
 
     
    See also write().
 
-
    bool TQDict::remove ( const TQString & key )
+
    bool TQDict::remove ( const TQString & key )
 
    
 
 
     Removes the item with key from the dictionary. Returns TRUE if
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ that was inserted will be removed.
 set to point to the next item in the dictionary's traversal order.
 
     
    See also take(), clear(), and setAutoDelete().
 
-
    void TQDict::replace ( const TQString & key, const type * item )
+
    void TQDict::replace ( const TQString & key, const type * item )
 
    
 
 
     Replaces the value of the key, key with item.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ constructor).
 
     Debugging-only function that prints out the dictionary
 distribution using tqDebug().
 
-
    type * TQDict::take ( const TQString & key )
+
    type * TQDict::take ( const TQString & key )
 
    
 
 
     Takes the item with key out of the dictionary without deleting
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdir.html b/doc/html/ntqdir.html
index 89372c3bf..b31cc3f66 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdir.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdir.html
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ after the directories, again in reverse order.
 Constructs a TQDir pointing to the current directory (".").
 
     
    See also currentDirPath().
 
-
    TQDir::TQDir ( const TQString & path, const TQString & nameFilter = TQString::null, int sortSpec = Name | IgnoreCase, int filterSpec = All )
+
    TQDir::TQDir ( const TQString & path, const TQString & nameFilter = TQString::null, int sortSpec = Name | IgnoreCase, int filterSpec = All )
 
    
 Constructs a TQDir with path path, that filters its entries by
 name using nameFilter and by attributes using filterSpec. It
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ i.e. sort by name case-insensitively.
         printf( "%s\n", d[i] );
     
    
  
-
     If path is "" or TQString::null, TQDir uses "." (the current
+
     If path is "" or TQString::null, TQDir uses "." (the current
 directory). If nameFilter is "" or TQString::null, TQDir uses the
 name filter "*" (all files).
 
     Note that path need not exist.
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Constructs a TQDir that is a copy of the directory d.
 
 Destroys the TQDir frees up its resources.
 
-
    TQString TQDir::absFilePath ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQDir::absFilePath ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the absolute path name of a file in the directory. Does not check if the file actually exists in the directory. Redundant
 multiple separators or "." and ".." directories in fileName
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ is FALSE an absolute path will be prepended to the fileName and
 the resultant string returned.
 
     
    See also filePath().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::absPath () const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQDir::absPath () const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the absolute path (a path that starts with "/" or with a
 drive specification), which may contain symbolic links, but never
@@ -322,17 +322,17 @@ contains redundant ".", ".." or multiple separators.
 
     
    See also setPath(), canonicalPath(), exists(), cleanDirPath(), dirName(), and absFilePath().
 
 
    Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
    TQString TQDir::canonicalPath () const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQDir::canonicalPath () const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the canonical path, i.e. a path without symbolic links or
 redundant "." or ".." elements.
 
     On systems that do not have symbolic links this function will
 always return the same string that absPath() returns. If the
 canonical path does not exist (normally due to dangling symbolic
-links) canonicalPath() returns TQString::null.
-
     
    See also path(), absPath(), exists(), cleanDirPath(), dirName(), absFilePath(), and TQString::isNull().
+links) canonicalPath() returns TQString::null.
+
     
    See also path(), absPath(), exists(), cleanDirPath(), dirName(), absFilePath(), and TQString::isNull().
 
-
    bool TQDir::cd ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQDir::cd ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
 
    
 Changes the TQDir's directory to dirName.
 
     If acceptAbsPath is TRUE a path starting with separator "/"
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ otherwise returns FALSE. Note that the logical cdUp() operat
 not performed if the new directory does not exist.
 
     
    See also cd(), isReadable(), exists(), and path().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::cleanDirPath ( const TQString & filePath ) [static]
+
    TQString TQDir::cleanDirPath ( const TQString & filePath ) [static]
 
    
 Removes all multiple directory separators "/" and resolves any
 "."s or ".."s found in the path, filePath.
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ For example, "./local" becomes "local", "local/../bin" becomes
 "bin" and "/local/usr/../bin" becomes "/local/bin".
 
     
    See also absPath() and canonicalPath().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::convertSeparators ( const TQString & pathName ) [static]
+
    TQString TQDir::convertSeparators ( const TQString & pathName ) [static]
 
    
 Returns pathName with the '/' separators converted to
 separators that are appropriate for the underlying operating
@@ -394,21 +394,21 @@ Returns the application's current directory.
 
     Use path() to access a TQDir object's path.
 
     
    See also currentDirPath() and TQDir::TQDir().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::currentDirPath () [static]
+
    TQString TQDir::currentDirPath () [static]
 
    
 Returns the absolute path of the application's current directory.
 
     
    See also current().
 
 
    Examples: dirview/dirview.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, and qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
    TQString TQDir::dirName () const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQDir::dirName () const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the name of the directory; this is not the same as the
 path, e.g. a directory with the name "mail", might have the path
 "/var/spool/mail". If the directory has no name (e.g. it is the
-root directory) TQString::null is returned.
+root directory) TQString::null is returned.
 
     No check is made to ensure that a directory with this name
 actually exists.
-
     
    See also path(), absPath(), absFilePath(), exists(), and TQString::isNull().
+
     
    See also path(), absPath(), absFilePath(), exists(), and TQString::isNull().
 
 
    const TQFileInfoList * TQDir::drives () [static]
 
    
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ one root directory (e.g. "/").
 or modify it.
 
 
    Example: dirview/main.cpp.
-
    TQStrList TQDir::encodedEntryList ( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
+
    TQStrList TQDir::encodedEntryList ( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     This function is included to easy porting from TQt 1.x to TQt 2.0,
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ it is the same as entryList(), but encodes the filename
 strings using TQFile::encodedName().
 
     It is more efficient to use entryList().
 
-
    TQStrList TQDir::encodedEntryList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
+
    TQStrList TQDir::encodedEntryList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ it is the same as entryList(), but encodes the filename
 strings using TQFile::encodedName().
 
     It is more efficient to use entryList().
 
-
    const TQFileInfoList * TQDir::entryInfoList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
+
    const TQFileInfoList * TQDir::entryInfoList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns a list of TQFileInfo objects for all the files and
 directories in the directory, ordered in accordance with
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ function you must copy them.
 
     Note: TQFileInfoList is really a TQPtrList.
 
     
    See also entryList(), setNameFilter(), setSorting(), and setFilter().
 
-
    TQStringList TQDir::entryList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
+
    TQStringList TQDir::entryList ( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns a list of the names of all the files and directories in
 the directory, ordered in accordance with setSorting() and
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ exist.
 
     
    See also entryInfoList(), setNameFilter(), setSorting(), and setFilter().
 
 
    Example: table/statistics/statistics.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQDir::entryList ( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
+
    TQStringList TQDir::entryList ( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns a list of the names of all the files and directories in
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ filtered in accordance with setFilter() and entryInfoList(), setNameFilter(), setSorting(), and setFilter().
 
-
    bool TQDir::exists ( const TQString & name, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQDir::exists ( const TQString & name, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
 
    
 Checks for the existence of the file name.
 
     If acceptAbsPath is TRUE a path starting with separator "/"
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 FALSE).
 
     
    See also TQFileInfo::exists() and TQFile::exists().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::filePath ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQDir::filePath ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the path name of a file in the directory. Does not
 check if the file actually exists in the directory. If the TQDir is
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ environment variable). If none of these exist "C:\" is used.
 variable is used if it exists, otherwise rootDirPath() is used.
 
     
    See also homeDirPath().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::homeDirPath () [static]
+
    TQString TQDir::homeDirPath () [static]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the absolute path of the user's home directory.
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ directory and returns FALSE if the path is absolute (e.g. under
 UNIX a path is relative if it does not start with a "/").
 
     
    See also convertToAbs().
 
-
    bool TQDir::isRelativePath ( const TQString & path ) [static]
+
    bool TQDir::isRelativePath ( const TQString & path ) [static]
 
    
 Returns TRUE if path is relative; returns FALSE if it is
 absolute.
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ this function returns FALSE. If you want to test for this use
  
 
     
    See also root() and rootDirPath().
 
-
    bool TQDir::match ( const TQString & filter, const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
    bool TQDir::match ( const TQString & filter, const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the fileName matches the wildcard (glob)
 pattern filter; otherwise returns FALSE. The filter may
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ contain multiple patterns separated by spaces or semicolons.
     matching.)
 
    See also TQRegExp::match().
 
-
    bool TQDir::match ( const TQStringList & filters, const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
    bool TQDir::match ( const TQStringList & filters, const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns TRUE if the fileName matches any of the wildcard (glob)
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ patterns in the list of filters; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     Returns the value set by setMatchAllDirs()
 
     
    See also setMatchAllDirs().
 
-
    bool TQDir::mkdir ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
+
    bool TQDir::mkdir ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Creates a directory.
 
     If acceptAbsPath is TRUE a path starting with a separator ('/')
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ removed.
 
     Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also rmdir().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::nameFilter () const
+
    TQString TQDir::nameFilter () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the string set by setNameFilter()
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ FALSE.
 
 Makes a copy of TQDir d and assigns it to this TQDir.
 
-
    TQDir & TQDir::operator= ( const TQString & path )
+
    TQDir & TQDir::operator= ( const TQString & path )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the directory path to be the given path.
@@ -669,15 +669,15 @@ returns FALSE.
     
    
  
 
-
    TQString TQDir::operator[] ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQDir::operator[] ( int index ) const
 
    
 Returns the file name at position index in the list of file
 names. Equivalent to entryList().at(index).
-
     Returns a TQString::null if the index is out of range or if the
+
     Returns a TQString::null if the index is out of range or if the
 entryList() function failed.
 
     
    See also count() and entryList().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::path () const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQDir::path () const [virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the path, this may contain symbolic links, but never
@@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ contains redundant ".", ".." or multiple separators.
 
 Refreshes the directory information.
 
-
    bool TQDir::remove ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQDir::remove ( const TQString & fileName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
 
    
 Removes the file, fileName.
 
     If acceptAbsPath is TRUE a path starting with separator "/"
@@ -700,7 +700,7 @@ will be removed and the resultant file name will be removed.
 
     Returns TRUE if the file is removed successfully; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQDir::rename ( const TQString & oldName, const TQString & newName, bool acceptAbsPaths = TRUE ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQDir::rename ( const TQString & oldName, const TQString & newName, bool acceptAbsPaths = TRUE ) [virtual]
 
    
 Renames a file or directory.
 
     If acceptAbsPaths is TRUE a path starting with a separator
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ fail. For example, on at least one file system rename() fails if
 newName points to an open file.
 
 
    Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
    bool TQDir::rmdir ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
+
    bool TQDir::rmdir ( const TQString & dirName, bool acceptAbsPath = TRUE ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Removes a directory.
 
     If acceptAbsPath is TRUE a path starting with a separator ('/')
@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ removed.
 Returns the root directory.
 
     
    See also rootDirPath() and drives().
 
-
    TQString TQDir::rootDirPath () [static]
+
    TQString TQDir::rootDirPath () [static]
 
    
 Returns the absolute path for the root directory.
 
     For UNIX operating systems this returns "/". For Windows file
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ Mac OS X) and "\" under Windows.
 always use "/", TQt will translate your paths to conform to the
 underlying operating system.
 
-
    bool TQDir::setCurrent ( const TQString & path ) [static]
+
    bool TQDir::setCurrent ( const TQString & path ) [static]
 
    
 Sets the application's current working directory to path.
 Returns TRUE if the directory was successfully changed; otherwise
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ If enable is FALSE then the nameFilter() is applied to both
 directories and files.
 
     
    See also matchAllDirs().
 
-
    void TQDir::setNameFilter ( const TQString & nameFilter ) [virtual]
+
    void TQDir::setNameFilter ( const TQString & nameFilter ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the name filter used by entryList() and entryInfoList() to nameFilter.
 
     The nameFilter is a wildcard (globbing) filter that understands
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ all files ending with either ".cpp" or ".h", you would use either
 dir.setNameFilter("*.cpp *.h") or dir.setNameFilter("*.cpp;*.h").
 
     
    See also nameFilter() and setFilter().
 
-
    void TQDir::setPath ( const TQString & path ) [virtual]
+
    void TQDir::setPath ( const TQString & path ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the path of the directory to path. The path is cleaned of
 redundant ".", ".." and of multiple separators. No check is made
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqdns.html b/doc/html/ntqdns.html
index d1df6eb48..c894c3dbf 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqdns.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqdns.html
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ extensions will be added in future versions.
 Constructs a DNS query object with invalid settings for both the
 label and the search type.
 
-
    TQDns::TQDns ( const TQString & label, RecordType rr = A )
+
    TQDns::TQDns ( const TQString & label, RecordType rr = A )
 
    
 Constructs a DNS query object that will return record type rr
 information about label.
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
     
    • 
  
 
     
-
    TQString TQDns::canonicalName () const
+
    TQString TQDns::canonicalName () const
 
    
 Returns the canonical name for this DNS node. (This works
 regardless of what recordType() is set to.)
@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ is a CNAME to lillian.troll.no, and the search path for TQDns is
 "l", "lillian.troll.no." and "l.trolltech.com" is
 "lillian.troll.no.".
 
-
    TQStringList TQDns::hostNames () const
+
    TQStringList TQDns::hostNames () const
 
    
 Returns a list of host names if the record type is Ptr.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = myDns.hostNames();
+    TQStringList list = myDns.hostNames();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ returns FALSE.
 
     TQDns emits the resultsReady() signal when the status changes to FALSE.
 
 
    Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
-
    TQString TQDns::label () const
+
    TQString TQDns::label () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the domain name for which this object returns information.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ returns FALSE.
 Returns a list of mail servers if the record type is Mx. The
 class TQDns::MailServer contains the following public variables:
 
      
-
    •  TQString TQDns::MailServer::name
+
    •  TQString TQDns::MailServer::name
 
    •  TQ_UINT16 TQDns::MailServer::priority
 
    
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
@@ -230,14 +230,14 @@ over a copy, e.g.
  
 
     
 
    Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQDns::qualifiedNames () const
+
    TQStringList TQDns::qualifiedNames () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns a list of the fully qualified names label() maps to.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = myDns.qualifiedNames();
+    TQStringList list = myDns.qualifiedNames();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
 Returns a list of servers if the record type is Srv. The class
 TQDns::Server contains the following public variables:
 
      
-
    •  TQString TQDns::Server::name
+
    •  TQString TQDns::Server::name
 
    •  TQ_UINT16 TQDns::Server::priority
 
    •  TQ_UINT16 TQDns::Server::weight
 
    •  TQ_UINT16 TQDns::Server::port
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
     
    
  
 
-
    void TQDns::setLabel ( const TQString & label ) [virtual]
+
    void TQDns::setLabel ( const TQString & label ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets this DNS query object to query for information about label.
 
     This does not change the recordType(), but its isWorking() status
@@ -306,13 +306,13 @@ event loop. When the result is found the signal resultsR
 emitted.
 
     
    See also RecordType.
 
-
    TQStringList TQDns::texts () const
+
    TQStringList TQDns::texts () const
 
    
 Returns a list of texts if the record type is Txt.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = myDns.texts();
+    TQStringList list = myDns.texts();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html b/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html
index b7a1b0b04..94b7c9ada 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqerrormessage.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ constructor.
 
    TQErrorMessage::~TQErrorMessage ()
 
     Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.  Notably,
 the list of "do not show again" messages is deleted. 
-
    void TQErrorMessage::message ( const TQString & m ) [slot]
+
    void TQErrorMessage::message ( const TQString & m ) [slot]
 
     Shows message m and returns immediately.  If the user has requested
 that m not be shown, this function does nothing.
 
     Normally, m is shown at once, but if there are pending messages,
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfile.html b/doc/html/ntqfile.html
index 1c51e2bba..10393da13 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfile.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfile.html
@@ -105,15 +105,15 @@ returns TRUE. The file handle is returned by handle().
 
     Here is a code fragment that uses TQTextStream to read a text file
 line by line. It prints each line with a line number.
 
    -    TQStringList lines;
+    TQStringList lines;
     TQFile file( "file.txt" );
     if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
         TQTextStream stream( &file );
-        TQString line;
+        TQString line;
         int i = 1;
         while ( !stream.atEnd() ) {
             line = stream.readLine(); // line of text excluding '\n'
-            printf( "%3d: %s\n", i++, line.latin1() );
+            printf( "%3d: %s\n", i++, line.latin1() );
             lines += line;
         }
         file.close();
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ convert the file name into the local encoding.
 
 Constructs a TQFile with no name.
 
-
    TQFile::TQFile ( const TQString & name )
+
    TQFile::TQFile ( const TQString & name )
 
    
 Constructs a TQFile with a file name name.
 
     
    See also setName().
@@ -188,13 +188,13 @@ reports IO_UnspecifiedError after Examples: chart/chartform_files.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp.
 
    Reimplemented from TQIODevice.
-
    TQString TQFile::decodeName ( const TQCString & localFileName ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFile::decodeName ( const TQCString & localFileName ) [static]
 
    
 This does the reverse of TQFile::encodeName() using localFileName.
 
     
    See also setDecodingFunction().
 
 
    Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h.
-
    TQCString TQFile::encodeName ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
    TQCString TQFile::encodeName ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
    
 When you use TQFile, TQFileInfo, and TQDir to access the file system
 with TQt, you can use Unicode file names. On Unix, these file names
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ would probably then be unrecognizable when seen by other programs.
 
     
    See also decodeName().
 
 
    Example: distributor/distributor.ui.h.
-
    TQString TQFile::errorString () const
+
    TQString TQFile::errorString () const
 
    
 Returns a human-readable description of the reason of an error that occurred
 on the device. The error described by the string corresponds to changes of
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ should translate it first, for example:
  
 
     
    See also TQIODevice::status(), TQIODevice::resetStatus(), and setErrorString().
 
-
    bool TQFile::exists ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
    bool TQFile::exists ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the file given by fileName exists; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ can be used with TQSocketNotifier as well.
 
     If the file is not open or there is an error, handle() returns -1.
 
     
    See also TQSocketNotifier.
 
-
    TQString TQFile::name () const
+
    TQString TQFile::name () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the name set by setName().
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ flag.
 
     
    See also readBlock() and TQTextStream::readLine().
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQIODevice.
-
    TQ_LONG TQFile::readLine ( TQString & s, TQ_ULONG maxlen )
+
    TQ_LONG TQFile::readLine ( TQString & s, TQ_ULONG maxlen )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Reads a line of text.
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Removes the file specified by the file name currently set. Returns
 TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     The file is closed before it is removed.
 
-
    bool TQFile::remove ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
    bool TQFile::remove ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Removes the file fileName.
@@ -446,14 +446,14 @@ default uses the locale-specific 8-bit encoding.
 default encodes in the locale-specific 8-bit encoding.
 
     
    See also encodeName().
 
-
    void TQFile::setErrorString ( const TQString & str ) [protected]
+
    void TQFile::setErrorString ( const TQString & str ) [protected]
 
    Warning: This function is not reentrant.
    
 
 
 
     Sets the error string returned by the errorString() function to str.
 
     
    See also errorString() and TQIODevice::status().
 
-
    void TQFile::setName ( const TQString & name )
+
    void TQFile::setName ( const TQString & name )
 
    
 Sets the name of the file to name. The name can have no path, a
 relative path or an absolute absolute path.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html b/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html
index d1ec3946f..baf207c23 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfiledialog.html
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ functions. On Windows, these static functions will call the native
 Windows file dialog and on Mac OS X, these static function will call
 the native Mac OS X file dialog.
 
     
    -    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
                     "/home",
                     "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)",
                     this,
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ modification date, etc. Set the mode with setViewMode
 
     The last important function you will need to use when creating your
 own file dialog is selectedFile().
 
     
    -    TQString fileName;
+    TQString fileName;
     if ( fd->exec() == TQDialog::Accepted )
         fileName = fd->selectedFile();
   
    
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ own file dialog is selectedFile().
 
     In the above example, a modal file dialog is created and shown. If
 the user clicked OK, then the file they selected is put in fileName.
 
     If you are using the ExistingFiles mode then you will need to use
-selectedFiles() which will return the selected files in a TQStringList.
+selectedFiles() which will return the selected files in a TQStringList.
 
     The dialog's working directory can be set with setDir(). The display
 of hidden files is controlled with setShowHiddenFiles(). The dialog
 can be forced to re-read the directory with rereadDir() and re-sort
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ about the file.
 
         void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u )
         {
-            TQString path = u.path();
+            TQString path = u.path();
             TQPixmap pix( path );
             if ( pix.isNull() )
                 setText( "This is not a pixmap" );
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ additional information, such as file size and modification date.
 
     See setViewMode().
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog ( const TQString & dirName, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )
+
    TQFileDialog::TQFileDialog ( const TQString & dirName, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE )
 
    
 Constructs a file dialog called name with the parent, parent.
 If modal is TRUE then the file dialog is modal; otherwise it is
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ modeless.
 
 Destroys the file dialog.
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::addFilter ( const TQString & filter )
+
    void TQFileDialog::addFilter ( const TQString & filter )
 
    
 Adds the filter filter to the list of filters and makes it the
 current filter.
@@ -382,46 +382,46 @@ Returns the current directory shown in the file dialog.
 it must be deleted by the caller when no longer required.
 
     
    See also setDir().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::dirEntered ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQFileDialog::dirEntered ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user enters a directory.
 
     
    See also dir().
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::dirPath () const
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::dirPath () const
 
    Returns the file dialog's working directory.
 See the "dirPath" property for details.
-
    void TQFileDialog::fileHighlighted ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQFileDialog::fileHighlighted ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user highlights a file, i.e. makes
 it the current file.
 
     
    See also fileSelected() and filesSelected().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::fileSelected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQFileDialog::fileSelected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user selects a file.
 
     
    See also filesSelected(), fileHighlighted(), and selectedFile.
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::filesSelected ( const TQStringList & ) [signal]
+
    void TQFileDialog::filesSelected ( const TQStringList & ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user selects one or more files in ExistingFiles mode.
 
     
    See also fileSelected(), fileHighlighted(), and selectedFiles.
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::filterSelected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQFileDialog::filterSelected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user selects a filter.
 
     
    See also selectedFilter.
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, bool dirOnly = TRUE, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that will return an existing directory
 selected by the user.
 
     
    -    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(
+    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getExistingDirectory(
                     "/home",
                     this,
                     "get existing directory",
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ selected by the user.
 parent, parent. If parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown
 centered over the parent.
 
     The dialog's working directory is set to dir, and the caption is
-set to caption. Either of these may be TQString::null in which case
+set to caption. Either of these may be TQString::null in which case
 the current directory and a default caption will be used respectively.
 
     Note on Windows that if dir is TQString::null then the dialog's working
 directory will be set to the user's My Documents directory.
@@ -452,13 +452,13 @@ TQTimers and if parent is not 0 then it will position the dialog just under
 the parent's titlebar).
 
     
    See also getOpenFileName(), getOpenFileNames(), and getSaveFileName().
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that returns an existing file
 selected by the user. If the user pressed Cancel, it returns a null
 string.
 
     
    -    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
                     "/home",
                     "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)",
                     this,
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ centered over the parent.
 
     The file dialog's working directory will be set to startWith. If startWith includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter
 is set to filter so that only those files which match the filter
 are shown. The filter selected is set to selectedFilter. The parameters
-startWith, selectedFilter and filter may be TQString::null.
+startWith, selectedFilter and filter may be TQString::null.
 
     The dialog's caption is set to caption. If caption is not
 specified then a default caption will be used.
 
     Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native
@@ -489,12 +489,12 @@ symlinks as regular directories.
 
     
    See also getOpenFileNames(), getSaveFileName(), and getExistingDirectory().
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, application/application.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and showimg/showimg.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames ( const TQString & filter = TQString::null, const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQStringList TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames ( const TQString & filter = TQString::null, const TQString & dir = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that will return one or more
 existing files selected by the user.
 
     
    -    TQStringList files = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(
+    TQStringList files = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileNames(
                             "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)",
                             "/home",
                             this,
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ centered over the parent.
 
     The file dialog's working directory will be set to dir. If dir includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter
 is set to filter so that only those files which match the filter
 are shown. The filter selected is set to selectedFilter. The parameters
-dir, selectedFilter and filter may be TQString::null.
+dir, selectedFilter and filter may be TQString::null.
 
     The dialog's caption is set to caption. If caption is not
 specified then a default caption will be used.
 
     Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ symlinks as regular directories.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list of files, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = files;
+    TQStringList list = files;
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ iterate over a copy, e.g.
  
 
     
    See also getOpenFileName(), getSaveFileName(), and getExistingDirectory().
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName ( const TQString & startWith = TQString::null, const TQString & filter = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, const TQString & caption = TQString::null, TQString * selectedFilter = 0, bool resolveSymlinks = TRUE ) [static]
 
    
 This is a convenience static function that will return a file name
 selected by the user. The file does not have to exist.
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ selected by the user. The file does not have to exist.
 If a parent is not 0, the dialog will be shown centered over the
 parent.
 
     
    -    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+    TQString s = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
                     "/home",
                     "Images (*.png *.xpm *.jpg)",
                     this,
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ parent.
 
     The file dialog's working directory will be set to startWith. If startWith includes a file name, the file will be selected. The filter
 is set to filter so that only those files which match the filter
 are shown. The filter selected is set to selectedFilter. The parameters
-startWith, selectedFilter and filter may be TQString::null.
+startWith, selectedFilter and filter may be TQString::null.
 
     The dialog's caption is set to caption. If caption is not
 specified then a default caption will be used.
 
     Under Windows and Mac OS X, this static function will use the native
@@ -607,13 +607,13 @@ Re-sorts the displayed directory.
 If b is TRUE then all the files in the current directory are selected;
 otherwise, they are deselected.
 
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::selectedFile () const
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::selectedFile () const
 
    Returns the name of the selected file.
 See the "selectedFile" property for details.
-
    TQStringList TQFileDialog::selectedFiles () const
+
    TQStringList TQFileDialog::selectedFiles () const
 
    Returns the list of selected files.
 See the "selectedFiles" property for details.
-
    TQString TQFileDialog::selectedFilter () const
+
    TQString TQFileDialog::selectedFilter () const
 
    Returns the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog.
 See the "selectedFilter" property for details.
 
    void TQFileDialog::setContentsPreview ( TQWidget * w, TQFilePreview * preview )
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ avoid memory leaks.
 
         void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u )
         {
-            TQString path = u.path();
+            TQString path = u.path();
             TQPixmap pix( path );
             if ( pix.isNull() )
                 setText( "This is not a pixmap" );
@@ -667,12 +667,12 @@ See the "contentsPreview"
 Sets the file dialog's working directory to dir.
 
    See also dir().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::setDir ( const TQString & pathstr ) [slot]
+
    void TQFileDialog::setDir ( const TQString & pathstr ) [slot]
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the file dialog's working directory to pathstr.
 
     
    See also dir().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::setFilter ( const TQString & newFilter ) [slot]
+
    void TQFileDialog::setFilter ( const TQString & newFilter ) [slot]
 
    
 
     Sets the filter used in the file dialog to newFilter.
 
     If newFilter contains a pair of parentheses containing one or more
@@ -688,12 +688,12 @@ the filter. This means that these calls are all equivalent:
  
 
     
    See also setFilters().
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::setFilters ( const TQString & filters ) [slot]
+
    void TQFileDialog::setFilters ( const TQString & filters ) [slot]
 
    
 Sets the filters used in the file dialog to filters. Each group
 of filters must be separated by ;; (two semi-colons).
 
     
    -    TQString types("Image files (*.png *.xpm *.jpg);;"
+    TQString types("Image files (*.png *.xpm *.jpg);;"
                   "Text files (*.txt);;"
                   "Any files (*)");
     TQFileDialog fd = new TQFileDialog( this );
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ of filters must be separated by ;; (two semi-colons).
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     types must be a null-terminated list of strings.
 
     
-
    void TQFileDialog::setFilters ( const TQStringList & ) [slot]
+
    void TQFileDialog::setFilters ( const TQStringList & ) [slot]
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
 
    void TQFileDialog::setIconProvider ( TQFileIconProvider * provider ) [static]
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@ avoid memory leaks.
 
         void previewUrl( const TQUrl &u )
         {
-            TQString path = u.path();
+            TQString path = u.path();
             TQPixmap pix( path );
             if ( pix.isNull() )
                 setText( "This is not a pixmap" );
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ See the "mode" property for details.
 
    void TQFileDialog::setPreviewMode ( PreviewMode m )
 
    Sets the preview mode for the file dialog to m.
 See the "previewMode" property for details.
-
    void TQFileDialog::setSelectedFilter ( const TQString & mask ) [virtual]
+
    void TQFileDialog::setSelectedFilter ( const TQString & mask ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the current filter selected in the file dialog to the first
 one that contains the text mask.
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ one that contains the text mask.
 n-th filter in the filter list.
 
     
    See also filterSelected(), selectedFilter, selectedFiles, and selectedFile.
 
-
    void TQFileDialog::setSelection ( const TQString & filename )
+
    void TQFileDialog::setSelection ( const TQString & filename )
 
    
 Sets the default selection to filename. If filename is
 absolute, setDir() is also called to set the file dialog's working
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ See the "viewMode" property for d
 
     
    See also setContentsPreview() and infoPreview.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setContentsPreviewEnabled() and get this property's value with isContentsPreviewEnabled().
-
    TQString dirPath
    
+
    TQString dirPath
    
 
    This property holds the file dialog's working directory.
 
    Get this property's value with dirPath().
 
    See also dir() and setDir().
@@ -846,14 +846,14 @@ widget(s) with setInfoPreviewEnabled() or
 
     
    See also infoPreview, contentsPreview, and viewMode.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setPreviewMode() and get this property's value with previewMode().
-
    TQString selectedFile
    
+
    TQString selectedFile
    
 
    This property holds the name of the selected file.
 
    If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including
 its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty.
-
     
    See also TQString::isEmpty(), selectedFiles, and selectedFilter.
+
     
    See also TQString::isEmpty(), selectedFiles, and selectedFilter.
 
 
    Get this property's value with selectedFile().
-
    TQStringList selectedFiles
    
+
    TQStringList selectedFiles
    
 
    This property holds the list of selected files.
 
    If one or more files are selected, selectedFiles contains their
 names including their absolute paths. If no files are selected or
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ the mode isn't ExistingFiles selectedFiles is an empty list.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles();
+    TQStringList list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
     
    See also selectedFile, selectedFilter, and TQValueList::empty().
 
 
    Get this property's value with selectedFiles().
-
    TQString selectedFilter
    
+
    TQString selectedFilter
    
 
    This property holds the filter which the user has selected in the file dialog.
 
    Get this property's value with selectedFilter().
 
    See also filterSelected(), selectedFiles, and selectedFile.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfileinfo.html b/doc/html/ntqfileinfo.html
index 0df6cb7b7..c6ab7caef 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfileinfo.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfileinfo.html
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ rights of the current user, you should use isReadable(
 
 Constructs a new empty TQFileInfo.
 
-
    TQFileInfo::TQFileInfo ( const TQString & file )
+
    TQFileInfo::TQFileInfo ( const TQString & file )
 
    
 Constructs a new TQFileInfo that gives information about the given
 file. The file can also include an absolute or relative path.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Constructs a new TQFileInfo that gives information about file file.
 relative path.
 
     
    See also isRelative().
 
-
    TQFileInfo::TQFileInfo ( const TQDir & d, const TQString & fileName )
+
    TQFileInfo::TQFileInfo ( const TQDir & d, const TQString & fileName )
 
    
 Constructs a new TQFileInfo that gives information about the file
 called fileName in the directory d.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Constructs a new TQFileInfo that is a copy of fi.
 
 Destroys the TQFileInfo and frees its resources.
 
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::absFilePath () const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::absFilePath () const
 
    
 Returns the absolute path including the file name.
 
     The absolute path name consists of the full path and the file
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ milliseconds).
 
     
    See also isRelative() and filePath().
 
 
    Examples: biff/biff.cpp and fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::baseName ( bool complete = FALSE ) const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::baseName ( bool complete = FALSE ) const
 
    
 Returns the base name of the file.
 
     If complete is FALSE (the default) the base name consists of
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ the file up to (but not including) the last '.' character.
 
     Example:
 
             TQFileInfo fi( "/tmp/archive.tar.gz" );
-        TQString base = fi.baseName();  // base = "archive"
+        TQString base = fi.baseName();  // base = "archive"
         base = fi.baseName( TRUE );    // base = "archive.tar"
     
    
  
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ will be relative; otherwise it will be absolute.
 
     
    See also dirPath(), filePath(), fileName(), and isRelative().
 
 
    Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::dirPath ( bool absPath = FALSE ) const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::dirPath ( bool absPath = FALSE ) const
 
    
 Returns the file's path.
 
     If absPath is TRUE an absolute path is returned.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Returns the file's path.
 Returns TRUE if the file exists; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
 
    Examples: biff/biff.cpp, distributor/distributor.ui.h, and i18n/main.cpp.
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::extension ( bool complete = TRUE ) const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::extension ( bool complete = TRUE ) const
 
    
 Returns the file's extension name.
 
     If complete is TRUE (the default), extension() returns the
@@ -271,36 +271,36 @@ character.
 
     Example:
 
             TQFileInfo fi( "/tmp/archive.tar.gz" );
-        TQString ext = fi.extension();  // ext = "tar.gz"
+        TQString ext = fi.extension();  // ext = "tar.gz"
         ext = fi.extension( FALSE );   // ext = "gz"
     
    
  
 
     
    See also fileName() and baseName().
 
 
    Example: qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::fileName () const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::fileName () const
 
    
 Returns the name of the file, excluding the path.
 
     Example:
 
             TQFileInfo fi( "/tmp/archive.tar.gz" );
-        TQString name = fi.fileName();           // name = "archive.tar.gz"
+        TQString name = fi.fileName();           // name = "archive.tar.gz"
     
    
  
 
     
    See also isRelative(), filePath(), baseName(), and extension().
 
 
    Examples: dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, and network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::filePath () const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::filePath () const
 
    
 Returns the file name, including the path (which may be absolute
 or relative).
 
     
    See also isRelative() and absFilePath().
 
 
    Examples: dirview/main.cpp and fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::group () const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::group () const
 
    
 Returns the group of the file. On Windows, on systems where files
-do not have groups, or if an error occurs, TQString::null is
+do not have groups, or if an error occurs, TQString::null is
 returned.
 
     This function can be time consuming under Unix (in the order of
 milliseconds).
@@ -384,10 +384,10 @@ same as lastModified().
 
 Makes a copy of fi and assigns it to this TQFileInfo.
 
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::owner () const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::owner () const
 
    
 Returns the owner of the file. On systems where files
-do not have owners, or if an error occurs, TQString::null is
+do not have owners, or if an error occurs, TQString::null is
 returned.
 
     This function can be time consuming under Unix (in the order of
 milliseconds).
@@ -418,10 +418,10 @@ always returns TRUE.
  
 
     
    See also isReadable(), isWritable(), and isExecutable().
 
-
    TQString TQFileInfo::readLink () const
+
    TQString TQFileInfo::readLink () const
 
    
 Returns the name a symlink (or shortcut on Windows) points to, or
-a TQString::null if the object isn't a symbolic link.
+a TQString::null if the object isn't a symbolic link.
 
     This name may not represent an existing file; it is only a string.
 TQFileInfo::exists() returns TRUE if the symlink points to an
 existing file.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ later.
 
     Caching is enabled by default.
 
     
    See also refresh() and caching().
 
-
    void TQFileInfo::setFile ( const TQString & file )
+
    void TQFileInfo::setFile ( const TQString & file )
 
    
 Sets the file that the TQFileInfo provides information about to file.
 
     The file can also include an absolute or relative file path.
@@ -452,8 +452,8 @@ names begin with a directory name or a file name and specify a
 path relative to the current directory.
 
     Example:
 
    -    TQString absolute = "/local/bin";
-    TQString relative = "local/bin";
+    TQString absolute = "/local/bin";
+    TQString relative = "local/bin";
     TQFileInfo absFile( absolute );
     TQFileInfo relFile( relative );
 
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 a relative path.
 
     
    See also isRelative().
 
-
    void TQFileInfo::setFile ( const TQDir & d, const TQString & fileName )
+
    void TQFileInfo::setFile ( const TQDir & d, const TQString & fileName )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the file that the TQFileInfo provides information about to fileName in directory d.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfont.html b/doc/html/ntqfont.html
index eb9da5779..c0a176625 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfont.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfont.html
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ f1 and f2, in the above example will be set to  "Helvetica
 system, use a TQFontInfo object, e.g.
 
         TQFontInfo info( f1 );
-    TQString family = info.family();
+    TQString family = info.family();
     
    
  
 
     To find out font metrics use a TQFontMetrics object, e.g.
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ ultralight, whilst 99 will be an extremely black.
 Constructs a font object that uses the application's default font.
 
     
    See also TQApplication::setFont() and TQApplication::font().
 
-
    TQFont::TQFont ( const TQString & family, int pointSize = 12, int weight = Normal, bool italic = FALSE )
+
    TQFont::TQFont ( const TQString & family, int pointSize = 12, int weight = Normal, bool italic = FALSE )
 
    
 Constructs a font object with the specified family, pointSize, weight and italic settings.
 
     If pointSize is <= 0 it is set to 1.
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Returns the point size in 1/10ths of a point.
 in pixels.
 
     
    See also pointSize() and pointSizeFloat().
 
-
    TQString TQFont::defaultFamily () const
+
    TQString TQFont::defaultFamily () const
 
    
 Returns the family name that corresponds to the current style
 hint.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Returns TRUE if a window system font exactly matching the settings
 of this font is available.
 
     
    See also TQFontInfo.
 
-
    TQString TQFont::family () const
+
    TQString TQFont::family () const
 
    
 Returns the requested font family name, i.e. the name set in the
 constructor or the last setFont() call.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ constructor or the last setFont() call.
 Returns TRUE if fixed pitch has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also setFixedPitch() and TQFontInfo::fixedPitch().
 
-
    bool TQFont::fromString ( const TQString & descrip )
+
    bool TQFont::fromString ( const TQString & descrip )
 
    
 Sets this font to match the description descrip. The description
 is a comma-separated list of the font attributes, as returned by
@@ -531,14 +531,14 @@ is a comma-separated list of the font attributes, as returned by
 Returns the window system handle to the font, for low-level
 access. Using this function is not portable.
 
-
    void TQFont::insertSubstitution ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & substituteName ) [static]
+
    void TQFont::insertSubstitution ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & substituteName ) [static]
 
    
 Inserts the family name substituteName into the substitution
 table for familyName.
 
     
    See also insertSubstitutions(), removeSubstitution(), substitutions(), substitute(), and substitutes().
 
 
    Example: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp.
-
    void TQFont::insertSubstitutions ( const TQString & familyName, const TQStringList & substituteNames ) [static]
+
    void TQFont::insertSubstitutions ( const TQString & familyName, const TQStringList & substituteNames ) [static]
 
    
 Inserts the list of families substituteNames into the
 substitution list for familyName.
@@ -558,13 +558,13 @@ Returns TRUE if italic has been set; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also setItalic().
 
 
    Example: chart/optionsform.cpp.
-
    TQString TQFont::key () const
+
    TQString TQFont::key () const
 
    
 Returns the font's key, a textual representation of a font. It is
 typically used as the key for a cache or dictionary of fonts.
 
     
    See also TQMap.
 
-
    TQString TQFont::lastResortFamily () const
+
    TQString TQFont::lastResortFamily () const
 
    
 Returns the "last resort" font family name.
 
     The current implementation tries a wide variety of common fonts,
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ returning the first one it finds. Is is possible that no family is
 found in which case a null string is returned.
 
     
    See also lastResortFont().
 
-
    TQString TQFont::lastResortFont () const
+
    TQString TQFont::lastResortFont () const
 
    
 Returns a "last resort" font name for the font matching algorithm.
 This is used if the last resort family is not available. It will
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Returns TRUE if raw mode is used for font name matching; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also setRawMode() and rawName().
 
-
    TQString TQFont::rawName () const
+
    TQString TQFont::rawName () const
 
    
 Returns the name of the font within the underlying window system.
 
     On Windows, this is usually just the family name of a TrueType
@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ pattern or an XLFD.
 
     Using the return value of this function is usually not portable.
 
     
    See also setRawName().
 
-
    void TQFont::removeSubstitution ( const TQString & familyName ) [static]
+
    void TQFont::removeSubstitution ( const TQString & familyName ) [static]
 
    
 Removes all the substitutions for familyName.
 
     
    See also insertSubstitutions(), insertSubstitution(), substitutions(), and substitute().
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ Returns a new TQFont that has attributes copied from other.
  This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Please use TQApplication::setFont() instead.
 
-
    void TQFont::setFamily ( const TQString & family )
+
    void TQFont::setFamily ( const TQString & family )
 
    
 Sets the family name of the font. The name is case insensitive and
 may include a foundry name.
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ the family name).
 most (if not all) cases, setRawName() is a much better choice.
 
     
    See also rawMode() and setRawName().
 
-
    void TQFont::setRawName ( const TQString & name )
+
    void TQFont::setRawName ( const TQString & name )
 
    
 Sets a font by its system specific name. The function is
 particularly useful under X, where system font settings (for
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ Returns the StyleStrategy.
 list of strategies.
 
     
    See also setStyleHint() and TQFont::StyleHint.
 
-
    TQString TQFont::substitute ( const TQString & familyName ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFont::substitute ( const TQString & familyName ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the first family name to be used whenever familyName is
 specified. The lookup is case insensitive.
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ returned.
 
     To obtain a list of substitutions use substitutes().
 
     
    See also setFamily(), insertSubstitutions(), insertSubstitution(), and removeSubstitution().
 
-
    TQStringList TQFont::substitutes ( const TQString & familyName ) [static]
+
    TQStringList TQFont::substitutes ( const TQString & familyName ) [static]
 
    
 Returns a list of family names to be used whenever familyName
 is specified. The lookup is case insensitive.
@@ -871,12 +871,12 @@ returned.
 
     
    See also substitute(), insertSubstitutions(), insertSubstitution(), and removeSubstitution().
 
 
    Example: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQFont::substitutions () [static]
+
    TQStringList TQFont::substitutions () [static]
 
    
 Returns a sorted list of substituted family names.
 
     
    See also insertSubstitution(), removeSubstitution(), and substitute().
 
-
    TQString TQFont::toString () const
+
    TQString TQFont::toString () const
 
    
 Returns a description of the font. The description is a
 comma-separated list of the attributes, perfectly suited for use
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfontdatabase.html b/doc/html/ntqfontdatabase.html
index 5b7115cb8..c26ca493a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfontdatabase.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfontdatabase.html
@@ -112,20 +112,20 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
 {
     TQApplication app( argc, argv );
     TQFontDatabase fdb;
-    TQStringList families = fdb.families();
+    TQStringList families = fdb.families();
     for ( TQStringList::Iterator f = families.begin(); f != families.end(); ++f ) {
-        TQString family = *f;
+        TQString family = *f;
         tqDebug( family );
-        TQStringList styles = fdb.styles( family );
+        TQStringList styles = fdb.styles( family );
         for ( TQStringList::Iterator s = styles.begin(); s != styles.end(); ++s ) {
-            TQString style = *s;
-            TQString dstyle = "\t" + style + " (";
+            TQString style = *s;
+            TQString dstyle = "\t" + style + " (";
             TQValueList<int> smoothies = fdb.smoothSizes( family, style );
             for ( TQValueList<int>::Iterator points = smoothies.begin();
                   points != smoothies.end(); ++points ) {
-                dstyle += TQString::number( *points ) + " ";
+                dstyle += TQString::number( *points ) + " ";
             }
-            dstyle = dstyle.left( dstyle.length() - 1 ) + ")";
+            dstyle = dstyle.left( dstyle.length() - 1 ) + ")";
             tqDebug( dstyle );
         }
     }
@@ -143,23 +143,23 @@ each family/style combination.
 
 Creates a font database object.
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::bold ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::bold ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the font that has family family and style style is bold; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also italic() and weight().
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::bold ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::bold ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::families () const
+
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::families () const
 
     Returns a sorted list of the names of the available font families.
 
     If a family exists in several foundries, the returned name for
 that font is in the form "family [foundry]". Examples: "Times
 [Adobe]", "Times [Cronyx]", "Palatino".
 
-
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::families ( TQFont::Script script ) const
+
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::families ( TQFont::Script script ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns a sorted list of the available font families which support
@@ -168,24 +168,24 @@ the Unicode script script.
 that font is in the form "family [foundry]". Examples: "Times
 [Adobe]", "Times [Cronyx]", "Palatino".
 
-
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::families ( bool ) const
+
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::families ( bool ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    TQFont TQFontDatabase::font ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, int pointSize )
+
    TQFont TQFontDatabase::font ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, int pointSize )
 
    
 Returns a TQFont object that has family family, style style
 and point size pointSize. If no matching font could be created,
 a TQFont object that uses the application's default font is
 returned.
 
-
    TQFont TQFontDatabase::font ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & style, int pointSize, const TQString & )
+
    TQFont TQFontDatabase::font ( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & style, int pointSize, const TQString & )
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the font that has family family and style style is a scalable bitmap font; otherwise returns FALSE. Scaling
 a bitmap font usually produces an unattractive hardly readable
@@ -194,76 +194,76 @@ scale a bitmap font it is better to scale it to one of the fixed
 sizes returned by smoothSizes().
 
     
    See also isScalable() and isSmoothlyScalable().
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the font that has family family and style style is fixed pitch; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isFixedPitch ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the font that has family family and style style is scalable; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also isBitmapScalable() and isSmoothlyScalable().
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null ) const
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the font that has family family and style style is smoothly scalable; otherwise returns FALSE. If this
 function returns TRUE, it's safe to scale this font to any size,
 and the result will always look attractive.
 
     
    See also isScalable() and isBitmapScalable().
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::italic ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::italic ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the font that has family family and style style is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also weight() and bold().
 
-
    bool TQFontDatabase::italic ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
    bool TQFontDatabase::italic ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null )
+
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style = TQString::null )
 
    
 Returns a list of the point sizes available for the font that has
 family family and style style. The list may be empty.
 
     
    See also smoothSizes() and standardSizes().
 
-
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )
+
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::pointSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    TQString TQFontDatabase::scriptName ( TQFont::Script script ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFontDatabase::scriptName ( TQFont::Script script ) [static]
 
    
 Returns a string that gives a default description of the script
 (e.g. for displaying to the user in a dialog).  The name matches
 the name of the script as defined by the Unicode 3.0 standard.
 
     
    See also TQFont::Script.
 
-
    TQString TQFontDatabase::scriptSample ( TQFont::Script script ) [static]
+
    TQString TQFontDatabase::scriptSample ( TQFont::Script script ) [static]
 
    
 Returns a string with sample characters from script.
 
     
    See also TQFont::Script.
 
-
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style )
+
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style )
 
    
 Returns the point sizes of a font that has family family and
 style style that will look attractive. The list may be empty.
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ For non-scalable fonts and bitmap scalable fonts, this function
 is equivalent to pointSizes().
 
     
    See also pointSizes() and standardSizes().
 
-
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )
+
    TQValueList<int> TQFontDatabase::smoothSizes ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
@@ -281,30 +281,30 @@ is equivalent to pointSizes().
 Returns a list of standard font sizes.
 
     
    See also smoothSizes() and pointSizes().
 
-
    TQString TQFontDatabase::styleString ( const TQFont & f )
+
    TQString TQFontDatabase::styleString ( const TQFont & f )
 
    
 Returns a string that describes the style of the font f. For
 example, "Bold Italic", "Bold", "Italic" or "Normal". An empty
 string may be returned.
 
-
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::styles ( const TQString & family ) const
+
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::styles ( const TQString & family ) const
 
    
 Returns a list of the styles available for the font family family. Some example styles: "Light", "Light Italic", "Bold",
 "Oblique", "Demi". The list may be empty.
 
-
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::styles ( const TQString & family, const TQString & ) const
+
    TQStringList TQFontDatabase::styles ( const TQString & family, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    int TQFontDatabase::weight ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const
+
    int TQFontDatabase::weight ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style ) const
 
    
 Returns the weight of the font that has family family and style
 style. If there is no such family and style combination,
 returns -1.
 
     
    See also italic() and bold().
 
-
    int TQFontDatabase::weight ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
    int TQFontDatabase::weight ( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html b/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html
index 612ae6f1d..e7475c724 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfontinfo.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the matched window system font is exactly the same
 as the one specified by the font; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also TQFont::exactMatch().
 
-
    TQString TQFontInfo::family () const
+
    TQString TQFontInfo::family () const
 
    
 Returns the family name of the matched window system font.
 
     
    See also TQFont::family().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html b/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html
index 2a3bd4859..157562728 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqfontmetrics.html
@@ -172,17 +172,17 @@ will usually be empty.
 
     Note that the rectangle usually extends both above and below the
 base line.
 
     Warning: The width of the returned rectangle is not the advance width
-of the character. Use boundingRect(const TQString &) or width() instead.
+of the character. Use boundingRect(const TQString &) or width() instead.
 
     
    See also width().
 
 
    Example: xform/xform.cpp.
-
    TQRect TQFontMetrics::boundingRect ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const
+
    TQRect TQFontMetrics::boundingRect ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the bounding rectangle that contains the first len
 characters of string str.
 
-
    TQRect TQFontMetrics::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, TQTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const
+
    TQRect TQFontMetrics::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, TQTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the bounding rectangle of the first len characters of
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ rather than individual character heights.
 
     The intern argument should not be used.
 
     
    See also width(), TQPainter::boundingRect(), and TQt::AlignmentFlags.
 
-
    int TQFontMetrics::charWidth ( const TQString & str, int pos ) const
+
    int TQFontMetrics::charWidth ( const TQString & str, int pos ) const
 
     
 Returns the width of the character at position pos in the
 string str.
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ extend to the right of the width() of the character.
 
     
    See also leftBearing(), minRightBearing(), and width().
 
 
    Example: qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp.
-
    TQSize TQFontMetrics::size ( int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, TQTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const
+
    TQSize TQFontMetrics::size ( int flgs, const TQString & str, int len = -1, int tabstops = 0, int * tabarray = 0, TQTextParag ** intern = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the size in pixels of the first len characters of str.
 
     If len is negative (the default), the entire string is used.
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ characters.
 
     
    See also boundingRect() and charWidth().
 
 
    Examples: drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, hello/hello.cpp, movies/main.cpp, qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, and scrollview/scrollview.cpp.
-
    int TQFontMetrics::width ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const
+
    int TQFontMetrics::width ( const TQString & str, int len = -1 ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the width of the first len characters of string str.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqftp.html b/doc/html/ntqftp.html
index 7c51940cd..8af5d5a9f 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqftp.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqftp.html
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Returns the number of bytes that can be read from the data socket
 at the moment.
 
     
    See also get(), readyRead(), readBlock(), and readAll().
 
-
    int TQFtp::cd ( const TQString & dir )
+
    int TQFtp::cd ( const TQString & dir )
 
    
 Changes the working directory of the server to dir.
 
     The function does not block and returns immediately. The command
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ the processing; otherwise error is FALSE.
 
     
    See also commandFinished() and done().
 
 
    Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    int TQFtp::connectToHost ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port = 21 )
+
    int TQFtp::connectToHost ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port = 21 )
 
    
 Connects to the FTP server host using port port.
 
     The stateChanged() signal is emitted when the state of the
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ what when wrong when receiving a commandFinished(
 signal with the error argument set to TRUE.
 
     If you start a new command, the error status is reset to NoError.
 
-
    TQString TQFtp::errorString () const
+
    TQString TQFtp::errorString () const
 
    
 Returns a human-readable description of the last error that
 occurred. This is useful for presenting a error message to the
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ the message comes from TQt, the string has already passed through
 tr().
 
 
    Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    int TQFtp::get ( const TQString & file, TQIODevice * dev = 0 )
+
    int TQFtp::get ( const TQString & file, TQIODevice * dev = 0 )
 
    
 Downloads the file file from the server.
 
     If dev is 0, then the readyRead() signal is emitted when there
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ been executed; otherwise returns FALSE.
 scheduled command.
 
     
    See also clearPendingCommands(), currentId(), and currentCommand().
 
-
    int TQFtp::list ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null )
+
    int TQFtp::list ( const TQString & dir = TQString::null )
 
    
 Lists the contents of directory dir on the FTP server. If dir is empty, it lists the contents of the current directory.
 
     The listInfo() signal is emitted for each directory entry found.
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ finds. The details of the entry are stored in i.
 
     
    See also list().
 
 
    Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    int TQFtp::login ( const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null )
+
    int TQFtp::login ( const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null )
 
    
 Logs in to the FTP server with the username user and the
 password password.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ emitted.
 
     
    See also commandStarted() and commandFinished().
 
 
    Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    int TQFtp::mkdir ( const TQString & dir )
+
    int TQFtp::mkdir ( const TQString & dir )
 
    
 Creates a directory called dir on the server.
 
     The function does not block and returns immediately. The command
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ emitted. When it is finished the commandFinished() signal is
 emitted.
 
     
    See also commandStarted() and commandFinished().
 
-
    int TQFtp::put ( TQIODevice * dev, const TQString & file )
+
    int TQFtp::put ( TQIODevice * dev, const TQString & file )
 
    
 Reads the data from the IO device dev, and writes it to the
 file called file on the server. The data is read in chunks from
@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ operation (it is safe to delete it when the commandFi
 emitted).
 
 
    Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    int TQFtp::put ( const TQByteArray & data, const TQString & file )
+
    int TQFtp::put ( const TQByteArray & data, const TQString & file )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Writes the data data to the file called file on the server.
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ emitted. When it is finished the commandFinished() signal is
 emitted.
 
     
    See also dataTransferProgress(), commandStarted(), and commandFinished().
 
-
    int TQFtp::rawCommand ( const TQString & command )
+
    int TQFtp::rawCommand ( const TQString & command )
 
    
 Sends the raw FTP command command to the FTP server. This is
 useful for low-level FTP access. If the operation you wish to
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ emitted.
 
     
    See also rawCommandReply(), commandStarted(), and commandFinished().
 
 
    Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    void TQFtp::rawCommandReply ( int replyCode, const TQString & detail ) [signal]
+
    void TQFtp::rawCommandReply ( int replyCode, const TQString & detail ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted in response to the rawCommand() function.
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ complete data, just connect to the commandFinished 
    See also get(), readBlock(), readAll(), and bytesAvailable().
 
-
    int TQFtp::remove ( const TQString & file )
+
    int TQFtp::remove ( const TQString & file )
 
    
 Deletes the file called file from the server.
 
     The function does not block and returns immediately. The command
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ emitted.
 
     
    See also commandStarted() and commandFinished().
 
 
    Example: network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    int TQFtp::rename ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname )
+
    int TQFtp::rename ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname )
 
    
 Renames the file called oldname to newname on the server.
 
     The function does not block and returns immediately. The command
@@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ emitted. When it is finished the commandFinished() signal is
 emitted.
 
     
    See also commandStarted() and commandFinished().
 
-
    int TQFtp::rmdir ( const TQString & dir )
+
    int TQFtp::rmdir ( const TQString & dir )
 
    
 Removes the directory called dir from the server.
 
     The function does not block and returns immediately. The command
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html b/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html
index ec6b1c8e4..53c0ee6c6 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqgroupbox.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Constructs a group box widget with no title.
 constructor.
 
     This constructor does not do automatic layout.
 
-
    TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a group box with the title title.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQGroupBox::TQGroupBox ( int strips, Orientation orientation, const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a group box titled title. Child widgets will be
 arranged in strips rows or columns (depending on orientation).
@@ -232,10 +232,10 @@ the group to s pixels.
 
    void TQGroupBox::setOrientation ( Orientation )
 
    Sets the group box's orientation.
 See the "orientation" property for details.
-
    void TQGroupBox::setTitle ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQGroupBox::setTitle ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the group box title text.
 See the "title" property for details.
-
    TQString TQGroupBox::title () const
+
    TQString TQGroupBox::title () const
 
    Returns the group box title text.
 See the "title" property for details.
 
    void TQGroupBox::toggled ( bool on ) [signal]
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ slow (it does a complete layout). It is better to set the
 orientation directly in the constructor.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setOrientation() and get this property's value with orientation().
-
    TQString title
    
+
    TQString title
    
 
    This property holds the group box title text.
 
    The group box title text will have a focus-change keyboard
 accelerator if the title contains &, followed by a letter.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html b/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html
index 713d3dcad..aaf0b1dc0 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqhbuttongroup.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Constructs a horizontal button group with no title.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQHButtonGroup::TQHButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQHButtonGroup::TQHButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a horizontal button group with the title title.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqheader.html b/doc/html/ntqheader.html
index 5620975c2..cbc1849fc 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqheader.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqheader.html
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ and parent parent.
 
 Destroys the header and all its sections.
 
-
    int TQHeader::addLabel ( const TQString & s, int size = -1 )
+
    int TQHeader::addLabel ( const TQString & s, int size = -1 )
 
    
 Adds a new section with label text s. Returns the index
 position where the section was added (at the right for horizontal
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ headers, at the bottom for vertical headers). The section's width
 is set to size. If size < 0, an appropriate size for the
 text s is chosen.
 
-
    int TQHeader::addLabel ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )
+
    int TQHeader::addLabel ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds a new section with iconset iconset and label text s.
@@ -301,10 +301,10 @@ least one section has stretch enabled the sections will always
 take up the full width of the header.
 
     
    See also setStretchEnabled().
 
-
    TQString TQHeader::label ( int section ) const
+
    TQString TQHeader::label ( int section ) const
 
    
 Returns the text for section section. If the section does not
-exist, a TQString::null is returned.
+exist, a TQString::null is returned.
 
 
    Example: helpsystem/tooltip.cpp.
 
    int TQHeader::mapToActual ( int l ) const
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ for all existing sections and will be applied to any new sections
 that are added.
 
     
    See also moving and setResizeEnabled().
 
-
    void TQHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQString & s, int size = -1 ) [virtual]
+
    void TQHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQString & s, int size = -1 ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the text of section section to s. The section's width
 is set to size if size >= 0; otherwise it is left
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ unchanged.
 
     If the section does not exist, nothing happens.
 
 
    Examples: chart/setdataform.cpp and table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-
    void TQHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 ) [virtual]
+
    void TQHeader::setLabel ( int section, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & s, int size = -1 ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the icon for section section to iconset and the text to
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html b/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html
index 4c9bd3c5a..209202013 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqhgroupbox.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Constructs a horizontal group box with no title.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQHGroupBox::TQHGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQHGroupBox::TQHGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a horizontal group box with the title title.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQWidget
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqhostaddress.html b/doc/html/ntqhostaddress.html
index 322e933d1..64ffc886a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqhostaddress.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqhostaddress.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     ip6Addr must be a 16 byte array in network byte order
 (high-order byte first).
 
-
    bool TQHostAddress::setAddress ( const TQString & address )
+
    bool TQHostAddress::setAddress ( const TQString & address )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the IPv4 or IPv6 address specified by the string
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ consists of 16 unsigned characters.
 
     This value is only valid when isIPv6Address() returns TRUE.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    TQString TQHostAddress::toString () const
+
    TQString TQHostAddress::toString () const
 
    
 Returns the address as a string.
 
     For example, if the address is the IPv4 address 127.0.0.1, the
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqhttp.html b/doc/html/ntqhttp.html
index dcdddb0c0..a4641bb0a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqhttp.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqhttp.html
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Constructs a TQHttp object.
 Constructs a TQHttp object. The parameters parent and name
 are passed on to the TQObject constructor.
 
-
    TQHttp::TQHttp ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQHttp::TQHttp ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQHttp object. Subsequent requests are done by
 connecting to the server hostname on port port. The
@@ -398,13 +398,13 @@ what happened when receiving a requestFinished()
 signal with the error argument TRUE.
 
     If you start a new request, the error status is reset to NoError.
 
-
    TQString TQHttp::errorString () const
+
    TQString TQHttp::errorString () const
 
    
 Returns a human-readable description of the last error that
 occurred. This is useful to present a error message to the user
 when receiving a requestFinished() or a done() signal with the error argument TRUE.
 
-
    int TQHttp::get ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * to = 0 )
+
    int TQHttp::get ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * to = 0 )
 
    
 Sends a get request for path to the server set by setHost() or
 as specified in the constructor.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ been executed; otherwise returns FALSE.
 scheduled request.
 
     
    See also clearPendingRequests(), currentId(), and currentRequest().
 
-
    int TQHttp::head ( const TQString & path )
+
    int TQHttp::head ( const TQString & path )
 
    
 Sends a header request for path to the server set by setHost()
 or as specified in the constructor.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ emitted. When it is finished the requestFinished() signal is
 emitted.
 
     
    See also setHost(), get(), post(), request(), requestStarted(), requestFinished(), and done().
 
-
    int TQHttp::post ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )
+
    int TQHttp::post ( const TQString & path, TQIODevice * data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )
 
    
 Sends a post request for path to the server set by setHost() or
 as specified in the constructor.
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ emitted. When it is finished the requestFinished() signal is
 emitted.
 
     
    See also setHost(), get(), head(), request(), requestStarted(), requestFinished(), and done().
 
-
    int TQHttp::post ( const TQString & path, const TQByteArray & data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )
+
    int TQHttp::post ( const TQString & path, const TQByteArray & data, TQIODevice * to = 0 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     data is used as the content data of the HTTP request.
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ the processing; otherwise error is FALSE.
 is available. The header is passed in resp.
 
     
    See also get(), post(), head(), request(), and readyRead().
 
-
    int TQHttp::setHost ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80 )
+
    int TQHttp::setHost ( const TQString & hostname, TQ_UINT16 port = 80 )
 
    
 Sets the HTTP server that is used for requests to hostname on
 port port.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqiconset.html b/doc/html/ntqiconset.html
index 46df95e3e..fc74134d5 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqiconset.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqiconset.html
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ size of a generated icon.
 
     This function does nothing if pixmap is a null pixmap.
 
     
    See also reset().
 
-
    void TQIconSet::setPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, Size size, Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off ) [virtual]
+
    void TQIconSet::setPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, Size size, Mode mode = Normal, State state = Off ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     The pixmap is loaded from fileName when it becomes necessary.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqiconview.html b/doc/html/ntqiconview.html
index 9aa536a61..3b5263882 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqiconview.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqiconview.html
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ reimplement TQIconViewItem::acceptDropTQDropEvent *evt, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem>& )
     {
-        TQString label;
+        TQString label;
         if ( TQTextDrag::decode( evt, label ) )
             setText( label );
     }
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ these items.
 Returns a pointer to the item that contains point pos, which is
 given in contents coordinates, or 0 if no item contains point pos.
 
-
    TQIconViewItem * TQIconView::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const
+
    TQIconViewItem * TQIconView::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns a pointer to the first item whose text begins with text, or 0 if no such item could be found. Use the compare flag
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ mode.
 Returns TRUE if an iconview item is being renamed; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
-
    void TQIconView::itemRenamed ( TQIconViewItem * item, const TQString & name ) [signal]
+
    void TQIconView::itemRenamed ( TQIconViewItem * item, const TQString & name ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when item has been renamed to name,
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
index c52d87e7d..af631ca60 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqinputdialog.html
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ label must be set to tell the user what they should enter.
 functions can be used in a similar way, for example:
 
         bool ok;
-    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
+    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
             "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
-            TQString::null, &ok, this );
-    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
+            TQString::null, &ok, this );
+    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
         // user entered something and pressed OK
     } else {
         // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ functions can be used in a similar way, for example:
 
     
    Input Dialogs
     
    See also Dialog Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    double TQInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    double TQInputDialog::getDouble ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, double value = 0, double minValue = -2147483647, double maxValue = 2147483647, int decimals = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to get a floating point number from
 the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ entered by the user.
     
    
  
 
-
    int TQInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQInputDialog::getInteger ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, int value = 0, int minValue = -2147483647, int maxValue = 2147483647, int step = 1, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to get an integer input from the
 user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ be modal.
     
    
  
 
-
    TQString TQInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQString TQInputDialog::getItem ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, const TQStringList & list, int current = 0, bool editable = TRUE, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to let the user select an item from a
 string list. caption is the text which is displayed in the title
@@ -143,10 +143,10 @@ be modal.
 
     This function returns the text of the current item, or if editable is TRUE, the current text of the combobox.
 
     Use this static function like this:
 
     
    -    TQStringList lst;
+    TQStringList lst;
     lst << "First" << "Second" << "Third" << "Fourth" << "Fifth";
     bool ok;
-    TQString res = TQInputDialog::getItem(
+    TQString res = TQInputDialog::getItem(
             "MyApp 3000", "Select an item:", lst, 1, TRUE, &ok,
             this );
     if ( ok ) {
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ be modal.
     
    
  
 
-
    TQString TQInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
    TQString TQInputDialog::getText ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & label, TQLineEdit::EchoMode mode = TQLineEdit::Normal, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Static convenience function to get a string from the user. caption is the text which is displayed in the title bar of the
 dialog. label is the text which is shown to the user (it should
@@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ edit. It will not return an empty string.
 
     Use this static function like this:
 
     
         bool ok;
-    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
+    TQString text = TQInputDialog::getText(
             "MyApp 3000", "Enter your name:", TQLineEdit::Normal,
-            TQString::null, &ok, this );
-    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
+            TQString::null, &ok, this );
+    if ( ok && !text.isEmpty() ) {
         // user entered something and pressed OK
     } else {
         // user entered nothing or pressed Cancel
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html b/doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html
index 62034e0fd..b4d56b8cb 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqkeysequence.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ For example, UNICODE_ACCEL + 'A' gives the same key sequence
 as Key_A.
 
     Key sequences can be constructed either from an integer key code,
 or from a human readable translatable string such as
-"Ctrl+X,Alt+Space". A key sequence can be cast to a TQString to
+"Ctrl+X,Alt+Space". A key sequence can be cast to a TQString to
 obtain a human readable translated version of the sequence.
 Translations are done in the "TQAccel" context.
 
     
    See also TQAccel and Miscellaneous Classes.
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Translations are done in the "TQAccel" context.
 
 Constructs an empty key sequence.
 
-
    TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQString & key )
+
    TQKeySequence::TQKeySequence ( const TQString & key )
 
    
 Creates a key sequence from the string key. For example
 "Ctrl+O" gives CTRL+UNICODE_ACCEL+'O'. The strings "Ctrl",
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ For instance CTRL+Key_O gives "Ctrl+O". If the key sequence has
 multiple key codes they are returned comma-separated, e.g.
 "Alt+X, Ctrl+Y, Z". The strings, "Ctrl", "Shift", etc. are
 translated (using TQObject::tr()) in the "TQAccel" scope. If the key
-sequence has no keys, TQString::null is returned.
+sequence has no keys, TQString::null is returned.
 
     On Mac OS X, the string returned resembles the sequence that is shown in
 the menubar.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlabel.html b/doc/html/ntqlabel.html
index abdea23e4..7d7ddd03c 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlabel.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlabel.html
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ for specifying a focus accelerator key for another widget.
 
    
 
     Content Setting
 
     Plain text
-Pass a TQString to setText().
+Pass a TQString to setText().
 
     Rich text
 Pass a TQString that contains rich text to setText().
 
     A pixmap
@@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ Constructs an empty label.
 to the TQFrame constructor.
 
     
    See also alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent.
 
-
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a label that displays the text, text.
 
     The parent, name and widget flag f, arguments are passed
 to the TQFrame constructor.
 
     
    See also text, alignment, setFrameStyle(), and indent.
 
-
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * buddy, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQLabel::TQLabel ( TQWidget * buddy, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a label that displays the text text. The label has a
 buddy widget, buddy.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Does nothing if the integer's string representation is the same as
 the current contents of the label.
 
     The buddy accelerator, if any, is disabled.
 
     The label resizes itself if auto-resizing is enabled.
-
     
    See also text, TQString::setNum(), and setBuddy().
+
     
    See also text, TQString::setNum(), and setBuddy().
 
 
    void TQLabel::setNum ( double num ) [virtual slot]
 
    
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Does nothing if the double's string representation is the same as
 the current contents of the label.
 
     The buddy accelerator, if any, is disabled.
 
     The label resizes itself if auto-resizing is enabled.
-
     
    See also text, TQString::setNum(), and setBuddy().
+
     
    See also text, TQString::setNum(), and setBuddy().
 
 
    void TQLabel::setPicture ( const TQPicture & picture ) [virtual slot]
 
    
@@ -317,13 +317,13 @@ See the "pixmap" property for details.
 
    void TQLabel::setScaledContents ( bool )
 
    Sets whether the label will scale its contents to fill all available space.
 See the "scaledContents" property for details.
-
    void TQLabel::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQLabel::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets the label's text.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQLabel::setTextFormat ( TextFormat )
 
    Sets the label's text format.
 See the "textFormat" property for details.
-
    TQString TQLabel::text () const
+
    TQString TQLabel::text () const
 
    Returns the label's text.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    TextFormat TQLabel::textFormat () const
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ pixmap to fill the available space.
 
     
    See also scaledContents.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setScaledContents() and get this property's value with hasScaledContents().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the label's text.
 
    If no text has been set this will return an empty string. Setting
 the text clears any previous content, unless they are the same.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html b/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html
index 2d6f6f2e0..456af2102 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlcdnumber.html
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also display(), numDigits, and smallDecimalPoint.
 
-
    void TQLCDNumber::display ( const TQString & s ) [slot]
+
    void TQLCDNumber::display ( const TQString & s ) [slot]
 
    
 Displays the number represented by the string s.
 
     This version of the function disregards mode() and
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlibrary.html b/doc/html/ntqlibrary.html
index 37ca1586f..0527d974e 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlibrary.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlibrary.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ invalid.
 
    See also Plugins.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQLibrary::TQLibrary ( const TQString & filename )
+
    TQLibrary::TQLibrary ( const TQString & filename )
 
    
 Creates a TQLibrary object for the shared library filename. The
 library will be unloaded in the destructor.
@@ -139,14 +139,14 @@ default is TRUE.
 Returns TRUE if the library is loaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also unload().
 
-
    TQString TQLibrary::library () const
+
    TQString TQLibrary::library () const
 
    
 Returns the filename of the shared library this TQLibrary object
 handles, including the platform specific file extension.
 
     For example:
 
         TQLibrary lib( "mylib" );
-    TQString str = lib.library();
+    TQString str = lib.library();
     
    
  
 will set str to "mylib.dll" on Windows, and "libmylib.so" on Linux.
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
 OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
 WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
 
-
    void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb ) [static]
+
    void * TQLibrary::resolve ( const TQString & filename, const char * symb ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Loads the library filename and returns the address of the
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html b/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html
index 8aafddf5e..c79bc71f1 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlineedit.html
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Constructs a line edit with no text.
 
     The parent and name arguments are sent to the TQWidget constructor.
 
     
    See also text and maxLength.
 
-
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a line edit containing the text contents.
 
     The cursor position is set to the end of the line and the maximum
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ text length to 32767 characters.
 constructor.
 
     
    See also text and maxLength.
 
-
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, const TQString & inputMask, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQLineEdit::TQLineEdit ( const TQString & contents, const TQString & inputMask, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a line edit with an input inputMask and the text contents.
 
     The cursor position is set to the end of the line and the maximum
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ beginning of the selected text and the selected text is deleted.
 Deselects any selected text.
 
     
    See also setSelection() and selectAll().
 
-
    TQString TQLineEdit::displayText () const
+
    TQString TQLineEdit::displayText () const
 
    Returns the displayed text.
 See the "displayText" property for details.
 
    bool TQLineEdit::dragEnabled () const
@@ -377,10 +377,10 @@ first position; otherwise, any selected text is unselected if the
 cursor is moved.
 
     
    See also end().
 
-
    TQString TQLineEdit::inputMask () const
+
    TQString TQLineEdit::inputMask () const
 
    Returns the validation input mask.
 See the "inputMask" property for details.
-
    void TQLineEdit::insert ( const TQString & newText ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQLineEdit::insert ( const TQString & newText ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Deletes any selected text, inserts newText, and validates the
 result. If it is valid, it sets it as the new contents of the line
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ because if the user types before clicking on the widget, the
 selected text will be deleted.
 
     
    See also setSelection() and deselect().
 
-
    TQString TQLineEdit::selectedText () const
+
    TQString TQLineEdit::selectedText () const
 
    Returns the selected text.
 See the "selectedText" property for details.
 
    void TQLineEdit::selectionChanged () [signal]
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ See the "edited" property for details
 
    void TQLineEdit::setFrame ( bool ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets whether the line edit draws itself with a frame.
 See the "frame" property for details.
-
    void TQLineEdit::setInputMask ( const TQString & inputMask )
+
    void TQLineEdit::setInputMask ( const TQString & inputMask )
 
    Sets the validation input mask to inputMask.
 See the "inputMask" property for details.
 
    void TQLineEdit::setMaxLength ( int ) [virtual slot]
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ Selects text from position start and for length characters.
 the selection regardless of its current position.
 
     
    See also deselect(), selectAll(), getSelection(), cursorForward(), and cursorBackward().
 
-
    void TQLineEdit::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQLineEdit::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets the line edit's text.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQLineEdit::setValidator ( const TQValidator * v ) [virtual slot]
@@ -522,10 +522,10 @@ Returns a recommended size for the widget.
 20 characters.
 
 
    Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp.
-
    TQString TQLineEdit::text () const
+
    TQString TQLineEdit::text () const
 
    Returns the line edit's text.
 See the "text" property for details.
-
    void TQLineEdit::textChanged ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQLineEdit::textChanged ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted whenever the text changes. The argument is
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Undoes the last operation if undo is available
 selection, and updates the selection start to the current cursor
 position.
 
-
    bool TQLineEdit::validateAndSet ( const TQString & newText, int newPos, int newMarkAnchor, int newMarkDrag )
+
    bool TQLineEdit::validateAndSet ( const TQString & newText, int newPos, int newMarkAnchor, int newMarkDrag )
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 Use setText(), setCursorPosition() and setSelection() instead.
 
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ does nothing.
 
    Setting the cursor position causes a repaint when appropriate.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setCursorPosition() and get this property's value with cursorPosition().
-
    TQString displayText
    
+
    TQString displayText
    
 
    This property holds the displayed text.
 
    If EchoMode is Normal this returns the same as text(); if
 EchoMode is Password it returns a string of asterisks
@@ -608,9 +608,9 @@ selected by the user; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also selectedText.
 
 
    Get this property's value with hasSelectedText().
-
    TQString inputMask
    
+
    TQString inputMask
    
 
    This property holds the validation input mask.
-
    If no mask is set, inputMask() returns TQString::null.
+
    If no mask is set, inputMask() returns TQString::null.
 
     Sets the TQLineEdit's validation mask. Validators can be used
 instead of, or in conjunction with masks; see setValidator().
 
     Unset the mask and return to normal TQLineEdit operation by passing
@@ -694,14 +694,14 @@ but cannot edit it.
 
    This property holds whether redo is available.
 
    
 
    Get this property's value with isRedoAvailable().
-
    TQString selectedText
    
+
    TQString selectedText
    
 
    This property holds the selected text.
 
    If there is no selected text this property's value is
-TQString::null.
+TQString::null.
 
     
    See also hasSelectedText.
 
 
    Get this property's value with selectedText().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the line edit's text.
 
    Note that setting this property clears the selection, clears the
 undo/redo history, moves the cursor to the end of the line and
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html b/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html
index 145364354..28fa0835a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlistbox.html
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ the mouse wheel.
 
     New items can be inserted using insertItem(), insertStrList() or
 insertStringList(). inSort() is obsolete because this method is
 quite inefficient. It's preferable to insert the items normally
-and call sort() afterwards, or to insert a sorted TQStringList().
+and call sort() afterwards, or to insert a sorted TQStringList().
 
     By default, vertical and horizontal scroll bars are added and
 removed as necessary. setHScrollBarMode() and setVScrollBarMode()
 can be used to change this policy.
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ negative or too large, changeItem() does nothing.
 
     The item that has been changed will become selected.
 
     
    See also insertItem() and removeItem().
 
-
    void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int index )
+
    void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int index )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Replaces the item at position index with a new list box text
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ item with pixmap pixmap.
 
     The operation is ignored if index is out of range.
 
     
    See also insertItem() and removeItem().
 
-
    void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index )
+
    void TQListBox::changeItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Replaces the item at position index with a new list box pixmap
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ item. item is the new current list box item.
 
    int TQListBox::currentItem () const
 
    Returns the current highlighted item.
 See the "currentItem" property for details.
-
    TQString TQListBox::currentText () const
+
    TQString TQListBox::currentText () const
 
    Returns the text of the current item.
 See the "currentText" property for details.
 
    void TQListBox::doLayout () const [protected]
@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ the mouse cursor isn't on any item.
 
    
 Ensures that the current item is visible.
 
-
    TQListBoxItem * TQListBox::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const
+
    TQListBoxItem * TQListBox::findItem ( const TQString & text, ComparisonFlags compare = BeginsWith ) const
 
    
 Finds the first list box item that has the text text and
 returns it, or returns 0 of no such item could be found.
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ returns 0.
 item. index is the index of the new current item.
 
     
    See also currentChanged(), selected(), currentItem, and selectionChanged().
 
-
    void TQListBox::highlighted ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQListBox::highlighted ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This signal is emitted when the user makes a new item the current
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ order. inSort() treats any pixmap (or user-defined type) as
 lexicographically less than any string.
 
     
    See also insertItem() and sort().
 
-
    int TQListBox::inSort ( const TQString & text )
+
    int TQListBox::inSort ( const TQString & text )
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 at the beginning if after is 0.
 
     
    See also insertStrList().
 
-
    void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a new list box text item with the text text into the
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ the list at position index.
 list.
 
     
    See also insertStrList().
 
-
    void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQListBox::insertItem ( const TQPixmap & pixmap, const TQString & text, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a new list box pixmap item with the pixmap pixmap and
@@ -602,12 +602,12 @@ the text text into the list at position index.
 list.
 
     
    See also insertStrList().
 
-
    void TQListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList * list, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList * list, int index = -1 )
 
    
 Inserts the string list list into the list at position index.
 
     If index is negative, list is inserted at the end of the
 list. If index is too large, the operation is ignored.
-
     Warning: This function uses const char * rather than TQString,
+
     Warning: This function uses const char * rather than TQString,
 so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy
 code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly
 will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use
@@ -616,13 +616,13 @@ it. See insertStringList() which uses real TQStr
 around insertItem().
 
     
    See also insertItem() and insertStringList().
 
-
    void TQListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList & list, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQListBox::insertStrList ( const TQStrList & list, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts the string list list into the list at position index.
 
     If index is negative, list is inserted at the end of the
 list. If index is too large, the operation is ignored.
-
     Warning: This function uses const char * rather than TQString,
+
     Warning: This function uses const char * rather than TQString,
 so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy
 code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly
 will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ list at position index.
 
     If index is negative, insertStrList() inserts strings at the
 end of the list. If index is too large, the operation is
 ignored.
-
     Warning: This function uses const char * rather than TQString,
+
     Warning: This function uses const char * rather than TQString,
 so we recommend against using it. It is provided so that legacy
 code will continue to work, and so that programs that certainly
 will not need to handle code outside a single 8-bit locale can use
@@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ it. See insertStringList() which uses real TQStr
 around insertItem().
 
     
    See also insertItem() and insertStringList().
 
-
    void TQListBox::insertStringList ( const TQStringList & list, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQListBox::insertStringList ( const TQStringList & list, int index = -1 )
 
    
 Inserts the string list list into the list at position index.
 
     If index is negative, list is inserted at the end of the
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ presses Enter on the current item. index is the index of the
 selected item.
 
     
    See also currentChanged(), highlighted(), and selectionChanged().
 
-
    void TQListBox::selected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQListBox::selected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This signal is emitted when the user double-clicks on an item or
@@ -1006,9 +1006,9 @@ need to call this function because TQ
 calls it. The normal way to delete an item is with delete.
 
     
    See also TQListBox::insertItem().
 
-
    TQString TQListBox::text ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQListBox::text ( int index ) const
 
    
-Returns the text at position index, or TQString::null if there
+Returns the text at position index, or TQString::null if there
 is no text at that position.
 
     
    See also pixmap().
 
@@ -1073,7 +1073,7 @@ and the list box scrolled as necessary.
 
     If no item is current, currentItem() returns -1.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setCurrentItem() and get this property's value with currentItem().
-
    TQString currentText
    
+
    TQString currentText
    
 
    This property holds the text of the current item.
 
    This is equivalent to text(currentItem()).
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlistview.html b/doc/html/ntqlistview.html
index 6861217b1..7cf6ebd02 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlistview.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlistview.html
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ unsuitable for custom TQListViewItem classes, in which case TQListView::addColumn ( const TQString & label, int width = -1 ) [virtual]
+
    int TQListView::addColumn ( const TQString & label, int width = -1 ) [virtual]
 
    
 Adds a width pixels wide column with the column header label
 to the list view, and returns the index of the new column.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ the existing ones.
 
     
    See also setColumnText(), setColumnWidth(), and setColumnWidthMode().
 
 
    Examples: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp, checklists/checklists.cpp, dirview/main.cpp, fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp, listviews/listviews.cpp, and qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
    int TQListView::addColumn ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int width = -1 ) [virtual]
+
    int TQListView::addColumn ( const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int width = -1 ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds a width pixels wide new column with the header label
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ when the children of item are hidden.
 Returns the alignment of column column. The default is AlignAuto.
 
     
    See also TQt::AlignmentFlags.
 
-
    TQString TQListView::columnText ( int c ) const
+
    TQString TQListView::columnText ( int c ) const
 
    
 Returns the text of column c.
 
     
    See also setColumnText().
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ to mousePressEvent(), setOpen() and collapsed().
 
-
    TQListViewItem * TQListView::findItem ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const
+
    TQListViewItem * TQListView::findItem ( const TQString & text, int column, ComparisonFlags compare = ExactMatch | CaseSensitive ) const
 
    
 Finds the first list view item in column column, that matches
 text and returns the item, or returns 0 of no such item could
@@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ much larger than the window system's coordinate system allows.
 
     itemRect() is comparatively slow. It's best to call it only for
 items that are probably on-screen.
 
-
    void TQListView::itemRenamed ( TQListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text ) [signal]
+
    void TQListView::itemRenamed ( TQListViewItem * item, int col, const TQString & text ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when item has been renamed to text,
@@ -957,12 +957,12 @@ TQt::AlignRight the ellipsis will be to the left.
 
     
    See also TQt::AlignmentFlags.
 
 
    Example: listviews/listviews.cpp.
-
    void TQListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
+
    void TQListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the heading of column column to label.
 
     
    See also columnText().
 
-
    void TQListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
+
    void TQListView::setColumnText ( int column, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the heading of column column to iconset and label.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqlocale.html b/doc/html/ntqlocale.html
index 9dafb6398..7906c11e1 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqlocale.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqlocale.html
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ string representations in various languages.
 
 
     It is initialized with a country/language pair in its constructor
 and offers number-to-string and string-to-number conversion
-functions simmilar to those in TQString.
+functions simmilar to those in TQString.
 
     
         TQLocale egyptian(TQLocale::Arabic, TQLocale::Egypt);
-    TQString s1 = egyptian.toString(1.571429E+07, 'e');
-    TQString s2 = egyptian.toString(10);
+    TQString s1 = egyptian.toString(1.571429E+07, 'e');
+    TQString s2 = egyptian.toString(10);
 
     double d = egyptian.toDouble(s1);
     int s2 = egyptian.toInt(s2);
@@ -105,16 +105,16 @@ following effects:
 
     
      
 
    •  If a TQLocale object is constructed with the default constructor,
 it will use the default locale's settings.
-
    •  TQString::toDouble() interprets the string according to the default
+
    •  TQString::toDouble() interprets the string according to the default
 locale. If this fails, it falls back on the "C" locale.
-
    •  TQString::arg() uses the default locale to format a number when
+
    •  TQString::arg() uses the default locale to format a number when
 its position specifier in the format string contains an 'L',
 e.g. "%L1".
 
    
 
     
         TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale(TQLocale::Hebrew, TQLocale::Israel));
     TQLocale hebrew; // Constructs a default TQLocale
-    TQString s1 = hebrew.toString(15714.3, 'e');
+    TQString s1 = hebrew.toString(15714.3, 'e');
 
     bool ok;
     double d;
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ specifying the locale name.
 pair; it does not use the system locale database.
 
     All the methods in TQLocale, with the exception of setDefault(),
 are reentrant.
-
     
    See also TQString::toDouble(), TQString::arg(), and Text Related Classes.
+
     
    See also TQString::toDouble(), TQString::arg(), and Text Related Classes.
 
 
     The double-to-string and string-to-double conversion functions are
 covered by the following licenses:
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ California, Berkeley and its contributors.
 Constructs a TQLocale object initialized with the default locale.
 
     
    See also setDefault().
 
-
    TQLocale::TQLocale ( const TQString & name )
+
    TQLocale::TQLocale ( const TQString & name )
 
    
 Constructs a TQLocale object with the specified name,
 which has the format
@@ -626,20 +626,20 @@ Constructs a TQLocale object as a copy of other.
 Returns the country of this locale.
 
     
    See also TQLocale().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::countryToString ( Country country ) [static]
+
    TQString TQLocale::countryToString ( Country country ) [static]
 
    
-Returns a TQString containing the name of country.
+Returns a TQString containing the name of country.
 
 
    Language TQLocale::language () const
 
    
 Returns the language of this locale.
 
     
    See also TQLocale().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::languageToString ( Language language ) [static]
+
    TQString TQLocale::languageToString ( Language language ) [static]
 
    
-Returns a TQString containing the name of language.
+Returns a TQString containing the name of language.
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::name () const
+
    TQString TQLocale::name () const
 
    
 Returns the language and country of this locale as a
 string of the form "language_country", where
@@ -669,13 +669,13 @@ are created.
 
 Returns a TQLocale object initialized to the system locale.
 
-
    double TQLocale::toDouble ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    double TQLocale::toDouble ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the double represented by the localized string s, or
 0.0 if the conversion failed.
 
     If ok is not 0, reports failure by setting
 *ok to false and success by setting *ok to true.
-
     Unlike TQString::toDouble(), this function does not fall back to
+
     Unlike TQString::toDouble(), this function does not fall back to
 the "C" locale if the string cannot be interpreted in this
 locale.
 
     
    @@ -698,9 +698,9 @@ locale.
 
     Notice that the last conversion returns 1234.0, because '.' is the
 thousands group separator in the German locale.
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
-
     
    See also toString() and TQString::toDouble().
+
     
    See also toString() and TQString::toDouble().
 
-
    float TQLocale::toFloat ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    float TQLocale::toFloat ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the float represented by the localized string s, or 0.0
 if the conversion failed.
@@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ if the conversion failed.
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    int TQLocale::toInt ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    int TQLocale::toInt ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the int represented by the localized string s, or 0 if
 the conversion failed.
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ success by setting *ok to true.
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    TQ_LONG TQLocale::toLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    TQ_LONG TQLocale::toLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the long int represented by the localized string s, or
 0 if the conversion failed.
@@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ Returns the long int represented by the localized string s, or
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    TQ_LLONG TQLocale::toLongLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    TQ_LLONG TQLocale::toLongLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the long long int represented by the localized string s, or 0 if the conversion failed.
 
     If ok is not 0, reports failure by setting
@@ -735,7 +735,7 @@ Returns the long long int represented by the localized string s, or 0 i
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    short TQLocale::toShort ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    short TQLocale::toShort ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the short int represented by the localized string s, or
 0 if the conversion failed.
@@ -744,66 +744,66 @@ Returns the short int represented by the localized string s, or
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_LLONG i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_LLONG i ) const
 
    
 Returns a localized string representation of i.
 
     
    See also toLongLong().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( short i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( short i ) const
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
    See also toShort().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( ushort i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( ushort i ) const
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
    See also toUShort().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( int i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( int i ) const
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
    See also toInt().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( uint i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( uint i ) const
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
    See also toUInt().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_LONG i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_LONG i ) const
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
    See also toLong().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_ULONG i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_ULONG i ) const
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
    See also toULong().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_ULLONG i ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( TQ_ULLONG i ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     
    See also toULongLong().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( float i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( float i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     f and prec have the same meaning as in TQString::number(double, char, int).
+
     f and prec have the same meaning as in TQString::number(double, char, int).
 
     
    See also toDouble().
 
-
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( double i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const
+
    TQString TQLocale::toString ( double i, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     f and prec have the same meaning as in TQString::number(double, char, int).
+
     f and prec have the same meaning as in TQString::number(double, char, int).
 
     
    See also toDouble().
 
-
    uint TQLocale::toUInt ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    uint TQLocale::toUInt ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the unsigned int represented by the localized string s,
 or 0 if the conversion failed.
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ or 0 if the conversion failed.
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    TQ_ULONG TQLocale::toULong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    TQ_ULONG TQLocale::toULong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the unsigned long int represented by the localized string
 s, or 0 if the conversion failed.
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ Returns the unsigned long int represented by the localized string
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    TQ_ULLONG TQLocale::toULongLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    TQ_ULLONG TQLocale::toULongLong ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the unsigned long long int represented by the localized
 string s, or 0 if the conversion failed.
@@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ string s, or 0 if the conversion failed.
 
     This function ignores leading and trailing whitespace.
 
     
    See also toString().
 
-
    ushort TQLocale::toUShort ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    ushort TQLocale::toUShort ( const TQString & s, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 Returns the unsigned short int represented by the localized string
 s, or 0 if the conversion failed.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html b/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html
index c70ddd854..1aea36e28 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmainwindow.html
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ will be called when the menu item is clicked.
 
            TQToolBar * fileTools = new TQToolBar( this, "file operations" );
         fileTools->setLabel( "File Operations" );
 
            TQToolButton * fileOpen
-            = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
+            = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
                                this, TQ_SLOT(choose()), fileTools, "open file" );
 
    
 
     This extract shows the creation of a toolbar with one toolbar
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ top-most) dock window.
 
     If dockWindow is managed by another main window, it is first
 removed from that window.
 
-
    void TQMainWindow::addDockWindow ( TQDockWindow * dockWindow, const TQString & label, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) [virtual]
+
    void TQMainWindow::addDockWindow ( TQDockWindow * dockWindow, const TQString & label, Dock edge = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds dockWindow to the dock area with label label.
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ removed from that window.
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
 
-
    void TQMainWindow::addToolBar ( TQDockWindow *, const TQString & label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )
+
    void TQMainWindow::addToolBar ( TQDockWindow *, const TQString & label, Dock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE )
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmemarray.html b/doc/html/ntqmemarray.html
index de5956cca..c3d22340e 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmemarray.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmemarray.html
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ filled.
 
 
     Returns TRUE if the array is empty; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     isEmpty() is equivalent to isNull() for TQMemArray (unlike
-TQString).
+TQString).
 
 
    bool TQMemArray::isNull () const
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html b/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html
index 8ae3abdec..068f11d1f 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmenubar.html
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ several items to a single slot (most often if the user selects
 from an array). This signal is useful in such cases.
 
     
    See also activated() and TQMenuData::insertItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a
 popup menu or a menu bar.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ version.
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
 
    Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, accelerator
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ should provide a mask (see TQPixmap::mask()).
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with text text, optional id id, and
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ optional index position.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, optional id
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ to the left of the text in the item.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with text text, submenu popup, optional
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ the menu is deleted.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, submenu popup, optional id id, and optional index position. The icon
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html b/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html
index a0bf6d49d..ca96bbf0a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmenudata.html
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Activates the menu item at position index.
 
     If the index is invalid (for example, -1), the object itself is
 deactivated.
 
-
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQString & text )
 
    
 Changes the text of the menu item id to text. If the item
 has an icon, the icon remains unchanged.
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 If the item has an icon, the icon is unchanged.
 
     
    See also pixmap().
 
-
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Changes the iconset and text of the menu item id to the icon
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 and pixmap respectively.
 
     
    See also pixmap().
 
-
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int id )
+
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( const TQString & text, int id )
 
    
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ the icon remains unchanged.
 the icon remains unchanged.
 
     
    See also pixmap().
 
-
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id )
+
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id )
 
    
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ there is no item with this identifier.
 
     
    See also idAt() and findItem().
 
 
    Example: scrollview/scrollview.cpp.
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a
 popup menu or a menu bar.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ version.
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
 
    Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, accelerator
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ should provide a mask (see TQPixmap::mask()).
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with text text, optional id id, and
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ optional index position.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, optional id
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ to the left of the text in the item.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with text text, submenu popup, optional
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ the menu is deleted.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, submenu popup, optional id id, and optional index position. The icon
@@ -668,17 +668,17 @@ If visible is TRUE, shows the menu item with id id; otherwise
 hides the menu item with id id.
 
     
    See also isItemVisible() and isItemEnabled().
 
-
    void TQMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )
 
    
 Sets text as What's This help for the menu item with identifier
 id.
 
     
    See also whatsThis().
 
 
    Examples: application/application.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, and mdi/application.cpp.
-
    TQString TQMenuData::text ( int id ) const
+
    TQString TQMenuData::text ( int id ) const
 
    
 Returns the text that has been set for menu item id, or
-TQString::null if no text has been set.
+TQString::null if no text has been set.
 
     
    See also changeItem(), pixmap(), and iconSet().
 
 
    Examples: qdir/qdir.cpp and showimg/showimg.cpp.
@@ -688,9 +688,9 @@ Virtual function; notifies subclasses about an item with id
 that has been changed.
 
 
    Reimplemented in TQPopupMenu.
-
    TQString TQMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const
+
    TQString TQMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const
 
    
-Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier id or TQString::null if no text has yet been defined.
+Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier id or TQString::null if no text has yet been defined.
 
     
    See also setWhatsThis().
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html b/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html
index 43a64c6cd..063937933 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmessagebox.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ well without it:
                 "Do you want to overwrite it?")
                 .arg( filename ),
             tr("&Yes"), tr("&No"),
-            TQString::null, 0, 1 ) )
+            TQString::null, 0, 1 ) )
         return false;
     
    
  
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ hard-coded button texts:
     
    
  
 
     The critical() function should be reserved for critical errors. In
-this example errorDetails is a TQString or const char*, and TQString
+this example errorDetails is a TQString or const char*, and TQString
 is used to concatenate several strings:
 
     
         TQMessageBox::critical( 0, "Application name here",
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     The parent and name arguments are passed to the TQDialog
 constructor.
 
-
    TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )
+
    TQMessageBox::TQMessageBox ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, Icon icon, int button0, int button1, int button2, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = TRUE, WFlags f = WStyle_DialogBorder )
 
    
 Constructs a message box with a caption, a text, an icon,
 and up to three buttons.
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ the TQDialog constructor.
 
 Destroys the message box.
 
-
    void TQMessageBox::about ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
    void TQMessageBox::about ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
    
 Displays a simple about box with caption caption and text text. The about box's parent is parent.
 
     about() looks for a suitable icon in four locations:
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Displays a simple about box with caption caption and text text
 
     
    See also TQWidget::icon and TQApplication::mainWidget().
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    void TQMessageBox::aboutTQt ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption = TQString::null ) [static]
+
    void TQMessageBox::aboutTQt ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption = TQString::null ) [static]
 
    
 Displays a simple message box about TQt, with caption caption
 and centered over parent (if parent is not 0). The message
@@ -416,13 +416,13 @@ Adjusts the size of the message box to fit the contents just before
 resized before showing it.
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-
    TQString TQMessageBox::buttonText ( int button ) const
+
    TQString TQMessageBox::buttonText ( int button ) const
 
    
 Returns the text of the message box button button, or
-TQString::null if the message box does not contain the button.
+TQString::null if the message box does not contain the button.
 
     
    See also setButtonText().
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens a critical message box with the caption caption and the
 text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also information(), question(), and warning().
 
 
    Examples: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, process/process.cpp, and xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp.
-
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::critical ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays a critical error message box with a caption, a text, and
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ See the "icon" property for details.
 
    const TQPixmap * TQMessageBox::iconPixmap () const
 
    Returns the current icon.
 See the "iconPixmap" property for details.
-
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens an information message box with the caption caption and
 the text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also question(), warning(), and critical().
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, picture/picture.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, and simple/main.cpp.
-
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::information ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays an information message box with caption caption, text
@@ -533,21 +533,21 @@ button is pressed then -1 will be returned.  It is suggested that
 you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening.
 
     
    See also question(), warning(), and critical().
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::message ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::message ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Opens a modal message box directly using the specified parameters.
 
     Please use information(), warning(), question(), or critical() instead.
 
 
    Example: grapher/grapher.cpp.
-
    bool TQMessageBox::query ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
+
    bool TQMessageBox::query ( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * = 0 ) [static]
 
     
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Queries the user using a modal message box with two buttons.
 Note that caption is not always shown, it depends on the window manager.
 
     Please use information(), question(), warning(), or critical() instead.
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1 = 0, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens a question message box with the caption caption and the
 text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ modal dialog box. If parent is a widget, the message box
 becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also information(), warning(), and critical().
 
-
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::question ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays a question message box with caption caption, text text and one, two or three buttons. Returns the index of the
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ button is pressed then -1 will be returned.  It is suggested that
 you specify an Escape button to prevent this from happening.
 
     
    See also information(), warning(), and critical().
 
-
    void TQMessageBox::setButtonText ( int button, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQMessageBox::setButtonText ( int button, const TQString & text )
 
    
 Sets the text of the message box button button to text.
 Setting the text of a button that is not in the message box is
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ See the "icon" property for details.
 
    void TQMessageBox::setIconPixmap ( const TQPixmap & )
 
    Sets the current icon.
 See the "iconPixmap" property for details.
-
    void TQMessageBox::setText ( const TQString & )
+
    void TQMessageBox::setText ( const TQString & )
 
    Sets the message box text to be displayed.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQMessageBox::setTextFormat ( TextFormat )
@@ -635,13 +635,13 @@ allows the pixmaps to be used in more complex message boxes.
 TQMessageBox::Warning or TQMessageBox::Critical.
 
     style is unused.
 
-
    TQString TQMessageBox::text () const
+
    TQString TQMessageBox::text () const
 
    Returns the message box text to be displayed.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    TextFormat TQMessageBox::textFormat () const
 
    Returns the format of the text displayed by the message box.
 See the "textFormat" property for details.
-
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, int button0, int button1, int button2 = 0 ) [static]
 
    
 Opens a warning message box with the caption caption and the
 text text. The dialog may have up to three buttons. Each of the
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ becomes modal relative to parent.
 
     
    See also information(), question(), and critical().
 
 
    Examples: chart/chartform.cpp, i18n/main.cpp, network/mail/smtp.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
+
    int TQMessageBox::warning ( TQWidget * parent, const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & button0Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button1Text = TQString::null, const TQString & button2Text = TQString::null, int defaultButtonNumber = 0, int escapeButtonNumber = -1 ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Displays a warning message box with a caption, a text, and 1, 2 or
@@ -722,12 +722,12 @@ Windows GUI styles; you may want to draw two pixmaps.
 
     
    See also icon.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setIconPixmap() and get this property's value with iconPixmap().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the message box text to be displayed.
 
    The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as rich
 text, depending on the text format setting (TQMessageBox::textFormat). The default setting is AutoText, i.e.
 the message box will try to auto-detect the format of the text.
-
     The default value of this property is TQString::null.
+
     The default value of this property is TQString::null.
 
     
    See also textFormat.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setText() and get this property's value with text().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmetaobject.html b/doc/html/ntqmetaobject.html
index 815d1261c..ee5f0f871 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmetaobject.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmetaobject.html
@@ -144,18 +144,18 @@ or 0 if no such property exists.
 
     If super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
 
     
    See also propertyNames().
 
-
    TQStrList TQMetaObject::propertyNames ( bool super = FALSE ) const
+
    TQStrList TQMetaObject::propertyNames ( bool super = FALSE ) const
 
    
 Returns a list with the names of all this class's properties.
 
     If super is TRUE, inherited properties are included.
 
     
    See also property().
 
-
    TQStrList TQMetaObject::signalNames ( bool super = FALSE ) const
+
    TQStrList TQMetaObject::signalNames ( bool super = FALSE ) const
 
    
 Returns a list with the names of all this class's signals.
 
     If super is TRUE, inherited signals are included.
 
-
    TQStrList TQMetaObject::slotNames ( bool super = FALSE ) const
+
    TQStrList TQMetaObject::slotNames ( bool super = FALSE ) const
 
    
 Returns a list with the names of all this class's slots.
 
     If super is TRUE, inherited slots are included.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmovie.html b/doc/html/ntqmovie.html
index 96545a8c8..5af3b1d01 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmovie.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmovie.html
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ value, the better interleaved the movie playback will be with
 other event processing, but the slower the overall processing will
 be.
 
-
    TQMovie::TQMovie ( const TQString & fileName, int bufsize = 1024 )
+
    TQMovie::TQMovie ( const TQString & fileName, int bufsize = 1024 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQMovie that reads an image sequence from the file, fileName.
 
     The bufsize argument sets the maximum amount of data the movie
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html b/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html
index c00e10ef8..81fdce9c2 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqmultilineedit.html
@@ -211,18 +211,18 @@ TRUE, text is selected toward the first position. If it is FALSE and the
 cursor is moved, all selected text is unselected.
 
     
    See also end().
 
-
    void TQMultiLineEdit::insertAndMark ( const TQString & str, bool mark ) [virtual protected]
+
    void TQMultiLineEdit::insertAndMark ( const TQString & str, bool mark ) [virtual protected]
 
      Inserts str at the current cursor position and selects the
 text if mark is TRUE.
 
-
    void TQMultiLineEdit::insertAt ( const TQString & s, int line, int col, bool mark ) [virtual]
+
    void TQMultiLineEdit::insertAt ( const TQString & s, int line, int col, bool mark ) [virtual]
 
      Inserts string s at paragraph number line, after character
 number col in the paragraph.  If s contains newline
 characters, new lines are inserted.
 If mark is TRUE the inserted string will be selected.
 
     The cursor position is adjusted.
 
-
    void TQMultiLineEdit::insertLine ( const TQString & txt, int line = -1 ) [virtual]
+
    void TQMultiLineEdit::insertLine ( const TQString & txt, int line = -1 ) [virtual]
 
      Inserts txt at paragraph number line. If line is less
 than zero, or larger than the number of paragraphs, the new text is
 put at the end.  If txt contains newline characters, several
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ line. (Note that this function still operates on lines, not paragraphs.)
   Returns the number of characters at paragraph number row. If
 row is out of range, -1 is returned.
 
-
    TQString TQMultiLineEdit::markedText () const
+
    TQString TQMultiLineEdit::markedText () const
 
    
 Returns a copy of the selected text.
 
@@ -290,9 +290,9 @@ See the "edited" property for de
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
-
    TQString TQMultiLineEdit::textLine ( int line ) const
+
    TQString TQMultiLineEdit::textLine ( int line ) const
 
      Returns the text at line number line (possibly the empty
-string), or a null string if line is invalid.
+string), or a null string if line is invalid.
 
 
    Example: qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
 
    int TQMultiLineEdit::totalHeight () const
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqnetworkprotocol.html b/doc/html/ntqnetworkprotocol.html
index 01b693913..3158d754d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqnetworkprotocol.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqnetworkprotocol.html
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ this TQNetworkOperation as argument.
 
    
 Clears the operation queue.
 
-
    void TQNetworkProtocol::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const TQString & data ) [signal]
+
    void TQNetworkProtocol::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const TQString & data ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted whenever the state of the connection of the
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ operation was successful.
 enough to let the TQUrlOperator, which is used by the network
 protocol, emit its corresponding signal.
 
-
    TQNetworkProtocol * TQNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol ( const TQString & protocol ) [static]
+
    TQNetworkProtocol * TQNetworkProtocol::getNetworkProtocol ( const TQString & protocol ) [static]
 
    
 Static method to get a new instance of the network protocol protocol. For example, if you need to do some FTP operations, do
 the following:
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ examples/network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
 the information on the operation that has finished, including the
 state, etc.
 
-
    void TQNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol ( const TQString & protocol, TQNetworkProtocolFactoryBase * protocolFactory ) [static]
+
    void TQNetworkProtocol::registerNetworkProtocol ( const TQString & protocol, TQNetworkProtocolFactoryBase * protocolFactory ) [static]
 
    
 Static method to register a network protocol for TQt. For example,
 if you have an implementation of NNTP (called Nntp) which is
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpainter.html b/doc/html/ntqpainter.html
index 76f1b3e59..7f51d407a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpainter.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpainter.html
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ font etc. This function does exactly that.
  
 
     
    See also end().
 
-
    TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, TQTextParag ** intern = 0 )
+
    TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, TQTextParag ** intern = 0 )
 
    
 
 
     Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ are set, the resulting alignment is undefined.
 
     The intern parameter should not be used.
 
     
    See also TQt::TextFlags.
 
-
    TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect ( const TQRect & r, int flags, const TQString & str, int len = -1, TQTextParag ** internal = 0 )
+
    TQRect TQPainter::boundingRect ( const TQRect & r, int flags, const TQString & str, int len = -1, TQTextParag ** internal = 0 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the bounding rectangle of the aligned text that would be
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Draws a rounded rectangle r, rounding to the x position xRnd
 and the y position yRnd on each corner.
 
-
    void TQPainter::drawText ( const TQPoint & p, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )
+
    void TQPainter::drawText ( const TQPoint & p, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )
 
    
 
 
     Draws the text from position pos, at point p. If len is
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ accordance with the alignment flags.
 
     
    See also TQPainter::TextDirection.
 
 
    Examples: desktop/desktop.cpp, drawdemo/drawdemo.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, picture/picture.cpp, progress/progress.cpp, t8/cannon.cpp, and trivial/trivial.cpp.
-
    void TQPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )
+
    void TQPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -832,14 +832,14 @@ default) all the text is drawn, otherwise the first len
 characters are drawn. The text's direction is given by dir.
 
     
    See also TQPainter::TextDirection.
 
-
    void TQPainter::drawText ( const TQPoint &, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )
+
    void TQPainter::drawText ( const TQPoint &, const TQString &, int len = -1, TextDirection dir = Auto )
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Draws the text at the given point.
 
     
    See also TQPainter::TextDirection.
 
-
    void TQPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )
+
    void TQPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString &, int pos, int len, TextDirection dir = Auto )
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@ characters are drawn. The text's direction is given by dir.
 -1 the entire string is drawn, otherwise just the first len
 characters. The text's direction is specified by dir.
 
-
    void TQPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, TQRect * br = 0, TQTextParag ** internal = 0 )
+
    void TQPainter::drawText ( int x, int y, int w, int h, int flags, const TQString &, int len = -1, TQRect * br = 0, TQTextParag ** internal = 0 )
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ drawn. The text's flags that are given in the flags parameter
 are TQt::AlignmentFlags and TQt::TextFlags OR'd together. br (if not null) is set to the actual bounding rectangle of the
 output. The internal parameter is for internal use only.
 
-
    void TQPainter::drawText ( const TQRect & r, int tf, const TQString & str, int len = -1, TQRect * brect = 0, TQTextParag ** internal = 0 )
+
    void TQPainter::drawText ( const TQRect & r, int tf, const TQString & str, int len = -1, TQRect * brect = 0, TQTextParag ** internal = 0 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Draws at most len characters from str in the rectangle r.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpicture.html b/doc/html/ntqpicture.html
index 2aefde870..2ab698afe 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpicture.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpicture.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Nothing is done if there is just a single reference.
 
     Returns TRUE if the picture contains no data; otherwise returns
 FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQPicture::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
+
    bool TQPicture::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
 
    
 Loads a picture from the file specified by fileName and returns
 TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     This function does exactly the same as TQPainter::drawPicture()
 with (x, y) = (0, 0).
 
-
    bool TQPicture::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
+
    bool TQPicture::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
 
    
 Saves a picture to the file specified by fileName and returns
 TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html b/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html
index f7bfa60fe..669edf62d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpixmap.html
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Constructs a pixmap of size size, depth bits per pixel,
 optimized in accordance with the optimization value.
 
-
    TQPixmap::TQPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )
+
    TQPixmap::TQPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )
 
    
 Constructs a pixmap from the file fileName. If the file does
 not exist or is of an unknown format, the pixmap becomes a null
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ filename only) the relevant file must be found relative to the
 runtime working directory.
 
     
    See also TQPixmap::ColorMode, isNull(), load(), loadFromData(), save(), and imageFormat().
 
-
    TQPixmap::TQPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )
+
    TQPixmap::TQPixmap ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )
 
    
 Constructs a pixmap from the file fileName. If the file does
 not exist or is of an unknown format, the pixmap becomes a null
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ color of the widget.
     
    
  
 
-
    TQPixmap TQPixmap::fromMimeSource ( const TQString & abs_name ) [static]
+
    TQPixmap TQPixmap::fromMimeSource ( const TQString & abs_name ) [static]
 
     Convenience function. Gets the data associated with the absolute
 name abs_name from the default mime source factory and decodes it
 to a pixmap.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ function returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also width(), size(), and rect().
 
 
    Examples: desktop/desktop.cpp, movies/main.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, t10/cannon.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
    const char * TQPixmap::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
    const char * TQPixmap::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
    
 Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file fileName, or 0 if the file cannot be read or if the format cannot
 be recognized.
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ pixmap.
 
 
     Returns TRUE if this is a TQBitmap; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQPixmap::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )
+
    bool TQPixmap::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int conversion_flags )
 
    
 Loads a pixmap from the file fileName at runtime. Returns TRUE
 if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ explains how to add extra formats.
 
     
    See also loadFromData(), save(), imageFormat(), TQImage::load(), and TQImageIO.
 
 
    Examples: picture/picture.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
    bool TQPixmap::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )
+
    bool TQPixmap::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0, ColorMode mode = Auto )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Loads a pixmap from the file fileName at runtime.
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ is expanded.
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Resizes the pixmap to size size.
 
-
    bool TQPixmap::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const
+
    bool TQPixmap::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const
 
    
 Saves the pixmap to the file fileName using the image file
 format format and a quality factor quality. quality must
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpixmapcache.html b/doc/html/ntqpixmapcache.html
index 3695a1202..403d88933 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpixmapcache.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpixmapcache.html
@@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ Returns the cache limit (in kilobytes).
 
 Removes all pixmaps from the cache.
 
-
    TQPixmap * TQPixmapCache::find ( const TQString & key ) [static]
+
    TQPixmap * TQPixmapCache::find ( const TQString & key ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the pixmap associated with the key in the cache, or
 null if there is no such pixmap.
 
     Warning: If valid, you should copy the pixmap immediately (this is
 fast). Subsequent insertions into the cache could cause the
 pointer to become invalid. For this reason, we recommend you use
-find(const TQString&, TQPixmap&) instead.
+find(const TQString&, TQPixmap&) instead.
 
     Example:
 
             TQPixmap* pp;
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ pointer to become invalid. For this reason, we recommend you use
     
    
  
 
-
    bool TQPixmapCache::find ( const TQString & key, TQPixmap & pm ) [static]
+
    bool TQPixmapCache::find ( const TQString & key, TQPixmap & pm ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Looks for a cached pixmap associated with the key in the cache.
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ returns TRUE; otherwise leaves pm alone and returns FALSE.
     
    
  
 
-
    bool TQPixmapCache::insert ( const TQString & key, const TQPixmap & pm ) [static]
+
    bool TQPixmapCache::insert ( const TQString & key, const TQPixmap & pm ) [static]
 
    
 Inserts a copy of the pixmap pm associated with the key into
 the cache.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ pixmap to be inserted.
 deleted when more space is needed.
 
     
    See also setCacheLimit().
 
-
    bool TQPixmapCache::insert ( const TQString & key, TQPixmap * pm ) [static]
+
    bool TQPixmapCache::insert ( const TQString & key, TQPixmap * pm ) [static]
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Inserts the pixmap pm associated with key into the cache.
@@ -165,10 +165,10 @@ whether from anywhere in the application or within TQt itself, could cause
 the pixmap to be discarded from the cache and the pointer to
 become invalid.
 
     Due to these dangers, we strongly recommend that you use
-insert(const TQString&, const TQPixmap&) instead.
+insert(const TQString&, const TQPixmap&) instead.
 
 
-
    void TQPixmapCache::remove ( const TQString & key ) [static]
+
    void TQPixmapCache::remove ( const TQString & key ) [static]
 
    
 Removes the pixmap associated with key from the cache.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html b/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html
index 796749d64..78310f096 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpopupmenu.html
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ from an array). This signal is useful in such cases.
 
     
    See also highlighted() and TQMenuData::insertItem().
 
 
    Examples: grapher/grapher.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, and showimg/showimg.cpp.
-
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQString & text )
 
    
 Changes the text of the menu item id to text. If the item
 has an icon, the icon remains unchanged.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 If the item has an icon, the icon is unchanged.
 
     
    See also pixmap().
 
-
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQMenuData::changeItem ( int id, const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Changes the iconset and text of the menu item id to the icon
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Returns the id of the item at pos, or -1 if there is no item
 there or if it is a separator.
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 The family of insertItem() functions inserts menu items into a
 popup menu or a menu bar.
@@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ version.
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
 
    Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, canvas/canvas.cpp, menu/menu.cpp, qwerty/qwerty.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, showimg/showimg.cpp, and sound/sound.cpp.
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, const TQObject * receiver, const char * member, const TQKeySequence & accel = 0, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, accelerator
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ should provide a mask (see TQPixmap::mask()).
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), connectItem(), TQAccel, and ntqnamespace.h.
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with text text, optional id id, and
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ optional index position.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, optional id
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ to the left of the text in the item.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with text text, submenu popup, optional
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ the menu is deleted.
 
     Returns the allocated menu identifier number (id if id >= 0).
 
     
    See also removeItem(), changeItem(), setAccel(), and connectItem().
 
-
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
+
    int TQMenuData::insertItem ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQPopupMenu * popup, int id = -1, int index = -1 )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts a menu item with icon icon, text text, submenu popup, optional id id, and optional index position. The icon
@@ -785,17 +785,17 @@ If visible is TRUE, shows the menu item with id id; otherwise
 hides the menu item with id id.
 
     
    See also isItemVisible() and isItemEnabled().
 
-
    void TQMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )
+
    void TQMenuData::setWhatsThis ( int id, const TQString & text )
 
    
 Sets text as What's This help for the menu item with identifier
 id.
 
     
    See also whatsThis().
 
 
    Examples: application/application.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, and mdi/application.cpp.
-
    TQString TQMenuData::text ( int id ) const
+
    TQString TQMenuData::text ( int id ) const
 
    
 Returns the text that has been set for menu item id, or
-TQString::null if no text has been set.
+TQString::null if no text has been set.
 
     
    See also changeItem(), pixmap(), and iconSet().
 
 
    Examples: qdir/qdir.cpp and showimg/showimg.cpp.
@@ -804,9 +804,9 @@ Returns the text that has been set for menu item id, or
 Updates the item with identity id.
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQMenuData.
-
    TQString TQMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const
+
    TQString TQMenuData::whatsThis ( int id ) const
 
    
-Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier id or TQString::null if no text has yet been defined.
+Returns the What's This help text for the item with identifier id or TQString::null if no text has yet been defined.
 
     
    See also setWhatsThis().
 
 
    Property Documentation
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqprinter.html b/doc/html/ntqprinter.html
index ce46bdd5b..cac90609b 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqprinter.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqprinter.html
@@ -359,13 +359,13 @@ FALSE.
 Returns the current color mode. The default color mode is Color.
 
     
    See also setColorMode().
 
-
    TQString TQPrinter::creator () const
+
    TQString TQPrinter::creator () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the name of the application that created the document.
 
     
    See also setCreator().
 
-
    TQString TQPrinter::docName () const
+
    TQString TQPrinter::docName () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the document name.
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ print code for each copy.
 
     Returns the orientation setting. The default value is TQPrinter::Portrait.
 
     
    See also setOrientation().
 
-
    TQString TQPrinter::outputFileName () const
+
    TQString TQPrinter::outputFileName () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the name of the output file. There is no default file
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ dialogs.
 Returns the currently set paper source of the printer.
 
     
    See also setPaperSource().
 
-
    TQString TQPrinter::printProgram () const
+
    TQString TQPrinter::printProgram () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the name of the program that sends the print output to the
@@ -515,14 +515,14 @@ Returns the PageRange of the TQPrinter. After the print setup dialog
 has been opened, this function returns the value selected by the user.
 
     
    See also setPrintRange().
 
-
    TQString TQPrinter::printerName () const
+
    TQString TQPrinter::printerName () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the printer name. This value is initially set to the name
 of the default printer.
 
     
    See also setPrinterName().
 
-
    TQString TQPrinter::printerSelectionOption () const
+
    TQString TQPrinter::printerSelectionOption () const
 
    
 Returns the printer options selection string. This is useful only
 if the print command has been explicitly set.
@@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Sets the printer's color mode to newColorMode, which can be
 either Color or GrayScale (the default).
 
     
    See also colorMode().
 
-
    void TQPrinter::setCreator ( const TQString & creator ) [virtual]
+
    void TQPrinter::setCreator ( const TQString & creator ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the name of the application that created the document to creator.
 
     This function is only applicable to the X11 version of TQt. If no
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ creator name is specified, the creator will be set to "TQt"
 followed by some version number.
 
     
    See also creator().
 
-
    void TQPrinter::setDocName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
    void TQPrinter::setDocName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the document name to name.
 
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ until the printer dialog is shown (using TQPrinter::setup()
 take effect from the next call to newPage()
 
     
    See also orientation().
 
-
    void TQPrinter::setOutputFileName ( const TQString & fileName ) [virtual]
+
    void TQPrinter::setOutputFileName ( const TQString & fileName ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the name of the output file to fileName.
 
     Setting a null or empty name (0 or "") disables output to a file,
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Sets the paper source setting to source.
 take effect from the next call to newPage()
 
     
    See also paperSource().
 
-
    void TQPrinter::setPrintProgram ( const TQString & printProg ) [virtual]
+
    void TQPrinter::setPrintProgram ( const TQString & printProg ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the name of the program that should do the print job to printProg.
 
     On X11, this function sets the program to call with the PostScript
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ dialog is opened to range. If the PageRange specified by range
 currently disabled the function does nothing.
 
     
    See also printRange().
 
-
    void TQPrinter::setPrinterName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
    void TQPrinter::setPrinterName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the printer name to name.
 
     The default printer will be used if no printer name is set.
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ printer.  Under any other window system, the window system defines
 the default printer.
 
     
    See also printerName().
 
-
    void TQPrinter::setPrinterSelectionOption ( const TQString & option ) [virtual]
+
    void TQPrinter::setPrinterSelectionOption ( const TQString & option ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the printer to use option to select the printer. option
 is null by default (which implies that TQt should be smart enough
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqprocess.html b/doc/html/ntqprocess.html
index df4d6e7b8..a8d076a05 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqprocess.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqprocess.html
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Constructs a TQProcess object. The parent and name parameters
 are passed to the TQObject constructor.
 
     
    See also setArguments(), addArgument(), and start().
 
-
    TQProcess::TQProcess ( const TQString & arg0, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQProcess::TQProcess ( const TQString & arg0, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQProcess with arg0 as the command to be executed.
 The parent and name parameters are passed to the TQObject
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ constructor.
 start the process.
 
     
    See also setArguments(), addArgument(), and start().
 
-
    TQProcess::TQProcess ( const TQStringList & args, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQProcess::TQProcess ( const TQStringList & args, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQProcess with args as the arguments of the
 process. The first element in the list is the command to be
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ want the process to be terminated automatically when the instance
 is destroyed.
 
     
    See also tryTerminate() and kill().
 
-
    void TQProcess::addArgument ( const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
+
    void TQProcess::addArgument ( const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
 
    
 Adds arg to the end of the list of arguments.
 
     The first element in the list of arguments is the command to be
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ executed; the following elements are the command's arguments.
 
     
    See also arguments() and setArguments().
 
 
    Example: process/process.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQProcess::arguments () const
+
    TQStringList TQProcess::arguments () const
 
    
 Returns the list of arguments that are set for the process.
 Arguments can be specified with the constructor or with the
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ functions setArguments() and 
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = myProcess.arguments();
+    TQStringList list = myProcess.arguments();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ has finished. When the process terminates, the processE
 signal is emitted.
 
     
    See also tryTerminate() and processExited().
 
-
    bool TQProcess::launch ( const TQByteArray & buf, TQStringList * env = 0 ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQProcess::launch ( const TQByteArray & buf, TQStringList * env = 0 ) [virtual]
 
    
 Runs the process and writes the data buf to the process's
 standard input. If all the data is written to standard input,
@@ -396,11 +396,11 @@ emitted after all the data has been written to standard input. If
 the start failed, then this signal is emitted immediately.
 
     
    See also start() and launchFinished().
 
-
    bool TQProcess::launch ( const TQString & buf, TQStringList * env = 0 ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQProcess::launch ( const TQString & buf, TQStringList * env = 0 ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     The data buf is written to standard input with writeToStdin()
-using the TQString::local8Bit() representation of the strings.
+using the TQString::local8Bit() representation of the strings.
 
 
    void TQProcess::launchFinished () [signal]
 
    
@@ -438,21 +438,21 @@ process belongs to this object.
 struct, or 0 if no process is belongs to this object.
 
     Use of this function's return value is likely to be non-portable.
 
-
    TQString TQProcess::readLineStderr () [virtual]
+
    TQString TQProcess::readLineStderr () [virtual]
 
    
 Reads a line of text from standard error, excluding any trailing
 newline or carriage return characters and returns it. Returns
-TQString::null if canReadLineStderr() returns FALSE.
+TQString::null if canReadLineStderr() returns FALSE.
 
     By default, the text is interpreted to be in Latin-1 encoding. If you need
 other codecs, you can set a different codec with
 TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
 
     
    See also canReadLineStderr(), readyReadStderr(), readStderr(), and readLineStdout().
 
-
    TQString TQProcess::readLineStdout () [virtual]
+
    TQString TQProcess::readLineStdout () [virtual]
 
    
 Reads a line of text from standard output, excluding any trailing
 newline or carriage return characters, and returns it. Returns
-TQString::null if canReadLineStdout() returns FALSE.
+TQString::null if canReadLineStdout() returns FALSE.
 
     By default, the text is interpreted to be in Latin-1 encoding. If you need
 other codecs, you can set a different codec with
 TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ at that moment to make sure that you don't lose any data.
 
     
    See also readStdout(), readLineStdout(), and readyReadStderr().
 
 
    Example: process/process.cpp.
-
    void TQProcess::setArguments ( const TQStringList & args ) [virtual]
+
    void TQProcess::setArguments ( const TQStringList & args ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets args as the arguments for the process. The first element
 in the list is the command to be executed. The other elements in
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ afterwards are affected.
 that try to access files with relative paths.
 
     
    See also workingDirectory() and start().
 
-
    bool TQProcess::start ( TQStringList * env = 0 ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQProcess::start ( TQStringList * env = 0 ) [virtual]
 
    
 Tries to run a process for the command and arguments that were
 specified with setArguments(), addArgument() or that were
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@ the data. As a result, wroteToStdin() may be emitted before the
 running process has actually read all the data.
 
     
    See also wroteToStdin(), closeStdin(), readStdout(), and readStderr().
 
-
    void TQProcess::writeToStdin ( const TQString & buf ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQProcess::writeToStdin ( const TQString & buf ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     The string buf is handled as text using the
-TQString::local8Bit() representation.
+TQString::local8Bit() representation.
 
 
    void TQProcess::wroteToStdin () [signal]
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html b/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html
index e2fb51c85..81808c0ea 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqprogressbar.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ See the "percentageVisible"
 
    int TQProgressBar::progress () const
 
    Returns the current amount of progress.
 See the "progress" property for details.
-
    const TQString & TQProgressBar::progressString () const
+
    const TQString & TQProgressBar::progressString () const
 
    Returns the amount of progress as a string.
 See the "progressString" property for details.
 
    void TQProgressBar::reset () [slot]
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ progress.
 
    void TQProgressBar::setCenterIndicator ( bool on )
 
    Sets whether the indicator string should be centered to on.
 See the "centerIndicator" property for details.
-
    bool TQProgressBar::setIndicator ( TQString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps ) [virtual protected]
+
    bool TQProgressBar::setIndicator ( TQString & indicator, int progress, int totalSteps ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This method is called to generate the text displayed in the center
 (or in some styles, to the left) of the progress bar.
@@ -200,9 +200,9 @@ to FALSE. The default is TRUE.
 
    This property is -1 if progress counting has not started.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setProgress() and get this property's value with progress().
-
    TQString progressString
    
+
    TQString progressString
    
 
    This property holds the amount of progress as a string.
-
    This property is TQString::null if progress counting has not started.
+
    This property is TQString::null if progress counting has not started.
 
 
    Get this property's value with progressString().
 
    int totalSteps
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html
index 4f3345e84..05aae17aa 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqprogressdialog.html
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ of the dialog to occur. If modal is TRUE, the dialog ensures that
 events are processed when needed.
 
     
    See also labelText, setLabel(), setCancelButtonText(), setCancelButton(), and totalSteps.
 
-
    TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQProgressDialog::TQProgressDialog ( const TQString & labelText, const TQString & cancelButtonText, int totalSteps, TQWidget * creator = 0, const char * name = 0, bool modal = FALSE, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a progress dialog.
 
     The labelText is text used to remind the user what is progressing.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Shows the dialog if it is still hidden after the algorithm has been started
 and minimumDuration milliseconds have passed.
 
     
    See also minimumDuration.
 
-
    TQString TQProgressDialog::labelText () const
+
    TQString TQProgressDialog::labelText () const
 
    Returns the label's text.
 See the "labelText" property for details.
 
    int TQProgressDialog::minimumDuration () const
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ when necessary, so do not pass the address of an object that is on
 the stack, i.e. use new() to create the button.
 
     
    See also setCancelButtonText().
 
-
    void TQProgressDialog::setCancelButtonText ( const TQString & cancelButtonText ) [slot]
+
    void TQProgressDialog::setCancelButtonText ( const TQString & cancelButtonText ) [slot]
 
    
 Sets the cancel button's text to cancelButtonText.
 
    See also setCancelButton().
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ necessary, so do not pass the address of an object on the stack.
 
     
    See also labelText.
 
 
    Example: progress/progress.cpp.
-
    void TQProgressDialog::setLabelText ( const TQString & ) [slot]
+
    void TQProgressDialog::setLabelText ( const TQString & ) [slot]
 
    Sets the label's text.
 See the "labelText" property for details.
 
    void TQProgressDialog::setMinimumDuration ( int ms ) [slot]
@@ -349,9 +349,9 @@ See the "wasCancelled" pr
 
     
    See also autoClose.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setAutoReset() and get this property's value with autoReset().
-
    TQString labelText
    
+
    TQString labelText
    
 
    This property holds the label's text.
-
    The default text is TQString::null.
+
    The default text is TQString::null.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setLabelText() and get this property's value with labelText().
 
    int minimumDuration
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html b/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html
index e967e7cf6..a7ef3c673 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqpushbutton.html
@@ -184,12 +184,12 @@ Constructs a push button with no text.
 
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a push button called name with the parent parent
 and the text text.
 
-
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQPushButton::TQPushButton ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a push button with an icon and a text.
 
     Note that you can also pass a TQPixmap object as an icon (thanks to
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ button.
 
     
    See also popup().
 
 
    Examples: buttongroups/buttongroups.cpp and qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQPushButton::setToggleButton ( bool )
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ if the button is off.
 setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 
     
    See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
 
-
    TQString TQButton::text () const
+
    TQString TQButton::text () const
 
    Returns the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQButton::toggle () [slot]
@@ -439,9 +439,9 @@ toggle buttons, for example.
 
     pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the text shown on the button.
-
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
+
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
 text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an
 accelerator is automatically created for it using the character
 that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html b/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html
index ec3928adc..593a5acf6 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqradiobutton.html
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Constructs a radio button with no text.
 
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
    TQRadioButton::TQRadioButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQRadioButton::TQRadioButton ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a radio button with the text text.
 
     The parent and name arguments are sent on to the TQWidget
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ See the "down" property for details.
 
    void TQButton::setPixmap ( const TQPixmap & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the pixmap shown on the button.
 See the "pixmap" property for details.
-
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQButton::setText ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    ToggleState TQButton::state () const
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ if the button is off.
 setState(), or because setOn() was called.
 
     
    See also clicked() and TQButton::ToggleState.
 
-
    TQString TQButton::text () const
+
    TQString TQButton::text () const
 
    Returns the text shown on the button.
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQButton::toggle () [slot]
@@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ toggle buttons, for example.
 
     pixmap() returns 0 if no pixmap was set.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setPixmap() and get this property's value with pixmap().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the text shown on the button.
-
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
+
    This property will return a TQString::null if the button has no
 text. If the text has an ampersand (&) in it, then an
 accelerator is automatically created for it using the character
 that follows the '&' as the accelerator key. Any previous
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqregexp.html b/doc/html/ntqregexp.html
index 94480a79f..6bfdc27bb 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqregexp.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqregexp.html
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ in a loop.
 equivalents for $`, $' or $+. Perl's capturing variables, $1, $2,
 ... correspond to cap(1) or capturedTexts()[1], cap(2) or
 capturedTexts()[2], etc.
-
     To substitute a pattern use TQString::replace().
+
     To substitute a pattern use TQString::replace().
 
     Perl's extended /x syntax is not supported, nor are
 directives, e.g. (?i), or regexp comments, e.g. (?#comment). On
 the other hand, C++'s rules for literal strings can be used to
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ syntax as Perl. Perl's lookbehind assertions, "independent"
 subexpressions and conditional expressions are not supported.
 
     Non-capturing parentheses are also supported, with the same
 (?:pattern) syntax.
-
     See TQStringList::split() and TQStringList::join() for equivalents
+
     See TQStringList::split() and TQStringList::join() for equivalents
 to Perl's split and join functions.
 
     Note: because C++ transforms \'s they must be written twice in
 code, e.g. \b must be written \\b.
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ to match strings which contain no whitespace.
 word 'letter' is also captured (because of the parentheses). We
 can see what text we've captured like this:
 
     
    -    TQString captured = rx.cap( 1 ); // captured == "letter"
+    TQString captured = rx.cap( 1 ); // captured == "letter"
     
    
  
 
     This will capture the text from the first set of capturing
@@ -571,18 +571,18 @@ right). The parentheses are counted from 1 since cap( 0 ) is
 whole matched regexp (equivalent to '&' in most regexp engines).
 
     
         TQRegExp rx( "&(?!amp;)" );      // match ampersands but not &amp;
-    TQString line1 = "This & that";
-    line1.replace( rx, "&amp;" );
+    TQString line1 = "This & that";
+    line1.replace( rx, "&amp;" );
     // line1 == "This &amp; that"
-    TQString line2 = "His &amp; hers & theirs";
-    line2.replace( rx, "&amp;" );
+    TQString line2 = "His &amp; hers & theirs";
+    line2.replace( rx, "&amp;" );
     // line2 == "His &amp; hers &amp; theirs"
     
    
  
-
     Here we've passed the TQRegExp to TQString's replace() function to
+
     Here we've passed the TQRegExp to TQString's replace() function to
 replace the matched text with new text.
 
     
    -    TQString str = "One Eric another Eirik, and an Ericsson."
+    TQString str = "One Eric another Eirik, and an Ericsson."
                     " How many Eiriks, Eric?";
     TQRegExp rx( "\\b(Eric|Eirik)\\b" ); // match Eric or Eirik
     int pos = 0;    // where we are in the string
@@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ by non-word boundaries.
 their component fields.
 
     
         str = "Trolltech AS\twww.trolltech.com\tNorway";
-    TQString company, web, country;
+    TQString company, web, country;
     rx.setPattern( "^([^\t]+)\t([^\t]+)\t([^\t]+)$" );
     if ( rx.search( str ) != -1 ) {
         company = rx.cap( 1 );
@@ -621,10 +621,10 @@ address and country. Unfortunately the regexp is rather long and
 not very versatile -- the code will break if we add any more
 fields. A simpler and better solution is to look for the
 separator, '\t' in this case, and take the surrounding text. The
-TQStringList split() function can take a separator string or regexp
+TQStringList split() function can take a separator string or regexp
 as an argument and split a string accordingly.
 
     
    -    TQStringList field = TQStringList::split( "\t", str );
+    TQStringList field = TQStringList::split( "\t", str );
     
    
  
 
     Here field[0] is the company, field[1] the web address and so on.
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ which returns a string list of all captured strings, or using
 cap() which returns the captured string for the given index. The
 pos() function takes a match index and returns the position in the
 string where the match was made (or -1 if there was no match).
-
     
    See also TQRegExpValidator, TQString, TQStringList, Miscellaneous Classes, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
+
     
    See also TQRegExpValidator, TQString, TQStringList, Miscellaneous Classes, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
 
 
     
 
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ The caret never matches.
 Constructs an empty regexp.
 
     
    See also isValid() and errorString().
 
-
    TQRegExp::TQRegExp ( const TQString & pattern, bool caseSensitive = TRUE, bool wildcard = FALSE )
+
    TQRegExp::TQRegExp ( const TQString & pattern, bool caseSensitive = TRUE, bool wildcard = FALSE )
 
    
 Constructs a regular expression object for the given pattern
 string. The pattern must be given using wildcard notation if wildcard is TRUE (default is FALSE). The pattern is case
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ Constructs a regular expression
 
 Destroys the regular expression and cleans up its internal data.
 
-
    TQString TQRegExp::cap ( int nth = 0 )
+
    TQString TQRegExp::cap ( int nth = 0 )
 
    
 Returns the text captured by the nth subexpression. The entire
 match has index 0 and the parenthesized subexpressions have
@@ -700,8 +700,8 @@ indices starting from 1 (excluding non-capturing parentheses).
     TQRegExp rxlen( "(\\d+)(?:\\s*)(cm|inch)" );
     int pos = rxlen.search( "Length: 189cm" );
     if ( pos > -1 ) {
-        TQString value = rxlen.cap( 1 ); // "189"
-        TQString unit = rxlen.cap( 2 );  // "cm"
+        TQString value = rxlen.cap( 1 ); // "189"
+        TQString unit = rxlen.cap( 2 );  // "cm"
         // ...
     }
     
    
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ determined in advance, for example:
 
     
         TQRegExp rx( "(\\d+)" );
     str = "Offsets: 12 14 99 231 7";
-    TQStringList list;
+    TQStringList list;
     pos = 0;
     while ( pos >= 0 ) {
         pos = rx.search( str, pos );
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ determined in advance, for example:
 
     
    See also capturedTexts(), pos(), exactMatch(), search(), and searchRev().
 
 
    Examples: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h and regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQRegExp::capturedTexts ()
+
    TQStringList TQRegExp::capturedTexts ()
 
    
 Returns a list of the captured text strings.
 
     The first string in the list is the entire matched string. Each
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ subsequent list element contains a string that matched a
 
             TQRegExp rx( "(\\d+)(\\s*)(cm|inch(es)?)" );
         int pos = rx.search( "Length: 36 inches" );
-        TQStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
+        TQStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
         // list is now ( "36 inches", "36", " ", "inches", "es" )
     
    
  
@@ -752,14 +752,14 @@ non-capturing parentheses:
 
     
             TQRegExp rx( "(\\d+)(?:\\s*)(cm|inch(?:es)?)" );
         int pos = rx.search( "Length: 36 inches" );
-        TQStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
+        TQStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
         // list is now ( "36 inches", "36", "inches" )
     
    
  
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -        TQStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
+        TQStringList list = rx.capturedTexts();
         TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
         while( it != list.end() ) {
             myProcessing( *it );
@@ -788,14 +788,14 @@ Returns TRUE if case sensitivity is enabled; otherwise returns
 FALSE. The default is TRUE.
 
     
    See also setCaseSensitive().
 
-
    TQString TQRegExp::errorString ()
+
    TQString TQRegExp::errorString ()
 
    
 Returns a text string that explains why a regexp pattern is
 invalid the case being; otherwise returns "no error occurred".
 
     
    See also isValid().
 
 
    Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    TQString TQRegExp::escape ( const TQString & str ) [static]
+
    TQString TQRegExp::escape ( const TQString & str ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the string str with every regexp special character
 escaped with a backslash. The special characters are $, (, ), *, +,
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ escaped with a backslash. The special characters are $, (, ), *, +,
   
    
  
 
-
    bool TQRegExp::exactMatch ( const TQString & str ) const
+
    bool TQRegExp::exactMatch ( const TQString & str ) const
 
    
 Returns TRUE if str is matched exactly by this regular expression; otherwise returns FALSE. You can determine how much of
 the string was matched by calling matchedLength().
@@ -839,7 +839,7 @@ on any string it will return the start offset (0 by default)
 because the empty pattern matches the 'emptiness' at the start of
 the string. In this case the length of the match returned by
 matchedLength() will be 0.
-
     See TQString::isEmpty().
+
     See TQString::isEmpty().
 
 
    bool TQRegExp::isValid () const
 
    
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ wildcard regexp but an invalid full regexp.
 
     
    See also errorString().
 
 
    Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    int TQRegExp::match ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, int * len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const
+
    int TQRegExp::match ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, int * len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Attempts to match in str, starting from position index.
 Returns the position of the match, or -1 if there was no match.
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ null pointer.
 the string will match the start of string anchor, ^, in the
 regexp, if present. Otherwise, position 0 in str will match.
 
     Use search() and matchedLength() instead of this function.
-
     
    See also TQString::mid() and TQConstString.
+
     
    See also TQString::mid() and TQConstString.
 
 
    Example: qmag/qmag.cpp.
 
    int TQRegExp::matchedLength () const
@@ -905,7 +905,7 @@ otherwise returns FALSE.
 strings and the same settings for case sensitivity, wildcard and
 minimal matching.
 
-
    TQString TQRegExp::pattern () const
+
    TQString TQRegExp::pattern () const
 
    
 Returns the pattern string of the regular expression. The pattern
 has either regular expression syntax or wildcard syntax, depending
@@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ of the whole match.
 due to an implementation tradeoff.
 
     
    See also capturedTexts(), exactMatch(), search(), and searchRev().
 
-
    int TQRegExp::search ( const TQString & str, int offset = 0, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const
+
    int TQRegExp::search ( const TQString & str, int offset = 0, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const
 
    
 Attempts to find a match in str from position offset (0 by
 default). If offset is -1, the search starts at the last
@@ -940,12 +940,12 @@ character; if -2, at the next to last character; etc.
 match.
 
     The caretMode parameter can be used to instruct whether ^
 should match at index 0 or at offset.
-
     You might prefer to use TQString::find(), TQString::contains() or
-even TQStringList::grep(). To replace matches use
-TQString::replace().
+
     You might prefer to use TQString::find(), TQString::contains() or
+even TQStringList::grep(). To replace matches use
+TQString::replace().
 
     Example:
 
    -        TQString str = "offsets: 1.23 .50 71.00 6.00";
+        TQString str = "offsets: 1.23 .50 71.00 6.00";
         TQRegExp rx( "\\d*\\.\\d+" );    // primitive floating point matching
         int count = 0;
         int pos = 0;
@@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ even TQStringList::grep(). To replace matc
 
     
    See also searchRev() and exactMatch().
 
 
    Examples: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h and regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    int TQRegExp::searchRev ( const TQString & str, int offset = -1, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const
+
    int TQRegExp::searchRev ( const TQString & str, int offset = -1, CaretMode caretMode = CaretAtZero ) const
 
    
 Attempts to find a match backwards in str from position offset. If offset is -1 (the default), the search starts at the
 last character; if -2, at the next to last character; etc.
@@ -1000,7 +1000,7 @@ nested tags.
 
     
    See also minimal().
 
 
    Examples: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h and regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    void TQRegExp::setPattern ( const TQString & pattern )
+
    void TQRegExp::setPattern ( const TQString & pattern )
 
    
 Sets the pattern string to pattern. The case sensitivity,
 wildcard and minimal matching options are not changed.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsessionmanager.html b/doc/html/ntqsessionmanager.html
index 599148b3a..50559de84 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsessionmanager.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsessionmanager.html
@@ -184,14 +184,14 @@ should not call this function without first asking the user.
 
     
    See also allowsInteraction() and allowsErrorInteraction().
 
 
     
-
    TQStringList TQSessionManager::discardCommand () const
+
    TQStringList TQSessionManager::discardCommand () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the currently set discard command.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = mySession.discardCommand();
+    TQStringList list = mySession.discardCommand();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -237,14 +237,14 @@ may get called before, simultaneously with, or after your
 application's second phase.
 
     
    See also isPhase2().
 
-
    TQStringList TQSessionManager::restartCommand () const
+
    TQStringList TQSessionManager::restartCommand () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the currently set restart command.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = mySession.restartCommand();
+    TQStringList list = mySession.restartCommand();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ iterate over a copy, e.g.
 RestartIfRunning.
 
     
    See also setRestartHint().
 
-
    TQString TQSessionManager::sessionId () const
+
    TQString TQSessionManager::sessionId () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the identifier of the current session.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ iterate over a copy, e.g.
 identifier is the same as it was in that earlier session.
 
     
    See also sessionKey() and TQApplication::sessionId().
 
-
    TQString TQSessionManager::sessionKey () const
+
    TQString TQSessionManager::sessionKey () const
 
    
 
 
     Returns the session key in the current session.
@@ -279,26 +279,26 @@ key is the same as it was when the previous session ended.
 saveState().
 
     
    See also sessionId() and TQApplication::sessionKey().
 
-
    void TQSessionManager::setDiscardCommand ( const TQStringList & )
+
    void TQSessionManager::setDiscardCommand ( const TQStringList & )
 
    
 
 
     
    See also discardCommand() and setRestartCommand().
 
-
    void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const TQString & name, const TQStringList & value )
+
    void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const TQString & name, const TQStringList & value )
 
    
 
 
     Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
 record are kept in the session manager.
 
     The property called name has its value set to the string list value.
 
-
    void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )
+
    void TQSessionManager::setManagerProperty ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Low-level write access to the application's identification and state
 records are kept in the session manager.
 
     The property called name has its value set to the string value.
 
-
    void TQSessionManager::setRestartCommand ( const TQStringList & command )
+
    void TQSessionManager::setRestartCommand ( const TQStringList & command )
 
    
 
 
     If the session manager is capable of restoring sessions it will
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsettings.html b/doc/html/ntqsettings.html
index 4889e2fe6..b2444d2a1 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsettings.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsettings.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ startup:
     TQSettings settings;
     settings.setPath( "MyCompany.com", "MyApplication" );
 
-    TQString bgColor = settings.readEntry( "/colors/background", "white" );
+    TQString bgColor = settings.readEntry( "/colors/background", "white" );
     int width = settings.readNumEntry( "/geometry/width", 640 );
     // ...
     
    
@@ -143,16 +143,16 @@ example:
 
     You can get a list of entry-holding keys by calling entryList(), and
 a list of key-holding keys using subkeyList().
 
     
    -    TQStringList keys = settings.entryList( "/MyApplication" );
+    TQStringList keys = settings.entryList( "/MyApplication" );
     // keys contains 'background color' and 'foreground color'.
 
-    TQStringList keys = settings.entryList( "/MyApplication/recent files" );
+    TQStringList keys = settings.entryList( "/MyApplication/recent files" );
     // keys contains '1', '2' and '3'.
 
-    TQStringList subkeys = settings.subkeyList( "/MyApplication" );
+    TQStringList subkeys = settings.subkeyList( "/MyApplication" );
     // subkeys contains 'geometry' and 'recent files'
 
-    TQStringList subkeys = settings.subkeyList( "/MyApplication/recent files" );
+    TQStringList subkeys = settings.subkeyList( "/MyApplication/recent files" );
     // subkeys is empty.
     
    
  
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ you can use the TQSettings object.
 Destroys the settings object.  All modifications made to the settings
 will automatically be saved.
 
     
-
    void TQSettings::beginGroup ( const TQString & group )
+
    void TQSettings::beginGroup ( const TQString & group )
 
    
 Appends group to the current key prefix.
 
     
    @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ by a single call to endGroup().
     
    
  
 
-
    TQStringList TQSettings::entryList ( const TQString & key ) const
+
    TQStringList TQSettings::entryList ( const TQString & key ) const
 
    
 Returns a list of the keys which contain entries under key. Does not return any keys that contain subkeys.
 
     Example settings:
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Returns a list of the keys which contain entries under key. Does no
     
    
  
 
    -    TQStringList keys = settings.entryList( "/MyCompany/MyApplication" );
+    TQStringList keys = settings.entryList( "/MyCompany/MyApplication" );
     
    
  
 
     In the above example, keys will contain 'background color' and
@@ -307,12 +307,12 @@ directly by specifying its full key, e.g.
 "/MyCompany/MyApplication/geometry/y".
 
     
    See also subkeyList().
 
-
    TQString TQSettings::group () const
+
    TQString TQSettings::group () const
 
    
 Returns the current key prefix, or a null string if there is no key prefix set.
 
     
    See also beginGroup().
 
-
    void TQSettings::insertSearchPath ( System s, const TQString & path )
+
    void TQSettings::insertSearchPath ( System s, const TQString & path )
 
    
 Inserts path into the settings search path. The semantics of path depends on the system s. It is usually easier and better to
 use setPath() instead of this function.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ the search path).
 
 
     
 
    Example: chart/chartform.cpp.
-
    bool TQSettings::readBoolEntry ( const TQString & key, bool def = FALSE, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    bool TQSettings::readBoolEntry ( const TQString & key, bool def = FALSE, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 
 
     Reads the entry specified by key, and returns a bool, or the
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ If ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
 otherwise.
 
     
    See also readEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    double TQSettings::readDoubleEntry ( const TQString & key, double def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    double TQSettings::readDoubleEntry ( const TQString & key, double def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 
 
     Reads the entry specified by key, and returns a double, or the
@@ -410,16 +410,16 @@ If ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
 otherwise.
 
     
    See also readEntry(), readNumEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    TQString TQSettings::readEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQString & def = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    TQString TQSettings::readEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQString & def = TQString::null, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 
-
     Reads the entry specified by key, and returns a TQString, or the
+
     Reads the entry specified by key, and returns a TQString, or the
 default value, def, if the entry couldn't be read.
 If ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
 otherwise.
 
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    TQStringList TQSettings::readListEntry ( const TQString & key, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    TQStringList TQSettings::readListEntry ( const TQString & key, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 
 Reads the entry specified by key as a string. If ok is not
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ set to FALSE.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = mySettings.readListEntry( "recentfiles" );
+    TQStringList list = mySettings.readListEntry( "recentfiles" );
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -436,14 +436,14 @@ over a copy, e.g.
     }
     
    
  
-
     
    See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry(), and TQStringList::split().
+
     
    See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry(), and TQStringList::split().
 
-
    TQStringList TQSettings::readListEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQChar & separator, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    TQStringList TQSettings::readListEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQChar & separator, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Reads the entry specified by key as a string. The separator
-is used to create a TQStringList by calling TQStringList::split(separator, entry). If ok is not 0: *ok is set to TRUE
+is used to create a TQStringList by calling TQStringList::split(separator, entry). If ok is not 0: *ok is set to TRUE
 if the key was read, otherwise *ok is set to FALSE.
 
     Warning: As the documentation states, TQStringList::split() will
 omit empty strings from the list.  Because of this, it is
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ that do not take a separator argument.
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = mySettings.readListEntry( "size", " " );
+    TQStringList list = mySettings.readListEntry( "size", " " );
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -461,9 +461,9 @@ over a copy, e.g.
     }
     
    
  
-
     
    See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry(), and TQStringList::split().
+
     
    See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), removeEntry(), and TQStringList::split().
 
-
    int TQSettings::readNumEntry ( const TQString & key, int def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
    int TQSettings::readNumEntry ( const TQString & key, int def = 0, bool * ok = 0 ) const
 
    
 
 
     Reads the entry specified by key, and returns an integer, or the
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ If ok is non-null, *ok is set to TRUE if the key was read, FALSE
 otherwise.
 
     
    See also readEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), writeEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    bool TQSettings::removeEntry ( const TQString & key )
+
    bool TQSettings::removeEntry ( const TQString & key )
 
    
 Removes the entry specified by key.
 
     Returns true if the entry was successfully removed; otherwise
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ returns false. Note that removing the last entry in any given
 folder, will also remove the folder.
 
     
    See also readEntry() and writeEntry().
 
-
    void TQSettings::removeSearchPath ( System s, const TQString & path )
+
    void TQSettings::removeSearchPath ( System s, const TQString & path )
 
    
 Removes all occurrences of path (using exact matching) from the
 settings search path for system s. Note that the default search
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ paths cannot be removed.
 
 Set the current key prefix to the empty string.
 
-
    void TQSettings::setPath ( const TQString & domain, const TQString & product, Scope scope = Global )
+
    void TQSettings::setPath ( const TQString & domain, const TQString & product, Scope scope = Global )
 
    
 Insert platform-dependent paths from platform-independent information.
 
     The domain should be an Internet domain name
@@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ TQSettings::Global for system-wide settings (generally
 these will be read-only to many users).
 
     Not all information is relevant on all systems.
 
-
    TQStringList TQSettings::subkeyList ( const TQString & key ) const
+
    TQStringList TQSettings::subkeyList ( const TQString & key ) const
 
    
 Returns a list of the keys which contain subkeys under key. Does not return any keys that contain entries.
 
     Example settings:
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Returns a list of the keys which contain subkeys under key. Does no
     
    
  
 
    -    TQStringList keys = settings.subkeyList( "/MyCompany/MyApplication" );
+    TQStringList keys = settings.subkeyList( "/MyCompany/MyApplication" );
     
    
  
 
     In the above example, keys will contain 'geometry' and
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ is not supported in this version of TQSettings. This is a known issue which
 will be fixed in TQt-4.
 
     
    See also entryList().
 
-
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, bool value )
+
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, bool value )
 
    
 Writes the boolean entry value into key key. The key is
 created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by value.
@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ TQt 4.
 
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
 
    Example: chart/chartform.cpp.
-
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, double value )
+
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, double value )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Writes the double entry value into key key. The key is
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by value
 returned; otherwise TRUE is returned.
 
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, int value )
+
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, int value )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Writes the integer entry value into key key. The key is
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten by value
 returned; otherwise TRUE is returned.
 
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )
+
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Writes the string entry value into key key. The key is
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ value will be an empty string.
 returned; otherwise TRUE is returned.
 
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQStringList & value )
+
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQStringList & value )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Writes the string list entry value into key key. The key
@@ -592,18 +592,18 @@ by value.
 returned; otherwise returns TRUE.
 
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), and removeEntry().
 
-
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQStringList & value, const TQChar & separator )
+
    bool TQSettings::writeEntry ( const TQString & key, const TQStringList & value, const TQChar & separator )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Writes the string list entry value into key key. The key
 is created if it doesn't exist. Any previous value is overwritten
 by value. The list is stored as a sequence of strings separated
-by separator (using TQStringList::join()), so none of the
+by separator (using TQStringList::join()), so none of the
 strings in the list should contain the separator. If the list is
 empty or null the key's value will be an empty string.
 
     Warning: The list should not contain empty or null strings, as
-readListEntry() will use TQStringList::split() to recreate the
+readListEntry() will use TQStringList::split() to recreate the
 list.  As the documentation states, TQStringList::split() will omit
 empty strings from the list.  Because of this, it is impossible to
 retrieve identical list data that is stored with this function.
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ We recommend using the writeEntry() and readListEntry(
 that do not take a separator argument.
 
     If an error occurs the settings are left unchanged and FALSE is
 returned; otherwise returns TRUE.
-
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry(), and TQStringList::join().
+
     
    See also readListEntry(), readNumEntry(), readDoubleEntry(), readBoolEntry(), removeEntry(), and TQStringList::join().
 
 
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsignalmapper.html b/doc/html/ntqsignalmapper.html
index 994908e39..c6c8ee337 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsignalmapper.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsignalmapper.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ has an integer mapping set.
 
     
    See also setMapping().
 
 
    Examples: i18n/main.cpp and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    void TQSignalMapper::mapped ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQSignalMapper::mapped ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This signal is emitted when map() is signaled from an object that
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Adds a mapping so that when map() is signaled from the given
 
     There may be at most one integer identifier for each object.
 
 
    Examples: i18n/main.cpp and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    void TQSignalMapper::setMapping ( const TQObject * sender, const TQString & identifier ) [virtual]
+
    void TQSignalMapper::setMapping ( const TQObject * sender, const TQString & identifier ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds a mapping so that when map() is signaled from the given sender, the signal mapper(identifier) is emitted.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsimplerichtext.html b/doc/html/ntqsimplerichtext.html
index 3bba1f9a5..1fc0f0bb7 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsimplerichtext.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsimplerichtext.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ laid out properly on the page.
 
    See also Text Related Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQSimpleRichText::TQSimpleRichText ( const TQString & text, const TQFont & fnt, const TQString & context = TQString::null, const TQStyleSheet * sheet = 0 )
+
    TQSimpleRichText::TQSimpleRichText ( const TQString & text, const TQFont & fnt, const TQString & context = TQString::null, const TQStyleSheet * sheet = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQSimpleRichText from the rich text string text and
 the font fnt.
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ calculate the absolute path. See
 
     The sheet is an optional style sheet. If it is 0, the default
 style sheet will be used (see TQStyleSheet::defaultSheet()).
 
-
    TQSimpleRichText::TQSimpleRichText ( const TQString & text, const TQFont & fnt, const TQString & context, const TQStyleSheet * sheet, const TQMimeSourceFactory * factory, int pageBreak = -1, const TQColor & linkColor = TQt::blue, bool linkUnderline = TRUE )
+
    TQSimpleRichText::TQSimpleRichText ( const TQString & text, const TQFont & fnt, const TQString & context, const TQStyleSheet * sheet, const TQMimeSourceFactory * factory, int pageBreak = -1, const TQColor & linkColor = TQt::blue, bool linkUnderline = TRUE )
 
    
 Constructs a TQSimpleRichText from the rich text string text and
 the font fnt.
@@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ Destroys the rich text object, freeing memory.
 Adjusts the richt text object to a reasonable size.
 
     
    See also setWidth().
 
-
    TQString TQSimpleRichText::anchorAt ( const TQPoint & pos ) const
+
    TQString TQSimpleRichText::anchorAt ( const TQPoint & pos ) const
 
    
 Returns the anchor at the requested position, pos. An empty
 string is returned if no anchor is specified for this position.
 
-
    TQString TQSimpleRichText::context () const
+
    TQString TQSimpleRichText::context () const
 
    
 Returns the context of the rich text object. If no context has
 been specified in the constructor, a null string is returned. The
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsocket.html b/doc/html/ntqsocket.html
index 7bd9c2fb7..8f98a05d2 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsocket.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsocket.html
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ At this point, the delayedCloseFinished() si
 
 
    Examples: network/clientserver/client/client.cpp, network/httpd/httpd.cpp, and network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
 
    Reimplemented from TQIODevice.
-
    void TQSocket::connectToHost ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port ) [virtual]
+
    void TQSocket::connectToHost ( const TQString & host, TQ_UINT16 port ) [virtual]
 
    
 Attempts to make a connection to host on the specified port
 and return immediately.
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ not call it yourself.
 Returns the address of the connected peer if the socket is in
 Connected state; otherwise an empty TQHostAddress is returned.
 
-
    TQString TQSocket::peerName () const
+
    TQString TQSocket::peerName () const
 
    
 Returns the host name as specified to the connectToHost()
 function. An empty string is returned if none has been set.
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ number of bytes read. Returns -1 if an error occurred.
 Returns the size of the read buffer.
 
     
    See also setReadBufferSize().
 
-
    TQString TQSocket::readLine () [virtual]
+
    TQString TQSocket::readLine () [virtual]
 
    
 Returns a line of text including a terminating newline character
 (\n). Returns "" if canReadLine() returns FALSE.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsound.html b/doc/html/ntqsound.html
index a44369b7e..5cfcbaa97 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsound.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsound.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ accesses /dev/dsp directly. Only the WAVE format is supported.
 
    See also Multimedia Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQSound::TQSound ( const TQString & filename, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQSound::TQSound ( const TQString & filename, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQSound that can quickly play the sound in a file
 named filename.
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Destroys the sound object. If the sound is not finished playing 
 
 
     Returns TRUE if sound support is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
    TQString TQSound::fileName () const
+
    TQString TQSound::fileName () const
 
    
 Returns the filename associated with the sound.
 
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Returns the number of times the sound will play.
 Returns the number of times the sound will loop. This value
 decreases each time the sound loops.
 
-
    void TQSound::play ( const TQString & filename ) [static]
+
    void TQSound::play ( const TQString & filename ) [static]
 
    
 Plays the sound in a file called filename.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html b/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html
index 71794ed1a..6ff3fba59 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqspinbox.html
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ the range of integers used inside the program would be -1 to 100:
         public:
             ...
 
-            TQString mapValueToText( int value )
+            TQString mapValueToText( int value )
             {
                 if ( value == -1 ) // special case
                     return TQString( "Auto" );
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@ Destroys the spin box, freeing all memory and other resources.
 
    ButtonSymbols TQSpinBox::buttonSymbols () const
 
    Returns the current button symbol mode.
 See the "buttonSymbols" property for details.
-
    TQString TQSpinBox::cleanText () const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQSpinBox::cleanText () const [virtual]
 
    Returns the spin box's text with no prefix(), suffix() or leading or trailing whitespace.
 See the "cleanText" property for details.
-
    TQString TQSpinBox::currentValueText () [protected]
+
    TQString TQSpinBox::currentValueText () [protected]
 
    
 Returns the full text calculated from the current value, including
 any prefix and suffix. If there is special value text and the
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ is only concerned with the other values.
 integer in the standard way and returns the integer value.
 
     
    See also interpretText() and mapValueToText().
 
-
    TQString TQSpinBox::mapValueToText ( int v ) [virtual protected]
+
    TQString TQSpinBox::mapValueToText ( int v ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This virtual function is used by the spin box whenever it needs to
 display value v. The default implementation returns a string
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ See the "maxValue" property for deta
 
    int TQSpinBox::minValue () const
 
    Returns the minimum value of the spin box.
 See the "minValue" property for details.
-
    TQString TQSpinBox::prefix () const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQSpinBox::prefix () const [virtual]
 
    Returns the spin box's prefix.
 See the "prefix" property for details.
 
    void TQSpinBox::rangeChange () [virtual protected]
@@ -318,13 +318,13 @@ See the "maxValue" property for deta
 
    void TQSpinBox::setMinValue ( int )
 
    Sets the minimum value of the spin box.
 See the "minValue" property for details.
-
    void TQSpinBox::setPrefix ( const TQString & text ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQSpinBox::setPrefix ( const TQString & text ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets the spin box's prefix to text.
 See the "prefix" property for details.
-
    void TQSpinBox::setSpecialValueText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual]
+
    void TQSpinBox::setSpecialValueText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the special-value text to text.
 See the "specialValueText" property for details.
-
    void TQSpinBox::setSuffix ( const TQString & text ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQSpinBox::setSuffix ( const TQString & text ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets the suffix of the spin box to text.
 See the "suffix" property for details.
 
    void TQSpinBox::setValidator ( const TQValidator * v ) [virtual]
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ See the "value" property for details.
 
    void TQSpinBox::setWrapping ( bool on ) [virtual]
 
    Sets whether it is possible to step the value from the highest value to the lowest value and vice versa to on.
 See the "wrapping" property for details.
-
    TQString TQSpinBox::specialValueText () const
+
    TQString TQSpinBox::specialValueText () const
 
    Returns the special-value text.
 See the "specialValueText" property for details.
 
    void TQSpinBox::stepDown () [virtual slot]
@@ -360,10 +360,10 @@ the pointing-up button and can be used for keyboard accelerators,
 for example.
 
     
    See also stepDown(), addLine(), lineStep, setSteps(), value, and value.
 
-
    TQString TQSpinBox::suffix () const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQSpinBox::suffix () const [virtual]
 
    Returns the suffix of the spin box.
 See the "suffix" property for details.
-
    TQString TQSpinBox::text () const
+
    TQString TQSpinBox::text () const
 
    Returns the spin box's text, including any prefix() and suffix().
 See the "text" property for details.
 
    void TQSpinBox::textChanged () [protected slot]
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ times, this signal is emitted three times.
 
     
    See also value.
 
 
    Examples: listbox/listbox.cpp, qfd/fontdisplayer.cpp, and scribble/scribble.cpp.
-
    void TQSpinBox::valueChanged ( const TQString & valueText ) [signal]
+
    void TQSpinBox::valueChanged ( const TQString & valueText ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ The default is UpDownArrows.
 
     
    See also ButtonSymbols.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setButtonSymbols() and get this property's value with buttonSymbols().
-
    TQString cleanText
    
+
    TQString cleanText
    
 
    This property holds the spin box's text with no prefix(), suffix() or leading or trailing whitespace.
 
    Get this property's value with cleanText().
 
    See also text, prefix, and suffix.
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ necessary, to ensure that the range remains valid.
 
     
    See also setRange() and specialValueText.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setMinValue() and get this property's value with minValue().
-
    TQString prefix
    
+
    TQString prefix
    
 
    This property holds the spin box's prefix.
 
    The prefix is prepended to the start of the displayed value.
 Typical use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency
@@ -477,11 +477,11 @@ symbol. For example:
 
     To turn off the prefix display, set this property to an empty
 string. The default is no prefix. The prefix is not displayed for
 the minValue() if specialValueText() is not empty.
-
     If no prefix is set, prefix() returns TQString::null.
+
     If no prefix is set, prefix() returns TQString::null.
 
     
    See also suffix.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setPrefix() and get this property's value with prefix().
-
    TQString specialValueText
    
+
    TQString specialValueText
    
 
    This property holds the special-value text.
 
    If set, the spin box will display this text instead of a numeric
 value whenever the current value is equal to minVal(). Typical use
@@ -507,10 +507,10 @@ value text.
 with an empty string. The default is no special-value text, i.e.
 the numeric value is shown as usual.
 
     If no special-value text is set, specialValueText() returns
-TQString::null.
+TQString::null.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setSpecialValueText() and get this property's value with specialValueText().
-
    TQString suffix
    
+
    TQString suffix
    
 
    This property holds the suffix of the spin box.
 
    The suffix is appended to the end of the displayed value. Typical
 use is to display a unit of measurement or a currency symbol. For
@@ -522,11 +522,11 @@ example:
 
     To turn off the suffix display, set this property to an empty
 string. The default is no suffix. The suffix is not displayed for
 the minValue() if specialValueText() is not empty.
-
     If no suffix is set, suffix() returns a TQString::null.
+
     If no suffix is set, suffix() returns a TQString::null.
 
     
    See also prefix.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setSuffix() and get this property's value with suffix().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the spin box's text, including any prefix() and suffix().
 
    There is no default text.
 
     
    See also value.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html b/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html
index 03e3375e5..b29bfad57 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsplashscreen.html
@@ -150,12 +150,12 @@ the splash screen.
 Makes the splash screen wait until the widget mainWin is displayed
 before calling close() on itself.
 
-
    void TQSplashScreen::message ( const TQString & message, int alignment = AlignLeft, const TQColor & color = black ) [slot]
+
    void TQSplashScreen::message ( const TQString & message, int alignment = AlignLeft, const TQColor & color = black ) [slot]
 
    
 Draws the message text onto the splash screen with color color and aligns the text according to the flags in alignment.
 
     
    See also TQt::AlignmentFlags and clear().
 
-
    void TQSplashScreen::messageChanged ( const TQString & message ) [signal]
+
    void TQSplashScreen::messageChanged ( const TQString & message ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the message on the splash screen
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html b/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html
index bbcb577dc..484cb2216 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqstatusbar.html
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ message, call clear(). There are two variants of message():
 that displays the message until the next clear() or message() and
 one that has a time limit:
 
     
    -        connect( loader, TQ_SIGNAL(progressMessage(const TQString&)),
-                 statusBar(), TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( loader, TQ_SIGNAL(progressMessage(const TQString&)),
+                 statusBar(), TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)) );
 
         statusBar()->message("Loading...");  // Initial message
         loader.loadStuff();                  // Emits progress messages
@@ -155,20 +155,20 @@ Ensures that the right widgets are visible. Used by messagebool TQStatusBar::isSizeGripEnabled () const
 
    Returns TRUE if the TQSizeGrip in the bottom right of the status bar is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 See the "sizeGripEnabled" property for details.
-
    void TQStatusBar::message ( const TQString & message ) [slot]
+
    void TQStatusBar::message ( const TQString & message ) [slot]
 
    
 Hides the normal status indicators and displays message until
 clear() or another message() is called.
 
     
    See also clear().
 
 
    Example: regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    void TQStatusBar::message ( const TQString & message, int ms ) [slot]
+
    void TQStatusBar::message ( const TQString & message, int ms ) [slot]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Hides the normal status indications and displays message for ms milli-seconds or until clear() or another message() is called,
 whichever occurs first.
 
-
    void TQStatusBar::messageChanged ( const TQString & message ) [signal]
+
    void TQStatusBar::messageChanged ( const TQString & message ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the temporary status messages
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstring.html b/doc/html/ntqstring.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 30e0e9c7d..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqstring.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2440 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQString Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
    TQString Class Reference
    
-
-
    The TQString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text
-and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array.
-More...
-
    All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
    
-
    #include <ntqstring.h>
-
    List of all member functions.
-
    Public Members
    
-
      
-
    • TQString ()
      • 
-
    • TQString ( TQChar ch )
      • 
-
    • TQString ( const TQString & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString ( const TQByteArray & ba )
      • 
-
    • TQString ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )
      • 
-
    • TQString ( const char * str )
      • 
-
    • TQString ( const std::string & str )
      • 
-
    • ~TQString ()
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator= ( const TQString & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator= ( const char * str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator= ( const std::string & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator= ( const TQCString & cstr )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator= ( TQChar c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator= ( char c )
      • 
-
    • bool isNull () const
      • 
-
    • bool isEmpty () const
      • 
-
    • uint length () const
      • 
-
    • void truncate ( uint newLen )
      • 
-
    • TQString & fill ( TQChar c, int len = -1 )
      • 
-
    • TQString copy () const  (obsolete)
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( const TQString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3, const TQString & a4 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString & sprintf ( const char * cformat, ... )
      • 
-
    • int find ( TQChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int find ( char c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int find ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int find ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = 0 ) const
      • 
-
    • int find ( const char * str, int index = 0 ) const
      • 
-
    • int findRev ( TQChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int findRev ( const TQString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int findRev ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = -1 ) const
      • 
-
    • int findRev ( const char * str, int index = -1 ) const
      • 
-
    • int contains ( TQChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int contains ( char c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int contains ( const char * str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int contains ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • int contains ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
      • 
-
    • enum SectionFlags { SectionDefault = 0x00, SectionSkipEmpty = 0x01, SectionIncludeLeadingSep = 0x02, SectionIncludeTrailingSep = 0x04, SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps = 0x08 }
      • 
-
    • TQString section ( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString section ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString section ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString section ( const TQString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString section ( const TQRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString left ( uint len ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString right ( uint len ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString mid ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString leftJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString rightJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString lower () const
      • 
-
    • TQString upper () const
      • 
-
    • TQString stripWhiteSpace () const
      • 
-
    • TQString simplifyWhiteSpace () const
      • 
-
    • TQString & insert ( uint index, const TQString & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & insert ( uint index, const TQByteArray & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & insert ( uint index, const char * s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & insert ( uint index, const TQChar * s, uint len )
      • 
-
    • TQString & insert ( uint index, TQChar c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & insert ( uint index, char c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & append ( char ch )
      • 
-
    • TQString & append ( TQChar ch )
      • 
-
    • TQString & append ( const TQString & str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & append ( const TQByteArray & str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & append ( const char * str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & append ( const std::string & str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & prepend ( char ch )
      • 
-
    • TQString & prepend ( TQChar ch )
      • 
-
    • TQString & prepend ( const TQString & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & prepend ( const TQByteArray & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & prepend ( const char * s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & prepend ( const std::string & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & remove ( uint index, uint len )
      • 
-
    • TQString & remove ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE )
      • 
-
    • TQString & remove ( TQChar c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & remove ( char c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & remove ( const char * str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & remove ( const TQRegExp & rx )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQString & s )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQChar * s, uint slen )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, TQChar c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, char c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
      • 
-
    • TQString & replace ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
      • 
-
    • short toShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • ushort toUShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • int toInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • uint toUInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • long toLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • ulong toULong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQ_LLONG toLongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQ_ULLONG toULongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
      • 
-
    • float toFloat ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
      • 
-
    • double toDouble ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( short n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( ushort n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( int n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( uint n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( long n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( ulong n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setNum ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
      • 
-
    • void setExpand ( uint index, TQChar c )  (obsolete)
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator+= ( const TQString & str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator+= ( const TQByteArray & str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator+= ( const char * str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator+= ( const std::string & str )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator+= ( TQChar c )
      • 
-
    • TQString & operator+= ( char c )
      • 
-
    • TQChar at ( uint i ) const
      • 
-
    • TQChar operator[] ( int i ) const
      • 
-
    • TQCharRef at ( uint i )
      • 
-
    • TQCharRef operator[] ( int i )
      • 
-
    • TQChar constref ( uint i ) const
      • 
-
    • TQChar & ref ( uint i )
      • 
-
    • const TQChar * unicode () const
      • 
-
    • const char * ascii () const
      • 
-
    • const char * latin1 () const
      • 
-
    • TQCString utf8 () const
      • 
-
    • TQCString local8Bit () const
      • 
-
    • bool operator! () const
      • 
-
    • operator const char * () const
      • 
-
    • operator std::string () const
      • 
-
    • const unsigned short * ucs2 () const
      • 
-
    • TQString & setUnicode ( const TQChar * unicode, uint len )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setUnicodeCodes ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setAscii ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
      • 
-
    • TQString & setLatin1 ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
      • 
-
    • int compare ( const TQString & s ) const
      • 
-
    • int localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s ) const
      • 
-
    • void compose ()
      • 
-
    • const char * data () const  (obsolete)
      • 
-
    • bool startsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • bool endsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • void setLength ( uint newLen )
      • 
-
    • uint capacity () const
      • 
-
    • void reserve ( uint minCapacity )
      • 
-
    • void squeeze ()
      • 
-
    
-
    Static Public Members
    
-
      
-
    • TQString number ( long n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString number ( ulong n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString number ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString number ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString number ( int n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString number ( uint n, int base = 10 )
      • 
-
    • TQString number ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
      • 
-
    • TQString fromAscii ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 )
      • 
-
    • TQString fromLatin1 ( const char * chars, int len = -1 )
      • 
-
    • TQString fromUtf8 ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 )
      • 
-
    • TQString fromLocal8Bit ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 )
      • 
-
    • TQString fromUcs2 ( const unsigned short * str )
      • 
-
    • int compare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • int localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    
-
    Related Functions
    
-
      
-
    • bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator== ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator!= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator< ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator< ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator<= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator<= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator> ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator> ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator>= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
      • 
-
    • bool operator>= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
      • 
-
    • const TQString operator+ ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
      • 
-
    • const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s, char c )
      • 
-
    • const TQString operator+ ( char c, const TQString & s )
      • 
-
    • TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQString & str )
      • 
-
    • TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQString & str )
      • 
-
    
-
    Detailed Description
    
-
-
-
-
     The TQString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text
-and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array.
-
     
-
-
-
-
     TQString uses implicit sharing, which
-makes it very efficient and easy to use.
-
     In all of the TQString methods that take const char *
-parameters, the const char * is interpreted as a classic
-C-style '\0'-terminated ASCII string. It is legal for the const char * parameter to be 0. If the const char * is not
-'\0'-terminated, the results are undefined. Functions that copy
-classic C strings into a TQString will not copy the terminating
-'\0' character. The TQChar array of the TQString (as returned by
-unicode()) is generally not terminated by a '\0'. If you need to
-pass a TQString to a function that requires a C '\0'-terminated
-string use latin1().
-
     A TQString that has not been assigned to anything is null, i.e.
-both the length and data pointer is 0. A TQString that references
-the empty string ("", a single '\0' char) is empty. Both null
-and empty TQStrings are legal parameters to the methods. Assigning
-(const char *) 0 to TQString gives a null TQString. For
-convenience, TQString::null is a null TQString. When sorting,
-empty strings come first, followed by non-empty strings, followed
-by null strings. We recommend using if ( !str.isNull() ) to
-check for a non-null string rather than if ( !str ); see operator!() for an explanation.
-
     Note that if you find that you are mixing usage of TQCString,
-TQString, and TQByteArray, this causes lots of unnecessary
-copying and might indicate that the true nature of the data you
-are dealing with is uncertain. If the data is '\0'-terminated 8-bit
-data, use TQCString; if it is unterminated (i.e. contains '\0's)
-8-bit data, use TQByteArray; if it is text, use TQString.
-
     Lists of strings are handled by the TQStringList class. You can
-split a string into a list of strings using TQStringList::split(),
-and join a list of strings into a single string with an optional
-separator using TQStringList::join(). You can obtain a list of
-strings from a string list that contain a particular substring or
-that match a particular regex using
-TQStringList::grep().
-
     Note for C programmers
-
     Due to C++'s type system and the fact that TQString is implicitly shared, TQStrings can be treated like ints or other simple base
-types. For example:
-
     
    -    TQString boolToString( bool b )
-    {
-        TQString result;
-        if ( b )
-            result = "True";
-        else
-            result = "False";
-        return result;
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
     The variable, result, is an auto variable allocated on the stack.
-When return is called, because we're returning by value, The copy
-constructor is called and a copy of the string is returned. (No
-actual copying takes place thanks to the implicit sharing, see
-below.)
-
     Throughout TQt's source code you will encounter TQString usages like
-this:
-
    -    TQString func( const TQString& input )
-    {
-        TQString output = input;
-        // process output
-        return output;
-    }
-    
    
- 
-
     The 'copying' of input to output is almost as fast as copying a
-pointer because behind the scenes copying is achieved by
-incrementing a reference count. TQString (like all TQt's implicitly
-shared classes) operates on a copy-on-write basis, only copying if
-an instance is actually changed.
-
     If you wish to create a deep copy of a TQString without losing any
-Unicode information then you should use TQDeepCopy.
-
     
    See also TQChar, TQCString, TQByteArray, TQConstString, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
-
-
    Member Type Documentation
    
-
    TQString::SectionFlags
    
-
-
      
-
    • TQString::SectionDefault - Empty fields are counted, leading and
-trailing separators are not included, and the separator is
-compared case sensitively.
-
    • TQString::SectionSkipEmpty - Treat empty fields as if they don't exist,
-i.e. they are not considered as far as start and end are
-concerned.
-
    • TQString::SectionIncludeLeadingSep - Include the leading separator (if
-any) in the result string.
-
    • TQString::SectionIncludeTrailingSep - Include the trailing separator
-(if any) in the result string.
-
    • TQString::SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps - Compare the separator
-case-insensitively.
-
     Any of the last four values can be OR-ed together to form a flag.
-
     
    See also section().
-
-
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQString::TQString ()
-
    
-
-
     Constructs a null string, i.e. both the length and data pointer
-are 0.
-
     
    See also isNull().
-
-
    TQString::TQString ( TQChar ch )
-
    
-Constructs a string of length one, containing the character ch.
-
-
    TQString::TQString ( const TQString & s )
-
    
-Constructs an implicitly shared copy of s. This is very fast
-since it only involves incrementing a reference count.
-
-
    TQString::TQString ( const TQByteArray & ba )
-
    
-Constructs a string that is a deep copy of ba interpreted as a
-classic C string.
-
-
    TQString::TQString ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )
-
    
-Constructs a string that is a deep copy of the first length
-characters in the TQChar array.
-
     If unicode and length are 0, then a null string is created.
-
     If only unicode is 0, the string is empty but has length
-characters of space preallocated: TQString expands automatically
-anyway, but this may speed up some cases a little. We recommend
-using the plain constructor and setLength() for this purpose since
-it will result in more readable code.
-
     
    See also isNull() and setLength().
-
-
    TQString::TQString ( const char * str )
-
    
-Constructs a string that is a deep copy of str, interpreted as
-a classic C string. The encoding is assumed to be Latin-1, unless
-you change it using TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
-
     If str is 0, then a null string is created.
-
     This is a cast constructor, but it is perfectly safe: converting a
-Latin-1 const char * to TQString preserves all the information. You
-can disable this constructor by defining TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII when
-you compile your applications. You can also make TQString objects
-by using setLatin1(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), and
-fromUtf8(). Or whatever encoding is appropriate for the 8-bit data
-you have.
-
     
    See also isNull() and fromAscii().
-
-
    TQString::TQString ( const std::string & str )
-
    
-Constructs a string that is a deep copy of str.
-
     This is the same as fromAscii(str).
-
-
    TQString::~TQString ()
-
    
-
-
     Destroys the string and frees the string's data if this is the
-last reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::append ( const TQString & str )
-
    
-
-
     Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the
-result.
-
     
    -        string = "Test";
-        string.append( "ing" );        // string == "Testing"
-    
    
- 
-
     Equivalent to operator+=().
-
-
    Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-
    TQString & TQString::append ( char ch )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends character ch to the string and returns a reference to
-the result.
-
     Equivalent to operator+=().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::append ( TQChar ch )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends character ch to the string and returns a reference to
-the result.
-
     Equivalent to operator+=().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::append ( const TQByteArray & str )
-
     
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
-
     Equivalent to operator+=().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::append ( const char * str )
-
     
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
-
     Equivalent to operator+=().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::append ( const std::string & str )
-
     
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
-
     Equivalent to operator+=().
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
-
    
-This function will return a string that replaces the lowest
-numbered occurrence of %1, %2, ..., %9 with a.
-
     The fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
-a is padded to. A positive value will produce right-aligned
-text, whereas a negative value will produce left-aligned text.
-
     The following example shows how we could create a 'status' string
-when processing a list of files:
-
    -    TQString status = TQString( "Processing file %1 of %2: %3" )
-                        .arg( i )         // current file's number
-                        .arg( total )     // number of files to process
-                        .arg( fileName ); // current file's name
-    
    
- 
-
     It is generally fine to use filenames and numbers as we have done
-in the example above. But note that using arg() to construct
-natural language sentences does not usually translate well into
-other languages because sentence structure and word order often
-differ between languages.
-
     If there is no place marker (%1, %2, etc.), a warning
-message (tqWarning()) is output and the result is undefined.
-
     Warning: If any placeholder occurs more than once, the result is undefined.
-
     
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     The fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
-a is padded to. A positive value will produce a right-aligned
-number, whereas a negative value will produce a left-aligned
-number.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36.
-
     The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is
-replaced with a localized representation of a. The conversion
-uses the default locale. The default locale is determined from the
-system's locale settings at application startup. It can be changed
-using TQLocale::setDefault(). The 'L' flag is ignored if base is
-not 10.
-
     
    -        TQString str;
-        str = TQString( "Decimal 63 is %1 in hexadecimal" )
-                .arg( 63, 0, 16 );
-        // str == "Decimal 63 is 3f in hexadecimal"
-
-        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::English, TQLocale::UnitedStates);
-        str = TQString( "%1 %L2 %L3" )
-                .arg( 12345 )
-                .arg( 12345 )
-                .arg( 12345, 0, 16 );
-        // str == "12345 12,345 3039"
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
-to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
-to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
-to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
-to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
-to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
-to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
-be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
-to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Argument a is formatted according to the fmt format specified,
-which is 'g' by default and can be any of the following:
-
     
    
-
     Format Meaning
-
     e format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
-
     E format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
-
     f format as [-]9.9
-
     g use e or f format, whichever is the most concise
-
     G use E or f format, whichever is the most concise
-
    
-
     With 'e', 'E', and 'f', prec is the number of digits after the
-decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', prec is the maximum number of
-significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
-
     
    -        double d = 12.34;
-        TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
-                        .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
-        // ds == "'E' format, precision 3, gives 1.234E+01"
-    
    
- 
-
     The '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     a is assumed to be in the Latin-1 character set.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2 ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This is the same as str.arg(a1).arg(a2), except that
-the strings are replaced in one pass. This can make a difference
-if a1 contains e.g. %1:
-
     
    -    TQString str( "%1 %2" );
-    str.arg( "Hello", "world" );        // returns "Hello world"
-    str.arg( "Hello" ).arg( "world" );  // returns "Hello world"
-
-    str.arg( "(%1)", "Hello" );           // returns "(%1) Hello"
-    str.arg( "(%1)" ).arg( "Hello" );     // returns "(Hello) %2"
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3 ) const
-
    
-
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This is the same as calling str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3),
-except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
-
-
    TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3, const TQString & a4 ) const
-
    
-
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This is the same as calling
-str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4),
-except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
-
-
    const char * TQString::ascii () const
-
    
-Returns an 8-bit ASCII representation of the string.
-
     If a codec has been set using TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
-it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function
-does the same as latin1().
-
     
    See also fromAscii(), latin1(), utf8(), and local8Bit().
-
-
    Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
-
    TQChar TQString::at ( uint i ) const
-
    
-
-
     Returns the character at index i, or 0 if i is beyond the
-length of the string.
-
     
    -        const TQString string( "abcdefgh" );
-        TQChar ch = string.at( 4 );
-        // ch == 'e'
-    
    
- 
-
     If the TQString is not const (i.e. const TQString) or const& (i.e.
-const TQString &), then the non-const overload of at() will be used
-instead.
-
-
    TQCharRef TQString::at ( uint i )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     The function returns a reference to the character at index i.
-The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
-immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
-are made to the original string.
-
     If i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
-expanded with TQChar::null.
-
-
    uint TQString::capacity () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns the number of characters this string can hold
-in the allocated memory.
-
     
    See also reserve() and squeeze().
-
-
    int TQString::compare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 ) [static]
-
    
-
-
     Lexically compares s1 with s2 and returns an integer less
-than, equal to, or greater than zero if s1 is less than, equal
-to, or greater than s2.
-
     The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
-of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
-expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
-TQString::localeAwareCompare().
-
     
    -        int a = TQString::compare( "def", "abc" );   // a > 0
-        int b = TQString::compare( "abc", "def" );   // b < 0
-        int c = TQString::compare( "abc", "abc" );   // c == 0
-    
    
- 
-
-
    int TQString::compare ( const TQString & s ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Lexically compares this string with s and returns an integer
-less than, equal to, or greater than zero if it is less than, equal
-to, or greater than s.
-
-
    void TQString::compose ()
-
    
-Warning: This function is not supported in TQt 3.x. It is provided
-for experimental and illustrative purposes only. It is mainly of
-interest to those experimenting with Arabic and other
-composition-rich texts.
-
     Applies possible ligatures to a TQString. Useful when
-composition-rich text requires rendering with glyph-poor fonts,
-but it also makes compositions such as TQChar(0x0041) ('A') and
-TQChar(0x0308) (Unicode accent diaresis), giving TQChar(0x00c4)
-(German A Umlaut).
-
-
    TQChar TQString::constref ( uint i ) const
-
    
-
-
     Returns the TQChar at index i by value.
-
     Equivalent to at(i).
-
     
    See also ref().
-
-
    int TQString::contains ( TQChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-Returns the number of times the character c occurs in the
-string.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     
    -    TQString string( "Trolltech and TQt" );
-    int n = string.contains( 't', FALSE );
-    // n == 3
-    
    
- 
-
-
    Examples: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and mdi/application.cpp.
-
    int TQString::contains ( char c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
    int TQString::contains ( const char * str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Returns the number of times the string str occurs in the string.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
-
    int TQString::contains ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Returns the number of times str occurs in the string.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     This function counts overlapping strings, so in the example below,
-there are two instances of "ana" in "bananas".
-
     
    -    TQString str( "bananas" );
-    int i = str.contains( "ana" );  // i == 2
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also findRev().
-
-
    int TQString::contains ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Returns the number of times the regexp, rx, matches in the
-string.
-
     This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example below,
-there are four instances of "ana" or "ama".
-
     
    -        TQString str = "banana and panama";
-        TQRegExp rxp = TQRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE );
-        int i = str.contains( rxp );    // i == 4
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also find() and findRev().
-
-
    TQString TQString::copy () const
-
    
-
-
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
     In TQt 2.0 and later, all calls to this function are needless. Just
-remove them.
-
-
    const char * TQString::data () const
-
    
-
-
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
     Returns a pointer to a '\0'-terminated classic C string.
-
     In TQt 1.x, this returned a char* allowing direct manipulation of the
-string as a sequence of bytes. In TQt 2.x where TQString is a Unicode
-string, char* conversion constructs a temporary string, and hence
-direct character operations are meaningless.
-
-
    bool TQString::endsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-Returns TRUE if the string ends with s; otherwise returns
-FALSE.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     
    -        TQString str( "Bananas" );
-        str.endsWith( "anas" );         // returns TRUE
-        str.endsWith( "pple" );         // returns FALSE
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also startsWith().
-
-
    Example: chart/main.cpp.
-
    TQString & TQString::fill ( TQChar c, int len = -1 )
-
    
-Fills the string with len characters of value c, and returns
-a reference to the string.
-
     If len is negative (the default), the current string length is
-used.
-
     
    -        TQString str;
-        str.fill( 'g', 5 );      // string == "ggggg"
-    
    
- 
-
-
    int TQString::find ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = 0 ) const
-
    
-Finds the first match of the regular expression rx, starting
-from position index. If index is -1, the search starts at
-the last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so
-on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
-
     Returns the position of the first match of rx or -1 if no match
-was found.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "bananas" );
-        int i = string.find( TQRegExp("an"), 0 );    // i == 1
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also findRev(), replace(), and contains().
-
-
    Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
-
    int TQString::find ( TQChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Finds the first occurrence of the character c, starting at
-position index. If index is -1, the search starts at the
-last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so on.
-(See findRev() for searching backwards.)
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     Returns the position of c or -1 if c could not be found.
-
-
    int TQString::find ( char c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Find character c starting from position index.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
-
    int TQString::find ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Finds the first occurrence of the string str, starting at
-position index. If index is -1, the search starts at the
-last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so
-on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     Returns the position of str or -1 if str could not be found.
-
-
    int TQString::find ( const char * str, int index = 0 ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Equivalent to find(TQString(str), index).
-
-
    int TQString::findRev ( const char * str, int index = -1 ) const
-
    
-
-
     Equivalent to findRev(TQString(str), index).
-
-
    int TQString::findRev ( TQChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Finds the first occurrence of the character c, starting at
-position index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
-search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
-last character and so on.
-
     Returns the position of c or -1 if c could not be found.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "bananas" );
-        int i = string.findRev( 'a' );      // i == 5
-    
    
- 
-
-
    int TQString::findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Find character c starting from position index and working
-backwards.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
-
    int TQString::findRev ( const TQString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Finds the first occurrence of the string str, starting at
-position index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
-search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
-last character and so on.
-
     Returns the position of str or -1 if str could not be found.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     
    -    TQString string("bananas");
-    int i = string.findRev( "ana" );      // i == 3
-    
    
- 
-
-
    int TQString::findRev ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = -1 ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Finds the first match of the regexp rx, starting at position index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the search
-starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last
-character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
-
     Returns the position of the match or -1 if no match was found.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "bananas" );
-        int i = string.findRev( TQRegExp("an") );      // i == 3
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also find().
-
-
    TQString TQString::fromAscii ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 ) [static]
-
    
-Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
-bytes of ascii, ignoring the rest of ascii. If len
-is -1 then the length of ascii is used. If len is bigger
-than the length of ascii then it will use the length of ascii.
-
     If a codec has been set using TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
-it is used to convert the string from 8-bit characters to Unicode.
-Otherwise, this function does the same as fromLatin1().
-
     This is the same as the TQString(const char*) constructor, but you
-can make that constructor invisible if you compile with the define
-TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII, in which case you can explicitly create a
-TQString from 8-bit ASCII text using this function.
-
     
    -        TQString str = TQString::fromAscii( "123456789", 5 );
-        // str == "12345"
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString TQString::fromLatin1 ( const char * chars, int len = -1 ) [static]
-
    
-Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
-bytes of chars, ignoring the rest of chars. If len
-is -1 then the length of chars is used. If len is bigger
-than the length of chars then it will use the length of chars.
-
     
    See also fromAscii().
-
-
    Examples: listbox/listbox.cpp and network/mail/smtp.cpp.
-
    TQString TQString::fromLocal8Bit ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 ) [static]
-
    
-Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
-bytes of local8Bit, ignoring the rest of local8Bit. If
-len is -1 then the length of local8Bit is used. If len is
-bigger than the length of local8Bit then it will use the length
-of local8Bit.
-
     
    -        TQString str = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( "123456789", 5 );
-        // str == "12345"
-    
    
- 
-
     local8Bit is assumed to be encoded in a locale-specific format.
-
     See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
-
-
    TQString TQString::fromUcs2 ( const unsigned short * str ) [static]
-
    
-Constructs a string that is a deep copy of str, interpreted as a
-UCS2 encoded, zero terminated, Unicode string.
-
     If str is 0, then a null string is created.
-
     
    See also isNull().
-
-
    TQString TQString::fromUtf8 ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 ) [static]
-
    
-Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
-bytes of utf8, ignoring the rest of utf8. If len is
--1 then the length of utf8 is used. If len is bigger than
-the length of utf8 then it will use the length of utf8.
-
     
    -        TQString str = TQString::fromUtf8( "123456789", 5 );
-        // str == "12345"
-    
    
- 
-
     See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
-
-
    Example: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp.
-
    TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQString & s )
-
    
-Inserts s into the string at position index.
-
     If index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
-extended with spaces to length index and s is then appended
-and returns a reference to the string.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "I like fish" );
-        str = string.insert( 2, "don't " );
-        // str == "I don't like fish"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also remove() and replace().
-
-
    Examples: themes/themes.cpp and xform/xform.cpp.
-
    TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQByteArray & s )
-
     
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts s into the string at position index and returns
-a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const char * s )
-
     
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts s into the string at position index and returns
-a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQChar * s, uint len )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts the first len characters in s into the string at
-position index and returns a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, TQChar c )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Insert c into the string at position index and returns a
-reference to the string.
-
     If index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
-extended with spaces (ASCII 32) to length index and c is
-then appended.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, char c )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Insert character c at position index.
-
-
    bool TQString::isEmpty () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns TRUE if the string is empty, i.e. if length() == 0;
-otherwise returns FALSE. Null strings are also empty.
-
     
    -        TQString a( "" );
-        a.isEmpty();        // TRUE
-        a.isNull();         // FALSE
-
-        TQString b;
-        b.isEmpty();        // TRUE
-        b.isNull();         // TRUE
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also isNull() and length().
-
-
    Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, chart/chartform_canvas.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
-
    bool TQString::isNull () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns TRUE if the string is null; otherwise returns FALSE. A
-null string is always empty.
-
     
    -        TQString a;          // a.unicode() == 0, a.length() == 0
-        a.isNull();         // TRUE, because a.unicode() == 0
-        a.isEmpty();        // TRUE, because a.length() == 0
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also isEmpty() and length().
-
-
    Examples: i18n/main.cpp, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, and qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
    const char * TQString::latin1 () const
-
    
-Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string. The
-returned value is undefined if the string contains non-Latin-1
-characters. If you want to convert strings into formats other than
-Unicode, see the TQTextCodec classes.
-
     This function is mainly useful for boot-strapping legacy code to
-use Unicode.
-
     The result remains valid so long as one unmodified copy of the
-source string exists.
-
     
    See also fromLatin1(), ascii(), utf8(), and local8Bit().
-
-
    Examples: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
-
    TQString TQString::left ( uint len ) const
-
    
-Returns a substring that contains the len leftmost characters
-of the string.
-
     The whole string is returned if len exceeds the length of the
-string.
-
     
    -        TQString s = "Pineapple";
-        TQString t = s.left( 4 );    // t == "Pine"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also right(), mid(), and isEmpty().
-
-
    Example: themes/themes.cpp.
-
    TQString TQString::leftJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
-
    
-Returns a string of length width that contains this string
-padded by the fill character.
-
     If truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
-width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
-
     If truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
-width, then any characters in a copy of the string after length
-width are removed, and the copy is returned.
-
     
    -        TQString s( "apple" );
-        TQString t = s.leftJustify( 8, '.' );        // t == "apple..."
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also rightJustify().
-
-
    uint TQString::length () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns the length of the string.
-
     Null strings and empty strings have zero length.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    Examples: dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, rot13/rot13.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    TQCString TQString::local8Bit () const
-
    
-Returns the string encoded in a locale-specific format. On X11,
-this is the TQTextCodec::codecForLocale(). On Windows, it is a
-system-defined encoding. On Mac OS X, this always uses UTF-8 as
-the encoding.
-
     See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode
-strings.
-
     
    See also fromLocal8Bit(), ascii(), latin1(), and utf8().
-
-
    int TQString::localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 ) [static]
-
    
-
-
     Compares s1 with s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
-to, or greater than zero if s1 is less than, equal to, or
-greater than s2.
-
     The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
-platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
-lists of strings to the user.
-
     
    See also TQString::compare() and TQTextCodec::locale().
-
-
    int TQString::localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Compares this string with s.
-
-
    TQString TQString::lower () const
-
    
-Returns a lowercase copy of the string.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "TROlltECH" );
-        str = string.lower();   // str == "trolltech"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also upper().
-
-
    Example: scribble/scribble.cpp.
-
    TQString TQString::mid ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const
-
    
-Returns a string that contains the len characters of this
-string, starting at position index.
-
     Returns a null string if the string is empty or index is out of
-range. Returns the whole string from index if index + len
-exceeds the length of the string.
-
     
    -        TQString s( "Five pineapples" );
-        TQString t = s.mid( 5, 4 );                  // t == "pine"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also left() and right().
-
-
    Examples: network/mail/smtp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    TQString TQString::number ( long n, int base = 10 ) [static]
-
    
-A convenience function that returns a string equivalent of the
-number n to base base, which is 10 by default and must be
-between 2 and 36. The returned string is in "C" locale.
-
     
    -        long a = 63;
-        TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 );             // str == "3f"
-        TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 ).upper();     // str == "3F"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also setNum().
-
-
    Examples: application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, regexptester/regexptester.cpp, and sql/overview/extract/main.cpp.
-
    TQString TQString::number ( ulong n, int base = 10 ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
    See also setNum().
-
-
    TQString TQString::number ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
    See also setNum().
-
-
    TQString TQString::number ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
    See also setNum().
-
-
    TQString TQString::number ( int n, int base = 10 ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
    See also setNum().
-
-
    TQString TQString::number ( uint n, int base = 10 ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     A convenience factory function that returns a string
-representation of the number n to the base base, which is 10
-by default and must be between 2 and 36.
-
     
    See also setNum().
-
-
    TQString TQString::number ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Argument n is formatted according to the f format specified,
-which is g by default, and can be any of the following:
-
     
    
-
     Format Meaning
-
     e format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
-
     E format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
-
     f format as [-]9.9
-
     g use e or f format, whichever is the most concise
-
     G use E or f format, whichever is the most concise
-
    
-
     With 'e', 'E', and 'f', prec is the number of digits after the
-decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', prec is the maximum number of
-significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
-
     
    -    double d = 12.34;
-    TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
-                    .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
-    // ds == "1.234E+001"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also setNum().
-
-
    TQString::operator const char * () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns ascii(). Be sure to see the warnings documented in the
-ascii() function. Note that for new code which you wish to be
-strictly Unicode-clean, you can define the macro TQT_NO_ASCII_CAST when compiling your code to hide this function so
-that automatic casts are not done. This has the added advantage
-that you catch the programming error described in operator!().
-
-
    TQString::operator std::string () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns ascii() as a std::string. 
-
     Warning: The function may cause an application to crash if a static C run-time is in use. 
-This can happen in Microsoft Visual C++ if TQt is configured as single-threaded. A safe   
-alternative is to call ascii() directly and construct a std::string manually.    
-
-
    bool TQString::operator! () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns TRUE if this is a null string; otherwise returns FALSE.
-
     
    -        TQString name = getName();
-        if ( !name )
-            name = "Rodney";
-    
    
- 
-
     Note that if you say
-
     
    -        TQString name = getName();
-        if ( name )
-            doSomethingWith(name);
-    
    
- 
-
     It will call "operator const char*()", which is inefficent; you
-may wish to define the macro TQT_NO_ASCII_CAST when writing code
-which you wish to remain Unicode-clean.
-
     When you want the above semantics, use:
-
     
    -        TQString name = getName();
-        if ( !name.isNull() )
-            doSomethingWith(name);
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also isEmpty().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const TQString & str )
-
    
-Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const TQByteArray & str )
-
    
-
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const char * str )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const std::string & str )
-
    
-
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator+= ( TQChar c )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator+= ( char c )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Appends c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator= ( TQChar c )
-
    
-
-
     Sets the string to contain just the single character c.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator= ( const TQString & s )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Assigns a shallow copy of s to this string and returns a
-reference to this string. This is very fast because the string
-isn't actually copied.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator= ( const char * str )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Assigns a deep copy of str, interpreted as a classic C string
-to this string and returns a reference to this string.
-
     If str is 0, then a null string is created.
-
     
    See also isNull().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator= ( const std::string & s )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Makes a deep copy of s and returns a reference to the deep
-copy.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator= ( const TQCString & cstr )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Assigns a deep copy of cstr, interpreted as a classic C
-string, to this string. Returns a reference to this string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::operator= ( char c )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to contain just the single character c.
-
-
    TQChar TQString::operator[] ( int i ) const
-
    
-
-
     Returns the character at index i, or TQChar::null if i is
-beyond the length of the string.
-
     If the TQString is not const (i.e., const TQString) or const&
-(i.e., const TQString&), then the non-const overload of operator[]
-will be used instead.
-
-
    TQCharRef TQString::operator[] ( int i )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     The function returns a reference to the character at index i.
-The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
-immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
-are made to the original string.
-
     If i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
-expanded with TQChar::nulls, so that the TQCharRef references a
-valid (null) character in the string.
-
     The TQCharRef internal class can be used much like a constant
-TQChar, but if you assign to it, you change the original string
-(which will detach itself because of TQString's copy-on-write
-semantics). You will get compilation errors if you try to use the
-result as anything but a TQChar.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::prepend ( const TQString & s )
-
    
-
-
     Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a
-reference to the string.
-
     Equivalent to insert(0, s).
-
     
    -        TQString string = "42";
-        string.prepend( "The answer is " );
-        // string == "The answer is 42"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also insert().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::prepend ( char ch )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
-reference to the string.
-
     Equivalent to insert(0, ch).
-
     
    See also insert().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::prepend ( TQChar ch )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
-reference to the string.
-
     Equivalent to insert(0, ch).
-
     
    See also insert().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::prepend ( const TQByteArray & s )
-
     
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
     Equivalent to insert(0, s).
-
     
    See also insert().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::prepend ( const char * s )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
     Equivalent to insert(0, s).
-
     
    See also insert().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::prepend ( const std::string & s )
-
     
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
-
     Equivalent to insert(0, s).
-
     
    See also insert().
-
-
    TQChar & TQString::ref ( uint i )
-
    
-
-
     Returns the TQChar at index i by reference, expanding the string
-with TQChar::null if necessary. The resulting reference can be
-assigned to, or otherwise used immediately, but becomes invalid
-once furher modifications are made to the string.
-
     
    -        TQString string("ABCDEF");
-        TQChar ch = string.ref( 3 );         // ch == 'D'
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also constref().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::remove ( uint index, uint len )
-
    
-Removes len characters from the string starting at position index, and returns a reference to the string.
-
     If index is beyond the length of the string, nothing happens.
-If index is within the string, but index + len is beyond
-the end of the string, the string is truncated at position index.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "Montreal" );
-        string.remove( 1, 4 );      // string == "Meal"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also insert() and replace().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::remove ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Removes every occurrence of str in the string. Returns a
-reference to the string.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     This is the same as replace(str, "", cs).
-
-
    TQString & TQString::remove ( TQChar c )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Removes every occurrence of the character c in the string.
-Returns a reference to the string.
-
     This is the same as replace(c, "").
-
-
    TQString & TQString::remove ( char c )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Removes every occurrence of the character c in the string.
-Returns a reference to the string.
-
     This is the same as replace(c, "").
-
-
    TQString & TQString::remove ( const char * str )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Removes every occurrence of str in the string. Returns a
-reference to the string.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::remove ( const TQRegExp & rx )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Removes every occurrence of the regular expression rx in the
-string. Returns a reference to the string.
-
     This is the same as replace(rx, "").
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQString & s )
-
    
-Replaces len characters from the string with s, starting at
-position index, and returns a reference to the string.
-
     If index is beyond the length of the string, nothing is deleted
-and s is appended at the end of the string. If index is
-valid, but index + len is beyond the end of the string,
-the string is truncated at position index, then s is
-appended at the end.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "Say yes!" );
-        string = string.replace( 4, 3, "NO" );
-        // string == "Say NO!"
-    
    
- 
-
     Warning: TQt 3.3.3 and earlier had different semantics for the
-case index >= length(), which contradicted the documentation.
-To avoid portability problems between TQt 3 versions and with TQt
-4, we recommend that you never call the function with index >=
-length().
-
     
    See also insert() and remove().
-
-
    Examples: listviews/listviews.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQChar * s, uint slen )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Replaces len characters with slen characters of TQChar data
-from s, starting at position index, and returns a reference
-to the string.
-
     
    See also insert() and remove().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, TQChar c )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This is the same as replace(index, len, TQString(c)).
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, char c )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     This is the same as replace(index, len, TQChar(c)).
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Replaces every occurrence of the character c in the string
-with after. Returns a reference to the string.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     Example:
-
    -    TQString s = "a,b,c";
-    s.replace( TQChar(','), " or " );
-    // s == "a or b or c"
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Replaces every occurrence of the character c in the string
-with after. Returns a reference to the string.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Replaces every occurrence of the string before in the string
-with the string after. Returns a reference to the string.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     Example:
-
    -    TQString s = "Greek is Greek";
-    s.replace( "Greek", "English" );
-    // s == "English is English"
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Replaces every occurrence of the regexp rx in the string with
-after. Returns a reference to the string. For example:
-
    -    TQString s = "banana";
-    s.replace( TQRegExp("an"), "" );
-    // s == "ba"
-  
    
- 
-
     For regexps containing capturing
-  parentheses, occurrences of \1, \2, ...,
-in after are replaced with rx.cap(1), cap(2), ...
-
     
    -    TQString t = "A <i>bon mot</i>.";
-    t.replace( TQRegExp("<i>([^<]*)</i>"), "\\emph{\\1}" );
-    // t == "A \\emph{bon mot}."
-  
    
- 
-
     
    See also find(), findRev(), and TQRegExp::cap().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::replace ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Replaces every occurrence of c1 with the char c2. Returns a
-reference to the string.
-
-
    void TQString::reserve ( uint minCapacity )
-
    
-Ensures that at least minCapacity characters are allocated to
-the string.
-
     This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long
-string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example,
-we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and
-we're fairly sure that size is big enough:
-
    -        TQString result;
-        int len = 0;
-        result.reserve(maxLen);
-        while (...) {
-            result[len++] = ...         // fill part of the space
-        }
-        result.squeeze();
-    
    
- 
-
     If maxLen is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is
-that the loop will slow down.
-
     If it is not possible to allocate enough memory, the string
-remains unchanged.
-
     
    See also capacity(), squeeze(), and setLength().
-
-
    TQString TQString::right ( uint len ) const
-
    
-Returns a string that contains the len rightmost characters of
-the string.
-
     If len is greater than the length of the string then the whole
-string is returned.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "Pineapple" );
-        TQString t = string.right( 5 );   // t == "apple"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also left(), mid(), and isEmpty().
-
-
    Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
    TQString TQString::rightJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
-
    
-Returns a string of length width that contains the fill
-character followed by the string.
-
     If truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
-width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
-
     If truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
-width, then the resulting string is truncated at position width.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "apple" );
-        TQString t = string.rightJustify( 8, '.' );  // t == "...apple"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also leftJustify().
-
-
    TQString TQString::section ( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
-
    
-
-
     This function returns a section of the string.
-
     This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
-character, sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
-position start to position end inclusive. If end is not
-specified, all fields from position start to the end of the
-string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
-from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
-
     The flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
-function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
-to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
-separators; see SectionFlags.
-
     
    -    TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
-    TQString s = csv.section( ',', 2, 2 );   // s == "surname"
-
-    TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
-    TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 4 );  // s == "bin/myapp"
-    TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 3, SectionSkipEmpty ); // s == "myapp"
-    
    
- 
-
     If start or end is negative, we count fields from the right
-of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
-right-most field being -2, and so on.
-
     
    -    TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
-    TQString s = csv.section( ',', -3, -2 );  // s == "middlename,surname"
-
-    TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
-    TQString s = path.section( '/', -1 ); // s == "myapp"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also TQStringList::split().
-
-
    Examples: chart/element.cpp and network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
-
    TQString TQString::section ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
    TQString TQString::section ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
    TQString TQString::section ( const TQString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This function returns a section of the string.
-
     This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
-string, sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
-position start to position end inclusive. If end is not
-specified, all fields from position start to the end of the
-string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
-from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
-
     The flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
-function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
-to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
-separators; see SectionFlags.
-
     
    -    TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
-    TQString s = data.section( "**", 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
-    
    
- 
-
     If start or end is negative, we count fields from the right
-of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
-right-most field being -2, and so on.
-
     
    -    TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
-    TQString s = data.section( "**", -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename**surname"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also TQStringList::split().
-
-
    TQString TQString::section ( const TQRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This function returns a section of the string.
-
     This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
-regular expression, reg. The returned string consists of the
-fields from position start to position end inclusive. If end is not specified, all fields from position start to the end
-of the string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
-from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
-
     The flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
-function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
-to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
-separators; see SectionFlags.
-
     
    -    TQString line( "forename\tmiddlename  surname \t \t phone" );
-    TQRegExp sep( "\s+" );
-    TQString s = line.section( sep, 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
-    
    
- 
-
     If start or end is negative, we count fields from the right
-of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
-right-most field being -2, and so on.
-
     
    -    TQString line( "forename\tmiddlename  surname \t \t phone" );
-    TQRegExp sep( "\\s+" );
-    TQString s = line.section( sep, -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename  surname"
-    
    
- 
-
     Warning: Using this TQRegExp version is much more expensive than
-the overloaded string and character versions.
-
     
    See also TQStringList::split() and simplifyWhiteSpace().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setAscii ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
-
    
-Sets this string to str, interpreted as a classic 8-bit ASCII C
-string. If len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
-strlen(str).
-
     If str is 0 a null string is created. If str is "", an empty
-string is created.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    void TQString::setExpand ( uint index, TQChar c )
-
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
     Sets the character at position index to c and expands the
-string if necessary, filling with spaces.
-
     This method is redundant in TQt 3.x, because operator[] will expand
-the string as necessary.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setLatin1 ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
-
    
-Sets this string to str, interpreted as a classic Latin-1 C
-string. If len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
-strlen(str).
-
     If str is 0 a null string is created. If str is "", an empty
-string is created.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    void TQString::setLength ( uint newLen )
-
    
-Ensures that at least newLen characters are allocated to the
-string, and sets the length of the string to newLen. Any new
-space allocated contains arbitrary data.
-
     
    See also reserve() and truncate().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
-returns a reference to the string. The returned string is in "C" locale.
-
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
-
     
    -        TQString string;
-        string = string.setNum( 1234 );     // string == "1234"
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( short n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
-returns a reference to the string.
-
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( ushort n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
-returns a reference to the string.
-
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( int n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
-returns a reference to the string.
-
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( uint n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
-returns a reference to the string.
-
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( long n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( ulong n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
-returns a reference to the string.
-
     The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to the printed value of n, formatted in format
-f with precision prec, and returns a reference to the
-string.
-
     The format f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See arg() for an explanation of the formats.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setNum ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Sets the string to the printed value of n, formatted in format
-f with precision prec, and returns a reference to the
-string.
-
     The format f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See arg() for an explanation of the formats.
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setUnicode ( const TQChar * unicode, uint len )
-
    
-Resizes the string to len characters and copies unicode into
-the string. If unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the
-string is still resized to len. If len is zero, then the
-string becomes a null string.
-
     
    See also setLatin1() and isNull().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::setUnicodeCodes ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )
-
    
-Resizes the string to len characters and copies unicode_as_ushorts into the string (on some X11 client platforms
-this will involve a byte-swapping pass).
-
     If unicode_as_ushorts is 0, nothing is copied, but the string
-is still resized to len. If len is zero, the string becomes
-a null string.
-
     
    See also setLatin1() and isNull().
-
-
    TQString TQString::simplifyWhiteSpace () const
-
    
-Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
-the end, and which has each sequence of internal whitespace
-replaced with a single space.
-
     Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns
-TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
-(TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR), and 32 (Space).
-
     
    -        TQString string = "  lots\t of\nwhite    space ";
-        TQString t = string.simplifyWhiteSpace();
-        // t == "lots of white space"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also stripWhiteSpace().
-
-
    TQString & TQString::sprintf ( const char * cformat, ... )
-
    
-Safely builds a formatted string from the format string cformat
-and an arbitrary list of arguments. The format string supports all
-the escape sequences of printf() in the standard C library.
-
     The %s escape sequence expects a utf8() encoded string. The format
-string cformat is expected to be in latin1. If you need a
-Unicode format string, use arg() instead. For typesafe string
-building, with full Unicode support, you can use TQTextOStream like
-this:
-
     
    -        TQString str;
-        TQString s = ...;
-        int x = ...;
-        TQTextOStream( &str ) << s << " : " << x;
-    
    
- 
-
     For translations, especially if the
-strings contains more than one escape sequence, you should
-consider using the arg() function instead. This allows the order
-of the replacements to be controlled by the translator, and has
-Unicode support.
-
     The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort
-(as returned by TQChar::unicode()).
-The %ls escape sequence expects a pointer to a zero-terminated
-array of unicode characters of type ushort (as returned by
-TQString::ucs2()).
-
     
    See also arg().
-
-
    Examples: dclock/dclock.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, tooltip/tooltip.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
    void TQString::squeeze ()
-
    
-Squeezes the string's capacity to the current content.
-
     
    See also capacity() and reserve().
-
-
    bool TQString::startsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-Returns TRUE if the string starts with s; otherwise returns
-FALSE.
-
     If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
-otherwise the search is case insensitive.
-
     
    -        TQString str( "Bananas" );
-        str.startsWith( "Ban" );     // returns TRUE
-        str.startsWith( "Car" );     // returns FALSE
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also endsWith().
-
-
    TQString TQString::stripWhiteSpace () const
-
    
-Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
-the end.
-
     Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns
-TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
-(TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR) and 32 (Space), and may
-also include other Unicode characters.
-
     
    -        TQString string = "   white space   ";
-        TQString s = string.stripWhiteSpace();       // s == "white space"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also simplifyWhiteSpace().
-
-
    double TQString::toDouble ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to a double value.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "1234.56" );
-        double a = string.toDouble();   // a == 1234.56
-    
    
- 
-
     The string-to-number functions:
-
    
-can handle numbers
-represented in various locales. These representations may use different
-characters for the decimal point, thousands group sepearator
-and even individual digits. TQString's functions try to interpret
-the string according to the current locale. The current locale is
-determined from the system at application startup and can be changed
-by calling TQLocale::setDefault(). If the string cannot be interpreted
-according to the current locale, this function falls back
-on the "C" locale.
-
     
    -        bool ok;
-        double d;
-
-        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::C);
-        d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false
-        d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
-
-        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::German);
-        d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
-        d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
-    
    
- 
-
     Due to the ambiguity between the decimal point and thousands group
-separator in various locales, these functions do not handle
-thousands group separators. If you need to convert such numbers,
-use the corresponding function in TQLocale.
-
     
    -        bool ok;
-        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::C);
-        double d = TQString( "1,234,567.89" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false
-    
    
- 
-
     Warning: If the string contains trailing whitespace this function
-will fail, and set *ok to false if ok is not 0. Leading
-whitespace is ignored.
-
     
    See also number(), TQLocale::setDefault(), TQLocale::toDouble(), and stripWhiteSpace().
-
-
    float TQString::toFloat ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to a float value.
-
     Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     Warning: If the string contains trailing whitespace this function
-will fail, settings *ok to false if ok is not 0.
-Leading whitespace is ignored.
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    int TQString::toInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to an int using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     
    -        TQString str( "FF" );
-        bool ok;
-        int hex = str.toInt( &ok, 16 );     // hex == 255, ok == TRUE
-        int dec = str.toInt( &ok, 10 );     // dec == 0, ok == FALSE
-    
    
- 
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    long TQString::toLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to a long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    TQ_LLONG TQString::toLongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to a long long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    short TQString::toShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to a short using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    uint TQString::toUInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to an unsigned int using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    ulong TQString::toULong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to an unsigned long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    TQ_ULLONG TQString::toULongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to an unsigned long long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    ushort TQString::toUShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
-
    
-Returns the string converted to an unsigned short using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
-base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
-following rules:
-
      
-
    • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
-be hexadecimal;
-
    • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
-
    • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
-
    
-
     Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
-
     If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
-FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
-
     Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
-
     For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
-localized input, see toDouble().
-
     
    See also number().
-
-
    void TQString::truncate ( uint newLen )
-
    
-If newLen is less than the length of the string, then the
-string is truncated at position newLen. Otherwise nothing
-happens.
-
     
    -        TQString s = "truncate me";
-        s.truncate( 5 );            // s == "trunc"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also setLength().
-
-
    Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
-
    const unsigned short * TQString::ucs2 () const
-
    
-Returns the TQString as a zero terminated array of unsigned shorts
-if the string is not null; otherwise returns zero.
-
     The result remains valid so long as one unmodified
-copy of the source string exists.
-
-
    Example: dotnet/wrapper/lib/tools.cpp.
-
    const TQChar * TQString::unicode () const
-
    
-
-
     Returns the Unicode representation of the string. The result
-remains valid until the string is modified.
-
-
    TQString TQString::upper () const
-
    
-Returns an uppercase copy of the string.
-
     
    -        TQString string( "TeXt" );
-        str = string.upper();     // t == "TEXT"
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also lower().
-
-
    Examples: scribble/scribble.cpp and sql/overview/custom1/main.cpp.
-
    TQCString TQString::utf8 () const
-
    
-Returns the string encoded in UTF-8 format.
-
     See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
-
     
    See also fromUtf8(), ascii(), latin1(), and local8Bit().
-
-
    Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h.
-
    Related Functions
    
-
    bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is not equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) != 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is not equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) != 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator!= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is not equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) != 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     
-
     Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
-s1 and the string s2.
-
     Equivalent to s1.append(s2).
-
-
    const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
-s1 and character s2.
-
     Equivalent to s1.append(s2).
-
-
    const TQString operator+ ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
-character s1 and string s2.
-
-
    const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s, char c )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
-s and character c.
-
     Equivalent to s.append(c).
-
-
    const TQString operator+ ( char c, const TQString & s )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
-character c and string s.
-
     Equivalent to s.prepend(c).
-
-
    bool operator< ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
-
    
-
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) < 0.
-
-
    bool operator< ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) < 0.
-
-
    TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQString & str )
-
    
-
-
     Writes the string str to the stream s.
-
     See also Format of the TQDataStream operators
-
-
    bool operator<= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
-
    
-
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than or equal to s2;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1,s2) <= 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator<= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than or equal to s2;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) <= 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) == 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) == 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator== ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) == 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator> ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
-
    
-
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than s2; otherwise
-returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) > 0.
-
-
    bool operator> ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than s2; otherwise
-returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) > 0.
-
-
    bool operator>= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
-
    
-
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than or equal to s2;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) >= 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    bool operator>= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
-
    
-
-
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     
-
     Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than or equal to s2;
-otherwise returns FALSE.
-The comparison is case sensitive.
-Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
-
     Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) >= 0.
-
     
    See also isNull() and isEmpty().
-
-
    TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQString & str )
-
    
-
-
     Reads a string from the stream s into string str.
-
     See also Format of the TQDataStream operators
-
-
-
    
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
    
-
-
    Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
    TQt 3.3.8
    
-
    
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstringlist.html b/doc/html/ntqstringlist.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 1cd5e5241..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqstringlist.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,309 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStringList Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
    TQStringList Class Reference
    
-
-
    The TQStringList class provides a list of strings.
-More...
-
    All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
    
-
    #include <ntqstringlist.h>
-
    Inherits TQValueList<TQString>.
-
    List of all member functions.
-
    Public Members
    
-
      
-
    • TQStringList ()
      • 
-
    • TQStringList ( const TQStringList & l )
      • 
-
    • TQStringList ( const TQValueList<TQString> & l )
      • 
-
    • TQStringList ( const TQString & i )
      • 
-
    • TQStringList ( const char * i )
      • 
-
    • void sort ()
      • 
-
    • TQString join ( const TQString & sep ) const
      • 
-
    • TQStringList grep ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
      • 
-
    • TQStringList grep ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
      • 
-
    • TQStringList & gres ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
      • 
-
    • TQStringList & gres ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
      • 
-
    
-
    Static Public Members
    
-
      
-
    • TQStringList fromStrList ( const TQStrList & ascii )
      • 
-
    • TQStringList split ( const TQString & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )
      • 
-
    • TQStringList split ( const TQChar & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )
      • 
-
    • TQStringList split ( const TQRegExp & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )
      • 
-
    
-
    Detailed Description
    
-
-
-
-The TQStringList class provides a list of strings.
-
     
-
-
-
-
     It is used to store and manipulate strings that logically belong
-together. Essentially TQStringList is a TQValueList of TQString
-objects. Unlike TQStrList, which stores pointers to characters,
-TQStringList holds real TQString objects. It is the class of choice
-whenever you work with Unicode strings. TQStringList is part of the
-TQt Template Library.
-
     Like TQString itself, TQStringList objects are implicitly shared, so
-passing them around as value-parameters is both fast and safe.
-
     Strings can be added to a list using append(), operator+=() or
-operator<<(), e.g.
-
    -    TQStringList fonts;
-    fonts.append( "Times" );
-    fonts += "Courier";
-    fonts += "Courier New";
-    fonts << "Helvetica [Cronyx]" << "Helvetica [Adobe]";
-    
    
- 
-
     String lists have an iterator, TQStringList::Iterator(), e.g.
-
    -    for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = fonts.begin(); it != fonts.end(); ++it ) {
-        cout << *it << ":";
-    }
-    cout << endl;
-    // Output:
-    //  Times:Courier:Courier New:Helvetica [Cronyx]:Helvetica [Adobe]:
-    
    
- 
-
     Many TQt functions return string lists by value; to iterate over
-these you should make a copy and iterate over the copy.
-
     You can concatenate all the strings in a string list into a single
-string (with an optional separator) using join(), e.g.
-
    -    TQString allFonts = fonts.join( ", " );
-    cout << allFonts << endl;
-    // Output:
-    //  Times, Courier, Courier New, Helvetica [Cronyx], Helvetica [Adobe]
-    
    
- 
-
     You can sort the list with sort(), and extract a new list which
-contains only those strings which contain a particular substring
-(or match a particular regular expression) using the grep()
-functions, e.g.
-
    -    fonts.sort();
-    cout << fonts.join( ", " ) << endl;
-    // Output:
-    //  Courier, Courier New, Helvetica [Adobe], Helvetica [Cronyx], Times
-
-    TQStringList helveticas = fonts.grep( "Helvetica" );
-    cout << helveticas.join( ", " ) << endl;
-    // Output:
-    //  Helvetica [Adobe], Helvetica [Cronyx]
-    
    
- 
-
     Existing strings can be split into string lists with character,
-string or regular expression separators, e.g.
-
    -    TQString s = "Red\tGreen\tBlue";
-    TQStringList colors = TQStringList::split( "\t", s );
-    cout << colors.join( ", " ) << endl;
-    // Output:
-    //  Red, Green, Blue
-    
    
- 
-
    See also Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
-
-
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQStringList::TQStringList ()
-
    
-
-
     Creates an empty string list.
-
-
    TQStringList::TQStringList ( const TQStringList & l )
-
    
-
-
     Creates a copy of the list l. This function is very fast
-because TQStringList is implicitly shared. In most situations this
-acts like a deep copy, for example, if this list or the original
-one or some other list referencing the same shared data is
-modified, the modifying list first makes a copy, i.e.
-copy-on-write.
-In a threaded environment you may require a real deep copy
-.
-
-
    TQStringList::TQStringList ( const TQValueList<TQString> & l )
-
    
-
-
     Constructs a new string list that is a copy of l.
-
-
    TQStringList::TQStringList ( const TQString & i )
-
    
-
-
     Constructs a string list consisting of the single string i.
-Longer lists are easily created as follows:
-
     
    -    TQStringList items;
-    items << "Buy" << "Sell" << "Update" << "Value";
-    
    
- 
-
-
    TQStringList::TQStringList ( const char * i )
-
    
-
-
     Constructs a string list consisting of the single Latin-1 string i.
-
-
    TQStringList TQStringList::fromStrList ( const TQStrList & ascii ) [static]
-
    
-Converts from an ASCII-TQStrList ascii to a TQStringList (Unicode).
-
-
    TQStringList TQStringList::grep ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
-
    
-Returns a list of all the strings containing the substring str.
-
     If cs is TRUE, the grep is done case-sensitively; otherwise
-case is ignored.
-
     
    -    TQStringList list;
-    list << "Bill Gates" << "John Doe" << "Bill Clinton";
-    list = list.grep( "Bill" );
-    // list == ["Bill Gates", "Bill Clinton"]
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also TQString::find().
-
-
    TQStringList TQStringList::grep ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Returns a list of all the strings that match the regular expression rx.
-
     
    See also TQString::find().
-
-
    TQStringList & TQStringList::gres ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
-
    
-Replaces every occurrence of the string before in the strings
-that constitute the string list with the string after. Returns
-a reference to the string list.
-
     If cs is TRUE, the search is case sensitive; otherwise the
-search is case insensitive.
-
     Example:
-
    -    TQStringList list;
-    list << "alpha" << "beta" << "gamma" << "epsilon";
-    list.gres( "a", "o" );
-    // list == ["olpho", "beto", "gommo", "epsilon"]
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also TQString::replace().
-
-
    TQStringList & TQStringList::gres ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     Replaces every occurrence of the regexp rx in the string
-with after. Returns a reference to the string list.
-
     Example:
-
    -    TQStringList list;
-    list << "alpha" << "beta" << "gamma" << "epsilon";
-    list.gres( TQRegExp("^a"), "o" );
-    // list == ["olpha", "beta", "gamma", "epsilon"]
-    
    
- 
-
     For regexps containing capturing parentheses, occurrences of \1,
-\2, ..., in after are replaced with rx.cap(1),
-cap(2), ...
-
     Example:
-
    -    TQStringList list;
-    list << "Bill Clinton" << "Gates, Bill";
-    list.gres( TQRegExp("^(.*), (.*)$"), "\\2 \\1" );
-    // list == ["Bill Clinton", "Bill Gates"]
-    
    
- 
-
     
    See also TQString::replace().
-
-
    TQString TQStringList::join ( const TQString & sep ) const
-
    
-Joins the string list into a single string with each element
-separated by the string sep (which can be empty).
-
     
    See also split().
-
-
    Examples: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and toplevel/options.ui.h.
-
    void TQStringList::sort ()
-
    
-Sorts the list of strings in ascending case-sensitive order.
-
     Sorting is very fast. It uses the TQt Template
-    Library's efficient HeapSort implementation that has a
-time complexity of O(n*log n).
-
     If you want to sort your strings in an arbitrary order consider
-using a TQMap. For example you could use a TQMap<TQString,TQString>
-to create a case-insensitive ordering (e.g. mapping the lowercase
-text to the text), or a TQMap<int,TQString> to sort the strings by
-some integer index, etc.
-
-
    Example: themes/themes.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQStringList::split ( const TQRegExp & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE ) [static]
-
    
-Splits the string str into strings wherever the regular expression sep occurs, and returns the list of those strings.
-
     If allowEmptyEntries is TRUE, a null string is inserted in
-the list wherever the separator matches twice without intervening
-text.
-
     For example, if you split the string "a,,b,c" on commas, split()
-returns the three-item list "a", "b", "c" if allowEmptyEntries
-is FALSE (the default), and the four-item list "a", "", "b", "c"
-if allowEmptyEntries is TRUE.
-
     If sep does not match anywhere in str, split() returns a
-single element list with the element containing the single string
-str.
-
     
    See also join() and TQString::section().
-
-
    Examples: chart/element.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, and network/httpd/httpd.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQStringList::split ( const TQString & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This version of the function uses a TQString as separator, rather
-than a regular expression.
-
     If sep is an empty string, the return value is a list of
-one-character strings: split( TQString( "" ), "four" ) returns the
-four-item list, "f", "o", "u", "r".
-
     If allowEmptyEntries is TRUE, a null string is inserted in
-the list wherever the separator matches twice without intervening
-text.
-
     
    See also join() and TQString::section().
-
-
    TQStringList TQStringList::split ( const TQChar & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE ) [static]
-
    
-This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
     This version of the function uses a TQChar as separator, rather
-than a regular expression.
-
     
    See also join() and TQString::section().
-
-
-
    
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
    
-
-
    Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
    TQt 3.3.8
    
-
    
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstrlist.html b/doc/html/ntqstrlist.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a5a72f043..000000000
--- a/doc/html/ntqstrlist.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStrList Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
    
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
    TQStrList Class Reference
    
-
-
    The TQStrList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*.
-More...
-
    #include <ntqstrlist.h>
-
    Inherits TQPtrList<char>.
-
    Inherited by TQStrIList.
-
    List of all member functions.
-
    Public Members
    
-
-
    Detailed Description
    
-
-
-The TQStrList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*.
-
     
-
-
-
     If you want a string list of TQStrings use TQStringList.
-
     This class is a TQPtrList<char> instance (a list of char*).
-
     TQStrList can make deep or shallow copies of the strings that are
-inserted.
-
     A deep copy means that memory is allocated for the string and then
-the string data is copied into that memory. A shallow copy is just
-a copy of the pointer value and not of the string data itself.
-
     The disadvantage of shallow copies is that because a pointer can
-be deleted only once, the program must put all strings in a
-central place and know when it is safe to delete them (i.e. when
-the strings are no longer referenced by other parts of the
-program). This can make the program more complex. The advantage of
-shallow copies is that they consume far less memory than deep
-copies. It is also much faster to copy a pointer (typically 4 or 8
-bytes) than to copy string data.
-
     A TQStrList that operates on deep copies will, by default, turn on
-auto-deletion (see setAutoDelete()). Thus, by default TQStrList
-will deallocate any string copies it allocates.
-
     The virtual compareItems() function is reimplemented and does a
-case-sensitive string comparison. The inSort() function will
-insert strings in sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert
-the strings as they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful
-when you just have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted
-list.
-
     The TQStrListIterator class is an iterator for TQStrList.
-
    See also Collection Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
-
-
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQStrList::TQStrList ( bool deepCopies = TRUE )
-
    
-
-
     Constructs an empty list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
-inserted strings if deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
-if deepCopies is FALSE.
-
-
    TQStrList::TQStrList ( const TQStrList & list )
-
    
-
-
     Constructs a copy of list.
-
     If list has deep copies, this list will also get deep copies.
-Only the pointers are copied (shallow copy) if the other list does
-not use deep copies.
-
-
    TQStrList::~TQStrList ()
-
    
-
-
     Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
-
-
    TQStrList & TQStrList::operator= ( const TQStrList & list )
-
    
-
-
     Assigns list to this list and returns a reference to this list.
-
     If list has deep copies, this list will also get deep copies.
-Only the pointers are copied (shallow copy) if the other list does
-not use deep copies.
-
-
-
    
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
    
-
-
    Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
    TQt 3.3.8
    
-
    
-
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstyle.html b/doc/html/ntqstyle.html
index b33169eaa..2e0c8a324 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqstyle.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqstyle.html
@@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ use of the widget and opt arguments.
 
     The rect r should be in screen coordinates.
 
     
    See also drawControl() and ControlElement.
 
-
    void TQStyle::drawItem ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & r, int flags, const TQColorGroup & g, bool enabled, const TQPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1, const TQColor * penColor = 0 ) const [virtual]
+
    void TQStyle::drawItem ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & r, int flags, const TQColorGroup & g, bool enabled, const TQPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1, const TQColor * penColor = 0 ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Draws the text or pixmap in rectangle r using painter p and color group g. The pen color is specified with penColor. The enabled bool indicates whether or not the item is
 enabled; when reimplementing this bool should influence how the
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ for the group box.
 
     
    See also StyleFlags.
 
 
    Example: themes/wood.cpp.
-
    TQRect TQStyle::itemRect ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & r, int flags, bool enabled, const TQPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1 ) const [virtual]
+
    TQRect TQStyle::itemRect ( TQPainter * p, const TQRect & r, int flags, bool enabled, const TQPixmap * pixmap, const TQString & text, int len = -1 ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the appropriate area (see below) within rectangle r in
 which to draw the text or pixmap using painter p. If len is -1 (the default) all the text is drawn; otherwise only
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstylefactory.html b/doc/html/ntqstylefactory.html
index 259ccdb78..3a206d956 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqstylefactory.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqstylefactory.html
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ including "Windows", "Motif", "CDE", "MotifPlus", "Platinum",
 "Aqua" or "Macintosh" may be available.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQStyle * TQStyleFactory::create ( const TQString & key ) [static]
+
    TQStyle * TQStyleFactory::create ( const TQString & key ) [static]
 
    
 Creates a TQStyle object that matches key case-insensitively.
 This is either a built-in style, or a style from a style plugin.
 
     
    See also keys().
 
 
    Example: themes/wood.cpp.
-
    TQStringList TQStyleFactory::keys () [static]
+
    TQStringList TQStyleFactory::keys () [static]
 
    
 Returns the list of keys this factory can create styles for.
 
     
    See also create().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstyleplugin.html b/doc/html/ntqstyleplugin.html
index 9397d01f3..384170055 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqstyleplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqstyleplugin.html
@@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ Destroys the style plugin.
 
     You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
 automatically when it is no longer used.
 
-
    TQStyle * TQStylePlugin::create ( const TQString & key ) [pure virtual]
+
    TQStyle * TQStylePlugin::create ( const TQString & key ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Creates and returns a TQStyle object for the style key key. The
 style key is usually the class name of the required style.
 
     
    See also keys().
 
-
    TQStringList TQStylePlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
+
    TQStringList TQStylePlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the list of style keys this plugin supports.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqstylesheet.html b/doc/html/ntqstylesheet.html
index 8282c55a1..c28691718 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqstylesheet.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqstylesheet.html
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ the child still exists).
 Destroys the style sheet. All styles inserted into the style sheet
 will be deleted.
 
-
    TQString TQStyleSheet::convertFromPlainText ( const TQString & plain, TQStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode = TQStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre ) [static]
+
    TQString TQStyleSheet::convertFromPlainText ( const TQString & plain, TQStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpaceMode mode = TQStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre ) [static]
 
      Auxiliary function. Converts the plain text string plain to a
 rich text formatted paragraph while preserving most of its look.
 
     mode defines the whitespace mode. Possible values are TQStyleSheetItem::WhiteSpacePre (no wrapping, all whitespaces
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ initial style sheet for the more complex render widgets, TQTextBrowser.
 
     
    See also setDefaultSheet().
 
-
    void TQStyleSheet::error ( const TQString & msg ) const [virtual]
+
    void TQStyleSheet::error ( const TQString & msg ) const [virtual]
 
    
 
 
     This virtual function is called when an error occurs when
@@ -313,23 +313,23 @@ not understood by the stylesheet, if some tags are nested
 incorrectly, or if tags are not closed properly.
 
     msg is the error message.
 
-
    TQString TQStyleSheet::escape ( const TQString & plain ) [static]
+
    TQString TQStyleSheet::escape ( const TQString & plain ) [static]
 
    
 Auxiliary function. Converts the plain text string plain to a
 rich text formatted string with any HTML meta-characters escaped.
 
     
    See also convertFromPlainText().
 
-
    TQStyleSheetItem * TQStyleSheet::item ( const TQString & name )
+
    TQStyleSheetItem * TQStyleSheet::item ( const TQString & name )
 
    
 Returns the style called name or 0 if there is no such style.
 
-
    const TQStyleSheetItem * TQStyleSheet::item ( const TQString & name ) const
+
    const TQStyleSheetItem * TQStyleSheet::item ( const TQString & name ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the style called name or 0 if there is no such style
 (const version)
 
-
    bool TQStyleSheet::mightBeRichText ( const TQString & text ) [static]
+
    bool TQStyleSheet::mightBeRichText ( const TQString & text ) [static]
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the string text is likely to be rich text;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ deleting any style sheet previously set. The ownership is
 transferred to TQStyleSheet.
 
     
    See also defaultSheet().
 
-
    TQTextCustomItem * TQStyleSheet::tag ( const TQString & name, const TQMap<TQString, TQString> & attr, const TQString & context, const TQMimeSourceFactory & factory, bool emptyTag, TQTextDocument * doc ) const [virtual]
+
    TQTextCustomItem * TQStyleSheet::tag ( const TQString & name, const TQMap<TQString, TQString> & attr, const TQString & context, const TQMimeSourceFactory & factory, bool emptyTag, TQTextDocument * doc ) const [virtual]
 
    
 
    This function is under development and is subject to change.
 
     Generates an internal object for the tag called name, given the
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqsyntaxhighlighter.html b/doc/html/ntqsyntaxhighlighter.html
index 1f6130a4e..e85b97928 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqsyntaxhighlighter.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqsyntaxhighlighter.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Returns the id of the paragraph which is highlighted, or -1 of no
 paragraph is currently highlighted.
 
     Usually this function is called from within highlightParagraph().
 
-
    int TQSyntaxHighlighter::highlightParagraph ( const TQString & text, int endStateOfLastPara ) [pure virtual]
+
    int TQSyntaxHighlighter::highlightParagraph ( const TQString & text, int endStateOfLastPara ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     This function is called when necessary by the rich text engine,
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html b/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html
index 6c2b28f1f..1aa62b58d 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtabbar.html
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Enables tab id if enabled is TRUE or disables it if enable
 
     setTabEnabled() updates the display if this causes a change in id's status.
 
     
    See also update() and isTabEnabled().
 
-
    void TQTabBar::setToolTip ( int index, const TQString & tip )
+
    void TQTabBar::setToolTip ( int index, const TQString & tip )
 
    
 Sets the tool tip for the tab at index position index to tip.
 
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ appear visually. One way of iterating over the tabs is like this:
     
    
  
 
-
    TQString TQTabBar::toolTip ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQTabBar::toolTip ( int index ) const
 
    
 Returns the tool tip for the tab at index position index.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html b/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html
index 3cdb1e911..a2d36bf60 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtabdialog.html
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ dialog's state in a slot and connect this signal to it.
 hidden, rather than being created, shown, and deleted afterwards.
 
     
    See also applyButtonPressed(), show(), and cancelButtonPressed().
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )
+
    void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label )
 
    
 Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 
     The new page is child; the tab's label is label.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ move the focus to this tab.
 user may be confused.
 
     
    See also insertTab().
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
+
    void TQTabDialog::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This version of the function shows the iconset as well as the label on the tab of child.
 
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ dialog.
 so you should generally not need to connect it to any slot.
 
     
    See also applyButtonPressed(), defaultButtonPressed(), and setCancelButton().
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
+
    void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
 
    
 Changes tab page w's iconset to iconset and label to label.
 
     
-
    void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
+
    void TQTabDialog::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Defines a new label for the tab of page w
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ FALSE.
 could be used to present information about how to use the dialog.
 
     
    See also applyButtonPressed(), cancelButtonPressed(), and setHelpButton().
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
 
    
 Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 
     The new page is child; the tab's label is label.
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ it is inserted at the specified position.
 user may be confused.
 
     
    See also addTab().
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
+
    void TQTabDialog::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 )
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     This version of the function shows the iconset as well as the label on the tab of child.
 
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ returns FALSE.
 delete w.
 
    See also showPage(), TQTabWidget::removePage(), and TQWidgetStack::removeWidget().
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::selected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
    void TQTabDialog::selected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
    
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
@@ -354,14 +354,14 @@ delete w.
 including during the first show().
 
     
    See also raise().
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::setApplyButton ( const TQString & text )
+
    void TQTabDialog::setApplyButton ( const TQString & text )
 
    
 Adds an Apply button to the dialog. The button's text is set to text.
 
     The Apply button should apply the current settings in the dialog box
 to the application while keeping the dialog visible.
 
     When Apply is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
 
     If text is a
-null string,
+null string,
 no button is shown.
 
     
    See also setCancelButton(), setDefaultButton(), and applyButtonPressed().
 
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Adds an Apply button to the dialog. The button's text is set to
 a localizable "Apply".
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::setCancelButton ( const TQString & text )
+
    void TQTabDialog::setCancelButton ( const TQString & text )
 
    
 Adds a Cancel button to the dialog. The button's text is set to text.
 
     The cancel button should always return the application to the state
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Apply, back to the state immediately after the last Apply.
 
     When Cancel is clicked, the cancelButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
 The dialog is closed at the same time.
 
     If text is a
-null string,
+null string,
 no button is shown.
 
     
    See also setApplyButton(), setDefaultButton(), and cancelButtonPressed().
 
@@ -390,14 +390,14 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Adds a Cancel button to the dialog. The button's text is set to
 a localizable "Cancel".
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::setDefaultButton ( const TQString & text )
+
    void TQTabDialog::setDefaultButton ( const TQString & text )
 
    
 Adds a Defaults button to the dialog. The button's text is set to text.
 
     The Defaults button should set the dialog (but not the application)
 back to the application defaults.
 
     When Defaults is clicked, the defaultButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
 
     If text is a
-null string,
+null string,
 no button is shown.
 
     
    See also setApplyButton(), setCancelButton(), and defaultButtonPressed().
 
@@ -415,12 +415,12 @@ immediately. There may be some geometry changes, depending on the
 size of the old and new fonts.
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-
    void TQTabDialog::setHelpButton ( const TQString & text )
+
    void TQTabDialog::setHelpButton ( const TQString & text )
 
    
 Adds a Help button to the dialog. The button's text is set to text.
 
     When Help is clicked, the helpButtonPressed() signal is emitted.
 
     If text is a
-null string,
+null string,
 no button is shown.
 
     
    See also setApplyButton(), setCancelButton(), and helpButtonPressed().
 
@@ -430,14 +430,14 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
     Adds a Help button to the dialog. The button's text is set to
 a localizable "Help".
 
-
    void TQTabDialog::setOkButton ( const TQString & text )
+
    void TQTabDialog::setOkButton ( const TQString & text )
 
    
 Adds an OK button to the dialog and sets the button's text to text.
 
     When the OK button is clicked, the applyButtonPressed() signal is emitted,
 and the current settings in the dialog box should be applied to
 the application. The dialog then closes.
 
     If text is a
-null string,
+null string,
 no button is shown.
 
     
    See also setCancelButton(), setDefaultButton(), and applyButtonPressed().
 
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ confuse the user.
 Returns the currently set TQTabBar.
 
    See also setTabBar().
 
-
    TQString TQTabDialog::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w )
+
    TQString TQTabDialog::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w )
 
      Returns the text in the tab for page w.
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtable.html b/doc/html/ntqtable.html
index 32e18d80a..835de0fe5 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtable.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtable.html
@@ -1128,7 +1128,7 @@ destroyed; the table takes ownership of the widget when using
 setCellWidget.
 
     
 
    Example: chart/setdataform.cpp.
-
    void TQTable::setColumnLabels ( const TQStringList & labels ) [slot]
+
    void TQTable::setColumnLabels ( const TQStringList & labels ) [slot]
 
     Sets the section labels of the horizontalHeader() to labels 
 
    void TQTable::setColumnMovingEnabled ( bool b ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets whether columns can be moved by the user to b.
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ See the "readOnly" property for detail
 Resizes row row to be h pixels high.
 
     
    See also rowHeight() and setColumnWidth().
 
-
    void TQTable::setRowLabels ( const TQStringList & labels ) [slot]
+
    void TQTable::setRowLabels ( const TQStringList & labels ) [slot]
 
     Sets the section labels of the verticalHeader() to labels 
 
    void TQTable::setRowMovingEnabled ( bool b ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets whether rows can be moved by the user to b.
@@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ See the "showGrid" property for detail
 
    void TQTable::setSorting ( bool b ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets whether a click on the header of a column sorts that column to b.
 See the "sorting" property for details.
-
    void TQTable::setText ( int row, int col, const TQString & text ) [virtual]
+
    void TQTable::setText ( int row, int col, const TQString & text ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the text in the cell at row, col to text.
 
     If the cell does not contain a table item a TQTableItem is created
@@ -1360,9 +1360,9 @@ table to another, or to move an item from one table to another,
 reinserting the item with setItem().
 
     If you want to exchange two cells use swapCells().
 
-
    TQString TQTable::text ( int row, int col ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQTable::text ( int row, int col ) const [virtual]
 
    
-Returns the text in the cell at row, col, or TQString::null
+Returns the text in the cell at row, col, or TQString::null
 if the relevant item does not exist or has no text.
 
     
    See also setText() and setPixmap().
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html b/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html
index 34ff7729a..fb5ed97e0 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtabwidget.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ area, organizing the individual pages).
 Constructs a tabbed widget called name with parent parent,
 and widget flags f.
 
-
    void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
+
    void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
 
    
 Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
 
     The new page is child; the tab's label is label. Note the
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ user may be confused.
 
     
    See also insertTab().
 
 
    Examples: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp and themes/themes.cpp.
-
    void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
+
    void TQTabWidget::addTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds another tab and page to the tab view.
@@ -210,11 +210,11 @@ are using setTabBar() to set a TQTabBar::paint() function for a subclass of TQTab. The child is
 the new page and tab is the tab to put the child on.
 
-
    void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
+
    void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
 
    
 Defines a new label for page w's tab.
 
-
    void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
+
    void TQTabWidget::changeTab ( TQWidget * w, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Defines a new iconset and a new label for page w's tab.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ See the "currentPage" property
 Returns the index position of page w, or -1 if the widget
 cannot be found.
 
-
    void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
+
    void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
 
    
 Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
 
     The new page is child; the tab's label is label. Note the
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Otherwise it is inserted at the specified position.
 the user may be confused.
 
     
    See also addTab().
 
-
    void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
+
    void TQTabWidget::insertTab ( TQWidget * child, const TQIconSet & iconset, const TQString & label, int index = -1 ) [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Inserts another tab and page to the tab view.
@@ -287,10 +287,10 @@ the new page, tab is the tab to put the child on and index
 Returns TRUE if the page w is enabled; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also setTabEnabled() and TQWidget::enabled.
 
-
    TQString TQTabWidget::label ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQTabWidget::label ( int index ) const
 
    
 Returns the label of the tab at index position index or
-TQString::null if the index is out of range.
+TQString::null if the index is out of range.
 
 
    int TQTabWidget::margin () const
 
    Returns the margin in this tab widget.
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ disabled, TQTabWidget will show one of them.
 
    
 Sets the iconset for page w to iconset.
 
-
    void TQTabWidget::setTabLabel ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & l )
+
    void TQTabWidget::setTabLabel ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & l )
 
    
 Sets the tab label for page w to l
 
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ See the "tabPosition" property
 
    void TQTabWidget::setTabShape ( TabShape s )
 
    Sets the shape of the tabs in this tab widget to s.
 See the "tabShape" property for details.
-
    void TQTabWidget::setTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & tip )
+
    void TQTabWidget::setTabToolTip ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & tip )
 
    
 Sets the tab tool tip for page w to tip.
 
     
    See also removeTabToolTip() and tabToolTip().
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Returns the current TQTabBar.
 Returns the iconset of page w or a null iconset if w is not a tab page or does not have an
 iconset.
 
-
    TQString TQTabWidget::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
    TQString TQTabWidget::tabLabel ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
    
 Returns the label text for the tab on page w.
 
@@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ See the "tabPosition" property
 
    TabShape TQTabWidget::tabShape () const
 
    Returns the shape of the tabs in this tab widget.
 See the "tabShape" property for details.
-
    TQString TQTabWidget::tabToolTip ( TQWidget * w ) const
+
    TQString TQTabWidget::tabToolTip ( TQWidget * w ) const
 
    
-Returns the tab tool tip for page w or TQString::null if no tool
+Returns the tab tool tip for page w or TQString::null if no tool
 tip has been set.
 
     
    See also setTabToolTip() and removeTabToolTip().
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html b/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html
index e70ad256f..525cc4ddb 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtextbrowser.html
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ use TQSimpleRichText or TQTextBrowser::anchorClicked ( const TQString & name, const TQString & link ) [signal]
+
    void TQTextBrowser::anchorClicked ( const TQString & name, const TQString & link ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user clicks an anchor. The link is
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ next document.
 when the user navigates or goes forward().
 
 
    Example: helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp.
-
    void TQTextBrowser::highlighted ( const TQString & link ) [signal]
+
    void TQTextBrowser::highlighted ( const TQString & link ) [signal]
 
      
 
     This signal is emitted when the user has selected but not
 activated a link in the document. link is the value of the href i.e. the name of the target document.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ The event e is used to provide the following keyboard shortcuts:
 
    
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQTextEdit.
-
    void TQTextBrowser::linkClicked ( const TQString & link ) [signal]
+
    void TQTextBrowser::linkClicked ( const TQString & link ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the user clicks a link. The link is
@@ -200,13 +200,13 @@ the document.
 
 Reloads the current set source.
 
-
    void TQTextBrowser::setSource ( const TQString & name ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextBrowser::setSource ( const TQString & name ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets the name of the displayed document to name.
 See the "source" property for details.
-
    TQString TQTextBrowser::source () const
+
    TQString TQTextBrowser::source () const
 
    Returns the name of the displayed document.
 See the "source" property for details.
-
    void TQTextBrowser::sourceChanged ( const TQString & src ) [signal]
+
    void TQTextBrowser::sourceChanged ( const TQString & src ) [signal]
 
    
 
 
     This signal is emitted when the mime source has changed, src
@@ -226,9 +226,9 @@ clicks on links or presses the equivalent key sequences.
 
    bool readOnly
    
 
    This property holds whether the contents are read only.
 
    
-
    TQString source
    
+
    TQString source
    
 
    This property holds the name of the displayed document.
-
    This is a TQString::null if no document is displayed or if the
+
    This is a TQString::null if no document is displayed or if the
 source is unknown.
 
     Setting this property uses the mimeSourceFactory() to lookup the
 named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtextcodec.html b/doc/html/ntqtextcodec.html
index a97812636..0cec4ec27 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtextcodec.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtextcodec.html
@@ -150,14 +150,14 @@ to do this is:
 
     
         TQCString locallyEncoded = "..."; // text to convert
     TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R
-    TQString unicodeString = codec->toUnicode( locallyEncoded );
+    TQString unicodeString = codec->toUnicode( locallyEncoded );
     
    
  
 
     After this, unicodeString holds the text converted to Unicode.
 Converting a string from Unicode to the local encoding is just as
 easy:
 
     
    -    TQString unicodeString = "..."; // any Unicode text
+    TQString unicodeString = "..."; // any Unicode text
     TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName("KOI8-R"); // get the codec for KOI8-R
     TQCString locallyEncoded = codec->fromUnicode( unicodeString );
     
    
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ decoding process, as shown below:
     TQTextCodec *codec = TQTextCodec::codecForName( "Shift-JIS" );
     TQTextDecoder *decoder = codec->makeDecoder();
 
-    TQString unicodeString;
+    TQString unicodeString;
     while( receiving_data ) {
         TQByteArray chunk = new_data;
         unicodeString += decoder->toUnicode( chunk.data(), chunk.length() );
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Return a TQTextDecoder that remembers incomplete
 prefixes or other required state.
 
     If the encoding does not require state, you should implement:
 
     
    -    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
+    TQString toUnicode(const char* chars, int len) const
     
    
  
 Converts len characters from chars to Unicode.
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ are used for encoding:
  
 Return a TQTextEncoder.
 
     
    -    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const
+    TQCString fromUnicode(const TQString& uc, int& lenInOut ) const
     
    
  
 Converts lenInOut characters (of type TQChar) from the start of
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ re-implement:
  
 Test if a Unicode character can be encoded.
 
     
    -    bool canEncode( const TQString& ) const
+    bool canEncode( const TQString& ) const
     
    
  
 Test if a string of Unicode characters can be encoded.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ implementation tests if the result of toUnicode(fromUni
 is the original ch. Subclasses may be able to improve the
 efficiency.
 
-
    bool TQTextCodec::canEncode ( const TQString & s ) const [virtual]
+
    bool TQTextCodec::canEncode ( const TQString & s ) const [virtual]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     s contains the string being tested for encode-ability.
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
    TQTextCodec * TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings () [static]
 
    
 
-
     Returns the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const
+
     Returns the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const
 char* and TQCStrings. If this function returns 0 (the default),
 TQString assumes Latin-1.
 
     
    See also setCodecForCStrings().
@@ -364,12 +364,12 @@ Deletes all the created codecs.
 any TQTextCodec objects that may be lying around. Since various
 other classes hold pointers to TQTextCodec objects, it is not safe
 to call this function earlier.
-
     If you are using the utility classes (like TQString) but not using
+
     If you are using the utility classes (like TQString) but not using
 TQApplication, calling this function at the very end of your
 application may be helpful for chasing down memory leaks by
 eliminating any TQTextCodec objects.
 
-
    TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const [virtual]
+
    TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const [virtual]
 
    
 TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement either this function or
 makeEncoder(). It converts the first lenInOut characters of uc from Unicode to the encoding of the subclass. If lenInOut is
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ hence subclasses must reimplement one function or the other to
 avoid infinite recursion.
 
 
    Reimplemented in TQHebrewCodec.
-
    TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc ) const
+
    TQCString TQTextCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     uc is the unicode source string.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ tables in code are kept in memory shared by all TQt applications.
 
     
    See also loadCharmapFile().
 
 
    Example: qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
-
    TQTextCodec * TQTextCodec::loadCharmapFile ( TQString filename ) [static]
+
    TQTextCodec * TQTextCodec::loadCharmapFile ( TQString filename ) [static]
 
    
 A convenience function for loadCharmap() that loads the charmap
 definition from the file filename.
@@ -506,14 +506,14 @@ encodings to the end user.
 
 
 
-
     Sets the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const char*
+
     Sets the codec used by TQString to convert to and from const char*
 and TQCStrings. If c is 0 (the default), TQString assumes Latin-1.
 
     Warning: Some codecs do not preserve the characters in the ascii
 range (0x00 to 0x7f).  For example, the Japanese Shift-JIS
 encoding maps the backslash character (0x5a) to the Yen character.
 This leads to unexpected results when using the backslash
 character to escape characters in strings used in e.g. regular
-expressions.  Use TQString::fromLatin1() to preserve characters in
+expressions.  Use TQString::fromLatin1() to preserve characters in
 the ascii range when needed.
 
     
    See also codecForCStrings() and setCodecForTr().
 
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ very minor character-skipping so that almost-exact matches score
 high. name is the text we're matching and hint is used for
 the comparison.
 
-
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len ) const [virtual]
 
    
 TQTextCodec subclasses must reimplement this function or
 makeDecoder(). It converts the first len characters of chars
@@ -571,29 +571,29 @@ implementation makes a decoder that simply calls
 this function, hence subclasses must reimplement one function or
 the other to avoid infinite recursion.
 
-
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQByteArray & a, int len ) const
+
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQByteArray & a, int len ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     a contains the source characters; len contains the number of
 characters in a to use.
 
-
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQByteArray & a ) const
+
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQByteArray & a ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     a contains the source characters.
 
-
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQCString & a, int len ) const
+
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQCString & a, int len ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     a contains the source characters; len contains the number of
 characters in a to use.
 
-
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQCString & a ) const
+
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const TQCString & a ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     a contains the source characters.
 
-
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars ) const
+
    TQString TQTextCodec::toUnicode ( const char * chars ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     chars contains the source characters.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtextcodecplugin.html b/doc/html/ntqtextcodecplugin.html
index a7a38face..4dbb9d31c 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtextcodecplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtextcodecplugin.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ automatically when it is no longer used.
     IANA character-sets encoding file for more information)
 
     
    See also mibEnums().
 
-
    TQTextCodec * TQTextCodecPlugin::createForName ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
+
    TQTextCodec * TQTextCodecPlugin::createForName ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Creates a TQTextCodec object for the codec called name.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ automatically when it is no longer used.
 
     Returns the list of mib enums supported by this plugin.
 
     
    See also createForMib().
 
-
    TQStringList TQTextCodecPlugin::names () const [pure virtual]
+
    TQStringList TQTextCodecPlugin::names () const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the list of mime names supported by this plugin.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html b/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html
index a8c964aac..01610e7af 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtextedit.html
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
 
     
    See also wrapPolicy.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQTextEdit::TQTextEdit ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context = TQString::null, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a TQTextEdit called name, with parent parent. The
 text edit will display the text text using context context.
@@ -671,20 +671,20 @@ Constructs an empty TQTextEdit called name, with parent parent
 Returns the alignment of the current paragraph.
 
     
    See also setAlignment().
 
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt ( const TQPoint & pos, AnchorAttribute attr )
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt ( const TQPoint & pos, AnchorAttribute attr )
 
    
 If there is an anchor at position pos (in contents
 coordinates), the text for attribute attr is returned,
-otherwise TQString::null is returned.
+otherwise TQString::null is returned.
 
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt ( const TQPoint & pos )
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::anchorAt ( const TQPoint & pos )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     If there is an anchor at position pos (in contents
-coordinates), its href is returned, otherwise TQString::null is
+coordinates), its href is returned, otherwise TQString::null is
 returned.
 
-
    void TQTextEdit::append ( const TQString & text ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::append ( const TQString & text ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Appends a new paragraph with text to the end of the text edit. Note that
 the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ default color is used again.
 Returns the color of the current format.
 
     
    See also setColor() and paper.
 
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::context () const
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::context () const
 
    
 Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which
 the text edit's TQMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@ right of the text cursor is deleted.
 Executes keyboard action action. This is normally called by a
 key event handler.
 
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::documentTitle () const
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::documentTitle () const
 
    Returns the title of the document parsed from the text.
 See the "documentTitle" property for details.
 
    void TQTextEdit::doubleClicked ( int para, int pos ) [signal]
@@ -853,12 +853,12 @@ Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if
 necessary.
 
     
    See also setCursorPosition().
 
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::family () const
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::family () const
 
    
 Returns the font family of the current format.
 
     
    See also setFamily(), setCurrentFont(), and setPointSize().
 
-
    bool TQTextEdit::find ( const TQString & expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE, int * para = 0, int * index = 0 ) [virtual]
+
    bool TQTextEdit::find ( const TQString & expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward = TRUE, int * para = 0, int * index = 0 ) [virtual]
 
    
 Finds the next occurrence of the string, expr. Returns TRUE if
 expr was found; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -931,29 +931,29 @@ Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
 all the text if the text edit is w pixels wide.
 
 
    Reimplemented from TQWidget.
-
    void TQTextEdit::insert ( const TQString & text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected ) [slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::insert ( const TQString & text, uint insertionFlags = CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected ) [slot]
 
    
 Inserts text at the current cursor position.
 
     The insertionFlags define how the text is inserted. If RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in text result in hard
 line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If checkNewLine is not set,
 the behaviour of the editor is undefined if the text contains
 newlines. (It is not possible to change TQTextEdit's newline handling
-behavior, but you can use TQString::replace() to preprocess text
+behavior, but you can use TQString::replace() to preprocess text
 before inserting it.) If RemoveSelected is set, any selected
 text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted.
 
     The default flags are CheckNewLines | RemoveSelected.
 
     If the widget is in LogText mode this function will do nothing.
 
     
    See also paste() and pasteSubType().
 
-
    void TQTextEdit::insert ( const TQString & text, bool indent, bool checkNewLine = TRUE, bool removeSelected = TRUE ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::insert ( const TQString & text, bool indent, bool checkNewLine = TRUE, bool removeSelected = TRUE ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
-
    void TQTextEdit::insertAt ( const TQString & text, int para, int index ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::insertAt ( const TQString & text, int para, int index ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Inserts text in the paragraph para at position index.
 
-
    void TQTextEdit::insertParagraph ( const TQString & text, int para ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::insertParagraph ( const TQString & text, int para ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Inserts text as a new paragraph at position para. If para
 is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ this yourself.
 
     This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter
 key.
 
-
    void TQTextEdit::scrollToAnchor ( const TQString & name ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::scrollToAnchor ( const TQString & name ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called name visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor
 isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using
@@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ selection 0. If select is FALSE any selected text is
 unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared.
 
     
    See also selectedText.
 
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::selectedText () const
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::selectedText () const
 
    Returns the selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
 See the "selectedText" property for details.
 
    void TQTextEdit::selectionChanged () [signal]
@@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ nothing. Use setFont() instead.
 Sets the cursor to position index in paragraph para.
 
     
    See also getCursorPosition().
 
-
    void TQTextEdit::setFamily ( const TQString & fontFamily ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::setFamily ( const TQString & fontFamily ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 Sets the font family of the current format to fontFamily.
 
     
    See also family() and setCurrentFont().
@@ -1293,10 +1293,10 @@ See the "tabChangesFocus" pr
 
    void TQTextEdit::setTabStopWidth ( int ts ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets the tab stop width in pixels to ts.
 See the "tabStopWidth" property for details.
-
    void TQTextEdit::setText ( const TQString & txt ) [slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::setText ( const TQString & txt ) [slot]
 
    Sets the text edit's text to txt.
 See the "text" property for details.
-
    void TQTextEdit::setText ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQTextEdit::setText ( const TQString & text, const TQString & context ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Changes the text of the text edit to the string text and the
@@ -1371,10 +1371,10 @@ See the "tabChangesFocus" pr
 
    int TQTextEdit::tabStopWidth () const
 
    Returns the tab stop width in pixels.
 See the "tabStopWidth" property for details.
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::text () const
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::text () const
 
    Returns the text edit's text.
 See the "text" property for details.
-
    TQString TQTextEdit::text ( int para ) const
+
    TQString TQTextEdit::text ( int para ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns the text of paragraph para.
@@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ to disable all automatic formatting.
 
     Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is AutoBulletList; future versions of TQt may offer more.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setAutoFormatting() and get this property's value with autoFormatting().
-
    TQString documentTitle
    
+
    TQString documentTitle
    
 
    This property holds the title of the document parsed from the text.
 
    For PlainText the title will be an empty string. For RichText the title will be the text between the <title> tags,
 if present, otherwise an empty string.
@@ -1523,7 +1523,7 @@ text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
 
     This property's default is FALSE.
 
 
    Set this property's value with setReadOnly() and get this property's value with isReadOnly().
-
    TQString selectedText
    
+
    TQString selectedText
    
 
    This property holds the selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
 
    The text is always returned as PlainText if the textFormat() is
 PlainText or AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
@@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ the focus chain. The default is FALSE.
 
    This property holds the tab stop width in pixels.
 
    
 
    Set this property's value with setTabStopWidth() and get this property's value with tabStopWidth().
-
    TQString text
    
+
    TQString text
    
 
    This property holds the text edit's text.
 
    There is no default text.
 
     On setting, any previous text is deleted.
@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@ depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is
 i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
 
     For richtext, calling text() on an editable TQTextEdit will cause
 the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
-the TQString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
+the TQString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
 was set.
 
     
    See also textFormat.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtextstream.html b/doc/html/ntqtextstream.html
index d8d9ed90f..557c33754 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtextstream.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtextstream.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ leading '0' signifies octal, i.e. the sequence "0100" will be
 interpreted as 64.
 
     The TQTextStream class reads and writes text; it is not appropriate
 for dealing with binary data (but TQDataStream is).
-
     By default, output of Unicode text (i.e. TQString) is done using
+
     By default, output of Unicode text (i.e. TQString) is done using
 the local 8-bit encoding. This can be changed using the
 setEncoding() method. For input, the TQTextStream will auto-detect
 standard Unicode "byte order marked" text files; otherwise the
@@ -173,15 +173,15 @@ Constructs a data stream that has no IO device.
 
 Constructs a text stream that uses the IO device iod.
 
-
    TQTextStream::TQTextStream ( TQString * str, int filemode )
+
    TQTextStream::TQTextStream ( TQString * str, int filemode )
 
    
-Constructs a text stream that operates on the Unicode TQString, str, through an internal device. The filemode argument is
+Constructs a text stream that operates on the Unicode TQString, str, through an internal device. The filemode argument is
 passed to the device's open() function; see TQIODevice::mode().
 
     If you set an encoding or codec with setEncoding() or setCodec(),
 this setting is ignored for text streams that operate on TQString.
 
     Example:
 
    -    TQString str;
+    TQString str;
     TQTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly );
     ts << "pi = " << 3.14; // str == "pi = 3.14"
     
    
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ this setting is ignored for text streams that operate on TQString.
 string. The string will be expanded when data is written beyond
 the end of the string. Note that the string will not be truncated:
 
    -    TQString str = "pi = 3.14";
+    TQString str = "pi = 3.14";
     TQTextStream ts( &str, IO_WriteOnly );
     ts <<  "2+2 = " << 2+2; // str == "2+2 = 414"
     
    
@@ -198,9 +198,9 @@ the end of the string. Note that the string will not be truncated:
 
     Note that because TQString is Unicode, you should not use
 readRawBytes() or writeRawBytes() on such a stream.
 
-
    TQTextStream::TQTextStream ( TQString & str, int filemode )
+
    TQTextStream::TQTextStream ( TQString & str, int filemode )
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
-
     This constructor is equivalent to the constructor taking a TQString*
+
     This constructor is equivalent to the constructor taking a TQString*
 parameter.
 
 
    TQTextStream::TQTextStream ( TQByteArray a, int mode )
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ stream.
 
     The string s is assumed to be Latin1 encoded independent of the
 Encoding set for the TQTextStream.
 
-
    TQTextStream & TQTextStream::operator<< ( const TQString & s )
+
    TQTextStream & TQTextStream::operator<< ( const TQString & s )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Writes s to the stream and returns a reference to the stream.
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 to the stream.
 
     A word consists of characters for which isspace() returns FALSE.
 
-
    TQTextStream & TQTextStream::operator>> ( TQString & str )
+
    TQTextStream & TQTextStream::operator>> ( TQString & str )
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Reads a "word" from the stream into str and returns a reference
@@ -506,14 +506,14 @@ to the stream.
 
     This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the precision to p. Returns the previous precision setting.
 
-
    TQString TQTextStream::read ()
+
    TQString TQTextStream::read ()
 
    
 Reads the entire stream from the current position, and returns a string
 containing the text.
 
     
    See also TQIODevice::readLine().
 
 
    Examples: action/application.cpp, application/application.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
-
    TQString TQTextStream::readLine ()
+
    TQString TQTextStream::readLine ()
 
    
 Reads a line from the stream and returns a string containing the
 text.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ text.
 carriage return. Note that this is different from
 TQIODevice::readLine(), which does not strip the newline at the end
 of the line.
-
     On EOF you will get a TQString that is null. On reading an empty
+
     On EOF you will get a TQString that is null. On reading an empty
 line the returned TQString is empty but not null.
 
     
    See also TQIODevice::readLine().
 
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ autodetecting Unicode(utf16) on input.
  Unicode
 Uses Unicode(utf16) for input and output. Output will be
 written in the order most efficient for the current platform
-(i.e. the order used internally in TQString).
+(i.e. the order used internally in TQString).
  UnicodeUTF8
 Using Unicode(utf8) for input and output. If you use it for
 input it will autodetect utf16 and use it instead of utf8.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqthreadstorage.html b/doc/html/ntqthreadstorage.html
index 5a71d641f..c18111bd1 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqthreadstorage.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqthreadstorage.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ termination).
 
     
         TQThreadStorage<TQCache<SomeClass> *> caches;
 
-    void cacheObject( const TQString &key, SomeClass *object )
+    void cacheObject( const TQString &key, SomeClass *object )
     {
         if ( ! caches.hasLocalData() )
             caches.setLocalData( new TQCache<SomeClass> );
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ termination).
         caches.localData()->insert( key, object );
     }
 
-    void removeFromCache( const TQString &key )
+    void removeFromCache( const TQString &key )
     {
         if ( ! caches.hasLocalData() )
             return; // nothing to do
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html b/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html
index cc9926109..a5da67d82 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtoolbar.html
@@ -122,12 +122,12 @@ orientation correctly for you, but you can set it yourself with
 
     
    See also TQToolButton, TQMainWindow, Parts of Isys on Visual Design, GUI Design Handbook: Tool Bar, and Main Window and Related Classes.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQToolBar::TQToolBar ( const TQString & label, TQMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQToolBar::TQToolBar ( const TQString & label, TQMainWindow *, ToolBarDock = DockTop, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
-
    TQToolBar::TQToolBar ( const TQString & label, TQMainWindow * mainWindow, TQWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
    TQToolBar::TQToolBar ( const TQString & label, TQMainWindow * mainWindow, TQWidget * parent, bool newLine = FALSE, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs an empty horizontal toolbar.
 
     The toolbar is called name and is a child of parent and is
@@ -154,14 +154,14 @@ Adds a separator to the right/bottom of the toolbar.
 
 Deletes all the toolbar's child widgets.
 
-
    TQString TQToolBar::label () const
+
    TQString TQToolBar::label () const
 
    Returns the toolbar's label.
 See the "label" property for details.
 
    TQMainWindow * TQToolBar::mainWindow () const
 
    
 Returns a pointer to the TQMainWindow which manages this toolbar.
 
-
    void TQToolBar::setLabel ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
+
    void TQToolBar::setLabel ( const TQString & ) [virtual]
 
    Sets the toolbar's label.
 See the "label" property for details.
 
    void TQToolBar::setStretchableWidget ( TQWidget * w ) [virtual]
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ setStretchable() is called.
 
 
    Examples: fileiconview/mainwindow.cpp and helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp.
 
    Property Documentation
    
-
    TQString label
    
+
    TQString label
    
 
    This property holds the toolbar's label.
 
    If the toolbar is floated the label becomes the toolbar window's
 caption. There is no default label text.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html b/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html
index a646057e0..a98e1cf15 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtoolbox.html
@@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ changed.
 
 Constructs a toolbox called name with parent parent and flags f.
 
-
    int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
+
    int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
 
    
 
 Adds the widget item in a new tab at bottom of the toolbox. The
 new tab's label is set to label, and the iconSet is
 displayed to the left of the label.  Returns the new tab's index.
 
-
    int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
+
    int TQToolBox::addItem ( TQWidget * w, const TQString & label )
 
    
 
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ Returns the toolbox's current item, or 0 if the toolbox is empty.
 Returns the index of item item, or -1 if the item does not
 exist.
 
-
    int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
+
    int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & label )
 
    
 Inserts the widget item at position index, or at the bottom
 of the toolbox if index is out of range. The new item's label
 is set to label, and the iconSet is displayed to the left of
 the label. Returns the new item's index.
 
-
    int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQString & label )
+
    int TQToolBox::insertItem ( int index, TQWidget * item, const TQString & label )
 
    
 
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ icon if index is out of range.
 This virtual handler is called after a new item was added or
 inserted at position index.
 
-
    TQString TQToolBox::itemLabel ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQToolBox::itemLabel ( int index ) const
 
    
 Returns the label of the item at position index, or a null string if
 index is out of range.
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Returns the label of the item at position index, or a null string if
 This virtual handler is called after an item was removed from
 position index.
 
-
    TQString TQToolBox::itemToolTip ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQToolBox::itemToolTip ( int index ) const
 
    
 Returns the tooltip of the item at position index, or a null
 string if index is out of range.
@@ -217,11 +217,11 @@ If enabled is TRUE then the item at position index is enabled;
 
 Sets the icon of the item at position index to iconSet.
 
-
    void TQToolBox::setItemLabel ( int index, const TQString & label )
+
    void TQToolBox::setItemLabel ( int index, const TQString & label )
 
    
 Sets the label of the item at position index to label.
 
-
    void TQToolBox::setItemToolTip ( int index, const TQString & toolTip )
+
    void TQToolBox::setItemToolTip ( int index, const TQString & toolTip )
 
    
 Sets the tooltip of the item at position index to toolTip.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html b/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html
index 05d91fa16..c2c3fcf6a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtoolbutton.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ tool button's icon.
 
 Constructs an empty tool button called name, with parent parent.
 
-
    TQToolButton::TQToolButton ( const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & textLabel, const TQString & grouptext, TQObject * receiver, const char * slot, TQToolBar * parent, const char * name = 0 )
+
    TQToolButton::TQToolButton ( const TQIconSet & iconSet, const TQString & textLabel, const TQString & grouptext, TQObject * receiver, const char * slot, TQToolBar * parent, const char * name = 0 )
 
    
 Constructs a tool button called name, that is a child of parent (which must be a TQToolBar).
 
     The tool button will display iconSet, with its text label and
@@ -204,10 +204,10 @@ tool button shows a menu containing the current history list.
 
    void TQToolButton::setPopupDelay ( int delay )
 
    Sets the time delay between pressing the button and the appearance of the associated popup menu in milliseconds to delay.
 See the "popupDelay" property for details.
-
    void TQToolButton::setTextLabel ( const TQString & ) [slot]
+
    void TQToolButton::setTextLabel ( const TQString & ) [slot]
 
    Sets the label of this button.
 See the "textLabel" property for details.
-
    void TQToolButton::setTextLabel ( const TQString & newLabel, bool tipToo ) [virtual slot]
+
    void TQToolButton::setTextLabel ( const TQString & newLabel, bool tipToo ) [virtual slot]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Sets the label of this button to newLabel and automatically
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ See the "usesBigPixmap" prop
 
    void TQToolButton::setUsesTextLabel ( bool enable ) [virtual slot]
 
    Sets whether the toolbutton displays a text label below the button pixmap to enable.
 See the "usesTextLabel" property for details.
-
    TQString TQToolButton::textLabel () const
+
    TQString TQToolButton::textLabel () const
 
    Returns the label of this button.
 See the "textLabel" property for details.
 
    TextPosition TQToolButton::textPosition () const
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ up the popup menu.
 
     
    See also setPopup().
 
 
    Set this property's value with setPopupDelay() and get this property's value with popupDelay().
-
    TQString textLabel
    
+
    TQString textLabel
    
 
    This property holds the label of this button.
 
    Setting this property automatically sets the text as a tool tip
 too. There is no default text.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html b/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html
index c159d97dd..8880d30e8 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtooltip.html
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ TQToolTip is not deleted when widget is deleted.
  
 
     
    See also maybeTip().
 
-
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
    
 Adds a tool tip to widget. text is the text to be shown in
 the tool tip.
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ suitable for adding tool tips to buttons, checkboxes, comboboxes
 and so on.
 
 
    Examples: helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, qdir/qdir.cpp, scribble/scribble.cpp, and tooltip/tooltip.cpp.
-
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & longText ) [static]
+
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & longText ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds a tool tip to widget and to tool tip group group.
@@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ text emitted from group.
 
     Normally, longText is shown in a status
     bar or similar.
 
-
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds a tool tip to a fixed rectangle, rect, within widget.
 text is the text shown in the tool tip.
 
-
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & groupText ) [static]
+
    void TQToolTip::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, TQToolTipGroup * group, const TQString & groupText ) [static]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Adds a tool tip to an entire widget and to tool tip group group. The tooltip will disappear when the mouse leaves the rect.
@@ -317,13 +317,13 @@ Sets the palette for all tool tips to palette.
 Sets the wakeup delay for all tooltips to i
 milliseconds.
 
-
    TQString TQToolTip::textFor ( TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ) ) [static]
+
    TQString TQToolTip::textFor ( TQWidget * widget, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ) ) [static]
 
    
 Returns the tool tip text for widget at position pos, or
-TQString::null if there is no tool tip for the given widget and
+TQString::null if there is no tool tip for the given widget and
 position.
 
-
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text ) [protected]
+
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text ) [protected]
 
    
 Immediately pops up a tip saying text and removes the tip once
 the cursor moves out of rectangle rect (which is given in the
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ coordinate system of the widget this TQToolTip relates to).
 
     The tip will not reappear if the cursor moves back; your
 maybeTip() must reinstate it each time.
 
-
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText ) [protected]
+
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText ) [protected]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Immediately pops up a tip saying text and removes that tip once
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ coordinate system of the widget this TQToolTip relates to). groupText i
 
     The tip will not reappear if the cursor moves back; your
 maybeTip() must reinstate it each time.
 
-
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQRect & geometry ) [protected]
+
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQRect & geometry ) [protected]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Immediately pops up a tip within the rectangle geometry, saying
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ widget this TQToolTip relates to.
 maybeTip() must reinstate it each time.
 
     If the tip does not fit inside geometry, the tip expands.
 
-
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText, const TQRect & geometry ) [protected]
+
    void TQToolTip::tip ( const TQRect & rect, const TQString & text, const TQString & groupText, const TQRect & geometry ) [protected]
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Immediately pops up a tip within the rectangle geometry, saying
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqtranslator.html b/doc/html/ntqtranslator.html
index e45a11713..3bcf92f14 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqtranslator.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqtranslator.html
@@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ Returns TRUE if this message file contains a message with the key
 
     This function works with stripped translator files.
 
     (This is is a one-liner that calls findMessage().)
 
-
    TQString TQTranslator::find ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const
+
    TQString TQTranslator::find ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const
 
    
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     Please use findMessage() instead.
 
     Returns the translation for the key (context, sourceText,
-comment) or TQString::null if there is none in this translator.
+comment) or TQString::null if there is none in this translator.
 
 
    TQTranslatorMessage TQTranslator::findMessage ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment = 0 ) const [virtual]
 
      Returns the TQTranslatorMessage for the key
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Inserts message into this message file.
 may appear to, but that is not dependable.
 
     
    See also remove().
 
-
    void TQTranslator::insert ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const TQString & translation )
+
    void TQTranslator::insert ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const TQString & translation )
 
    
 
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 Returns TRUE if this translator is empty, otherwise returns FALSE.
 This function works with stripped and unstripped translation files.
 
-
    bool TQTranslator::load ( const TQString & filename, const TQString & directory = TQString::null, const TQString & search_delimiters = TQString::null, const TQString & suffix = TQString::null )
+
    bool TQTranslator::load ( const TQString & filename, const TQString & directory = TQString::null, const TQString & search_delimiters = TQString::null, const TQString & suffix = TQString::null )
 
    
 Loads filename, which may be an absolute file name or relative
 to directory. The previous contents of this translator object
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ otherwise returns FALSE.
 in the following order:
 
     
      
 
    1.  File name with suffix appended (".qm" if the suffix is
-TQString::null).
+TQString::null).
 
    2.  File name with text after a character in search_delimiters
 stripped ("_." is the default for search_delimiters if it is
 TQString::null).
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
       Removes the translation associated to the key (context, sourceText,
 "") from this translator.
 
-
      bool TQTranslator::save ( const TQString & filename, SaveMode mode = Everything )
+
      bool TQTranslator::save ( const TQString & filename, SaveMode mode = Everything )
 
      
 Saves this message file to filename, overwriting the previous
 contents of filename. If mode is Everything (the
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqurl.html b/doc/html/ntqurl.html
index 67e425157..e216418d5 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqurl.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqurl.html
@@ -145,9 +145,9 @@ the necessary cast and assignment operators so you can do
 following:
 
       
           TQUrl url( "http://www.trolltech.com" );
-    TQString s = url;
+    TQString s = url;
     // or
-    TQString s( "http://www.trolltech.com" );
+    TQString s( "http://www.trolltech.com" );
     TQUrl url( s );
     
      
  
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ a local or remote filesystem), you might want to use the subclass
 
 Constructs an empty URL that is invalid.
 
-
      TQUrl::TQUrl ( const TQString & url )
+
      TQUrl::TQUrl ( const TQString & url )
 
      
 Constructs a URL by parsing the string url.
 
       If you pass a string like "/home/qt", the "file" protocol is
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ assumed.
 
 Copy constructor. Copies the data of url.
 
-
      TQUrl::TQUrl ( const TQUrl & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )
+
      TQUrl::TQUrl ( const TQUrl & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )
 
      
 Constructs an URL taking url as the base (context) and
 relUrl as a relative URL to url. If relUrl is not relative,
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ to TRUE.
 
 Destructor.
 
-
      void TQUrl::addPath ( const TQString & pa ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::addPath ( const TQString & pa ) [virtual]
 
      
 Adds the path pa to the path of the URL.
 
       
      See also setPath() and hasPath().
@@ -221,18 +221,18 @@ Adds the path pa to the path of the URL.
 Changes the directory to one directory up.
 
       
      See also setPath().
 
-
      void TQUrl::decode ( TQString & url ) [static]
+
      void TQUrl::decode ( TQString & url ) [static]
 
      
 Decodes the url in-place into UTF-8.  For example
 
       
      -        TQString url = "http%3A//www%20trolltech%20com"
+        TQString url = "http%3A//www%20trolltech%20com"
         TQUrl::decode( url );
         // url is now "http://www.trolltech.com"
     
      
  
 
       
      See also encode().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::dirPath () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::dirPath () const
 
      
 Returns the directory path of the URL. This is the part of the
 path of the URL without the fileName(). See the documentation of
@@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ what is handled as directory path.
 
       
      See also setPath() and hasPath().
 
 
      Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
-
      void TQUrl::encode ( TQString & url ) [static]
+
      void TQUrl::encode ( TQString & url ) [static]
 
      
 Encodes the url in-place into UTF-8.  For example
 
       
      -        TQString url = http://www.trolltech.com
+        TQString url = http://www.trolltech.com
         TQUrl::encode( url );
         // url is now "http%3A//www%20trolltech%20com"
     
      
@@ -253,12 +253,12 @@ Encodes the url in-place into UTF-8.  For example
 
       
      See also decode().
 
 
      Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h.
-
      TQString TQUrl::encodedPathAndQuery ()
+
      TQString TQUrl::encodedPathAndQuery ()
 
      
 Returns the encoded path and query.
 
       
      See also decode().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::fileName () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::fileName () const
 
      
 Returns the file name of the URL. If the path of the URL doesn't
 have a slash at the end, the part between the last slash and the
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the URL contains a username; otherwise returns
 FALSE.
 
       
      See also setUser() and setPassword().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::host () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::host () const
 
      
 Returns the hostname of the URL.
 
       
      See also setHost() and hasHost().
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Returns the hostname of the URL.
 Returns TRUE if the URL is a local file; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
 
      Example: qdir/qdir.cpp.
-
      bool TQUrl::isRelativeUrl ( const TQString & url ) [static]
+
      bool TQUrl::isRelativeUrl ( const TQString & url ) [static]
 
      
 Returns TRUE if url is relative; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Composes a string version of the URL and returns it.
 
 Assigns the data of url to this class.
 
-
      TQUrl & TQUrl::operator= ( const TQString & url )
+
      TQUrl & TQUrl::operator= ( const TQString & url )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Parses url and assigns the resulting data to this class.
@@ -343,24 +343,24 @@ assumed.
 Compares this URL with url and returns TRUE if they are equal;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
      bool TQUrl::operator== ( const TQString & url ) const
+
      bool TQUrl::operator== ( const TQString & url ) const
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Compares this URL with url. url is parsed first. Returns
 TRUE if url is equal to this url; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
      bool TQUrl::parse ( const TQString & url ) [virtual protected]
+
      bool TQUrl::parse ( const TQString & url ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 Parses the url.
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::password () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::password () const
 
      
 Returns the password of the URL.
 
       Warning: Passwords passed in URLs are normally insecure; this
 is due to the mechanism, not because of TQt.
 
       
      See also setPassword() and setUser().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::path ( bool correct = TRUE ) const
+
      TQString TQUrl::path ( bool correct = TRUE ) const
 
      
 Returns the path of the URL. If correct is TRUE, the path is
 cleaned (deals with too many or too few slashes, cleans things
@@ -374,18 +374,18 @@ that was parsed or set.
 Returns the port of the URL or -1 if no port has been set.
 
       
      See also setPort().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::protocol () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::protocol () const
 
      
 Returns the protocol of the URL. Typically, "file", "http", "ftp",
 etc.
 
       
      See also setProtocol().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::query () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::query () const
 
      
 Returns the (encoded) query of the URL.
 
       
      See also setQuery() and decode().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::ref () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::ref () const
 
      
 Returns the (encoded) reference of the URL.
 
       
      See also setRef(), hasRef(), and decode().
@@ -395,13 +395,13 @@ Returns the (encoded) reference of the URL.
 Resets all parts of the URL to their default values and
 invalidates it.
 
-
      void TQUrl::setEncodedPathAndQuery ( const TQString & pathAndQuery ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setEncodedPathAndQuery ( const TQString & pathAndQuery ) [virtual]
 
      
 Parses pathAndQuery for a path and query and sets those values.
 The whole string must be encoded.
 
       
      See also encode().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setFileName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setFileName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the file name of the URL to name. If this URL contains a
 fileName(), the original file name is replaced by name.
@@ -410,19 +410,19 @@ of what is handled as file name and what is handled as a directory
 path.
 
       
      See also fileName().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setHost ( const TQString & host ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setHost ( const TQString & host ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the hostname of the URL to host.
 
       
      See also host() and hasHost().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setPassword ( const TQString & pass ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setPassword ( const TQString & pass ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the password of the URL to pass.
 
       Warning: Passwords passed in URLs are normally insecure; this
 is due to the mechanism, not because of TQt.
 
       
      See also password() and setUser().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setPath ( const TQString & path ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setPath ( const TQString & path ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the path of the URL to path.
 
       
      See also path() and hasPath().
@@ -432,35 +432,35 @@ Sets the path of the URL to path.
 Sets the port of the URL to port.
 
       
      See also port().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setProtocol ( const TQString & protocol ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setProtocol ( const TQString & protocol ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the protocol of the URL to protocol. Typically, "file",
 "http", "ftp", etc.
 
       
      See also protocol().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setQuery ( const TQString & txt ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setQuery ( const TQString & txt ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the query of the URL to txt. txt must be encoded.
 
       
      See also query() and encode().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setRef ( const TQString & txt ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setRef ( const TQString & txt ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the reference of the URL to txt. txt must be encoded.
 
       
      See also ref(), hasRef(), and encode().
 
-
      void TQUrl::setUser ( const TQString & user ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrl::setUser ( const TQString & user ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the username of the URL to user.
 
       
      See also user() and setPassword().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::toString ( bool encodedPath = FALSE, bool forcePrependProtocol = TRUE ) const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQUrl::toString ( bool encodedPath = FALSE, bool forcePrependProtocol = TRUE ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Composes a string version of the URL and returns it. If encodedPath is TRUE the path in the returned string is encoded. If
 forcePrependProtocol is TRUE and encodedPath looks like a
 local filename, the "file:/" protocol is also prepended.
 
       
      See also encode() and decode().
 
-
      TQString TQUrl::user () const
+
      TQString TQUrl::user () const
 
      
 Returns the username of the URL.
 
       
      See also setUser() and setPassword().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqurlinfo.html b/doc/html/ntqurlinfo.html
index ee68d5333..6693af700 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqurlinfo.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqurlinfo.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ permissions of a file.
 Constructs an invalid TQUrlInfo object with default values.
 
       
      See also isValid().
 
-
      TQUrlInfo::TQUrlInfo ( const TQUrlOperator & path, const TQString & file )
+
      TQUrlInfo::TQUrlInfo ( const TQUrlOperator & path, const TQString & file )
 
      
 Constructs a TQUrlInfo object with information about the file file in the path. It tries to find the information about the file in the TQUrlOperator path.
 
       If the information is not found, this constructor creates an
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ to the directory.
 
 Copy constructor, copies ui to this URL info object.
 
-
      TQUrlInfo::TQUrlInfo ( const TQString & name, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const TQDateTime & lastModified, const TQDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
+
      TQUrlInfo::TQUrlInfo ( const TQString & name, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const TQDateTime & lastModified, const TQDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
 
      
 Constructs a TQUrlInfo object by specifying all the URL's
 information.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ information.
 passed is the lastModified date/time and the lastRead
 date/time. Flags are also passed, specifically, isDir, isFile, isSymLink, isWritable, isReadable and isExecutable.
 
-
      TQUrlInfo::TQUrlInfo ( const TQUrl & url, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const TQDateTime & lastModified, const TQDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
+
      TQUrlInfo::TQUrlInfo ( const TQUrl & url, int permissions, const TQString & owner, const TQString & group, uint size, const TQDateTime & lastModified, const TQDateTime & lastRead, bool isDir, bool isFile, bool isSymLink, bool isWritable, bool isReadable, bool isExecutable )
 
      
 Constructs a TQUrlInfo object by specifying all the URL's
 information.
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ FALSE. The objects are compared by the value, which is specified
 by sortBy. This must be one of TQDir::Name, TQDir::Time or
 TQDir::Size.
 
-
      TQString TQUrlInfo::group () const
+
      TQString TQUrlInfo::group () const
 
      
 Returns the group of the URL.
 
       
      See also isValid().
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Returns the date when the URL was last read.
 Returns TRUE if i1 is less than i2; otherwise returns FALSE.
 The objects are compared by the value, which is specified by sortBy. This must be one of TQDir::Name, TQDir::Time or TQDir::Size.
 
-
      TQString TQUrlInfo::name () const
+
      TQString TQUrlInfo::name () const
 
      
 Returns the file name of the URL.
 
       
      See also isValid().
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Assigns the values of ui to this TQUrlInfo object.
 Compares this TQUrlInfo with i and returns TRUE if they are
 equal; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
      TQString TQUrlInfo::owner () const
+
      TQString TQUrlInfo::owner () const
 
      
 Returns the owner of the URL.
 
       
      See also isValid().
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ turns it into a valid one.
 
       
      See also isValid().
 
 
      Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
-
      void TQUrlInfo::setGroup ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrlInfo::setGroup ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
 
      
 Specifies that the owning group of the URL is called s.
 
       If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Specifies that the object the URL refers to was last modified at
 turns it into a valid one.
 
       
      See also isValid().
 
-
      void TQUrlInfo::setName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrlInfo::setName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the name of the URL to name. The name is the full text,
 for example, "http://doc.trolltech.com/ntqurlinfo.html".
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ turns it into a valid one.
 
       
      See also isValid().
 
 
      Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
-
      void TQUrlInfo::setOwner ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrlInfo::setOwner ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
 
      
 Specifies that the owner of the URL is called s.
 
       If you call this function for an invalid URL info, this function
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqurloperator.html b/doc/html/ntqurloperator.html
index b42a245ce..103d2c78a 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqurloperator.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqurloperator.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ supported are:
 
 Constructs a TQUrlOperator with an empty (i.e. invalid) URL.
 
-
      TQUrlOperator::TQUrlOperator ( const TQString & url )
+
      TQUrlOperator::TQUrlOperator ( const TQString & url )
 
      
 Constructs a TQUrlOperator using url and parses this string.
 
       If you pass strings like "/home/qt" the "file" protocol is
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ assumed.
 
 Constructs a copy of url.
 
-
      TQUrlOperator::TQUrlOperator ( const TQUrlOperator & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )
+
      TQUrlOperator::TQUrlOperator ( const TQUrlOperator & url, const TQString & relUrl, bool checkSlash = FALSE )
 
      
 Constructs a TQUrlOperator. The URL on which this TQUrlOperator
 operates is constructed out of the arguments url, relUrl and
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Destructor.
 
 Clears the cache of children.
 
-
      void TQUrlOperator::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const TQString & data ) [signal]
+
      void TQUrlOperator::connectionStateChanged ( int state, const TQString & data ) [signal]
 
      
 
 
       This signal is emitted whenever the URL operator's connection
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ state changes. state describes the new state, which is a
 
       data is a string that describes the change of the connection.
 This can be used to display a message to the user.
 
-
      TQPtrList<TQNetworkOperation> TQUrlOperator::copy ( const TQString & from, const TQString & to, bool move = FALSE, bool toPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
+
      TQPtrList<TQNetworkOperation> TQUrlOperator::copy ( const TQString & from, const TQString & to, bool move = FALSE, bool toPath = TRUE ) [virtual]
 
      
 Copies the file from to to. If move is TRUE, the file is
 moved (copied and removed). from must point to a file and to
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ single TQNetworkOperation, but rather a lis
 the order: get(), put() and (if applicable) remove().
 
       
      See also get() and put().
 
-
      void TQUrlOperator::copy ( const TQStringList & files, const TQString & dest, bool move = FALSE ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrlOperator::copy ( const TQStringList & files, const TQString & dest, bool move = FALSE ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Copies the files to the directory dest. If move is TRUE
@@ -262,10 +262,10 @@ state and error code of the operation object to see whether or not
 the operation was successful.
 
       
      See also TQNetworkOperation and TQNetworkProtocol.
 
-
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::get ( const TQString & location = TQString::null ) [virtual]
+
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::get ( const TQString & location = TQString::null ) [virtual]
 
      
 Tells the network protocol to get data from location or, if
-this is TQString::null, to get data from the location to which this
+this is TQString::null, to get data from the location to which this
 URL points (see TQUrl::fileName() and TQUrl::encodedPathAndQuery()).
 What happens then depends on the network protocol. The data()
 signal is emitted when data comes in. Because it's unlikely that
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ http://www.whatever.org/cgi-bin/search.pl?cmd=Hello) as location.
 
 Finds a network protocol for the URL and deletes the old network protocol.
 
-
      TQUrlInfo TQUrlOperator::info ( const TQString & entry ) const [virtual]
+
      TQUrlInfo TQUrlOperator::info ( const TQString & entry ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the URL information for the child entry, or returns an
 empty TQUrlInfo object if there is no information available about
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created.
 (because the children of this directory will be listed), not to a
 file.
 
-
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::mkdir ( const TQString & dirname ) [virtual]
+
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::mkdir ( const TQString & dirname ) [virtual]
 
      
 Tries to create a directory (child) with the name dirname. If
 it is successful, a newChildren() signal with the new child is
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created.
 
       The path of this TQUrlOperator must to point to a directory (not a
 file) because the new directory will be created in this path.
 
-
      TQString TQUrlOperator::nameFilter () const
+
      TQString TQUrlOperator::nameFilter () const
 
      
 Returns the name filter of the URL.
 
       
      See also TQUrlOperator::setNameFilter() and TQDir::nameFilter().
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ to the operation object which contains all the information about
 the operation, including the state.
 
       
      See also TQNetworkOperation and TQNetworkProtocol.
 
-
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::put ( const TQByteArray & data, const TQString & location = TQString::null ) [virtual]
+
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::put ( const TQByteArray & data, const TQString & location = TQString::null ) [virtual]
 
      
 This function tells the network protocol to put data in location. If location is empty (TQString::null), it puts the data in the location to which the URL points. What happens depends
 on the network protocol. Depending on the network protocol, some
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ during processing of the operation. At the end, finished
 success or failure) is emitted, so check the state of the network
 operation object to see whether or not the operation was
 successful.
-
       If location is TQString::null, the path of this TQUrlOperator
+
       If location is TQString::null, the path of this TQUrlOperator
 should point to a file when you use this operation. If location
 is not empty, it can be a relative (a child of the path to which
 the TQUrlOperator points) or an absolute URL.
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ the following:
 
       This will upload the data to ftp://ftp.whatever.com/home/me/filename.dat.
 
       
      See also copy().
 
-
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::remove ( const TQString & filename ) [virtual]
+
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::remove ( const TQString & filename ) [virtual]
 
      
 Tries to remove the file (child) filename. If it succeeds the
 removed() signal is emitted. finished() (with success or failure)
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ information about the operation, including the state.
 op->arg(0) holds the name of the file that was removed.
 
       
      See also TQNetworkOperation and TQNetworkProtocol.
 
-
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::rename ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname ) [virtual]
+
      const TQNetworkOperation * TQUrlOperator::rename ( const TQString & oldname, const TQString & newname ) [virtual]
 
      
 Tries to rename the file (child) called oldname to newname.
 If it succeeds, the itemChanged() signal is emitted. finished()
@@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ be 0 if the operation object couldn't be created.
 because oldname and newname are handled relative to this
 directory.
 
-
      void TQUrlOperator::setNameFilter ( const TQString & nameFilter ) [virtual]
+
      void TQUrlOperator::setNameFilter ( const TQString & nameFilter ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the name filter of the URL to nameFilter.
 
       
      See also TQDir::setNameFilter().
diff --git a/doc/html/ntquuid.html b/doc/html/ntquuid.html
index a5379dc0b..1c80d0878 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntquuid.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntquuid.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ MAC network card address (if available) for the node sections
 
 
       Creates a copy of the TQUuid orig.
 
-
      TQUuid::TQUuid ( const TQString & text )
+
      TQUuid::TQUuid ( const TQString & text )
 
      
 Creates a TQUuid object from the string text. The function can
 only convert a string in the format
@@ -193,9 +193,9 @@ and lexicographically after the other TQUuid;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also variant().
 
-
      TQString TQUuid::toString () const
+
      TQString TQUuid::toString () const
 
      
-TQString TQUuid::toString() const
+TQString TQUuid::toString() const
 
       Returns the string representation of the uuid.
 
 
      TQUuid::Variant TQUuid::variant () const
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvalidator.html b/doc/html/ntqvalidator.html
index 288426725..4dc8ef5cc 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvalidator.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvalidator.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ passed on to the TQObject constructor.
 Destroys the validator, freeing any storage and other resources
 used.
 
-
      void TQValidator::fixup ( TQString & input ) const [virtual]
+
      void TQValidator::fixup ( TQString & input ) const [virtual]
 
      
 
 
       This function attempts to change input to be valid according to
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ want to remove whitespace from the start and end of the string,
 even if the resulting string is not in the list of accepted
 surnames.
 
-
      State TQValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const [pure virtual]
+
      State TQValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const [pure virtual]
 
      
 
 
       This pure virtual function returns Invalid if input is
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvariant.html b/doc/html/ntqvariant.html
index 4263afaf4..2ba357588 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvariant.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvariant.html
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ return a reference to the new contents of the variant.
     v = TQVariant("hello");    // The variant now contains a TQCString
     v = TQVariant(tr("hello"));// The variant now contains a TQString
     int y = v.toInt();        // y = 0 since v cannot be converted to an int
-    TQString s = v.toString(); // s = tr("hello")  (see TQObject::tr())
+    TQString s = v.toString(); // s = tr("hello")  (see TQObject::tr())
     out << v;                 // Writes a type tag and a TQString to out
     ...
     TQDataStream in(...);      // (opening the previously written stream)
@@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ contain.
 
    3. TQVariant::Region - a TQRegion
 
    4. TQVariant::Size - a TQSize
 
    5. TQVariant::SizePolicy - a TQSizePolicy
-
    6. TQVariant::String - a TQString
+
    7. TQVariant::String - a TQString
 
    8. TQVariant::CString - a TQCString
-
    9. TQVariant::StringList - a TQStringList
+
    10. TQVariant::StringList - a TQStringList
 
    11. TQVariant::Time - a TQTime
 
    12. TQVariant::UInt - an unsigned int
 
       Note that TQt's definition of bool depends on the compiler.
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ is made if the stored data type is expl
 
 Reads the variant from the data stream, s.
 
-
      TQVariant::TQVariant ( const TQString & val )
+
      TQVariant::TQVariant ( const TQString & val )
 
      
 Constructs a new variant with a string value, val.
 
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Constructs a new variant with a C-string value of val if val
 is non-null. The variant creates a deep copy of val.
 
       If val is null, the resulting variant has type Invalid.
 
-
      TQVariant::TQVariant ( const TQStringList & val )
+
      TQVariant::TQVariant ( const TQStringList & val )
 
      
 Constructs a new variant with a string list value, val.
 
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ possible the variant is set to an invalid size.
 
       Tries to convert the variant to hold a TQSizePolicy value. If that
 fails, the variant is set to an arbitrary (valid) size policy.
 
-
      TQString & TQVariant::asString ()
+
      TQString & TQVariant::asString ()
 
      
 
 
       Tries to convert the variant to hold a string value. If that is
@@ -694,16 +694,16 @@ not possible the variant is set to an empty string.
 
       Returns a reference to the stored string.
 
       
      See also toString().
 
-
      TQStringList & TQVariant::asStringList ()
+
      TQStringList & TQVariant::asStringList ()
 
      
 
-
       Tries to convert the variant to hold a TQStringList value. If that
+
       Tries to convert the variant to hold a TQStringList value. If that
 is not possible the variant is set to an empty string list.
 
       Returns a reference to the stored string list.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myVariant.asStringList();
+    TQStringList list = myVariant.asStringList();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ type is appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator.
 
       Returns the end iterator for the map, if the variant's type is
 appropriate; otherwise returns a null iterator.
 
-
      TQMapConstIterator<TQString, TQVariant> TQVariant::mapFind ( const TQString & key ) const
+
      TQMapConstIterator<TQString, TQVariant> TQVariant::mapFind ( const TQString & key ) const
 
      
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
@@ -1068,21 +1068,21 @@ Returns the variant as a TQSizePolicy if the va
 SizePolicy; otherwise returns an undefined (but legal) size
 policy.
 
-
      const TQString TQVariant::toString () const
+
      const TQString TQVariant::toString () const
 
      
-Returns the variant as a TQString if the variant can be cast to
-String, otherwise returns TQString::null.
+Returns the variant as a TQString if the variant can be cast to
+String, otherwise returns TQString::null.
 
       
      See also asString() and canCast().
 
-
      const TQStringList TQVariant::toStringList () const
+
      const TQStringList TQVariant::toStringList () const
 
      
-Returns the variant as a TQStringList if the variant has type()
-StringList or List of a type that can be converted to TQString;
+Returns the variant as a TQStringList if the variant has type()
+StringList or List of a type that can be converted to TQString;
 otherwise returns an empty list.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myVariant.toStringList();
+    TQStringList list = myVariant.toStringList();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html b/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html
index 6f56c4bff..e450baf1f 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvbuttongroup.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Constructs a vertical button group with no title.
 
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
      TQVButtonGroup::TQVButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQVButtonGroup::TQVButtonGroup ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vertical button group with the title title.
 
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html b/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html
index 98154a52e..a33713669 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqvgroupbox.html
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Constructs a vertical group box with no title.
 
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
 constructor.
 
-
      TQVGroupBox::TQVGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
      TQVGroupBox::TQVGroupBox ( const TQString & title, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a vertical group box with the title title.
 
       The parent and name arguments are passed on to the TQWidget
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html b/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html
index b2ee114ac..380dec2ca 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqwhatsthis.html
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ than using the text assigned by add().
 
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
 
-
      void TQWhatsThis::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
+
      void TQWhatsThis::add ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & text ) [static]
 
      
 Adds text as "What's this" help for widget. If the text is
 rich text formatted (i.e. it contains markup) it will be rendered
@@ -139,17 +139,17 @@ not be explicitly removed.
 
       
      See also remove().
 
 
      Examples: application/application.cpp, helpsystem/mainwindow.cpp, and mdi/application.cpp.
-
      bool TQWhatsThis::clicked ( const TQString & href ) [virtual]
+
      bool TQWhatsThis::clicked ( const TQString & href ) [virtual]
 
      
 
 
       This virtual function is called when the user clicks inside the
 "What's this?" window. href is the link the user clicked on, or
-TQString::null if there was no link.
+TQString::null if there was no link.
 
       If the function returns TRUE (the default), the "What's this?"
 window is closed, otherwise it remains visible.
 
       The default implementation ignores href and returns TRUE.
 
-
      void TQWhatsThis::display ( const TQString & text, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
+
      void TQWhatsThis::display ( const TQString & text, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
 
      
 Display text in a help window at the global screen position pos.
 
       If widget w is not 0 and has its own dedicated TQWhatsThis
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the application is in "What's this?" mode;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also enterWhatsThisMode() and leaveWhatsThisMode().
 
-
      void TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode ( const TQString & text = TQString::null, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
+
      void TQWhatsThis::leaveWhatsThisMode ( const TQString & text = TQString::null, const TQPoint & pos = TQCursor::pos ( ), TQWidget * w = 0 ) [static]
 
      
 Leaves "What's this?" question mode.
 
       This function is used internally by widgets that support
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Leaves "What's this?" question mode.
 An example of such a widget is TQPopupMenu: menus still work
 normally in "What's this?" mode but also provide help texts for
 individual menu items.
-
       If text is not TQString::null, a "What's this?" help window is
+
       If text is not TQString::null, a "What's this?" help window is
 displayed at the global screen position pos. If widget w is
 not 0 and has its own dedicated TQWhatsThis object, this object
 will receive clicked() messages when the user clicks on hyperlinks
@@ -199,16 +199,16 @@ This happens automatically if the widget is destroyed.
 
 Sets the font for all "What's this?" helps to font.
 
-
      TQString TQWhatsThis::text ( const TQPoint & ) [virtual]
+
      TQString TQWhatsThis::text ( const TQPoint & ) [virtual]
 
      
 This virtual function returns the text for position p in the
 widget that this "What's this?" object documents. If there is no
-"What's this?" text for the position, TQString::null is returned.
+"What's this?" text for the position, TQString::null is returned.
 
       The default implementation returns TQString::null.
 
-
      TQString TQWhatsThis::textFor ( TQWidget * w, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE ) [static]
+
      TQString TQWhatsThis::textFor ( TQWidget * w, const TQPoint & pos = TQPoint ( ), bool includeParents = FALSE ) [static]
 
      
-Returns the what's this text for widget w or TQString::null if
+Returns the what's this text for widget w or TQString::null if
 there is no "What's this?" help for the widget. pos contains
 the mouse position; this is useful, for example, if you've
 subclassed to make the text that is displayed position dependent.
diff --git a/doc/html/ntqwizard.html b/doc/html/ntqwizard.html
index ba84c18c9..59f072bbb 100644
--- a/doc/html/ntqwizard.html
+++ b/doc/html/ntqwizard.html
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Constructs an empty wizard dialog. The parent, name, modal
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources, including
 all pages and controllers.
 
-
      void TQWizard::addPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title ) [virtual]
+
      void TQWizard::addPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title ) [virtual]
 
      
 Adds page to the end of the page sequence, with the title, title.
 
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ virtual so you can reimplement it in a TQWizard subclass. Use
 Returns the position of page page. If the page is not part of
 the wizard -1 is returned.
 
-
      void TQWizard::insertPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index ) [virtual]
+
      void TQWizard::insertPage ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title, int index ) [virtual]
 
      
 Inserts page at position index into the page sequence, with
 title title. If index is -1, the page will be appended to
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ This virtual function is responsible for adding the buttons below
 the bottom divider.
 
       layout is the horizontal layout of the entire wizard.
 
-
      void TQWizard::layOutTitleRow ( TQHBoxLayout * layout, const TQString & title ) [virtual protected]
+
      void TQWizard::layOutTitleRow ( TQHBoxLayout * layout, const TQString & title ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 This virtual function is responsible for laying out the title row.
 
       layout is the horizontal layout for the wizard, and title is the title for this page. This function is called every
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ page. If page is currently being displayed, TQWizard will
 display the page that precedes it, or the first page if this was
 the first page.
 
-
      void TQWizard::selected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
+
      void TQWizard::selected ( const TQString & ) [signal]
 
      
 
 
       This signal is emitted when the current page changes. The
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ If enable is TRUE, page page has a Next button; otherwise
 the Next button on page is disabled. By default all pages have
 this button.
 
-
      void TQWizard::setTitle ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )
+
      void TQWizard::setTitle ( TQWidget * page, const TQString & title )
 
      
 Sets the title for page page to title.
 
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ By reimplementing it (and calling TQWizard::showPage()),
 you can prepare each page prior to it being shown.
 
 
      Examples: distributor/distributor.ui.h and wizard/wizard.cpp.
-
      TQString TQWizard::title ( TQWidget * page ) const
+
      TQString TQWizard::title ( TQWidget * page ) const
 
      
 Returns the title of page page.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/outliner-example.html b/doc/html/outliner-example.html
index 1f9714b48..2a2b53d85 100644
--- a/doc/html/outliner-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/outliner-example.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ class OutlineTree : public TQListView
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    OutlineTree( const TQString fileName, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
+    OutlineTree( const TQString fileName, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0 );
     ~OutlineTree();
 
 private:
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ private:
 #include <ntqfile.h>
 #include <ntqmessagebox.h>
 
-OutlineTree::OutlineTree( const TQString fileName, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+OutlineTree::OutlineTree( const TQString fileName, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
     : TQListView( parent, name )
 {
     // div. configuration of the list view
diff --git a/doc/html/picture-example.html b/doc/html/picture-example.html
index eb3687fd2..f25febc90 100644
--- a/doc/html/picture-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/picture-example.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ protected:
     void        keyPressEvent( TQKeyEvent * );
 private:
     TQPicture   *pict;
-    TQString     name;
+    TQString     name;
 };
 
 PictureDisplay::PictureDisplay( const char *fileName )
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ private:
     if ( !pict->load(fileName) ) {              // cannot load picture
         delete pict;
         pict = 0;
-        name.sprintf( "Not able to load picture: %s", fileName );
+        name.sprintf( "Not able to load picture: %s", fileName );
     }
 }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/plugins-howto.html b/doc/html/plugins-howto.html
index 595deb468..8c146ccc8 100644
--- a/doc/html/plugins-howto.html
+++ b/doc/html/plugins-howto.html
@@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ to make available as a plugin. The required code is straightforward:
         MyStylePlugin() {}
         ~MyStylePlugin() {}
 
-        TQStringList keys() const { 
+        TQStringList keys() const { 
             return TQStringList() << "mystyle"; 
         }
 
-        TQStyle* create( const TQString& key ) { 
+        TQStyle* create( const TQString& key ) { 
             if ( key == "mystyle" ) 
                 return new MyStyle;
             return 0;
diff --git a/doc/html/popup-example.html b/doc/html/popup-example.html
index 643092721..949f29a33 100644
--- a/doc/html/popup-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/popup-example.html
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ private:
 
 void FancyPopup::mouseMoveEvent( TQMouseEvent * e){
     moves++;
-    TQString s;
-    s.sprintf("%d/%d", e->pos().x(), e->pos().y());
+    TQString s;
+    s.sprintf("%d/%d", e->pos().x(), e->pos().y());
     if (e->state() & TQMouseEvent::LeftButton)
         s += " (down)";
     setText(s);
diff --git a/doc/html/porting.html b/doc/html/porting.html
index db22665e8..701b449f3 100644
--- a/doc/html/porting.html
+++ b/doc/html/porting.html
@@ -165,17 +165,17 @@ set any relevant preprocessor defines in the makefile.
 header files. This speeds up compilation when you don't need those
 nested header files. But in some cases you will find you need to add
 an extra #include to your files.
-
       For example, if you get a message about TQStringList or its functions
-not being defined, then add #include <ntqstringlist.h> at
+
       For example, if you get a message about TQStringList or its functions
+not being defined, then add #include <tqstringlist.h> at
 the top of the file giving the error.
 
       Header files that you might need to add #include directives for include:
 
        
 
      •  <ntqcursor.h>
 
      •  <ntqpainter.h>
 
      •  <ntqpen.h>
-
      •  <ntqstringlist.h>
+
      •  <tqstringlist.h>
 
      •  <ntqregexp.h>
-
      •  <ntqstrlist.h>
+
      •  <tqstrlist.h>
 
      •  <ntqstyle.h>
 
      •  <tqvaluelist.h>
 
      
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ information regarding obsolete functions and how to replace them in
 new code.
 
       
        
 
      •  TQAccel::keyToString( TQKeySequence k )
-
      •  TQAccel::stringToKey( const TQString & s )
+
      •  TQAccel::stringToKey( const TQString & s )
 
      •  TQActionGroup::insert( TQAction *a )
 
      •  TQCanvasItem::active() const
 
      •  TQCanvasItem::enabled() const
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ new code.
 
      •  TQComboBox::setAutoResize( bool )
 
      •  TQDate::dayName( int weekday )
 
      •  TQDate::monthName( int month )
-
      •  TQDir::encodedEntryList( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const
+
      •  TQDir::encodedEntryList( const TQString & nameFilter, int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const
 
      •  TQDir::encodedEntryList( int filterSpec = DefaultFilter, int sortSpec = DefaultSort ) const
 
      •  TQDockWindow::isHorizontalStretchable() const
 
      •  TQDockWindow::isVerticalStretchable() const
@@ -321,14 +321,14 @@ new code.
 
      •  TQFont::defaultFont()
 
      •  TQFont::setDefaultFont( const TQFont & f )
 
      •  TQFont::setPixelSizeFloat( float pixelSize )
-
      •  TQFontDatabase::bold( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
      •  TQFontDatabase::bold( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::families( bool ) const
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::font( const TQString & familyName, const TQString & style, int pointSize, const TQString & )
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::isBitmapScalable( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::isFixedPitch( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::isScalable( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::isSmoothlyScalable( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
-
      •  TQFontDatabase::italic( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
+
      •  TQFontDatabase::italic( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & ) const
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::pointSizes( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::smoothSizes( const TQString & family, const TQString & style, const TQString & )
 
      •  TQFontDatabase::styles( const TQString & family, const TQString & ) const
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ new code.
 
      •  TQListBox::cellWidth() const
 
      •  TQListBox::findItem( int yPos ) const
 
      •  TQListBox::inSort( const TQListBoxItem *lbi )
-
      •  TQListBox::inSort( const TQString & text )
+
      •  TQListBox::inSort( const TQString & text )
 
      •  TQListBox::itemYPos( int index, int *yPos ) const
 
      •  TQListBox::numCols() const
 
      •  TQListBox::totalHeight() const
@@ -358,21 +358,21 @@ new code.
 
      •  TQMainWindow::setToolBarsMovable( bool )
 
      •  TQMainWindow::toolBarPositionChanged( TQToolBar *)
 
      •  TQMainWindow::toolBarsMovable() const
-
      •  TQMessageBox::message( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 )
+
      •  TQMessageBox::message( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & buttonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 )
 
      •  TQMessageBox::query( const TQString & caption, const TQString & text, const TQString & yesButtonText = TQString::null, const TQString & noButtonText = TQString::null, TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *= 0 )
 
      •  TQMessageBox::standardIcon( Icon icon, GUIStyle style )
 
      •  TQRegExp::match( const TQString & str, int index = 0, int *len = 0, bool indexIsStart = TRUE ) const
 
      •  TQScrollView::childIsVisible( TQWidget *child )
 
      •  TQScrollView::showChild( TQWidget *child, bool show = TRUE )
 
      •  TQSimpleRichText::draw( TQPainter *p, int x, int y, const TQRegion & clipRegion, const TQColorGroup & cg, const TQBrush *paper = 0 ) const
-
      •  TQString::ascii() const
-
      •  TQString::data() const
-
      •  TQString::setExpand( uint index, TQChar c )
+
      •  TQString::ascii() const
+
      •  TQString::data() const
+
      •  TQString::setExpand( uint index, TQChar c )
 
      •  TQStyle::defaultFrameWidth() const
 
      •  TQStyle::scrollBarExtent() const
 
      •  TQStyle::tabbarMetrics( const TQWidget *t, int & hf, int & vf, int & ov ) const
 
      •  TQTabDialog::isTabEnabled( const char *name ) const
-
      •  TQTabDialog::selected( const TQString & )
+
      •  TQTabDialog::selected( const TQString & )
 
      •  TQTabDialog::selected( const TQString & tabLabel )
 
      •  TQTabDialog::setTabEnabled( const char *name, bool enable )
 
      •  TQTextStream::TQTextStream( TQString & str, int filemode )
@@ -380,9 +380,9 @@ new code.
 
      •  TQToolTip::enabled()
 
      •  TQToolTip::setEnabled( bool enable )
 
      •  TQTranslator::find( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const char *comment = 0 ) const
-
      •  TQTranslator::insert( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const TQString & translation )
+
      •  TQTranslator::insert( const char *context, const char *sourceText, const TQString & translation )
 
      •  TQTranslator::remove( const char *context, const char *sourceText )
-
      •  TQUriDrag::setFilenames( const TQStringList & fnames )
+
      •  TQUriDrag::setFilenames( const TQStringList & fnames )
 
      •  TQWidget::backgroundColor() const
 
      •  TQWidget::backgroundPixmap() const
 
      •  TQWidget::iconify()
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ mixture of radio buttons and non-radio (e.g. TQCheckB
 in TQt 3.0. This is only relevant if you subclassed TQDate and
 reimplemented these functions:
 
         
        
 
         In addition to no longer being virtual, TQDate::monthName() and
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ happen by default anymore, providing a more consistent printing output.
 regular expressions.  Both the regular expression syntax and the TQRegExp
 interface have been modified.
 
         Be also aware that <ntqregexp.h> is no longer included
-automatically when you include <ntqstringlist.h>. See
+automatically when you include <tqstringlist.h>. See
 above for details.
 
         
 
         
         New special characters
@@ -600,17 +600,17 @@ which is what one expects.
 
         The following function is now obsolete, as it has an unwieldy
 parameter list and was poorly named:
 
        
 It will be removed in a future version of TQt. Its documentation explains how to replace it.
 
         
         TQRegExp::find()
 
        
 
         This function was removed, after a brief appearance in TQt 2.2.  Its
-name clashed with TQString::find().  Use TQRegExp::search() or TQString::find() instead.
-
         
         TQString::findRev() and TQString::contains()
+name clashed with TQString::find().  Use TQRegExp::search() or TQString::find() instead.
+
         
         TQString::findRev() and TQString::contains()
 
        
-
         TQString::findRev()'s and TQString::contains()'s semantics have changed
+
         TQString::findRev()'s and TQString::contains()'s semantics have changed
 between 2.0 and 3.0 to be more consistent with the other overloads.
 
         For example,
 
        @@ -625,13 +625,13 @@ start of input, so
  
 returns 1, not 13 or 14.
 
         This change affect very few existing programs.
-
         
         TQString::replace()
+
         
         TQString::replace()
 
        
-
         With TQt 1.0 and 2.0, a TQString is converted implicitly into a TQRegExp
+
         With TQt 1.0 and 2.0, a TQString is converted implicitly into a TQRegExp
 as the first argument to TQString::replace():
 
        -    TQString text = fetch_it_from_somewhere();
-    text.replace( TQString("[A-Z]+"), "" );
+    TQString text = fetch_it_from_somewhere();
+    text.replace( TQString("[A-Z]+"), "" );
 
        
  
 With TQt 3.0, the compiler gives an error. The solution is to use a
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ effectively removed.  The TQTranslator document
 which functions are obsolete.
 
         This function is no longer virtual:
 
         
        
 
         If you have a class that inherits TQTranslator and which reimplements
@@ -780,14 +780,14 @@ respectively. Neither the arguments nor the resulting curve have changed.
 
         
         Locale-aware String Comparisons in TQIconView, TQListBox,
 TQListView and TQTable
 
        
-
         In TQt 2.x, TQString only provided string comparisons using the Unicode
+
         In TQt 2.x, TQString only provided string comparisons using the Unicode
 values of the characters of a string. This is efficient and reliable,
 but it is not the appropriate order for most languages. For example,
 French users expect 'é' (e acute) to be treated essentially as
 'e' and not put after 'z'.
-
         In TQt 3.0, TQString::localeAwareCompare() implements locale aware
+
         In TQt 3.0, TQString::localeAwareCompare() implements locale aware
 string comparisions on certain platforms. The classes TQIconView, TQListBox, TQListView and TQTable now use
-TQString::localeAwareCompare() instead of TQString::compare(). If you
+TQString::localeAwareCompare() instead of TQString::compare(). If you
 want to control the behaviour yourself you can always reimplement
 TQIconViewItem::compare(), TQListBox::text(), TQListViewItem::compare()
 or TQTableItem::key() as appropriate.
diff --git a/doc/html/progress-example.html b/doc/html/progress-example.html
index 9ccb3e5e6..9f1e4eae4 100644
--- a/doc/html/progress-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/progress-example.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ demonstrates simple use of menus.
 
 class AnimatedThingy : public TQLabel {
 public:
-    AnimatedThingy( TQWidget* parent, const TQString& s ) :
+    AnimatedThingy( TQWidget* parent, const TQString& s ) :
         TQLabel(parent),
         label(s),
         step(0)
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ private:
     int oy[2][nqix];
     int x0,y0,x1,y1;
     int dx0,dy0,dx1,dy1;
-    TQString label;
+    TQString label;
     int step;
 };
 
@@ -171,10 +171,10 @@ class CPUWaster : public TQWidget
         while (n--) r*=(n%3 ? 5 : 4);
         return r;
     }
-    TQString drawItemText(int id)
+    TQString drawItemText(int id)
     {
-        TQString str;
-        str.sprintf("%d Rectangles", drawItemRects(id));
+        TQString str;
+        str.sprintf("%d Rectangles", drawItemRects(id));
         return str;
     }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/propertydocs b/doc/html/propertydocs
index 555610418..7bd06c2e0 100644
--- a/doc/html/propertydocs
+++ b/doc/html/propertydocs
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ toggle buttons, for example.
     QButton::text
     
 <p>This property holds the text shown on the button.
-<p>This property will return a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if the button has no
+<p>This property will return a <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if the button has no
 text. If the text has an ampersand (&amp;) in it, then an
 accelerator is automatically created for it using the character
 that follows the '&amp;' as the accelerator key. Any previous
@@ -641,8 +641,8 @@ the form 'fieldname order', e.g. 'id ASC', 'surname DESC'.
 <p> Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 <pre>
-    <a href="ntqstringlist.html">QStringList</a> list = myDataBrowser.sort();
-    QStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
+    <a href="tqstringlist.html">TQStringList</a> list = myDataBrowser.sort();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
     while( it != list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#end">end</a>() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
         ++it;
@@ -805,8 +805,8 @@ each item having the form 'fieldname order' (e.g., 'id ASC',
 <p> Note that if you want to iterate over the sort list, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 <pre>
-    <a href="ntqstringlist.html">QStringList</a> list = myDataTable.sort();
-    QStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
+    <a href="tqstringlist.html">TQStringList</a> list = myDataTable.sort();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
     while( it != list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#end">end</a>() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
         ++it;
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ widget(s) with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#setInfoPreviewEnabled">setInfoP
 <p>This property holds the name of the selected file.
 <p>If a file was selected selectedFile contains the file's name including
 its absolute path; otherwise selectedFile is empty.
-<p> <p>See also <a href="ntqstring.html#isEmpty">TQString::isEmpty</a>(), <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">selectedFiles</a>, and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">selectedFilter</a>.
+<p> <p>See also <a href="tqstring.html#isEmpty">TQString::isEmpty</a>(), <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFiles-prop">selectedFiles</a>, and <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFilter-prop">selectedFilter</a>.
 
 <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqfiledialog.html#selectedFile">selectedFile</a>().
 
@@ -1281,8 +1281,8 @@ the mode isn't ExistingFiles selectedFiles is an empty list.
 <p> Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 <pre>
-    <a href="ntqstringlist.html">QStringList</a> list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles();
-    QStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
+    <a href="tqstringlist.html">TQStringList</a> list = myFileDialog.selectedFiles();
+    TQStringList::Iterator it = list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#begin">begin</a>();
     while( it != list.<a href="tqvaluelist.html#end">end</a>() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
         ++it;
@@ -2117,7 +2117,7 @@ selected by the user; otherwise returns FALSE.
     QLineEdit::inputMask
     
 <p>This property holds the validation input mask.
-<p>If no mask is set, <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask">inputMask</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+<p>If no mask is set, <a href="ntqlineedit.html#inputMask">inputMask</a>() returns <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 <p> Sets the QLineEdit's validation mask. Validators can be used
 instead of, or in conjunction with masks; see <a href="ntqlineedit.html#setValidator">setValidator</a>().
 <p> Unset the mask and return to normal QLineEdit operation by passing
@@ -2224,7 +2224,7 @@ but cannot edit it.
     
 <p>This property holds the selected text.
 <p>If there is no selected text this property's value is
-<a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+<a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqlineedit.html#hasSelectedText-prop">hasSelectedText</a>.
 
 <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqlineedit.html#selectedText">selectedText</a>().
@@ -2687,7 +2687,7 @@ Windows GUI styles; you may want to draw two pixmaps.
 <p>The text will be interpreted either as a plain text or as rich
 text, depending on the text format setting (<a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">QMessageBox::textFormat</a>). The default setting is <a href="ntqt.html#TextFormat-enum">AutoText</a>, i.e.
 the message box will try to auto-detect the format of the text.
-<p> The default value of this property is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+<p> The default value of this property is <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#textFormat-prop">textFormat</a>.
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#setText">setText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqmessagebox.html#text">text</a>().
@@ -2826,7 +2826,7 @@ to FALSE. The default is TRUE.
     QProgressBar::progressString
     
 <p>This property holds the amount of progress as a string.
-<p>This property is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if progress counting has not started.
+<p>This property is <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if progress counting has not started.
 
 <p>Get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressbar.html#progressString">progressString</a>().
 
@@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ indicator.
     QProgressDialog::labelText
     
 <p>This property holds the label's text.
-<p>The default text is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+<p>The default text is <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#setLabelText">setLabelText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqprogressdialog.html#labelText">labelText</a>().
 
@@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ symbol. For example:
 <p> To turn off the prefix display, set this property to an empty
 string. The default is no prefix. The prefix is not displayed for
 the <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue">minValue</a>() if <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() is not empty.
-<p> If no prefix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>() returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+<p> If no prefix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>() returns <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix-prop">suffix</a>.
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setPrefix">setPrefix</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix">prefix</a>().
@@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@ value text.
 with an empty string. The default is no special-value text, i.e.
 the numeric value is shown as usual.
 <p> If no special-value text is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() returns
-<a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+<a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSpecialValueText">setSpecialValueText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>().
 
@@ -3418,7 +3418,7 @@ example:
 <p> To turn off the suffix display, set this property to an empty
 string. The default is no suffix. The suffix is not displayed for
 the <a href="ntqspinbox.html#minValue">minValue</a>() if <a href="ntqspinbox.html#specialValueText">specialValueText</a>() is not empty.
-<p> If no suffix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>() returns a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+<p> If no suffix is set, <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>() returns a <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqspinbox.html#prefix-prop">prefix</a>.
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#setSuffix">setSuffix</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="ntqspinbox.html#suffix">suffix</a>().
@@ -3865,7 +3865,7 @@ multiple ranges of cells.
     QTextBrowser::source
     
 <p>This property holds the name of the displayed document.
-<p>This is a <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if no document is displayed or if the
+<p>This is a <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a> if no document is displayed or if the
 source is unknown.
 <p> Setting this property uses the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#mimeSourceFactory">mimeSourceFactory</a>() to lookup the
 named document. It also checks for optional anchors and scrolls
@@ -4014,7 +4014,7 @@ depending on the <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat">textFormat</a>
 i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
 <p> For richtext, calling <a href="ntqtextedit.html#text">text</a>() on an editable QTextEdit will cause
 the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
-the <a href="ntqstring.html">TQString</a> returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
+the <a href="tqstring.html">TQString</a> returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
 was set.
 <p> <p>See also <a href="ntqtextedit.html#textFormat-prop">textFormat</a>.
 
@@ -4404,7 +4404,7 @@ widget defines <a href="tqwidget.html#sizeIncrement">sizeIncrement</a&g
     
 <p>This property holds the window caption (title).
 <p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no
-caption has been set, the caption is <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+caption has been set, the caption is <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 <p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#icon-prop">icon</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#iconText-prop">iconText</a>.
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setCaption">setCaption</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#caption">caption</a>().
@@ -4653,7 +4653,7 @@ has been set, <a href="tqwidget.html#icon">icon</a>() returns 0.
     
 <p>This property holds the widget's icon text.
 <p>This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
-text has been set, this functions returns <a href="ntqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
+text has been set, this functions returns <a href="tqstring.html#TQString-null">TQString::null</a>.
 <p> <p>See also <a href="tqwidget.html#icon-prop">icon</a> and <a href="tqwidget.html#caption-prop">caption</a>.
 
 <p>Set this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#setIconText">setIconText</a>() and get this property's value with <a href="tqwidget.html#iconText">iconText</a>().
diff --git a/doc/html/qaccessibleinterface.html b/doc/html/qaccessibleinterface.html
index 814d12338..6c8e24d4f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaccessibleinterface.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaccessibleinterface.html
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ item and the specified child object have their selection set to on.
 FALSE.
 
         
        See also setFocus() and clearSelection().
 
-
        void TQAccessibleInterface::setText ( Text t, int control, const TQString & text ) [pure virtual]
+
        void TQAccessibleInterface::setText ( Text t, int control, const TQString & text ) [pure virtual]
 
        
 
 
         Sets the text property t of the child object control to text. If control is 0, the text property of the object itself
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ state of the object's sub-element element with ID control. All
 objects have a state.
 
         
        See also text(), role(), and selection().
 
-
        TQString TQAccessibleInterface::text ( Text t, int control ) const [pure virtual]
+
        TQString TQAccessibleInterface::text ( Text t, int control ) const [pure virtual]
 
        
 
 
         Returns a string property t of the child object specified by control, or the string property of the object itself if control
diff --git a/doc/html/qaction-application-example.html b/doc/html/qaction-application-example.html
index 7ac09322f..5b441bf46 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaction-application-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaction-application-example.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ protected:
 private slots:
     void newDoc();
     void choose();
-    void load( const TQString &fileName );
+    void load( const TQString &fileName );
     void save();
     void saveAs();
     void print();
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ private slots:
 private:
     TQPrinter *printer;
     TQTextEdit *e;
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
 };
 
 
@@ -256,16 +256,16 @@ void ApplicationWindow::newDoc()
 
 void ApplicationWindow::choose()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
                                                this);
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
         load( fn );
     else
         statusBar()->message( "Loading aborted", 2000 );
 }
 
 
-void ApplicationWindow::load( const TQString &fileName )
+void ApplicationWindow::load( const TQString &fileName )
 {
     TQFile f( fileName );
     if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ void ApplicationWindow::save()
         return;
     }
 
-    TQString text = e->text();
+    TQString text = e->text();
     TQFile f( filename );
     if ( !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
         statusBar()->message( TQString("Could not write to %1").arg(filename),
@@ -308,9 +308,9 @@ void ApplicationWindow::save()
 
 void ApplicationWindow::saveAs()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
                                                this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
         filename = fn;
         save();
     } else {
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ void ApplicationWindow::print()
             richText.draw( &p, margin, margin, view, colorGroup() );
             view.moveBy( 0, view.height() );
             p.translate( 0 , -view.height() );
-            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
+            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
                         view.bottom() + p.fontMetrics().ascent() + 5, TQString::number( page ) );
             if ( view.top() - margin >= richText.height() )
                 break;
diff --git a/doc/html/qaction-h.html b/doc/html/qaction-h.html
index a8ab43988..27fe80b2a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaction-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaction-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #include "ntqiconset.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqkeysequence.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qapplication-h.html b/doc/html/qapplication-h.html
index d2911b400..4e05fcdf7 100644
--- a/doc/html/qapplication-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qapplication-h.html
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "ntqasciidict.h"
 #include "ntqpalette.h"
 #include "ntqtranslator.h"
-#include "ntqstrlist.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstrlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQSessionManager;
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxbase.html b/doc/html/qaxbase.html
index f93e46113..5f49323d5 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxbase.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxbase.html
@@ -116,8 +116,8 @@ object's IDispatch implementation can be called directly using
 
         Outgoing events supported by the COM object are emitted as
 standard TQt signals.
 
         
        -    connect( webBrowser, TQ_SIGNAL(TitleChanged(const TQString&)),
-             this, TQ_SLOT(setCaption(const TQString&)) );
+    connect( webBrowser, TQ_SIGNAL(TitleChanged(const TQString&)),
+             this, TQ_SLOT(setCaption(const TQString&)) );
     
        
  
 
         TQAxBase transparently converts between COM data types and the
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ type that is used in the prototype of signals and slots for out-parameters.
 
 BSTR
 TQString
-const TQString&
+const TQString&
 TQString&
 
 char, short, int, long
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ type that is used in the prototype of signals and slots for out-parameters.
 
 SAFEARRAY(BSTR)
 TQStringList
-const TQStringList&
+const TQStringList&
 TQStringList&
 
 VARIANT
@@ -240,11 +240,11 @@ use the TQAxBase API like this:
 
             TQAxObject object( "<CLSID>" );
 
-    TQString text = object.property( "text" ).toString();
+    TQString text = object.property( "text" ).toString();
     object.setProperty( "font", TQFont( "Times New Roman", 12 ) );
 
     connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked(int)), &object, TQ_SLOT(showColumn(int)) );
-    bool ok = object.dynamicCall( "addColumn(const TQString&)", "Column 1" ).toBool();
+    bool ok = object.dynamicCall( "addColumn(const TQString&)", "Column 1" ).toBool();
 
     TQValueList<TQVariant> varlist;
     TQValueList<TQVariant> parameters;
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Disconnects and destroys the COM object.
 destructor to call clear(), and call this implementation at the
 end of your clear() function.
 
-
        TQString TQAxBase::control () const
+
        TQString TQAxBase::control () const
 
        Returns the name of the COM object wrapped by this TQAxBase object.
 See the "control" property for details.
 
        void TQAxBase::disableClassInfo ()
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ a value or when the function call failed.
 as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a
 TQObject::connect() call.
 
        -    activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" );
+    activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" );
     
        
  
 
         Alternatively a function can be called passing the parameters embedded
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ property. The property setter is called when var1 is a valid TQVariant,
 otherwise the getter is called.
 
             activeX->dynamicCall( "Value", 5 );
-    TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString();
+    TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString();
     
        
  
 Note that it is faster to get and set properties using
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ the function call failed this function returns an invalid
 
         The TQVariant objects in vars are updated when the method has
 out-parameters.
 
-
        void TQAxBase::exception ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & desc, const TQString & help ) [signal]
+
        void TQAxBase::exception ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & desc, const TQString & help ) [signal]
 
        
 
 
         This signal is emitted when the COM object throws an exception while called using the OLE automation
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ interface IDispatch. code, source, desc and help<
 provided by the COM server and can be used to provide useful feedback to the end user. help includes
 the help file, and the help context ID in brackets, e.g. "filename [id]".
 
-
        TQString TQAxBase::generateDocumentation ()
+
        TQString TQAxBase::generateDocumentation ()
 
        
 
 
         Returns a rich text string with documentation for the
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ of the COM object returns all properties, or that the properties
 returned are the same as those available through the IDispatch
 interface.
 
-
        void TQAxBase::propertyChanged ( const TQString & name ) [signal]
+
        void TQAxBase::propertyChanged ( const TQString & name ) [signal]
 
        
 
 
         If the COM object supports property notification, this signal gets
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ this method to navigate the hierarchy of the object model, e.g.
  
 
 
        Example: qutlook/centralwidget.cpp.
-
        bool TQAxBase::setControl ( const TQString & )
+
        bool TQAxBase::setControl ( const TQString & )
 
        Sets the name of the COM object wrapped by this TQAxBase object.
 See the "control" property for details.
 
        void TQAxBase::setPropertyBag ( const PropertyBag & bag )
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Depending on the control implementation this setting might be
 ignored for some properties.
 
         
        See also propertyWritable() and propertyChanged().
 
-
        void TQAxBase::signal ( const TQString & name, int argc, void * argv ) [signal]
+
        void TQAxBase::signal ( const TQString & name, int argc, void * argv ) [signal]
 
        
 
 
         This generic signal gets emitted when the COM object issues the
@@ -573,10 +573,10 @@ parameter values (DISPPARAMS.rgvarg). Note that the order of parameter
 values is turned around, ie. the last element of the array is the first
 parameter in the function.
 
         
        -    void Receiver::slot( const TQString &name, int argc, void *argv )
+    void Receiver::slot( const TQString &name, int argc, void *argv )
     {
         VARIANTARG *params = (VARIANTARG*)argv;
-        if ( name.startsWith( "BeforeNavigate2(" ) ) {
+        if ( name.startsWith( "BeforeNavigate2(" ) ) {
             IDispatch *pDisp = params[argc-1].pdispVal;
             VARIANTARG URL = *params[argc-2].pvarVal;
             VARIANTARG Flags = *params[argc-3].pvarVal;
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ parameter in the function.
 types. Otherwise, connect directly to the signal name.
 
 
        Property Documentation
        
-
        TQString control
        
+
        TQString control
        
 
        This property holds the name of the COM object wrapped by this TQAxBase object.
 
        Setting this property initilializes the COM object. Any COM object
 previously set is shut down.
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxbindable.html b/doc/html/qaxbindable.html
index d96ad3083..cdce7391c 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxbindable.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxbindable.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ ActiveX control that the property property has been changed.
 function.
 
         
        See also requestPropertyChange().
 
-
        void TQAxBindable::reportError ( int code, const TQString & src, const TQString & desc, const TQString & context = TQString::null ) [static]
+
        void TQAxBindable::reportError ( int code, const TQString & src, const TQString & desc, const TQString & context = TQString::null ) [static]
 
        
 
 
         Reports an error to the client application. code is a
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the client allows the change; otherwise returns
 FALSE.
 
         This function is usually called first in the write function for property, and writing is abandoned if the function returns FALSE.
 
         
        -    void MyActiveTQt::setText( const TQString &text )
+    void MyActiveTQt::setText( const TQString &text )
     {
         if ( !requestPropertyChange( "text" ) )
             return;
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-qutlook.html b/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-qutlook.html
index e29720f4c..13407f8e1 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-qutlook.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-qutlook.html
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ a new protected slot updateOutlook, and also three members of type     ABListViewItem::ABListViewItem( TQListView *listview,
-                                    TQString firstName,
-                                    TQString lastName,
-                                    TQString address,
-                                    TQString eMail,
+                                    TQString firstName,
+                                    TQString lastName,
+                                    TQString address,
+                                    TQString eMail,
                                     TQAxObject *contact )
     : TQListViewItem( listview, firstName, lastName, address, eMail ), contact_item( contact )
     {
@@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ entries, so the item has to be removed from its parent object.
 
         TQAxObject *item = contactItems->querySubObject( "GetFirst()" );
         while ( item ) {
-            TQString firstName = item->property( "FirstName" ).toString();
-            TQString lastName = item->property( "LastName" ).toString();
-            TQString address = item->property( "HomeAddress" ).toString();
-            TQString email = item->property( "Email1Address" ).toString();
+            TQString firstName = item->property( "FirstName" ).toString();
+            TQString lastName = item->property( "LastName" ).toString();
+            TQString address = item->property( "HomeAddress" ).toString();
+            TQString email = item->property( "Email1Address" ).toString();
 
             (void)new ABListViewItem( listView, firstName, lastName, address, email, item );
             // the listviewitem takes ownership
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-webbrowser.html b/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-webbrowser.html
index 491508162..46ccbb40f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-webbrowser.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxcontainer-example-webbrowser.html
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ already been set up within TQt Designer.
         statusBar()->addWidget( pb, 0, TRUE );
 
         connect( WebBrowser, TQ_SIGNAL(ProgressChange(int,int)), this, TQ_SLOT(setProgress(int,int)) );
-        connect( WebBrowser, TQ_SIGNAL(StatusTextChange(const TQString&)), statusBar(), TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( WebBrowser, TQ_SIGNAL(StatusTextChange(const TQString&)), statusBar(), TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)) );
 
         WebBrowser->dynamicCall( "GoHome()" );
     }
@@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ using the TQAxBase::dynamicCall() dynamic
 
         
            void MainWindow::go()
     {
         actionStop->setEnabled( TRUE );
-        WebBrowser->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", addressEdit->text() );
+        WebBrowser->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", addressEdit->text() );
     }
 
        The go() function calls the NavigateTo() function of Internet
 Explorer, passing the text of the address bar as the argument.
-
         
            void MainWindow::setTitle( const TQString &title )
+
         
            void MainWindow::setTitle( const TQString &title )
     {
         setCaption( "TQt WebBrowser - " + title );
     }
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxfactory.html b/doc/html/qaxfactory.html
index ea2ba3e62..2773b1861 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxfactory.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxfactory.html
@@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ and export it:
 
         
             TQStringList ActiveTQtFactory::featureList() const
     {
-        TQStringList list;
+        TQStringList list;
         list << "ActiveX1";
         list << "ActiveX2";
         ...
         return list;
     }
 
-    TQWidget *ActiveTQtFactory::create( const TQString &key, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+    TQWidget *ActiveTQtFactory::create( const TQString &key, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
     {
         if ( key == "ActiveX1" )
             return new ActiveX1( parent, name );
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ and export it:
         return 0;
     }
 
-    TQUuid ActiveTQtFactory::classID( const TQString &key ) const
+    TQUuid ActiveTQtFactory::classID( const TQString &key ) const
     {
         if ( key == "ActiveX1" )
             return "{01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF}";
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ and export it:
         return TQUuid();
     }
 
-    TQUuid ActiveTQtFactory::interfaceID( const TQString &key ) const
+    TQUuid ActiveTQtFactory::interfaceID( const TQString &key ) const
     {
         if ( key == "ActiveX1" )
             return "{01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF}";
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ and export it:
         return TQUuid();
     }
 
-    TQUuid ActiveTQtFactory::eventsID( const TQString &key ) const
+    TQUuid ActiveTQtFactory::eventsID( const TQString &key ) const
     {
         if ( key == "ActiveX1" )
             return "{01234567-89AB-CDEF-0123-456789ABCDEF}";
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Destroys the TQAxFactory object.
 
         Reimplement this function to return the ActiveX server's
 application identifier.
 
-
        TQUuid TQAxFactory::classID ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
        TQUuid TQAxFactory::classID ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return the class identifier for each
 key returned by the featureList() implementation, or an empty
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Reimplement this function to return the class identifier for each
 
         The default implementation interprets key as the class name,
 and returns the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "ClassID".
 
-
        TQWidget * TQAxFactory::create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [virtual]
+
        TQWidget * TQAxFactory::create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return a new widget for key.
 Propagate parent and name to the TQWidget constructor. Return 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Propagate parent and name to the TQWid
 a COM object that can be embedded as a control into applications.
 
         The default implementation returns 0.
 
-
        TQObject * TQAxFactory::createObject ( const TQString & key, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [virtual]
+
        TQObject * TQAxFactory::createObject ( const TQString & key, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return a new object for key.
 Propagate parent and name to the TQWidget constructor. Return 
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ return FALSE.
 
         The default implementation creates a generic automation wrapper based 
 on the meta object information of object.
 
-
        TQUuid TQAxFactory::eventsID ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
        TQUuid TQAxFactory::eventsID ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return the identifier of the event
 interface for each key returned by the featureList()
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ the value of key.
 
         The default implementation interprets key as the class name,
 and returns the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "EventsID".
 
-
        TQString TQAxFactory::exposeToSuperClass ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
        TQString TQAxFactory::exposeToSuperClass ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return the name of the super class of
 key up to which methods and properties should be exposed by the
@@ -262,13 +262,13 @@ exposed.
 
         To only expose the functions and properties of the class itself,
 reimplement this function to return key.
 
-
        TQStringList TQAxFactory::featureList () const [pure virtual]
+
        TQStringList TQAxFactory::featureList () const [pure virtual]
 
        
 
 
         Reimplement this function to return a list of the widgets (class
 names) supported by this factory.
 
-
        bool TQAxFactory::hasStockEvents ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
        bool TQAxFactory::hasStockEvents ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return TRUE if the ActiveX control
 key should support the standard ActiveX events
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Reimplement this function to return TRUE if the ActiveX control
 and returns TRUE if the value of the TQ_CLASSINFO entry "StockEvents"
 is "yes". Otherwise this function returns FALSE.
 
-
        TQUuid TQAxFactory::interfaceID ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
        TQUuid TQAxFactory::interfaceID ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return the interface identifier for
 each key returned by the featureList() implementation, or an
@@ -319,14 +319,14 @@ running as a persistent service (e.g. an NT service) and should
 not terminate even when all objects provided have been released.
 
         The default implementation returns FALSE.
 
-
        TQMetaObject * TQAxFactory::metaObject ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
        TQMetaObject * TQAxFactory::metaObject ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return the TQMetaObject corresponding to
 key, or 0 if this factory doesn't support the value of key.
 
         The default implementation returns the TQMetaObject for the class
 key.
 
-
        void TQAxFactory::registerClass ( const TQString & key, TQSettings * settings ) const [virtual]
+
        void TQAxFactory::registerClass ( const TQString & key, TQSettings * settings ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Registers additional values for the class key in the system
 registry using the settings object. The standard values have
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ this function.
 unregisterClass() to remove the additional registry values.
 
         
        See also TQSettings.
 
-
        TQString TQAxFactory::serverDirPath () [static]
+
        TQString TQAxFactory::serverDirPath () [static]
 
        
 Returns the directory that contains the server binary.
 
         For out-of-process servers this is the same as 
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Returns the directory that contains the server binary.
 that function returns the directory that contains the hosting
 application.
 
-
        TQString TQAxFactory::serverFilePath () [static]
+
        TQString TQAxFactory::serverFilePath () [static]
 
        
 Returns the file path of the server binary.
 
         For out-of-process servers this is the same as 
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ in-process server) does nothing and returns TRUE.
 if the server executable has been started with the -activex 
 command line parameter.
 
-
        bool TQAxFactory::stayTopLevel ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
        bool TQAxFactory::stayTopLevel ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return TRUE if the ActiveX control key
 should be a top level window, e.g. a dialog. The default implementation
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ COM will start a new server process if additional objects are requested.
 
         Reimplement this function to return the ActiveX server's type
 library identifier.
 
-
        void TQAxFactory::unregisterClass ( const TQString & key, TQSettings * settings ) const [virtual]
+
        void TQAxFactory::unregisterClass ( const TQString & key, TQSettings * settings ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Unregisters any additional values for the class key from the
 system registry using the settings object.
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ system registry using the settings object.
  
 
         
        See also registerClass() and TQSettings.
 
-
        bool TQAxFactory::validateLicenseKey ( const TQString & key, const TQString & licenseKey ) const [virtual]
+
        bool TQAxFactory::validateLicenseKey ( const TQString & key, const TQString & licenseKey ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Reimplement this function to return TRUE if licenseKey is a valid
 license for the class key, or if the current machine is licensed.
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxobject.html b/doc/html/qaxobject.html
index a40da7967..312a3ebd4 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxobject.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxobject.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the TQObject subclass.
 Creates an empty COM object and propagates parent and name
 to the TQObject constructor. To initialize the object, call setControl.
 
-
        TQAxObject::TQAxObject ( const TQString & c, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQAxObject::TQAxObject ( const TQString & c, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Creates a TQAxObject that wraps the COM object c. parent and
 name are propagated to the TQWidget contructor.
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ a value or when the function call failed.
 as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a
 TQObject::connect() call.
 
        -    activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" );
+    activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" );
     
        
  
 
         Alternatively a function can be called passing the parameters embedded
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ property. The property setter is called when var1 is a valid TQVariant,
 otherwise the getter is called.
 
             activeX->dynamicCall( "Value", 5 );
-    TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString();
+    TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString();
     
        
  
 Note that it is faster to get and set properties using
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxscript.html b/doc/html/qaxscript.html
index 50d90a2f1..2a10ac234 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxscript.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxscript.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ compilers.
 
      • TQAxScript::FunctionSignatures - Returns the functions with signatures.
 
      
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQAxScript::TQAxScript ( const TQString & name, TQAxScriptManager * manager )
+
      TQAxScript::TQAxScript ( const TQString & name, TQAxScriptManager * manager )
 
      
 Constructs a TQAxScript object called name and registers
 it with the TQAxScriptManager manager. This is usually done by the
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ takes ownership of the object.
 
 Destroys the object, releasing all allocated resources.
 
-
      TQVariant TQAxScript::call ( const TQString & function, const TQVariant & var1 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var2 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var3 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var4 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var5 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var6 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var7 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var8 = TQVariant ( ) )
+
      TQVariant TQAxScript::call ( const TQString & function, const TQVariant & var1 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var2 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var3 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var4 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var5 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var6 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var7 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var8 = TQVariant ( ) )
 
      
 Calls function, passing the parameters var1, var1, 
 var2, var3, var4, var5, var6, var7 and var8
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ the function call failed.
 
       See TQAxScriptManager::call() for more information about how to call
 script functions.
 
-
      TQVariant TQAxScript::call ( const TQString & function, TQValueList<TQVariant> & arguments )
+
      TQVariant TQAxScript::call ( const TQString & function, TQValueList<TQVariant> & arguments )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Calls function passing arguments as parameters, and returns
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ script functions.
  
 
       This signal is emitted when a script engine has started executing code.
 
-
      void TQAxScript::error ( int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText ) [signal]
+
      void TQAxScript::error ( int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText ) [signal]
 
      
 
 
       This signal is emitted when an execution error occured while
@@ -139,12 +139,12 @@ contain information about the execution error.
 
       result contains the script's result. This will be an invalid
 TQVariant if the script has no return value.
 
-
      void TQAxScript::finished ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & description, const TQString & help ) [signal]
+
      void TQAxScript::finished ( int code, const TQString & source, const TQString & description, const TQString & help ) [signal]
 
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       code, source, description and help contain exception information
 when the script terminated.
 
-
      TQStringList TQAxScript::functions ( FunctionFlags flags = FunctionNames ) const
+
      TQStringList TQAxScript::functions ( FunctionFlags flags = FunctionNames ) const
 
      
 Returns a list of all the functions in this script if the respective
 script engine supports introspection; otherwise returns an empty list.
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ The functions are either provided with full prototypes or only as
 names, depending on the value of flags.
 
       
      See also TQAxScriptEngine::hasIntrospection().
 
-
      bool TQAxScript::load ( const TQString & code, const TQString & language = TQString::null )
+
      bool TQAxScript::load ( const TQString & code, const TQString & language = TQString::null )
 
      
 Loads the script source code written in language language
 into the script engine. Returns TRUE if code was successfully
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ TQAxScript::registerEngine().
 
       This function can only be called once for each TQAxScript object,
 which is done automatically when using TQAxScriptManager::load().
 
-
      TQString TQAxScript::scriptCode () const
+
      TQString TQAxScript::scriptCode () const
 
       
 Returns the script's code, or the null-string if no
 code has been loaded yet.
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Returns a pointer to the script engine.
 
       You can use the object returned to connect signals to the 
 script functions, or to access the script engine directly.
 
-
      TQString TQAxScript::scriptName () const
+
      TQString TQAxScript::scriptName () const
 
       
 Returns the name of the script.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxscriptengine.html b/doc/html/qaxscriptengine.html
index 284ae1a8b..b3c220f18 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxscriptengine.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxscriptengine.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ event sources
 
    13. TQAxScriptEngine::Closed - The script has been closed.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQAxScriptEngine::TQAxScriptEngine ( const TQString & language, TQAxScript * script )
+
      TQAxScriptEngine::TQAxScriptEngine ( const TQString & language, TQAxScript * script )
 
      
 Constructs a TQAxScriptEngine object interpreting script code in language
 provided by the code in script. This is usually done by the TQAxScript 
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ script.
 Destroys the TQAxScriptEngine object, releasing all allocated
 resources.
 
-
      void TQAxScriptEngine::addItem ( const TQString & name )
+
      void TQAxScriptEngine::addItem ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Registers an item with the script engine. Script code can
 refer to this item using name.
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ the requested interface could not be provided.
 
       Returns the result of the QueryInterface implementation of the COM
 object.
 
-
      TQString TQAxScriptEngine::scriptLanguage () const
+
      TQString TQAxScriptEngine::scriptLanguage () const
 
       
 Returns the scripting language, for example "VBScript",
 or "JScript".
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxscriptmanager.html b/doc/html/qaxscriptmanager.html
index dbe0702e7..706acf33f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxscriptmanager.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxscriptmanager.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ must be exposed as a COM object using the functionality provided
 by the TQAxServer module.. Applications
 using this function you must link against the qaxserver library.
 
-
      TQVariant TQAxScriptManager::call ( const TQString & function, const TQVariant & var1 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var2 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var3 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var4 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var5 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var6 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var7 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var8 = TQVariant ( ) )
+
      TQVariant TQAxScriptManager::call ( const TQString & function, const TQVariant & var1 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var2 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var3 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var4 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var5 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var6 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var7 = TQVariant ( ), const TQVariant & var8 = TQVariant ( ) )
 
      
 Calls function, passing the parameters var1, var1, 
 var2, var3, var4, var5, var6, var7 and var8
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@ using TQAxScript::call() on the respective  Note that calling this function can be significantely slower than
 using call() on the respective TQAxScript directly.
 
-
      TQVariant TQAxScriptManager::call ( const TQString & function, TQValueList<TQVariant> & arguments )
+
      TQVariant TQAxScriptManager::call ( const TQString & function, TQValueList<TQVariant> & arguments )
 
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Calls function passing arguments as parameters, and returns
 the result. Returns when the script's execution has finished.
 
-
      void TQAxScriptManager::error ( TQAxScript * script, int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText ) [signal]
+
      void TQAxScriptManager::error ( TQAxScript * script, int code, const TQString & description, int sourcePosition, const TQString & sourceText ) [signal]
 
      
 
 
       This signal is emitted when an execution error occured while
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ running script.
 
       code, description, sourcePosition and sourceText
 contain information about the execution error.
 
-
      TQStringList TQAxScriptManager::functions ( TQAxScript::FunctionFlags flags = TQAxScript::FunctionNames ) const
+
      TQStringList TQAxScriptManager::functions ( TQAxScript::FunctionFlags flags = TQAxScript::FunctionNames ) const
 
      
 Returns a list with all the functions that are available.
 Functions provided by script engines that don't support
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ introspection are not included in the list.
 The functions are either provided with full prototypes or 
 only as names, depending on the value of flags.
 
-
      TQAxScript * TQAxScriptManager::load ( const TQString & code, const TQString & name, const TQString & language )
+
      TQAxScript * TQAxScriptManager::load ( const TQString & code, const TQString & name, const TQString & language )
 
      
 Loads the script source code using the script engine for language. The script can later be referred to using its name
 which should not be empty.
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ still be available by calling its script
 directly.
 
       
      See also addObject(), scriptNames(), and functions().
 
-
      TQAxScript * TQAxScriptManager::load ( const TQString & file, const TQString & name )
+
      TQAxScript * TQAxScriptManager::load ( const TQString & file, const TQString & name )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Loads the source code from the file. The script can later be
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ default ".js" files are interpreted as JScript files, and ".vbs"
 and ".dsm" files are interpreted as VBScript. Additional script
 engines can be registered using registerEngine().
 
-
      bool TQAxScriptManager::registerEngine ( const TQString & name, const TQString & extension, const TQString & code = TQString ( ) ) [static]
+
      bool TQAxScriptManager::registerEngine ( const TQString & name, const TQString & extension, const TQString & code = TQString ( ) ) [static]
 
      
 Registers the script engine called name and returns TRUE if the
 engine was found; otherwise does nothing and returns FALSE.
@@ -201,19 +201,19 @@ engine was found; otherwise does nothing and returns FALSE.
 extension, or when loading source code that contains the string
 code.
 
-
      TQAxScript * TQAxScriptManager::script ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      TQAxScript * TQAxScriptManager::script ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns the script called name.
 
       You can use the returned pointer to call functions directly 
 through TQAxScript::call(), to access the script engine directly, or
 to delete and thus unload the script.
 
-
      TQString TQAxScriptManager::scriptFileFilter () [static]
+
      TQString TQAxScriptManager::scriptFileFilter () [static]
 
      
 Returns a file filter listing all the supported script languages.
 This filter string is convenient for use with TQFileDialog.
 
-
      TQStringList TQAxScriptManager::scriptNames () const
+
      TQStringList TQAxScriptManager::scriptNames () const
 
      
 Returns a list with the names of all the scripts.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxserver-example-hierarchy.html b/doc/html/qaxserver-example-hierarchy.html
index a018cba46..b6361de24 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxserver-example-hierarchy.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxserver-example-hierarchy.html
@@ -46,9 +46,9 @@ subclass with child widgets that are accessible as sub types.
         TQSize sizeHint() const;
 
     public slots:
-        void createSubWidget( const TQString &name );
+        void createSubWidget( const TQString &name );
 
-        TQSubWidget *subWidget( const TQString &name );
+        TQSubWidget *subWidget( const TQString &name );
 
     private:
         TQVBoxLayout *vbox;
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ with a name, and to return a pointer to a named widget.
     }
 
      14. The constructor of TQParentWidget creates a vertical box layout.
 New child widgets are automatically added to the layout.
-
       
          void TQParentWidget::createSubWidget( const TQString &name )
+
       
          void TQParentWidget::createSubWidget( const TQString &name )
     {
         TQSubWidget *sw = new TQSubWidget( this, name );
         sw->setLabel( name );
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ New child widgets are automatically added to the layout.
 
      The createSubWidget slot creates a new TQSubWidget with
 the name provided in the parameter, and sets the label to that
 name. The widget is also shown explicitly.
-
       
          TQSubWidget *TQParentWidget::subWidget( const TQString &name )
+
       
          TQSubWidget *TQParentWidget::subWidget( const TQString &name )
     {
         return (TQSubWidget*)child( name, "TQSubWidget" );
     }
@@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ name.
     public:
         TQSubWidget( TQWidget *parent = 0, const char *name = 0, WFlags f = 0 );
 
-        void setLabel( const TQString &text );
-        TQString label() const;
+        void setLabel( const TQString &text );
+        TQString label() const;
 
         TQSize sizeHint() const;
 
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ name.
         void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent *e );
 
     private:
-        TQString lbl;
+        TQString lbl;
     };
 
      The TQSubWidget class has a single string-property label,
 and implements the paintEvent to draw the label.
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ and implements the paintEvent to draw the label.
     {
     }
 
-    void TQSubWidget::setLabel( const TQString &text )
+    void TQSubWidget::setLabel( const TQString &text )
     {
         lbl = text;
         setName( text );
@@ -143,9 +143,9 @@ and implements the paintEvent to draw the label.
         ActiveTQtFactory( const TQUuid &lib, const TQUuid &app )
             : TQAxFactory( lib, app )
         {}
-        TQStringList featureList() const
+        TQStringList featureList() const
         {
-            TQStringList list;
+            TQStringList list;
             list << "TQParentWidget";
             list << "TQSubWidget";
             return list;
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ and implements the paintEvent to draw the label.
 
      The ActiveTQtFactory class implements a TQAxFactory. It returns
 the class names of all supported types, TQParentWidget and
 TQSubWidget, from the featureList() reimplementation.
-
       
              TQWidget *create( const TQString &key, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+
       
              TQWidget *create( const TQString &key, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
         {
             if ( key == "TQParentWidget" )
                 return new TQParentWidget( parent, name );
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ the class names of all supported types, TQParentWidget and
 
      The factory can however only create objects of the TQParentWidget
 type directly - objects of subtypes can only be created through the
 interface of TQParentWidget objects.
-
       
              TQUuid classID( const TQString &key ) const
+
       
              TQUuid classID( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQParentWidget" )
                 return TQUuid( "{d574a747-8016-46db-a07c-b2b4854ee75c}" );
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ interface of TQParentWidget objects.
 
             return TQUuid();
         }
-        TQUuid interfaceID( const TQString &key ) const
+        TQUuid interfaceID( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQParentWidget" )
                 return TQUuid( "{4a30719d-d9c2-4659-9d16-67378209f822}" );
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ interface of TQParentWidget objects.
 
             return TQUuid();
         }
-        TQUuid eventsID( const TQString &key ) const
+        TQUuid eventsID( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQParentWidget" )
                 return TQUuid( "{aac9f855-c3dc-4cae-b747-c77f4d509f4c}" );
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ interface of TQParentWidget objects.
         }
 
      COM however requires the IDs for the interfaces of the sub types as
 well to be able to marshal calls correctly.
-
       
              TQString exposeToSuperClass( const TQString &key ) const
+
       
              TQString exposeToSuperClass( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQSubWidget" )
                 return key;
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxserver-example-simple.html b/doc/html/qaxserver-example-simple.html
index cede21a3e..39377a677 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxserver-example-simple.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxserver-example-simple.html
@@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ and TQAxBindable::propertyChanged
             edit = new TQLineEdit( this );
 
             connect( slider, TQ_SIGNAL( valueChanged( int ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( setValue(int) ) );
-            connect( edit, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
+            connect( edit, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)), this, TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
 
             vbox->addWidget( slider );
             vbox->addWidget( LCD );
             vbox->addWidget( edit );
         }
 
-        TQString text() const
+        TQString text() const
         {
             return edit->text();
         }
@@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ and TQAxBindable::propertyChanged
     signals:
         void someSignal();
         void valueChanged(int);
-        void textChanged(const TQString&);
+        void textChanged(const TQString&);
 
     public slots:
-        void setText( const TQString &string )
+        void setText( const TQString &string )
         {
             if ( !requestPropertyChange( "text" ) )
                 return;
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxserver-example-wrapper.html b/doc/html/qaxserver-example-wrapper.html
index 984093282..6cf10c48f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxserver-example-wrapper.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxserver-example-wrapper.html
@@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ macro.
         ActiveTQtFactory( const TQUuid &lib, const TQUuid &app )
             : TQAxFactory( lib, app )
         {}
-        TQStringList featureList() const
+        TQStringList featureList() const
         {
-            TQStringList list;
+            TQStringList list;
             list << "TQButton";
             list << "TQCheckBox";
             list << "TQRadioButton";
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ macro.
             list << "TQToolButton";
             return list;
         }
-        TQWidget *create( const TQString &key, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
+        TQWidget *create( const TQString &key, TQWidget *parent, const char *name )
         {
             if ( key == "TQButton" )
                 return new TQButton( parent, name );
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ macro.
 
             return 0;
         }
-        TQMetaObject *metaObject( const TQString &key ) const
+        TQMetaObject *metaObject( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQButton" )
                 return TQButton::staticMetaObject();
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ macro.
 
             return 0;
         }
-        TQUuid classID( const TQString &key ) const
+        TQUuid classID( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQButton" )
                 return "{23F5012A-7333-43D3-BCA8-836AABC61B4A}";
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ macro.
 
             return TQUuid();
         }
-        TQUuid interfaceID( const TQString &key ) const
+        TQUuid interfaceID( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQButton" )
                 return "{6DA689FB-928F-423C-8632-678C3D3606DB}";
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ macro.
 
             return TQUuid();
         }
-        TQUuid eventsID( const TQString &key ) const
+        TQUuid eventsID( const TQString &key ) const
         {
             if ( key == "TQButton" )
                 return "{73A5D03F-8ADE-4D84-9AE0-A93B4F85A130}";
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxserver.html b/doc/html/qaxserver.html
index 542e0a6b2..821d2876d 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxserver.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxserver.html
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ slots are:
 bool&
 [in, out] VARIANT_BOOL*
 
-TQString, const TQString&
+TQString, const TQString&
 [in] BSTR
 
 TQString&
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ slots are:
 TQValueList<TQVariant>&
 [in, out] SAFEARRAY(VARIANT)*
 
-TQStringList, const TQStringList&
+TQStringList, const TQStringList&
 [in] SAFEARRAY(BSTR)
 
 TQStringList&
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ exposeToSuperClass() function. Reimplement the function to return
 the last (furthest up the inheritance hierarchy) super class that
 should be exposed:
 
       
      -    TQString MyFactory::exposeToSuperClass( const TQString &key ) const
+    TQString MyFactory::exposeToSuperClass( const TQString &key ) const
     {
         if ( key == "SmallActiveX" )
             return key;
diff --git a/doc/html/qaxwidget.html b/doc/html/qaxwidget.html
index 283b04741..c6cffa6ca 100644
--- a/doc/html/qaxwidget.html
+++ b/doc/html/qaxwidget.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ around this problem, aggregate the TQAxWidget as a member of the
 Creates an empty TQAxWidget widget and propagates parent, name and f to the TQWidget constructor. To initialize a control,
 call setControl.
 
-
      TQAxWidget::TQAxWidget ( const TQString & c, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
+
      TQAxWidget::TQAxWidget ( const TQString & c, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0, WFlags f = 0 )
 
      
 Creates an TQAxWidget widget and initializes the ActiveX control c.
 parent, name and f are propagated to the TQWidget contructor.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ a value or when the function call failed.
 as the full prototype, for example as it would be written in a
 TQObject::connect() call.
 
      -    activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" );
+    activeX->dynamicCall( "Navigate(const TQString&)", "www.trolltech.com" );
     
      
  
 
       Alternatively a function can be called passing the parameters embedded
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ property. The property setter is called when var1 is a valid TQVariant,
 otherwise the getter is called.
 
           activeX->dynamicCall( "Value", 5 );
-    TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString();
+    TQString text = activeX->dynamicCall( "Text" ).toString();
     
      
  
 Note that it is faster to get and set properties using
diff --git a/doc/html/qbitarray-h.html b/doc/html/qbitarray-h.html
index 7644a5acb..de0703c51 100644
--- a/doc/html/qbitarray-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qbitarray-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQBITARRAY_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qbuffer-h.html b/doc/html/qbuffer-h.html
index 04c8c821c..65e5c09dc 100644
--- a/doc/html/qbuffer-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qbuffer-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqiodevice.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qcacheiterator.html b/doc/html/qcacheiterator.html
index d4be3eda3..c630eb4df 100644
--- a/doc/html/qcacheiterator.html
+++ b/doc/html/qcacheiterator.html
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ operates.
 
 
       Returns a pointer to the current iterator item.
 
-
      TQString TQCacheIterator::currentKey () const
+
      TQString TQCacheIterator::currentKey () const
 
      
 
 
       Returns the key for the current iterator item.
diff --git a/doc/html/qchar-members.html b/doc/html/qchar-members.html
index 2f170a43b..ba6eff19a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qchar-members.html
+++ b/doc/html/qchar-members.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qchar.html b/doc/html/qchar.html
index ff9db3c67..bbbc6ee88 100644
--- a/doc/html/qchar.html
+++ b/doc/html/qchar.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
      The TQChar class provides a lightweight Unicode character.
 More...
 
      Almost all the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support. The exception is decomposition().
-
      #include <ntqstring.h>
+
      #include <tqstring.h>
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
@@ -152,14 +152,14 @@ changes when the character has a well-defined upper/lower-case
 equivalent. There is no provision for locale-dependent case
 folding rules or comparison; these functions are meant to be fast
 so they can be used unambiguously in data structures. (See
-TQString::localeAwareCompare() though.)
+TQString::localeAwareCompare() though.)
 
         The conversion functions include unicode() (to a scalar), latin1()
 (to scalar, but converts all non-Latin-1 characters to 0), row()
 (gives the Unicode row), cell() (gives the Unicode cell),
 digitValue() (gives the integer value of any of the numerous digit
 characters), and a host of constructors.
 
         More information can be found in the document About Unicode.
-
         
        See also TQString, TQCharRef, and Text Related Classes.
+
         
        See also TQString, TQCharRef, and Text Related Classes.
 
 
        Member Type Documentation
        
 
        TQChar::Category
        
@@ -295,11 +295,11 @@ marks attached to a base character.
 
         The TQt text rendering engine uses this information to correctly
 position non spacing marks around a base character.
 
-
        const TQString & TQChar::decomposition () const
+
        const TQString & TQChar::decomposition () const
 
        Warning: This function is not reentrant.
        
 
 
-
         Decomposes a character into its parts. Returns TQString::null if no
+
         Decomposes a character into its parts. Returns TQString::null if no
 decomposition exists.
 
 
        Decomposition TQChar::decompositionTag () const
diff --git a/doc/html/qcharref-members.html b/doc/html/qcharref-members.html
index 2108a73f3..8dc1a07ad 100644
--- a/doc/html/qcharref-members.html
+++ b/doc/html/qcharref-members.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qcharref.html b/doc/html/qcharref.html
index 1cd653fd6..d83b1c959 100644
--- a/doc/html/qcharref.html
+++ b/doc/html/qcharref.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
        The TQCharRef class is a helper class for TQString.
 More...
 
        All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
        
-
        #include <ntqstring.h>
+
        #include <tqstring.h>
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Detailed Description
        
 
 
 
-The TQCharRef class is a helper class for TQString.
+The TQCharRef class is a helper class for TQString.
 
         
 
         When you get an object of type TQCharRef, if you can assign to it,
 the assignment will apply to the character in the string from
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The TQCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the
 string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a TQChar.
 
         Most of the TQChar member functions also exist in TQCharRef.
 However, they are not explicitly documented here.
-
         
        See also TQString::operator[](), TQString::at(), TQChar, and Text Related Classes.
+
         
        See also TQString::operator[](), TQString::at(), TQChar, and Text Related Classes.
 
 
 
        
diff --git a/doc/html/qchecklistitem.html b/doc/html/qchecklistitem.html
index eed2dd1c5..322823ad3 100644
--- a/doc/html/qchecklistitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qchecklistitem.html
@@ -103,49 +103,49 @@ retrieved with type() and its text retrieved with TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQCheckListItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQCheckListItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
 
        
 Constructs a checkable item with parent parent, text text
 and of type tt. Note that a RadioButton must be the child of a
 RadioButtonController, otherwise it will not toggle.
 
-
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQCheckListItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQCheckListItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
 
        
 Constructs a checkable item with parent parent, which is after
 after in the parent's list of children, and with text text
 and of type tt. Note that a RadioButton must be the child of
 a RadioButtonController, otherwise it will not toggle.
 
-
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
 
        
 Constructs a checkable item with parent parent, text text
 and of type tt. Note that this item must not be a RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
 
-
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
 
        
 Constructs a checkable item with parent parent, which is after
 after in the parent's list of children, with text text and
 of type tt. Note that this item must not be a RadioButton. Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
 
-
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
 
        
 Constructs a checkable item with parent parent, text text
 and of type tt. Note that tt must not be RadioButton.
 Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
 
-
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, const TQString & text, Type tt = RadioButtonController )
 
        
 Constructs a checkable item with parent parent, which is after
 after in the parent's list of children, with text text and
 of type tt. Note that tt must not be RadioButton.
 Radio buttons must be children of a RadioButtonController.
 
-
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )
 
        
 Constructs a RadioButtonController item with parent parent,
 text text and pixmap p.
 
-
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )
+
        TQCheckListItem::TQCheckListItem ( TQListView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )
 
        
 Constructs a RadioButtonController item with parent parent,
 text text and pixmap p.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ This virtual function is called when the item changes its state.
 NoChange (if tristate is enabled and the type is either CheckBox or CheckBoxController) reports the same as Off, so
 use state() to determine if the state is actually Off or NoChange.
 
-
        TQString TQCheckListItem::text () const
+
        TQString TQCheckListItem::text () const
 
        
 
 
         Returns the item's text.
diff --git a/doc/html/qchecktableitem.html b/doc/html/qchecktableitem.html
index 938aedf68..e3ab99b40 100644
--- a/doc/html/qchecktableitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qchecktableitem.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ using isChecked().
 
         
        See also rtti(), EditType, TQComboTableItem, TQTableItem, TQCheckBox, and Advanced Widgets.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQCheckTableItem::TQCheckTableItem ( TQTable * table, const TQString & txt )
+
        TQCheckTableItem::TQCheckTableItem ( TQTable * table, const TQString & txt )
 
        
 Creates a TQCheckTableItem with an EditType of WhenCurrent
 as a child of table. The checkbox is initially unchecked and
diff --git a/doc/html/qcolor-h.html b/doc/html/qcolor-h.html
index ba4c883f9..087f13536 100644
--- a/doc/html/qcolor-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qcolor-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqwindowdefs.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 const TQRgb  TQT_RGB_MASK    = 0x00ffffff;		// masks RGB values
diff --git a/doc/html/qcombotableitem.html b/doc/html/qcombotableitem.html
index 5b844d99d..e0453c3b1 100644
--- a/doc/html/qcombotableitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qcombotableitem.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ combobox. Only text items (i.e. no pixmaps) may be used in
 TQComboTableItems.
 
         TQComboTableItem items have the edit type WhenCurrent (see
 EditType). The TQComboTableItem's list of items is provided by
-a TQStringList passed to the constructor.
+a TQStringList passed to the constructor.
 
         The list of items may be changed using setStringList(). The
 current item can be set with setCurrentItem() and retrieved with
 currentItem(). The text of the current item can be obtained with
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ number (see rtti()).
 
         
        See also TQCheckTableItem, TQTableItem, TQComboBox, and Advanced Widgets.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQComboTableItem::TQComboTableItem ( TQTable * table, const TQStringList & list, bool editable = FALSE )
+
        TQComboTableItem::TQComboTableItem ( TQTable * table, const TQStringList & list, bool editable = FALSE )
 
        
 Creates a combo table item for the table table. The combobox's
 list of items is passed in the list argument. If editable is
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Returns the total number of list items in the combo table item.
 Returns the index of the combo table item's current list item.
 
         
        See also setCurrentItem().
 
-
        TQString TQComboTableItem::currentText () const
+
        TQString TQComboTableItem::currentText () const
 
        
 Returns the text of the combo table item's current list item.
 
         
        See also currentItem() and text().
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ item.
 
         
        See also currentItem().
 
 
        Example: table/small-table-demo/main.cpp.
-
        void TQComboTableItem::setCurrentItem ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
+
        void TQComboTableItem::setCurrentItem ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Sets the list item whose text is s to be the combo table item's
@@ -156,12 +156,12 @@ may enter a new text item themselves. If b is FALSE the user may
 may only choose one of the existing items.
 
         
        See also isEditable().
 
-
        void TQComboTableItem::setStringList ( const TQStringList & l ) [virtual]
+
        void TQComboTableItem::setStringList ( const TQStringList & l ) [virtual]
 
        
 Sets the list items of this TQComboTableItem to the strings in the
 string list l.
 
-
        TQString TQComboTableItem::text ( int i ) const
+
        TQString TQComboTableItem::text ( int i ) const
 
        
 Returns the text of the combo's list item at index i.
 
         
        See also currentText().
diff --git a/doc/html/qconststring-members.html b/doc/html/qconststring-members.html
index ad1c676ea..6b3d678d7 100644
--- a/doc/html/qconststring-members.html
+++ b/doc/html/qconststring-members.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-
+
 
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qconststring.html b/doc/html/qconststring.html
index 659c77e76..9872a566c 100644
--- a/doc/html/qconststring.html
+++ b/doc/html/qconststring.html
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 
-
+
 
 
 
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
        The TQConstString class provides string objects using constant Unicode data.
 More...
 
        All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
        
-
        #include <ntqstring.h>
+
        #include <tqstring.h>
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Public Members
        
 
          
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 The TQConstString class provides string objects using constant Unicode data.
 
           In order to minimize copying, highly optimized applications can
-use TQConstString to provide a TQString-compatible object from
+use TQConstString to provide a TQString-compatible object from
 existing Unicode data. It is then the programmer's responsibility
 to ensure that the Unicode data exists for the entire lifetime of
 the TQConstString object.
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ guarantee that unicode will not be deleted or modified.
 Destroys the TQConstString, creating a copy of the data if other
 strings are still using it.
 
-
          const TQString & TQConstString::string () const
+
          const TQString & TQConstString::string () const
 
          
 
 
           Returns a constant string referencing the data passed during
diff --git a/doc/html/qcopchannel.html b/doc/html/qcopchannel.html
index 0eb0e4bd2..8f899a69f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qcopchannel.html
+++ b/doc/html/qcopchannel.html
@@ -107,11 +107,11 @@ extract the information it contains.
     {
         TQDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly );
         if ( msg == "execute(TQString,TQString)" ) {
-            TQString cmd, arg;
+            TQString cmd, arg;
             stream >> cmd >> arg;
             ...
         } else if ( msg == "delete(TQString)" ) {
-            TQString filenname;
+            TQString filenname;
             stream >> filename;
             ...
         } else ...
diff --git a/doc/html/qdatastream-h.html b/doc/html/qdatastream-h.html
index e9f8331a1..c8d43f5c1 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdatastream-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdatastream-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqiodevice.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
diff --git a/doc/html/qdate.html b/doc/html/qdate.html
index 2a1b5b22c..dcf8f8079 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdate.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdate.html
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Returns the day of the month (1..31) of this date.
 
           
          See also year(), month(), and dayOfWeek().
 
 
          Example: dclock/dclock.cpp.
-
          TQString TQDate::dayName ( int weekday ) [static]
+
          TQString TQDate::dayName ( int weekday ) [static]
 
          
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ negative if d is earlier than this date).
  
 
           
          See also addDays().
 
-
          TQDate TQDate::fromString ( const TQString & s, TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) [static]
+
          TQDate TQDate::fromString ( const TQString & s, TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) [static]
 
          
 Returns the TQDate represented by the string s, using the format
 f, or an invalid date if the string cannot be parsed.
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 Returns TRUE if the specified year y is a leap year; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
-
          TQString TQDate::longDayName ( int weekday ) [static]
+
          TQString TQDate::longDayName ( int weekday ) [static]
 
          
 Returns the long name of the weekday.
 
           1 = "Monday", 2 = "Tuesday", ... 7 = "Sunday"
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Returns the long name of the weekday.
 settings.
 
           
          See also toString(), shortDayName(), shortMonthName(), and longMonthName().
 
-
          TQString TQDate::longMonthName ( int month ) [static]
+
          TQString TQDate::longMonthName ( int month ) [static]
 
          
 Returns the long name of the month.
 
           1 = "January", 2 = "February", ... 12 = "December"
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Returns the month (January=1..December=12) of this date.
 
           
          See also year() and day().
 
 
          Example: dclock/dclock.cpp.
-
          TQString TQDate::monthName ( int month ) [static]
+
          TQString TQDate::monthName ( int month ) [static]
 
          
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Sets the date's year y, month m and day d.
 1900..1999.
 
           Returns TRUE if the date is valid; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
          TQString TQDate::shortDayName ( int weekday ) [static]
+
          TQString TQDate::shortDayName ( int weekday ) [static]
 
          
 Returns the name of the weekday.
 
           1 = "Mon", 2 = "Tue", ... 7 = "Sun"
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Returns the name of the weekday.
 settings.
 
           
          See also toString(), shortMonthName(), longMonthName(), and longDayName().
 
-
          TQString TQDate::shortMonthName ( int month ) [static]
+
          TQString TQDate::shortMonthName ( int month ) [static]
 
          
 Returns the name of the month.
 
           1 = "Jan", 2 = "Feb", ... 12 = "Dec"
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Returns the name of the month.
 settings.
 
           
          See also toString(), longMonthName(), shortDayName(), and longDayName().
 
-
          TQString TQDate::toString ( const TQString & format ) const
+
          TQString TQDate::toString ( const TQString & format ) const
 
          
 Returns the date as a string. The format parameter determines
 the format of the result string.
@@ -379,11 +379,11 @@ Uses TQDate::longMonthName().
  dd.MM.yyyy	   20.07.1969
  ddd MMMM d yy  Sun July 20 69
 
-
           If the date is an invalid date, then TQString::null will be returned.
+
           If the date is an invalid date, then TQString::null will be returned.
 
           
          See also TQDateTime::toString() and TQTime::toString().
 
 
           
-
          TQString TQDate::toString ( TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) const
+
          TQString TQDate::toString ( TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) const
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Returns the date as a string. The f parameter determines the
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ YYYY-MM-DD where YYYY is the year, MM is the month of the year
 31.
 
           If f is TQt::LocalDate, the string format depends on the
 locale settings of the system.
-
           If the date is an invalid date, then TQString::null will be returned.
+
           If the date is an invalid date, then TQString::null will be returned.
 
           
          See also shortDayName() and shortMonthName().
 
 
          int TQDate::weekNumber ( int * yearNumber = 0 ) const
diff --git a/doc/html/qdateedit.html b/doc/html/qdateedit.html
index 29d7e8a60..58205d31c 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdateedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdateedit.html
@@ -180,14 +180,14 @@ See the "minValue" property for detai
 
          Order TQDateEdit::order () const
 
          Returns the order in which the year, month and day appear.
 See the "order" property for details.
-
          TQString TQDateEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec ) [virtual protected]
+
          TQString TQDateEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec ) [virtual protected]
 
          
 Returns the formatted number for section sec. This will
 correspond to either the year, month or day section, depending on
 the current display order.
 
           
          See also order.
 
-
          TQString TQDateEdit::separator () const
+
          TQString TQDateEdit::separator () const
 
          
 Returns the editor's separator.
 
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ See the "order" property for details.
 Sets the valid input range for the editor to be from min to max inclusive. If min is invalid no minimum date will be set.
 Similarly, if max is invalid no maximum date will be set.
 
-
          void TQDateEdit::setSeparator ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
+
          void TQDateEdit::setSeparator ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets the separator to s. Note that currently only the first
 character of s is used.
diff --git a/doc/html/qdatetime-h.html b/doc/html/qdatetime-h.html
index 23195e7ef..d668d6c35 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdatetime-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdatetime-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQDATETIME_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqnamespace.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qdatetimeedit-h.html b/doc/html/qdatetimeedit-h.html
index a469d6cb5..43466bb72 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdatetimeedit-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdatetimeedit-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqwidget.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqdatetime.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qdictiterator.html b/doc/html/qdictiterator.html
index e4721dca7..0f8ebcc0b 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdictiterator.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdictiterator.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ iterator is operating.
 
 
           Returns a pointer to the current iterator item's value.
 
-
          TQString TQDictIterator::currentKey () const
+
          TQString TQDictIterator::currentKey () const
 
          
 
 
           Returns the current iterator item's key.
diff --git a/doc/html/qdir-example.html b/doc/html/qdir-example.html
index 4d8066987..b540a69a2 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdir-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdir-example.html
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ void PixmapView::setPixmap( const TQ
 void Preview::showPreview( const TQUrl &u, int size )
 {
     if ( u.isLocalFile() ) {
-        TQString path = u.path();
+        TQString path = u.path();
         TQFileInfo fi( path );
         if ( fi.isFile() && (int)fi.size() > size * 1000 ) {
             normalText->setText( tr( "The File\n%1\nis too large, so I don't show it!" ).arg( path ) );
@@ -170,10 +170,10 @@ void Preview::showPreview( const TQUrl<
                 TQFile f( path );
                 if ( f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
                     TQTextStream ts( &f );
-                    TQString text = ts.read();
+                    TQString text = ts.read();
                     f.close();
                     if ( fi.extension().lower().contains( "htm" ) ) {
-                        TQString url = html->mimeSourceFactory()->makeAbsolute( path, html->context() );
+                        TQString url = html->mimeSourceFactory()->makeAbsolute( path, html->context() );
                         html->setText( text, url );
                         raiseWidget( html );
                         return;
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ void Preview::showPreview( const TQUrl<
                     }
                 }
             }
-            normalText->setText( TQString::null );
+            normalText->setText( TQString::null );
             raiseWidget( normalText );
         } else {
             pixmap->setPixmap( pix );
@@ -260,10 +260,10 @@ void PreviewWidget::previewUrl( const T
 
     addToolButton( p, TRUE );
 
-    connect( dirView, TQ_SIGNAL( folderSelected( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( setDir2( const TQString & ) ) );
-    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( dirEntered( const TQString & ) ),
-             dirView, TQ_SLOT( setDir( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( dirView, TQ_SIGNAL( folderSelected( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( setDir2( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL( dirEntered( const TQString & ) ),
+             dirView, TQ_SLOT( setDir( const TQString & ) ) );
 
     TQToolButton *b = new TQToolButton( this );
     TQToolTip::add( b, tr( "Go Home!" ) );
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ CustomFileDialog::~CustomFileDialog()
     }
 }
 
-void CustomFileDialog::setDir2( const TQString &s )
+void CustomFileDialog::setDir2( const TQString &s )
 {
     blockSignals( TRUE );
     setDir( s );
@@ -324,14 +324,14 @@ void CustomFileDialog::goHome()
 int main( int argc, char ** argv )
 {
     TQFileDialog::Mode mode = TQFileDialog::ExistingFile;
-    TQString start;
-    TQString filter;
-    TQString caption;
+    TQString start;
+    TQString filter;
+    TQString caption;
     bool preview = FALSE;
     bool custom = FALSE;
     TQApplication a( argc, argv );
     for (int i=1; i<argc; i++) {
-        TQString arg = argv[i];
+        TQString arg = argv[i];
         if ( arg == "-any" )
             mode = TQFileDialog::AnyFile;
         else if ( arg == "-dir" )
@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv )
                    );
             return 1;
         } else {
-            if ( !caption.isNull() )
+            if ( !caption.isNull() )
                 caption += ' ';
             caption += arg;
         }
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ int main( int argc, char ** argv )
         fd.setCaption( caption );
         fd.setSelection( start );
         if ( fd.exec() == TQDialog::Accepted ) {
-            TQString result = fd.selectedFile();
+            TQString result = fd.selectedFile();
             printf("%s\n", (const char*)result);
             return 0;
         } else {
diff --git a/doc/html/qdir-h.html b/doc/html/qdir-h.html
index 935aa96d1..db152654b 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdir-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdir-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqglobal.h"
-#include "ntqstrlist.h"
+#include "tqstrlist.h"
 #include "ntqfileinfo.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qdns-h.html b/doc/html/qdns-h.html
index 659447df2..d3b689137 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdns-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdns-h.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #include "ntqhostaddress.h"
 #include "ntqsocketnotifier.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #if !defined( TQT_MODULE_NETWORK ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL ) || defined( QT_INTERNAL_NETWORK )
diff --git a/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html b/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html
index 66b9b26ab..4270ad46d 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdoublevalidator.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ See the "top" property for details.
 
          double TQDoubleValidator::top () const
 
          Returns the validator's maximum acceptable value.
 See the "top" property for details.
-
          TQValidator::State TQDoubleValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const [virtual]
+
          TQValidator::State TQDoubleValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns Acceptable if the string input contains a double
 that is within the valid range and is in the correct format.
diff --git a/doc/html/qdragobject-h.html b/doc/html/qdragobject-h.html
index 31c2c1684..251299211 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdragobject-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdragobject-h.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ class TQImageDragData;
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #include "tqimage.h"
-#include "ntqstrlist.h"
+#include "tqstrlist.h"
 #include "ntqcolor.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qdrawutil-h.html b/doc/html/qdrawutil-h.html
index ab3170dbd..abd398d1e 100644
--- a/doc/html/qdrawutil-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qdrawutil-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqnamespace.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
+#include "tqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQPainter;
diff --git a/doc/html/qfd-example.html b/doc/html/qfd-example.html
index e4e90a68a..b4c115b68 100644
--- a/doc/html/qfd-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/qfd-example.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public:
     TQSize sizeHint() const;
 
 signals:
-    void fontInformation(const TQString&);
+    void fontInformation(const TQString&);
 
 public slots:
     void setRow(int);
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ TQSize FontRowTable::cellSize() const
                                        r < 0 ? rnegative : rpositive);
                         }
                     }
-                    TQString s;
+                    TQString s;
                     s += ch;
                     p.setPen(TQPen(TQt::black));
                     p.drawText(x,y,s);
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ void FontRowTable::setRow(int r)
 
     TQFontMetrics fm = fontMetrics();
     TQFontInfo fi = fontInfo();
-    TQString str = TQString("%1 %2pt%3%4 mLB=%5 mRB=%6 mW=%7")
+    TQString str = TQString("%1 %2pt%3%4 mLB=%5 mRB=%6 mW=%7")
                     .arg(fi.family())
                     .arg(fi.pointSize())
                     .arg(fi.bold() ? " bold" : "")
@@ -239,8 +239,8 @@ void FontRowTable::chooseFont()
 
     connect(row,TQ_SIGNAL(valueChanged(int)),table,TQ_SLOT(setRow(int)));
     connect(fontbutton, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked()), table, TQ_SLOT(chooseFont()));
-    connect(table,TQ_SIGNAL(fontInformation(const TQString&)),
-            statusBar(),TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)));
+    connect(table,TQ_SIGNAL(fontInformation(const TQString&)),
+            statusBar(),TQ_SLOT(message(const TQString&)));
     table->setRow(0);
     setCentralWidget(table);
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/qfile-h.html b/doc/html/qfile-h.html
index 67716de0a..48cf49fbc 100644
--- a/doc/html/qfile-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qfile-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqiodevice.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include <stdio.h>
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qfont-h.html b/doc/html/qfont-h.html
index 812ff5b9d..1a728a0f9 100644
--- a/doc/html/qfont-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qfont-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqwindowdefs.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qfontdatabase-h.html b/doc/html/qfontdatabase-h.html
index af51f39e0..8df7f601b 100644
--- a/doc/html/qfontdatabase-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qfontdatabase-h.html
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqwindowdefs.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "ntqfont.h"
 #include "tqvaluelist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/qftp-h.html b/doc/html/qftp-h.html
index 220b56666..e7f01ec6a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qftp-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qftp-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQFTP_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
+#include "tqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
 #include "ntqurlinfo.h"
 #include "ntqnetworkprotocol.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory.html b/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory.html
index 367e1b269..11f6b5cb1 100644
--- a/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory.html
+++ b/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory.html
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ currently ships with "LinuxFb".
 
           This class is only available in TQt/Embedded.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQScreen * TQGfxDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, int displayId ) [static]
+
          TQScreen * TQGfxDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, int displayId ) [static]
 
          
 Creates a TQScreen object of a type that matches key, and with
 the ID, displayId. The TQScreen object returned may be from a
 built-in driver, or from a driver plugin.
 
           
          See also keys().
 
-
          TQStringList TQGfxDriverFactory::keys () [static]
+
          TQStringList TQGfxDriverFactory::keys () [static]
 
          
 Returns the list of keys this factory can create drivers for.
 
           
          See also create().
diff --git a/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory_qws-h.html b/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory_qws-h.html
index beb31b0b7..fe78269c7 100644
--- a/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory_qws-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qgfxdriverfactory_qws-h.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQGFXDRIVERFACTORY_QWS_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQString;
diff --git a/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin.html b/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin.html
index 787688e92..9fac7abdc 100644
--- a/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin.html
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@ Destroys the graphics driver plugin.
 
           You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
 automatically when it is no longer used.
 
-
          TQScreen * TQGfxDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, int displayId ) [pure virtual]
+
          TQScreen * TQGfxDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, int displayId ) [pure virtual]
 
          
 
 
           Creates a driver matching the type specified by driver, that
 will use display displayId.
 
           
          See also keys().
 
-
          TQStringList TQGfxDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
+
          TQStringList TQGfxDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
 
          
 
 
           Returns the list of graphics drivers this plugin supports.
diff --git a/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin_qws-h.html b/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin_qws-h.html
index c8934835b..e71add097 100644
--- a/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin_qws-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qgfxdriverplugin_qws-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
diff --git a/doc/html/qglwidget.html b/doc/html/qglwidget.html
index 142ba2560..06646624a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qglwidget.html
+++ b/doc/html/qglwidget.html
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ frustum etc. should be done from within initializeGL(). If this is
 not done, the temporary TQGLContext will not be initialized
 properly, and the rendered pixmap may be incomplete/corrupted.
 
-
          void TQGLWidget::renderText ( int x, int y, const TQString & str, const TQFont & fnt = TQFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )
+
          void TQGLWidget::renderText ( int x, int y, const TQString & str, const TQFont & fnt = TQFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )
 
          
 Renders the string str into the GL context of this widget.
 
           x and y are specified in window coordinates, with the origin
@@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ change this value unless you are using lists in the same range. The
 lists are deleted when the widget is destroyed.
 
           Note: This function only works reliably with ASCII strings.
 
-
          void TQGLWidget::renderText ( double x, double y, double z, const TQString & str, const TQFont & fnt = TQFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )
+
          void TQGLWidget::renderText ( double x, double y, double z, const TQString & str, const TQFont & fnt = TQFont ( ), int listBase = 2000 )
 
           This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           x, y and z are specified in scene or object coordinates
 relative to the currently set projection and model matrices. This
diff --git a/doc/html/qheader-h.html b/doc/html/qheader-h.html
index 2398e9bc0..80aa6deee 100644
--- a/doc/html/qheader-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qheader-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqwidget.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqiconset.h" // conversion TQPixmap->TQIconset
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qhebrewcodec.html b/doc/html/qhebrewcodec.html
index d36578d7a..29e92170e 100644
--- a/doc/html/qhebrewcodec.html
+++ b/doc/html/qhebrewcodec.html
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ codec, which assumes logical order for the 8-bit string.
 
          See also Internationalization with TQt.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQCString TQHebrewCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const [virtual]
+
          TQCString TQHebrewCodec::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) const [virtual]
 
          
-Transforms the logically ordered TQString, uc, into a visually
+Transforms the logically ordered TQString, uc, into a visually
 ordered string in the 8859-8 encoding. TQt's bidi algorithm is used
 to perform this task. Note that newline characters affect the
 reordering, since reordering is done on a line by line basis.
diff --git a/doc/html/qhostaddress-h.html b/doc/html/qhostaddress-h.html
index b0c2cce00..dee29d144 100644
--- a/doc/html/qhostaddress-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qhostaddress-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQHOSTADDRESS_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #if !defined( TQT_MODULE_NETWORK ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL ) || defined( QT_INTERNAL_NETWORK )
diff --git a/doc/html/qhttp-h.html b/doc/html/qhttp-h.html
index 9d98e9017..9877f1b19 100644
--- a/doc/html/qhttp-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qhttp-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #include "ntqnetworkprotocol.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #if !defined( TQT_MODULE_NETWORK ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL ) || defined( QT_INTERNAL_NETWORK )
diff --git a/doc/html/qhttpheader.html b/doc/html/qhttpheader.html
index 16a20267c..d5f6bf7b2 100644
--- a/doc/html/qhttpheader.html
+++ b/doc/html/qhttpheader.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ content is called the "value". You can get and set a header
 field's value by using its key with value() and setValue(), e.g.
 
               header.setValue( "content-type", "text/html" );
-    TQString contentType = header.value( "content-type" );
+    TQString contentType = header.value( "content-type" );
     
          
  
 
           Some fields are so common that getters and setters are provided
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Constructs an empty HTTP header.
 
 Constructs a copy of header.
 
-
          TQHttpHeader::TQHttpHeader ( const TQString & str )
+
          TQHttpHeader::TQHttpHeader ( const TQString & str )
 
          
 Constructs a HTTP header for str.
 
           This constructor parses the string str for header fields and
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Destructor.
 Returns the value of the special HTTP header field content-length.
 
           
          See also setContentLength() and hasContentLength().
 
-
          TQString TQHttpHeader::contentType () const
+
          TQString TQHttpHeader::contentType () const
 
          
 Returns the value of the special HTTP header field content-type.
 
           
          See also setContentType() and hasContentType().
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the header has an entry for the the special HTTP
 header field content-type; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
           
          See also contentType() and setContentType().
 
-
          bool TQHttpHeader::hasKey ( const TQString & key ) const
+
          bool TQHttpHeader::hasKey ( const TQString & key ) const
 
          
 Returns TRUE if the HTTP header has an entry with the given key; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
           
          See also value(), setValue(), and keys().
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the HTTP header has an entry with the given key; otherw
 Returns TRUE if the HTTP header is valid; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
           A TQHttpHeader is invalid if it was created by parsing a malformed string.
 
-
          TQStringList TQHttpHeader::keys () const
+
          TQStringList TQHttpHeader::keys () const
 
          
 Returns a list of the keys in the HTTP header.
 
           
          See also hasKey().
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Returns a list of the keys in the HTTP header.
 
 Assigns h and returns a reference to this http header.
 
-
          void TQHttpHeader::removeValue ( const TQString & key )
+
          void TQHttpHeader::removeValue ( const TQString & key )
 
          
 Removes the entry with the key key from the HTTP header.
 
           
          See also value() and setValue().
@@ -179,14 +179,14 @@ Sets the value of the special HTTP header field content-length
 to len.
 
           
          See also contentLength() and hasContentLength().
 
-
          void TQHttpHeader::setContentType ( const TQString & type )
+
          void TQHttpHeader::setContentType ( const TQString & type )
 
          
 Sets the value of the special HTTP header field content-type to
 type.
 
           
          See also contentType() and hasContentType().
 
 
          Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h.
-
          void TQHttpHeader::setValue ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )
+
          void TQHttpHeader::setValue ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )
 
          
 Sets the value of the entry with the key to value.
 
           If no entry with key exists, a new entry with the given key
@@ -195,14 +195,14 @@ exists, its value is discarded and replaced with the given value.
 
           
          See also value(), hasKey(), and removeValue().
 
 
          Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h.
-
          TQString TQHttpHeader::toString () const [virtual]
+
          TQString TQHttpHeader::toString () const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns a string representation of the HTTP header.
 
           The string is suitable for use by the constructor that takes a
-TQString. It consists of lines with the format: key, colon, space,
+TQString. It consists of lines with the format: key, colon, space,
 value, "\r\n".
 
-
          TQString TQHttpHeader::value ( const TQString & key ) const
+
          TQString TQHttpHeader::value ( const TQString & key ) const
 
          
 Returns the value for the entry with the given key. If no entry
 has this key, an empty string is returned.
diff --git a/doc/html/qhttprequestheader.html b/doc/html/qhttprequestheader.html
index cee6b387d..5d6218779 100644
--- a/doc/html/qhttprequestheader.html
+++ b/doc/html/qhttprequestheader.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ e.g. setValue(), TQHttpRequestHeader::TQHttpRequestHeader ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )
+
          TQHttpRequestHeader::TQHttpRequestHeader ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )
 
          
 Constructs a HTTP request header for the method method, the
 request-URI path and the protocol-version majorVer and minorVer.
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ request-URI path and the protocol-version majorVer and min
 
 Constructs a copy of header.
 
-
          TQHttpRequestHeader::TQHttpRequestHeader ( const TQString & str )
+
          TQHttpRequestHeader::TQHttpRequestHeader ( const TQString & str )
 
          
 Constructs a HTTP request header from the string str. The str should consist of one or more "\r\n" delimited lines; the first line
 should be the request-line (format: method, space, request-URI, space
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Returns the major protocol-version of the HTTP request header.
 
           
          See also minorVersion(), method(), path(), and setRequest().
 
 
          Reimplemented from TQHttpHeader.
-
          TQString TQHttpRequestHeader::method () const
+
          TQString TQHttpRequestHeader::method () const
 
          
 Returns the method of the HTTP request header.
 
           
          See also path(), majorVersion(), minorVersion(), and setRequest().
@@ -117,19 +117,19 @@ Returns the minor protocol-version of the HTTP request header.
 
           
          See also majorVersion(), method(), path(), and setRequest().
 
 
          Reimplemented from TQHttpHeader.
-
          TQString TQHttpRequestHeader::path () const
+
          TQString TQHttpRequestHeader::path () const
 
          
 Returns the request-URI of the HTTP request header.
 
           
          See also method(), majorVersion(), minorVersion(), and setRequest().
 
-
          void TQHttpRequestHeader::setRequest ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )
+
          void TQHttpRequestHeader::setRequest ( const TQString & method, const TQString & path, int majorVer = 1, int minorVer = 1 )
 
          
 This function sets the request method to method, the
 request-URI to path and the protocol-version to majorVer and
 minorVer.
 
           
          See also method(), path(), majorVersion(), and minorVersion().
 
-
          void TQHttpHeader::setValue ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )
+
          void TQHttpHeader::setValue ( const TQString & key, const TQString & value )
 
          
 Sets the value of the entry with the key to value.
 
           If no entry with key exists, a new entry with the given key
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ exists, its value is discarded and replaced with the given value.
 
           
          See also value(), hasKey(), and removeValue().
 
 
          Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h.
-
          TQString TQHttpHeader::value ( const TQString & key ) const
+
          TQString TQHttpHeader::value ( const TQString & key ) const
 
          
 Returns the value for the entry with the given key. If no entry
 has this key, an empty string is returned.
diff --git a/doc/html/qhttpresponseheader.html b/doc/html/qhttpresponseheader.html
index 8653f6bc9..45924ed35 100644
--- a/doc/html/qhttpresponseheader.html
+++ b/doc/html/qhttpresponseheader.html
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Returns the minor protocol-version of the HTTP response header.
 
           
          See also majorVersion(), statusCode(), and reasonPhrase().
 
 
          Reimplemented from TQHttpHeader.
-
          TQString TQHttpResponseHeader::reasonPhrase () const
+
          TQString TQHttpResponseHeader::reasonPhrase () const
 
          
 Returns the reason phrase of the HTTP response header.
 
           
          See also statusCode(), majorVersion(), and minorVersion().
diff --git a/doc/html/qiconview-h.html b/doc/html/qiconview-h.html
index 153d7b7ac..80ac7d3c3 100644
--- a/doc/html/qiconview-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qiconview-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqscrollview.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqrect.h"
 #include "ntqpoint.h"
 #include "ntqsize.h"
diff --git a/doc/html/qiconviewitem.html b/doc/html/qiconviewitem.html
index 8bba32bed..0e7d75feb 100644
--- a/doc/html/qiconviewitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qiconviewitem.html
@@ -176,30 +176,30 @@ with no text and a default icon.
 Constructs a TQIconViewItem and inserts it into the icon view parent with no text and a default icon, after the icon view item
 after.
 
-
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, const TQString & text )
+
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, const TQString & text )
 
          
 Constructs an icon view item  and inserts it into the icon view parent using text as the text and a default icon.
 
-
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, TQIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text )
+
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, TQIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text )
 
          
 Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view parent using text as the text and a default icon, after the
 icon view item after.
 
-
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & icon )
+
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & icon )
 
          
 Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view parent using text as the text and icon as the icon.
 
-
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, TQIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & icon )
+
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, TQIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & icon )
 
          
 Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view parent using text as the text and icon as the icon, after
 the icon view item after.
 
           
          See also setPixmap().
 
-
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPicture & picture )
+
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, const TQString & text, const TQPicture & picture )
 
          
 Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view parent using text as the text and picture as the icon.
 
-
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, TQIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const TQPicture & picture )
+
          TQIconViewItem::TQIconViewItem ( TQIconView * parent, TQIconViewItem * after, const TQString & text, const TQPicture & picture )
 
          
 Constructs an icon view item and inserts it into the icon view parent using text as the text and picture as the icon, after
 the icon view item after.
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ onto this item; otherwise returns FALSE.
 TQIconViewItem and reimplement acceptDrop() to accept drops.
 
 
          Examples: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp.
-
          void TQIconViewItem::calcRect ( const TQString & text_ = TQString::null ) [virtual protected]
+
          void TQIconViewItem::calcRect ( const TQString & text_ = TQString::null ) [virtual protected]
 
          
 This virtual function is responsible for calculating the
 rectangles returned by rect(), textRect() and pixmapRect().
 setRect(), setTextRect() and setPixmapRect() are provided mainly
 for reimplementations of this function.
-
           text_ is an internal parameter which defaults to TQString::null.
+
           text_ is an internal parameter which defaults to TQString::null.
 
 
          int TQIconViewItem::compare ( TQIconViewItem * i ) const [virtual]
 
          
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Compares this icon view item to i. Returns -1 if this item is
 less than i, 0 if they are equal, and 1 if this icon view item
 is greater than i.
 
           The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using
-TQString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation may use
+TQString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation may use
 different values and a different comparison function. Here is a
 reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison:
 
           
          @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison:
         }
     
          
  
-
           
          See also key(), TQString::localeAwareCompare(), and TQString::compare().
+
           
          See also key(), TQString::localeAwareCompare(), and TQString::compare().
 
 
          bool TQIconViewItem::contains ( const TQPoint & pnt ) const
 
          
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the item is selected; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
           
          See also setSelected().
 
 
          Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
          TQString TQIconViewItem::key () const [virtual]
+
          TQString TQIconViewItem::key () const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns the key of the icon view item or text() if no key has been
 explicitly set.
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ function is provided for subclasses which reimplement calcRe
 so that they can set the calculated rectangle. Any other use is discouraged.
 
           
          See also calcRect(), textRect(), setTextRect(), pixmapRect(), and setPixmapRect().
 
-
          void TQIconViewItem::setKey ( const TQString & k ) [virtual]
+
          void TQIconViewItem::setKey ( const TQString & k ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets k as the sort key of the icon view item. By default
 text() is used for sorting.
@@ -555,14 +555,14 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
           This variant is equivalent to calling the other variant with cb
 set to FALSE.
 
-
          void TQIconViewItem::setText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual]
+
          void TQIconViewItem::setText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets text as the text of the icon view item. This function
 might be a no-op if you reimplement text().
 
           
          See also text().
 
 
          Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
          void TQIconViewItem::setText ( const TQString & text, bool recalc, bool redraw = TRUE ) [virtual]
+
          void TQIconViewItem::setText ( const TQString & text, bool recalc, bool redraw = TRUE ) [virtual]
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
           Sets text as the text of the icon view item. If recalc is
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ so that they can set the calculated rectangle. Any other use is discouraged.
 
 Returns the size of the item.
 
-
          TQString TQIconViewItem::text () const [virtual]
+
          TQString TQIconViewItem::text () const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns the text of the icon view item. Normally you set the text
 of the item with setText(), but sometimes it's inconvenient to
diff --git a/doc/html/qimevent.html b/doc/html/qimevent.html
index 4c5855d6d..779eca399 100644
--- a/doc/html/qimevent.html
+++ b/doc/html/qimevent.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ composition up to that point (which may be an empty string).
 
          See also Event Classes.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQIMEvent::TQIMEvent ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )
+
          TQIMEvent::TQIMEvent ( Type type, const TQString & text, int cursorPosition )
 
          
 
 
           Constructs a new TQIMEvent with the accept flag set to FALSE. type can be one of TQEvent::IMStartEvent, TQEvent::IMComposeEvent
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ starting at cursorPos() ) that should be marked as sele
 input widget receiving the event.
 Will return 0 for IMStartEvent and IMEndEvent.
 
-
          const TQString & TQIMEvent::text () const
+
          const TQString & TQIMEvent::text () const
 
          
 
 
           Returns the composition text. This is a null string for an
diff --git a/doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html b/doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html
index 07db64afe..d3d3a5283 100644
--- a/doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qinputdialog-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqdialog.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqlineedit.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qintvalidator.html b/doc/html/qintvalidator.html
index e9d64352d..d104b86fc 100644
--- a/doc/html/qintvalidator.html
+++ b/doc/html/qintvalidator.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ that a string contains a valid integer within a specified range.
 
           Below we present some examples of validators. In practice they would
 normally be associated with a widget as in the example above.
 
           
          -    TQString str;
+    TQString str;
     int pos = 0;
     TQIntValidator v( 100, 999, this );
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ See the "top" property for details.
 
          int TQIntValidator::top () const
 
          Returns the validator's highest acceptable value.
 See the "top" property for details.
-
          TQValidator::State TQIntValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const [virtual]
+
          TQValidator::State TQIntValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & ) const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns Acceptable if the input is an integer within the
 valid range, Intermediate if the input is an integer outside
diff --git a/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory.html b/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory.html
index 366645089..6d195874f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory.html
+++ b/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory.html
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ driver plugin (see TQKbdDriverPlugin).
 
           TQKbdDriverFactory::keys() returns a list of valid keys.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQWSKeyboardHandler * TQKbdDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device ) [static]
+
          TQWSKeyboardHandler * TQKbdDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device ) [static]
 
          
 Creates a TQWSKeyboardHandler object that matches key for device
 device. This is either a built-in driver, or a driver from a
 driver plugin.
 
           
          See also keys().
 
-
          TQStringList TQKbdDriverFactory::keys () [static]
+
          TQStringList TQKbdDriverFactory::keys () [static]
 
          
 Returns the list of keys this factory can create drivers for.
 
           
          See also create().
diff --git a/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory_qws-h.html b/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory_qws-h.html
index eaa5c69a7..656130b03 100644
--- a/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory_qws-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qkbddriverfactory_qws-h.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQKBDDRIVERFACTORY_QWS_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQString;
diff --git a/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin.html b/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin.html
index 4eed2475a..72cd1c10f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin.html
@@ -71,13 +71,13 @@ Destroys the keyboard driver plugin.
 
           You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
 automatically when it is no longer used.
 
-
          TQWSKeyboardHandler * TQKbdDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device ) [pure virtual]
+
          TQWSKeyboardHandler * TQKbdDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device ) [pure virtual]
 
          
 
 
           Creates a driver matching the type specified by driver and device.
 
           
          See also keys().
 
-
          TQStringList TQKbdDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
+
          TQStringList TQKbdDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
 
          
 
 
           Returns the list of keyboard drivers this plugin supports.
diff --git a/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin_qws-h.html b/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin_qws-h.html
index 7631bff06..085582f71 100644
--- a/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin_qws-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qkbddriverplugin_qws-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
diff --git a/doc/html/qkeyevent.html b/doc/html/qkeyevent.html
index 412f8fe98..bfc8d1e9d 100644
--- a/doc/html/qkeyevent.html
+++ b/doc/html/qkeyevent.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ mouse and keyboard events for a widget.
 
           
          See also TQFocusEvent, TQWidget::grabKeyboard(), and Event Classes.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQKeyEvent::TQKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )
+
          TQKeyEvent::TQKeyEvent ( Type type, int key, int ascii, int state, const TQString & text = TQString::null, bool autorep = FALSE, ushort count = 1 )
 
          
 
 
           Constructs a key event object.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ the event occurred.
 
           Warning: This function cannot be trusted.
 
           
          See also state().
 
-
          TQString TQKeyEvent::text () const
+
          TQString TQKeyEvent::text () const
 
          
 
 
           Returns the Unicode text that this key generated. The text returned
diff --git a/doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html b/doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html
index eef29883f..09b121e1c 100644
--- a/doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qkeysequence-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqnamespace.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 #endif
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qlibrary-h.html b/doc/html/qlibrary-h.html
index 5a34f35bd..7517b37af 100644
--- a/doc/html/qlibrary-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qlibrary-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQLIBRARY_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_LIBRARY
diff --git a/doc/html/qlineedit-h.html b/doc/html/qlineedit-h.html
index 7ca2e1451..a5a743ce9 100644
--- a/doc/html/qlineedit-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qlineedit-h.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ class TQPopupMenu;
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqframe.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_LINEEDIT
diff --git a/doc/html/qlistboxitem.html b/doc/html/qlistboxitem.html
index 41bf1a077..bc67e65bf 100644
--- a/doc/html/qlistboxitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qlistboxitem.html
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ If b is TRUE (the default) then this item can be selected by
 the user; otherwise this item cannot be selected by the user.
 
           
          See also isSelectable().
 
-
          void TQListBoxItem::setText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual protected]
+
          void TQListBoxItem::setText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual protected]
 
          
 
 
           Sets the text of the TQListBoxItem to text. This text is also
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ used for sorting. The text is not shown unless explicitly drawn in
 paint().
 
           
          See also text().
 
-
          TQString TQListBoxItem::text () const [virtual]
+
          TQString TQListBoxItem::text () const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns the text of the item. This text is also used for sorting.
 
           
          See also setText().
diff --git a/doc/html/qlistboxpixmap.html b/doc/html/qlistboxpixmap.html
index fe3303b54..3a028822e 100644
--- a/doc/html/qlistboxpixmap.html
+++ b/doc/html/qlistboxpixmap.html
@@ -80,17 +80,17 @@ Constructs a new list box item in list box listbox showing the
 pixmap pixmap. The item gets inserted after the item after,
 or at the beginning if after is 0.
 
-
          TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )
+
          TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )
 
          
 Constructs a new list box item in list box listbox showing the
 pixmap pix and the text text.
 
-
          TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )
+
          TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text )
 
          
 Constructs a new list box item showing the pixmap pix and the
 text to text.
 
-
          TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )
+
          TQListBoxPixmap::TQListBoxPixmap ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQPixmap & pix, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )
 
          
 Constructs a new list box item in list box listbox showing the
 pixmap pix and the string text. The item gets inserted after
diff --git a/doc/html/qlistboxtext.html b/doc/html/qlistboxtext.html
index b2d21fe8f..33e196faa 100644
--- a/doc/html/qlistboxtext.html
+++ b/doc/html/qlistboxtext.html
@@ -60,16 +60,16 @@ several different fonts, you must implement your own subclass of
 
           
          See also TQListBox, TQListBoxItem, and Advanced Widgets.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )
+
          TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text = TQString::null )
 
          
 Constructs a list box item in list box listbox showing the text
 text.
 
-
          TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )
+
          TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( const TQString & text = TQString::null )
 
          
 Constructs a list box item showing the text text.
 
-
          TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )
+
          TQListBoxText::TQListBoxText ( TQListBox * listbox, const TQString & text, TQListBoxItem * after )
 
          
 Constructs a list box item in list box listbox showing the text
 text. The item is inserted after the item after, or at the
diff --git a/doc/html/qlistviewitem.html b/doc/html/qlistviewitem.html
index 5b9252a0f..7c73a18cf 100644
--- a/doc/html/qlistviewitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qlistviewitem.html
@@ -232,19 +232,19 @@ and is after item after in the parent's list of children. Since
 Constructs an empty list view item that is a child of parent
 and is after item after in the parent's list of children.
 
-
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
+
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
 
          
 Constructs a new top-level list view item in the TQListView parent, with up to eight constant strings, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7 and label8
 defining its columns' contents.
 
           
          See also setText().
 
-
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
+
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
 
          
 Constructs a new list view item as a child of the TQListViewItem parent with up to eight constant strings, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7 and label8
 as columns' contents.
 
           
          See also setText().
 
-
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
+
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListView * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
 
          
 Constructs a new list view item in the TQListView parent that is
 included after item after and that has up to eight column
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ unless the list view's sorting is disabled using
 TQListView::setSorting(-1).
 
           
          See also setText().
 
-
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
+
          TQListViewItem::TQListViewItem ( TQListViewItem * parent, TQListViewItem * after, TQString label1, TQString label2 = TQString::null, TQString label3 = TQString::null, TQString label4 = TQString::null, TQString label5 = TQString::null, TQString label6 = TQString::null, TQString label7 = TQString::null, TQString label8 = TQString::null )
 
          
 Constructs a new list view item as a child of the TQListViewItem parent. It is inserted after item after and may contain up to
 eight strings, label1, label2, label3, label4, label5, label6, label7 and label8 as column entries.
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Compares this list view item to i using the column col in 
 they are equal and > 0 if this item is greater than i.
 
           This function is used for sorting.
 
           The default implementation compares the item keys (key()) using
-TQString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation can use
+TQString::localeAwareCompare(). A reimplementation can use
 different values and a different comparison function. Here is a
 reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison:
 
           
          @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ reimplementation that uses plain Unicode comparison:
  
 We don't recommend using ascending so your code can safely
 ignore it.
-
           
          See also key(), TQString::localeAwareCompare(), and TQString::compare().
+
           
          See also key(), TQString::localeAwareCompare(), and TQString::compare().
 
 
          int TQListViewItem::depth () const
 
          
@@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ coordinate system. This function is normally much slower than
 TQListView::itemAt() normally only works for items on the screen.
 
           
          See also TQListView::itemAt(), TQListView::itemRect(), and TQListView::itemPos().
 
-
          TQString TQListViewItem::key ( int column, bool ascending ) const [virtual]
+
          TQString TQListViewItem::key ( int column, bool ascending ) const [virtual]
 
          
 
 
           Returns a key that can be used for sorting by column column.
@@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ If s is TRUE this item is selected; otherwise it is deselected.
 
           
          See also height() and totalHeight().
 
 
          Example: addressbook/centralwidget.cpp.
-
          void TQListViewItem::setText ( int column, const TQString & text ) [virtual]
+
          void TQListViewItem::setText ( int column, const TQString & text ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets the text in column column to text, if column is a
 valid column number and text is different from the existing
@@ -759,9 +759,9 @@ functions that work on taken items are explicitly documented as
 such.
 
           
          See also TQListViewItem::insertItem().
 
-
          TQString TQListViewItem::text ( int column ) const [virtual]
+
          TQString TQListViewItem::text ( int column ) const [virtual]
 
          
-Returns the text in column column, or TQString::null if there is
+Returns the text in column column, or TQString::null if there is
 no text in that column.
 
           
          See also key() and paintCell().
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qlocale-h.html b/doc/html/qlocale-h.html
index c200aec11..7fa22ebf6 100644
--- a/doc/html/qlocale-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qlocale-h.html
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef TQLOCALE_H
 #define TQLOCALE_H
 
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 
 struct TQLocalePrivate;
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qmag-example.html b/doc/html/qmag-example.html
index 4887b6b37..a4d2f2135 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmag-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmag-example.html
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ private:
     int         r;              // autorefresh rate (index into refreshrates)
     bool        grabbing;       // TRUE if qmag is currently grabbing
     int         grabx, graby;
-    TQString     multifn;        // filename for multisave
+    TQString     multifn;        // filename for multisave
 };
 
 
@@ -234,8 +234,8 @@ void MagWidget::save()
 {
     if ( !p.isNull() ) {
         killTimers();
-        TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName();
-        if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+        TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName();
+        if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
             p.save( fn, "BMP" );
         if ( r )
             startTimer( timer[r] );
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ void MagWidget::multiSave()
     if ( !p.isNull() ) {
         multifn = ""; // stops saving
         multifn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName();
-        if ( multifn.isEmpty() )
+        if ( multifn.isEmpty() )
             multiSaveButton->setOn(FALSE);
         if ( !r )
             p.save( multifn, "BMP" );
@@ -374,16 +374,16 @@ void MagWidget::grabAround(TQPoint pos)
         int x,y;
         x = e->pos().x() / z;
         y = (e->pos().y() - ( zoom ? zoom->height() : 0 ) - 4) / z;
-        TQString pixelinfo;
+        TQString pixelinfo;
         if ( image.valid(x,y) )
         {
             TQRgb px = image.pixel(x,y);
-            pixelinfo.sprintf(" %3d,%3d,%3d  #%02x%02x%02x",
+            pixelinfo.sprintf(" %3d,%3d,%3d  #%02x%02x%02x",
                 tqRed(px), tqGreen(px), tqBlue(px),
                 tqRed(px), tqGreen(px), tqBlue(px));
         }
-        TQString label;
-        label.sprintf( "x=%d, y=%d %s",
+        TQString label;
+        label.sprintf( "x=%d, y=%d %s",
             x+grabx, y+graby, (const char*)pixelinfo );
         rgb->setText( label );
     }
@@ -400,13 +400,13 @@ void MagWidget::grabAround(TQPoint pos)
 {
     grab();
 /*
-    if ( multiSaveButton->isOn() && !multifn.isEmpty() ) {
+    if ( multiSaveButton->isOn() && !multifn.isEmpty() ) {
         TQRegExp num("[0-9][0-9]*");
         int start;
         int len;
         if ((start=num.match(multifn,0,&len))>=0)
-            multifn.replace(num,
-                TQString().setNum(multifn.mid(start,len).toInt()+1)
+            multifn.replace(num,
+                TQString().setNum(multifn.mid(start,len).toInt()+1)
             );
         p.save( multifn, "BMP" );
     }
diff --git a/doc/html/qmenudata-h.html b/doc/html/qmenudata-h.html
index d06d5dcc9..c39af5e28 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmenudata-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmenudata-h.html
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "ntqglobal.h"
 #include "ntqiconset.h" // conversion TQPixmap->TQIconset
 #include "ntqkeysequence.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqsignal.h"
 #include "ntqfont.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/qmetaobject-h.html b/doc/html/qmetaobject-h.html
index 712cc82e3..52b9c1d80 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmetaobject-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmetaobject-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqconnection.h"
-#include "ntqstrlist.h"
+#include "tqstrlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef Q_MOC_OUTPUT_REVISION
diff --git a/doc/html/qmetaproperty.html b/doc/html/qmetaproperty.html
index 9f875554b..284b16dd7 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmetaproperty.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmetaproperty.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ otherwise returns FALSE.
 
           If no object o is given, the function returns a static
 approximation.
 
-
          TQStrList TQMetaProperty::enumKeys () const
+
          TQStrList TQMetaProperty::enumKeys () const
 
          
 Returns the possible enumeration keys if this property is an
 enumeration type (or a set type).
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Converts the enumeration key key to its integer value.
 
           For set types, use keysToValue().
 
           
          See also valueToKey(), isSetType(), and keysToValue().
 
-
          int TQMetaProperty::keysToValue ( const TQStrList & keys ) const
+
          int TQMetaProperty::keysToValue ( const TQStrList & keys ) const
 
          
 Converts the list of keys keys to their combined (OR-ed)
 integer value.
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Converts the enumeration value value to its literal key.
 
           For set types, use valueToKeys().
 
           
          See also isSetType() and valueToKeys().
 
-
          TQStrList TQMetaProperty::valueToKeys ( int value ) const
+
          TQStrList TQMetaProperty::valueToKeys ( int value ) const
 
          
 Converts the set value value to a list of keys.
 
           
          See also isSetType() and valueToKey().
diff --git a/doc/html/qmimesourcefactory.html b/doc/html/qmimesourcefactory.html
index 4261a5e0e..79530628a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmimesourcefactory.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmimesourcefactory.html
@@ -136,12 +136,12 @@ mimesource factories. If the defaultFactory() can'
 until the data can be resolved.
 
           
          See also removeFactory().
 
-
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::addFilePath ( const TQString & p )
+
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::addFilePath ( const TQString & p )
 
          
 Adds another search path, p to the existing search paths.
 
           
          See also setFilePath().
 
-
          const TQMimeSource * TQMimeSourceFactory::data ( const TQString & abs_name ) const [virtual]
+
          const TQMimeSource * TQMimeSourceFactory::data ( const TQString & abs_name ) const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns a reference to the data associated with abs_name. The
 return value remains valid only until the next data() or setData()
@@ -183,10 +183,10 @@ more specialized mime-type detection. The same applies if you want
 to use the mime source factory to access URL referenced data over
 a network.
 
-
          const TQMimeSource * TQMimeSourceFactory::data ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const
+
          const TQMimeSource * TQMimeSourceFactory::data ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const
 
          
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
-
           A convenience function. See data(const TQString& abs_name). The
+
           A convenience function. See data(const TQString& abs_name). The
 file name is given in abs_or_rel_name and the path is in context.
 
 
          TQMimeSourceFactory * TQMimeSourceFactory::defaultFactory () [static]
@@ -200,11 +200,11 @@ initial factory for the more complex render widgets, 
 
           
          See also setDefaultFactory().
 
 
          Examples: action/application.cpp and application/application.cpp.
-
          TQStringList TQMimeSourceFactory::filePath () const [virtual]
+
          TQStringList TQMimeSourceFactory::filePath () const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns the currently set search paths.
 
-
          TQString TQMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const [virtual]
+
          TQString TQMimeSourceFactory::makeAbsolute ( const TQString & abs_or_rel_name, const TQString & context ) const [virtual]
 
          
 Converts the absolute or relative data item name abs_or_rel_name to an absolute name, interpreted within the
 context (path) of the data item named context (this must be an
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Removes the mimesource factory f from the list of available
 mimesource factories.
 
           
          See also addFactory().
 
-
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setData ( const TQString & abs_name, TQMimeSource * data ) [virtual]
+
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setData ( const TQString & abs_name, TQMimeSource * data ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets data to be the data item associated with
 the absolute name abs_name. Note that the ownership of data is
@@ -231,30 +231,30 @@ source provider. The ownership of the factory is transferred to
 TQt.
 
           
          See also defaultFactory().
 
-
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setExtensionType ( const TQString & ext, const char * mimetype ) [virtual]
+
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setExtensionType ( const TQString & ext, const char * mimetype ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets the mime-type to be associated with the file name extension,
 ext to mimetype. This determines the mime-type for files
 found via the paths set by setFilePath().
 
-
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setFilePath ( const TQStringList & path ) [virtual]
+
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setFilePath ( const TQStringList & path ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets the list of directories that will be searched when named data
 is requested to the those given in the string list path.
 
           
          See also filePath().
 
-
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setImage ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQImage & image ) [virtual]
+
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setImage ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQImage & image ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets image to be the data item associated with the absolute
 name abs_name.
 
           Equivalent to setData(abs_name, new TQImageDrag(image)).
 
-
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setPixmap ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQPixmap & pixmap ) [virtual]
+
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setPixmap ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQPixmap & pixmap ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets pixmap to be the data item associated with the absolute
 name abs_name.
 
-
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setText ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQString & text ) [virtual]
+
          void TQMimeSourceFactory::setText ( const TQString & abs_name, const TQString & text ) [virtual]
 
          
 Sets text to be the data item associated with the absolute name
 abs_name.
diff --git a/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory.html b/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory.html
index e93f71141..4fa0a9a16 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory.html
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ driver plugin (see TQMouseDriverPlugin).
 
           TQMouseDriverFactory::keys() returns a list of valid keys.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQWSMouseHandler * TQMouseDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device ) [static]
+
          TQWSMouseHandler * TQMouseDriverFactory::create ( const TQString & key, const TQString & device ) [static]
 
          
 Creates a TQWSMouseHandler object that matches key and uses
 device device. This is either a built-in driver, or a driver
 from a driver plugin.
 
           
          See also keys().
 
-
          TQStringList TQMouseDriverFactory::keys () [static]
+
          TQStringList TQMouseDriverFactory::keys () [static]
 
          
 Returns the list of keys this factory can create drivers for.
 
           
          See also create().
diff --git a/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory_qws-h.html b/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory_qws-h.html
index 3ccc3da32..b823d01c1 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory_qws-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmousedriverfactory_qws-h.html
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQMOUSEDRIVERFACTORY_QWS_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQString;
diff --git a/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin.html b/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin.html
index 84d2d0518..e1a2f4a2d 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin.html
@@ -71,14 +71,14 @@ Destroys the mouse driver plugin.
 
           You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
 automatically when it is no longer used.
 
-
          TQWSMouseHandler * TQMouseDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device ) [pure virtual]
+
          TQWSMouseHandler * TQMouseDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & driver, const TQString & device ) [pure virtual]
 
          
 
 
           Creates a driver matching the type specified by driver and
 which uses device device.
 
           
          See also keys().
 
-
          TQStringList TQMouseDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
+
          TQStringList TQMouseDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
 
          
 
 
           Returns the list of mouse drivers this plugin supports.
diff --git a/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin_qws-h.html b/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin_qws-h.html
index f9ab8fac8..3580feb1d 100644
--- a/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin_qws-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qmousedriverplugin_qws-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_COMPONENT
diff --git a/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html b/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html
index fcf9c29b6..2b5c0a707 100644
--- a/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qnamespace-h.html
@@ -911,7 +911,7 @@ public:
 
     typedef uint ComparisonFlags;
 
-    // Documented in qstring.cpp
+    // Documented in tqstring.cpp
     enum StringComparisonMode {
         CaseSensitive   = 0x00001, // 0 0001
         BeginsWith      = 0x00002, // 0 0010
diff --git a/doc/html/qnetworkoperation.html b/doc/html/qnetworkoperation.html
index fc83474e1..cb9aa9701 100644
--- a/doc/html/qnetworkoperation.html
+++ b/doc/html/qnetworkoperation.html
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ to implement and use network protocols in TQt, see the TQ
 
           
          See also TQNetworkProtocol and Input/Output and Networking.
 
 
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQNetworkOperation::TQNetworkOperation ( TQNetworkProtocol::Operation operation, const TQString & arg0, const TQString & arg1, const TQString & arg2 )
+
          TQNetworkOperation::TQNetworkOperation ( TQNetworkProtocol::Operation operation, const TQString & arg0, const TQString & arg1, const TQString & arg2 )
 
          
 Constructs a network operation object. operation is the type of
 the operation, and arg0, arg1 and arg2 are the first
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ initialized to TQNetworkProtocol::StWaiting.
 
          
 Destructor.
 
-
          TQString TQNetworkOperation::arg ( int num ) const
+
          TQString TQNetworkOperation::arg ( int num ) const
 
          
 Returns the operation's num-th argument. If this argument was
 not already set, an empty string is returned.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ need an operation any more it will call this function instead.
 
 Returns the type of the operation.
 
-
          TQString TQNetworkOperation::protocolDetail () const
+
          TQString TQNetworkOperation::protocolDetail () const
 
          
 Returns a detailed error message for the last error. This must
 have been set using setProtocolDetail().
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ have been set using setProtocolDetail().
 Returns the operation's num-th raw data argument. If this
 argument was not already set, an empty bytearray is returned.
 
-
          void TQNetworkOperation::setArg ( int num, const TQString & arg )
+
          void TQNetworkOperation::setArg ( int num, const TQString & arg )
 
          
 Sets the network operation's num-th argument to arg.
 
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ describe the error in more detail. If possible, one of the error
 codes defined in TQNetworkProtocol should be used.
 
           
          See also setProtocolDetail() and TQNetworkProtocol::Error.
 
-
          void TQNetworkOperation::setProtocolDetail ( const TQString & detail )
+
          void TQNetworkOperation::setProtocolDetail ( const TQString & detail )
 
          
 If the operation failed, the error message can be specified as detail.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qnetworkprotocol-h.html b/doc/html/qnetworkprotocol-h.html
index ab056528a..3fe434afc 100644
--- a/doc/html/qnetworkprotocol-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qnetworkprotocol-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqurlinfo.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqdict.h"
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/qpixmap-h.html b/doc/html/qpixmap-h.html
index 54a4e3614..bfaeb3a5b 100644
--- a/doc/html/qpixmap-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qpixmap-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqpaintdevice.h"
 #include "ntqcolor.h" // char*->TQColor conversion
-#include "ntqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
+#include "tqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
 #include "ntqnamespace.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qprinter-h.html b/doc/html/qprinter-h.html
index 7ea98f330..19b5df23c 100644
--- a/doc/html/qprinter-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qprinter-h.html
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqpaintdevice.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_PRINTER
diff --git a/doc/html/qprocess-h.html b/doc/html/qprocess-h.html
index bc3e3fe23..35c9fd32d 100644
--- a/doc/html/qprocess-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qprocess-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "ntqdir.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qregexp-h.html b/doc/html/qregexp-h.html
index 5112c2b0e..57bbbedb0 100644
--- a/doc/html/qregexp-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qregexp-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQREGEXP_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
diff --git a/doc/html/qregexpvalidator.html b/doc/html/qregexpvalidator.html
index 1d3933c10..cff00616c 100644
--- a/doc/html/qregexpvalidator.html
+++ b/doc/html/qregexpvalidator.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ normally be associated with a widget as in the example above.
     TQRegExp rx( "[1-9]\\d{0,3}" );
     // the validator treats the regexp as "^[1-9]\\d{0,3}$"
     TQRegExpValidator v( rx, 0 );
-    TQString s;
+    TQString s;
     int pos = 0;
 
     s = "0";     v.validate( s, pos );    // returns Invalid
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Destroys the validator, freeing any resources allocated.
 Sets the regular expression used for validation to rx.
 
           
          See also regExp().
 
-
          TQValidator::State TQRegExpValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const [virtual]
+
          TQValidator::State TQRegExpValidator::validate ( TQString & input, int & pos ) const [virtual]
 
          
 Returns Acceptable if input is matched by the regular expression for this validator, Intermediate if it has matched
 partially (i.e. could be a valid match if additional valid
diff --git a/doc/html/qscreen.html b/doc/html/qscreen.html
index 20ac3e80d..e73303441 100644
--- a/doc/html/qscreen.html
+++ b/doc/html/qscreen.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ is implemented) for more information.
 Returns the screen's color lookup table (color palette). This is only
 valid in paletted modes (8bpp and lower).
 
-
          bool TQScreen::connect ( const TQString & displaySpec ) [pure virtual]
+
          bool TQScreen::connect ( const TQString & displaySpec ) [pure virtual]
 
          
 
 This function is called by every TQt/Embedded application on startup.
diff --git a/doc/html/qsessionmanager-h.html b/doc/html/qsessionmanager-h.html
index e973d9b05..55eed71ae 100644
--- a/doc/html/qsessionmanager-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qsessionmanager-h.html
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #include "ntqwindowdefs.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 #ifndef TQT_NO_SESSIONMANAGER
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qsettings-h.html b/doc/html/qsettings-h.html
index 676a9f821..0ed51a16b 100644
--- a/doc/html/qsettings-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qsettings-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqdatetime.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_SETTINGS
diff --git a/doc/html/qsimplerichtext-h.html b/doc/html/qsimplerichtext-h.html
index 5fec9cf84..42ba24ab8 100644
--- a/doc/html/qsimplerichtext-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qsimplerichtext-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqnamespace.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqregion.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qstrilist-members.html b/doc/html/qstrilist-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f4fd3dce..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstrilist-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStrIList Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          Complete Member List for TQStrIList
          
-
-
          This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQStrIList, including inherited members.
-
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstrilist.html b/doc/html/qstrilist.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 26b2b8876..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstrilist.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStrIList Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          TQStrIList Class Reference
          
-
-
          The TQStrIList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*
-with case-insensitive comparison.
-More...
-
          #include <ntqstrlist.h>
-
          Inherits TQStrList.
-
          List of all member functions.
-
          Public Members
          
-
-
          Detailed Description
          
-
-
-The TQStrIList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*
-with case-insensitive comparison.
-
           
-
-
           This class is a TQPtrList<char> instance (a list of char*).
-
           TQStrIList is identical to TQStrList except that the virtual
-compareItems() function is reimplemented to compare strings
-case-insensitively. The inSort() function inserts strings in a
-sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert the strings as
-they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful when you just
-have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted list.
-
           The TQStrListIterator class works for TQStrIList.
-
           
          See also TQStringList, Collection Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
-
-
          Member Function Documentation
          
-
          TQStrIList::TQStrIList ( bool deepCopies = TRUE )
-
          
-
-
           Constructs a list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
-inserted strings if deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
-if deepCopies is FALSE.
-
-
          TQStrIList::~TQStrIList ()
-
          
-
-
           Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
-
-
-
          
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstring-h.html b/doc/html/qstring-h.html
deleted file mode 100644
index a3c3dbef7..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstring-h.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1160 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-ntqstring.h Include File
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          ntqstring.h
          
-
-
          This is the verbatim text of the ntqstring.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
-
          
-
          -/****************************************************************************
-** $Id: qt/ntqstring.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
-**
-** Definition of the TQString class, and related Unicode functions.
-**
-** Created : 920609
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
-** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
-** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
-** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQSTRING_H
-#define TQSTRING_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqcstring.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-#include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
-#if defined ( Q_CC_MSVC_NET ) && _MSC_VER < 1310 // Avoids nasty warning for xlocale, line 450
-#  pragma warning ( push )
-#  pragma warning ( disable : 4189 )
-#  include <string>
-#  pragma warning ( pop )
-#else
-#  include <string>
-#endif
-#if defined(Q_WRONG_SB_CTYPE_MACROS) && defined(_SB_CTYPE_MACROS)
-#undef _SB_CTYPE_MACROS
-#endif
-#endif
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQString class
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-class TQRegExp;
-class TQString;
-class TQCharRef;
-template <class T> class TQDeepCopy;
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQChar {
-public:
-    TQChar();
-    TQChar( char c );
-    TQChar( uchar c );
-    TQChar( uchar c, uchar r );
-    TQChar( const TQChar& c ); // ### remove in 4.0 to allow compiler optimization
-    TQChar( ushort rc );
-    TQChar( short rc );
-    TQChar( uint rc );
-    TQChar( int rc );
-
-    static const TQChar null;            // 0000
-    static const TQChar replacement;     // FFFD
-    static const TQChar byteOrderMark;     // FEFF
-    static const TQChar byteOrderSwapped;     // FFFE
-    static const TQChar nbsp;            // 00A0
-
-    // Unicode information
-
-    enum Category
-    {
-        NoCategory,
-
-        Mark_NonSpacing,          //   Mn
-        Mark_SpacingCombining,    //   Mc
-        Mark_Enclosing,           //   Me
-
-        Number_DecimalDigit,      //   Nd
-        Number_Letter,            //   Nl
-        Number_Other,             //   No
-
-        Separator_Space,          //   Zs
-        Separator_Line,           //   Zl
-        Separator_Paragraph,      //   Zp
-
-        Other_Control,            //   Cc
-        Other_Format,             //   Cf
-        Other_Surrogate,          //   Cs
-        Other_PrivateUse,         //   Co
-        Other_NotAssigned,        //   Cn
-
-        Letter_Uppercase,         //   Lu
-        Letter_Lowercase,         //   Ll
-        Letter_Titlecase,         //   Lt
-        Letter_Modifier,          //   Lm
-        Letter_Other,             //   Lo
-
-        Punctuation_Connector,    //   Pc
-        Punctuation_Dash,         //   Pd
-        Punctuation_Dask = Punctuation_Dash, // oops
-        Punctuation_Open,         //   Ps
-        Punctuation_Close,        //   Pe
-        Punctuation_InitialQuote, //   Pi
-        Punctuation_FinalQuote,   //   Pf
-        Punctuation_Other,        //   Po
-
-        Symbol_Math,              //   Sm
-        Symbol_Currency,          //   Sc
-        Symbol_Modifier,          //   Sk
-        Symbol_Other              //   So
-    };
-
-    enum Direction
-    {
-        DirL, DirR, DirEN, DirES, DirET, DirAN, DirCS, DirB, DirS, DirWS, DirON,
-        DirLRE, DirLRO, DirAL, DirRLE, DirRLO, DirPDF, DirNSM, DirBN
-    };
-
-    enum Decomposition
-    {
-        Single, Canonical, Font, NoBreak, Initial, Medial,
-        Final, Isolated, Circle, Super, Sub, Vertical,
-        Wide, Narrow, Small, Square, Compat, Fraction
-    };
-
-    enum Joining
-    {
-        OtherJoining, Dual, Right, Center
-    };
-
-    enum CombiningClass
-    {
-        Combining_BelowLeftAttached       = 200,
-        Combining_BelowAttached           = 202,
-        Combining_BelowRightAttached      = 204,
-        Combining_LeftAttached            = 208,
-        Combining_RightAttached           = 210,
-        Combining_AboveLeftAttached       = 212,
-        Combining_AboveAttached           = 214,
-        Combining_AboveRightAttached      = 216,
-
-        Combining_BelowLeft               = 218,
-        Combining_Below                   = 220,
-        Combining_BelowRight              = 222,
-        Combining_Left                    = 224,
-        Combining_Right                   = 226,
-        Combining_AboveLeft               = 228,
-        Combining_Above                   = 230,
-        Combining_AboveRight              = 232,
-
-        Combining_DoubleBelow             = 233,
-        Combining_DoubleAbove             = 234,
-        Combining_IotaSubscript           = 240
-    };
-
-    // ****** WHEN ADDING FUNCTIONS, CONSIDER ADDING TO TQCharRef TOO
-
-    int digitValue() const;
-    TQChar lower() const;
-    TQChar upper() const;
-
-    Category category() const;
-    Direction direction() const;
-    Joining joining() const;
-    bool mirrored() const;
-    TQChar mirroredChar() const;
-    const TQString &decomposition() const; // ### return just TQString in 4.0
-    Decomposition decompositionTag() const;
-    unsigned char combiningClass() const;
-
-    char latin1() const { return ucs > 0xff ? 0 : (char) ucs; }
-    ushort unicode() const { return ucs; }
-#ifdef Q_NO_PACKED_REFERENCE
-    ushort &unicode() { return *(&ucs); }
-#else
-    ushort &unicode() { return ucs; }
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    // like all ifdef'd code this is undocumented
-    operator char() const { return latin1(); }
-#endif
-
-    bool isNull() const { return unicode()==0; }
-    bool isPrint() const;
-    bool isPunct() const;
-    bool isSpace() const;
-    bool isMark() const;
-    bool isLetter() const;
-    bool isNumber() const;
-    bool isLetterOrNumber() const;
-    bool isDigit() const;
-    bool isSymbol() const;
-
-    uchar cell() const { return ((uchar) ucs & 0xff); }
-    uchar row() const { return ((uchar) (ucs>>8)&0xff); }
-    void setCell( uchar cell ) { ucs = (ucs & 0xff00) + cell; }
-    void setRow( uchar row ) { ucs = (((ushort) row)<<8) + (ucs&0xff); }
-
-    static bool networkOrdered() {
-	int wordSize;
-	bool bigEndian = FALSE;
-	tqSysInfo( &wordSize, &bigEndian );
-	return bigEndian;
-    }
-
-    friend inline bool operator==( char ch, TQChar c );
-    friend inline bool operator==( TQChar c, char ch );
-    friend inline bool operator==( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 );
-    friend inline bool operator!=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 );
-    friend inline bool operator!=( char ch, TQChar c );
-    friend inline bool operator!=( TQChar c, char ch );
-    friend inline bool operator<=( TQChar c, char ch );
-    friend inline bool operator<=( char ch, TQChar c );
-    friend inline bool operator<=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 );
-
-private:
-    ushort ucs;
-#if defined(QT_QSTRING_UCS_4)
-    ushort grp;
-#endif
-} TQ_PACKED;
-
-inline TQChar::TQChar() : ucs( 0 )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( 0 )
-#endif
-{
-}
-inline TQChar::TQChar( char c ) : ucs( (uchar)c )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( 0 )
-#endif
-{
-}
-inline TQChar::TQChar( uchar c ) : ucs( c )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( 0 )
-#endif
-{
-}
-inline TQChar::TQChar( uchar c, uchar r ) : ucs( (r << 8) | c )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( 0 )
-#endif
-{
-}
-inline TQChar::TQChar( const TQChar& c ) : ucs( c.ucs )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-   , grp( c.grp )
-#endif
-{
-}
-
-inline TQChar::TQChar( ushort rc ) : ucs( rc )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( 0 )
-#endif
-{
-}
-inline TQChar::TQChar( short rc ) : ucs( (ushort) rc )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( 0 )
-#endif
-{
-}
-inline TQChar::TQChar( uint rc ) : ucs(  (ushort ) (rc & 0xffff) )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( (ushort) ((rc >> 16) & 0xffff) )
-#endif
-{
-}
-inline TQChar::TQChar( int rc ) : ucs( (ushort) (rc & 0xffff) )
-#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
-    , grp( (ushort) ((rc >> 16) & 0xffff) )
-#endif
-{
-}
-
-inline bool operator==( char ch, TQChar c )
-{
-    return ((uchar) ch) == c.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator==( TQChar c, char ch )
-{
-    return ((uchar) ch) == c.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator==( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
-{
-    return c1.ucs == c2.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
-{
-    return c1.ucs != c2.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=( char ch, TQChar c )
-{
-    return ((uchar)ch) != c.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator!=( TQChar c, char ch )
-{
-    return ((uchar) ch) != c.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator<=( TQChar c, char ch )
-{
-    return c.ucs <= ((uchar) ch);
-}
-
-inline bool operator<=( char ch, TQChar c )
-{
-    return ((uchar) ch) <= c.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator<=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
-{
-    return c1.ucs <= c2.ucs;
-}
-
-inline bool operator>=( TQChar c, char ch ) { return ch <= c; }
-inline bool operator>=( char ch, TQChar c ) { return c <= ch; }
-inline bool operator>=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 ) { return c2 <= c1; }
-inline bool operator<( TQChar c, char ch ) { return !(ch<=c); }
-inline bool operator<( char ch, TQChar c ) { return !(c<=ch); }
-inline bool operator<( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 ) { return !(c2<=c1); }
-inline bool operator>( TQChar c, char ch ) { return !(ch>=c); }
-inline bool operator>( char ch, TQChar c ) { return !(c>=ch); }
-inline bool operator>( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 ) { return !(c2>=c1); }
-
-// internal
-struct TQ_EXPORT TQStringData : public TQShared {
-    TQStringData() :
-        TQShared(), unicode(0), ascii(0), len(0), issimpletext(TRUE), maxl(0), islatin1(FALSE) { ref(); }
-    TQStringData(TQChar *u, uint l, uint m) :
-        TQShared(), unicode(u), ascii(0), len(l), issimpletext(FALSE), maxl(m), islatin1(FALSE) { }
-    ~TQStringData() { if ( unicode ) delete[] ((char*)unicode);
-                     if ( ascii ) delete[] ascii; }
-
-    void deleteSelf();
-    TQChar *unicode;
-    char *ascii;
-    void setDirty() {
-	if ( ascii ) {
-	    delete [] ascii;
-	    ascii = 0;
-	}
-	issimpletext = FALSE;
-    }
-#ifdef Q_OS_MAC9
-    uint len;
-#else
-    uint len : 30;
-#endif
-    uint issimpletext : 1;
-#ifdef Q_OS_MAC9
-    uint maxl;
-#else
-    uint maxl : 30;
-#endif
-    uint islatin1 : 1;
-
-private:
-#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
-    TQStringData( const TQStringData& );
-    TQStringData& operator=( const TQStringData& );
-#endif
-};
-
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQString
-{
-public:
-    TQString();                                  // make null string
-    TQString( TQChar );                           // one-char string
-    TQString( const TQString & );                 // impl-shared copy
-    TQString( const TQByteArray& );               // deep copy
-    TQString( const TQChar* unicode, uint length ); // deep copy
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString( const char *str );                 // deep copy
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
-    TQString( const std::string& );                   // deep copy
-#endif
-    ~TQString();
-
-    TQString    &operator=( const TQString & );   // impl-shared copy
-    TQString    &operator=( const char * );      // deep copy
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
-    TQString    &operator=( const std::string& );     // deep copy
-#endif
-    TQString    &operator=( const TQCString& );   // deep copy
-    TQString    &operator=( TQChar c );
-    TQString    &operator=( char c );
-
-    static const TQString null;
-
-    bool        isNull()        const;
-    bool        isEmpty()       const;
-    uint        length()        const;
-    void        truncate( uint pos );
-
-    TQString &   fill( TQChar c, int len = -1 );
-
-    TQString     copy()  const;
-
-    TQString arg( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldwidth=0, int base=10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldwidth=0, int base=10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
-    TQString arg( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g',
-		 int prec = -1 ) const;
-    TQString arg( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const;
-    TQString arg( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const;
-    TQString arg( const TQString& a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const;
-    TQString arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2 ) const;
-    TQString arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
-		 const TQString& a3 ) const;
-    TQString arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2, const TQString& a3,
-		 const TQString& a4 ) const;
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_SPRINTF
-    TQString    &sprintf( const char* format, ... )
-#if defined(Q_CC_GNU) && !defined(__INSURE__)
-        __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)))
-#endif
-        ;
-#endif
-
-    int         find( TQChar c, int index=0, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
-    int         find( char c, int index=0, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
-    int         find( const TQString &str, int index=0, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
-    int         find( const TQRegExp &, int index=0 ) const;
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    int         find( const char* str, int index=0 ) const;
-#endif
-    int         findRev( TQChar c, int index=-1, bool cs=TRUE) const;
-    int         findRev( char c, int index=-1, bool cs=TRUE) const;
-    int         findRev( const TQString &str, int index=-1, bool cs=TRUE) const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
-    int         findRev( const TQRegExp &, int index=-1 ) const;
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    int         findRev( const char* str, int index=-1 ) const;
-#endif
-    int         contains( TQChar c, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
-    int         contains( char c, bool cs=TRUE ) const
-                    { return contains(TQChar(c), cs); }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    int         contains( const char* str, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
-#endif
-    int         contains( const TQString &str, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
-    int         contains( const TQRegExp & ) const;
-#endif
-
-    enum SectionFlags {
-	SectionDefault             = 0x00,
-	SectionSkipEmpty           = 0x01,
-	SectionIncludeLeadingSep   = 0x02,
-	SectionIncludeTrailingSep  = 0x04,
-	SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps = 0x08
-    };
-    TQString     section( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
-    TQString     section( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString      section( const char *in_sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
-#endif
-    TQString     section( const TQString &in_sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
-    TQString     section( const TQRegExp &reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
-#endif
-
-    TQString     left( uint len )  const;
-    TQString     right( uint len ) const;
-    TQString     mid( uint index, uint len=0xffffffff) const;
-
-    TQString     leftJustify( uint width, TQChar fill=' ', bool trunc=FALSE)const;
-    TQString     rightJustify( uint width, TQChar fill=' ',bool trunc=FALSE)const;
-
-    TQString     lower() const;
-    TQString     upper() const;
-
-    TQString     stripWhiteSpace()       const;
-    TQString     simplifyWhiteSpace()    const;
-
-    TQString    &insert( uint index, const TQString & );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString    &insert( uint index, const TQByteArray & );
-    TQString    &insert( uint index, const char * );
-#endif
-    TQString    &insert( uint index, const TQChar*, uint len );
-    TQString    &insert( uint index, TQChar );
-    TQString    &insert( uint index, char c ) { return insert(index,TQChar(c)); }
-    TQString    &append( char );
-    TQString    &append( TQChar );
-    TQString    &append( const TQString & );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString    &append( const TQByteArray & );
-    TQString    &append( const char * );
-#endif
-#if !defined(TQT_NO_STL) && !defined(TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII)
-    TQString    &append( const std::string& );
-#endif
-    TQString    &prepend( char );
-    TQString    &prepend( TQChar );
-    TQString    &prepend( const TQString & );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString    &prepend( const TQByteArray & );
-    TQString    &prepend( const char * );
-#endif
-#if !defined(TQT_NO_STL) && !defined(TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII)
-    TQString    &prepend( const std::string& );
-#endif
-    TQString    &remove( uint index, uint len );
-#if defined(Q_QDOC)
-    TQString    &remove( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE );
-#else
-    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
-    TQString    &remove( const TQString & );
-    TQString    &remove( const TQString &, bool cs );
-#endif
-    TQString    &remove( TQChar c );
-    TQString    &remove( char c )
-    { return remove( TQChar(c) ); }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString    &remove( const char * );
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
-    TQString    &remove( const TQRegExp & );
-#endif
-    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, const TQString & );
-    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, const TQChar*, uint clen );
-    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, TQChar );
-    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, char c )
-    { return replace( index, len, TQChar(c) ); }
-#if defined(Q_QDOC)
-    TQString    &replace( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE );
-    TQString    &replace( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE );
-    TQString    &replace( const TQString & before, const TQString & after,
-			 bool cs = TRUE );
-#else
-    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
-    TQString    &replace( TQChar c, const TQString & );
-    TQString    &replace( TQChar c, const TQString &, bool );
-
-    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
-    TQString    &replace( char c, const TQString & after )
-    { return replace( TQChar(c), after, TRUE ); }
-    TQString    &replace( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs )
-    { return replace( TQChar(c), after, cs ); }
-
-    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
-    TQString    &replace( const TQString &, const TQString & );
-    TQString    &replace( const TQString &, const TQString &, bool );
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
-    TQString    &replace( const TQRegExp &, const TQString & );
-#endif
-    TQString    &replace( TQChar, TQChar );
-
-    short       toShort( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )      const;
-    ushort      toUShort( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )     const;
-    int         toInt( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )        const;
-    uint        toUInt( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )       const;
-    long        toLong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )       const;
-    ulong       toULong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )      const;
-    TQ_LLONG     toLongLong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )   const;
-    TQ_ULLONG    toULongLong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )  const;
-    float       toFloat( bool *ok=0 )   const;
-    double      toDouble( bool *ok=0 )  const;
-
-    TQString    &setNum( short, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( ushort, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( int, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( uint, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( long, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( ulong, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( TQ_LLONG, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( TQ_ULLONG, int base=10 );
-    TQString    &setNum( float, char f='g', int prec=6 );
-    TQString    &setNum( double, char f='g', int prec=6 );
-
-    static TQString number( long, int base=10 );
-    static TQString number( ulong, int base=10);
-    static TQString number( TQ_LLONG, int base=10 );
-    static TQString number( TQ_ULLONG, int base=10);
-    static TQString number( int, int base=10 );
-    static TQString number( uint, int base=10);
-    static TQString number( double, char f='g', int prec=6 );
-
-    void        setExpand( uint index, TQChar c );
-
-    TQString    &operator+=( const TQString &str );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString    &operator+=( const TQByteArray &str );
-    TQString    &operator+=( const char *str );
-#endif
-#if !defined(TQT_NO_STL) && !defined(TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII)
-    TQString    &operator+=( const std::string& );
-#endif
-    TQString    &operator+=( TQChar c );
-    TQString    &operator+=( char c );
-
-    TQChar at( uint i ) const
-        { return i < d->len ? d->unicode[i] : TQChar::null; }
-    TQChar operator[]( int i ) const { return at((uint)i); }
-    TQCharRef at( uint i );
-    TQCharRef operator[]( int i );
-
-    TQChar constref(uint i) const
-        { return at(i); }
-    TQChar& ref(uint i)
-        { // Optimized for easy-inlining by simple compilers.
-            if ( d->count != 1 || i >= d->len )
-                subat( i );
-            d->setDirty();
-            return d->unicode[i];
-        }
-
-    const TQChar* unicode() const { return d->unicode; }
-    const char* ascii() const;
-    static TQString fromAscii(const char*, int len=-1);
-    const char* latin1() const;
-    static TQString fromLatin1(const char*, int len=-1);
-    TQCString utf8() const;
-    static TQString fromUtf8(const char*, int len=-1);
-    TQCString local8Bit() const;
-    static TQString fromLocal8Bit(const char*, int len=-1);
-    bool operator!() const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_ASCII_CAST
-    operator const char *() const { return ascii(); }
-#endif
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
-    operator std::string() const { return ascii() ? ascii() : ""; }
-#endif
-
-    static TQString fromUcs2( const unsigned short *ucs2 );
-    const unsigned short *ucs2() const;
-
-    TQString &setUnicode( const TQChar* unicode, uint len );
-    TQString &setUnicodeCodes( const ushort* unicode_as_ushorts, uint len );
-    TQString &setAscii( const char*, int len=-1 );
-    TQString &setLatin1( const char*, int len=-1 );
-
-    int compare( const TQString& s ) const;
-    static int compare( const TQString& s1, const TQString& s2 )
-    { return s1.compare( s2 ); }
-
-    int localeAwareCompare( const TQString& s ) const;
-    static int localeAwareCompare( const TQString& s1, const TQString& s2 )
-    { return s1.localeAwareCompare( s2 ); }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQString & );
-#endif
-
-    void compose();
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPAT
-    const char* data() const { return ascii(); }
-#endif
-
-#if defined(Q_QDOC)
-    bool startsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs = TRUE ) const;
-    bool endsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs = TRUE ) const;
-#else
-    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
-    bool startsWith( const TQString& str ) const;
-    bool startsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs ) const;
-
-    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
-    bool endsWith( const TQString& str ) const;
-    bool endsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs ) const;
-#endif
-
-    void setLength( uint newLength );
-
-    uint capacity() const;
-    void reserve( uint minCapacity );
-    void squeeze();
-
-    bool simpleText() const { if ( !d->issimpletext ) checkSimpleText(); return (bool)d->issimpletext; }
-    bool isRightToLeft() const;
-
-
-private:
-    TQString( int size, bool /* dummy */ );	// allocate size incl. \0
-
-    void deref();
-    void real_detach();
-    void subat( uint );
-    TQString multiArg( int numArgs, const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
-		      const TQString& a3 = TQString::null,
-		      const TQString& a4 = TQString::null ) const;
-
-    void checkSimpleText() const;
-    void grow( uint newLength );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQString &insertHelper( uint index, const char *s, uint len=UINT_MAX );
-    TQString &operatorPlusEqHelper( const char *s, uint len2=UINT_MAX );
-#endif
-
-    static TQChar* latin1ToUnicode( const char*, uint * len, uint maxlen=(uint)-1 );
-    static TQChar* latin1ToUnicode( const TQByteArray&, uint * len );
-    static char* unicodeToLatin1( const TQChar*, uint len );
-
-    TQStringData *d;
-    static TQStringData* shared_null;
-    static TQStringData* makeSharedNull();
-
-    friend class TQConstString;
-    friend class TQTextStream;
-    TQString( TQStringData* dd, bool /* dummy */ ) : d(dd) { }
-
-    // needed for TQDeepCopy
-    void detach();
-    friend class TQDeepCopy<TQString>;
-};
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQCharRef {
-    friend class TQString;
-    TQString& s;
-    uint p;
-    TQCharRef(TQString* str, uint pos) : s(*str), p(pos) { }
-
-public:
-    // most TQChar operations repeated here
-
-    // all this is not documented: We just say "like TQChar" and let it be.
-#ifndef Q_QDOC
-    ushort unicode() const { return s.constref(p).unicode(); }
-    char latin1() const { return s.constref(p).latin1(); }
-
-    // An operator= for each TQChar cast constructors
-    TQCharRef operator=(char c ) { s.ref(p)=c; return *this; }
-    TQCharRef operator=(uchar c ) { s.ref(p)=c; return *this; }
-    TQCharRef operator=(TQChar c ) { s.ref(p)=c; return *this; }
-    TQCharRef operator=(const TQCharRef& c ) { s.ref(p)=c.unicode(); return *this; }
-    TQCharRef operator=(ushort rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
-    TQCharRef operator=(short rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
-    TQCharRef operator=(uint rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
-    TQCharRef operator=(int rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
-
-    operator TQChar () const { return s.constref(p); }
-
-    // each function...
-    bool isNull() const { return unicode()==0; }
-    bool isPrint() const { return s.constref(p).isPrint(); }
-    bool isPunct() const { return s.constref(p).isPunct(); }
-    bool isSpace() const { return s.constref(p).isSpace(); }
-    bool isMark() const { return s.constref(p).isMark(); }
-    bool isLetter() const { return s.constref(p).isLetter(); }
-    bool isNumber() const { return s.constref(p).isNumber(); }
-    bool isLetterOrNumber() { return s.constref(p).isLetterOrNumber(); }
-    bool isDigit() const { return s.constref(p).isDigit(); }
-
-    int digitValue() const { return s.constref(p).digitValue(); }
-    TQChar lower() const { return s.constref(p).lower(); }
-    TQChar upper() const { return s.constref(p).upper(); }
-
-    TQChar::Category category() const { return s.constref(p).category(); }
-    TQChar::Direction direction() const { return s.constref(p).direction(); }
-    TQChar::Joining joining() const { return s.constref(p).joining(); }
-    bool mirrored() const { return s.constref(p).mirrored(); }
-    TQChar mirroredChar() const { return s.constref(p).mirroredChar(); }
-    const TQString &decomposition() const { return s.constref(p).decomposition(); }
-    TQChar::Decomposition decompositionTag() const { return s.constref(p).decompositionTag(); }
-    unsigned char combiningClass() const { return s.constref(p).combiningClass(); }
-
-    // Not the non-const ones of these.
-    uchar cell() const { return s.constref(p).cell(); }
-    uchar row() const { return s.constref(p).row(); }
-#endif
-};
-
-inline TQCharRef TQString::at( uint i ) { return TQCharRef(this,i); }
-inline TQCharRef TQString::operator[]( int i ) { return at((uint)i); }
-
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQConstString : private TQString {
-public:
-    TQConstString( const TQChar* unicode, uint length );
-    ~TQConstString();
-    const TQString& string() const { return *this; }
-};
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQString stream functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQString & );
-TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQString & );
-#endif
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQString inline functions
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-// These two move code into makeSharedNull() and deletesData()
-// to improve cache-coherence (and reduce code bloat), while
-// keeping the common cases fast.
-//
-// No safe way to pre-init shared_null on ALL compilers/linkers.
-inline TQString::TQString() :
-    d(shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull())
-{
-    d->ref();
-}
-//
-inline TQString::~TQString()
-{
-    if ( d->deref() ) {
-        if ( d != shared_null )
-	    d->deleteSelf();
-    }
-}
-
-// needed for TQDeepCopy
-inline void TQString::detach()
-{ real_detach(); }
-
-inline TQString TQString::section( TQChar sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
-{ return section(TQString(sep), start, end, flags); }
-
-inline TQString TQString::section( char sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
-{ return section(TQChar(sep), start, end, flags); }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-inline TQString TQString::section( const char *in_sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
-{ return section(TQString(in_sep), start, end, flags); }
-#endif
-
-inline TQString &TQString::operator=( TQChar c )
-{ *this = TQString(c); return *this; }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::operator=( char c )
-{ *this = TQString(TQChar(c)); return *this; }
-
-inline bool TQString::isNull() const
-{ return unicode() == 0; }
-
-inline bool TQString::operator!() const
-{ return isNull(); }
-
-inline uint TQString::length() const
-{ return d->len; }
-
-inline uint TQString::capacity() const
-{ return d->maxl; }
-
-inline bool TQString::isEmpty() const
-{ return length() == 0; }
-
-inline TQString TQString::copy() const
-{ return TQString( *this ); }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-inline TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const char *s )
-{ return insertHelper( index, s ); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const TQByteArray &s )
-{
-    int pos = s.find( 0 );
-    return insertHelper( index, s, pos==-1 ? s.size() : pos );
-}
-#endif
-
-inline TQString &TQString::prepend( const TQString & s )
-{ return insert(0,s); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::prepend( TQChar c )
-{ return insert(0,c); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::prepend( char c )
-{ return insert(0,c); }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-inline TQString &TQString::prepend( const TQByteArray & s )
-{ return insert(0,s); }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-inline TQString &TQString::operator+=( const TQByteArray &s )
-{
-    int pos = s.find( 0 );
-    return operatorPlusEqHelper( s, pos==-1 ? s.size() : pos );
-}
-#endif
-
-inline TQString &TQString::append( const TQString & s )
-{ return operator+=(s); }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-inline TQString &TQString::append( const TQByteArray &s )
-{ return operator+=(s); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::append( const char * s )
-{ return operator+=(s); }
-#endif
-
-inline TQString &TQString::append( TQChar c )
-{ return operator+=(c); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::append( char c )
-{ return operator+=(c); }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
-inline TQString &TQString::operator=( const std::string& str )
-{ return operator=(str.c_str()); }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-inline TQString &TQString::operator+=( const std::string& s )
-{ return operator+=(s.c_str()); }
-inline TQString &TQString::append( const std::string& s )
-{ return operator+=(s); }
-inline TQString &TQString::prepend( const std::string& s )
-{ return insert(0, s); }
-#endif
-#endif
-
-inline TQString &TQString::setNum( short n, int base )
-{ return setNum((TQ_LLONG)n, base); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::setNum( ushort n, int base )
-{ return setNum((TQ_ULLONG)n, base); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::setNum( int n, int base )
-{ return setNum((TQ_LLONG)n, base); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::setNum( uint n, int base )
-{ return setNum((TQ_ULLONG)n, base); }
-
-inline TQString &TQString::setNum( float n, char f, int prec )
-{ return setNum((double)n,f,prec); }
-
-inline TQString TQString::arg( int a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
-{ return arg( (TQ_LLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
-
-inline TQString TQString::arg( uint a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
-{ return arg( (TQ_ULLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
-
-inline TQString TQString::arg( short a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
-{ return arg( (TQ_LLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
-
-inline TQString TQString::arg( ushort a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
-{ return arg( (TQ_ULLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
-
-inline TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2 ) const {
-    return multiArg( 2, a1, a2 );
-}
-
-inline TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
-			     const TQString& a3 ) const {
-    return multiArg( 3, a1, a2, a3 );
-}
-
-inline TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
-			     const TQString& a3, const TQString& a4 ) const {
-    return multiArg( 4, a1, a2, a3, a4 );
-}
-
-inline int TQString::find( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
-{ return find(TQChar(c), index, cs); }
-
-inline int TQString::findRev( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
-{ return findRev( TQChar(c), index, cs ); }
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-inline int TQString::find( const char* str, int index ) const
-{ return find(TQString::fromAscii(str), index); }
-
-inline int TQString::findRev( const char* str, int index ) const
-{ return findRev(TQString::fromAscii(str), index); }
-#endif
-
-
-/*****************************************************************************
-  TQString non-member operators
- *****************************************************************************/
-
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator<( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator<=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator>( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator>=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator<( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator<=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator>( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator>=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator!=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator<( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator<=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator==( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
-//TQ_EXPORT bool operator>( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 ); // MSVC++
-TQ_EXPORT bool operator>=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
-#endif
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
-{
-    TQString tmp( s1 );
-    tmp += s2;
-    return tmp;
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
-{
-    TQString tmp( s1 );
-    tmp += TQString::fromAscii(s2);
-    return tmp;
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
-{
-    TQString tmp = TQString::fromAscii( s1 );
-    tmp += s2;
-    return tmp;
-}
-#endif
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, TQChar c2 )
-{
-    TQString tmp( s1 );
-    tmp += c2;
-    return tmp;
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, char c2 )
-{
-    TQString tmp( s1 );
-    tmp += c2;
-    return tmp;
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( TQChar c1, const TQString &s2 )
-{
-    TQString tmp;
-    tmp += c1;
-    tmp += s2;
-    return tmp;
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( char c1, const TQString &s2 )
-{
-    TQString tmp;
-    tmp += c1;
-    tmp += s2;
-    return tmp;
-}
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+(const TQString& s1, const std::string& s2)
-{
-    return s1 + TQString(s2);
-}
-
-TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+(const std::string& s1, const TQString& s2)
-{
-    TQString tmp(s2);
-    return TQString(tmp.prepend(s1));
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
-extern TQ_EXPORT TQString qt_winTQString(void*);
-extern TQ_EXPORT const void* qt_winTchar(const TQString& str, bool addnul);
-extern TQ_EXPORT void* qt_winTchar_new(const TQString& str);
-extern TQ_EXPORT TQCString qt_winTQString2MB( const TQString& s, int len=-1 );
-extern TQ_EXPORT TQString qt_winMB2TQString( const char* mb, int len=-1 );
-#endif
-
-#define Q_DEFINED_QSTRING
-#include "ntqwinexport.h"
-#endif // TQSTRING_H
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstring-members.html b/doc/html/qstring-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 806646e30..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstring-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQString Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          Complete Member List for TQString
          
-
-
          This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQString, including inherited members.
-
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstringlist-h.html b/doc/html/qstringlist-h.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 5242fa63e..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstringlist-h.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,151 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-ntqstringlist.h Include File
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          ntqstringlist.h
          
-
-
          This is the verbatim text of the ntqstringlist.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
-
          
-
          -/****************************************************************************
-** $Id: qt/ntqstringlist.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
-**
-** Definition of TQStringList class
-**
-** Created : 990406
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
-** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
-** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
-** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQSTRINGLIST_H
-#define TQSTRINGLIST_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "tqvaluelist.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstrlist.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_STRINGLIST
-
-class TQRegExp;
-template <class T> class TQDeepCopy;
-
-#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
-// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
-//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class TQ_EXPORT TQValueList<TQString>; 
-// MOC_SKIP_END
-#endif
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQStringList : public TQValueList<TQString>
-{
-public:
-    TQStringList() { }
-    TQStringList( const TQStringList& l ) : TQValueList<TQString>(l) { }
-    TQStringList( const TQValueList<TQString>& l ) : TQValueList<TQString>(l) { }
-    TQStringList( const TQString& i ) { append(i); }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
-    TQStringList( const char* i ) { append(i); }
-#endif
-
-    static TQStringList fromStrList(const TQStrList&);
-
-    void sort();
-
-    static TQStringList split( const TQString &sep, const TQString &str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE );
-    static TQStringList split( const TQChar &sep, const TQString &str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
-    static TQStringList split( const TQRegExp &sep, const TQString &str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE );
-#endif
-    TQString join( const TQString &sep ) const;
-
-    TQStringList grep( const TQString &str, bool cs = TRUE ) const;
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
-    TQStringList grep( const TQRegExp &expr ) const;
-#endif
-
-    TQStringList& gres( const TQString &before, const TQString &after,
-		       bool cs = TRUE );
-#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
-    TQStringList& gres( const TQRegExp &expr, const TQString &after );
-#endif
-
-protected:
-    void detach() { TQValueList<TQString>::detach(); }
-    friend class TQDeepCopy< TQStringList >;
-};
-
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-class TQDataStream;
-extern TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQStringList& );
-extern TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQStringList& );
-#endif
-
-#endif // TQT_NO_STRINGLIST
-#endif // TQSTRINGLIST_H
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstringlist-members.html b/doc/html/qstringlist-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index aa126437b..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstringlist-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStringList Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          Complete Member List for TQStringList
          
-
-
          This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQStringList, including inherited members.
-
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstrlist-h.html b/doc/html/qstrlist-h.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 798614f49..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstrlist-h.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-ntqstrlist.h Include File
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          ntqstrlist.h
          
-
-
          This is the verbatim text of the ntqstrlist.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
-
          
-
          -/****************************************************************************
-** $Id: qt/ntqstrlist.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
-**
-** Definition of TQStrList, TQStrIList and TQStrListIterator classes
-**
-** Created : 920730
-**
-** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
-**
-** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
-** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
-** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
-** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
-** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
-** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
-** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
-**
-** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
-** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
-** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
-** review the following information:
-** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
-** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
-**
-** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
-** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
-** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
-** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
-** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
-**
-** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
-** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
-** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
-** herein.
-**
-**********************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef TQSTRLIST_H
-#define TQSTRLIST_H
-
-#ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "tqptrlist.h"
-#include "ntqdatastream.h"
-#endif // QT_H
-
-#if defined(Q_QDOC)
-class TQStrListIterator : public TQPtrListIterator<char>
-{
-};
-#else
-typedef TQPtrListIterator<char> TQStrListIterator;
-#endif
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQStrList : public TQPtrList<char>
-{
-public:
-    TQStrList( bool deepCopies=TRUE ) { dc = deepCopies; del_item = deepCopies; }
-    TQStrList( const TQStrList & );
-    ~TQStrList()			{ clear(); }
-    TQStrList& operator=( const TQStrList & );
-
-private:
-    TQPtrCollection::Item newItem( TQPtrCollection::Item d ) { return dc ? tqstrdup( (const char*)d ) : d; }
-    void deleteItem( TQPtrCollection::Item d ) { if ( del_item ) delete[] (char*)d; }
-    int compareItems( TQPtrCollection::Item s1, TQPtrCollection::Item s2 ) { return qstrcmp((const char*)s1,
-							 (const char*)s2); }
-#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
-    TQDataStream &read( TQDataStream &s, TQPtrCollection::Item &d )
-				{ s >> (char *&)d; return s; }
-    TQDataStream &write( TQDataStream &s, TQPtrCollection::Item d ) const
-				{ return s << (const char *)d; }
-#endif
-    bool  dc;
-};
-
-
-class TQ_EXPORT TQStrIList : public TQStrList	// case insensitive string list
-{
-public:
-    TQStrIList( bool deepCopies=TRUE ) : TQStrList( deepCopies ) {}
-    ~TQStrIList()			{ clear(); }
-private:
-    int	  compareItems( TQPtrCollection::Item s1, TQPtrCollection::Item s2 )
-				{ return tqstricmp((const char*)s1,
-						    (const char*)s2); }
-};
-
-
-inline TQStrList & TQStrList::operator=( const TQStrList &strList )
-{
-    clear();
-    dc = strList.dc;
-    del_item = dc;
-    TQPtrList<char>::operator=( strList );
-    return *this;
-}
-
-inline TQStrList::TQStrList( const TQStrList &strList )
-    : TQPtrList<char>( strList )
-{
-    dc = FALSE;
-    operator=( strList );
-}
-
-#endif // TQSTRLIST_H
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstrlist-members.html b/doc/html/qstrlist-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fe06f41f..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstrlist-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStrList Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          Complete Member List for TQStrList
          
-
-
          This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQStrList, including inherited members.
-
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstrlistiterator-members.html b/doc/html/qstrlistiterator-members.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 2a9c4af48..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstrlistiterator-members.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStrListIterator Member List
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          Complete Member List for TQStrListIterator
          
-
-
          This is the complete list of member functions for
-TQStrListIterator, including inherited members.
-
-
          
-
-
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstrlistiterator.html b/doc/html/qstrlistiterator.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 920d3d980..000000000
--- a/doc/html/qstrlistiterator.html
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,60 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-TQStrListIterator Class
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
          
- 
-Home
- | 
-All Classes
- | 
-Main Classes
- | 
-Annotated
- | 
-Grouped Classes
- | 
-Functions
-
          TQStrListIterator Class Reference
          
-
-
          The TQStrListIterator class is an iterator for the TQStrList
-and TQStrIList classes.
-More...
-
          #include <ntqstrlist.h>
-
          Inherits TQPtrListIterator<char>.
-
          List of all member functions.
-
          Detailed Description
          
-
-
-The TQStrListIterator class is an iterator for the TQStrList
-and TQStrIList classes.
-
           
-
           This class is a TQPtrListIterator<char> instance. It can traverse
-the strings in the TQStrList and TQStrIList classes.
-
          See also Non-GUI Classes.
-
-
-
          
-This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
-Copyright © 1995-2007
-Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
          
-
-
          Copyright © 2007
-TrolltechTrademarks
-
          TQt 3.3.8
          
-
          
-
diff --git a/doc/html/qstylefactory-h.html b/doc/html/qstylefactory-h.html
index 9f4066f8f..0ddc742df 100644
--- a/doc/html/qstylefactory-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qstylefactory-h.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQSTYLEFACTORY_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
diff --git a/doc/html/qstyleplugin-h.html b/doc/html/qstyleplugin-h.html
index 33329a5e2..40acc95f6 100644
--- a/doc/html/qstyleplugin-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qstyleplugin-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE
diff --git a/doc/html/qstylesheet-h.html b/doc/html/qstylesheet-h.html
index 32f9d8632..93183c4ff 100644
--- a/doc/html/qstylesheet-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qstylesheet-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQSTYLESHEET_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "tqvaluelist.h"
 #include "tqptrvector.h"
 #include "ntqdict.h"
diff --git a/doc/html/qstylesheetitem.html b/doc/html/qstylesheetitem.html
index a435f73b1..9f63283ad 100644
--- a/doc/html/qstylesheetitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qstylesheetitem.html
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ WhiteSpaceNormal, but no automatic line-breaks occur. To break
 lines manually, use the <br> tag.
 
         
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQStyleSheetItem::TQStyleSheetItem ( TQStyleSheet * parent, const TQString & name )
+
        TQStyleSheetItem::TQStyleSheetItem ( TQStyleSheet * parent, const TQString & name )
 
        
 Constructs a new style called name for the stylesheet parent.
 
         All properties in TQStyleSheetItem are initially in the "do not
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Returns the text color of this style or an invalid color if no
 color has been set.
 
         
        See also setColor() and TQColor::isValid().
 
-
        TQString TQStyleSheetItem::contexts () const
+
        TQString TQStyleSheetItem::contexts () const
 
        
 Returns a space-separated list of names of styles that may contain
 elements of this style. If nothing has been set, contexts()
@@ -248,10 +248,10 @@ Returns the display
     mode of the style.
 
         
        See also setDisplayMode().
 
-
        TQString TQStyleSheetItem::fontFamily () const
+
        TQString TQStyleSheetItem::fontFamily () const
 
        
 Returns the font family setting of the style. This is either a
-valid font family or TQString::null if no family has been set.
+valid font family or TQString::null if no family has been set.
 
         
        See also setFontFamily(), TQFont::family(), and TQFont::setFamily().
 
 
        bool TQStyleSheetItem::fontItalic () const
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Returns the width of margin m in pixels.
 
         The margin, m, can be MarginLeft, MarginRight, MarginTop, MarginBottom, or MarginFirstLine.
 
         
        See also setMargin() and Margin.
 
-
        TQString TQStyleSheetItem::name () const
+
        TQString TQStyleSheetItem::name () const
 
        
 Returns the name of the style item.
 
@@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ style link to other documents or anchors.
 Sets the text color of this style to c.
 
         
        See also color().
 
-
        void TQStyleSheetItem::setContexts ( const TQString & c )
+
        void TQStyleSheetItem::setContexts ( const TQString & c )
 
        
 Sets a space-separated list of names of styles that may contain
 elements of this style. If c is empty, the style can be nested
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ everywhere.
 Sets the display mode of the style to m.
 
         
        See also displayMode().
 
-
        void TQStyleSheetItem::setFontFamily ( const TQString & fam )
+
        void TQStyleSheetItem::setFontFamily ( const TQString & fam )
 
        
 Sets the font family setting of the style to fam.
 
         
        See also fontFamily(), TQFont::family(), and TQFont::setFamily().
diff --git a/doc/html/qsyntaxhighlighter-h.html b/doc/html/qsyntaxhighlighter-h.html
index 459aeb752..f4e8bb99b 100644
--- a/doc/html/qsyntaxhighlighter-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qsyntaxhighlighter-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqfont.h"
 #include "ntqcolor.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQTextEdit;
diff --git a/doc/html/qt-template-lib.html b/doc/html/qt-template-lib.html
index a96e9b7f0..3f3c4c831 100644
--- a/doc/html/qt-template-lib.html
+++ b/doc/html/qt-template-lib.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ will occur.
 
         If you intend sorting your data you must implement operator<() for
 your data's class.
 
         Good candidates for value based classes are TQRect, TQPoint, TQSize,
-TQString and all simple C++ types, such as int, bool or double.
+TQString and all simple C++ types, such as int, bool or double.
 
         The TQt Template Library is designed for speed. Iterators are extremely
 fast. To achieve this performance, less error checking is done than in
 the TQPtrCollection based containers. A TQTL container, for example,
@@ -160,8 +160,8 @@ your data's class.
 
 
         tqSwap() exchanges the values of two variables:
 
        -    TQString second( "Einstein" );
-    TQString name( "Albert" );
+    TQString second( "Einstein" );
+    TQString name( "Albert" );
     tqSwap( second, name );
 
        
  
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Just make sure that the right hand of the iterator has as many
 elements present as you want to insert. The following example
 illustrates this:
 
         
        -    TQStringList list1, list2;
+    TQStringList list1, list2;
     list1 << "Weis" << "Ettrich" << "Arnt" << "Sue";
     list2 << "Torben" << "Matthias";
     tqCopy( list2.begin(), list2.end(), list1.begin() );
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ appropriate streaming operators. Here is an example.
     str >> list;
 
        
  
-
         The same applies to TQStringList, TQValueStack and TQMap.
+
         The same applies to TQStringList, TQValueStack and TQMap.
 
 
 
        
diff --git a/doc/html/qt.dcf b/doc/html/qt.dcf
index d031b4c6f..9c187608e 100644
--- a/doc/html/qt.dcf
+++ b/doc/html/qt.dcf
@@ -1009,12 +1009,12 @@
     operator>
     operator>=
     
        
-    
        
+    
        
 
        
 
        
     QCharRef
     
        
-    
        
+    
        
 
        
 
        
     QCheckBox
@@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@
     string
     ~QConstString
     
        
-    
        
+    
        
 
        
 
        
     QContextMenuEvent
@@ -7223,124 +7223,124 @@
     
        
     
        
 
        
-
        
-    QStrIList
-    ~QStrIList
-    
        
-    
        
-
        
-
        
-    TQString
-    SectionFlags
-    append
-    arg
-    ascii
-    at
-    capacity
-    compare
-    compose
-    constref
-    contains
-    detach
-    endsWith
-    fill
-    find
-    findRev
-    fromAscii
-    fromLatin1
-    fromLocal8Bit
-    fromUcs2
-    fromUtf8
-    insert
-    isEmpty
-    isNull
-    latin1
-    latin1ToUnicode
-    left
-    leftJustify
-    length
-    local8Bit
-    localeAwareCompare
-    lower
-    mid
-    number
-    operator const char *
-    string
-    operator!
-    operator+=
-    operator=
-    operator[]
-    prepend
-    real_detach
-    ref
-    remove
-    replace
-    reserve
-    right
-    rightJustify
-    section
-    setAscii
-    setLatin1
-    setLength
-    setNum
-    setUnicode
-    setUnicodeCodes
-    simplifyWhiteSpace
-    sprintf
-    squeeze
-    startsWith
-    stripWhiteSpace
-    toDouble
-    toFloat
-    toInt
-    toLong
-    toLongLong
-    toShort
-    toUInt
-    toULong
-    toULongLong
-    toUShort
-    truncate
-    ucs2
-    unicode
-    unicodeToLatin1
-    upper
-    utf8
-    ~TQString
-    operator!=
-    operator+
-    operator<
-    operator<<
-    operator<=
-    operator==
-    operator>
-    operator>=
-    operator>>
-    
        
-    
        
-
        
-
        
-    QStringList
-    fromStrList
-    grep
-    gres
-    join
-    sort
-    split
-    
        
-    
        
-
        
-
        
-    QStrList
-    operator=
-    ~QStrList
-    
        
-    
        
-
        
-
        
-    QStrListIterator
-    
        
-    
        
+
        
+    TQStrIList
+    ~TQStrIList
+    
        
+    
        
+
        
+
        
+    TQString
+    SectionFlags
+    append
+    arg
+    ascii
+    at
+    capacity
+    compare
+    compose
+    constref
+    contains
+    detach
+    endsWith
+    fill
+    find
+    findRev
+    fromAscii
+    fromLatin1
+    fromLocal8Bit
+    fromUcs2
+    fromUtf8
+    insert
+    isEmpty
+    isNull
+    latin1
+    latin1ToUnicode
+    left
+    leftJustify
+    length
+    local8Bit
+    localeAwareCompare
+    lower
+    mid
+    number
+    operator const char *
+    string
+    operator!
+    operator+=
+    operator=
+    operator[]
+    prepend
+    real_detach
+    ref
+    remove
+    replace
+    reserve
+    right
+    rightJustify
+    section
+    setAscii
+    setLatin1
+    setLength
+    setNum
+    setUnicode
+    setUnicodeCodes
+    simplifyWhiteSpace
+    sprintf
+    squeeze
+    startsWith
+    stripWhiteSpace
+    toDouble
+    toFloat
+    toInt
+    toLong
+    toLongLong
+    toShort
+    toUInt
+    toULong
+    toULongLong
+    toUShort
+    truncate
+    ucs2
+    unicode
+    unicodeToLatin1
+    upper
+    utf8
+    ~TQString
+    operator!=
+    operator+
+    operator<
+    operator<<
+    operator<=
+    operator==
+    operator>
+    operator>=
+    operator>>
+    
        
+    
        
+
        
+
        
+    TQStringList
+    fromStrList
+    grep
+    gres
+    join
+    sort
+    split
+    
        
+    
        
+
        
+
        
+    TQStrList
+    operator=
+    ~TQStrList
+    
        
+    
        
+
        
+
        
+    TQStrListIterator
+    
        
+    
        
 
        
 
        
     QStyle
diff --git a/doc/html/qtab.html b/doc/html/qtab.html
index e62ad097a..443a6777a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtab.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtab.html
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@ The TQTab class provides the structures in a TQTabBar
 Constructs an empty tab. All fields are set to empty.
 
-
        TQTab::TQTab ( const TQString & text )
+
        TQTab::TQTab ( const TQString & text )
 
        
 Constructs a tab with the text text.
 
-
        TQTab::TQTab ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )
+
        TQTab::TQTab ( const TQIconSet & icon, const TQString & text = TQString::null )
 
        
 Constructs a tab with an icon and the text, text.
 
@@ -118,11 +118,11 @@ within a TQTabBar must be unique.
 
 
         Set the TQTab TQRect to rect.
 
-
        void TQTab::setText ( const TQString & text )
+
        void TQTab::setText ( const TQString & text )
 
        
 Sets the text of the tab to text.
 
-
        TQString TQTab::text () const
+
        TQString TQTab::text () const
 
        
 
 
         Returns the text of the TQTab label.
diff --git a/doc/html/qtable-h.html b/doc/html/qtable-h.html
index 5b454902e..c1faa7ceb 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtable-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtable-h.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "ntqguardedptr.h"
 #include "ntqshared.h"
 #include "ntqintdict.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qtableitem.html b/doc/html/qtableitem.html
index ac622a271..3a686daf6 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtableitem.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtableitem.html
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ into a table with TQTable::setItem().
 
         The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item
 should not be inserted into more than one table at a time.
 
-
        TQTableItem::TQTableItem ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text )
+
        TQTableItem::TQTableItem ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text )
 
        
 Creates a table item that is a child of table table with text
 text. The item has the EditType et.
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ into a table with TQTable::setItem().
 
         The table takes ownership of the table item, so a table item
 should not be inserted into more than one table at a time.
 
-
        TQTableItem::TQTableItem ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )
+
        TQTableItem::TQTableItem ( TQTable * table, EditType et, const TQString & text, const TQPixmap & p )
 
        
 Creates a table item that is a child of table table with text
 text and pixmap p. The item has the EditType et.
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ have their contents replaced by another table item.
 whether the user is able to change the contents of a cell.)
 
         
        See also setReplaceable() and EditType.
 
-
        TQString TQTableItem::key () const [virtual]
+
        TQString TQTableItem::key () const [virtual]
 
        
 This virtual function returns the key that should be used for
 sorting. The default implementation returns the text() of the
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ columns that cross TQTableItems spanning more than one cell is not
 supported.
 
         
        See also rowSpan() and colSpan().
 
-
        void TQTableItem::setText ( const TQString & str ) [virtual]
+
        void TQTableItem::setText ( const TQString & str ) [virtual]
 
        
 Changes the table item's text to str.
 
         Note that setText() does not update the cell the table item
@@ -460,9 +460,9 @@ function.
 
         Returns the TQTable the table item belongs to.
 
         
        See also TQTable::setItem() and TQTableItem().
 
-
        TQString TQTableItem::text () const [virtual]
+
        TQString TQTableItem::text () const [virtual]
 
        
-Returns the text of the table item or TQString::null if there is no
+Returns the text of the table item or TQString::null if there is no
 text.
 
         To ensure that the current value of the editor is returned,
 setContentFromEditor() is called:
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextcodec-h.html b/doc/html/qtextcodec-h.html
index 5920e6aa5..9b6fcdc6e 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextcodec-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextcodec-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQTEXTCODEC_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODEC
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextcodecplugin-h.html b/doc/html/qtextcodecplugin-h.html
index 2a9d27a4d..3f40b0dc7 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextcodecplugin-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextcodecplugin-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_TEXTCODECPLUGIN
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextdecoder.html b/doc/html/qtextdecoder.html
index edd340ccb..880e40291 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextdecoder.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextdecoder.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ state that is required between calls.
 
 Destroys the decoder.
 
-
        TQString TQTextDecoder::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len ) [pure virtual]
+
        TQString TQTextDecoder::toUnicode ( const char * chars, int len ) [pure virtual]
 
        
 
 
         Converts the first len bytes in chars to Unicode, returning
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextdrag.html b/doc/html/qtextdrag.html
index d2c4dfd79..50ac69757 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextdrag.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextdrag.html
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ transferring plain and Unicode text.
 
         The TQTextDrag class is a drag and drop object for
 transferring plain and Unicode text.
 
         
-
         Plain text is passed in a TQString which may contain multiple lines
+
         Plain text is passed in a TQString which may contain multiple lines
 (i.e. may contain newline characters). The drag target will receive
 the newlines according to the runtime environment, e.g. LF on Unix,
 and CRLF on Windows.
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ and the drag and drop documentation.
 
        See also Drag And Drop Classes.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQTextDrag::TQTextDrag ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQTextDrag::TQTextDrag ( const TQString & text, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a text drag object and sets its data to text. dragSource must be the drag source; name is the object name.
 
@@ -84,18 +84,18 @@ resources.
 
        bool TQTextDrag::canDecode ( const TQMimeSource * e ) [static]
 
        
 Returns TRUE if the information in e can be decoded into a
-TQString; otherwise returns FALSE.
+TQString; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
         
        See also decode().
 
 
        Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp.
-
        bool TQTextDrag::decode ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQString & str ) [static]
+
        bool TQTextDrag::decode ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQString & str ) [static]
 
        
 Attempts to decode the dropped information in e into str.
 Returns TRUE if successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
         
        See also canDecode().
 
 
        Example: iconview/simple_dd/main.cpp.
-
        bool TQTextDrag::decode ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQString & str, TQCString & subtype ) [static]
+
        bool TQTextDrag::decode ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQString & str, TQCString & subtype ) [static]
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Attempts to decode the dropped information in e into str.
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ default subtype is "plain", so the default MIME type of the text
 is "text/plain". You might use this to declare that the text is
 "text/html" by calling setSubtype("html").
 
-
        void TQTextDrag::setText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual]
+
        void TQTextDrag::setText ( const TQString & text ) [virtual]
 
        
 Sets the text to be dragged to text. You will need to call this
 if you did not pass the text during construction.
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextencoder.html b/doc/html/qtextencoder.html
index 2186aafb1..410dd59bd 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextencoder.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextencoder.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ state that is required between calls.
 
 Destroys the encoder.
 
-
        TQCString TQTextEncoder::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) [pure virtual]
+
        TQCString TQTextEncoder::fromUnicode ( const TQString & uc, int & lenInOut ) [pure virtual]
 
        
 
 
         Converts lenInOut characters (not bytes) from uc, producing
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextistream.html b/doc/html/qtextistream.html
index c157af1e2..dd06f52c5 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextistream.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextistream.html
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ The TQTextIStream class is a convenience class for input streams.
 constructor.
 
         This class makes it easy, for example, to write things like this:
 
        -    TQString data = "123 456";
+    TQString data = "123 456";
     int a, b;
     TQTextIStream(&data) >> a >> b;
     
        
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ constructor.
 
         
        See also TQTextOStream, Input/Output and Networking, and Text Related Classes.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream ( const TQString * s )
+
        TQTextIStream::TQTextIStream ( const TQString * s )
 
        
 
 
         Constructs a stream to read from the string s.
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextostream.html b/doc/html/qtextostream.html
index e01b3afb3..6e4d99944 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextostream.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextostream.html
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ The TQTextOStream class is a convenience class for output streams.
 constructor.
 
         This makes it easy for example, to write things like this:
 
        -    TQString result;
+    TQString result;
     TQTextOStream(&result) << "pi = " << 3.14;
     
        
  
 
        See also Input/Output and Networking and Text Related Classes.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream ( TQString * s )
+
        TQTextOStream::TQTextOStream ( TQString * s )
 
        
 
 
         Constructs a stream to write to string s.
diff --git a/doc/html/qtextstream-h.html b/doc/html/qtextstream-h.html
index f82e70216..8ced94589 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtextstream-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtextstream-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqiodevice.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include <stdio.h>
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qtime.html b/doc/html/qtime.html
index 369a105b4..63d0131d6 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtime.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtime.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ undefined. This can happen when daylight savings time is turned on
 or off.
 
         
        See also start() and restart().
 
-
        TQTime TQTime::fromString ( const TQString & s, TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) [static]
+
        TQTime TQTime::fromString ( const TQString & s, TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) [static]
 
        
 Returns the representation s as a TQTime using the format f,
 or an invalid time if this is not possible.
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Sets this time to the current time. This is practical for timing:
  
 
         
        See also restart(), elapsed(), and currentTime().
 
-
        TQString TQTime::toString ( const TQString & format ) const
+
        TQString TQTime::toString ( const TQString & format ) const
 
        
 Returns the time as a string. The format parameter determines
 the format of the result string.
@@ -350,10 +350,10 @@ the format of the result string.
  hh:mm:ss.zzz     14:13:09.042
  h:m:s ap	     2:13:9 pm
 
-
         If the time is an invalid time, then TQString::null will be returned.
+
         If the time is an invalid time, then TQString::null will be returned.
 
         
        See also TQDate::toString() and TQDateTime::toString().
 
-
        TQString TQTime::toString ( TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) const
+
        TQString TQTime::toString ( TQt::DateFormat f = TQt::TextDate ) const
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Returns the time as a string. Milliseconds are not included. The
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ ISO 8601 extended specification for representations of dates,
 which is also HH:MM:SS.
 
         If f is TQt::LocalDate, the string format depends on the locale
 settings of the system.
-
         If the time is an invalid time, then TQString::null will be returned.
+
         If the time is an invalid time, then TQString::null will be returned.
 
 
        Related Functions
        
 
        TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQTime & t )
diff --git a/doc/html/qtimeedit.html b/doc/html/qtimeedit.html
index ba425b58f..a5f2aeaac 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtimeedit.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtimeedit.html
@@ -149,13 +149,13 @@ See the "maxValue" property for detai
 
        TQTime TQTimeEdit::minValue () const
 
        Returns the minimum time value.
 See the "minValue" property for details.
-
        TQString TQTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec ) [virtual protected]
+
        TQString TQTimeEdit::sectionFormattedText ( int sec ) [virtual protected]
 
        
 Returns the formatted number for section sec. This will
 correspond to either the hour, minute or second section, depending
 on sec.
 
-
        TQString TQTimeEdit::separator () const
+
        TQString TQTimeEdit::separator () const
 
        
 Returns the editor's separator.
 
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Similarly, if max is invalid no maximum time is set.
 Sets the second to s, which must be a valid second, i.e. in the
 range 0..59.
 
-
        void TQTimeEdit::setSeparator ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
+
        void TQTimeEdit::setSeparator ( const TQString & s ) [virtual]
 
        
 Sets the separator to s. Note that currently only the first
 character of s is used.
diff --git a/doc/html/qtl-qvaluelist-example.html b/doc/html/qtl-qvaluelist-example.html
index f42d0300b..0e68c0e18 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtl-qvaluelist-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtl-qvaluelist-example.html
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This tiny example shows a TQValueListIterator
 *****************************************************************************/
 
 #include <tqvaluelist.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqwindowdefs.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 
@@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ class Employee
 {
 public:
     Employee(): s(0) {}
-    Employee( const TQString& name, int salary )
+    Employee( const TQString& name, int salary )
         : n(name), s(salary) {}
 
-    TQString name() const { return n; }
+    TQString name() const { return n; }
 
     int salary() const { return s; }
     void setSalary( int salary ) { s = salary; }
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public:
     TQ_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR( Employee )
 
 private:
-    TQString n;
+    TQString n;
     int s;
 };
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qtoolbutton-h.html b/doc/html/qtoolbutton-h.html
index f9711d445..aaa4b3844 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtoolbutton-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtoolbutton-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqbutton.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqpixmap.h"
 #include "ntqiconset.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/qtooltipgroup.html b/doc/html/qtooltipgroup.html
index b443b62b0..97445600e 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtooltipgroup.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtooltipgroup.html
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ this status bar.
 argument to TQToolTip's member functions, for example like this:
 
         
                 TQToolTipGroup * grp = new TQToolTipGroup( this, "tool tip relay" );
-        connect( grp, TQ_SIGNAL(showTip(const TQString&)),
-                 myLabel, TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
+        connect( grp, TQ_SIGNAL(showTip(const TQString&)),
+                 myLabel, TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
         connect( grp, TQ_SIGNAL(removeTip()),
                  myLabel, TQ_SLOT(clear()) );
         TQToolTip::add( giraffeButton, "feed giraffe",
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ See the "delay" property for details
 
        void TQToolTipGroup::setEnabled ( bool ) [slot]
 
        Sets whether tool tips in the group are enabled.
 See the "enabled" property for details.
-
        void TQToolTipGroup::showTip ( const TQString & longText ) [signal]
+
        void TQToolTipGroup::showTip ( const TQString & longText ) [signal]
 
        
 
 
         This signal is emitted when one of the tool tips in the group is
diff --git a/doc/html/qtranslatormessage.html b/doc/html/qtranslatormessage.html
index 3a45733f4..11edac8bf 100644
--- a/doc/html/qtranslatormessage.html
+++ b/doc/html/qtranslatormessage.html
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ prefixes are
 
        TQTranslatorMessage::TQTranslatorMessage ()
 
        
 Constructs a translator message with the extended key (0, 0, 0, 0)
-and TQString::null as translation.
+and TQString::null as translation.
 
-
        TQTranslatorMessage::TQTranslatorMessage ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment, const TQString & translation = TQString::null )
+
        TQTranslatorMessage::TQTranslatorMessage ( const char * context, const char * sourceText, const char * comment, const TQString & translation = TQString::null )
 
        
 Constructs an translator message with the extended key (h, context, sourceText, comment), where h is computed from
 sourceText and comment, and possibly with a translation.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ lexicographically after that of m; otherwise returns FALSE.
 lexicographically after that of m or if they are equal;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
        void TQTranslatorMessage::setTranslation ( const TQString & translation )
+
        void TQTranslatorMessage::setTranslation ( const TQString & translation )
 
        
 
 
         Sets the translation of the source text to translation.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ otherwise returns FALSE.
 
         Warning: This may return 0 if the TQTranslator object is stripped
 (compressed).
 
-
        TQString TQTranslatorMessage::translation () const
+
        TQString TQTranslatorMessage::translation () const
 
        
 
 
         Returns the translation of the source text (e.g., "&Sauvegarder").
diff --git a/doc/html/quridrag.html b/doc/html/quridrag.html
index 33b8b0181..45c406bba 100644
--- a/doc/html/quridrag.html
+++ b/doc/html/quridrag.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ You can also decode URIs from a mimesource into a list with
 
        See also Drag And Drop Classes.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQUriDrag::TQUriDrag ( TQStrList uris, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )
+
        TQUriDrag::TQUriDrag ( TQStrList uris, TQWidget * dragSource = 0, const char * name = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs an object to drag the list of URIs in uris. The dragSource and name arguments are passed on to TQStoredDrag.
 Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding.
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Destroys the object.
 Returns TRUE if decode() would be able to decode e; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
-
        bool TQUriDrag::decode ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQStrList & l ) [static]
+
        bool TQUriDrag::decode ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQStrList & l ) [static]
 
        
 Decodes URIs from e, placing the result in l (which is first
 cleared).
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ cleared).
 returns FALSE.
 
 
        Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-
        bool TQUriDrag::decodeLocalFiles ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQStringList & l ) [static]
+
        bool TQUriDrag::decodeLocalFiles ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQStringList & l ) [static]
 
        
 Decodes URIs from the mime source event e, converts them to
 local files if they refer to local files, and places them in l
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ local files if they refer to local files, and places them in l
 returns FALSE. The list will be empty if no URIs were local files.
 
 
        Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
-
        bool TQUriDrag::decodeToUnicodeUris ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQStringList & l ) [static]
+
        bool TQUriDrag::decodeToUnicodeUris ( const TQMimeSource * e, TQStringList & l ) [static]
 
        
 Decodes URIs from the mime source event e, converts them to
 Unicode URIs (only useful for displaying to humans), placing them
@@ -125,41 +125,41 @@ in l (which is first cleared).
 
         Returns TRUE if contained a valid list of URIs; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
-
        TQCString TQUriDrag::localFileToUri ( const TQString & filename ) [static]
+
        TQCString TQUriDrag::localFileToUri ( const TQString & filename ) [static]
 
        
 Returns the URI equivalent to the absolute local file filename.
 
         
        See also uriToLocalFile().
 
-
        void TQUriDrag::setFileNames ( const TQStringList & fnames )
+
        void TQUriDrag::setFileNames ( const TQStringList & fnames )
 
        
 Sets the URIs to be the local-file URIs equivalent to fnames.
 
         
        See also localFileToUri() and setUris().
 
 
        Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-
        void TQUriDrag::setFilenames ( const TQStringList & fnames )
+
        void TQUriDrag::setFilenames ( const TQStringList & fnames )
 
        
 
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
         Use setFileNames() instead (notice the N).
 
-
        void TQUriDrag::setUnicodeUris ( const TQStringList & uuris )
+
        void TQUriDrag::setUnicodeUris ( const TQStringList & uuris )
 
        
 Sets the URIs in uuris to be the Unicode URIs (only useful for
 displaying to humans).
 
         
        See also localFileToUri() and setUris().
 
-
        void TQUriDrag::setUris ( TQStrList uris ) [virtual]
+
        void TQUriDrag::setUris ( TQStrList uris ) [virtual]
 
        
 Changes the list of uris to be dragged.
 
         Note that URIs are always in escaped UTF8 encoding.
 
-
        TQCString TQUriDrag::unicodeUriToUri ( const TQString & uuri ) [static]
+
        TQCString TQUriDrag::unicodeUriToUri ( const TQString & uuri ) [static]
 
        
 Returns the URI equivalent of the Unicode URI given in uuri
 (only useful for displaying to humans).
 
         
        See also uriToLocalFile().
 
-
        TQString TQUriDrag::uriToLocalFile ( const char * uri ) [static]
+
        TQString TQUriDrag::uriToLocalFile ( const char * uri ) [static]
 
        
 Returns the name of a local file equivalent to uri or a null
 string if uri is not a local file.
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ string if uri is not a local file.
 
         
        See also localFileToUri().
 
 
        Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
-
        TQString TQUriDrag::uriToUnicodeUri ( const char * uri ) [static]
+
        TQString TQUriDrag::uriToUnicodeUri ( const char * uri ) [static]
 
        
 Returns the Unicode URI (only useful for displaying to humans)
 equivalent of uri.
diff --git a/doc/html/qurl-h.html b/doc/html/qurl-h.html
index 073f2a32d..243b9f36f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qurl-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qurl-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQURL_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_URL
diff --git a/doc/html/qurlinfo-h.html b/doc/html/qurlinfo-h.html
index 410a5e9a1..46406f69a 100644
--- a/doc/html/qurlinfo-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qurlinfo-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqdatetime.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQUrlOperator;
diff --git a/doc/html/qurloperator-h.html b/doc/html/qurloperator-h.html
index 18887aadc..6c60b243f 100644
--- a/doc/html/qurloperator-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qurloperator-h.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "ntqurl.h"
 #include "tqptrlist.h"
 #include "ntqnetworkprotocol.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h" // TQString->TQStringList conversion
+#include "tqstringlist.h" // TQString->TQStringList conversion
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
diff --git a/doc/html/quuid-h.html b/doc/html/quuid-h.html
index 71a19fbd8..14714bb02 100644
--- a/doc/html/quuid-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/quuid-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQUUID_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #include <string.h>
diff --git a/doc/html/qvalidator-h.html b/doc/html/qvalidator-h.html
index 68ec67849..b70f2141d 100644
--- a/doc/html/qvalidator-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qvalidator-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
+#include "tqstring.h" // char*->TQString conversion
 #include "ntqregexp.h" // TQString->TQRegExp conversion
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qvariant-h.html b/doc/html/qvariant-h.html
index be99da79c..caba962b6 100644
--- a/doc/html/qvariant-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qvariant-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQVARIANT_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_VARIANT
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ public:
 // down here for GCC 2.7.* compatibility
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqvaluelist.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "tqmap.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qwerty-example.html b/doc/html/qwerty-example.html
index 09d52e78e..15e5a9509 100644
--- a/doc/html/qwerty-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/qwerty-example.html
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
     Editor( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name="qwerty" );
    ~Editor();
 
-    void load( const TQString& fileName, int code=-1 );
+    void load( const TQString& fileName, int code=-1 );
 
 public slots:
     void newDoc();
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ private slots:
     void textChanged();
 
 private:
-    bool saveAs( const TQString& fileName, int code=-1 );
+    bool saveAs( const TQString& fileName, int code=-1 );
     void rebuildCodecList();
     TQMenuBar       *m;
     TQMultiLineEdit *e;
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ void Editor::rebuildCodecList()
     for (int pm=0; pm<2; pm++) {
         TQPopupMenu* menu = pm ? open_as : save_as;
         menu->clear();
-        TQString local = "Local (";
+        TQString local = "Local (";
         local += TQTextCodec::codecForLocale()->name();
         local += ")";
         menu->insertItem( local, Local );
@@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ void Editor::newDoc()
 void Editor::load()
 {
 #ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
         load( fn, -1 );
 #endif
 }
 
-void Editor::load( const TQString& fileName, int code )
+void Editor::load( const TQString& fileName, int code )
 {
     TQFile f( fileName );
     if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
@@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ void Editor::openAsEncoding( int code )
 {
 #ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG
     //storing filename (proper save) is left as an exercise...
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
         (void) load( fn, code );
 #endif
 }
@@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ bool Editor::save()
 {
 #ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG
     //storing filename (proper save) is left as an exercise...
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
         return saveAs( fn );
     return FALSE;
 #endif
@@ -314,8 +314,8 @@ void Editor::saveAsEncoding( int code )
 {
 #ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG
     //storing filename (proper save) is left as an exercise...
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null, this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
         (void) saveAs( fn, code );
 #endif
 }
@@ -323,8 +323,8 @@ void Editor::saveAsEncoding( int code )
 void Editor::addEncoding()
 {
 #ifndef TQT_NO_FILEDIALOG
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, "*.map", this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, "*.map", this );
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
         TQFile f(fn);
         if (f.open(IO_ReadOnly)) {
             if (TQTextCodec::loadCharmap(&f)) {
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ void Editor::addEncoding()
 }
 
 
-bool Editor::saveAs( const TQString& fileName, int code )
+bool Editor::saveAs( const TQString& fileName, int code )
 {
     TQFile f( fileName );
     if ( no_writing || !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/qwindowdefs-h.html b/doc/html/qwindowdefs-h.html
index 6d5d2a0a1..42e0ef447 100644
--- a/doc/html/qwindowdefs-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/qwindowdefs-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobjectdefs.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqnamespace.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/qwsinputmethod.html b/doc/html/qwsinputmethod.html
index 05edcba41..baf8dea39 100644
--- a/doc/html/qwsinputmethod.html
+++ b/doc/html/qwsinputmethod.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ press.
 
 Implemented in subclasses to reset the state of the input method.
 
-
        void TQWSInputMethod::sendIMEvent ( TQWSServer::IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen = 0 ) [protected]
+
        void TQWSInputMethod::sendIMEvent ( TQWSServer::IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen = 0 ) [protected]
 
        
 
 
         Causes a TQIMEvent to be sent to the focus widget. state may be
diff --git a/doc/html/qwsmousehandler.html b/doc/html/qwsmousehandler.html
index 6b4ad2171..2aa4edba4 100644
--- a/doc/html/qwsmousehandler.html
+++ b/doc/html/qwsmousehandler.html
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ event to TQt/Embedded for relaying to clients.
 
        See also TQt/Embedded.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQWSMouseHandler::TQWSMouseHandler ( const TQString & driver = TQString::null, const TQString & device = TQString::null )
+
        TQWSMouseHandler::TQWSMouseHandler ( const TQString & driver = TQString::null, const TQString & device = TQString::null )
 
        
 Constructs a mouse handler. This becomes the primary mouse
 handler.
diff --git a/doc/html/qwsserver.html b/doc/html/qwsserver.html
index 9a04af45b..459ba6388 100644
--- a/doc/html/qwsserver.html
+++ b/doc/html/qwsserver.html
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ X11-style window properties.
 
 Returns the primary mouse handler.
 
-
        void TQWSServer::newChannel ( const TQString & channel ) [signal]
+
        void TQWSServer::newChannel ( const TQString & channel ) [signal]
 
        
 
 
         This signal is emitted when the TQCopChannel channel is created.
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Refreshes the entire display.
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Refreshes the region r.
 
-
        void TQWSServer::removedChannel ( const TQString & channel ) [signal]
+
        void TQWSServer::removedChannel ( const TQString & channel ) [signal]
 
        
 
 
         This signal is emitted immediately after the TQCopChannel channel is destroyed. Note that a channel is not destroyed until
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ if activate is FALSE the screensaver is deactivated.
 Returns TRUE if the screensaver is active (i.e. the screen is
 blanked); otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
        void TQWSServer::sendIMEvent ( IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen )
+
        void TQWSServer::sendIMEvent ( IMState state, const TQString & txt, int cpos, int selLen )
 
        
 This function sends an input method event to the server. The
 current state is passed in state and the current text in txt. The cursor's position in the text is given by cpos, and
diff --git a/doc/html/qwswindow.html b/doc/html/qwswindow.html
index c6349f455..bea4e07ec 100644
--- a/doc/html/qwswindow.html
+++ b/doc/html/qwswindow.html
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ including any window decorations but excluding regions covered by
 other windows.
 
         
        See also requested().
 
-
        const TQString & TQWSWindow::caption () const
+
        const TQString & TQWSWindow::caption () const
 
        
 
 
         Returns the window's caption.
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ or by the bounds of the screen; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
 Lowers the window below other windows.
 
-
        const TQString & TQWSWindow::name () const
+
        const TQString & TQWSWindow::name () const
 
        
 
 
         Returns the window's name.
diff --git a/doc/html/rangecontrols-example.html b/doc/html/rangecontrols-example.html
index 2d1ea92f9..aeb32b2d2 100644
--- a/doc/html/rangecontrols-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/rangecontrols-example.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ private:
 #include <ntqlcdnumber.h>
 #include <ntqspinbox.h>
 #include <ntqlabel.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqslider.h>
 #include <ntqcheckbox.h>
 
diff --git a/doc/html/regexptester-example.html b/doc/html/regexptester-example.html
index 33fc85327..5d1b15aab 100644
--- a/doc/html/regexptester-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/regexptester-example.html
@@ -172,9 +172,9 @@ private:
 
 void RegexpTester::execute()
 {
-    TQString regex = regexComboBox->currentText();
-    TQString text = textComboBox->currentText();
-    if (!regex.isEmpty() && !text.isEmpty()) {
+    TQString regex = regexComboBox->currentText();
+    TQString text = textComboBox->currentText();
+    if (!regex.isEmpty() && !text.isEmpty()) {
         TQRegExp re(regex);
         re.setCaseSensitive(caseSensitiveCheckBox->isChecked());
         re.setMinimal(minimalCheckBox->isChecked());
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ void RegexpTester::execute()
         resultTable->setNumRows(0);
         resultTable->setNumRows(captures + OFFSET);
         resultTable->setText(row, 0, tr("Regex"));
-        TQString escaped = regex;
-        escaped = escaped.replace("\\", "\\\\");
+        TQString escaped = regex;
+        escaped = escaped.replace("\\", "\\\\");
         resultTable->setText(row, 1, escaped);
         resultTable->item(row, 1)->setSpan(1, 2);
         if (offset != -1) {
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void RegexpTester::execute()
                     resultTable->setText(row + i, 0, tr("Capture #%1").arg(i));
                     resultTable->setText(row + i, 1, re.cap(i));
                     resultTable->setText(row + i, 2,
-                                        TQString::number(re.cap(i).length()));
+                                        TQString::number(re.cap(i).length()));
                 }
             }
             else
@@ -243,9 +243,9 @@ void RegexpTester::execute()
 
 void RegexpTester::copy()
 {
-    TQString escaped = regexComboBox->currentText();
-    if (!escaped.isEmpty()) {
-        escaped = escaped.replace("\\", "\\\\");
+    TQString escaped = regexComboBox->currentText();
+    if (!escaped.isEmpty()) {
+        escaped = escaped.replace("\\", "\\\\");
         TQClipboard *cb = TQApplication::clipboard();
         cb->setText(escaped, TQClipboard::Clipboard);
         if (cb->supportsSelection())
diff --git a/doc/html/rot-example.html b/doc/html/rot-example.html
index be9fd0eaa..324352132 100644
--- a/doc/html/rot-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/rot-example.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ class Rot13: public TQWidget {
 public:
     Rot13();
 
-    TQString rot13( const TQString & ) const;
+    TQString rot13( const TQString & ) const;
 
 private slots:
     void changeLeft();
@@ -132,10 +132,10 @@ void Rot13::changeRight()
 }
 
 
-TQString Rot13::rot13( const TQString & input ) const
+TQString Rot13::rot13( const TQString & input ) const
 {
-    TQString r = input;
-    int i = r.length();
+    TQString r = input;
+    int i = r.length();
     while( i-- ) {
         if ( r[i] >= TQChar('A') && r[i] <= TQChar('M') ||
              r[i] >= TQChar('a') && r[i] <= TQChar('m') )
diff --git a/doc/html/scribble-example.html b/doc/html/scribble-example.html
index 0d39f4c04..aef0d91b5 100644
--- a/doc/html/scribble-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/scribble-example.html
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ in the canvas with different pens and save the result as picture.
 #include <ntqpoint.h>
 #include <ntqpixmap.h>
 #include <tqwidget.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqpointarray.h>
 
 class TQMouseEvent;
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ public:
     int penWidth()
     { return pen.width(); }
 
-    void save( const TQString &filename, const TQString &format );
+    void save( const TQString &filename, const TQString &format );
 
     void clearScreen();
 
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ protected slots:
 #include <ntqfiledialog.h>
 #include <ntqcursor.h>
 #include <tqimage.h>
-#include <ntqstrlist.h>
+#include <tqstrlist.h>
 #include <ntqpopupmenu.h>
 #include <ntqintdict.h>
 
@@ -173,10 +173,10 @@ const bool no_writing = FALSE;
 #endif
 }
 
-void Canvas::save( const TQString &filename, const TQString &format )
+void Canvas::save( const TQString &filename, const TQString &format )
 {
     if ( !no_writing )
-        buffer.save( filename, format.upper() );
+        buffer.save( filename, format.upper() );
 }
 
 void Canvas::clearScreen()
@@ -283,18 +283,18 @@ void Scribble::slotSave()
     formats.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
 
     for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < TQImageIO::outputFormats().count(); i++ ) {
-        TQString str = TQString( TQImageIO::outputFormats().at( i ) );
-        formats.insert( menu->insertItem( TQString( "%1..." ).arg( str ) ), new TQString( str ) );
+        TQString str = TQString( TQImageIO::outputFormats().at( i ) );
+        formats.insert( menu->insertItem( TQString( "%1..." ).arg( str ) ), new TQString( str ) );
     }
 
     menu->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
     int id = menu->exec( bSave->mapToGlobal( TQPoint( 0, bSave->height() + 1 ) ) );
 
     if ( id != -1 ) {
-        TQString format = *formats[ id ];
+        TQString format = *formats[ id ];
 
-        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString( "*.%1" ).arg( format.lower() ), this );
-        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString( "*.%1" ).arg( format.lower() ), this );
+        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
             canvas->save( filename, format );
     }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/scrollview-example.html b/doc/html/scrollview-example.html
index 41788d0fa..40bbb06f9 100644
--- a/doc/html/scrollview-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/scrollview-example.html
@@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ public:
                 TQButton* q=new TQPushButton("Quit", this);
                 connect(q, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked()), tqApp, TQ_SLOT(quit()));
             } else {
-                TQString str;
+                TQString str;
                 if ( b > 0 ) {
-                    str.sprintf("Button %d", b++);
+                    str.sprintf("Button %d", b++);
                 } else {
                     str = "I'm shrinking!";
                     ++b;
@@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ public:
             int cy = childY(dragging);
             int w = mx - cx + 1;
             int h = my - cy + 1;
-            TQString msg;
-            msg.sprintf("at (%d,%d) %d by %d",cx,cy,w,h);
+            TQString msg;
+            msg.sprintf("at (%d,%d) %d by %d",cx,cy,w,h);
             dragging->setText(msg);
             dragging->resize(w,h);
         }
@@ -194,12 +194,12 @@ protected:
             int colwidth=fm.width("00000,000000 ")+3;
             int leftcol=cx/colwidth;
             int rightcol=(cx+cw+colwidth-1)/colwidth;
-            TQString str;
+            TQString str;
             for (int r=toprow; r<=bottomrow; r++) {
                 int py=r*rowheight;
                 for (int c=leftcol; c<=rightcol; c++) {
                     int px=c*colwidth;
-                    str.sprintf("%d,%d",c,r);
+                    str.sprintf("%d,%d",c,r);
                     p->drawText(px+3, py+fm.ascent(), str);
                 }
             }
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ protected:
             if (leftcol<10 && toprow<5) {
                 p->setFont(TQFont("Charter",30));
                 p->setPen(red);
-                TQString text;
-                text.sprintf("HINT:  Look at %d,%d",215000/colwidth,115000/rowheight);
+                TQString text;
+                text.sprintf("HINT:  Look at %d,%d",215000/colwidth,115000/rowheight);
                 p->drawText(100,50,text);
             }
         }
@@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ public:
         TQ_CHECK_PTR( lw_options );
         lw_options->setCheckable( TRUE );
         for (int lw = 1; lw <= max_lw; lw++) {
-            TQString str;
-            str.sprintf("%d Pixels", lw);
+            TQString str;
+            str.sprintf("%d Pixels", lw);
             lw_options->insertItem( str, lw_id | lw );
         }
         f_options->insertItem( "Line Width", lw_options );
@@ -319,8 +319,8 @@ public:
         TQ_CHECK_PTR( mlw_options );
         mlw_options->setCheckable( TRUE );
         for (int mlw = 0; mlw <= max_mlw; mlw++) {
-            TQString str;
-            str.sprintf("%d Pixels", mlw);
+            TQString str;
+            str.sprintf("%d Pixels", mlw);
             mlw_options->insertItem( str, mlw_id | mlw );
         }
         f_options->insertItem( "Midline Width", mlw_options );
@@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ public:
         TQ_CHECK_PTR( mw_options );
         mw_options->setCheckable( TRUE );
         for (int mw = 0; mw <= max_mw; mw++) {
-            TQString str;
-            str.sprintf("%d Pixels", mw);
+            TQString str;
+            str.sprintf("%d Pixels", mw);
             mw_options->insertItem( str, mw_id | mw );
         }
         f_options->insertItem( "Margin Width", mw_options );
diff --git a/doc/html/shared.html b/doc/html/shared.html
index 3a80c2d95..d71bd3485 100644
--- a/doc/html/shared.html
+++ b/doc/html/shared.html
@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@ seem heavyweight.
 TQPixmapOff-screen, pixel-based paint device
 TQPointArrayArray of points
 TQRegExpPattern matching using regular expressions
-TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
-TQStringListList of strings
+TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
+TQStringListList of strings
 TQValueListValue-based template class that provides lists
 TQValueStackValue-based template class that provides a stack
 TQValueVectorValue-based template class that provides a dynamic array
diff --git a/doc/html/shclass.html b/doc/html/shclass.html
index f57940236..ba21b7493 100644
--- a/doc/html/shclass.html
+++ b/doc/html/shclass.html
@@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ copy().
 
      •  TQPixmap
 
      •  TQRegion
 
      •  TQRegExp
-
      •  TQString
-
      •  TQStringList
+
      •  TQString
+
      •  TQStringList
 
      •  TQValueList
 
      •  TQValueStack
 
      
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ also happens if anything is bitBlt()'ed into
 inherited from TQByteArray, such as data(), employ explicit sharing, while
 those only in TQCString detach automatically. Thus, TQCString is rather an
 "experts only" class, provided mainly to ease porting from TQt 1.x to TQt 2.0.
-We recommend that you use TQString, a purely implicitly shared class.
+We recommend that you use TQString, a purely implicitly shared class.
 
       
 
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/showimg-example.html b/doc/html/showimg-example.html
index 5d5884269..d85855c75 100644
--- a/doc/html/showimg-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/showimg-example.html
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ class ImageViewer : public TQWidget
 public:
     ImageViewer( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0, int wFlags=0 );
     ~ImageViewer();
-    bool        loadImage( const TQString& );
+    bool        loadImage( const TQString& );
 protected:
     void        paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * );
     void        resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * );
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ private:
     bool        useColorContext() const;
     int         alloc_context;
     bool        convertEvent( TQMouseEvent* e, int& x, int& y );
-    TQString     filename;
+    TQString     filename;
     TQImage      image;                  // the loaded image
     TQPixmap     pm;                     // the converted pixmap
     TQPixmap     pmScaled;               // the scaled pixmap
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ private slots:
     menubar = new TQMenuBar(this);
     menubar->setSeparator( TQMenuBar::InWindowsStyle );
 
-    TQStrList fmt = TQImage::outputFormats();
+    TQStrList fmt = TQImage::outputFormats();
     saveimage = new TQPopupMenu( menubar );
     savepixmap = new TQPopupMenu( menubar );
     for (const char* f = fmt.first(); f; f = fmt.next()) {
@@ -368,8 +368,8 @@ void ImageViewer::updateStatus()
         else
             status->setText("No image - select Open from File menu.");
     } else {
-        TQString message, moremsg;
-        message.sprintf("%dx%d", image.width(), image.height());
+        TQString message, moremsg;
+        message.sprintf("%dx%d", image.width(), image.height());
         if ( pm.size() != pmScaled.size() ) {
             moremsg.sprintf(" [%dx%d]", pmScaled.width(),
                 pmScaled.height());
@@ -426,9 +426,9 @@ void ImageViewer::updateStatus()
 void ImageViewer::saveImage( int item )
 {
     const char* fmt = saveimage->text(item);
-    TQString savefilename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(TQString::null, TQString::null,
+    TQString savefilename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(TQString::null, TQString::null,
                                         this, filename);
-    if ( !savefilename.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !savefilename.isEmpty() )
         if ( !image.save( savefilename, fmt ) )
             TQMessageBox::warning( this, "Save failed", "Error saving file" );
 }
@@ -439,9 +439,9 @@ void ImageViewer::saveImage( int item )
 void ImageViewer::savePixmap( int item )
 {
     const char* fmt = savepixmap->text(item);
-    TQString savefilename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(TQString::null,
+    TQString savefilename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(TQString::null,
                                         TQString::null, this, filename);
-    if ( !savefilename.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !savefilename.isEmpty() )
         if ( !pmScaled.save( savefilename, fmt ) )
             TQMessageBox::warning( this, "Save failed", "Error saving file" );
 }
@@ -459,10 +459,10 @@ void ImageViewer::newWindow()
 */
 void ImageViewer::openFile()
 {
-    TQString newfilename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null,
+    TQString newfilename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null,
                                                         TQString::null,
                                                         this );
-    if ( !newfilename.isEmpty() ) {
+    if ( !newfilename.isEmpty() ) {
         loadImage( newfilename ) ;
         repaint();                      // show image in widget
     }
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ void ImageViewer::openFile()
   Returns TRUE if the image was successfully loaded.
 */
 
-bool ImageViewer::loadImage( const TQString& fileName )
+bool ImageViewer::loadImage( const TQString& fileName )
 {
     filename = fileName;
     bool ok = FALSE;
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ void ImageViewer::paintEvent( ImageViewer::giveHelp()
 {
     if (!helpmsg) {
-        TQString helptext =
+        TQString helptext =
             "<b>Usage:</b> <tt>showimg [-m] <i>filename ...</i></tt>"
             "<blockquote>"
                 "<tt>-m</tt> - use <i>ManyColor</i> color spec"
diff --git a/doc/html/simple-application-example.html b/doc/html/simple-application-example.html
index ce0054f5f..f3cbfce2a 100644
--- a/doc/html/simple-application-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/simple-application-example.html
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ protected:
 private slots:
     void newDoc();
     void choose();
-    void load( const TQString &fileName );
+    void load( const TQString &fileName );
     void save();
     void saveAs();
     void print();
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ private slots:
 private:
     TQPrinter *printer;
     TQTextEdit *e;
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
 };
 
 
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ private:
 
     openIcon = TQPixmap( fileopen );
     TQToolButton * fileOpen
-        = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
+        = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
                            this, TQ_SLOT(choose()), fileTools, "open file" );
 
     saveIcon = TQPixmap( filesave );
@@ -243,16 +243,16 @@ void ApplicationWindow::newDoc()
 
 void ApplicationWindow::choose()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
                                                this);
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
         load( fn );
     else
         statusBar()->message( "Loading aborted", 2000 );
 }
 
 
-void ApplicationWindow::load( const TQString &fileName )
+void ApplicationWindow::load( const TQString &fileName )
 {
     TQFile f( fileName );
     if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ void ApplicationWindow::save()
         return;
     }
 
-    TQString text = e->text();
+    TQString text = e->text();
     TQFile f( filename );
     if ( !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
         statusBar()->message( TQString("Could not write to %1").arg(filename),
@@ -295,9 +295,9 @@ void ApplicationWindow::save()
 
 void ApplicationWindow::saveAs()
 {
-    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
+    TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
                                                this );
-    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+    if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
         filename = fn;
         save();
     } else {
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ void ApplicationWindow::print()
             richText.draw( &p, margin, margin, view, colorGroup() );
             view.moveBy( 0, view.height() );
             p.translate( 0 , -view.height() );
-            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
+            p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
                         view.bottom() + p.fontMetrics().ascent() + 5, TQString::number( page ) );
             if ( view.top() - margin >= richText.height() )
                 break;
diff --git a/doc/html/simple-application.html b/doc/html/simple-application.html
index 84a590eaf..f6350d392 100644
--- a/doc/html/simple-application.html
+++ b/doc/html/simple-application.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ protected:
 private slots:
     void newDoc();
     void choose();
-    void load( const TQString &fileName );
+    void load( const TQString &fileName );
     void save();
     void saveAs();
     void print();
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ private slots:
 private:
     TQPrinter *printer;
     TQTextEdit *e;
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
 };
 
 
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ its location and floats it over the desktop, the toolbar-window will
 show "File Operations" as caption.
 
       
              openIcon = TQPixmap( fileopen );
         TQToolButton * fileOpen
-            = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
+            = new TQToolButton( openIcon, "Open File", TQString::null,
                                this, TQ_SLOT(choose()), fileTools, "open file" );
 
      
 
       Now we create the first tool button for the fileTools toolbar
@@ -364,9 +364,9 @@ new ApplicationWindow and shows it.
 
       
 
          void ApplicationWindow::choose()
     {
-        TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
+        TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
                                                    this);
-        if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
+        if ( !fn.isEmpty() )
             load( fn );
         else
             statusBar()->message( "Loading aborted", 2000 );
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ new ApplicationWindow and shows it.
 tool button. With a little help from TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(), it
 asks the user for a file name and then either loads that file or gives an
 error message in the statusbar.
-
       
          void ApplicationWindow::load( const TQString &fileName )
+
       
          void ApplicationWindow::load( const TQString &fileName )
     {
         TQFile f( fileName );
         if ( !f.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ readable, nothing happens.
             return;
         }
 
-        TQString text = e->text();
+        TQString text = e->text();
         TQFile f( filename );
         if ( !f.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
             statusBar()->message( TQString("Could not write to %1").arg(filename),
@@ -435,9 +435,9 @@ was saved successfully.
 
       
 
          void ApplicationWindow::saveAs()
     {
-        TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
+        TQString fn = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName( TQString::null, TQString::null,
                                                    this );
-        if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
+        if ( !fn.isEmpty() ) {
             filename = fn;
             save();
         } else {
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ and implicitly changes the window system caption to the new name.
                 richText.draw( &p, margin, margin, view, colorGroup() );
                 view.moveBy( 0, view.height() );
                 p.translate( 0 , -view.height() );
-                p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
+                p.drawText( view.right() - p.fontMetrics().width( TQString::number( page ) ),
                             view.bottom() + p.fontMetrics().ascent() + 5, TQString::number( page ) );
                 if ( view.top() - margin >= richText.height() )
                     break;
diff --git a/doc/html/simple-font-demo-example.html b/doc/html/simple-font-demo-example.html
index 7cceac830..a5345e383 100644
--- a/doc/html/simple-font-demo-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/simple-font-demo-example.html
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ private:
 
       
      /* $Id: qt/viewer.cpp   3.3.8   edited May 27 2003 $ */
 
 #include "viewer.h"
-#include <ntqstring.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <ntqtextview.h>
 #include <ntqpushbutton.h>
 #include <ntqlayout.h>
@@ -93,9 +93,9 @@ private:
 {
     setFontSubstitutions();
 
-    TQString greeting_heb = TQString::fromUtf8( "\327\251\327\234\327\225\327\235" );
-    TQString greeting_ru = TQString::fromUtf8( "\320\227\320\264\321\200\320\260\320\262\321\201\321\202\320\262\321\203\320\271\321\202\320\265" );
-    TQString greeting_en( "Hello" );
+    TQString greeting_heb = TQString::fromUtf8( "\327\251\327\234\327\225\327\235" );
+    TQString greeting_ru = TQString::fromUtf8( "\320\227\320\264\321\200\320\260\320\262\321\201\321\202\320\262\321\203\320\271\321\202\320\265" );
+    TQString greeting_en( "Hello" );
 
     greetings = new TQTextView( this, "textview" );
 
@@ -166,15 +166,15 @@ void Viewer::showFontInfo( TQFont
 {
     TQFontInfo info( font );
 
-    TQString messageText;
+    TQString messageText;
     messageText = "Font requested: \"" +
                   font.family() + "\" " +
-                  TQString::number( font.pointSize() ) + "pt<BR>" +
+                  TQString::number( font.pointSize() ) + "pt<BR>" +
                   "Font used: \"" +
                   info.family() + "\" " +
-                  TQString::number( info.pointSize() ) + "pt<P>";
+                  TQString::number( info.pointSize() ) + "pt<P>";
 
-    TQStringList substitutions = TQFont::substitutes( font.family() );
+    TQStringList substitutions = TQFont::substitutes( font.family() );
 
     if ( ! substitutions.isEmpty() ){
         messageText += "The following substitutions exist for " + \
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ void Viewer::showFontInfo( TQFont
 
 void Viewer::setFontSubstitutions()
 {
-    TQStringList substitutes;
+    TQStringList substitutes;
     substitutes.append( "Times" );
     substitutes +=  "Mincho",
     substitutes << "Arabic Newspaper" << "crox";
diff --git a/doc/html/simple_dd-example.html b/doc/html/simple_dd-example.html
index d3b7f31c7..e7d35acb2 100644
--- a/doc/html/simple_dd-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/simple_dd-example.html
@@ -77,9 +77,9 @@ private:
 class DDIconViewItem : public TQIconViewItem
 {
 public:
-    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon ) :
+    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString& text, const TQPixmap& icon ) :
         TQIconViewItem( parent, text, icon ) {}
-    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString &text ) :
+    DDIconViewItem( TQIconView *parent, const TQString &text ) :
         TQIconViewItem( parent, text ) {}
     // High-level drag and drop
     bool acceptDrop( const TQMimeSource *mime ) const;
@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 
 void DDListBox::dropEvent( TQDropEvent *evt )
 {
-    TQString text;
+    TQString text;
 
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode( evt, text ) )
         insertItem( text );
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 
 void DDIconViewItem::dropped( TQDropEvent *evt, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem>& )
 {
-    TQString label;
+    TQString label;
 
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode( evt, label ) )
         setText( label );
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ const char* green_icon[]={
 
 void DDIconView::slotNewItem( TQDropEvent *evt, const TQValueList<TQIconDragItem>& )
 {
-    TQString label;
+    TQString label;
 
     if ( TQTextDrag::decode( evt, label ) ) {
         DDIconViewItem *item = new DDIconViewItem( this, label );
diff --git a/doc/html/small-table-example-example.html b/doc/html/small-table-example-example.html
index 6e46bb553..00877133b 100644
--- a/doc/html/small-table-example-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/small-table-example-example.html
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example displays a TQTable and some ntqtable.h>
 #include <tqimage.h>
 #include <ntqpixmap.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 
 // TQt logo: static const char *qtlogo_xpm[]
 #include "qtlogo.xpm"
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     table.setPixmap( 3, 2, pix );
     table.setText( 3, 2, "A Pixmap" );
 
-    TQStringList comboEntries;
+    TQStringList comboEntries;
     comboEntries << "one" << "two" << "three" << "four";
 
     for ( int i = 0; i < numRows; ++i ){
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-driver.html b/doc/html/sql-driver.html
index f678bc9ee..45c95c1ce 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-driver.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-driver.html
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ public:
     ~TQNullResult() {}
 protected:
     TQVariant    data( int ) { return TQVariant(); }
-    bool        reset ( const TQString& ) { return FALSE; }
+    bool        reset ( const TQString& ) { return FALSE; }
     bool        fetch( int ) { return FALSE; }
     bool        fetchFirst() { return FALSE; }
     bool        fetchLast() { return FALSE; }
@@ -614,10 +614,10 @@ public:
     TQNullDriver(): TQSqlDriver() {}
     ~TQNullDriver() {}
     bool    hasFeature( DriverFeature ) const { return FALSE; }
-    bool    open( const TQString&,
-                  const TQString&,
-                  const TQString&,
-                  const TQString&,
+    bool    open( const TQString&,
+                  const TQString&,
+                  const TQString&,
+                  const TQString&,
                   int ) { return FALSE; }
     void    close() {}
     TQSqlQuery createQuery() const { return TQSqlQuery( new TQNullResult( this ) ); }
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-cpp.html
index 6091f17c5..030691db7 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-cpp.html
@@ -48,20 +48,20 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 CustomEdit::CustomEdit( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
     TQLineEdit( parent, name )
 {
-    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString &)),
-             this, TQ_SLOT(changed(const TQString &)) );
+    connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString &)),
+             this, TQ_SLOT(changed(const TQString &)) );
 }
 
 
-void CustomEdit::changed( const TQString &line )
+void CustomEdit::changed( const TQString &line )
 {
     setUpperLine( line );
 }
 
 
-void CustomEdit::setUpperLine( const TQString &line )
+void CustomEdit::setUpperLine( const TQString &line )
 {
-    upperLineText = line.upper();
+    upperLineText = line.upper();
     setText( upperLineText );
 }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-h.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-h.html
index e3bb4c3cb..b63c30bfa 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-custom1-main-h.html
@@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ class CustomEdit : public TQLineEdit
     TQ_PROPERTY( TQString upperLine READ upperLine WRITE setUpperLine )
     public:
         CustomEdit( TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
-        TQString upperLine() const;
-        void setUpperLine( const TQString &line );
+        TQString upperLine() const;
+        void setUpperLine( const TQString &line );
     public slots:
-        void changed( const TQString &line );
+        void changed( const TQString &line );
     private:
-        TQString upperLineText;
+        TQString upperLineText;
 };
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-extract-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-extract-main-cpp.html
index bf555d29f..68ddb0d4e 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-extract-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-extract-main-cpp.html
@@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
     if ( createConnections() ) {
         TQSqlCursor cur( "creditors" );
 
-        TQStringList orderFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+        TQStringList orderFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
         TQSqlIndex order = cur.index( orderFields );
 
-        TQStringList filterFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "city";
+        TQStringList filterFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "city";
         TQSqlIndex filter = cur.index( filterFields );
         cur.setValue( "surname", "Chirac" );
         cur.setValue( "city", "Paris" );
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
 
         while ( cur.next() ) {
             int id = cur.value( "id" ).toInt();
-            TQString name = cur.value( "forename" ).toString() + " " +
+            TQString name = cur.value( "forename" ).toString() + " " +
                            cur.value( "surname" ).toString();
-            tqDebug( TQString::number( id ) + ": " + name );
+            tqDebug( TQString::number( id ) + ": " + name );
         }
     }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-insert-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-insert-main-cpp.html
index 6b72e2ad8..dcc08497b 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-insert-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-insert-main-cpp.html
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
     if ( createConnections() ) {
         int count = 0;
         TQSqlCursor cur( "prices" );
-        TQStringList names = TQStringList() <<
+        TQStringList names = TQStringList() <<
             "Screwdriver" << "Hammer" << "Wrench" << "Saw";
         int id = 20;
         for ( TQStringList::Iterator name = names.begin();
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-order1-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-order1-main-cpp.html
index 16347340d..da716c26a 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-order1-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-order1-main-cpp.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
 
     if ( createConnections() ) {
         TQSqlCursor cur( "staff" );
-        TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+        TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
         TQSqlIndex order = cur.index( fields );
         cur.select( order );
         while ( cur.next() ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-order2-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-order2-main-cpp.html
index 44a153d49..3c12876c8 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-order2-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-order2-main-cpp.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
 
     if ( createConnections() ) {
         TQSqlCursor cur( "staff" );
-        TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "id" << "forename";
+        TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "id" << "forename";
         TQSqlIndex order = cur.index( fields );
         TQSqlIndex filter = cur.index( "surname" );
         cur.setValue( "surname", "Bloggs" );
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-cpp.html
index a35e90a6c..3285c4f25 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-cpp.html
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 }
 
 
-TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
+TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
 {
     if ( name == "productname" ) {
         TQSqlQuery query( "SELECT name FROM prices WHERE id=" +
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-h.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-h.html
index bad4000f7..6f3a70309 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass3-main-h.html
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class InvoiceItemCursor : public TQSqlCursor
     public:
         InvoiceItemCursor();
     protected:
-        TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
+        TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
 };
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-cpp.html
index 94c41d587..37cd0ed56 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-cpp.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 }
 
 
-TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
+TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
 {
 
     if ( name == "productname" ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-h.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-h.html
index 2d17c75f0..fa9079142 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass4-main-h.html
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class InvoiceItemCursor : public TQSqlCursor
     public:
         InvoiceItemCursor();
     protected:
-        TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
+        TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
 };
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-cpp.html
index 140d81c2a..5f01e9ddf 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-cpp.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 }
 
 
-TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
+TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
 {
 
     if ( name == "productname" ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-h.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-h.html
index ffa4eba23..35c132e4a 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-subclass5-main-h.html
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ class InvoiceItemCursor : public TQSqlCursor
         InvoiceItemCursor();
         TQSqlRecord *primeInsert();
     protected:
-        TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
+        TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
 };
 
      
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-table2-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-table2-main-cpp.html
index f5ce671c1..3c9dd4730 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-table2-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-table2-main-cpp.html
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
         staffTable->addColumn( "surname",  "Surname" );
         staffTable->addColumn( "salary",   "Annual Salary" );
 
-        TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+        TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
         staffTable->setSort( order );
 
         staffTable->refresh();
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-table3-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-table3-main-cpp.html
index ffae91a7e..987f6ff0c 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-table3-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-table3-main-cpp.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
         staffTable->addColumn( "salary",   "Annual Salary" );
         staffTable->addColumn( "statusid", "Status" );
 
-        TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+        TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
         staffTable->setSort( order );
 
         staffTable->refresh();
diff --git a/doc/html/sql-overview-table4-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/sql-overview-table4-main-cpp.html
index 2ee9b282b..d51883d46 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql-overview-table4-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql-overview-table4-main-cpp.html
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void CustomTable::paintField( name() == "statusid" ) {
         TQSqlQuery query( "SELECT name FROM status WHERE id=" +
                      field->value().toString() );
-        TQString text;
+        TQString text;
         if ( query.next() ) {
             text = query.value( 0 ).toString();
         }
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ int main( int argc, char *argv[] )
         staffTable->addColumn( "salary",   "Annual Salary" );
         staffTable->addColumn( "statusid", "Status" );
 
-        TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+        TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
         staffTable->setSort( order );
 
         staffTable->refresh();
diff --git a/doc/html/sql.html b/doc/html/sql.html
index ed5a06248..161e59d32 100644
--- a/doc/html/sql.html
+++ b/doc/html/sql.html
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ multiple fields. Ascending and descending order can be set using
 
       
 
 
                  TQSqlCursor cur( "staff" );
-            TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+            TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
             TQSqlIndex order = cur.index( fields );
             cur.select( order );
             while ( cur.next() ) {
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ can create a filter based on an index.
 
       
 
 
                  TQSqlCursor cur( "staff" );
-            TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "id" << "forename";
+            TQStringList fields = TQStringList() << "id" << "forename";
             TQSqlIndex order = cur.index( fields );
             TQSqlIndex filter = cur.index( "surname" );
             cur.setValue( "surname", "Bloggs" );
@@ -766,10 +766,10 @@ setValue() to ensure that the value used is the one we want.
 
       
 
 
                  TQSqlCursor cur( "creditors" );
-            TQStringList orderFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+            TQStringList orderFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
             TQSqlIndex order = cur.index( orderFields );
 
-            TQStringList filterFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "city";
+            TQStringList filterFields = TQStringList() << "surname" << "city";
             TQSqlIndex filter = cur.index( filterFields );
             cur.setValue( "surname", "Chirac" );
             cur.setValue( "city", "Paris" );
@@ -778,9 +778,9 @@ setValue() to ensure that the value used is the one we want.
 
             while ( cur.next() ) {
                 int id = cur.value( "id" ).toInt();
-                TQString name = cur.value( "forename" ).toString() + " " +
+                TQString name = cur.value( "forename" ).toString() + " " +
                                cur.value( "surname" ).toString();
-                tqDebug( TQString::number( id ) + ": " + name );
+                tqDebug( TQString::number( id ) + ": " + name );
             }
 
       From sql/overview/extract/main.cpp
 
      
@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ changes to the database are accurately reflected in the cursor.
 
       
 
 
                  TQSqlCursor cur( "prices" );
-            TQStringList names = TQStringList() <<
+            TQStringList names = TQStringList() <<
                 "Screwdriver" << "Hammer" << "Wrench" << "Saw";
             int id = 20;
             for ( TQStringList::Iterator name = names.begin();
@@ -994,7 +994,7 @@ function.
             staffTable->addColumn( "surname",  "Surname" );
             staffTable->addColumn( "salary",   "Annual Salary" );
 
-            TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
+            TQStringList order = TQStringList() << "surname" << "forename";
             staffTable->setSort( order );
 
             staffTable->refresh();
@@ -1220,12 +1220,12 @@ we will only cover the differences here. The full source is in TQWidget *parent=0, const char *name=0 );
-            TQString upperLine() const;
-            void setUpperLine( const TQString &line );
+            TQString upperLine() const;
+            void setUpperLine( const TQString &line );
         public slots:
-            void changed( const TQString &line );
+            void changed( const TQString &line );
         private:
-            TQString upperLineText;
+            TQString upperLineText;
     };
 
      
 
       We've created a simple subclass of TQLineEdit and added a property,
@@ -1240,21 +1240,21 @@ to our FormDialog's private data.
 
          CustomEdit::CustomEdit( TQWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
         TQLineEdit( parent, name )
     {
-        connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString &)),
-                 this, TQ_SLOT(changed(const TQString &)) );
+        connect( this, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString &)),
+                 this, TQ_SLOT(changed(const TQString &)) );
     }
 
      
 
       In the CustomEdit constructor we use the TQLineEdit constructor and add
 a connection between the textChanged signal and our own changed slot.
-
       
          void CustomEdit::changed( const TQString &line )
+
       
          void CustomEdit::changed( const TQString &line )
     {
         setUpperLine( line );
     }
 
      
 
       The changed() slot calls our setUpperLine() function.
-
       
          void CustomEdit::setUpperLine( const TQString &line )
+
       
          void CustomEdit::setUpperLine( const TQString &line )
     {
-        upperLineText = line.upper();
+        upperLineText = line.upper();
         setText( upperLineText );
     }
 
      
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ anything. We also declare the paintField function.
         if ( field->name() == "statusid" ) {
             TQSqlQuery query( "SELECT name FROM status WHERE id=" +
                          field->value().toString() );
-            TQString text;
+            TQString text;
             if ( query.next() ) {
                 text = query.value( 0 ).toString();
             }
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ an InvoiceItemCursor instead of a generic TQSqlCursor.
 
       
 
 
              protected:
-            TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
+            TQVariant calculateField( const TQString & name );
 
       From sql/overview/subclass3/main.h
 
      
 
       The change in the header file is minimal: we simply add the signature
@@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ of the calculateField() function since we will be reimplementing it.
         setCalculated( productName.name(), TRUE );
     }
 
-    TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
+    TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
     {
         if ( name == "productname" ) {
             TQSqlQuery query( "SELECT name FROM prices WHERE id=" +
@@ -1517,7 +1517,7 @@ of the calculateField() function since we will be reimplementing it.
                 return query.value( 0 );
         }
 
-        return TQVariant( TQString::null );
+        return TQVariant( TQString::null );
     }
 
       From sql/overview/subclass3/main.cpp
 
      
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ function require some simple expansion. We'll look at each in turn.
 
       We create two extra fields, price and cost, and append them to the
 cursor's set of fields. Both are registered as calculated fields with
 calls to setCalculated().
-
       
          TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
+
       
          TQVariant InvoiceItemCursor::calculateField( const TQString & name )
     {
 
         if ( name == "productname" ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/statistics-example.html b/doc/html/statistics-example.html
index a22fe1dcb..5a6c43d7b 100644
--- a/doc/html/statistics-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/statistics-example.html
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Another TQTable example.
 class TableItem : public TQTableItem
 {
 public:
-    TableItem( TQTable *t, EditType et, const TQString &txt ) : TQTableItem( t, et, txt ) {}
+    TableItem( TQTable *t, EditType et, const TQString &txt ) : TQTableItem( t, et, txt ) {}
     void paint( TQPainter *p, const TQColorGroup &cg, const TQRect &cr, bool selected );
 };
 
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     ComboItem( TQTable *t, EditType et );
     TQWidget *createEditor() const;
     void setContentFromEditor( TQWidget *w );
-    void setText( const TQString &s );
+    void setText( const TQString &s );
 
 private:
     TQComboBox *cb;
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ private:
 #include "statistics.h"
 
 #include <ntqdir.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <ntqheader.h>
 #include <ntqcombobox.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@ const char* dirs[] = {
 void Table::initTable()
 {
     // read all the TQt source and header files into a list
-    TQStringList all;
+    TQStringList all;
     int i = 0;
-    TQString srcdir( "../../../src/" );
+    TQString srcdir( "../../../src/" );
     while ( dirs[ i ] ) {
         TQDir dir( srcdir + dirs[ i ] );
-        TQStringList lst = dir.entryList( "*.cpp; *.h" );
+        TQStringList lst = dir.entryList( "*.cpp; *.h" );
         for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = lst.begin(); it != lst.end(); ++it ) {
             if ( ( *it ).contains( "moc" ) )
                 continue;
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ void Table::recalcSum( int, int col )
         TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor( w );
 }
 
-void ComboItem::setText( const TQString &s )
+void ComboItem::setText( const TQString &s )
 {
     if ( cb ) {
         // initialize the combobox from the text
diff --git a/doc/html/t8-cannon-cpp.html b/doc/html/t8-cannon-cpp.html
index d3574b431..95f09d43d 100644
--- a/doc/html/t8-cannon-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/t8-cannon-cpp.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ void CannonField::setAngle( int degrees )
 
 void CannonField::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
 {
-    TQString s = "Angle = " + TQString::number( ang );
+    TQString s = "Angle = " + TQString::number( ang );
     TQPainter p( this );
     p.drawText( 200, 200, s );
 }
diff --git a/doc/html/tabdialog-example.html b/doc/html/tabdialog-example.html
index 970d7e535..fd8288feb 100644
--- a/doc/html/tabdialog-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/tabdialog-example.html
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ file separated onto different tabs.
 #define TABDIALOG_H
 
 #include <ntqtabdialog.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqfileinfo.h>
 
 class TabDialog : public TQTabDialog
@@ -61,10 +61,10 @@ class TabDialog : public TQTabDialog
     TQ_OBJECT
 
 public:
-    TabDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString &_filename );
+    TabDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString &_filename );
 
 protected:
-    TQString filename;
+    TQString filename;
     TQFileInfo fileinfo;
 
     void setupTab1();
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ protected:
 #include <ntqlistbox.h>
 #include <ntqapplication.h>
 
-TabDialog::TabDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString &_filename )
+TabDialog::TabDialog( TQWidget *parent, const char *name, const TQString &_filename )
     : TQTabDialog( parent, name ), filename( _filename ), fileinfo( filename )
 {
     setupTab1();
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ void TabDialog::setupTab3()
 
     TQListBox *prgs = new TQListBox( tab3 );
     for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < 30; i++ ) {
-        TQString prg = TQString( "Application %1" ).arg( i );
+        TQString prg = TQString( "Application %1" ).arg( i );
         prgs->insertItem( prg );
     }
     prgs->setCurrentItem( 3 );
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ void TabDialog::setupTab3()
 
 #include "tabdialog.h"
 #include <ntqapplication.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 
 int main( int argc, char **argv )
 {
diff --git a/doc/html/table-small-table-demo-main-cpp.html b/doc/html/table-small-table-demo-main-cpp.html
index 9369fbc93..a5606d786 100644
--- a/doc/html/table-small-table-demo-main-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/table-small-table-demo-main-cpp.html
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include <ntqtable.h>
 #include <tqimage.h>
 #include <ntqpixmap.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 
 // TQt logo: static const char *qtlogo_xpm[]
 #include "qtlogo.xpm"
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ int main( int argc, char **argv )
     table.setPixmap( 3, 2, pix );
     table.setText( 3, 2, "A Pixmap" );
 
-    TQStringList comboEntries;
+    TQStringList comboEntries;
     comboEntries << "one" << "two" << "three" << "four";
 
     for ( int i = 0; i < numRows; ++i ){
diff --git a/doc/html/table-statistics-statistics-cpp.html b/doc/html/table-statistics-statistics-cpp.html
index 594ecbc1e..55914be12 100644
--- a/doc/html/table-statistics-statistics-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/table-statistics-statistics-cpp.html
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #include "statistics.h"
 
 #include <ntqdir.h>
-#include <ntqstringlist.h>
+#include <tqstringlist.h>
 #include <ntqheader.h>
 #include <ntqcombobox.h>
 #include <stdlib.h>
@@ -81,12 +81,12 @@ const char* dirs[] = {
 void Table::initTable()
 {
     // read all the TQt source and header files into a list
-    TQStringList all;
+    TQStringList all;
     int i = 0;
-    TQString srcdir( "../../../src/" );
+    TQString srcdir( "../../../src/" );
     while ( dirs[ i ] ) {
         TQDir dir( srcdir + dirs[ i ] );
-        TQStringList lst = dir.entryList( "*.cpp; *.h" );
+        TQStringList lst = dir.entryList( "*.cpp; *.h" );
         for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = lst.begin(); it != lst.end(); ++it ) {
             if ( ( *it ).contains( "moc" ) )
                 continue;
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ void Table::recalcSum( int, int col )
         TQTableItem::setContentFromEditor( w );
 }
 
-void ComboItem::setText( const TQString &s )
+void ComboItem::setText( const TQString &s )
 {
     if ( cb ) {
         // initialize the combobox from the text
diff --git a/doc/html/tagreader-example.html b/doc/html/tagreader-example.html
index 947d614e2..ead7f5fc7 100644
--- a/doc/html/tagreader-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/tagreader-example.html
@@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ class StructureParser : public TQXmlDefaultHa
 {
 public:
     bool startDocument();
-    bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
+    bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
                        const TQXmlAttributes& );
-    bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
+    bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
 
 private:
-    TQString indent;
+    TQString indent;
 };
 
 #endif
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ private:
 #include "structureparser.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 
 bool StructureParser::startDocument()
 {
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ private:
     return TRUE;
 }
 
-bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
-                                    const TQString& qName,
+bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
+                                    const TQString& qName,
                                     const TQXmlAttributes& )
 {
     printf( "%s%s\n", (const char*)indent, (const char*)qName );
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ private:
     return TRUE;
 }
 
-bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& )
+bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& )
 {
     indent.remove( (uint)0, 4 );
     return TRUE;
diff --git a/doc/html/tagreader-with-features-example.html b/doc/html/tagreader-with-features-example.html
index fa71f2533..d71d6f858 100644
--- a/doc/html/tagreader-with-features-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/tagreader-with-features-example.html
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ class StructureParser: public TQXmlDefaultHan
 {
 public:
     StructureParser( TQListView * );
-    bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
+    bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
                        const TQXmlAttributes& );
-    bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
+    bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
 
     void setListView( TQListView * );
 
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ $Id: qt/structureparser.cpp   3.3.8   edited May 27 2003 $
 
 #include "structureparser.h"
 
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <ntqlistview.h>
 
 StructureParser::StructureParser( TQListView * t )
@@ -102,9 +102,9 @@ void StructureParser::setListView( bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString& namespaceURI,
-                                    const TQString& ,
-                                    const TQString& qName,
+bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString& namespaceURI,
+                                    const TQString& ,
+                                    const TQString& qName,
                                     const TQXmlAttributes& attributes)
 {
     TQListViewItem * element;
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ void StructureParser::setListView( bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
-                                  const TQString& )
+bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
+                                  const TQString& )
 {
     stack.pop();
     return TRUE;
diff --git a/doc/html/text.html b/doc/html/text.html
index 96208b92b..190b5db9e 100644
--- a/doc/html/text.html
+++ b/doc/html/text.html
@@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 TQLabelText or image display
 TQLocaleConverts between numbers and their string representations in various languages
 TQSimpleRichTextSmall displayable piece of rich text
-TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
-TQStringListList of strings
-TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
+TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
+TQStringListList of strings
+TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
 TQStyleSheetCollection of styles for rich text rendering and a generator of tags
 TQStyleSheetItemEncapsulation of a set of text styles
 TQSyntaxHighlighterBase class for implementing TQTextEdit syntax highlighters
diff --git a/doc/html/themes-example.html b/doc/html/themes-example.html
index 834e07a33..c0a5ff883 100644
--- a/doc/html/themes-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/themes-example.html
@@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ protected:
     TQTabWidget *tabwidget;
 
 protected slots:
-    void makeStyle(const TQString &);
+    void makeStyle(const TQString &);
     void about();
     void aboutTQt();
 
@@ -2224,27 +2224,27 @@ private:
     TQActionGroup *ag = new TQActionGroup( this, 0 );
     ag->setExclusive( TRUE );
     TQSignalMapper *styleMapper = new TQSignalMapper( this );
-    connect( styleMapper, TQ_SIGNAL( mapped( const TQString& ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( makeStyle( const TQString& ) ) );
-    TQStringList list = TQStyleFactory::keys();
-    list.sort();
+    connect( styleMapper, TQ_SIGNAL( mapped( const TQString& ) ), this, TQ_SLOT( makeStyle( const TQString& ) ) );
+    TQStringList list = TQStyleFactory::keys();
+    list.sort();
 #ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE_WINDOWS
     list.insert(list.begin(), "Norwegian Wood");
     list.insert(list.begin(), "Metal");
 #endif
     TQDict<int> stylesDict( 17, FALSE );
     for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
-        TQString styleStr = *it;
-        TQString styleAccel = styleStr;
-        if ( stylesDict[styleAccel.left(1)] ) {
-            for ( uint i = 0; i < styleAccel.length(); i++ ) {
-                if ( !stylesDict[styleAccel.mid( i, 1 )] ) {
-                    stylesDict.insert(styleAccel.mid( i, 1 ), (const int *)1);
-                    styleAccel = styleAccel.insert( i, '&' );
+        TQString styleStr = *it;
+        TQString styleAccel = styleStr;
+        if ( stylesDict[styleAccel.left(1)] ) {
+            for ( uint i = 0; i < styleAccel.length(); i++ ) {
+                if ( !stylesDict[styleAccel.mid( i, 1 )] ) {
+                    stylesDict.insert(styleAccel.mid( i, 1 ), (const int *)1);
+                    styleAccel = styleAccel.insert( i, '&' );
                     break;
                 }
             }
         } else {
-            stylesDict.insert(styleAccel.left(1), (const int *)1);
+            stylesDict.insert(styleAccel.left(1), (const int *)1);
             styleAccel = "&"+styleAccel;
         }
         TQAction *a = new TQAction( styleStr, TQIconSet(), styleAccel, 0, ag, 0, ag->isExclusive() );
@@ -2266,7 +2266,7 @@ private:
 #endif
 }
 
-void Themes::makeStyle(const TQString &style)
+void Themes::makeStyle(const TQString &style)
 {
     if(style == "Norwegian Wood") {
 #ifndef TQT_NO_STYLE_WINDOWS
diff --git a/doc/html/titleindex b/doc/html/titleindex
index a855353e6..bd60dc303 100644
--- a/doc/html/titleindex
+++ b/doc/html/titleindex
@@ -817,16 +817,16 @@ QStatusBar Class | ntqstatusbar.html
 QStatusBar Member List | qstatusbar-members.html
 QStoredDrag Class | qstoreddrag.html
 QStoredDrag Member List | qstoreddrag-members.html
-QStrIList Class | qstrilist.html
-QStrIList Member List | qstrilist-members.html
-QStrList Class | ntqstrlist.html
-QStrList Member List | qstrlist-members.html
-QStrListIterator Class | qstrlistiterator.html
-QStrListIterator Member List | qstrlistiterator-members.html
-TQString Class | ntqstring.html
-TQString Member List | qstring-members.html
-QStringList Class | ntqstringlist.html
-QStringList Member List | qstringlist-members.html
+TQStrIList Class | tqstrilist.html
+TQStrIList Member List | tqstrilist-members.html
+TQStrList Class | tqstrlist.html
+TQStrList Member List | tqstrlist-members.html
+TQStrListIterator Class | tqstrlistiterator.html
+TQStrListIterator Member List | tqstrlistiterator-members.html
+TQString Class | tqstring.html
+TQString Member List | tqstring-members.html
+TQStringList Class | tqstringlist.html
+TQStringList Member List | tqstringlist-members.html
 QStyle Class | ntqstyle.html
 QStyle Member List | qstyle-members.html
 QStyleFactory Class | ntqstylefactory.html
@@ -1372,9 +1372,9 @@ tqsqlrecord.h Include File | tqsqlrecord-h.html
 tqsqlresult.h Include File | tqsqlresult-h.html
 tqsqlselectcursor.h Include File | tqsqlselectcursor-h.html
 ntqstatusbar.h Include File | qstatusbar-h.html
-ntqstring.h Include File | qstring-h.html
-ntqstringlist.h Include File | qstringlist-h.html
-ntqstrlist.h Include File | qstrlist-h.html
+tqstring.h Include File | tqstring-h.html
+tqstringlist.h Include File | tqstringlist-h.html
+tqstrlist.h Include File | tqstrlist-h.html
 ntqstyle.h Include File | qstyle-h.html
 ntqstylefactory.h Include File | qstylefactory-h.html
 ntqstyleplugin.h Include File | qstyleplugin-h.html
diff --git a/doc/html/tools.html b/doc/html/tools.html
index 9d55de4f7..2f4e07fe5 100644
--- a/doc/html/tools.html
+++ b/doc/html/tools.html
@@ -72,11 +72,11 @@ classes.
 TQPtrStackTemplate class that provides a stack
 TQPtrVectorTemplate collection class that provides a vector (array)
 TQRegExpPattern matching using regular expressions
-TQStrIListDoubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison
-TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
-TQStringListList of strings
-TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
-TQStrListIteratorIterator for the TQStrList and TQStrIList classes
+TQStrIListDoubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison
+TQStringAbstraction of Unicode text and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array
+TQStringListList of strings
+TQStrListDoubly-linked list of char*
+TQStrListIteratorIterator for the TQStrList and TQStrIList classes
 TQValueListValue-based template class that provides lists
 TQValueListConstIteratorConst iterator for TQValueList
 TQValueListIteratorIterator for TQValueList
diff --git a/doc/html/tooltip-example.html b/doc/html/tooltip-example.html
index 41f83eea6..f527ab768 100644
--- a/doc/html/tooltip-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/tooltip-example.html
@@ -120,8 +120,8 @@ private:
     if ( !r.isValid() )
         return;
 
-    TQString s;
-    s.sprintf( "position: %d,%d", r.center().x(), r.center().y() );
+    TQString s;
+    s.sprintf( "position: %d,%d", r.center().x(), r.center().y() );
     tip( r, s );
 }
 
diff --git a/doc/html/toplevel-example.html b/doc/html/toplevel-example.html
index e6a1f8eae..e53d3519c 100644
--- a/doc/html/toplevel-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/toplevel-example.html
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ file.
 
 
          void OptionsDialog::apply()
     {
-        TQStringList flagList;
+        TQStringList flagList;
         bool wstyle = false;
         WFlags f = WDestructiveClose | WType_TopLevel | WStyle_Customize;
 
      
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ modeless dialogs.
 
       
              if ( !widget ) {
             widget = new TQVBox( parent, 0, f );
             widget->setMargin( 20 );
-            TQLabel *label = new TQLabel(flagList.join("&nbsp;| "), widget);
+            TQLabel *label = new TQLabel(flagList.join("&nbsp;| "), widget);
             label->setTextFormat(RichText);
             label->setAlignment(WordBreak);
             TQPushButton *okButton = new TQPushButton( "Close", widget );
diff --git a/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmap.html b/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmap.html
index 5fc01cef7..3d4ca528f 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmap.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmap.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ stays in the same position.
 
       
      See also TQCanvasPixmapArray, TQCanvasItem, TQCanvasSprite, Graphics Classes, and Image Processing Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQCanvasPixmap::TQCanvasPixmap ( const TQString & datafilename )
+
      TQCanvasPixmap::TQCanvasPixmap ( const TQString & datafilename )
 
      
 Constructs a TQCanvasPixmap that uses the image stored in datafilename.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmaparray.html b/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmaparray.html
index 4e011751a..0bc194d6b 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmaparray.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqcanvaspixmaparray.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Constructs an invalid array (i.e. isValid() will return F
 You must call readPixmaps() before being able to use this
 TQCanvasPixmapArray.
 
-
      TQCanvasPixmapArray::TQCanvasPixmapArray ( const TQString & datafilenamepattern, int fc = 0 )
+
      TQCanvasPixmapArray::TQCanvasPixmapArray ( const TQString & datafilenamepattern, int fc = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a TQCanvasPixmapArray from files.
 
       The fc parameter sets the number of frames to be loaded for
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ FALSE.
 
       Use isValid() instead.
 
       This returns FALSE if the array is valid, and TRUE if it is not.
 
-
      bool TQCanvasPixmapArray::readCollisionMasks ( const TQString & filename )
+
      bool TQCanvasPixmapArray::readCollisionMasks ( const TQString & filename )
 
      
 Reads new collision masks for the array.
 
       By default, TQCanvasSprite uses the image mask of a sprite to
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ the array will be flagged as invalid; otherwise this function
 returns TRUE.
 
       
      See also isValid().
 
-
      bool TQCanvasPixmapArray::readPixmaps ( const TQString & filenamepattern, int fc = 0 )
+
      bool TQCanvasPixmapArray::readPixmaps ( const TQString & filenamepattern, int fc = 0 )
 
      
 Reads one or more pixmaps into the pixmap array.
 
       If fc is not 0, filenamepattern should contain "%1", e.g.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqcanvastext.html b/doc/html/tqcanvastext.html
index 1750494a7..08db29fe7 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqcanvastext.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqcanvastext.html
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ coordinates with TQCanvasItem::setX(), 
 Constructs a TQCanvasText with the text "<text>", on canvas.
 
-
      TQCanvasText::TQCanvasText ( const TQString & t, TQCanvas * canvas )
+
      TQCanvasText::TQCanvasText ( const TQString & t, TQCanvas * canvas )
 
      
 Constructs a TQCanvasText with the text t, on canvas canvas.
 
-
      TQCanvasText::TQCanvasText ( const TQString & t, TQFont f, TQCanvas * canvas )
+
      TQCanvasText::TQCanvasText ( const TQString & t, TQFont f, TQCanvas * canvas )
 
      
 Constructs a TQCanvasText with the text t and font f, on the
 canvas canvas.
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Sets the color of the text to the color c.
 Sets the font in which the text is drawn to font f.
 
       
      See also font().
 
-
      void TQCanvasText::setText ( const TQString & t )
+
      void TQCanvasText::setText ( const TQString & t )
 
      
 Sets the text item's text to t. The text may contain newlines.
 
       
      See also text(), setFont(), setColor(), and setTextFlags().
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ flags available to TQPainter::drawText()
 TQt::AlignmentFlags.
 
       
      See also setFont() and setColor().
 
-
      TQString TQCanvasText::text () const
+
      TQString TQCanvasText::text () const
 
      
 Returns the text item's text.
 
       
      See also setText().
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdatabrowser-h.html b/doc/html/tqdatabrowser-h.html
index 2ef8d5164..94d54b388 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdatabrowser-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdatabrowser-h.html
@@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqwidget.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "tqsql.h"
 #include "tqsqlindex.h"
 #include "tqsqlcursor.h"
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdatabrowser.html b/doc/html/tqdatabrowser.html
index 5619d9624..3fbcff3a9 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdatabrowser.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdatabrowser.html
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ occurred during the deletion from the database, handleErr
 called and FALSE is returned.
 
       
      See also cursor, form(), and handleError().
 
-
      TQString TQDataBrowser::filter () const
+
      TQString TQDataBrowser::filter () const
 
      Returns the data browser's filter.
 See the "filter" property for details.
 
      void TQDataBrowser::first () [virtual slot]
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ See the "confirmInsert" prop
 
      void TQDataBrowser::setConfirmUpdate ( bool confirm ) [virtual]
 
      Sets whether the browser confirms updates to confirm.
 See the "confirmUpdate" property for details.
-
      void TQDataBrowser::setFilter ( const TQString & filter )
+
      void TQDataBrowser::setFilter ( const TQString & filter )
 
      Sets the data browser's filter to filter.
 See the "filter" property for details.
 
      void TQDataBrowser::setForm ( TQSqlForm * form ) [virtual]
@@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ provides become available to the form.
 
      void TQDataBrowser::setReadOnly ( bool active ) [virtual]
 
      Sets whether the browser is read-only to active.
 See the "readOnly" property for details.
-
      void TQDataBrowser::setSort ( const TQStringList & sort )
+
      void TQDataBrowser::setSort ( const TQStringList & sort )
 
      Sets the data browser's sort to sort.
 See the "sort" property for details.
 
      void TQDataBrowser::setSort ( const TQSqlIndex & sort )
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ again. To activate the cursor use refresh(). The
 buffer is used in the default form to browse and edit records.
 
       
      See also sqlCursor(), form(), and setForm().
 
-
      TQStringList TQDataBrowser::sort () const
+
      TQStringList TQDataBrowser::sort () const
 
      Returns the data browser's sort.
 See the "sort" property for details.
 
      TQSqlCursor * TQDataBrowser::sqlCursor () const
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ updates happen immediately.
 
       
      See also confirmCancels, confirmEdits, confirmInsert, confirmDelete, and confirmEdit().
 
 
      Set this property's value with setConfirmUpdate() and get this property's value with confirmUpdate().
-
      TQString filter
      
+
      TQString filter
      
 
      This property holds the data browser's filter.
 
      The filter applies to the data shown in the browser. Call
 refresh() to apply the new filter. A filter is a string containing
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ a SQL WHERE clause without the WHERE keyword, e.g. "id>1000",
 is read-only, no database edits will be allowed.
 
 
      Set this property's value with setReadOnly() and get this property's value with isReadOnly().
-
      TQStringList sort
      
+
      TQStringList sort
      
 
      This property holds the data browser's sort.
 
      The data browser's sort affects the order in which records are
 viewed in the browser. Call refresh() to apply the new sort.
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ the form 'fieldname order', e.g. 'id ASC', 'surname DESC'.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myDataBrowser.sort();
+    TQStringList list = myDataBrowser.sort();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdatatable-h.html b/doc/html/tqdatatable-h.html
index 783eb241e..2134582c0 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdatatable-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdatatable-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQDATATABLE_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqvariant.h"
 #include "ntqtable.h"
 #include "tqsql.h"
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdatatable.html b/doc/html/tqdatatable.html
index 85f97277c..3cfa552b1 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdatatable.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdatatable.html
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Different editor factories can be used by calling
 installEditorFactory(). A property map is used to map between the
 cell's value and the editor. You can use your own property map
 with installPropertyMap().
-
       The contents of a cell is available as a TQString with text() or as
+
       The contents of a cell is available as a TQString with text() or as
 a TQVariant with value(). The current record is returned by
 currentRecord(). Use the find() function to search for a string in
 the table.
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ representing NULL values as strings.
 
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
 
-
      void TQDataTable::addColumn ( const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const TQIconSet & iconset = TQIconSet ( ) ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDataTable::addColumn ( const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const TQIconSet & iconset = TQIconSet ( ) ) [virtual]
 
      
 Adds the next column to be displayed using the field fieldName,
 column label label, width width and iconset iconset.
@@ -397,17 +397,17 @@ delete succeeded; otherwise FALSE.
 that a unique record is deleted within the database otherwise the
 database may be changed to an inconsistent state.
 
-
      TQString TQDataTable::falseText () const
+
      TQString TQDataTable::falseText () const
 
      Returns the text used to represent false values.
 See the "falseText" property for details.
 
      int TQDataTable::fieldAlignment ( const TQSqlField * field ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 Returns the alignment for field.
 
-
      TQString TQDataTable::filter () const
+
      TQString TQDataTable::filter () const
 
      Returns the data filter for the data table.
 See the "filter" property for details.
-
      void TQDataTable::find ( const TQString & str, bool caseSensitive, bool backwards ) [virtual slot]
+
      void TQDataTable::find ( const TQString & str, bool caseSensitive, bool backwards ) [virtual slot]
 
      
 Searches the current cursor for a cell containing the string str starting at the current cell and working forwards (or
 backwards if backwards is TRUE). If the string is found, the
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ delete it when it is no longer needed or when installPropertMap()
 is called again.
 
       
      See also TQSqlPropertyMap.
 
-
      TQString TQDataTable::nullText () const
+
      TQString TQDataTable::nullText () const
 
      Returns the text used to represent NULL values.
 See the "nullText" property for details.
 
      int TQDataTable::numCols () const [virtual]
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ will not be deleted.
 
      void TQDataTable::setAutoEdit ( bool autoEdit ) [virtual]
 
      Sets whether the data table automatically applies edits to autoEdit.
 See the "autoEdit" property for details.
-
      void TQDataTable::setColumn ( uint col, const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const TQIconSet & iconset = TQIconSet ( ) ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDataTable::setColumn ( uint col, const TQString & fieldName, const TQString & label = TQString::null, int width = -1, const TQIconSet & iconset = TQIconSet ( ) ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the col column to display using the field fieldName,
 column label label, width width and iconset iconset.
@@ -581,13 +581,13 @@ See the "confirmUpdate" proper
 
      void TQDataTable::setDateFormat ( const DateFormat f ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the format used for displaying date/time values to f.
 See the "dateFormat" property for details.
-
      void TQDataTable::setFalseText ( const TQString & falseText ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDataTable::setFalseText ( const TQString & falseText ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the text used to represent false values to falseText.
 See the "falseText" property for details.
-
      void TQDataTable::setFilter ( const TQString & filter ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDataTable::setFilter ( const TQString & filter ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the data filter for the data table to filter.
 See the "filter" property for details.
-
      void TQDataTable::setNullText ( const TQString & nullText ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDataTable::setNullText ( const TQString & nullText ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the text used to represent NULL values to nullText.
 See the "nullText" property for details.
 
      void TQDataTable::setSize ( TQSqlCursor * sql ) [protected]
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ table dynamically resizes itself as it is scrolled. If sql is
 not active, it is made active by issuing a select() on the cursor
 using the sql cursor's current filter and current sort.
 
-
      void TQDataTable::setSort ( const TQStringList & sort ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDataTable::setSort ( const TQStringList & sort ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the data table's sort to sort.
 See the "sort" property for details.
 
      void TQDataTable::setSort ( const TQSqlIndex & sort ) [virtual]
@@ -621,10 +621,10 @@ table becomes read-only. The table adopts the cursor's driver's
 definition for representing NULL values as strings.
 
       
      See also refresh(), readOnly, setAutoDelete(), and TQSqlDriver::nullText().
 
-
      void TQDataTable::setTrueText ( const TQString & trueText ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDataTable::setTrueText ( const TQString & trueText ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the text used to represent true values to trueText.
 See the "trueText" property for details.
-
      TQStringList TQDataTable::sort () const
+
      TQStringList TQDataTable::sort () const
 
      Returns the data table's sort.
 See the "sort" property for details.
 
      void TQDataTable::sortAscending ( int col ) [virtual slot]
@@ -649,15 +649,15 @@ Sorts column col in descending order.
 
      
 Returns the cursor used by the data table.
 
-
      TQString TQDataTable::text ( int row, int col ) const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDataTable::text ( int row, int col ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the text in cell row, col, or an empty string if the
 cell is empty. If the cell's value is NULL then nullText() will be
-returned. If the cell does not exist then TQString::null is
+returned. If the cell does not exist then TQString::null is
 returned.
 
 
      Reimplemented from TQTable.
-
      TQString TQDataTable::trueText () const
+
      TQString TQDataTable::trueText () const
 
      Returns the text used to represent true values.
 See the "trueText" property for details.
 
      bool TQDataTable::updateCurrent () [virtual protected]
@@ -738,13 +738,13 @@ update operations occur immediately.
 the table. The default value is TQt::LocalDate.
 
 
      Set this property's value with setDateFormat() and get this property's value with dateFormat().
-
      TQString falseText
      
+
      TQString falseText
      
 
      This property holds the text used to represent false values.
 
      The falseText property will be used to represent NULL values in
 the table. The default value is "False".
 
 
      Set this property's value with setFalseText() and get this property's value with falseText().
-
      TQString filter
      
+
      TQString filter
      
 
      This property holds the data filter for the data table.
 
      The filter applies to the data shown in the table. To view data
 with a new filter, use refresh(). A filter string is an SQL WHERE
@@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ clause without the WHERE keyword.
 
 
       
 
      Set this property's value with setFilter() and get this property's value with filter().
-
      TQString nullText
      
+
      TQString nullText
      
 
      This property holds the text used to represent NULL values.
 
      The nullText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
 table. The default value is provided by the cursor's driver.
@@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ table. The default value is provided by the cursor's driver.
 
      This property holds the number of rows in the table.
 
      
 
      Get this property's value with numRows().
-
      TQStringList sort
      
+
      TQStringList sort
      
 
      This property holds the data table's sort.
 
      The table's sort affects the order in which data records are
 displayed in the table. To apply a sort, use refresh().
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ each item having the form 'fieldname order' (e.g., 'id ASC',
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the sort list, you should
 iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myDataTable.sort();
+    TQStringList list = myDataTable.sort();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ iterate over a copy, e.g.
 
       
      See also filter and refresh().
 
 
      Set this property's value with setSort() and get this property's value with sort().
-
      TQString trueText
      
+
      TQString trueText
      
 
      This property holds the text used to represent true values.
 
      The trueText property will be used to represent NULL values in the
 table. The default value is "True".
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdom-h.html b/doc/html/tqdom-h.html
index 56fa674d8..9737ded8b 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdom-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdom-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQDOM_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #if !defined(TQT_MODULE_XML) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL ) || defined( QT_INTERNAL_XML )
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomattr.html b/doc/html/tqdomattr.html
index 051f77056..bdcb33407 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomattr.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomattr.html
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Destroys the object and frees its resources.
 Returns TRUE.
 
 
      Reimplemented from TQDomNode.
-
      TQString TQDomAttr::name () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomAttr::name () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the attribute's name.
 
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ will also change the other. If you want to make a null node if this attribute is not
 attached to any element.
 
-
      void TQDomAttr::setValue ( const TQString & v ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomAttr::setValue ( const TQString & v ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the attribute's value to v.
 
       
      See also value().
@@ -146,9 +146,9 @@ in the XML document or was set by the user with setValue
 Returns FALSE if the value hasn't been specified or set.
 
       
      See also setValue().
 
-
      TQString TQDomAttr::value () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomAttr::value () const [virtual]
 
      
-Returns the value of the attribute or TQString::null if the
+Returns the value of the attribute or TQString::null if the
 attribute has not been specified.
 
       
      See also specified() and setValue().
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomcharacterdata.html b/doc/html/tqdomcharacterdata.html
index 4834f5222..ce065642e 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomcharacterdata.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomcharacterdata.html
@@ -92,21 +92,21 @@ will also change the other. If you want to make a TQDomCharacterData::appendData ( const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomCharacterData::appendData ( const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
 
      
 Appends the string arg to the stored string.
 
-
      TQString TQDomCharacterData::data () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomCharacterData::data () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the string stored in this object.
 
       If the node is a null node, it will return
-TQString::null.
+TQString::null.
 
 
      void TQDomCharacterData::deleteData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count ) [virtual]
 
      
 Deletes a substring of length count from position offset.
 
-
      void TQDomCharacterData::insertData ( unsigned long offset, const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomCharacterData::insertData ( unsigned long offset, const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
 
      
 Inserts the string arg into the stored string at position offset.
 
@@ -135,15 +135,15 @@ Assigns x to this character data.
 will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use
 cloneNode().
 
-
      void TQDomCharacterData::replaceData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count, const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomCharacterData::replaceData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count, const TQString & arg ) [virtual]
 
      
 Replaces the substring of length count starting at position offset with the string arg.
 
-
      void TQDomCharacterData::setData ( const TQString & v ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomCharacterData::setData ( const TQString & v ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets this object's string to v.
 
-
      TQString TQDomCharacterData::substringData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count ) [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomCharacterData::substringData ( unsigned long offset, unsigned long count ) [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the substring of length count from position offset.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomdocument.html b/doc/html/tqdomdocument.html
index b0d145098..9d7a64cd3 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomdocument.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomdocument.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ representing the XML document is deleted.
     TQDomText t = doc.createTextNode( "Hello World" );
     tag.appendChild( t );
 
-    TQString xml = doc.toString();
+    TQString xml = doc.toString();
     
      
  
 
       For further information about the Document Object Model see
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ TQDomDocument documentation.
 
 Constructs an empty document.
 
-
      explicit TQDomDocument::TQDomDocument ( const TQString & name )
+
      explicit TQDomDocument::TQDomDocument ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Creates a document and sets the name of the document type to name.
 
@@ -203,13 +203,13 @@ will also change the other. If you want to make a TQDomAttr TQDomDocument::createAttribute ( const TQString & name )
+
      TQDomAttr TQDomDocument::createAttribute ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Creates a new attribute called name that can be inserted into
 an element, e.g. using TQDomElement::setAttributeNode().
 
       
      See also createAttributeNS().
 
-
      TQDomAttr TQDomDocument::createAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )
+
      TQDomAttr TQDomDocument::createAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )
 
      
 Creates a new attribute with namespace support that can be
 inserted into an element. The name of the attribute is qName
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ and the namespace URI is nsURI. This function also sets
 (depending on qName).
 
       
      See also createAttribute().
 
-
      TQDomCDATASection TQDomDocument::createCDATASection ( const TQString & value )
+
      TQDomCDATASection TQDomDocument::createCDATASection ( const TQString & value )
 
      
 Creates a new CDATA section for the string value that can be
 inserted into the document, e.g. using TQDomNode::appendChild().
 
       
      See also TQDomNode::appendChild(), TQDomNode::insertBefore(), and TQDomNode::insertAfter().
 
-
      TQDomComment TQDomDocument::createComment ( const TQString & value )
+
      TQDomComment TQDomDocument::createComment ( const TQString & value )
 
      
 Creates a new comment for the string value that can be inserted
 into the document, e.g. using TQDomNode::appendChild().
@@ -236,13 +236,13 @@ Creates a new document fragment, that can be used to hold parts of
 the document, e.g. when doing complex manipulations of the
 document tree.
 
-
      TQDomElement TQDomDocument::createElement ( const TQString & tagName )
+
      TQDomElement TQDomDocument::createElement ( const TQString & tagName )
 
      
 Creates a new element called tagName that can be inserted into
 the DOM tree, e.g. using TQDomNode::appendChild().
 
       
      See also createElementNS(), TQDomNode::appendChild(), TQDomNode::insertBefore(), and TQDomNode::insertAfter().
 
-
      TQDomElement TQDomDocument::createElementNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )
+
      TQDomElement TQDomDocument::createElementNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName )
 
      
 Creates a new element with namespace support that can be inserted
 into the DOM tree. The name of the element is qName and the
@@ -251,13 +251,13 @@ namespace URI is nsURI. This function also sets
 (depending on qName).
 
       
      See also createElement().
 
-
      TQDomEntityReference TQDomDocument::createEntityReference ( const TQString & name )
+
      TQDomEntityReference TQDomDocument::createEntityReference ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Creates a new entity reference called name that can be inserted
 into the document, e.g. using TQDomNode::appendChild().
 
       
      See also TQDomNode::appendChild(), TQDomNode::insertBefore(), and TQDomNode::insertAfter().
 
-
      TQDomProcessingInstruction TQDomDocument::createProcessingInstruction ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data )
+
      TQDomProcessingInstruction TQDomDocument::createProcessingInstruction ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data )
 
      
 Creates a new processing instruction that can be inserted into the
 document, e.g. using TQDomNode::appendChild(). This function sets
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ the target for the processing instruction to target and the
 data to data.
 
       
      See also TQDomNode::appendChild(), TQDomNode::insertBefore(), and TQDomNode::insertAfter().
 
-
      TQDomText TQDomDocument::createTextNode ( const TQString & value )
+
      TQDomText TQDomDocument::createTextNode ( const TQString & value )
 
      
 Creates a text node for the string value that can be inserted
 into the document tree, e.g. using TQDomNode::appendChild().
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Returns the document type of this document.
 
 Returns the root element of the document.
 
-
      TQDomElement TQDomDocument::elementById ( const TQString & elementId )
+
      TQDomElement TQDomDocument::elementById ( const TQString & elementId )
 
      
 Returns the element whose ID is equal to elementId. If no
 element with the ID was found, this function returns a null element.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ element with the ID was found, this function returns a null
     element. This may change in a future version.
 
-
      TQDomNodeList TQDomDocument::elementsByTagName ( const TQString & tagname ) const
+
      TQDomNodeList TQDomDocument::elementsByTagName ( const TQString & tagname ) const
 
      
 Returns a TQDomNodeList, that contains all the elements in the
 document with the name tagname. The order of the node list is
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ the order they are encountered in a preorder traversal of the
 element tree.
 
       
      See also elementsByTagNameNS() and TQDomElement::elementsByTagName().
 
-
      TQDomNodeList TQDomDocument::elementsByTagNameNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
+
      TQDomNodeList TQDomDocument::elementsByTagNameNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
 
      
 Returns a TQDomNodeList that contains all the elements in the
 document with the local name localName and a namespace URI of
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Assigns x to this DOM document.
 will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use
 cloneNode().
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQByteArray & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQByteArray & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This function parses the XML document from the byte array buffer and sets it as the content of the document. It tries to
 detect the encoding of the document as required by the XML
@@ -408,29 +408,29 @@ returns a string for all elements and attributes. It returns an
 empty string if the element or attribute has no prefix.
 
       If namespaceProcessing is FALSE, the functions
 TQDomNode::prefix(), TQDomNode::localName() and
-TQDomNode::namespaceURI() return TQString::null.
-
       
      See also TQDomNode::namespaceURI(), TQDomNode::localName(), TQDomNode::prefix(), TQString::isNull(), and TQString::isEmpty().
+TQDomNode::namespaceURI() return TQString::null.
+
       
      See also TQDomNode::namespaceURI(), TQDomNode::localName(), TQDomNode::prefix(), TQString::isNull(), and TQString::isEmpty().
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQCString & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQCString & buffer, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the C string buffer.
 
       Warning: This function does not try to detect the encoding:
 instead it assumes that the C string is UTF-8 encoded.
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQString & text, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQString & text, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the string text.
 Since text is already a Unicode string, no encoding detection
 is done.
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( TQIODevice * dev, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( TQIODevice * dev, bool namespaceProcessing, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the IO device dev.
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQCString & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQCString & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the C string buffer.
@@ -438,13 +438,13 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
       Warning: This function does not try to detect the encoding:
 instead it assumes that the C string is UTF-8 encoded.
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQByteArray & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQByteArray & buffer, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the byte array buffer.
 
       No namespace processing is performed.
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQString & text, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( const TQString & text, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the string text.
@@ -452,13 +452,13 @@ Since text is already a Unicode string, no encoding detection
 is performed.
 
       No namespace processing is performed either.
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( TQIODevice * dev, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( TQIODevice * dev, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the IO device dev.
 
       No namespace processing is performed.
 
-
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( TQXmlInputSource * source, TQXmlReader * reader, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
+
      bool TQDomDocument::setContent ( TQXmlInputSource * source, TQXmlReader * reader, TQString * errorMsg = 0, int * errorLine = 0, int * errorColumn = 0 )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function reads the XML document from the TQXmlInputSource source and
@@ -480,12 +480,12 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
       This function uses indent as the amount of space to indent
 subelements.
 
-
      TQString TQDomDocument::toString () const
+
      TQString TQDomDocument::toString () const
 
      
 Converts the parsed document back to its textual representation.
 
       
      See also toCString().
 
-
      TQString TQDomDocument::toString ( int indent ) const
+
      TQString TQDomDocument::toString ( int indent ) const
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function uses indent as the amount of space to indent
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomdocumenttype.html b/doc/html/tqdomdocumenttype.html
index 8f171a0fa..b49c2d612 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomdocumenttype.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomdocumenttype.html
@@ -90,9 +90,9 @@ Destroys the object and frees its resources.
 
 Returns a map of all entities described in the DTD.
 
-
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::internalSubset () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::internalSubset () const [virtual]
 
      
-Returns the internal subset of the document type or TQString::null
+Returns the internal subset of the document type or TQString::null
 if there is no internal subset.
 
       
      See also publicId() and systemId().
 
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ This function overloads TQDomNode::isDoc
 
       
      See also nodeType() and TQDomNode::toDocumentType().
 
 
      Reimplemented from TQDomNode.
-
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::name () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::name () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the name of the document type as specified in the
 <!DOCTYPE name> tag.
@@ -125,16 +125,16 @@ Assigns n to this document type.
 will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use
 cloneNode().
 
-
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::publicId () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::publicId () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the public identifier of the external DTD subset or
-TQString::null if there is no public identifier.
+TQString::null if there is no public identifier.
 
       
      See also systemId(), internalSubset(), and TQDomImplementation::createDocumentType().
 
-
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::systemId () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomDocumentType::systemId () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the system identifier of the external DTD subset or
-TQString::null if there is no system identifier.
+TQString::null if there is no system identifier.
 
       
      See also publicId(), internalSubset(), and TQDomImplementation::createDocumentType().
 
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomelement.html b/doc/html/tqdomelement.html
index 6a2bd1f6e..938aa2946 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomelement.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomelement.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ functions, i.e. setAttributeNS(), TQString s = e.text()
+    TQString s = e.text()
     
      
  
 The text() function operates recursively to find the text (since
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ not all elements contain text). If you want to find all the text
 in all of a node's children, iterate over the children looking for
 TQDomText nodes, e.g.
 
      -    TQString text;
+    TQString text;
     TQDomElement element = doc.documentElement();
     for( TQDomNode n = element.firstChild(); !n.isNull(); n = n.nextSibling() )
     {
@@ -145,25 +145,25 @@ will also change the other. If you want to make a TQString TQDomElement::attribute ( const TQString & name, const TQString & defValue = TQString::null ) const
+
      TQString TQDomElement::attribute ( const TQString & name, const TQString & defValue = TQString::null ) const
 
      
 Returns the attribute called name. If the attribute does not
 exist defValue is returned.
 
       
      See also setAttribute(), attributeNode(), setAttributeNode(), and attributeNS().
 
-
      TQString TQDomElement::attributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & defValue ) const
+
      TQString TQDomElement::attributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & defValue ) const
 
      
 Returns the attribute with the local name localName and the
 namespace URI nsURI. If the attribute does not exist defValue is returned.
 
       
      See also setAttributeNS(), attributeNodeNS(), setAttributeNodeNS(), and attribute().
 
-
      TQDomAttr TQDomElement::attributeNode ( const TQString & name )
+
      TQDomAttr TQDomElement::attributeNode ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Returns the TQDomAttr object that corresponds to the attribute
 called name. If no such attribute exists a null attribute is returned.
 
       
      See also setAttributeNode(), attribute(), setAttribute(), and attributeNodeNS().
 
-
      TQDomAttr TQDomElement::attributeNodeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
+
      TQDomAttr TQDomElement::attributeNodeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
 
      
 Returns the TQDomAttr object that corresponds to the attribute with
 the local name localName and the namespace URI nsURI. If no
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Returns a TQDomNamedNodeMap containing all
 
       
      See also attribute(), setAttribute(), attributeNode(), and setAttributeNode().
 
 
      Reimplemented from TQDomNode.
-
      TQDomNodeList TQDomElement::elementsByTagName ( const TQString & tagname ) const [virtual]
+
      TQDomNodeList TQDomElement::elementsByTagName ( const TQString & tagname ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a TQDomNodeList containing all descendent elements of this
 element that are called tagname. The order they are in the node
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ list is the order they are encountered in a preorder traversal of
 the element tree.
 
       
      See also elementsByTagNameNS() and TQDomDocument::elementsByTagName().
 
-
      TQDomNodeList TQDomElement::elementsByTagNameNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const [virtual]
+
      TQDomNodeList TQDomElement::elementsByTagNameNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a TQDomNodeList containing all the descendent elements of
 this element with the local name localName and the namespace
@@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ URI nsURI. The order they are in the node list is the order
 they are encountered in a preorder traversal of the element tree.
 
       
      See also elementsByTagName() and TQDomDocument::elementsByTagNameNS().
 
-
      bool TQDomElement::hasAttribute ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      bool TQDomElement::hasAttribute ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if this element has an attribute called name;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
      bool TQDomElement::hasAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const
+
      bool TQDomElement::hasAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if this element has an attribute with the local name
 localName and the namespace URI nsURI; otherwise returns
@@ -221,12 +221,12 @@ Assigns x to this DOM element.
 will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use
 cloneNode().
 
-
      void TQDomElement::removeAttribute ( const TQString & name )
+
      void TQDomElement::removeAttribute ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Removes the attribute called name name from this element.
 
       
      See also setAttribute(), attribute(), and removeAttributeNS().
 
-
      void TQDomElement::removeAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
+
      void TQDomElement::removeAttributeNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
 
      
 Removes the attribute with the local name localName and the
 namespace URI nsURI from this element.
@@ -237,33 +237,33 @@ namespace URI nsURI from this element.
 Removes the attribute oldAttr from the element and returns it.
 
       
      See also attributeNode() and setAttributeNode().
 
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value )
 
      
 Adds an attribute called name with value value. If an
 attribute with the same name exists, its value is replaced by value.
 
       
      See also attribute(), setAttributeNode(), and setAttributeNS().
 
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, int value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, int value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, uint value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, uint value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, long value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, long value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, ulong value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, ulong value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, double value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttribute ( const TQString & name, double value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, const TQString & value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, const TQString & value )
 
      
 Adds an attribute with the qualified name qName and the
 namespace URI nsURI with the value value. If an attribute
@@ -273,23 +273,23 @@ replaced by the prefix of qName and its value is repaced by value 
      See also attributeNS(), setAttributeNodeNS(), and setAttribute().
 
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, int value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, int value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, uint value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, uint value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, long value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, long value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, ulong value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, ulong value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, double value )
+
      void TQDomElement::setAttributeNS ( const TQString nsURI, const TQString & qName, double value )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
@@ -309,12 +309,12 @@ and namespace URI as newAttr, this function replaces that
 attribute and returns it; otherwise the function returns a null attribute.
 
       
      See also attributeNodeNS(), setAttributeNS(), and setAttributeNode().
 
-
      void TQDomElement::setTagName ( const TQString & name )
+
      void TQDomElement::setTagName ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Sets this element's tag name to name.
 
       
      See also tagName().
 
-
      TQString TQDomElement::tagName () const
+
      TQString TQDomElement::tagName () const
 
      
 Returns the tag name of this element. For an XML element like this:
 
      @@ -324,9 +324,9 @@ Returns the tag name of this element. For an XML element like this:
 the tagname would return "img".
 
       
      See also setTagName().
 
-
      TQString TQDomElement::text () const
+
      TQString TQDomElement::text () const
 
      
-Returns the element's text or TQString::null.
+Returns the element's text or TQString::null.
 
       Example:
 
           <h1>Hello <b>TQt</b> <![CDATA[<xml is cool>]]></h1>
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomentity.html b/doc/html/tqdomentity.html
index 0b335e8f4..1f0d2512f 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomentity.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomentity.html
@@ -102,11 +102,11 @@ Returns TRUE.
 Returns EntityNode.
 
 
      Reimplemented from TQDomNode.
-
      TQString TQDomEntity::notationName () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomEntity::notationName () const [virtual]
 
      
 For unparsed entities this function returns the name of the
 notation for the entity. For parsed entities this function returns
-TQString::null.
+TQString::null.
 
 
      TQDomEntity & TQDomEntity::operator= ( const TQDomEntity & x )
 
      
@@ -115,15 +115,15 @@ Assigns x to this DOM entity.
 will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use
 cloneNode().
 
-
      TQString TQDomEntity::publicId () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomEntity::publicId () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the public identifier associated with this entity. If the
-public identifier was not specified TQString::null is returned.
+public identifier was not specified TQString::null is returned.
 
-
      TQString TQDomEntity::systemId () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomEntity::systemId () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the system identifier associated with this entity. If the
-system identifier was not specified TQString::null is returned.
+system identifier was not specified TQString::null is returned.
 
 
 
      
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomimplementation.html b/doc/html/tqdomimplementation.html
index 36d495214..5086e09ec 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomimplementation.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomimplementation.html
@@ -84,16 +84,16 @@ Constructs a copy of x.
 
 Destroys the object and frees its resources.
 
-
      TQDomDocument TQDomImplementation::createDocument ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName, const TQDomDocumentType & doctype ) [virtual]
+
      TQDomDocument TQDomImplementation::createDocument ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & qName, const TQDomDocumentType & doctype ) [virtual]
 
      
 Creates a DOM document with the document type doctype. This
 function also adds a root element node with the qualified name qName and the namespace URI nsURI.
 
-
      TQDomDocumentType TQDomImplementation::createDocumentType ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [virtual]
+
      TQDomDocumentType TQDomImplementation::createDocumentType ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [virtual]
 
      
 Creates a document type node for the name qName.
 
       publicId specifies the public identifier of the external
-subset. If you specify TQString::null as the publicId, this
+subset. If you specify TQString::null as the publicId, this
 means that the document type has no public identifier.
 
       systemId specifies the system identifier of the external
 subset. If you specify TQString::null as the systemId, this
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ way, is in combination with the createDocument() f
 create a TQDomDocument with this document type.
 
       
      See also createDocument().
 
-
      bool TQDomImplementation::hasFeature ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version ) [virtual]
+
      bool TQDomImplementation::hasFeature ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version ) [virtual]
 
      
 The function returns TRUE if TQDom implements the requested version of a feature; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
       The currently supported features and their versions:
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomnamednodemap.html b/doc/html/tqdomnamednodemap.html
index 4b1dd231a..bf9fb3266 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomnamednodemap.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomnamednodemap.html
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Constructs a copy of n.
 
 Destroys the object and frees its resources.
 
-
      bool TQDomNamedNodeMap::contains ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      bool TQDomNamedNodeMap::contains ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if the map contains a node called name; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
@@ -127,14 +127,14 @@ the map are ordered arbitrarily.
 Returns the number of nodes in the map.
 
       
      See also item().
 
-
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::namedItem ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::namedItem ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns the node called name.
 
       If the named node map does not contain such a node, a null node is returned. A node's name is
 the name returned by TQDomNode::nodeName().
 
       
      See also setNamedItem() and namedItemNS().
 
-
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::namedItemNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const
+
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::namedItemNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName ) const
 
      
 Returns the node associated with the local name localName and
 the namespace URI nsURI.
@@ -155,14 +155,14 @@ Assigns n to this named node map.
 Returns TRUE if n and this named node map are equal; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
-
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItem ( const TQString & name )
+
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItem ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 Removes the node called name from the map.
 
       The function returns the removed node or a null node if the map did not contain a
 node called name.
 
       
      See also setNamedItem(), namedItem(), and removeNamedItemNS().
 
-
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItemNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
+
      TQDomNode TQDomNamedNodeMap::removeNamedItemNS ( const TQString & nsURI, const TQString & localName )
 
      
 Removes the node with the local name localName and the
 namespace URI nsURI from the map.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomnode.html b/doc/html/tqdomnode.html
index ad1b7ec3b..1bf210bf0 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomnode.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomnode.html
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ TQProcessingInstruction with toProcessingInst
 
       
      See also toProcessingInstruction().
 
 
      Reimplemented in TQDomProcessingInstruction.
-
      bool TQDomNode::isSupported ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version ) const [virtual]
+
      bool TQDomNode::isSupported ( const TQString & feature, const TQString & version ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns TRUE if the DOM implementation implements the feature feature and this feature is supported by this node in the version
 version; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -447,26 +447,26 @@ Returns the last child of the node. If there is no child node, a
 returned node will also change the node in the document tree.
 
       
      See also firstChild() and childNodes().
 
-
      TQString TQDomNode::localName () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomNode::localName () const [virtual]
 
      
 If the node uses namespaces, this function returns the local name
-of the node; otherwise it returns TQString::null.
+of the node; otherwise it returns TQString::null.
 
       Only nodes of type ElementNode or
 AttributeNode can have
 namespaces. A namespace must have been specified at creation time;
 it is not possible to add a namespace afterwards.
 
       
      See also prefix(), namespaceURI(), TQDomDocument::createElementNS(), and TQDomDocument::createAttributeNS().
 
-
      TQDomNode TQDomNode::namedItem ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      TQDomNode TQDomNode::namedItem ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns the first direct child node for which nodeName() equals name.
 
       If no such direct child exists, a null node
 is returned.
 
       
      See also nodeName().
 
-
      TQString TQDomNode::namespaceURI () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomNode::namespaceURI () const [virtual]
 
      
-Returns the namespace URI of this node or TQString::null if the
+Returns the namespace URI of this node or TQString::null if the
 node has no namespace URI.
 
       Only nodes of type ElementNode or
 AttributeNode can have
@@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ return the node representing the <h2> tag.
 
       
      See also previousSibling().
 
 
      Example: xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp.
-
      TQString TQDomNode::nodeName () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomNode::nodeName () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the name of the node.
 
       The meaning of the name depends on the subclass:
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ Returns the type of the node.
 
       
      See also toAttr(), toCDATASection(), toDocumentFragment(), toDocument(), toDocumentType(), toElement(), toEntityReference(), toText(), toEntity(), toNotation(), toProcessingInstruction(), toCharacterData(), and toComment().
 
 
      Reimplemented in TQDomDocumentType, TQDomDocument, TQDomDocumentFragment, TQDomCharacterData, TQDomAttr, TQDomElement, TQDomNotation, TQDomEntity, TQDomEntityReference, and TQDomProcessingInstruction.
-
      TQString TQDomNode::nodeValue () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomNode::nodeValue () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the value of the node.
 
       The meaning of the value depends on the subclass:
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Returns the value of the node.
  TQDomText The text
 
 
       All the other subclasses do not have a node value and will return
-TQString::null.
+TQString::null.
 
       
      See also setNodeValue() and nodeName().
 
 
      Example: xml/outliner/outlinetree.cpp.
@@ -568,9 +568,9 @@ Returns the document to which this node belongs.
 Returns the parent node. If this node has no parent, a null node
 is returned (i.e. a node for which isNull() returns TRUE).
 
-
      TQString TQDomNode::prefix () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomNode::prefix () const [virtual]
 
      
-Returns the namespace prefix of the node or TQString::null if the
+Returns the namespace prefix of the node or TQString::null if the
 node has no namespace prefix.
 
       Only nodes of type ElementNode or
 AttributeNode can have
@@ -626,12 +626,12 @@ Writes the XML representation of the node and all its children to
 the stream str. This function uses indent as the amount of
 space to indent the node.
 
-
      void TQDomNode::setNodeValue ( const TQString & v ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomNode::setNodeValue ( const TQString & v ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the node's value to v.
 
       
      See also nodeValue().
 
-
      void TQDomNode::setPrefix ( const TQString & pre ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomNode::setPrefix ( const TQString & pre ) [virtual]
 
      
 If the node has a namespace prefix, this function changes the
 namespace prefix of the node to pre. Otherwise this function
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomnotation.html b/doc/html/tqdomnotation.html
index a451c624c..27c768cd9 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomnotation.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomnotation.html
@@ -105,11 +105,11 @@ Assigns x to this DOM notation.
 will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use
 cloneNode().
 
-
      TQString TQDomNotation::publicId () const
+
      TQString TQDomNotation::publicId () const
 
      
 Returns the public identifier of this notation.
 
-
      TQString TQDomNotation::systemId () const
+
      TQString TQDomNotation::systemId () const
 
      
 Returns the system identifier of this notation.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqdomprocessinginstruction.html b/doc/html/tqdomprocessinginstruction.html
index c16ddbeda..b6d1b2ebc 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqdomprocessinginstruction.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqdomprocessinginstruction.html
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ will also change the other. If you want to make a TQString TQDomProcessingInstruction::data () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomProcessingInstruction::data () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the content of this processing instruction.
 
       
      See also setData() and target().
@@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ Assigns x to this processing instruction.
 will also change the other. If you want to make a deep copy, use
 cloneNode().
 
-
      void TQDomProcessingInstruction::setData ( const TQString & d ) [virtual]
+
      void TQDomProcessingInstruction::setData ( const TQString & d ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the data contained in the processing instruction to d.
 
       
      See also data().
 
-
      TQString TQDomProcessingInstruction::target () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQDomProcessingInstruction::target () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the target of this processing instruction.
 
       
      See also data().
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimage-h.html b/doc/html/tqimage-h.html
index 2e0e2a467..e6baff545 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqimage-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqimage-h.html
@@ -79,8 +79,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqpixmap.h"
-#include "ntqstrlist.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstrlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 class TQImageDataMisc; // internal
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimage.html b/doc/html/tqimage.html
index 74b78d411..d47f9d982 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqimage.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqimage.html
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Constructs an image with size size pixels, depth depth bits,
 image and then calling the create() function.
 
       
      See also create().
 
-
      TQImage::TQImage ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
+
      TQImage::TQImage ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs an image and tries to load the image from the file fileName.
 
       If format is specified, the loader attempts to read the image
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ you will want to use TQImage::pixel() to use a color from an
 existing image or TQColor::rgb() to use a specific color.
 
       
      See also invertPixels(), depth(), hasAlphaBuffer(), and create().
 
-
      TQImage TQImage::fromMimeSource ( const TQString & abs_name ) [static]
+
      TQImage TQImage::fromMimeSource ( const TQString & abs_name ) [static]
 
       Convenience function. Gets the data associated with the absolute
 name abs_name from the default mime source factory and decodes it
 to an image.
@@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ FALSE.
 
       
      See also width(), size(), and rect().
 
 
      Examples: canvas/canvas.cpp and opengl/texture/gltexobj.cpp.
-
      const char * TQImage::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
      const char * TQImage::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
      
 Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file fileName, or 0 if the file cannot be read or if the format is not
 recognized.
@@ -586,14 +586,14 @@ formats, or use TQImage::inputFormats() and  
      See also load() and save().
 
-
      TQStringList TQImage::inputFormatList () [static]
+
      TQStringList TQImage::inputFormatList () [static]
 
      
 Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
 input.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myImage.inputFormatList();
+    TQStringList list = myImage.inputFormatList();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
 
       
      See also outputFormatList(), inputFormats(), and TQImageIO.
 
 
      Example: showimg/showimg.cpp.
-
      TQStrList TQImage::inputFormats () [static]
+
      TQStrList TQImage::inputFormats () [static]
 
      
 Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
 input.
@@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ FALSE.
 
       This is the beginning of the data block for the image.
 
       
      See also bits() and scanLine().
 
-
      bool TQImage::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
+
      bool TQImage::load ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format = 0 )
 
      
 Loads an image from the file fileName. Returns TRUE if the
 image was successfully loaded; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -739,14 +739,14 @@ is some obvious difference, such as different widths, in which
 case the function will return quickly.
 
       
      See also operator=().
 
-
      TQStringList TQImage::outputFormatList () [static]
+
      TQStringList TQImage::outputFormatList () [static]
 
      
 Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
 output.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myImage.outputFormatList();
+    TQStringList list = myImage.outputFormatList();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
  
 
       
      See also inputFormatList(), outputFormats(), and TQImageIO.
 
-
      TQStrList TQImage::outputFormats () [static]
+
      TQStrList TQImage::outputFormats () [static]
 
      
 Returns a list of image formats that are supported for image
 output.
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ image.
 
 Resets all image parameters and deallocates the image data.
 
-
      bool TQImage::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const
+
      bool TQImage::save ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format, int quality = -1 ) const
 
      
 Saves the image to the file fileName, using the image file
 format format and a quality factor of quality. quality
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ undefined.
 
       If the image is a paletted image (depth() <= 8) and index_or_rgb >= numColors(), the result is undefined.
 
       
      See also pixelIndex(), pixel(), tqRgb(), tqRgba(), and valid().
 
-
      void TQImage::setText ( const char * key, const char * lang, const TQString & s )
+
      void TQImage::setText ( const char * key, const char * lang, const TQString & s )
 
      
 Records string s for the keyword key. The key should be a
 portable keyword recognizable by other software - some suggested
@@ -993,22 +993,22 @@ Determines the host computer byte order. Returns
 TQImage::LittleEndian (LSB first) or TQImage::BigEndian (MSB first).
 
       
      See also systemBitOrder().
 
-
      TQString TQImage::text ( const char * key, const char * lang = 0 ) const
+
      TQString TQImage::text ( const char * key, const char * lang = 0 ) const
 
      
 Returns the string recorded for the keyword key in language lang, or in a default language if lang is 0.
 
-
      TQString TQImage::text ( const TQImageTextKeyLang & kl ) const
+
      TQString TQImage::text ( const TQImageTextKeyLang & kl ) const
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Returns the string recorded for the keyword and language kl.
 
-
      TQStringList TQImage::textKeys () const
+
      TQStringList TQImage::textKeys () const
 
      
 Returns the keywords for which some texts are recorded.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myImage.textKeys();
+    TQStringList list = myImage.textKeys();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -1018,14 +1018,14 @@ over a copy, e.g.
  
 
       
      See also textList(), text(), setText(), and textLanguages().
 
-
      TQStringList TQImage::textLanguages () const
+
      TQStringList TQImage::textLanguages () const
 
      
 Returns the language identifiers for which some texts are
 recorded.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myImage.textLanguages();
+    TQStringList list = myImage.textLanguages();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimagedecoder.html b/doc/html/tqimagedecoder.html
index aec7b77d5..b8724d7c0 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqimagedecoder.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqimagedecoder.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ will look at the first length characters in the buffer.
 
 
       Returns the image currently being decoded.
 
-
      TQStrList TQImageDecoder::inputFormats () [static]
+
      TQStrList TQImageDecoder::inputFormats () [static]
 
      
 Returns a sorted list of formats for which asynchronous loading is
 supported.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin-h.html b/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin-h.html
index 659246115..ccebb345d 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_IMAGEFORMATPLUGIN
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin.html b/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin.html
index 2e69a2ae8..d98c913e9 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqimageformatplugin.html
@@ -69,13 +69,13 @@ Destroys the image format plugin.
 
       You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
 automatically when it is no longer used.
 
-
      bool TQImageFormatPlugin::installIOHandler ( const TQString & format ) [pure virtual]
+
      bool TQImageFormatPlugin::installIOHandler ( const TQString & format ) [pure virtual]
 
      
 
 
       Installs a TQImageIO image I/O handler for the image format format.
 
       
      See also keys().
 
-
      TQStringList TQImageFormatPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
+
      TQStringList TQImageFormatPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
 
      
 
 
       Returns the list of image formats this plugin supports.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqimageio.html b/doc/html/tqimageio.html
index a33e63519..f83df7b73 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqimageio.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqimageio.html
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Constructs a TQImageIO object with all parameters set to zero.
 Constructs a TQImageIO object with the I/O device ioDevice and a
 format tag.
 
-
      TQImageIO::TQImageIO ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format )
+
      TQImageIO::TQImageIO ( const TQString & fileName, const char * format )
 
      
 Constructs a TQImageIO object with the file name fileName and a
 format tag.
@@ -167,13 +167,13 @@ two handlers support the same format, TQt will choose one
 arbitrarily. It is not possible to have one handler support
 reading, and another support writing.
 
-
      TQString TQImageIO::description () const
+
      TQString TQImageIO::description () const
 
      
 
 
       Returns the image description string.
 
       
      See also setDescription().
 
-
      TQString TQImageIO::fileName () const
+
      TQString TQImageIO::fileName () const
 
      
 
 
       Returns the file name currently set.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Returns the gamma value at which the image will be viewed.
 
       Returns the image currently set.
 
       
      See also setImage().
 
-
      const char * TQImageIO::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
+
      const char * TQImageIO::imageFormat ( const TQString & fileName ) [static]
 
      
 Returns a string that specifies the image format of the file fileName, or null if the file cannot be read or if the format is
 not recognized.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ format is not recognized.
 example, at the beginning of the file).
 
       
      See also TQIODevice::at().
 
-
      TQStrList TQImageIO::inputFormats () [static]
+
      TQStrList TQImageIO::inputFormats () [static]
 
      
 Returns a sorted list of image formats that are supported for
 image input.
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ image input.
 
       Returns the IO device currently set.
 
       
      See also setIODevice().
 
-
      TQStrList TQImageIO::outputFormats () [static]
+
      TQStrList TQImageIO::outputFormats () [static]
 
      
 Returns a sorted list of image formats that are supported for
 image output.
@@ -260,14 +260,14 @@ information, use the imageFormat() static functions.
  
 
       
      See also setIODevice(), setFileName(), setFormat(), write(), and TQPixmap::load().
 
-
      void TQImageIO::setDescription ( const TQString & description )
+
      void TQImageIO::setDescription ( const TQString & description )
 
      
 Sets the image description string for image handlers that support
 image descriptions to description.
 
       Currently, no image format supported by TQt uses the description
 string.
 
-
      void TQImageIO::setFileName ( const TQString & fileName )
+
      void TQImageIO::setFileName ( const TQString & fileName )
 
      
 Sets the name of the file to read or write an image from to fileName.
 
       
      See also setIODevice().
diff --git a/doc/html/tqmap.html b/doc/html/tqmap.html
index 57080728a..48bf63e73 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqmap.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqmap.html
@@ -138,26 +138,26 @@ the STL-like functions if preferred.
 
       Example:
 
 
      -    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
     #include <tqmap.h>
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
 
     class Employee
     {
     public:
         Employee(): sn(0) {}
-        Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary )
+        Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary )
             : fn(forename), sn(surname), sal(salary)
         { }
 
-        TQString forename() const { return fn; }
-        TQString surname() const { return sn; }
+        TQString forename() const { return fn; }
+        TQString surname() const { return sn; }
         int salary() const { return sal; }
         void setSalary( int salary ) { sal = salary; }
 
     private:
-        TQString fn;
-        TQString sn;
+        TQString fn;
+        TQString sn;
         int sal;
     };
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqobject-h.html b/doc/html/tqobject-h.html
index 927fb15a3..55760f94f 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqobject-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqobject-h.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobjectdefs.h"
 #include "ntqwindowdefs.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqevent.h"
 #include "ntqnamespace.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/tqobject.html b/doc/html/tqobject.html
index 58f4792c0..4a64e20d3 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqobject.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqobject.html
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ functionality, and also more general information about timers.
 
       
      See also startTimer(), killTimer(), killTimers(), and event().
 
 
      Examples: biff/biff.cpp, dclock/dclock.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, grapher/grapher.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
-
      TQString TQObject::tr ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment ) [static]
+
      TQString TQObject::tr ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment ) [static]
 
      
 
 
@@ -897,12 +897,12 @@ so will probably result in crashes or other undesirable behavior.
 
       
      See also trUtf8(), TQApplication::translate(), and Internationalization with TQt.
 
 
      Example: network/networkprotocol/view.cpp.
-
      TQString TQObject::trUtf8 ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment ) [static]
+
      TQString TQObject::trUtf8 ( const char * sourceText, const char * comment ) [static]
 
      
 
 
 
       Returns a translated version of sourceText, or
-TQString::fromUtf8(sourceText) if there is no appropriate
+TQString::fromUtf8(sourceText) if there is no appropriate
 version. It is otherwise identical to tr(sourceText, comment).
 
       Warning: This method is reentrant only if all translators are
 installed before calling this method. Installing or removing
diff --git a/doc/html/tqptrlist.html b/doc/html/tqptrlist.html
index 15b7913c4..d733c9e82 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqptrlist.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqptrlist.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 More...
 
      #include <tqptrlist.h>
 
      Inherits TQPtrCollection.
-
      Inherited by TQObjectList and TQStrList.
+
      Inherited by TQObjectList and TQStrList.
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
@@ -125,19 +125,19 @@ Example:
     {
     public:
         Employee() : sn( 0 ) { }
-        Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary )
+        Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary )
             : fn( forename ), sn( surname ), sal( salary )
         { }
 
         void setSalary( int salary ) { sal = salary; }
 
-        TQString forename() const { return fn; }
-        TQString surname() const { return sn; }
+        TQString forename() const { return fn; }
+        TQString surname() const { return sn; }
         int salary() const { return sal; }
 
     private:
-        TQString fn;
-        TQString sn;
+        TQString fn;
+        TQString sn;
         int sal;
     };
 
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ also holds pointers to the next and previous list items. The
 functions currentNode(), removeNode(), and takeNode() operate
 directly on the TQLNode, but they should be used with care. The
 data component of the node is available through TQLNode::getData().
-
         The TQStrList class defined in ntqstrlist.h is a list of char*.
+
         The TQStrList class defined in tqstrlist.h is a list of char*.
 It reimplements newItem(), deleteItem() and compareItems(). (But
-see TQStringList for a list of Unicode TQStrings.)
+see TQStringList for a list of Unicode TQStrings.)
 
         
        See also TQPtrListIterator, Collection Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
 
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
diff --git a/doc/html/tqptrlistiterator.html b/doc/html/tqptrlistiterator.html
index 555aa4d88..360f42613 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqptrlistiterator.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqptrlistiterator.html
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 TQPtrList collections.
 More...
 
        #include <tqptrlist.h>
-
        Inherited by TQObjectListIterator and TQStrListIterator.
+
        Inherited by TQObjectListIterator and TQStrListIterator.
 
        List of all member functions.
 
        Public Members
        
 
          
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlcursor-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlcursor-h.html
index a789c9f2d..4f92c78b8 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlcursor-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlcursor-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqsqlrecord.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "tqsqlquery.h"
 #include "tqsqlindex.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlcursor.html b/doc/html/tqsqlcursor.html
index 30a9ca993..e10c52c05 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlcursor.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlcursor.html
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ database.
 in the database.
 
        
 
        Member Function Documentation
        
-
        TQSqlCursor::TQSqlCursor ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, bool autopopulate = TRUE, TQSqlDatabase * db = 0 )
+
        TQSqlCursor::TQSqlCursor ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, bool autopopulate = TRUE, TQSqlDatabase * db = 0 )
 
        
 Constructs a cursor on database db using table or view name.
 
         If autopopulate is TRUE (the default), the name of the
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
 Append a copy of field fieldInfo to the end of the cursor. Note
 that all references to the cursor edit buffer become invalidated.
 
-
        TQVariant TQSqlCursor::calculateField ( const TQString & name ) [virtual protected]
+
        TQVariant TQSqlCursor::calculateField ( const TQString & name ) [virtual protected]
 
        
 Protected virtual function which is called whenever a field needs
 to be calculated. If calculated fields are being used, derived
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ cursor edit buffer and not on the contents of the cursor itself.
 
         
        See also primeDelete(), setMode(), and lastError().
 
 
        Example: sql/overview/delete/main.cpp.
-
        int TQSqlCursor::del ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE ) [virtual protected]
+
        int TQSqlCursor::del ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE ) [virtual protected]
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Deletes the current cursor record from the database using the
@@ -335,12 +335,12 @@ the cursor remains valid. The cursor retains ownership of the
 returned pointer, so it must not be deleted or modified.
 
         
        See also primeInsert(), primeUpdate(), and primeDelete().
 
-
        TQString TQSqlCursor::filter () const
+
        TQString TQSqlCursor::filter () const
 
        
 Returns the current filter, or an empty string if there is no
 current filter.
 
-
        TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::index ( const TQStringList & fieldNames ) const [virtual]
+
        TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::index ( const TQStringList & fieldNames ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Returns an index composed of fieldNames, all in ASCending
 order. Note that all field names must exist in the cursor,
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ otherwise an empty index is returned.
 
         
        See also TQSqlIndex.
 
 
        Examples: sql/overview/extract/main.cpp, sql/overview/order1/main.cpp, sql/overview/order2/main.cpp, and sql/overview/table3/main.cpp.
-
        TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::index ( const TQString & fieldName ) const
+
        TQSqlIndex TQSqlCursor::index ( const TQString & fieldName ) const
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Returns an index based on fieldName.
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ contents of the cursor edit buffer and not on the contents of the
 cursor itself.
 
         
        See also setMode() and lastError().
 
-
        bool TQSqlCursor::isCalculated ( const TQString & name ) const
+
        bool TQSqlCursor::isCalculated ( const TQString & name ) const
 
        
 Returns TRUE if the field name exists and is calculated;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ Returns TRUE if the field i is NULL or if there is no field at
 position i; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
         This is the same as calling TQSqlRecord::isNull( i )
 
-
        bool TQSqlCursor::isNull ( const TQString & name ) const
+
        bool TQSqlCursor::isNull ( const TQString & name ) const
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Returns TRUE if the field called name is NULL or if there is no
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ The default is FALSE. Read-only cursors cannot be edited using
 insert(), update() or del().
 
         
        See also setMode().
 
-
        bool TQSqlCursor::isTrimmed ( const TQString & name ) const
+
        bool TQSqlCursor::isTrimmed ( const TQString & name ) const
 
        
 Returns TRUE if the field name exists and is trimmed; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ database any trailing (right-most) spaces are removed.
 Returns the current cursor mode.
 
         
        See also setMode().
 
-
        TQString TQSqlCursor::name () const
+
        TQString TQSqlCursor::name () const
 
        
 Returns the name of the cursor.
 
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ happens. Note that all references to the cursor edit buffer become
 invalidated.
 
 
        Reimplemented from TQSqlRecord.
-
        bool TQSqlCursor::select ( const TQString & filter, const TQSqlIndex & sort = TQSqlIndex ( ) ) [virtual]
+
        bool TQSqlCursor::select ( const TQString & filter, const TQSqlIndex & sort = TQSqlIndex ( ) ) [virtual]
 
        
 Selects all fields in the cursor from the database matching the
 filter criteria filter. The data is returned in the order
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ to the current cursor value, WHERE id=10, in this case. When
 used as the sort (second) argument the field names it contains are
 used for the ORDER BY clause, ORDER BY id in this example.
 
-
        void TQSqlCursor::setCalculated ( const TQString & name, bool calculated ) [virtual]
+
        void TQSqlCursor::setCalculated ( const TQString & name, bool calculated ) [virtual]
 
        
 Sets field name to calculated. If the field name does not
 exist, nothing happens. The value of a calculated field is set by
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ fields do not appear in generated SQL statements sent to the
 database.
 
         
        See also calculateField() and TQSqlRecord::setGenerated().
 
-
        void TQSqlCursor::setFilter ( const TQString & filter ) [virtual]
+
        void TQSqlCursor::setFilter ( const TQString & filter ) [virtual]
 
        
 Sets the current filter to filter. Note that no new records are
 selected. To select new records, use select(). The filter will
@@ -598,7 +598,7 @@ specify a filter.
 
         The filter is a SQL WHERE clause without the keyword 'WHERE',
 e.g. name='Dave' which will be processed by the DBMS.
 
-
        void TQSqlCursor::setGenerated ( const TQString & name, bool generated ) [virtual]
+
        void TQSqlCursor::setGenerated ( const TQString & name, bool generated ) [virtual]
 
        
 Sets the generated flag for the field name to generated. If
 the field does not exist, nothing happens. Only fields that have
@@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ cursor is TQSqlCursor::Writable.
     
      
  
 
-
      void TQSqlCursor::setName ( const TQString & name, bool autopopulate = TRUE ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlCursor::setName ( const TQString & name, bool autopopulate = TRUE ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the name of the cursor to name. If autopopulate is TRUE
 (the default), the name must correspond to a valid table or
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ selected. To select new records, use select(). The sor
 apply to any subsequent select() calls that do not explicitly
 specify a sort.
 
-
      void TQSqlCursor::setTrimmed ( const TQString & name, bool trim ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlCursor::setTrimmed ( const TQString & name, bool trim ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets field name's trimmed status to trim. If the field name does not exist, nothing happens.
 
       When a trimmed field of type string or cstring is read from the
@@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ database any trailing (right-most) spaces are removed.
 Returns the current sort, or an empty index if there is no current
 sort.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlCursor::toString ( TQSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const [virtual protected]
+
      TQString TQSqlCursor::toString ( TQSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const [virtual protected]
 
      
 Returns a formatted string composed of all the fields in rec.
 Each field is composed of the prefix (e.g. table or view name),
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ The fields are then joined together separated by sep. Fields
 where isGenerated() returns FALSE are not included. This function
 is useful for generating SQL statements.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlCursor::toString ( const TQString & prefix, TQSqlField * field, const TQString & fieldSep ) const [virtual protected]
+
      TQString TQSqlCursor::toString ( const TQString & prefix, TQSqlField * field, const TQString & fieldSep ) const [virtual protected]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Returns a formatted string composed of the prefix (e.g. table
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ field value. If the prefix is empty then the string will begin
 with the field name. This function is useful for generating SQL
 statements.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlCursor::toString ( const TQSqlIndex & i, TQSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const [virtual protected]
+
      TQString TQSqlCursor::toString ( const TQSqlIndex & i, TQSqlRecord * rec, const TQString & prefix, const TQString & fieldSep, const TQString & sep ) const [virtual protected]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Returns a formatted string composed of all the fields in the index
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ records the database may be changed into an inconsistent state.
 
       
      See also setMode() and lastError().
 
 
      Example: sql/overview/update/main.cpp.
-
      int TQSqlCursor::update ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE ) [virtual protected]
+
      int TQSqlCursor::update ( const TQString & filter, bool invalidate = TRUE ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Updates the database with the current contents of the cursor edit
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqldatabase-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqldatabase-h.html
index 10df393f4..ac73accbe 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqldatabase-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqldatabase-h.html
@@ -78,9 +78,9 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "tqsqlquery.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #if !defined( TQT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqldatabase.html b/doc/html/tqsqldatabase.html
index 57846d91d..492a542d4 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqldatabase.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqldatabase.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ for executing and manipulating SQL queries (see TQSqlQ
 
      See also Database Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQSqlDatabase::TQSqlDatabase ( const TQString & type, const TQString & name, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 ) [protected]
+
      TQSqlDatabase::TQSqlDatabase ( const TQString & type, const TQString & name, TQObject * parent = 0, const char * objname = 0 ) [protected]
 
      
 Creates a TQSqlDatabase connection called name that uses the
 driver referred to by type, with the parent parent and the
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ so it should not be deleted.
 
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
 
-
      TQSqlDatabase * TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( const TQString & type, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection ) [static]
+
      TQSqlDatabase * TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( const TQString & type, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection ) [static]
 
      
 Adds a database to the list of database connections using the
 driver type and the connection name connectionName.
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ than once without specifying connectionName.
 
       
      See also database() and removeDatabase().
 
 
      Examples: sql/overview/connect1/main.cpp, sql/overview/connection.cpp, and sql/sqltable/main.cpp.
-
      TQSqlDatabase * TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( TQSqlDriver * driver, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection ) [static]
+
      TQSqlDatabase * TQSqlDatabase::addDatabase ( TQSqlDriver * driver, const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection ) [static]
 
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       This function is useful if you need to set up the database
 connection and instantiate the driver yourself. If you do this, it
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ an overview of the drivers and their constructor arguments.
 
 TQTDS7
 TQTDSDriver
-LOGINREC* loginRecord, DBPROCESS* dbProcess, const TQString& hostName
+LOGINREC* loginRecord, DBPROCESS* dbProcess, const TQString& hostName
 tqsql_tds.cpp
 
 TQSQLITE
@@ -281,14 +281,14 @@ transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also TQSqlDriver::hasFeature() and rollback().
 
-
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::connectOptions () const
+
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::connectOptions () const
 
      Returns the database connect options.
 See the "connectOptions" property for details.
-
      bool TQSqlDatabase::contains ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection ) [static]
+
      bool TQSqlDatabase::contains ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection ) [static]
 
      
 Returns TRUE if the list of database connections contains connectionName; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
      TQSqlDatabase * TQSqlDatabase::database ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection, bool open = TRUE ) [static]
+
      TQSqlDatabase * TQSqlDatabase::database ( const TQString & connectionName = defaultConnection, bool open = TRUE ) [static]
 
      
 Returns the database connection called connectionName. The
 database connection must have been previously added with
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ in threaded applications. Please see the Thre
 threading and SQL databases.
 
 
      Examples: sql/overview/basicbrowsing/main.cpp and sql/overview/create_connections/main.cpp.
-
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::databaseName () const
+
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::databaseName () const
 
      Returns the name of the database.
 See the "databaseName" property for details.
 
      TQSqlDriver * TQSqlDatabase::driver () const
@@ -309,17 +309,17 @@ See the "databaseName" proper
 Returns the database driver used to access the database
 connection.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::driverName () const
+
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::driverName () const
 
      
 Returns the name of the driver used by the database connection.
 
-
      TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::drivers () [static]
+
      TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::drivers () [static]
 
      
 Returns a list of all the available database drivers.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = TQSqlDatabase::drivers();
+    TQStringList list = TQSqlDatabase::drivers();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -328,18 +328,18 @@ over a copy, e.g.
     
      
  
 
-
      TQSqlQuery TQSqlDatabase::exec ( const TQString & query = TQString::null ) const
+
      TQSqlQuery TQSqlDatabase::exec ( const TQString & query = TQString::null ) const
 
      
 Executes a SQL statement (e.g. an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement) on the database, and returns a TQSqlQuery object.
 Use lastError() to retrieve error information. If query is
-TQString::null, an empty, invalid query is returned and lastError()
+TQString::null, an empty, invalid query is returned and lastError()
 is not affected.
 
       
      See also TQSqlQuery and lastError().
 
-
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::hostName () const
+
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::hostName () const
 
      Returns the host name where the database resides.
 See the "hostName" property for details.
-
      bool TQSqlDatabase::isDriverAvailable ( const TQString & name ) [static]
+
      bool TQSqlDatabase::isDriverAvailable ( const TQString & name ) [static]
 
      
 Returns TRUE if a driver called name is available; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ information can be retrieved using the lastError() func
 
       
      See also lastError().
 
 
      Examples: sql/overview/connect1/main.cpp, sql/overview/connection.cpp, and sql/sqltable/main.cpp.
-
      bool TQSqlDatabase::open ( const TQString & user, const TQString & password )
+
      bool TQSqlDatabase::open ( const TQString & user, const TQString & password )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Opens the database connection using the given user name and password. Returns TRUE on success; otherwise returns FALSE. Error
@@ -380,18 +380,18 @@ the password is passed directly to the driver for opening a
 connection and is then discarded.
 
       
      See also lastError().
 
-
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::password () const
+
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::password () const
 
      Returns the password used to connect to the database.
 See the "password" property for details.
 
      int TQSqlDatabase::port () const
 
      Returns the port used to connect to the database.
 See the "port" property for details.
-
      TQSqlIndex TQSqlDatabase::primaryIndex ( const TQString & tablename ) const
+
      TQSqlIndex TQSqlDatabase::primaryIndex ( const TQString & tablename ) const
 
      
 Returns the primary index for table tablename. If no primary
 index exists an empty TQSqlIndex will be returned.
 
-
      TQSqlRecord TQSqlDatabase::record ( const TQString & tablename ) const
+
      TQSqlRecord TQSqlDatabase::record ( const TQString & tablename ) const
 
      
 Returns a TQSqlRecord populated with the names of all the fields in
 the table (or view) called tablename. The order in which the
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ used in the SQL query. If the query is a "SELECT *" the order
 in which fields appear in the record is undefined.
 
       
      See also recordInfo().
 
-
      TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDatabase::recordInfo ( const TQString & tablename ) const
+
      TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDatabase::recordInfo ( const TQString & tablename ) const
 
      
 Returns a TQSqlRecordInfo populated with meta data about the table
 or view tablename. If no such table (or view) exists, an empty
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ information than the recordInfo() function which takes
 a table as parameter.
 
       
      See also TQSqlRecordInfo, TQSqlFieldInfo, and record().
 
-
      void TQSqlDatabase::registerSqlDriver ( const TQString & name, const TQSqlDriverCreatorBase * creator ) [static]
+
      void TQSqlDatabase::registerSqlDriver ( const TQString & name, const TQSqlDriverCreatorBase * creator ) [static]
 
      
 This function registers a new SQL driver called name, within
 the SQL framework. This is useful if you have a custom SQL driver
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ and don't want to compile it as a plugin.
 
       Warning: The framework takes ownership of the creator pointer,
 so it should not be deleted.
 
-
      void TQSqlDatabase::removeDatabase ( const TQString & connectionName ) [static]
+
      void TQSqlDatabase::removeDatabase ( const TQString & connectionName ) [static]
 
      
 Removes the database connection connectionName from the list of
 database connections.
@@ -464,32 +464,32 @@ transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also TQSqlDriver::hasFeature(), commit(), and transaction().
 
-
      void TQSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions ( const TQString & options = TQString::null )
+
      void TQSqlDatabase::setConnectOptions ( const TQString & options = TQString::null )
 
      Sets the database connect options to options.
 See the "connectOptions" property for details.
-
      void TQSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlDatabase::setDatabaseName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the name of the database to name.
 See the "databaseName" property for details.
-
      void TQSqlDatabase::setHostName ( const TQString & host ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlDatabase::setHostName ( const TQString & host ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the host name where the database resides to host.
 See the "hostName" property for details.
-
      void TQSqlDatabase::setPassword ( const TQString & password ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlDatabase::setPassword ( const TQString & password ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the password used to connect to the database to password.
 See the "password" property for details.
 
      void TQSqlDatabase::setPort ( int p ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the port used to connect to the database to p.
 See the "port" property for details.
-
      void TQSqlDatabase::setUserName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlDatabase::setUserName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
      Sets the user name connected to the database to name.
 See the "userName" property for details.
-
      TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::tables ( TQSql::TableType type ) const
+
      TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::tables ( TQSql::TableType type ) const
 
      
 Returns a list of the database's tables, system tables and views,
 as specified by the parameter type.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myDatabase.tables( TQSql::Tables | TQSql::Views );
+    TQStringList list = myDatabase.tables( TQSql::Tables | TQSql::Views );
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
  
 
 
      Example: sql/sqltable/main.cpp.
-
      TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::tables () const
+
      TQStringList TQSqlDatabase::tables () const
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Returns a list of the database's tables that are visible to the
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ function that takes a table type parameter.
 
       Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
      -    TQStringList list = myDatabase.tables();
+    TQStringList list = myDatabase.tables();
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -524,11 +524,11 @@ transactions. Returns TRUE if the operation succeeded; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also TQSqlDriver::hasFeature(), commit(), and rollback().
 
-
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::userName () const
+
      TQString TQSqlDatabase::userName () const
 
      Returns the user name connected to the database.
 See the "userName" property for details.
 
      Property Documentation
      
-
      TQString connectOptions
      
+
      TQString connectOptions
      
 
      This property holds the database connect options.
 
      The format of the options string is a semi-colon separated list of
 option names or option = value pairs. The options depend on the
@@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ prior to opening the database connection. Setting new options
 without re-opening the connection does nothing.
 
       
      See also 
 
      Set this property's value with setConnectOptions() and get this property's value with connectOptions().
-
      TQString databaseName
      
+
      TQString databaseName
      
 
      This property holds the name of the database.
 
      Note that the database name is the TNS Service Name for the TQOCI8
 (Oracle) driver.
@@ -631,12 +631,12 @@ entry in the ODBC manager:
 
       There is no default value.
 
 
      Set this property's value with setDatabaseName() and get this property's value with databaseName().
-
      TQString hostName
      
+
      TQString hostName
      
 
      This property holds the host name where the database resides.
 
      There is no default value.
 
 
      Set this property's value with setHostName() and get this property's value with hostName().
-
      TQString password
      
+
      TQString password
      
 
      This property holds the password used to connect to the database.
 
      There is no default value.
 
       Warning: This function stores the password in plain text within
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ avoid this behaviour.
 
      There is no default value.
 
 
      Set this property's value with setPort() and get this property's value with port().
-
      TQString userName
      
+
      TQString userName
      
 
      This property holds the user name connected to the database.
 
      There is no default value.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqldriver-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqldriver-h.html
index 0c9242d1b..30d0a40e3 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqldriver-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqldriver-h.html
@@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
 #include "tqptrdict.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "tqsqlerror.h"
 #include "tqsqlquery.h"
 #include "tqsqlfield.h"
 #include "tqsqlindex.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "tqmap.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqldriver.html b/doc/html/tqsqldriver.html
index 2a4d05b4c..573cce6c1 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqldriver.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqldriver.html
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The default implementation returns FALSE.
 reimplement this function and return a TQSqlQuery object
 appropriate for their database to the caller.
 
       
-
      TQString TQSqlDriver::formatValue ( const TQSqlField * field, bool trimStrings = FALSE ) const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQSqlDriver::formatValue ( const TQSqlField * field, bool trimStrings = FALSE ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a string representation of the field value for the
 database. This is used, for example, when constructing INSERT and
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ connection; otherwise returns FALSE.
 Returns a TQSqlError object which contains information about the
 last error that occurred on the database.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlDriver::nullText () const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQSqlDriver::nullText () const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a string representation of the NULL value for the
 database. This is used, for example, when constructing INSERT and
 UPDATE statements. The default implementation returns the string
 "NULL".
 
-
      bool TQSqlDriver::open ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null, const TQString & host = TQString::null, int port = -1 ) [pure virtual]
+
      bool TQSqlDriver::open ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user = TQString::null, const TQString & password = TQString::null, const TQString & host = TQString::null, int port = -1 ) [pure virtual]
 
      
 
 
       Derived classes must reimplement this abstract virtual function in
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ name user, password password, host host and port 
 
       
      See also setOpen().
 
 
       
-
      bool TQSqlDriver::open ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user, const TQString & password, const TQString & host, int port, const TQString & connOpts )
+
      bool TQSqlDriver::open ( const TQString & db, const TQString & user, const TQString & password, const TQString & host, int port, const TQString & connOpts )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Open a database connection on database db, using user name user, password password, host host, port port and
@@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ connection options connOpts.
 
       Returns TRUE on success and FALSE on failure.
 
       
      See also setOpen().
 
-
      TQSqlIndex TQSqlDriver::primaryIndex ( const TQString & tableName ) const [virtual]
+
      TQSqlIndex TQSqlDriver::primaryIndex ( const TQString & tableName ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns the primary index for table tableName. Returns an empty
 TQSqlIndex if the table doesn't have a primary index. The default
 implementation returns an empty index.
 
-
      TQSqlRecord TQSqlDriver::record ( const TQString & tableName ) const [virtual]
+
      TQSqlRecord TQSqlDriver::record ( const TQString & tableName ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a TQSqlRecord populated with the names of the fields in
 table tableName. If no such table exists, an empty record is
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
       Returns a TQSqlRecord populated with the names of the fields in the
 SQL query. The default implementation returns an empty record.
 
-
      TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDriver::recordInfo ( const TQString & tablename ) const [virtual]
+
      TQSqlRecordInfo TQSqlDriver::recordInfo ( const TQString & tablename ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a TQSqlRecordInfo object with meta data about the table tablename.
 
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ status of open(). Note that if e is TRUE the open s
 database is set to closed (i.e. isOpen() returns FALSE).
 
       
      See also open().
 
-
      TQStringList TQSqlDriver::tables ( const TQString & tableType ) const [virtual]
+
      TQStringList TQSqlDriver::tables ( const TQString & tableType ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a list of tables in the database. The default
 implementation returns an empty list.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin-h.html
index c5070e11e..940172db3 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_SQL
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin.html b/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin.html
index e46a63da8..568669ebe 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqldriverplugin.html
@@ -72,14 +72,14 @@ Destroys the SQL driver plugin.
 
       You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
 automatically when it is no longer used.
 
-
      TQSqlDriver * TQSqlDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & key ) [pure virtual]
+
      TQSqlDriver * TQSqlDriverPlugin::create ( const TQString & key ) [pure virtual]
 
      
 
 
       Creates and returns a TQSqlDriver object for the driver key key.
 The driver key is usually the class name of the required driver.
 
       
      See also keys().
 
-
      TQStringList TQSqlDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
+
      TQStringList TQSqlDriverPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
 
      
 
 
       Returns the list of drivers (keys) this plugin supports.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlerror-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlerror-h.html
index 025cd9c20..2dd243fa9 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlerror-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlerror-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQSQLERROR_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #if !defined( TQT_MODULE_SQL ) || defined( QT_LICENSE_PROFESSIONAL )
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlerror.html b/doc/html/tqsqlerror.html
index d1b84a21a..14336feb8 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlerror.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlerror.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ can be obtained using this class.
 
    14. TQSqlError::Unknown - unknown error
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQSqlError::TQSqlError ( const TQString & driverText = TQString::null, const TQString & databaseText = TQString::null, int type = TQSqlError::None, int number = -1 )
+
      TQSqlError::TQSqlError ( const TQString & driverText = TQString::null, const TQString & databaseText = TQString::null, int type = TQSqlError::None, int number = -1 )
 
      
 Constructs an error containing the driver error text driverText, the database-specific error text databaseText, the
 type type and the optional error number number.
@@ -89,12 +89,12 @@ Creates a copy of other.
 
      15. 
 Destroys the object and frees any allocated resources.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlError::databaseText () const
+
      TQString TQSqlError::databaseText () const
 
      
 Returns the text of the error as reported by the database. This
 may contain database-specific descriptions.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlError::driverText () const
+
      TQString TQSqlError::driverText () const
 
      
 Returns the text of the error as reported by the driver. This may
 contain database-specific descriptions.
@@ -108,11 +108,11 @@ determined.
 
 Sets the error equal to other.
 
-
      void TQSqlError::setDatabaseText ( const TQString & databaseText ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlError::setDatabaseText ( const TQString & databaseText ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the database error text to the value of databaseText.
 
-
      void TQSqlError::setDriverText ( const TQString & driverText ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlError::setDriverText ( const TQString & driverText ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the driver error text to the value of driverText.
 
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Sets the database-specific error number to number.
 
 Sets the error type to the value of type.
 
-
      void TQSqlError::showMessage ( const TQString & msg = TQString::null ) const
+
      void TQSqlError::showMessage ( const TQString & msg = TQString::null ) const
 
      
 This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
       This is a convenience function that pops up a TQMessageBox
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ can be passed in via the msg parameter, which will be
 concatenated with the text() message.
 
       
      See also text(), driverText(), and databaseText().
 
-
      TQString TQSqlError::text () const
+
      TQString TQSqlError::text () const
 
      
 This is a convenience function that returns databaseText() and
 driverText() concatenated into a single string.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlfield-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlfield-h.html
index a7b3f1403..f387ea513 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlfield-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlfield-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQSQLFIELD_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqvariant.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlfield.html b/doc/html/tqsqlfield.html
index e89721e25..63421544b 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlfield.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlfield.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ The previous example would normally be written:
 
      See also Database Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQSqlField::TQSqlField ( const TQString & fieldName = TQString::null, TQVariant::Type type = TQVariant::Invalid )
+
      TQSqlField::TQSqlField ( const TQString & fieldName = TQString::null, TQVariant::Type type = TQVariant::Invalid )
 
      
 Constructs an empty field called fieldName of type type.
 
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ FALSE.
 
       Returns TRUE if the field's value is read only; otherwise returns
 FALSE.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlField::name () const
+
      TQString TQSqlField::name () const
 
      
 
 
       Returns the name of the field.
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ properties are the same:
 
    15.  isReadOnly()
 
 
       
-
      void TQSqlField::setName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlField::setName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
      
 
 
       Sets the name of the field to name.
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Sets the value of the field to value. If the field is read-only
 (isReadOnly() returns TRUE), nothing happens. If the data type of
 value differs from the field's current data type, an attempt is
 made to cast it to the proper type. This preserves the data type
-of the field in the case of assignment, e.g. a TQString to an
+of the field in the case of assignment, e.g. a TQString to an
 integer data type. For example:
 
       
           TQSqlCursor cur( "Employee" );                 // 'Employee' table
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlfieldinfo.html b/doc/html/tqsqlfieldinfo.html
index 64909fb3b..aee8ced9b 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlfieldinfo.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlfieldinfo.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ using isRequired(), type(), See also Database Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQSqlFieldInfo::TQSqlFieldInfo ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, TQVariant::Type typ = TQVariant::Invalid, int required = -1, int len = -1, int prec = -1, const TQVariant & defValue = TQVariant ( ), int typeID = 0, bool generated = TRUE, bool trim = FALSE, bool calculated = FALSE )
+
      TQSqlFieldInfo::TQSqlFieldInfo ( const TQString & name = TQString::null, TQVariant::Type typ = TQVariant::Invalid, int required = -1, int len = -1, int prec = -1, const TQVariant & defValue = TQVariant ( ), int typeID = 0, bool generated = TRUE, bool trim = FALSE, bool calculated = FALSE )
 
      
 Constructs a TQSqlFieldInfo with the following parameters:
 
      
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ non-character fields some database systems return the number of
 bytes needed or the number of digits allowed. If the length cannot
 be determined -1 is returned.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlFieldInfo::name () const
+
      TQString TQSqlFieldInfo::name () const
 
      
 Returns the name of the field in the SQL table.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlform.html b/doc/html/tqsqlform.html
index 627b3977a..1e1877216 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlform.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlform.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Returns the number of widgets in the form.
 
 Returns the widget that field field is mapped to.
 
-
      void TQSqlForm::insert ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & field ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlForm::insert ( TQWidget * widget, const TQString & field ) [virtual]
 
      
 Inserts a widget, and the name of the field it is to be
 mapped to, into the form. To actually associate inserted widgets
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ fields they are mapped to.
 Removes a widget, and hence the field it's mapped to, from the
 form.
 
-
      void TQSqlForm::remove ( const TQString & field ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlForm::remove ( const TQString & field ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Removes field from the form.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlindex-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlindex-h.html
index fc30e1a31..9a3acb93a 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlindex-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlindex-h.html
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQSQLINDEX_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "tqsqlfield.h"
 #include "tqsqlrecord.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlindex.html b/doc/html/tqsqlindex.html
index 334fdb838..3dce2f7c9 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlindex.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlindex.html
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ TQSqlCursor.
 
      See also Database Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQSqlIndex::TQSqlIndex ( const TQString & cursorname = TQString::null, const TQString & name = TQString::null )
+
      TQSqlIndex::TQSqlIndex ( const TQString & cursorname = TQString::null, const TQString & name = TQString::null )
 
      
 Constructs an empty index using the cursor name cursorname and
 index name name.
@@ -99,12 +99,12 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 field is appended with an ascending sort order, unless desc is
 TRUE.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlIndex::cursorName () const
+
      TQString TQSqlIndex::cursorName () const
 
       Returns the name of the cursor which the index is associated with.
 
-
      TQSqlIndex TQSqlIndex::fromStringList ( const TQStringList & l, const TQSqlCursor * cursor ) [static]
+
      TQSqlIndex TQSqlIndex::fromStringList ( const TQStringList & l, const TQSqlCursor * cursor ) [static]
 
      
 Returns an index based on the field descriptions in l and the
 cursor cursor. The field descriptions should be in the same
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ in the people table might be in one of these forms: "surname",
 Returns TRUE if field i in the index is sorted in descending
 order; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlIndex::name () const
+
      TQString TQSqlIndex::name () const
 
       Returns the name of the index.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ order; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
 Sets the index equal to other.
 
-
      void TQSqlIndex::setCursorName ( const TQString & cursorName ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlIndex::setCursorName ( const TQString & cursorName ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the name of the cursor that the index is associated with to
 cursorName.
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ If desc is TRUE, field i is sorted in descending order.
 Otherwise, field i is sorted in ascending order (the default).
 If the field does not exist, nothing happens.
 
-
      void TQSqlIndex::setName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlIndex::setName ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the name of the index to name.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap-h.html
index 22ec16c5d..db3769f8b 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqvariant.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
 #ifndef TQT_NO_SQL_FORM
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap.html b/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap.html
index 9e351e40b..b762a25e6 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlpropertymap.html
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ necessary.
 
 Returns the application global TQSqlPropertyMap.
 
-
      void TQSqlPropertyMap::insert ( const TQString & classname, const TQString & property )
+
      void TQSqlPropertyMap::insert ( const TQString & classname, const TQString & property )
 
      
 Insert a new classname/property pair, which is used for custom SQL
 field editors. There must be a TQ_PROPERTY clause in the classname class declaration for the property.
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ inserting and extracting values to and from editors.
 
 Returns the mapped property of widget as a TQVariant.
 
-
      void TQSqlPropertyMap::remove ( const TQString & classname )
+
      void TQSqlPropertyMap::remove ( const TQString & classname )
 
      
 Removes classname from the map.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlquery-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlquery-h.html
index 06b6e7023..3476f79e0 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlquery-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlquery-h.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "tqobject.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqvariant.h"
 #include "tqvaluelist.h"
 #include "tqsqlerror.h"
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlquery.html b/doc/html/tqsqlquery.html
index d6624bbd3..dfffac41e 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlquery.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlquery.html
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ TQVariants.
 
       
           TQSqlQuery query( "SELECT name FROM customer" );
     while ( query.next() ) {
-        TQString name = query.value(0).toString();
+        TQString name = query.value(0).toString();
         doSomething( name );
     }
     
      
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ the out parameter.
 Creates a TQSqlQuery object which uses the TQSqlResultr to
 communicate with a database.
 
-
      TQSqlQuery::TQSqlQuery ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, TQSqlDatabase * db = 0 )
+
      TQSqlQuery::TQSqlQuery ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, TQSqlDatabase * db = 0 )
 
      
 Creates a TQSqlQuery object using the SQL query and the database
 db. If db is 0, (the default), the application's default
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Protected virtual function called before the internal record
 pointer is moved to a new record. The default implementation does
 nothing.
 
-
      void TQSqlQuery::bindValue ( const TQString & placeholder, const TQVariant & val, TQSql::ParameterType type )
+
      void TQSqlQuery::bindValue ( const TQString & placeholder, const TQVariant & val, TQSql::ParameterType type )
 
      
 Set the placeholder placeholder to be bound to value val in
 the prepared statement. Note that the placeholder mark (e.g :)
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ is TQSql::Out or exec() call.
 
       
      See also addBindValue(), prepare(), and exec().
 
-
      void TQSqlQuery::bindValue ( const TQString & placeholder, const TQVariant & val )
+
      void TQSqlQuery::bindValue ( const TQString & placeholder, const TQVariant & val )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Binds the placeholder with type TQSql::In.
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ is TQSql::Out or exec() call.
 
       
      See also addBindValue(), prepare(), and exec().
 
-
      TQVariant TQSqlQuery::boundValue ( const TQString & placeholder ) const
+
      TQVariant TQSqlQuery::boundValue ( const TQString & placeholder ) const
 
      
 Returns the value for the placeholder.
 
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Returns a map of the bound values.
 
 Returns the database driver associated with the query.
 
-
      bool TQSqlQuery::exec ( const TQString & query ) [virtual]
+
      bool TQSqlQuery::exec ( const TQString & query ) [virtual]
 
      
 Executes the SQL in query. Returns TRUE and sets the query
 state to active if the query was successful; otherwise returns
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 query executed successfully; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also prepare(), bindValue(), and addBindValue().
 
-
      TQString TQSqlQuery::executedQuery () const
+
      TQString TQSqlQuery::executedQuery () const
 
      
 Returns the last query that was executed.
 
       In most cases this function returns the same as lastQuery(). If a
@@ -432,9 +432,9 @@ Returns error information about the last error (if any) that
 occurred.
 
       
      See also TQSqlError.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlQuery::lastQuery () const
+
      TQString TQSqlQuery::lastQuery () const
 
      
-Returns the text of the current query being used, or TQString::null
+Returns the text of the current query being used, or TQString::null
 if there is no current query text.
 
       
      See also executedQuery().
 
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ query is not active (isActive() returns FALSE), -1 is re
 
 Assigns other to the query.
 
-
      bool TQSqlQuery::prepare ( const TQString & query )
+
      bool TQSqlQuery::prepare ( const TQString & query )
 
      
 Prepares the SQL query query for execution. The query may
 contain placeholders for binding values. Both Oracle style
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlrecord-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlrecord-h.html
index 262cc4e4e..c3d85ef06 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlrecord-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlrecord-h.html
@@ -77,8 +77,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQSQLRECORD_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "ntqvariant.h"
 #include "tqsqlfield.h"
 #endif // QT_H
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlrecord.html b/doc/html/tqsqlrecord.html
index 78ac9a199..344a0414c 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlrecord.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlrecord.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Removes all the record's fields.
 Clears the value of all fields in the record. If nullify is
 TRUE, (the default is FALSE), each field is set to NULL.
 
-
      bool TQSqlRecord::contains ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      bool TQSqlRecord::contains ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if there is a field in the record called name;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Returns the number of fields in the record.
 Returns the field at position i within the record, or 0 if it
 cannot be found.
 
-
      TQSqlField * TQSqlRecord::field ( const TQString & name )
+
      TQSqlField * TQSqlRecord::field ( const TQString & name )
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Returns the field called name within the record, or 0 if it
@@ -143,16 +143,16 @@ cannot be found. Field names are not case-sensitive.
 
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       
-
      const TQSqlField * TQSqlRecord::field ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      const TQSqlField * TQSqlRecord::field ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Returns the field called name within the record, or 0 if it
 cannot be found. Field names are not case-sensitive.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlRecord::fieldName ( int i ) const
+
      TQString TQSqlRecord::fieldName ( int i ) const
 
      
 Returns the name of the field at position i. If the field does
-not exist, TQString::null is returned.
+not exist, TQString::null is returned.
 
 
      void TQSqlRecord::insert ( int pos, const TQSqlField & field ) [virtual]
 
      
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ exists at pos, it is removed.
 Returns TRUE if there are no fields in the record; otherwise
 returns FALSE.
 
-
      bool TQSqlRecord::isGenerated ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      bool TQSqlRecord::isGenerated ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if the record has a field called name and this
 field is to be generated (the default); otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 field is to be generated (the default); otherwise returns FALSE.
 
       
      See also setGenerated().
 
-
      bool TQSqlRecord::isNull ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      bool TQSqlRecord::isNull ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns TRUE if the field called name is NULL or if there is no
 field called name; otherwise returns FALSE.
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ position i; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
 Sets the record equal to other.
 
-
      int TQSqlRecord::position ( const TQString & name ) const
+
      int TQSqlRecord::position ( const TQString & name ) const
 
      
 Returns the position of the field called name within the
 record, or -1 if it cannot be found. Field names are not
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Removes the field at pos. If pos does not exist, nothing
 happens.
 
 
      Reimplemented in TQSqlCursor.
-
      void TQSqlRecord::setGenerated ( const TQString & name, bool generated ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlRecord::setGenerated ( const TQString & name, bool generated ) [virtual]
 
      
 Sets the generated flag for the field called name to generated. If the field does not exist, nothing happens. Only
 fields that have generated set to TRUE are included in the SQL
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 Sets the value of field i to NULL. If the field does not exist,
 nothing happens.
 
-
      void TQSqlRecord::setNull ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlRecord::setNull ( const TQString & name ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Sets the value of the field called name to NULL. If the field
@@ -239,13 +239,13 @@ Sets the value of the field at position i to val. If the
 field does not exist, nothing happens.
 
 
      Examples: sql/overview/insert/main.cpp, sql/overview/insert2/main.cpp, sql/overview/subclass5/main.cpp, sql/overview/update/main.cpp, and sql/sqltable/main.cpp.
-
      void TQSqlRecord::setValue ( const TQString & name, const TQVariant & val ) [virtual]
+
      void TQSqlRecord::setValue ( const TQString & name, const TQVariant & val ) [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Sets the value of the field called name to val. If the field
 does not exist, nothing happens.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlRecord::toString ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null, const TQString & sep = "," ) const [virtual]
+
      TQString TQSqlRecord::toString ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null, const TQString & sep = "," ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a list of all the record's field names as a string
 separated by sep.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ generating SQL SELECT statements. If a prefix is specified,
 e.g. a table name, all fields are prefixed in the form:
 
       "prefix.<fieldname>"
 
-
      TQStringList TQSqlRecord::toStringList ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null ) const [virtual]
+
      TQStringList TQSqlRecord::toStringList ( const TQString & prefix = TQString::null ) const [virtual]
 
      
 Returns a list of all the record's field names, each having the
 prefix prefix.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ with a TQSqlCursor the sql/overview/update/main.cpp.
-
      TQVariant TQSqlRecord::value ( const TQString & name ) const [virtual]
+
      TQVariant TQSqlRecord::value ( const TQString & name ) const [virtual]
 
      
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
       Returns the value of the field called name in the record. If
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlrecordinfo.html b/doc/html/tqsqlrecordinfo.html
index 8dadf7d3a..475e6a106 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlrecordinfo.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlrecordinfo.html
@@ -72,12 +72,12 @@ field.
 Constructs a TQSqlRecordInfo object based on the fields in the
 TQSqlRecord other.
 
-
      size_type TQSqlRecordInfo::contains ( const TQString & fieldName ) const
+
      size_type TQSqlRecordInfo::contains ( const TQString & fieldName ) const
 
      
 Returns the number of times a field called fieldName occurs in
 the record. Returns 0 if no field by that name could be found.
 
-
      TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlRecordInfo::find ( const TQString & fieldName ) const
+
      TQSqlFieldInfo TQSqlRecordInfo::find ( const TQString & fieldName ) const
 
      
 Returns a TQSqlFieldInfo object for the first field in the record
 which has the field name fieldName. If no matching field is
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlresult-h.html b/doc/html/tqsqlresult-h.html
index 1c9a00c5a..735edbf0a 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlresult-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlresult-h.html
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQSQLRESULT_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include "ntqstring.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
 #include "ntqvariant.h"
 #include "tqsqlerror.h"
 #include "tqsqlfield.h"
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlresult.html b/doc/html/tqsqlresult.html
index 46fe310d9..06867f898 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlresult.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlresult.html
@@ -184,16 +184,16 @@ last record); otherwise returns FALSE.
 
 Returns the last error associated with the result.
 
-
      TQString TQSqlResult::lastQuery () const [protected]
+
      TQString TQSqlResult::lastQuery () const [protected]
 
      
-Returns the current SQL query text, or TQString::null if there is none.
+Returns the current SQL query text, or TQString::null if there is none.
 
 
      int TQSqlResult::numRowsAffected () [pure virtual protected]
 
       Returns the number of rows affected by the last query executed.
 
-
      bool TQSqlResult::reset ( const TQString & query ) [pure virtual protected]
+
      bool TQSqlResult::reset ( const TQString & query ) [pure virtual protected]
 
       Sets the result to use the SQL statement query for subsequent
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Protected function provided for derived classes to set the last
 error to the value of e.
 
       
      See also lastError().
 
-
      void TQSqlResult::setQuery ( const TQString & query ) [virtual protected]
+
      void TQSqlResult::setQuery ( const TQString & query ) [virtual protected]
 
      
 Sets the current query for the result to query. The result must
 be reset() in order to execute the query on the database.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqsqlselectcursor.html b/doc/html/tqsqlselectcursor.html
index 97a56fcc2..9e6a54240 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqsqlselectcursor.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqsqlselectcursor.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ support INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE operations.
 
      See also Database Classes.
 
 
      Member Function Documentation
      
-
      TQSqlSelectCursor::TQSqlSelectCursor ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, TQSqlDatabase * db = 0 )
+
      TQSqlSelectCursor::TQSqlSelectCursor ( const TQString & query = TQString::null, TQSqlDatabase * db = 0 )
 
      
 Constructs a read only cursor on database db using the query query.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstrilist-members.html b/doc/html/tqstrilist-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6d80924f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstrilist-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStrIList Member List
+
+
+
+
+
      
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
      
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      Complete Member List for TQStrIList
      
+
+
      This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQStrIList, including inherited members.
+
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstrilist.html b/doc/html/tqstrilist.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4ff19ac24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstrilist.html
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStrIList Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      TQStrIList Class Reference
      
+
+
      The TQStrIList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*
+with case-insensitive comparison.
+More...
+
      #include <tqstrlist.h>
+
      Inherits TQStrList.
+
      List of all member functions.
+
      Public Members
      
+
+
      Detailed Description
      
+
+
+The TQStrIList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*
+with case-insensitive comparison.
+
       
+
+
       This class is a TQPtrList<char> instance (a list of char*).
+
       TQStrIList is identical to TQStrList except that the virtual
+compareItems() function is reimplemented to compare strings
+case-insensitively. The inSort() function inserts strings in a
+sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert the strings as
+they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful when you just
+have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted list.
+
       The TQStrListIterator class works for TQStrIList.
+
       
      See also TQStringList, Collection Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
+
+
      Member Function Documentation
      
+
      TQStrIList::TQStrIList ( bool deepCopies = TRUE )
+
      
+
+
       Constructs a list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
+inserted strings if deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
+if deepCopies is FALSE.
+
+
      TQStrIList::~TQStrIList ()
+
      
+
+
       Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
+
+
+
      
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstring-h.html b/doc/html/tqstring-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..41e363323
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstring-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1160 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+tqstring.h Include File
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      tqstring.h
      
+
+
      This is the verbatim text of the tqstring.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
+
      
+
      +/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qt/tqstring.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
+**
+** Definition of the TQString class, and related Unicode functions.
+**
+** Created : 920609
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
+** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
+** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
+** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSTRING_H
+#define TQSTRING_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "ntqcstring.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+#include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
+#if defined ( Q_CC_MSVC_NET ) && _MSC_VER < 1310 // Avoids nasty warning for xlocale, line 450
+#  pragma warning ( push )
+#  pragma warning ( disable : 4189 )
+#  include <string>
+#  pragma warning ( pop )
+#else
+#  include <string>
+#endif
+#if defined(Q_WRONG_SB_CTYPE_MACROS) && defined(_SB_CTYPE_MACROS)
+#undef _SB_CTYPE_MACROS
+#endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQString class
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+class TQRegExp;
+class TQString;
+class TQCharRef;
+template <class T> class TQDeepCopy;
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQChar {
+public:
+    TQChar();
+    TQChar( char c );
+    TQChar( uchar c );
+    TQChar( uchar c, uchar r );
+    TQChar( const TQChar& c ); // ### remove in 4.0 to allow compiler optimization
+    TQChar( ushort rc );
+    TQChar( short rc );
+    TQChar( uint rc );
+    TQChar( int rc );
+
+    static const TQChar null;            // 0000
+    static const TQChar replacement;     // FFFD
+    static const TQChar byteOrderMark;     // FEFF
+    static const TQChar byteOrderSwapped;     // FFFE
+    static const TQChar nbsp;            // 00A0
+
+    // Unicode information
+
+    enum Category
+    {
+        NoCategory,
+
+        Mark_NonSpacing,          //   Mn
+        Mark_SpacingCombining,    //   Mc
+        Mark_Enclosing,           //   Me
+
+        Number_DecimalDigit,      //   Nd
+        Number_Letter,            //   Nl
+        Number_Other,             //   No
+
+        Separator_Space,          //   Zs
+        Separator_Line,           //   Zl
+        Separator_Paragraph,      //   Zp
+
+        Other_Control,            //   Cc
+        Other_Format,             //   Cf
+        Other_Surrogate,          //   Cs
+        Other_PrivateUse,         //   Co
+        Other_NotAssigned,        //   Cn
+
+        Letter_Uppercase,         //   Lu
+        Letter_Lowercase,         //   Ll
+        Letter_Titlecase,         //   Lt
+        Letter_Modifier,          //   Lm
+        Letter_Other,             //   Lo
+
+        Punctuation_Connector,    //   Pc
+        Punctuation_Dash,         //   Pd
+        Punctuation_Dask = Punctuation_Dash, // oops
+        Punctuation_Open,         //   Ps
+        Punctuation_Close,        //   Pe
+        Punctuation_InitialQuote, //   Pi
+        Punctuation_FinalQuote,   //   Pf
+        Punctuation_Other,        //   Po
+
+        Symbol_Math,              //   Sm
+        Symbol_Currency,          //   Sc
+        Symbol_Modifier,          //   Sk
+        Symbol_Other              //   So
+    };
+
+    enum Direction
+    {
+        DirL, DirR, DirEN, DirES, DirET, DirAN, DirCS, DirB, DirS, DirWS, DirON,
+        DirLRE, DirLRO, DirAL, DirRLE, DirRLO, DirPDF, DirNSM, DirBN
+    };
+
+    enum Decomposition
+    {
+        Single, Canonical, Font, NoBreak, Initial, Medial,
+        Final, Isolated, Circle, Super, Sub, Vertical,
+        Wide, Narrow, Small, Square, Compat, Fraction
+    };
+
+    enum Joining
+    {
+        OtherJoining, Dual, Right, Center
+    };
+
+    enum CombiningClass
+    {
+        Combining_BelowLeftAttached       = 200,
+        Combining_BelowAttached           = 202,
+        Combining_BelowRightAttached      = 204,
+        Combining_LeftAttached            = 208,
+        Combining_RightAttached           = 210,
+        Combining_AboveLeftAttached       = 212,
+        Combining_AboveAttached           = 214,
+        Combining_AboveRightAttached      = 216,
+
+        Combining_BelowLeft               = 218,
+        Combining_Below                   = 220,
+        Combining_BelowRight              = 222,
+        Combining_Left                    = 224,
+        Combining_Right                   = 226,
+        Combining_AboveLeft               = 228,
+        Combining_Above                   = 230,
+        Combining_AboveRight              = 232,
+
+        Combining_DoubleBelow             = 233,
+        Combining_DoubleAbove             = 234,
+        Combining_IotaSubscript           = 240
+    };
+
+    // ****** WHEN ADDING FUNCTIONS, CONSIDER ADDING TO TQCharRef TOO
+
+    int digitValue() const;
+    TQChar lower() const;
+    TQChar upper() const;
+
+    Category category() const;
+    Direction direction() const;
+    Joining joining() const;
+    bool mirrored() const;
+    TQChar mirroredChar() const;
+    const TQString &decomposition() const; // ### return just TQString in 4.0
+    Decomposition decompositionTag() const;
+    unsigned char combiningClass() const;
+
+    char latin1() const { return ucs > 0xff ? 0 : (char) ucs; }
+    ushort unicode() const { return ucs; }
+#ifdef Q_NO_PACKED_REFERENCE
+    ushort &unicode() { return *(&ucs); }
+#else
+    ushort &unicode() { return ucs; }
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    // like all ifdef'd code this is undocumented
+    operator char() const { return latin1(); }
+#endif
+
+    bool isNull() const { return unicode()==0; }
+    bool isPrint() const;
+    bool isPunct() const;
+    bool isSpace() const;
+    bool isMark() const;
+    bool isLetter() const;
+    bool isNumber() const;
+    bool isLetterOrNumber() const;
+    bool isDigit() const;
+    bool isSymbol() const;
+
+    uchar cell() const { return ((uchar) ucs & 0xff); }
+    uchar row() const { return ((uchar) (ucs>>8)&0xff); }
+    void setCell( uchar cell ) { ucs = (ucs & 0xff00) + cell; }
+    void setRow( uchar row ) { ucs = (((ushort) row)<<8) + (ucs&0xff); }
+
+    static bool networkOrdered() {
+	int wordSize;
+	bool bigEndian = FALSE;
+	tqSysInfo( &wordSize, &bigEndian );
+	return bigEndian;
+    }
+
+    friend inline bool operator==( char ch, TQChar c );
+    friend inline bool operator==( TQChar c, char ch );
+    friend inline bool operator==( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 );
+    friend inline bool operator!=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 );
+    friend inline bool operator!=( char ch, TQChar c );
+    friend inline bool operator!=( TQChar c, char ch );
+    friend inline bool operator<=( TQChar c, char ch );
+    friend inline bool operator<=( char ch, TQChar c );
+    friend inline bool operator<=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 );
+
+private:
+    ushort ucs;
+#if defined(QT_QSTRING_UCS_4)
+    ushort grp;
+#endif
+} TQ_PACKED;
+
+inline TQChar::TQChar() : ucs( 0 )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( 0 )
+#endif
+{
+}
+inline TQChar::TQChar( char c ) : ucs( (uchar)c )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( 0 )
+#endif
+{
+}
+inline TQChar::TQChar( uchar c ) : ucs( c )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( 0 )
+#endif
+{
+}
+inline TQChar::TQChar( uchar c, uchar r ) : ucs( (r << 8) | c )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( 0 )
+#endif
+{
+}
+inline TQChar::TQChar( const TQChar& c ) : ucs( c.ucs )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+   , grp( c.grp )
+#endif
+{
+}
+
+inline TQChar::TQChar( ushort rc ) : ucs( rc )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( 0 )
+#endif
+{
+}
+inline TQChar::TQChar( short rc ) : ucs( (ushort) rc )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( 0 )
+#endif
+{
+}
+inline TQChar::TQChar( uint rc ) : ucs(  (ushort ) (rc & 0xffff) )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( (ushort) ((rc >> 16) & 0xffff) )
+#endif
+{
+}
+inline TQChar::TQChar( int rc ) : ucs( (ushort) (rc & 0xffff) )
+#ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
+    , grp( (ushort) ((rc >> 16) & 0xffff) )
+#endif
+{
+}
+
+inline bool operator==( char ch, TQChar c )
+{
+    return ((uchar) ch) == c.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator==( TQChar c, char ch )
+{
+    return ((uchar) ch) == c.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator==( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
+{
+    return c1.ucs == c2.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator!=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
+{
+    return c1.ucs != c2.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator!=( char ch, TQChar c )
+{
+    return ((uchar)ch) != c.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator!=( TQChar c, char ch )
+{
+    return ((uchar) ch) != c.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator<=( TQChar c, char ch )
+{
+    return c.ucs <= ((uchar) ch);
+}
+
+inline bool operator<=( char ch, TQChar c )
+{
+    return ((uchar) ch) <= c.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator<=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
+{
+    return c1.ucs <= c2.ucs;
+}
+
+inline bool operator>=( TQChar c, char ch ) { return ch <= c; }
+inline bool operator>=( char ch, TQChar c ) { return c <= ch; }
+inline bool operator>=( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 ) { return c2 <= c1; }
+inline bool operator<( TQChar c, char ch ) { return !(ch<=c); }
+inline bool operator<( char ch, TQChar c ) { return !(c<=ch); }
+inline bool operator<( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 ) { return !(c2<=c1); }
+inline bool operator>( TQChar c, char ch ) { return !(ch>=c); }
+inline bool operator>( char ch, TQChar c ) { return !(c>=ch); }
+inline bool operator>( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 ) { return !(c2>=c1); }
+
+// internal
+struct TQ_EXPORT TQStringData : public TQShared {
+    TQStringData() :
+        TQShared(), unicode(0), ascii(0), len(0), issimpletext(TRUE), maxl(0), islatin1(FALSE) { ref(); }
+    TQStringData(TQChar *u, uint l, uint m) :
+        TQShared(), unicode(u), ascii(0), len(l), issimpletext(FALSE), maxl(m), islatin1(FALSE) { }
+    ~TQStringData() { if ( unicode ) delete[] ((char*)unicode);
+                     if ( ascii ) delete[] ascii; }
+
+    void deleteSelf();
+    TQChar *unicode;
+    char *ascii;
+    void setDirty() {
+	if ( ascii ) {
+	    delete [] ascii;
+	    ascii = 0;
+	}
+	issimpletext = FALSE;
+    }
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC9
+    uint len;
+#else
+    uint len : 30;
+#endif
+    uint issimpletext : 1;
+#ifdef Q_OS_MAC9
+    uint maxl;
+#else
+    uint maxl : 30;
+#endif
+    uint islatin1 : 1;
+
+private:
+#if defined(TQ_DISABLE_COPY)
+    TQStringData( const TQStringData& );
+    TQStringData& operator=( const TQStringData& );
+#endif
+};
+
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQString
+{
+public:
+    TQString();                                  // make null string
+    TQString( TQChar );                           // one-char string
+    TQString( const TQString & );                 // impl-shared copy
+    TQString( const TQByteArray& );               // deep copy
+    TQString( const TQChar* unicode, uint length ); // deep copy
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString( const char *str );                 // deep copy
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
+    TQString( const std::string& );                   // deep copy
+#endif
+    ~TQString();
+
+    TQString    &operator=( const TQString & );   // impl-shared copy
+    TQString    &operator=( const char * );      // deep copy
+#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
+    TQString    &operator=( const std::string& );     // deep copy
+#endif
+    TQString    &operator=( const TQCString& );   // deep copy
+    TQString    &operator=( TQChar c );
+    TQString    &operator=( char c );
+
+    static const TQString null;
+
+    bool        isNull()        const;
+    bool        isEmpty()       const;
+    uint        length()        const;
+    void        truncate( uint pos );
+
+    TQString &   fill( TQChar c, int len = -1 );
+
+    TQString     copy()  const;
+
+    TQString arg( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldwidth=0, int base=10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldwidth=0, int base=10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const;
+    TQString arg( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g',
+		 int prec = -1 ) const;
+    TQString arg( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const;
+    TQString arg( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const;
+    TQString arg( const TQString& a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const;
+    TQString arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2 ) const;
+    TQString arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
+		 const TQString& a3 ) const;
+    TQString arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2, const TQString& a3,
+		 const TQString& a4 ) const;
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_SPRINTF
+    TQString    &sprintf( const char* format, ... )
+#if defined(Q_CC_GNU) && !defined(__INSURE__)
+        __attribute__ ((format (printf, 2, 3)))
+#endif
+        ;
+#endif
+
+    int         find( TQChar c, int index=0, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
+    int         find( char c, int index=0, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
+    int         find( const TQString &str, int index=0, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
+    int         find( const TQRegExp &, int index=0 ) const;
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    int         find( const char* str, int index=0 ) const;
+#endif
+    int         findRev( TQChar c, int index=-1, bool cs=TRUE) const;
+    int         findRev( char c, int index=-1, bool cs=TRUE) const;
+    int         findRev( const TQString &str, int index=-1, bool cs=TRUE) const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
+    int         findRev( const TQRegExp &, int index=-1 ) const;
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    int         findRev( const char* str, int index=-1 ) const;
+#endif
+    int         contains( TQChar c, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
+    int         contains( char c, bool cs=TRUE ) const
+                    { return contains(TQChar(c), cs); }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    int         contains( const char* str, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
+#endif
+    int         contains( const TQString &str, bool cs=TRUE ) const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
+    int         contains( const TQRegExp & ) const;
+#endif
+
+    enum SectionFlags {
+	SectionDefault             = 0x00,
+	SectionSkipEmpty           = 0x01,
+	SectionIncludeLeadingSep   = 0x02,
+	SectionIncludeTrailingSep  = 0x04,
+	SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps = 0x08
+    };
+    TQString     section( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
+    TQString     section( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString      section( const char *in_sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
+#endif
+    TQString     section( const TQString &in_sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
+    TQString     section( const TQRegExp &reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const;
+#endif
+
+    TQString     left( uint len )  const;
+    TQString     right( uint len ) const;
+    TQString     mid( uint index, uint len=0xffffffff) const;
+
+    TQString     leftJustify( uint width, TQChar fill=' ', bool trunc=FALSE)const;
+    TQString     rightJustify( uint width, TQChar fill=' ',bool trunc=FALSE)const;
+
+    TQString     lower() const;
+    TQString     upper() const;
+
+    TQString     stripWhiteSpace()       const;
+    TQString     simplifyWhiteSpace()    const;
+
+    TQString    &insert( uint index, const TQString & );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString    &insert( uint index, const TQByteArray & );
+    TQString    &insert( uint index, const char * );
+#endif
+    TQString    &insert( uint index, const TQChar*, uint len );
+    TQString    &insert( uint index, TQChar );
+    TQString    &insert( uint index, char c ) { return insert(index,TQChar(c)); }
+    TQString    &append( char );
+    TQString    &append( TQChar );
+    TQString    &append( const TQString & );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString    &append( const TQByteArray & );
+    TQString    &append( const char * );
+#endif
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_STL) && !defined(TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII)
+    TQString    &append( const std::string& );
+#endif
+    TQString    &prepend( char );
+    TQString    &prepend( TQChar );
+    TQString    &prepend( const TQString & );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString    &prepend( const TQByteArray & );
+    TQString    &prepend( const char * );
+#endif
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_STL) && !defined(TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII)
+    TQString    &prepend( const std::string& );
+#endif
+    TQString    &remove( uint index, uint len );
+#if defined(Q_QDOC)
+    TQString    &remove( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE );
+#else
+    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
+    TQString    &remove( const TQString & );
+    TQString    &remove( const TQString &, bool cs );
+#endif
+    TQString    &remove( TQChar c );
+    TQString    &remove( char c )
+    { return remove( TQChar(c) ); }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString    &remove( const char * );
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
+    TQString    &remove( const TQRegExp & );
+#endif
+    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, const TQString & );
+    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, const TQChar*, uint clen );
+    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, TQChar );
+    TQString    &replace( uint index, uint len, char c )
+    { return replace( index, len, TQChar(c) ); }
+#if defined(Q_QDOC)
+    TQString    &replace( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE );
+    TQString    &replace( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE );
+    TQString    &replace( const TQString & before, const TQString & after,
+			 bool cs = TRUE );
+#else
+    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
+    TQString    &replace( TQChar c, const TQString & );
+    TQString    &replace( TQChar c, const TQString &, bool );
+
+    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
+    TQString    &replace( char c, const TQString & after )
+    { return replace( TQChar(c), after, TRUE ); }
+    TQString    &replace( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs )
+    { return replace( TQChar(c), after, cs ); }
+
+    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
+    TQString    &replace( const TQString &, const TQString & );
+    TQString    &replace( const TQString &, const TQString &, bool );
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
+    TQString    &replace( const TQRegExp &, const TQString & );
+#endif
+    TQString    &replace( TQChar, TQChar );
+
+    short       toShort( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )      const;
+    ushort      toUShort( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )     const;
+    int         toInt( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )        const;
+    uint        toUInt( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )       const;
+    long        toLong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )       const;
+    ulong       toULong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )      const;
+    TQ_LLONG     toLongLong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )   const;
+    TQ_ULLONG    toULongLong( bool *ok=0, int base=10 )  const;
+    float       toFloat( bool *ok=0 )   const;
+    double      toDouble( bool *ok=0 )  const;
+
+    TQString    &setNum( short, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( ushort, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( int, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( uint, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( long, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( ulong, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( TQ_LLONG, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( TQ_ULLONG, int base=10 );
+    TQString    &setNum( float, char f='g', int prec=6 );
+    TQString    &setNum( double, char f='g', int prec=6 );
+
+    static TQString number( long, int base=10 );
+    static TQString number( ulong, int base=10);
+    static TQString number( TQ_LLONG, int base=10 );
+    static TQString number( TQ_ULLONG, int base=10);
+    static TQString number( int, int base=10 );
+    static TQString number( uint, int base=10);
+    static TQString number( double, char f='g', int prec=6 );
+
+    void        setExpand( uint index, TQChar c );
+
+    TQString    &operator+=( const TQString &str );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString    &operator+=( const TQByteArray &str );
+    TQString    &operator+=( const char *str );
+#endif
+#if !defined(TQT_NO_STL) && !defined(TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII)
+    TQString    &operator+=( const std::string& );
+#endif
+    TQString    &operator+=( TQChar c );
+    TQString    &operator+=( char c );
+
+    TQChar at( uint i ) const
+        { return i < d->len ? d->unicode[i] : TQChar::null; }
+    TQChar operator[]( int i ) const { return at((uint)i); }
+    TQCharRef at( uint i );
+    TQCharRef operator[]( int i );
+
+    TQChar constref(uint i) const
+        { return at(i); }
+    TQChar& ref(uint i)
+        { // Optimized for easy-inlining by simple compilers.
+            if ( d->count != 1 || i >= d->len )
+                subat( i );
+            d->setDirty();
+            return d->unicode[i];
+        }
+
+    const TQChar* unicode() const { return d->unicode; }
+    const char* ascii() const;
+    static TQString fromAscii(const char*, int len=-1);
+    const char* latin1() const;
+    static TQString fromLatin1(const char*, int len=-1);
+    TQCString utf8() const;
+    static TQString fromUtf8(const char*, int len=-1);
+    TQCString local8Bit() const;
+    static TQString fromLocal8Bit(const char*, int len=-1);
+    bool operator!() const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_ASCII_CAST
+    operator const char *() const { return ascii(); }
+#endif
+#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
+    operator std::string() const { return ascii() ? ascii() : ""; }
+#endif
+
+    static TQString fromUcs2( const unsigned short *ucs2 );
+    const unsigned short *ucs2() const;
+
+    TQString &setUnicode( const TQChar* unicode, uint len );
+    TQString &setUnicodeCodes( const ushort* unicode_as_ushorts, uint len );
+    TQString &setAscii( const char*, int len=-1 );
+    TQString &setLatin1( const char*, int len=-1 );
+
+    int compare( const TQString& s ) const;
+    static int compare( const TQString& s1, const TQString& s2 )
+    { return s1.compare( s2 ); }
+
+    int localeAwareCompare( const TQString& s ) const;
+    static int localeAwareCompare( const TQString& s1, const TQString& s2 )
+    { return s1.localeAwareCompare( s2 ); }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    friend TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQString & );
+#endif
+
+    void compose();
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_COMPAT
+    const char* data() const { return ascii(); }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(Q_QDOC)
+    bool startsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs = TRUE ) const;
+    bool endsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs = TRUE ) const;
+#else
+    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
+    bool startsWith( const TQString& str ) const;
+    bool startsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs ) const;
+
+    // ### TQt 4.0: merge these two into one, and remove Q_QDOC hack
+    bool endsWith( const TQString& str ) const;
+    bool endsWith( const TQString& str, bool cs ) const;
+#endif
+
+    void setLength( uint newLength );
+
+    uint capacity() const;
+    void reserve( uint minCapacity );
+    void squeeze();
+
+    bool simpleText() const { if ( !d->issimpletext ) checkSimpleText(); return (bool)d->issimpletext; }
+    bool isRightToLeft() const;
+
+
+private:
+    TQString( int size, bool /* dummy */ );	// allocate size incl. \0
+
+    void deref();
+    void real_detach();
+    void subat( uint );
+    TQString multiArg( int numArgs, const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
+		      const TQString& a3 = TQString::null,
+		      const TQString& a4 = TQString::null ) const;
+
+    void checkSimpleText() const;
+    void grow( uint newLength );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQString &insertHelper( uint index, const char *s, uint len=UINT_MAX );
+    TQString &operatorPlusEqHelper( const char *s, uint len2=UINT_MAX );
+#endif
+
+    static TQChar* latin1ToUnicode( const char*, uint * len, uint maxlen=(uint)-1 );
+    static TQChar* latin1ToUnicode( const TQByteArray&, uint * len );
+    static char* unicodeToLatin1( const TQChar*, uint len );
+
+    TQStringData *d;
+    static TQStringData* shared_null;
+    static TQStringData* makeSharedNull();
+
+    friend class TQConstString;
+    friend class TQTextStream;
+    TQString( TQStringData* dd, bool /* dummy */ ) : d(dd) { }
+
+    // needed for TQDeepCopy
+    void detach();
+    friend class TQDeepCopy<TQString>;
+};
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQCharRef {
+    friend class TQString;
+    TQString& s;
+    uint p;
+    TQCharRef(TQString* str, uint pos) : s(*str), p(pos) { }
+
+public:
+    // most TQChar operations repeated here
+
+    // all this is not documented: We just say "like TQChar" and let it be.
+#ifndef Q_QDOC
+    ushort unicode() const { return s.constref(p).unicode(); }
+    char latin1() const { return s.constref(p).latin1(); }
+
+    // An operator= for each TQChar cast constructors
+    TQCharRef operator=(char c ) { s.ref(p)=c; return *this; }
+    TQCharRef operator=(uchar c ) { s.ref(p)=c; return *this; }
+    TQCharRef operator=(TQChar c ) { s.ref(p)=c; return *this; }
+    TQCharRef operator=(const TQCharRef& c ) { s.ref(p)=c.unicode(); return *this; }
+    TQCharRef operator=(ushort rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
+    TQCharRef operator=(short rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
+    TQCharRef operator=(uint rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
+    TQCharRef operator=(int rc ) { s.ref(p)=rc; return *this; }
+
+    operator TQChar () const { return s.constref(p); }
+
+    // each function...
+    bool isNull() const { return unicode()==0; }
+    bool isPrint() const { return s.constref(p).isPrint(); }
+    bool isPunct() const { return s.constref(p).isPunct(); }
+    bool isSpace() const { return s.constref(p).isSpace(); }
+    bool isMark() const { return s.constref(p).isMark(); }
+    bool isLetter() const { return s.constref(p).isLetter(); }
+    bool isNumber() const { return s.constref(p).isNumber(); }
+    bool isLetterOrNumber() { return s.constref(p).isLetterOrNumber(); }
+    bool isDigit() const { return s.constref(p).isDigit(); }
+
+    int digitValue() const { return s.constref(p).digitValue(); }
+    TQChar lower() const { return s.constref(p).lower(); }
+    TQChar upper() const { return s.constref(p).upper(); }
+
+    TQChar::Category category() const { return s.constref(p).category(); }
+    TQChar::Direction direction() const { return s.constref(p).direction(); }
+    TQChar::Joining joining() const { return s.constref(p).joining(); }
+    bool mirrored() const { return s.constref(p).mirrored(); }
+    TQChar mirroredChar() const { return s.constref(p).mirroredChar(); }
+    const TQString &decomposition() const { return s.constref(p).decomposition(); }
+    TQChar::Decomposition decompositionTag() const { return s.constref(p).decompositionTag(); }
+    unsigned char combiningClass() const { return s.constref(p).combiningClass(); }
+
+    // Not the non-const ones of these.
+    uchar cell() const { return s.constref(p).cell(); }
+    uchar row() const { return s.constref(p).row(); }
+#endif
+};
+
+inline TQCharRef TQString::at( uint i ) { return TQCharRef(this,i); }
+inline TQCharRef TQString::operator[]( int i ) { return at((uint)i); }
+
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQConstString : private TQString {
+public:
+    TQConstString( const TQChar* unicode, uint length );
+    ~TQConstString();
+    const TQString& string() const { return *this; }
+};
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQString stream functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQString & );
+TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQString & );
+#endif
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQString inline functions
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+// These two move code into makeSharedNull() and deletesData()
+// to improve cache-coherence (and reduce code bloat), while
+// keeping the common cases fast.
+//
+// No safe way to pre-init shared_null on ALL compilers/linkers.
+inline TQString::TQString() :
+    d(shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull())
+{
+    d->ref();
+}
+//
+inline TQString::~TQString()
+{
+    if ( d->deref() ) {
+        if ( d != shared_null )
+	    d->deleteSelf();
+    }
+}
+
+// needed for TQDeepCopy
+inline void TQString::detach()
+{ real_detach(); }
+
+inline TQString TQString::section( TQChar sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
+{ return section(TQString(sep), start, end, flags); }
+
+inline TQString TQString::section( char sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
+{ return section(TQChar(sep), start, end, flags); }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+inline TQString TQString::section( const char *in_sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
+{ return section(TQString(in_sep), start, end, flags); }
+#endif
+
+inline TQString &TQString::operator=( TQChar c )
+{ *this = TQString(c); return *this; }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::operator=( char c )
+{ *this = TQString(TQChar(c)); return *this; }
+
+inline bool TQString::isNull() const
+{ return unicode() == 0; }
+
+inline bool TQString::operator!() const
+{ return isNull(); }
+
+inline uint TQString::length() const
+{ return d->len; }
+
+inline uint TQString::capacity() const
+{ return d->maxl; }
+
+inline bool TQString::isEmpty() const
+{ return length() == 0; }
+
+inline TQString TQString::copy() const
+{ return TQString( *this ); }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+inline TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const char *s )
+{ return insertHelper( index, s ); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::insert( uint index, const TQByteArray &s )
+{
+    int pos = s.find( 0 );
+    return insertHelper( index, s, pos==-1 ? s.size() : pos );
+}
+#endif
+
+inline TQString &TQString::prepend( const TQString & s )
+{ return insert(0,s); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::prepend( TQChar c )
+{ return insert(0,c); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::prepend( char c )
+{ return insert(0,c); }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+inline TQString &TQString::prepend( const TQByteArray & s )
+{ return insert(0,s); }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+inline TQString &TQString::operator+=( const TQByteArray &s )
+{
+    int pos = s.find( 0 );
+    return operatorPlusEqHelper( s, pos==-1 ? s.size() : pos );
+}
+#endif
+
+inline TQString &TQString::append( const TQString & s )
+{ return operator+=(s); }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+inline TQString &TQString::append( const TQByteArray &s )
+{ return operator+=(s); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::append( const char * s )
+{ return operator+=(s); }
+#endif
+
+inline TQString &TQString::append( TQChar c )
+{ return operator+=(c); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::append( char c )
+{ return operator+=(c); }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
+inline TQString &TQString::operator=( const std::string& str )
+{ return operator=(str.c_str()); }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+inline TQString &TQString::operator+=( const std::string& s )
+{ return operator+=(s.c_str()); }
+inline TQString &TQString::append( const std::string& s )
+{ return operator+=(s); }
+inline TQString &TQString::prepend( const std::string& s )
+{ return insert(0, s); }
+#endif
+#endif
+
+inline TQString &TQString::setNum( short n, int base )
+{ return setNum((TQ_LLONG)n, base); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::setNum( ushort n, int base )
+{ return setNum((TQ_ULLONG)n, base); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::setNum( int n, int base )
+{ return setNum((TQ_LLONG)n, base); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::setNum( uint n, int base )
+{ return setNum((TQ_ULLONG)n, base); }
+
+inline TQString &TQString::setNum( float n, char f, int prec )
+{ return setNum((double)n,f,prec); }
+
+inline TQString TQString::arg( int a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
+{ return arg( (TQ_LLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
+
+inline TQString TQString::arg( uint a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
+{ return arg( (TQ_ULLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
+
+inline TQString TQString::arg( short a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
+{ return arg( (TQ_LLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
+
+inline TQString TQString::arg( ushort a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
+{ return arg( (TQ_ULLONG)a, fieldWidth, base ); }
+
+inline TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2 ) const {
+    return multiArg( 2, a1, a2 );
+}
+
+inline TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
+			     const TQString& a3 ) const {
+    return multiArg( 3, a1, a2, a3 );
+}
+
+inline TQString TQString::arg( const TQString& a1, const TQString& a2,
+			     const TQString& a3, const TQString& a4 ) const {
+    return multiArg( 4, a1, a2, a3, a4 );
+}
+
+inline int TQString::find( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
+{ return find(TQChar(c), index, cs); }
+
+inline int TQString::findRev( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
+{ return findRev( TQChar(c), index, cs ); }
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+inline int TQString::find( const char* str, int index ) const
+{ return find(TQString::fromAscii(str), index); }
+
+inline int TQString::findRev( const char* str, int index ) const
+{ return findRev(TQString::fromAscii(str), index); }
+#endif
+
+
+/*****************************************************************************
+  TQString non-member operators
+ *****************************************************************************/
+
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator<( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator<=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator>( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator>=( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator!=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator<( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator<=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator==( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator>( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator>=( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator!=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator<( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator<=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator==( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
+//TQ_EXPORT bool operator>( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 ); // MSVC++
+TQ_EXPORT bool operator>=( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 );
+#endif
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, const TQString &s2 )
+{
+    TQString tmp( s1 );
+    tmp += s2;
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, const char *s2 )
+{
+    TQString tmp( s1 );
+    tmp += TQString::fromAscii(s2);
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const char *s1, const TQString &s2 )
+{
+    TQString tmp = TQString::fromAscii( s1 );
+    tmp += s2;
+    return tmp;
+}
+#endif
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, TQChar c2 )
+{
+    TQString tmp( s1 );
+    tmp += c2;
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( const TQString &s1, char c2 )
+{
+    TQString tmp( s1 );
+    tmp += c2;
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( TQChar c1, const TQString &s2 )
+{
+    TQString tmp;
+    tmp += c1;
+    tmp += s2;
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+( char c1, const TQString &s2 )
+{
+    TQString tmp;
+    tmp += c1;
+    tmp += s2;
+    return tmp;
+}
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_STL
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+(const TQString& s1, const std::string& s2)
+{
+    return s1 + TQString(s2);
+}
+
+TQ_EXPORT inline const TQString operator+(const std::string& s1, const TQString& s2)
+{
+    TQString tmp(s2);
+    return TQString(tmp.prepend(s1));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
+extern TQ_EXPORT TQString qt_winTQString(void*);
+extern TQ_EXPORT const void* qt_winTchar(const TQString& str, bool addnul);
+extern TQ_EXPORT void* qt_winTchar_new(const TQString& str);
+extern TQ_EXPORT TQCString qt_winTQString2MB( const TQString& s, int len=-1 );
+extern TQ_EXPORT TQString qt_winMB2TQString( const char* mb, int len=-1 );
+#endif
+
+#define Q_DEFINED_QSTRING
+#include "ntqwinexport.h"
+#endif // TQSTRING_H
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstring-members.html b/doc/html/tqstring-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9edfb1409
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstring-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQString Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      Complete Member List for TQString
      
+
+
      This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQString, including inherited members.
+
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstring.html b/doc/html/tqstring.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..865dbdae0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstring.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2440 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQString Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      TQString Class Reference
      
+
+
      The TQString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text
+and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array.
+More...
+
      All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
      
+
      #include <tqstring.h>
+
      List of all member functions.
+
      Public Members
      
+
        
+
      • TQString ()
        • 
+
      • TQString ( TQChar ch )
        • 
+
      • TQString ( const TQString & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString ( const TQByteArray & ba )
        • 
+
      • TQString ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )
        • 
+
      • TQString ( const char * str )
        • 
+
      • TQString ( const std::string & str )
        • 
+
      • ~TQString ()
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator= ( const TQString & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator= ( const char * str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator= ( const std::string & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator= ( const TQCString & cstr )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator= ( TQChar c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator= ( char c )
        • 
+
      • bool isNull () const
        • 
+
      • bool isEmpty () const
        • 
+
      • uint length () const
        • 
+
      • void truncate ( uint newLen )
        • 
+
      • TQString & fill ( TQChar c, int len = -1 )
        • 
+
      • TQString copy () const  (obsolete)
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( const TQString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3, const TQString & a4 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString & sprintf ( const char * cformat, ... )
        • 
+
      • int find ( TQChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int find ( char c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int find ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int find ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = 0 ) const
        • 
+
      • int find ( const char * str, int index = 0 ) const
        • 
+
      • int findRev ( TQChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int findRev ( const TQString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int findRev ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = -1 ) const
        • 
+
      • int findRev ( const char * str, int index = -1 ) const
        • 
+
      • int contains ( TQChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int contains ( char c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int contains ( const char * str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int contains ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • int contains ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
        • 
+
      • enum SectionFlags { SectionDefault = 0x00, SectionSkipEmpty = 0x01, SectionIncludeLeadingSep = 0x02, SectionIncludeTrailingSep = 0x04, SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps = 0x08 }
        • 
+
      • TQString section ( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString section ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString section ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString section ( const TQString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString section ( const TQRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString left ( uint len ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString right ( uint len ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString mid ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString leftJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString rightJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString lower () const
        • 
+
      • TQString upper () const
        • 
+
      • TQString stripWhiteSpace () const
        • 
+
      • TQString simplifyWhiteSpace () const
        • 
+
      • TQString & insert ( uint index, const TQString & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & insert ( uint index, const TQByteArray & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & insert ( uint index, const char * s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & insert ( uint index, const TQChar * s, uint len )
        • 
+
      • TQString & insert ( uint index, TQChar c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & insert ( uint index, char c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & append ( char ch )
        • 
+
      • TQString & append ( TQChar ch )
        • 
+
      • TQString & append ( const TQString & str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & append ( const TQByteArray & str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & append ( const char * str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & append ( const std::string & str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & prepend ( char ch )
        • 
+
      • TQString & prepend ( TQChar ch )
        • 
+
      • TQString & prepend ( const TQString & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & prepend ( const TQByteArray & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & prepend ( const char * s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & prepend ( const std::string & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & remove ( uint index, uint len )
        • 
+
      • TQString & remove ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE )
        • 
+
      • TQString & remove ( TQChar c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & remove ( char c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & remove ( const char * str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & remove ( const TQRegExp & rx )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQString & s )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQChar * s, uint slen )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, TQChar c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( uint index, uint len, char c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
        • 
+
      • TQString & replace ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
        • 
+
      • short toShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • ushort toUShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • int toInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • uint toUInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • long toLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • ulong toULong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQ_LLONG toLongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQ_ULLONG toULongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
        • 
+
      • float toFloat ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
        • 
+
      • double toDouble ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( short n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( ushort n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( int n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( uint n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( long n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( ulong n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setNum ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
        • 
+
      • void setExpand ( uint index, TQChar c )  (obsolete)
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator+= ( const TQString & str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator+= ( const TQByteArray & str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator+= ( const char * str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator+= ( const std::string & str )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator+= ( TQChar c )
        • 
+
      • TQString & operator+= ( char c )
        • 
+
      • TQChar at ( uint i ) const
        • 
+
      • TQChar operator[] ( int i ) const
        • 
+
      • TQCharRef at ( uint i )
        • 
+
      • TQCharRef operator[] ( int i )
        • 
+
      • TQChar constref ( uint i ) const
        • 
+
      • TQChar & ref ( uint i )
        • 
+
      • const TQChar * unicode () const
        • 
+
      • const char * ascii () const
        • 
+
      • const char * latin1 () const
        • 
+
      • TQCString utf8 () const
        • 
+
      • TQCString local8Bit () const
        • 
+
      • bool operator! () const
        • 
+
      • operator const char * () const
        • 
+
      • operator std::string () const
        • 
+
      • const unsigned short * ucs2 () const
        • 
+
      • TQString & setUnicode ( const TQChar * unicode, uint len )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setUnicodeCodes ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setAscii ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
        • 
+
      • TQString & setLatin1 ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
        • 
+
      • int compare ( const TQString & s ) const
        • 
+
      • int localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s ) const
        • 
+
      • void compose ()
        • 
+
      • const char * data () const  (obsolete)
        • 
+
      • bool startsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • bool endsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • void setLength ( uint newLen )
        • 
+
      • uint capacity () const
        • 
+
      • void reserve ( uint minCapacity )
        • 
+
      • void squeeze ()
        • 
+
      
+
      Static Public Members
      
+
        
+
      • TQString number ( long n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString number ( ulong n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString number ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString number ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString number ( int n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString number ( uint n, int base = 10 )
        • 
+
      • TQString number ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
        • 
+
      • TQString fromAscii ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 )
        • 
+
      • TQString fromLatin1 ( const char * chars, int len = -1 )
        • 
+
      • TQString fromUtf8 ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 )
        • 
+
      • TQString fromLocal8Bit ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 )
        • 
+
      • TQString fromUcs2 ( const unsigned short * str )
        • 
+
      • int compare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • int localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      
+
      Related Functions
      
+
        
+
      • bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator== ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator!= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator< ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator< ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator<= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator<= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator> ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator> ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator>= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
        • 
+
      • bool operator>= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
        • 
+
      • const TQString operator+ ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
        • 
+
      • const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s, char c )
        • 
+
      • const TQString operator+ ( char c, const TQString & s )
        • 
+
      • TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQString & str )
        • 
+
      • TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQString & str )
        • 
+
      
+
      Detailed Description
      
+
+
+
+
       The TQString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text
+and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array.
+
       
+
+
+
+
       TQString uses implicit sharing, which
+makes it very efficient and easy to use.
+
       In all of the TQString methods that take const char *
+parameters, the const char * is interpreted as a classic
+C-style '\0'-terminated ASCII string. It is legal for the const char * parameter to be 0. If the const char * is not
+'\0'-terminated, the results are undefined. Functions that copy
+classic C strings into a TQString will not copy the terminating
+'\0' character. The TQChar array of the TQString (as returned by
+unicode()) is generally not terminated by a '\0'. If you need to
+pass a TQString to a function that requires a C '\0'-terminated
+string use latin1().
+
       A TQString that has not been assigned to anything is null, i.e.
+both the length and data pointer is 0. A TQString that references
+the empty string ("", a single '\0' char) is empty. Both null
+and empty TQStrings are legal parameters to the methods. Assigning
+(const char *) 0 to TQString gives a null TQString. For
+convenience, TQString::null is a null TQString. When sorting,
+empty strings come first, followed by non-empty strings, followed
+by null strings. We recommend using if ( !str.isNull() ) to
+check for a non-null string rather than if ( !str ); see operator!() for an explanation.
+
       Note that if you find that you are mixing usage of TQCString,
+TQString, and TQByteArray, this causes lots of unnecessary
+copying and might indicate that the true nature of the data you
+are dealing with is uncertain. If the data is '\0'-terminated 8-bit
+data, use TQCString; if it is unterminated (i.e. contains '\0's)
+8-bit data, use TQByteArray; if it is text, use TQString.
+
       Lists of strings are handled by the TQStringList class. You can
+split a string into a list of strings using TQStringList::split(),
+and join a list of strings into a single string with an optional
+separator using TQStringList::join(). You can obtain a list of
+strings from a string list that contain a particular substring or
+that match a particular regex using
+TQStringList::grep().
+
       Note for C programmers
+
       Due to C++'s type system and the fact that TQString is implicitly shared, TQStrings can be treated like ints or other simple base
+types. For example:
+
       
      +    TQString boolToString( bool b )
+    {
+        TQString result;
+        if ( b )
+            result = "True";
+        else
+            result = "False";
+        return result;
+    }
+    
      
+ 
+
       The variable, result, is an auto variable allocated on the stack.
+When return is called, because we're returning by value, The copy
+constructor is called and a copy of the string is returned. (No
+actual copying takes place thanks to the implicit sharing, see
+below.)
+
       Throughout TQt's source code you will encounter TQString usages like
+this:
+
      +    TQString func( const TQString& input )
+    {
+        TQString output = input;
+        // process output
+        return output;
+    }
+    
      
+ 
+
       The 'copying' of input to output is almost as fast as copying a
+pointer because behind the scenes copying is achieved by
+incrementing a reference count. TQString (like all TQt's implicitly
+shared classes) operates on a copy-on-write basis, only copying if
+an instance is actually changed.
+
       If you wish to create a deep copy of a TQString without losing any
+Unicode information then you should use TQDeepCopy.
+
       
      See also TQChar, TQCString, TQByteArray, TQConstString, Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
+
+
      Member Type Documentation
      
+
      TQString::SectionFlags
      
+
+
        
+
      • TQString::SectionDefault - Empty fields are counted, leading and
+trailing separators are not included, and the separator is
+compared case sensitively.
+
      • TQString::SectionSkipEmpty - Treat empty fields as if they don't exist,
+i.e. they are not considered as far as start and end are
+concerned.
+
      • TQString::SectionIncludeLeadingSep - Include the leading separator (if
+any) in the result string.
+
      • TQString::SectionIncludeTrailingSep - Include the trailing separator
+(if any) in the result string.
+
      • TQString::SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps - Compare the separator
+case-insensitively.
+
       Any of the last four values can be OR-ed together to form a flag.
+
       
      See also section().
+
+
      Member Function Documentation
      
+
      TQString::TQString ()
+
      
+
+
       Constructs a null string, i.e. both the length and data pointer
+are 0.
+
       
      See also isNull().
+
+
      TQString::TQString ( TQChar ch )
+
      
+Constructs a string of length one, containing the character ch.
+
+
      TQString::TQString ( const TQString & s )
+
      
+Constructs an implicitly shared copy of s. This is very fast
+since it only involves incrementing a reference count.
+
+
      TQString::TQString ( const TQByteArray & ba )
+
      
+Constructs a string that is a deep copy of ba interpreted as a
+classic C string.
+
+
      TQString::TQString ( const TQChar * unicode, uint length )
+
      
+Constructs a string that is a deep copy of the first length
+characters in the TQChar array.
+
       If unicode and length are 0, then a null string is created.
+
       If only unicode is 0, the string is empty but has length
+characters of space preallocated: TQString expands automatically
+anyway, but this may speed up some cases a little. We recommend
+using the plain constructor and setLength() for this purpose since
+it will result in more readable code.
+
       
      See also isNull() and setLength().
+
+
      TQString::TQString ( const char * str )
+
      
+Constructs a string that is a deep copy of str, interpreted as
+a classic C string. The encoding is assumed to be Latin-1, unless
+you change it using TQTextCodec::setCodecForCStrings().
+
       If str is 0, then a null string is created.
+
       This is a cast constructor, but it is perfectly safe: converting a
+Latin-1 const char * to TQString preserves all the information. You
+can disable this constructor by defining TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII when
+you compile your applications. You can also make TQString objects
+by using setLatin1(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), and
+fromUtf8(). Or whatever encoding is appropriate for the 8-bit data
+you have.
+
       
      See also isNull() and fromAscii().
+
+
      TQString::TQString ( const std::string & str )
+
      
+Constructs a string that is a deep copy of str.
+
       This is the same as fromAscii(str).
+
+
      TQString::~TQString ()
+
      
+
+
       Destroys the string and frees the string's data if this is the
+last reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::append ( const TQString & str )
+
      
+
+
       Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the
+result.
+
       
      +        string = "Test";
+        string.append( "ing" );        // string == "Testing"
+    
      
+ 
+
       Equivalent to operator+=().
+
+
      Example: dirview/dirview.cpp.
+
      TQString & TQString::append ( char ch )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends character ch to the string and returns a reference to
+the result.
+
       Equivalent to operator+=().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::append ( TQChar ch )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends character ch to the string and returns a reference to
+the result.
+
       Equivalent to operator+=().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::append ( const TQByteArray & str )
+
       
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
+
       Equivalent to operator+=().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::append ( const char * str )
+
       
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
+
       Equivalent to operator+=().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::append ( const std::string & str )
+
       
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
+
       Equivalent to operator+=().
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
+
      
+This function will return a string that replaces the lowest
+numbered occurrence of %1, %2, ..., %9 with a.
+
       The fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
+a is padded to. A positive value will produce right-aligned
+text, whereas a negative value will produce left-aligned text.
+
       The following example shows how we could create a 'status' string
+when processing a list of files:
+
      +    TQString status = TQString( "Processing file %1 of %2: %3" )
+                        .arg( i )         // current file's number
+                        .arg( total )     // number of files to process
+                        .arg( fileName ); // current file's name
+    
      
+ 
+
       It is generally fine to use filenames and numbers as we have done
+in the example above. But note that using arg() to construct
+natural language sentences does not usually translate well into
+other languages because sentence structure and word order often
+differ between languages.
+
       If there is no place marker (%1, %2, etc.), a warning
+message (tqWarning()) is output and the result is undefined.
+
       Warning: If any placeholder occurs more than once, the result is undefined.
+
       
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( long a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       The fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
+a is padded to. A positive value will produce a right-aligned
+number, whereas a negative value will produce a left-aligned
+number.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36.
+
       The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is
+replaced with a localized representation of a. The conversion
+uses the default locale. The default locale is determined from the
+system's locale settings at application startup. It can be changed
+using TQLocale::setDefault(). The 'L' flag is ignored if base is
+not 10.
+
       
      +        TQString str;
+        str = TQString( "Decimal 63 is %1 in hexadecimal" )
+                .arg( 63, 0, 16 );
+        // str == "Decimal 63 is 3f in hexadecimal"
+
+        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::English, TQLocale::UnitedStates);
+        str = TQString( "%1 %L2 %L3" )
+                .arg( 12345 )
+                .arg( 12345 )
+                .arg( 12345, 0, 16 );
+        // str == "12345 12,345 3039"
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( ulong a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
+to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( TQ_LLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
+to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( TQ_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
+to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( int a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
+to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( uint a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
+to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( short a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
+to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( ushort a, int fieldWidth = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is expressed in base base, which is 10 by default and must
+be between 2 and 36. If base is 10, the '%L' syntax can be used
+to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( double a, int fieldWidth = 0, char fmt = 'g', int prec = -1 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Argument a is formatted according to the fmt format specified,
+which is 'g' by default and can be any of the following:
+
       
      
+
       Format Meaning
+
       e format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
+
       E format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
+
       f format as [-]9.9
+
       g use e or f format, whichever is the most concise
+
       G use E or f format, whichever is the most concise
+
      
+
       With 'e', 'E', and 'f', prec is the number of digits after the
+decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', prec is the maximum number of
+significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
+
       
      +        double d = 12.34;
+        TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
+                        .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
+        // ds == "'E' format, precision 3, gives 1.234E+01"
+    
      
+ 
+
       The '%L' syntax can be used to produce localized strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( char a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       a is assumed to be in the Latin-1 character set.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( TQChar a, int fieldWidth = 0 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2 ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This is the same as str.arg(a1).arg(a2), except that
+the strings are replaced in one pass. This can make a difference
+if a1 contains e.g. %1:
+
       
      +    TQString str( "%1 %2" );
+    str.arg( "Hello", "world" );        // returns "Hello world"
+    str.arg( "Hello" ).arg( "world" );  // returns "Hello world"
+
+    str.arg( "(%1)", "Hello" );           // returns "(%1) Hello"
+    str.arg( "(%1)" ).arg( "Hello" );     // returns "(Hello) %2"
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3 ) const
+
      
+
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This is the same as calling str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3),
+except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
+
+
      TQString TQString::arg ( const TQString & a1, const TQString & a2, const TQString & a3, const TQString & a4 ) const
+
      
+
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This is the same as calling
+str.arg(a1).arg(a2).arg(a3).arg(a4),
+except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
+
+
      const char * TQString::ascii () const
+
      
+Returns an 8-bit ASCII representation of the string.
+
       If a codec has been set using TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
+it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function
+does the same as latin1().
+
       
      See also fromAscii(), latin1(), utf8(), and local8Bit().
+
+
      Example: network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
      TQChar TQString::at ( uint i ) const
+
      
+
+
       Returns the character at index i, or 0 if i is beyond the
+length of the string.
+
       
      +        const TQString string( "abcdefgh" );
+        TQChar ch = string.at( 4 );
+        // ch == 'e'
+    
      
+ 
+
       If the TQString is not const (i.e. const TQString) or const& (i.e.
+const TQString &), then the non-const overload of at() will be used
+instead.
+
+
      TQCharRef TQString::at ( uint i )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       The function returns a reference to the character at index i.
+The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
+immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
+are made to the original string.
+
       If i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
+expanded with TQChar::null.
+
+
      uint TQString::capacity () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns the number of characters this string can hold
+in the allocated memory.
+
       
      See also reserve() and squeeze().
+
+
      int TQString::compare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 ) [static]
+
      
+
+
       Lexically compares s1 with s2 and returns an integer less
+than, equal to, or greater than zero if s1 is less than, equal
+to, or greater than s2.
+
       The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
+of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
+expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
+TQString::localeAwareCompare().
+
       
      +        int a = TQString::compare( "def", "abc" );   // a > 0
+        int b = TQString::compare( "abc", "def" );   // b < 0
+        int c = TQString::compare( "abc", "abc" );   // c == 0
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      int TQString::compare ( const TQString & s ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Lexically compares this string with s and returns an integer
+less than, equal to, or greater than zero if it is less than, equal
+to, or greater than s.
+
+
      void TQString::compose ()
+
      
+Warning: This function is not supported in TQt 3.x. It is provided
+for experimental and illustrative purposes only. It is mainly of
+interest to those experimenting with Arabic and other
+composition-rich texts.
+
       Applies possible ligatures to a TQString. Useful when
+composition-rich text requires rendering with glyph-poor fonts,
+but it also makes compositions such as TQChar(0x0041) ('A') and
+TQChar(0x0308) (Unicode accent diaresis), giving TQChar(0x00c4)
+(German A Umlaut).
+
+
      TQChar TQString::constref ( uint i ) const
+
      
+
+
       Returns the TQChar at index i by value.
+
       Equivalent to at(i).
+
       
      See also ref().
+
+
      int TQString::contains ( TQChar c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+Returns the number of times the character c occurs in the
+string.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       
      +    TQString string( "Trolltech and TQt" );
+    int n = string.contains( 't', FALSE );
+    // n == 3
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      Examples: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and mdi/application.cpp.
+
      int TQString::contains ( char c, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
      int TQString::contains ( const char * str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Returns the number of times the string str occurs in the string.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
+
      int TQString::contains ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Returns the number of times str occurs in the string.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       This function counts overlapping strings, so in the example below,
+there are two instances of "ana" in "bananas".
+
       
      +    TQString str( "bananas" );
+    int i = str.contains( "ana" );  // i == 2
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also findRev().
+
+
      int TQString::contains ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Returns the number of times the regexp, rx, matches in the
+string.
+
       This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example below,
+there are four instances of "ana" or "ama".
+
       
      +        TQString str = "banana and panama";
+        TQRegExp rxp = TQRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE );
+        int i = str.contains( rxp );    // i == 4
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also find() and findRev().
+
+
      TQString TQString::copy () const
+
      
+
+
       This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
+
       In TQt 2.0 and later, all calls to this function are needless. Just
+remove them.
+
+
      const char * TQString::data () const
+
      
+
+
       This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
+
       Returns a pointer to a '\0'-terminated classic C string.
+
       In TQt 1.x, this returned a char* allowing direct manipulation of the
+string as a sequence of bytes. In TQt 2.x where TQString is a Unicode
+string, char* conversion constructs a temporary string, and hence
+direct character operations are meaningless.
+
+
      bool TQString::endsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+Returns TRUE if the string ends with s; otherwise returns
+FALSE.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       
      +        TQString str( "Bananas" );
+        str.endsWith( "anas" );         // returns TRUE
+        str.endsWith( "pple" );         // returns FALSE
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also startsWith().
+
+
      Example: chart/main.cpp.
+
      TQString & TQString::fill ( TQChar c, int len = -1 )
+
      
+Fills the string with len characters of value c, and returns
+a reference to the string.
+
       If len is negative (the default), the current string length is
+used.
+
       
      +        TQString str;
+        str.fill( 'g', 5 );      // string == "ggggg"
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      int TQString::find ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = 0 ) const
+
      
+Finds the first match of the regular expression rx, starting
+from position index. If index is -1, the search starts at
+the last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so
+on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
+
       Returns the position of the first match of rx or -1 if no match
+was found.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "bananas" );
+        int i = string.find( TQRegExp("an"), 0 );    // i == 1
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also findRev(), replace(), and contains().
+
+
      Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
+
      int TQString::find ( TQChar c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Finds the first occurrence of the character c, starting at
+position index. If index is -1, the search starts at the
+last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so on.
+(See findRev() for searching backwards.)
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       Returns the position of c or -1 if c could not be found.
+
+
      int TQString::find ( char c, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Find character c starting from position index.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
+
      int TQString::find ( const TQString & str, int index = 0, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Finds the first occurrence of the string str, starting at
+position index. If index is -1, the search starts at the
+last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so
+on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       Returns the position of str or -1 if str could not be found.
+
+
      int TQString::find ( const char * str, int index = 0 ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Equivalent to find(TQString(str), index).
+
+
      int TQString::findRev ( const char * str, int index = -1 ) const
+
      
+
+
       Equivalent to findRev(TQString(str), index).
+
+
      int TQString::findRev ( TQChar c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Finds the first occurrence of the character c, starting at
+position index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
+search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
+last character and so on.
+
       Returns the position of c or -1 if c could not be found.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "bananas" );
+        int i = string.findRev( 'a' );      // i == 5
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      int TQString::findRev ( char c, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Find character c starting from position index and working
+backwards.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
+
      int TQString::findRev ( const TQString & str, int index = -1, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Finds the first occurrence of the string str, starting at
+position index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
+search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
+last character and so on.
+
       Returns the position of str or -1 if str could not be found.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       
      +    TQString string("bananas");
+    int i = string.findRev( "ana" );      // i == 3
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      int TQString::findRev ( const TQRegExp & rx, int index = -1 ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Finds the first match of the regexp rx, starting at position index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the search
+starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last
+character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
+
       Returns the position of the match or -1 if no match was found.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "bananas" );
+        int i = string.findRev( TQRegExp("an") );      // i == 3
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also find().
+
+
      TQString TQString::fromAscii ( const char * ascii, int len = -1 ) [static]
+
      
+Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
+bytes of ascii, ignoring the rest of ascii. If len
+is -1 then the length of ascii is used. If len is bigger
+than the length of ascii then it will use the length of ascii.
+
       If a codec has been set using TQTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
+it is used to convert the string from 8-bit characters to Unicode.
+Otherwise, this function does the same as fromLatin1().
+
       This is the same as the TQString(const char*) constructor, but you
+can make that constructor invisible if you compile with the define
+TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII, in which case you can explicitly create a
+TQString from 8-bit ASCII text using this function.
+
       
      +        TQString str = TQString::fromAscii( "123456789", 5 );
+        // str == "12345"
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      TQString TQString::fromLatin1 ( const char * chars, int len = -1 ) [static]
+
      
+Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
+bytes of chars, ignoring the rest of chars. If len
+is -1 then the length of chars is used. If len is bigger
+than the length of chars then it will use the length of chars.
+
       
      See also fromAscii().
+
+
      Examples: listbox/listbox.cpp and network/mail/smtp.cpp.
+
      TQString TQString::fromLocal8Bit ( const char * local8Bit, int len = -1 ) [static]
+
      
+Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
+bytes of local8Bit, ignoring the rest of local8Bit. If
+len is -1 then the length of local8Bit is used. If len is
+bigger than the length of local8Bit then it will use the length
+of local8Bit.
+
       
      +        TQString str = TQString::fromLocal8Bit( "123456789", 5 );
+        // str == "12345"
+    
      
+ 
+
       local8Bit is assumed to be encoded in a locale-specific format.
+
       See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
+
+
      TQString TQString::fromUcs2 ( const unsigned short * str ) [static]
+
      
+Constructs a string that is a deep copy of str, interpreted as a
+UCS2 encoded, zero terminated, Unicode string.
+
       If str is 0, then a null string is created.
+
       
      See also isNull().
+
+
      TQString TQString::fromUtf8 ( const char * utf8, int len = -1 ) [static]
+
      
+Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first len
+bytes of utf8, ignoring the rest of utf8. If len is
+-1 then the length of utf8 is used. If len is bigger than
+the length of utf8 then it will use the length of utf8.
+
       
      +        TQString str = TQString::fromUtf8( "123456789", 5 );
+        // str == "12345"
+    
      
+ 
+
       See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
+
+
      Example: fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp.
+
      TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQString & s )
+
      
+Inserts s into the string at position index.
+
       If index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
+extended with spaces to length index and s is then appended
+and returns a reference to the string.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "I like fish" );
+        str = string.insert( 2, "don't " );
+        // str == "I don't like fish"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also remove() and replace().
+
+
      Examples: themes/themes.cpp and xform/xform.cpp.
+
      TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQByteArray & s )
+
       
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts s into the string at position index and returns
+a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const char * s )
+
       
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts s into the string at position index and returns
+a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, const TQChar * s, uint len )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts the first len characters in s into the string at
+position index and returns a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, TQChar c )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Insert c into the string at position index and returns a
+reference to the string.
+
       If index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
+extended with spaces (ASCII 32) to length index and c is
+then appended.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::insert ( uint index, char c )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Insert character c at position index.
+
+
      bool TQString::isEmpty () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns TRUE if the string is empty, i.e. if length() == 0;
+otherwise returns FALSE. Null strings are also empty.
+
       
      +        TQString a( "" );
+        a.isEmpty();        // TRUE
+        a.isNull();         // FALSE
+
+        TQString b;
+        b.isEmpty();        // TRUE
+        b.isNull();         // TRUE
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also isNull() and length().
+
+
      Examples: addressbook/mainwindow.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, chart/chartform_canvas.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and qwerty/qwerty.cpp.
+
      bool TQString::isNull () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns TRUE if the string is null; otherwise returns FALSE. A
+null string is always empty.
+
       
      +        TQString a;          // a.unicode() == 0, a.length() == 0
+        a.isNull();         // TRUE, because a.unicode() == 0
+        a.isEmpty();        // TRUE, because a.length() == 0
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also isEmpty() and length().
+
+
      Examples: i18n/main.cpp, network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h, and qdir/qdir.cpp.
+
      const char * TQString::latin1 () const
+
      
+Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string. The
+returned value is undefined if the string contains non-Latin-1
+characters. If you want to convert strings into formats other than
+Unicode, see the TQTextCodec classes.
+
       This function is mainly useful for boot-strapping legacy code to
+use Unicode.
+
       The result remains valid so long as one unmodified copy of the
+source string exists.
+
       
      See also fromLatin1(), ascii(), utf8(), and local8Bit().
+
+
      Examples: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp.
+
      TQString TQString::left ( uint len ) const
+
      
+Returns a substring that contains the len leftmost characters
+of the string.
+
       The whole string is returned if len exceeds the length of the
+string.
+
       
      +        TQString s = "Pineapple";
+        TQString t = s.left( 4 );    // t == "Pine"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also right(), mid(), and isEmpty().
+
+
      Example: themes/themes.cpp.
+
      TQString TQString::leftJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
+
      
+Returns a string of length width that contains this string
+padded by the fill character.
+
       If truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
+width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
+
       If truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
+width, then any characters in a copy of the string after length
+width are removed, and the copy is returned.
+
       
      +        TQString s( "apple" );
+        TQString t = s.leftJustify( 8, '.' );        // t == "apple..."
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also rightJustify().
+
+
      uint TQString::length () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns the length of the string.
+
       Null strings and empty strings have zero length.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      Examples: dirview/dirview.cpp, fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, rot13/rot13.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
+
      TQCString TQString::local8Bit () const
+
      
+Returns the string encoded in a locale-specific format. On X11,
+this is the TQTextCodec::codecForLocale(). On Windows, it is a
+system-defined encoding. On Mac OS X, this always uses UTF-8 as
+the encoding.
+
       See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode
+strings.
+
       
      See also fromLocal8Bit(), ascii(), latin1(), and utf8().
+
+
      int TQString::localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 ) [static]
+
      
+
+
       Compares s1 with s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
+to, or greater than zero if s1 is less than, equal to, or
+greater than s2.
+
       The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
+platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
+lists of strings to the user.
+
       
      See also TQString::compare() and TQTextCodec::locale().
+
+
      int TQString::localeAwareCompare ( const TQString & s ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Compares this string with s.
+
+
      TQString TQString::lower () const
+
      
+Returns a lowercase copy of the string.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "TROlltECH" );
+        str = string.lower();   // str == "trolltech"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also upper().
+
+
      Example: scribble/scribble.cpp.
+
      TQString TQString::mid ( uint index, uint len = 0xffffffff ) const
+
      
+Returns a string that contains the len characters of this
+string, starting at position index.
+
       Returns a null string if the string is empty or index is out of
+range. Returns the whole string from index if index + len
+exceeds the length of the string.
+
       
      +        TQString s( "Five pineapples" );
+        TQString t = s.mid( 5, 4 );                  // t == "pine"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also left() and right().
+
+
      Examples: network/mail/smtp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and themes/themes.cpp.
+
      TQString TQString::number ( long n, int base = 10 ) [static]
+
      
+A convenience function that returns a string equivalent of the
+number n to base base, which is 10 by default and must be
+between 2 and 36. The returned string is in "C" locale.
+
       
      +        long a = 63;
+        TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 );             // str == "3f"
+        TQString str = TQString::number( a, 16 ).upper();     // str == "3F"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also setNum().
+
+
      Examples: application/application.cpp, chart/chartform.cpp, fonts/simple-qfont-demo/viewer.cpp, helpviewer/helpwindow.cpp, mdi/application.cpp, regexptester/regexptester.cpp, and sql/overview/extract/main.cpp.
+
      TQString TQString::number ( ulong n, int base = 10 ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
      See also setNum().
+
+
      TQString TQString::number ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
      See also setNum().
+
+
      TQString TQString::number ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
      See also setNum().
+
+
      TQString TQString::number ( int n, int base = 10 ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
      See also setNum().
+
+
      TQString TQString::number ( uint n, int base = 10 ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       A convenience factory function that returns a string
+representation of the number n to the base base, which is 10
+by default and must be between 2 and 36.
+
       
      See also setNum().
+
+
      TQString TQString::number ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Argument n is formatted according to the f format specified,
+which is g by default, and can be any of the following:
+
       
      
+
       Format Meaning
+
       e format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
+
       E format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
+
       f format as [-]9.9
+
       g use e or f format, whichever is the most concise
+
       G use E or f format, whichever is the most concise
+
      
+
       With 'e', 'E', and 'f', prec is the number of digits after the
+decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', prec is the maximum number of
+significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
+
       
      +    double d = 12.34;
+    TQString ds = TQString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
+                    .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
+    // ds == "1.234E+001"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also setNum().
+
+
      TQString::operator const char * () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns ascii(). Be sure to see the warnings documented in the
+ascii() function. Note that for new code which you wish to be
+strictly Unicode-clean, you can define the macro TQT_NO_ASCII_CAST when compiling your code to hide this function so
+that automatic casts are not done. This has the added advantage
+that you catch the programming error described in operator!().
+
+
      TQString::operator std::string () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns ascii() as a std::string. 
+
       Warning: The function may cause an application to crash if a static C run-time is in use. 
+This can happen in Microsoft Visual C++ if TQt is configured as single-threaded. A safe   
+alternative is to call ascii() directly and construct a std::string manually.    
+
+
      bool TQString::operator! () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns TRUE if this is a null string; otherwise returns FALSE.
+
       
      +        TQString name = getName();
+        if ( !name )
+            name = "Rodney";
+    
      
+ 
+
       Note that if you say
+
       
      +        TQString name = getName();
+        if ( name )
+            doSomethingWith(name);
+    
      
+ 
+
       It will call "operator const char*()", which is inefficent; you
+may wish to define the macro TQT_NO_ASCII_CAST when writing code
+which you wish to remain Unicode-clean.
+
       When you want the above semantics, use:
+
       
      +        TQString name = getName();
+        if ( !name.isNull() )
+            doSomethingWith(name);
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also isEmpty().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const TQString & str )
+
      
+Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const TQByteArray & str )
+
      
+
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const char * str )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator+= ( const std::string & str )
+
      
+
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator+= ( TQChar c )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator+= ( char c )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Appends c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator= ( TQChar c )
+
      
+
+
       Sets the string to contain just the single character c.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator= ( const TQString & s )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Assigns a shallow copy of s to this string and returns a
+reference to this string. This is very fast because the string
+isn't actually copied.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator= ( const char * str )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Assigns a deep copy of str, interpreted as a classic C string
+to this string and returns a reference to this string.
+
       If str is 0, then a null string is created.
+
       
      See also isNull().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator= ( const std::string & s )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Makes a deep copy of s and returns a reference to the deep
+copy.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator= ( const TQCString & cstr )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Assigns a deep copy of cstr, interpreted as a classic C
+string, to this string. Returns a reference to this string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::operator= ( char c )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to contain just the single character c.
+
+
      TQChar TQString::operator[] ( int i ) const
+
      
+
+
       Returns the character at index i, or TQChar::null if i is
+beyond the length of the string.
+
       If the TQString is not const (i.e., const TQString) or const&
+(i.e., const TQString&), then the non-const overload of operator[]
+will be used instead.
+
+
      TQCharRef TQString::operator[] ( int i )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       The function returns a reference to the character at index i.
+The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
+immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
+are made to the original string.
+
       If i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
+expanded with TQChar::nulls, so that the TQCharRef references a
+valid (null) character in the string.
+
       The TQCharRef internal class can be used much like a constant
+TQChar, but if you assign to it, you change the original string
+(which will detach itself because of TQString's copy-on-write
+semantics). You will get compilation errors if you try to use the
+result as anything but a TQChar.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::prepend ( const TQString & s )
+
      
+
+
       Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a
+reference to the string.
+
       Equivalent to insert(0, s).
+
       
      +        TQString string = "42";
+        string.prepend( "The answer is " );
+        // string == "The answer is 42"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also insert().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::prepend ( char ch )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
+reference to the string.
+
       Equivalent to insert(0, ch).
+
       
      See also insert().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::prepend ( TQChar ch )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
+reference to the string.
+
       Equivalent to insert(0, ch).
+
       
      See also insert().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::prepend ( const TQByteArray & s )
+
       
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
       Equivalent to insert(0, s).
+
       
      See also insert().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::prepend ( const char * s )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
       Equivalent to insert(0, s).
+
       
      See also insert().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::prepend ( const std::string & s )
+
       
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Inserts s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
+
       Equivalent to insert(0, s).
+
       
      See also insert().
+
+
      TQChar & TQString::ref ( uint i )
+
      
+
+
       Returns the TQChar at index i by reference, expanding the string
+with TQChar::null if necessary. The resulting reference can be
+assigned to, or otherwise used immediately, but becomes invalid
+once furher modifications are made to the string.
+
       
      +        TQString string("ABCDEF");
+        TQChar ch = string.ref( 3 );         // ch == 'D'
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also constref().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::remove ( uint index, uint len )
+
      
+Removes len characters from the string starting at position index, and returns a reference to the string.
+
       If index is beyond the length of the string, nothing happens.
+If index is within the string, but index + len is beyond
+the end of the string, the string is truncated at position index.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "Montreal" );
+        string.remove( 1, 4 );      // string == "Meal"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also insert() and replace().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::remove ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Removes every occurrence of str in the string. Returns a
+reference to the string.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       This is the same as replace(str, "", cs).
+
+
      TQString & TQString::remove ( TQChar c )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Removes every occurrence of the character c in the string.
+Returns a reference to the string.
+
       This is the same as replace(c, "").
+
+
      TQString & TQString::remove ( char c )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Removes every occurrence of the character c in the string.
+Returns a reference to the string.
+
       This is the same as replace(c, "").
+
+
      TQString & TQString::remove ( const char * str )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Removes every occurrence of str in the string. Returns a
+reference to the string.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::remove ( const TQRegExp & rx )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Removes every occurrence of the regular expression rx in the
+string. Returns a reference to the string.
+
       This is the same as replace(rx, "").
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQString & s )
+
      
+Replaces len characters from the string with s, starting at
+position index, and returns a reference to the string.
+
       If index is beyond the length of the string, nothing is deleted
+and s is appended at the end of the string. If index is
+valid, but index + len is beyond the end of the string,
+the string is truncated at position index, then s is
+appended at the end.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "Say yes!" );
+        string = string.replace( 4, 3, "NO" );
+        // string == "Say NO!"
+    
      
+ 
+
       Warning: TQt 3.3.3 and earlier had different semantics for the
+case index >= length(), which contradicted the documentation.
+To avoid portability problems between TQt 3 versions and with TQt
+4, we recommend that you never call the function with index >=
+length().
+
       
      See also insert() and remove().
+
+
      Examples: listviews/listviews.cpp, network/networkprotocol/nntp.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, and regexptester/regexptester.cpp.
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, const TQChar * s, uint slen )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Replaces len characters with slen characters of TQChar data
+from s, starting at position index, and returns a reference
+to the string.
+
       
      See also insert() and remove().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, TQChar c )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This is the same as replace(index, len, TQString(c)).
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( uint index, uint len, char c )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       This is the same as replace(index, len, TQChar(c)).
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( TQChar c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Replaces every occurrence of the character c in the string
+with after. Returns a reference to the string.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       Example:
+
      +    TQString s = "a,b,c";
+    s.replace( TQChar(','), " or " );
+    // s == "a or b or c"
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( char c, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Replaces every occurrence of the character c in the string
+with after. Returns a reference to the string.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Replaces every occurrence of the string before in the string
+with the string after. Returns a reference to the string.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       Example:
+
      +    TQString s = "Greek is Greek";
+    s.replace( "Greek", "English" );
+    // s == "English is English"
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Replaces every occurrence of the regexp rx in the string with
+after. Returns a reference to the string. For example:
+
      +    TQString s = "banana";
+    s.replace( TQRegExp("an"), "" );
+    // s == "ba"
+  
      
+ 
+
       For regexps containing capturing
+  parentheses, occurrences of \1, \2, ...,
+in after are replaced with rx.cap(1), cap(2), ...
+
       
      +    TQString t = "A <i>bon mot</i>.";
+    t.replace( TQRegExp("<i>([^<]*)</i>"), "\\emph{\\1}" );
+    // t == "A \\emph{bon mot}."
+  
      
+ 
+
       
      See also find(), findRev(), and TQRegExp::cap().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::replace ( TQChar c1, TQChar c2 )
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Replaces every occurrence of c1 with the char c2. Returns a
+reference to the string.
+
+
      void TQString::reserve ( uint minCapacity )
+
      
+Ensures that at least minCapacity characters are allocated to
+the string.
+
       This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long
+string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example,
+we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and
+we're fairly sure that size is big enough:
+
      +        TQString result;
+        int len = 0;
+        result.reserve(maxLen);
+        while (...) {
+            result[len++] = ...         // fill part of the space
+        }
+        result.squeeze();
+    
      
+ 
+
       If maxLen is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is
+that the loop will slow down.
+
       If it is not possible to allocate enough memory, the string
+remains unchanged.
+
       
      See also capacity(), squeeze(), and setLength().
+
+
      TQString TQString::right ( uint len ) const
+
      
+Returns a string that contains the len rightmost characters of
+the string.
+
       If len is greater than the length of the string then the whole
+string is returned.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "Pineapple" );
+        TQString t = string.right( 5 );   // t == "apple"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also left(), mid(), and isEmpty().
+
+
      Example: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp.
+
      TQString TQString::rightJustify ( uint width, TQChar fill = ' ', bool truncate = FALSE ) const
+
      
+Returns a string of length width that contains the fill
+character followed by the string.
+
       If truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
+width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
+
       If truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
+width, then the resulting string is truncated at position width.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "apple" );
+        TQString t = string.rightJustify( 8, '.' );  // t == "...apple"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also leftJustify().
+
+
      TQString TQString::section ( TQChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
+
      
+
+
       This function returns a section of the string.
+
       This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
+character, sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
+position start to position end inclusive. If end is not
+specified, all fields from position start to the end of the
+string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
+from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
+
       The flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
+function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
+to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
+separators; see SectionFlags.
+
       
      +    TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
+    TQString s = csv.section( ',', 2, 2 );   // s == "surname"
+
+    TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
+    TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 4 );  // s == "bin/myapp"
+    TQString s = path.section( '/', 3, 3, SectionSkipEmpty ); // s == "myapp"
+    
      
+ 
+
       If start or end is negative, we count fields from the right
+of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
+right-most field being -2, and so on.
+
       
      +    TQString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
+    TQString s = csv.section( ',', -3, -2 );  // s == "middlename,surname"
+
+    TQString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
+    TQString s = path.section( '/', -1 ); // s == "myapp"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also TQStringList::split().
+
+
      Examples: chart/element.cpp and network/ftpclient/ftpmainwindow.ui.h.
+
      TQString TQString::section ( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
      TQString TQString::section ( const char * sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
      TQString TQString::section ( const TQString & sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This function returns a section of the string.
+
       This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
+string, sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
+position start to position end inclusive. If end is not
+specified, all fields from position start to the end of the
+string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
+from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
+
       The flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
+function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
+to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
+separators; see SectionFlags.
+
       
      +    TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
+    TQString s = data.section( "**", 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
+    
      
+ 
+
       If start or end is negative, we count fields from the right
+of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
+right-most field being -2, and so on.
+
       
      +    TQString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
+    TQString s = data.section( "**", -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename**surname"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also TQStringList::split().
+
+
      TQString TQString::section ( const TQRegExp & reg, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This function returns a section of the string.
+
       This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
+regular expression, reg. The returned string consists of the
+fields from position start to position end inclusive. If end is not specified, all fields from position start to the end
+of the string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
+from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
+
       The flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
+function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
+to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
+separators; see SectionFlags.
+
       
      +    TQString line( "forename\tmiddlename  surname \t \t phone" );
+    TQRegExp sep( "\s+" );
+    TQString s = line.section( sep, 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
+    
      
+ 
+
       If start or end is negative, we count fields from the right
+of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
+right-most field being -2, and so on.
+
       
      +    TQString line( "forename\tmiddlename  surname \t \t phone" );
+    TQRegExp sep( "\\s+" );
+    TQString s = line.section( sep, -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename  surname"
+    
      
+ 
+
       Warning: Using this TQRegExp version is much more expensive than
+the overloaded string and character versions.
+
       
      See also TQStringList::split() and simplifyWhiteSpace().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setAscii ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
+
      
+Sets this string to str, interpreted as a classic 8-bit ASCII C
+string. If len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
+strlen(str).
+
       If str is 0 a null string is created. If str is "", an empty
+string is created.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      void TQString::setExpand ( uint index, TQChar c )
+
       This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
+
       Sets the character at position index to c and expands the
+string if necessary, filling with spaces.
+
       This method is redundant in TQt 3.x, because operator[] will expand
+the string as necessary.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setLatin1 ( const char * str, int len = -1 )
+
      
+Sets this string to str, interpreted as a classic Latin-1 C
+string. If len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
+strlen(str).
+
       If str is 0 a null string is created. If str is "", an empty
+string is created.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      void TQString::setLength ( uint newLen )
+
      
+Ensures that at least newLen characters are allocated to the
+string, and sets the length of the string to newLen. Any new
+space allocated contains arbitrary data.
+
       
      See also reserve() and truncate().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( TQ_LLONG n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
+returns a reference to the string. The returned string is in "C" locale.
+
       The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
+
       
      +        TQString string;
+        string = string.setNum( 1234 );     // string == "1234"
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( short n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
+returns a reference to the string.
+
       The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( ushort n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
+returns a reference to the string.
+
       The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( int n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
+returns a reference to the string.
+
       The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( uint n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
+returns a reference to the string.
+
       The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( long n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( ulong n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( TQ_ULLONG n, int base = 10 )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to the printed value of n in base base and
+returns a reference to the string.
+
       The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( float n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to the printed value of n, formatted in format
+f with precision prec, and returns a reference to the
+string.
+
       The format f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See arg() for an explanation of the formats.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setNum ( double n, char f = 'g', int prec = 6 )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Sets the string to the printed value of n, formatted in format
+f with precision prec, and returns a reference to the
+string.
+
       The format f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See arg() for an explanation of the formats.
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setUnicode ( const TQChar * unicode, uint len )
+
      
+Resizes the string to len characters and copies unicode into
+the string. If unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the
+string is still resized to len. If len is zero, then the
+string becomes a null string.
+
       
      See also setLatin1() and isNull().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::setUnicodeCodes ( const ushort * unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )
+
      
+Resizes the string to len characters and copies unicode_as_ushorts into the string (on some X11 client platforms
+this will involve a byte-swapping pass).
+
       If unicode_as_ushorts is 0, nothing is copied, but the string
+is still resized to len. If len is zero, the string becomes
+a null string.
+
       
      See also setLatin1() and isNull().
+
+
      TQString TQString::simplifyWhiteSpace () const
+
      
+Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
+the end, and which has each sequence of internal whitespace
+replaced with a single space.
+
       Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns
+TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
+(TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR), and 32 (Space).
+
       
      +        TQString string = "  lots\t of\nwhite    space ";
+        TQString t = string.simplifyWhiteSpace();
+        // t == "lots of white space"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also stripWhiteSpace().
+
+
      TQString & TQString::sprintf ( const char * cformat, ... )
+
      
+Safely builds a formatted string from the format string cformat
+and an arbitrary list of arguments. The format string supports all
+the escape sequences of printf() in the standard C library.
+
       The %s escape sequence expects a utf8() encoded string. The format
+string cformat is expected to be in latin1. If you need a
+Unicode format string, use arg() instead. For typesafe string
+building, with full Unicode support, you can use TQTextOStream like
+this:
+
       
      +        TQString str;
+        TQString s = ...;
+        int x = ...;
+        TQTextOStream( &str ) << s << " : " << x;
+    
      
+ 
+
       For translations, especially if the
+strings contains more than one escape sequence, you should
+consider using the arg() function instead. This allows the order
+of the replacements to be controlled by the translator, and has
+Unicode support.
+
       The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort
+(as returned by TQChar::unicode()).
+The %ls escape sequence expects a pointer to a zero-terminated
+array of unicode characters of type ushort (as returned by
+TQString::ucs2()).
+
       
      See also arg().
+
+
      Examples: dclock/dclock.cpp, forever/forever.cpp, layout/layout.cpp, qmag/qmag.cpp, scrollview/scrollview.cpp, tooltip/tooltip.cpp, and xform/xform.cpp.
+
      void TQString::squeeze ()
+
      
+Squeezes the string's capacity to the current content.
+
       
      See also capacity() and reserve().
+
+
      bool TQString::startsWith ( const TQString & s, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+Returns TRUE if the string starts with s; otherwise returns
+FALSE.
+
       If cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
+otherwise the search is case insensitive.
+
       
      +        TQString str( "Bananas" );
+        str.startsWith( "Ban" );     // returns TRUE
+        str.startsWith( "Car" );     // returns FALSE
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also endsWith().
+
+
      TQString TQString::stripWhiteSpace () const
+
      
+Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
+the end.
+
       Whitespace means any character for which TQChar::isSpace() returns
+TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
+(TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR) and 32 (Space), and may
+also include other Unicode characters.
+
       
      +        TQString string = "   white space   ";
+        TQString s = string.stripWhiteSpace();       // s == "white space"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also simplifyWhiteSpace().
+
+
      double TQString::toDouble ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to a double value.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "1234.56" );
+        double a = string.toDouble();   // a == 1234.56
+    
      
+ 
+
       The string-to-number functions:
+
      
+can handle numbers
+represented in various locales. These representations may use different
+characters for the decimal point, thousands group sepearator
+and even individual digits. TQString's functions try to interpret
+the string according to the current locale. The current locale is
+determined from the system at application startup and can be changed
+by calling TQLocale::setDefault(). If the string cannot be interpreted
+according to the current locale, this function falls back
+on the "C" locale.
+
       
      +        bool ok;
+        double d;
+
+        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::C);
+        d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false
+        d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
+
+        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::German);
+        d = TQString( "1234,56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
+        d = TQString( "1234.56" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == true, d == 1234.56
+    
      
+ 
+
       Due to the ambiguity between the decimal point and thousands group
+separator in various locales, these functions do not handle
+thousands group separators. If you need to convert such numbers,
+use the corresponding function in TQLocale.
+
       
      +        bool ok;
+        TQLocale::setDefault(TQLocale::C);
+        double d = TQString( "1,234,567.89" ).toDouble(&ok); // ok == false
+    
      
+ 
+
       Warning: If the string contains trailing whitespace this function
+will fail, and set *ok to false if ok is not 0. Leading
+whitespace is ignored.
+
       
      See also number(), TQLocale::setDefault(), TQLocale::toDouble(), and stripWhiteSpace().
+
+
      float TQString::toFloat ( bool * ok = 0 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to a float value.
+
       Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       Warning: If the string contains trailing whitespace this function
+will fail, settings *ok to false if ok is not 0.
+Leading whitespace is ignored.
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      int TQString::toInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to an int using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       
      +        TQString str( "FF" );
+        bool ok;
+        int hex = str.toInt( &ok, 16 );     // hex == 255, ok == TRUE
+        int dec = str.toInt( &ok, 10 );     // dec == 0, ok == FALSE
+    
      
+ 
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      long TQString::toLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to a long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      TQ_LLONG TQString::toLongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to a long long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      short TQString::toShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to a short using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      uint TQString::toUInt ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to an unsigned int using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      ulong TQString::toULong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to an unsigned long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      TQ_ULLONG TQString::toULongLong ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to an unsigned long long using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      ushort TQString::toUShort ( bool * ok = 0, int base = 10 ) const
+
      
+Returns the string converted to an unsigned short using base base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
+base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
+following rules:
+
        
+
      • If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
+be hexadecimal;
+
      • If it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
+
      • Otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
+
      
+
       Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
+
       If ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, *ok is set to
+FALSE; otherwise *ok is set to TRUE.
+
       Leading and trailing whitespace is ignored by this function.
+
       For information on how string-to-number functions in TQString handle
+localized input, see toDouble().
+
       
      See also number().
+
+
      void TQString::truncate ( uint newLen )
+
      
+If newLen is less than the length of the string, then the
+string is truncated at position newLen. Otherwise nothing
+happens.
+
       
      +        TQString s = "truncate me";
+        s.truncate( 5 );            // s == "trunc"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also setLength().
+
+
      Example: network/mail/smtp.cpp.
+
      const unsigned short * TQString::ucs2 () const
+
      
+Returns the TQString as a zero terminated array of unsigned shorts
+if the string is not null; otherwise returns zero.
+
       The result remains valid so long as one unmodified
+copy of the source string exists.
+
+
      Example: dotnet/wrapper/lib/tools.cpp.
+
      const TQChar * TQString::unicode () const
+
      
+
+
       Returns the Unicode representation of the string. The result
+remains valid until the string is modified.
+
+
      TQString TQString::upper () const
+
      
+Returns an uppercase copy of the string.
+
       
      +        TQString string( "TeXt" );
+        str = string.upper();     // t == "TEXT"
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also lower().
+
+
      Examples: scribble/scribble.cpp and sql/overview/custom1/main.cpp.
+
      TQCString TQString::utf8 () const
+
      
+Returns the string encoded in UTF-8 format.
+
       See TQTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
+
       
      See also fromUtf8(), ascii(), latin1(), and local8Bit().
+
+
      Example: network/archivesearch/archivedialog.ui.h.
+
      Related Functions
      
+
      bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is not equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) != 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator!= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is not equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) != 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator!= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is not equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) != 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       
+
       Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
+s1 and the string s2.
+
       Equivalent to s1.append(s2).
+
+
      const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
+s1 and character s2.
+
       Equivalent to s1.append(s2).
+
+
      const TQString operator+ ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
+character s1 and string s2.
+
+
      const TQString operator+ ( const TQString & s, char c )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
+s and character c.
+
       Equivalent to s.append(c).
+
+
      const TQString operator+ ( char c, const TQString & s )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
+character c and string s.
+
       Equivalent to s.prepend(c).
+
+
      bool operator< ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
+
      
+
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) < 0.
+
+
      bool operator< ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) < 0.
+
+
      TQDataStream & operator<< ( TQDataStream & s, const TQString & str )
+
      
+
+
       Writes the string str to the stream s.
+
       See also Format of the TQDataStream operators
+
+
      bool operator<= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
+
      
+
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than or equal to s2;
+otherwise returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1,s2) <= 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator<= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically less than or equal to s2;
+otherwise returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) <= 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) == 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator== ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) == 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator== ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is equal to s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) == 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator> ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
+
      
+
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than s2; otherwise
+returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) > 0.
+
+
      bool operator> ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than s2; otherwise
+returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) > 0.
+
+
      bool operator>= ( const TQString & s1, const char * s2 )
+
      
+
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than or equal to s2;
+otherwise returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) >= 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      bool operator>= ( const char * s1, const TQString & s2 )
+
      
+
+
       This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       
+
       Returns TRUE if s1 is lexically greater than or equal to s2;
+otherwise returns FALSE.
+The comparison is case sensitive.
+Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
+
       Equivalent to compare(s1, s2) >= 0.
+
       
      See also isNull() and isEmpty().
+
+
      TQDataStream & operator>> ( TQDataStream & s, TQString & str )
+
      
+
+
       Reads a string from the stream s into string str.
+
       See also Format of the TQDataStream operators
+
+
+
      
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstringlist-h.html b/doc/html/tqstringlist-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7029a1454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstringlist-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+tqstringlist.h Include File
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      tqstringlist.h
      
+
+
      This is the verbatim text of the tqstringlist.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
+
      
+
      +/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qt/tqstringlist.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
+**
+** Definition of TQStringList class
+**
+** Created : 990406
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
+** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
+** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
+** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSTRINGLIST_H
+#define TQSTRINGLIST_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqvaluelist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstrlist.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_STRINGLIST
+
+class TQRegExp;
+template <class T> class TQDeepCopy;
+
+#if defined(Q_TEMPLATEDLL)
+// MOC_SKIP_BEGIN
+//Q_TEMPLATE_EXTERN template class TQ_EXPORT TQValueList<TQString>; 
+// MOC_SKIP_END
+#endif
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQStringList : public TQValueList<TQString>
+{
+public:
+    TQStringList() { }
+    TQStringList( const TQStringList& l ) : TQValueList<TQString>(l) { }
+    TQStringList( const TQValueList<TQString>& l ) : TQValueList<TQString>(l) { }
+    TQStringList( const TQString& i ) { append(i); }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_CAST_ASCII
+    TQStringList( const char* i ) { append(i); }
+#endif
+
+    static TQStringList fromStrList(const TQStrList&);
+
+    void sort();
+
+    static TQStringList split( const TQString &sep, const TQString &str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE );
+    static TQStringList split( const TQChar &sep, const TQString &str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
+    static TQStringList split( const TQRegExp &sep, const TQString &str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE );
+#endif
+    TQString join( const TQString &sep ) const;
+
+    TQStringList grep( const TQString &str, bool cs = TRUE ) const;
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP
+    TQStringList grep( const TQRegExp &expr ) const;
+#endif
+
+    TQStringList& gres( const TQString &before, const TQString &after,
+		       bool cs = TRUE );
+#ifndef TQT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
+    TQStringList& gres( const TQRegExp &expr, const TQString &after );
+#endif
+
+protected:
+    void detach() { TQValueList<TQString>::detach(); }
+    friend class TQDeepCopy< TQStringList >;
+};
+
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+class TQDataStream;
+extern TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator>>( TQDataStream &, TQStringList& );
+extern TQ_EXPORT TQDataStream &operator<<( TQDataStream &, const TQStringList& );
+#endif
+
+#endif // TQT_NO_STRINGLIST
+#endif // TQSTRINGLIST_H
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstringlist-members.html b/doc/html/tqstringlist-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3182b5697
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstringlist-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStringList Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      Complete Member List for TQStringList
      
+
+
      This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQStringList, including inherited members.
+
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstringlist.html b/doc/html/tqstringlist.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bf928e53a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstringlist.html
@@ -0,0 +1,309 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStringList Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      TQStringList Class Reference
      
+
+
      The TQStringList class provides a list of strings.
+More...
+
      All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
      
+
      #include <tqstringlist.h>
+
      Inherits TQValueList<TQString>.
+
      List of all member functions.
+
      Public Members
      
+
        
+
      • TQStringList ()
        • 
+
      • TQStringList ( const TQStringList & l )
        • 
+
      • TQStringList ( const TQValueList<TQString> & l )
        • 
+
      • TQStringList ( const TQString & i )
        • 
+
      • TQStringList ( const char * i )
        • 
+
      • void sort ()
        • 
+
      • TQString join ( const TQString & sep ) const
        • 
+
      • TQStringList grep ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
        • 
+
      • TQStringList grep ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
        • 
+
      • TQStringList & gres ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
        • 
+
      • TQStringList & gres ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
        • 
+
      
+
      Static Public Members
      
+
        
+
      • TQStringList fromStrList ( const TQStrList & ascii )
        • 
+
      • TQStringList split ( const TQString & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )
        • 
+
      • TQStringList split ( const TQChar & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )
        • 
+
      • TQStringList split ( const TQRegExp & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE )
        • 
+
      
+
      Detailed Description
      
+
+
+
+The TQStringList class provides a list of strings.
+
       
+
+
+
+
       It is used to store and manipulate strings that logically belong
+together. Essentially TQStringList is a TQValueList of TQString
+objects. Unlike TQStrList, which stores pointers to characters,
+TQStringList holds real TQString objects. It is the class of choice
+whenever you work with Unicode strings. TQStringList is part of the
+TQt Template Library.
+
       Like TQString itself, TQStringList objects are implicitly shared, so
+passing them around as value-parameters is both fast and safe.
+
       Strings can be added to a list using append(), operator+=() or
+operator<<(), e.g.
+
      +    TQStringList fonts;
+    fonts.append( "Times" );
+    fonts += "Courier";
+    fonts += "Courier New";
+    fonts << "Helvetica [Cronyx]" << "Helvetica [Adobe]";
+    
      
+ 
+
       String lists have an iterator, TQStringList::Iterator(), e.g.
+
      +    for ( TQStringList::Iterator it = fonts.begin(); it != fonts.end(); ++it ) {
+        cout << *it << ":";
+    }
+    cout << endl;
+    // Output:
+    //  Times:Courier:Courier New:Helvetica [Cronyx]:Helvetica [Adobe]:
+    
      
+ 
+
       Many TQt functions return string lists by value; to iterate over
+these you should make a copy and iterate over the copy.
+
       You can concatenate all the strings in a string list into a single
+string (with an optional separator) using join(), e.g.
+
      +    TQString allFonts = fonts.join( ", " );
+    cout << allFonts << endl;
+    // Output:
+    //  Times, Courier, Courier New, Helvetica [Cronyx], Helvetica [Adobe]
+    
      
+ 
+
       You can sort the list with sort(), and extract a new list which
+contains only those strings which contain a particular substring
+(or match a particular regular expression) using the grep()
+functions, e.g.
+
      +    fonts.sort();
+    cout << fonts.join( ", " ) << endl;
+    // Output:
+    //  Courier, Courier New, Helvetica [Adobe], Helvetica [Cronyx], Times
+
+    TQStringList helveticas = fonts.grep( "Helvetica" );
+    cout << helveticas.join( ", " ) << endl;
+    // Output:
+    //  Helvetica [Adobe], Helvetica [Cronyx]
+    
      
+ 
+
       Existing strings can be split into string lists with character,
+string or regular expression separators, e.g.
+
      +    TQString s = "Red\tGreen\tBlue";
+    TQStringList colors = TQStringList::split( "\t", s );
+    cout << colors.join( ", " ) << endl;
+    // Output:
+    //  Red, Green, Blue
+    
      
+ 
+
      See also Implicitly and Explicitly Shared Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
+
+
      Member Function Documentation
      
+
      TQStringList::TQStringList ()
+
      
+
+
       Creates an empty string list.
+
+
      TQStringList::TQStringList ( const TQStringList & l )
+
      
+
+
       Creates a copy of the list l. This function is very fast
+because TQStringList is implicitly shared. In most situations this
+acts like a deep copy, for example, if this list or the original
+one or some other list referencing the same shared data is
+modified, the modifying list first makes a copy, i.e.
+copy-on-write.
+In a threaded environment you may require a real deep copy
+.
+
+
      TQStringList::TQStringList ( const TQValueList<TQString> & l )
+
      
+
+
       Constructs a new string list that is a copy of l.
+
+
      TQStringList::TQStringList ( const TQString & i )
+
      
+
+
       Constructs a string list consisting of the single string i.
+Longer lists are easily created as follows:
+
       
      +    TQStringList items;
+    items << "Buy" << "Sell" << "Update" << "Value";
+    
      
+ 
+
+
      TQStringList::TQStringList ( const char * i )
+
      
+
+
       Constructs a string list consisting of the single Latin-1 string i.
+
+
      TQStringList TQStringList::fromStrList ( const TQStrList & ascii ) [static]
+
      
+Converts from an ASCII-TQStrList ascii to a TQStringList (Unicode).
+
+
      TQStringList TQStringList::grep ( const TQString & str, bool cs = TRUE ) const
+
      
+Returns a list of all the strings containing the substring str.
+
       If cs is TRUE, the grep is done case-sensitively; otherwise
+case is ignored.
+
       
      +    TQStringList list;
+    list << "Bill Gates" << "John Doe" << "Bill Clinton";
+    list = list.grep( "Bill" );
+    // list == ["Bill Gates", "Bill Clinton"]
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also TQString::find().
+
+
      TQStringList TQStringList::grep ( const TQRegExp & rx ) const
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Returns a list of all the strings that match the regular expression rx.
+
       
      See also TQString::find().
+
+
      TQStringList & TQStringList::gres ( const TQString & before, const TQString & after, bool cs = TRUE )
+
      
+Replaces every occurrence of the string before in the strings
+that constitute the string list with the string after. Returns
+a reference to the string list.
+
       If cs is TRUE, the search is case sensitive; otherwise the
+search is case insensitive.
+
       Example:
+
      +    TQStringList list;
+    list << "alpha" << "beta" << "gamma" << "epsilon";
+    list.gres( "a", "o" );
+    // list == ["olpho", "beto", "gommo", "epsilon"]
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also TQString::replace().
+
+
      TQStringList & TQStringList::gres ( const TQRegExp & rx, const TQString & after )
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       Replaces every occurrence of the regexp rx in the string
+with after. Returns a reference to the string list.
+
       Example:
+
      +    TQStringList list;
+    list << "alpha" << "beta" << "gamma" << "epsilon";
+    list.gres( TQRegExp("^a"), "o" );
+    // list == ["olpha", "beta", "gamma", "epsilon"]
+    
      
+ 
+
       For regexps containing capturing parentheses, occurrences of \1,
+\2, ..., in after are replaced with rx.cap(1),
+cap(2), ...
+
       Example:
+
      +    TQStringList list;
+    list << "Bill Clinton" << "Gates, Bill";
+    list.gres( TQRegExp("^(.*), (.*)$"), "\\2 \\1" );
+    // list == ["Bill Clinton", "Bill Gates"]
+    
      
+ 
+
       
      See also TQString::replace().
+
+
      TQString TQStringList::join ( const TQString & sep ) const
+
      
+Joins the string list into a single string with each element
+separated by the string sep (which can be empty).
+
       
      See also split().
+
+
      Examples: fileiconview/qfileiconview.cpp and toplevel/options.ui.h.
+
      void TQStringList::sort ()
+
      
+Sorts the list of strings in ascending case-sensitive order.
+
       Sorting is very fast. It uses the TQt Template
+    Library's efficient HeapSort implementation that has a
+time complexity of O(n*log n).
+
       If you want to sort your strings in an arbitrary order consider
+using a TQMap. For example you could use a TQMap<TQString,TQString>
+to create a case-insensitive ordering (e.g. mapping the lowercase
+text to the text), or a TQMap<int,TQString> to sort the strings by
+some integer index, etc.
+
+
      Example: themes/themes.cpp.
+
      TQStringList TQStringList::split ( const TQRegExp & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE ) [static]
+
      
+Splits the string str into strings wherever the regular expression sep occurs, and returns the list of those strings.
+
       If allowEmptyEntries is TRUE, a null string is inserted in
+the list wherever the separator matches twice without intervening
+text.
+
       For example, if you split the string "a,,b,c" on commas, split()
+returns the three-item list "a", "b", "c" if allowEmptyEntries
+is FALSE (the default), and the four-item list "a", "", "b", "c"
+if allowEmptyEntries is TRUE.
+
       If sep does not match anywhere in str, split() returns a
+single element list with the element containing the single string
+str.
+
       
      See also join() and TQString::section().
+
+
      Examples: chart/element.cpp, dirview/dirview.cpp, and network/httpd/httpd.cpp.
+
      TQStringList TQStringList::split ( const TQString & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This version of the function uses a TQString as separator, rather
+than a regular expression.
+
       If sep is an empty string, the return value is a list of
+one-character strings: split( TQString( "" ), "four" ) returns the
+four-item list, "f", "o", "u", "r".
+
       If allowEmptyEntries is TRUE, a null string is inserted in
+the list wherever the separator matches twice without intervening
+text.
+
       
      See also join() and TQString::section().
+
+
      TQStringList TQStringList::split ( const TQChar & sep, const TQString & str, bool allowEmptyEntries = FALSE ) [static]
+
      
+This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
+
       This version of the function uses a TQChar as separator, rather
+than a regular expression.
+
       
      See also join() and TQString::section().
+
+
+
      
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstrlist-h.html b/doc/html/tqstrlist-h.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fd0e33616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstrlist-h.html
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+tqstrlist.h Include File
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      tqstrlist.h
      
+
+
      This is the verbatim text of the tqstrlist.h include file. It is provided only for illustration; the copyright remains with Trolltech.
+
      
+
      +/****************************************************************************
+** $Id: qt/tqstrlist.h   3.3.8   edited Jan 11 14:38 $
+**
+** Definition of TQStrList, TQStrIList and TQStrListIterator classes
+**
+** Created : 920730
+**
+** Copyright (C) 1992-2007 Trolltech ASA.  All rights reserved.
+**
+** This file is part of the tools module of the TQt GUI Toolkit.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the GNU General Public
+** License versions 2.0 or 3.0 as published by the Free Software
+** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
+** packaging of this file. Alternatively you may (at your option) use any
+** later version of the GNU General Public License if such license has
+** been publicly approved by Trolltech ASA (or its successors, if any)
+** and the KDE Free TQt Foundation.
+**
+** Please review the following information to ensure GNU General
+** Public Licensing requirements will be met:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/opensource/.
+** If you are unsure which license is appropriate for your use, please
+** review the following information:
+** http://trolltech.com/products/qt/licenses/licensing/licensingoverview
+** or contact the sales department at sales@trolltech.com.
+**
+** This file may be used under the terms of the Q Public License as
+** defined by Trolltech ASA and appearing in the file LICENSE.TQPL
+** included in the packaging of this file.  Licensees holding valid TQt
+** Commercial licenses may use this file in accordance with the TQt
+** Commercial License Agreement provided with the Software.
+**
+** This file is provided "AS IS" with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+** INCLUDING THE WARRANTIES OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
+** A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Trolltech reserves all rights not granted
+** herein.
+**
+**********************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef TQSTRLIST_H
+#define TQSTRLIST_H
+
+#ifndef QT_H
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqptrlist.h"
+#include "ntqdatastream.h"
+#endif // QT_H
+
+#if defined(Q_QDOC)
+class TQStrListIterator : public TQPtrListIterator<char>
+{
+};
+#else
+typedef TQPtrListIterator<char> TQStrListIterator;
+#endif
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQStrList : public TQPtrList<char>
+{
+public:
+    TQStrList( bool deepCopies=TRUE ) { dc = deepCopies; del_item = deepCopies; }
+    TQStrList( const TQStrList & );
+    ~TQStrList()			{ clear(); }
+    TQStrList& operator=( const TQStrList & );
+
+private:
+    TQPtrCollection::Item newItem( TQPtrCollection::Item d ) { return dc ? tqstrdup( (const char*)d ) : d; }
+    void deleteItem( TQPtrCollection::Item d ) { if ( del_item ) delete[] (char*)d; }
+    int compareItems( TQPtrCollection::Item s1, TQPtrCollection::Item s2 ) { return qstrcmp((const char*)s1,
+							 (const char*)s2); }
+#ifndef TQT_NO_DATASTREAM
+    TQDataStream &read( TQDataStream &s, TQPtrCollection::Item &d )
+				{ s >> (char *&)d; return s; }
+    TQDataStream &write( TQDataStream &s, TQPtrCollection::Item d ) const
+				{ return s << (const char *)d; }
+#endif
+    bool  dc;
+};
+
+
+class TQ_EXPORT TQStrIList : public TQStrList	// case insensitive string list
+{
+public:
+    TQStrIList( bool deepCopies=TRUE ) : TQStrList( deepCopies ) {}
+    ~TQStrIList()			{ clear(); }
+private:
+    int	  compareItems( TQPtrCollection::Item s1, TQPtrCollection::Item s2 )
+				{ return tqstricmp((const char*)s1,
+						    (const char*)s2); }
+};
+
+
+inline TQStrList & TQStrList::operator=( const TQStrList &strList )
+{
+    clear();
+    dc = strList.dc;
+    del_item = dc;
+    TQPtrList<char>::operator=( strList );
+    return *this;
+}
+
+inline TQStrList::TQStrList( const TQStrList &strList )
+    : TQPtrList<char>( strList )
+{
+    dc = FALSE;
+    operator=( strList );
+}
+
+#endif // TQSTRLIST_H
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstrlist-members.html b/doc/html/tqstrlist-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ea62f82d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstrlist-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStrList Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      Complete Member List for TQStrList
      
+
+
      This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQStrList, including inherited members.
+
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstrlist.html b/doc/html/tqstrlist.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66588b818
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstrlist.html
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStrList Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      TQStrList Class Reference
      
+
+
      The TQStrList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*.
+More...
+
      #include <tqstrlist.h>
+
      Inherits TQPtrList<char>.
+
      Inherited by TQStrIList.
+
      List of all member functions.
+
      Public Members
      
+
+
      Detailed Description
      
+
+
+The TQStrList class provides a doubly-linked list of char*.
+
       
+
+
+
       If you want a string list of TQStrings use TQStringList.
+
       This class is a TQPtrList<char> instance (a list of char*).
+
       TQStrList can make deep or shallow copies of the strings that are
+inserted.
+
       A deep copy means that memory is allocated for the string and then
+the string data is copied into that memory. A shallow copy is just
+a copy of the pointer value and not of the string data itself.
+
       The disadvantage of shallow copies is that because a pointer can
+be deleted only once, the program must put all strings in a
+central place and know when it is safe to delete them (i.e. when
+the strings are no longer referenced by other parts of the
+program). This can make the program more complex. The advantage of
+shallow copies is that they consume far less memory than deep
+copies. It is also much faster to copy a pointer (typically 4 or 8
+bytes) than to copy string data.
+
       A TQStrList that operates on deep copies will, by default, turn on
+auto-deletion (see setAutoDelete()). Thus, by default TQStrList
+will deallocate any string copies it allocates.
+
       The virtual compareItems() function is reimplemented and does a
+case-sensitive string comparison. The inSort() function will
+insert strings in sorted order. In general it is fastest to insert
+the strings as they come and sort() at the end; inSort() is useful
+when you just have to add a few extra strings to an already sorted
+list.
+
       The TQStrListIterator class is an iterator for TQStrList.
+
      See also Collection Classes, Text Related Classes, and Non-GUI Classes.
+
+
      Member Function Documentation
      
+
      TQStrList::TQStrList ( bool deepCopies = TRUE )
+
      
+
+
       Constructs an empty list of strings. Will make deep copies of all
+inserted strings if deepCopies is TRUE, or use shallow copies
+if deepCopies is FALSE.
+
+
      TQStrList::TQStrList ( const TQStrList & list )
+
      
+
+
       Constructs a copy of list.
+
       If list has deep copies, this list will also get deep copies.
+Only the pointers are copied (shallow copy) if the other list does
+not use deep copies.
+
+
      TQStrList::~TQStrList ()
+
      
+
+
       Destroys the list. All strings are removed.
+
+
      TQStrList & TQStrList::operator= ( const TQStrList & list )
+
      
+
+
       Assigns list to this list and returns a reference to this list.
+
       If list has deep copies, this list will also get deep copies.
+Only the pointers are copied (shallow copy) if the other list does
+not use deep copies.
+
+
+
      
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstrlistiterator-members.html b/doc/html/tqstrlistiterator-members.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45f914779
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstrlistiterator-members.html
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStrListIterator Member List
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      Complete Member List for TQStrListIterator
      
+
+
      This is the complete list of member functions for
+TQStrListIterator, including inherited members.
+
+
      
+
+
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqstrlistiterator.html b/doc/html/tqstrlistiterator.html
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fc57f63c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/doc/html/tqstrlistiterator.html
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+
+
+
+
+
+TQStrListIterator Class
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
      
+ 
+Home
+ | 
+All Classes
+ | 
+Main Classes
+ | 
+Annotated
+ | 
+Grouped Classes
+ | 
+Functions
+
      TQStrListIterator Class Reference
      
+
+
      The TQStrListIterator class is an iterator for the TQStrList
+and TQStrIList classes.
+More...
+
      #include <tqstrlist.h>
+
      Inherits TQPtrListIterator<char>.
+
      List of all member functions.
+
      Detailed Description
      
+
+
+The TQStrListIterator class is an iterator for the TQStrList
+and TQStrIList classes.
+
       
+
       This class is a TQPtrListIterator<char> instance. It can traverse
+the strings in the TQStrList and TQStrIList classes.
+
      See also Non-GUI Classes.
+
+
+
      
+This file is part of the TQt toolkit.
+Copyright © 1995-2007
+Trolltech. All Rights Reserved.
      
+
+
      Copyright © 2007
+TrolltechTrademarks
+
      TQt 3.3.8
      
+
      
+
diff --git a/doc/html/tqvaluelist.html b/doc/html/tqvaluelist.html
index bd899893b..72bd00e8a 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqvaluelist.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqvaluelist.html
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ provides lists.
 More...
 
      All the functions in this class are reentrant when TQt is built with thread support.
      
 
      #include <tqvaluelist.h>
-
      Inherited by TQCanvasItemList, TQStringList, and TQValueStack.
+
      Inherited by TQCanvasItemList, TQStringList, and TQValueStack.
 
      List of all member functions.
 
      Public Members
      
 
        
@@ -161,18 +161,18 @@ prefer to use the STL-compatible functions.
     {
     public:
         Employee(): sn(0) {}
-        Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary )
+        Employee( const TQString& forename, const TQString& surname, int salary )
             : fn(forename), sn(surname), sal(salary)
         {}
 
-        TQString forename() const { return fn; }
-        TQString surname() const { return sn; }
+        TQString forename() const { return fn; }
+        TQString surname() const { return sn; }
         int salary() const { return sal; }
         void setSalary( int salary ) { sal = salary; }
 
     private:
-        TQString fn;
-        TQString sn;
+        TQString fn;
+        TQString sn;
         int sal;
     };
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqvaluevector.html b/doc/html/tqvaluevector.html
index a8a28bdf6..527ca3a29 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqvaluevector.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqvaluevector.html
@@ -139,22 +139,22 @@ more information.
 
         Example:
 
             #include <tqvaluevector.h>
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
     #include <stdio.h>
 
     class Employee
     {
     public:
         Employee(): s(0) {}
-        Employee( const TQString& name, int salary )
+        Employee( const TQString& name, int salary )
             : n( name ), s( salary )
         { }
 
-        TQString name()   const          { return n; }
+        TQString name()   const          { return n; }
         int     salary() const          { return s; }
         void    setSalary( int salary ) { s = salary; }
     private:
-        TQString n;
+        TQString n;
         int     s;
     };
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqwidget.html b/doc/html/tqwidget.html
index 7f973c943..4da385844 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqwidget.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqwidget.html
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ Use paletteBackgroundPixmap()  or TQSize TQWidget::baseSize () const
 
        Returns the base size of the widget.
 See the "baseSize" property for details.
-
        TQString TQWidget::caption () const
+
        TQString TQWidget::caption () const
 
        Returns the window caption (title).
 See the "caption" property for details.
 
        TQWidget * TQWidget::childAt ( int x, int y, bool includeThis = FALSE ) const
@@ -942,7 +942,7 @@ mouse enters this widget, and whenever it moves within the widget.
 overview of how to provide drag-and-drop in your application.
 
         
        See also TQTextDrag, TQImageDrag, and TQDragMoveEvent.
 
-
        void TQWidget::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString & str )
+
        void TQWidget::drawText ( int x, int y, const TQString & str )
 
        
 Draws the string str at position (x, y).
 
         The y position is the base line position of the text. The text
@@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ is drawn using the default font and the default foreground color.
 more flexible results and often higher speed by using a a painter instead.
 
         
        See also font, foregroundColor(), and TQPainter::drawText().
 
-
        void TQWidget::drawText ( const TQPoint & pos, const TQString & str )
+
        void TQWidget::drawText ( const TQPoint & pos, const TQString & str )
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Draws the string str at position pos.
@@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ hidden.
 
        const TQPixmap * TQWidget::icon () const
 
        Returns the widget's icon.
 See the "icon" property for details.
-
        TQString TQWidget::iconText () const
+
        TQString TQWidget::iconText () const
 
        Returns the widget's icon text.
 See the "iconText" property for details.
 
        void TQWidget::iconify () [slot]
@@ -1922,7 +1922,7 @@ This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves esse
 
         This corresponds to setBaseSize( TQSize(basew, baseh) ). Sets
 the widgets base size to width basew and height baseh.
 
-
        void TQWidget::setCaption ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
+
        void TQWidget::setCaption ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
 
        Sets the window caption (title).
 See the "caption" property for details.
 
        void TQWidget::setCursor ( const TQCursor & ) [virtual]
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@ See the "hidden" property for details.
 
        void TQWidget::setIcon ( const TQPixmap & ) [virtual slot]
 
        Sets the widget's icon.
 See the "icon" property for details.
-
        void TQWidget::setIconText ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
+
        void TQWidget::setIconText ( const TQString & ) [virtual slot]
 
        Sets the widget's icon text.
 See the "iconText" property for details.
 
        void TQWidget::setInputMethodEnabled ( bool b )
@@ -2196,7 +2196,7 @@ instead.
 
         
        See also style(), TQStyle, TQApplication::style(), and TQApplication::setStyle().
 
 
        Examples: grapher/grapher.cpp and progressbar/progressbar.cpp.
-
        TQStyle * TQWidget::setStyle ( const TQString & style )
+
        TQStyle * TQWidget::setStyle ( const TQString & style )
 
        
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Sets the widget's GUI style to style using the TQStyleFactory.
@@ -2648,10 +2648,10 @@ widget defines sizeIncrement().
 
         
        See also sizeIncrement.
 
 
        Set this property's value with setBaseSize() and get this property's value with baseSize().
-
        TQString caption
        
+
        TQString caption
        
 
        This property holds the window caption (title).
 
        This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no
-caption has been set, the caption is TQString::null.
+caption has been set, the caption is TQString::null.
 
         
        See also icon and iconText.
 
 
        Set this property's value with setCaption() and get this property's value with caption().
@@ -2825,10 +2825,10 @@ has been set, icon() returns 0.
 
         
        See also iconText, caption, and Setting the Application Icon.
 
 
        Set this property's value with setIcon() and get this property's value with icon().
-
        TQString iconText
        
+
        TQString iconText
        
 
        This property holds the widget's icon text.
 
        This property only makes sense for top-level widgets. If no icon
-text has been set, this functions returns TQString::null.
+text has been set, this functions returns TQString::null.
 
         
        See also icon and caption.
 
 
        Set this property's value with setIconText() and get this property's value with iconText().
diff --git a/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-h.html b/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-h.html
index 2a377386e..2d5d548a5 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory-h.html
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #define TQWIDGETFACTORY_H
 
 #ifndef QT_H
-#include <ntqstring.h>
+#include <tqstring.h>
 #include <tqptrlist.h>
 #include <tqimage.h>
 #include <ntqpixmap.h>
diff --git a/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory.html b/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory.html
index 433a82739..772ad6ee0 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqwidgetfactory.html
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Destructor.
 additional widgets that can then be created using a TQWidgetFactory.
 See createWidget() for further details.
 
-
        TQWidget * TQWidgetFactory::create ( const TQString & uiFile, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
+
        TQWidget * TQWidgetFactory::create ( const TQString & uiFile, TQObject * connector = 0, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [static]
 
        
 
         Loads the TQt Designer user interface description file uiFile
 and returns the top-level widget in that description. parent and
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ this, the connections to the custom slots will be done using the connector  This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
         Loads the user interface description from device dev.
 
-
        TQWidget * TQWidgetFactory::createWidget ( const TQString & className, TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) const [virtual]
+
        TQWidget * TQWidgetFactory::createWidget ( const TQString & className, TQWidget * parent, const char * name ) const [virtual]
 
        
 Creates a widget of the type className passing parent and name to its constructor.
 
         If className is a widget in the TQt library, it is directly
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ factory to create widgets do a:
 where MyWidgetFactory is your TQWidgetFactory subclass.
 
         
    
 
-
    void TQWidgetFactory::loadImages ( const TQString & dir ) [static]
+
    void TQWidgetFactory::loadImages ( const TQString & dir ) [static]
 
    
 If you use a pixmap collection (which is the default for new
 projects) rather than saving the pixmaps within the .ui XML file,
@@ -150,10 +150,10 @@ manually, or call this function and specify the directory where
 the images can be found, as dir. This is normally the
 directory called images in the project's directory.
 
-
    bool TQWidgetFactory::supportsWidget ( const TQString & widget ) [static]
+
    bool TQWidgetFactory::supportsWidget ( const TQString & widget ) [static]
 
     Returns TRUE if the widget factory can create the specified widget;
 otherwise returns FALSE. 
-
    TQStringList TQWidgetFactory::widgets () [static]
+
    TQStringList TQWidgetFactory::widgets () [static]
 
     Returns the names of the widgets this factory can create. 
 
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-h.html b/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-h.html
index e3c20ea77..86e36822f 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin-h.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqgplugin.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "ntqiconset.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 #ifndef TQT_NO_WIDGETPLUGIN
diff --git a/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin.html b/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin.html
index 366c57c87..c05d569b1 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqwidgetplugin.html
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Destroys the widget plugin.
 
     You never have to call this explicitly. TQt destroys a plugin
 automatically when it is no longer used.
 
-
    TQWidget * TQWidgetPlugin::create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [pure virtual]
+
    TQWidget * TQWidgetPlugin::create ( const TQString & key, TQWidget * parent = 0, const char * name = 0 ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Creates and returns a TQWidget object for the widget key key.
@@ -88,31 +88,31 @@ The widget key is the class name of the required widget. The name and <
 constructor.
 
     
    See also keys().
 
-
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::group ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::group ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the group (toolbar name) that the custom widget of class
 key should be part of when TQt Designer loads it.
-
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
+
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
 
-
    TQIconSet TQWidgetPlugin::iconSet ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
    TQIconSet TQWidgetPlugin::iconSet ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the iconset that TQt Designer should use to represent
 the custom widget of class key in the toolbar.
 
     The default implementation returns an null iconset.
 
-
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::includeFile ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::includeFile ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the name of the include file that TQt Designer and uic should use to include the custom widget of class key in
 generated code.
-
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
+
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
 
-
    bool TQWidgetPlugin::isContainer ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
    bool TQWidgetPlugin::isContainer ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns TRUE if the custom widget of class key can contain
 other widgets, e.g. like TQFrame; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     The default implementation returns FALSE.
 
-
    TQStringList TQWidgetPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
+
    TQStringList TQWidgetPlugin::keys () const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns the list of widget keys this plugin supports.
@@ -120,18 +120,18 @@ other widgets, e.g. like TQFrame; otherwise returns
 implemented in the plugin.
 
     
    See also create().
 
-
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::toolTip ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::toolTip ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the text of the tooltip that TQt Designer should use
 for the custom widget of class key's toolbar button.
-
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
+
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
 
-
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::whatsThis ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
+
    TQString TQWidgetPlugin::whatsThis ( const TQString & key ) const [virtual]
 
    
 Returns the text of the whatsThis text that TQt Designer should
 use when the user requests whatsThis help for the custom widget of
 class key.
-
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
+
     The default implementation returns TQString::null.
 
 
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxml-h.html b/doc/html/tqxml-h.html
index c28531326..f8aadfafb 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxml-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxml-h.html
@@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 #ifndef QT_H
 #include "ntqtextstream.h"
 #include "ntqfile.h"
-#include "ntqstring.h"
-#include "ntqstringlist.h"
+#include "tqstring.h"
+#include "tqstringlist.h"
 #include "tqvaluevector.h"
 #endif // QT_H
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlattributes.html b/doc/html/tqxmlattributes.html
index 5f162b19c..366ca78a1 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlattributes.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlattributes.html
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ value. The attribute's name is available from localName
 
 
     Destroys the attributes object.
 
-
    void TQXmlAttributes::append ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart, const TQString & value )
+
    void TQXmlAttributes::append ( const TQString & qName, const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart, const TQString & value )
 
    
 Appends a new attribute entry to the list of attributes. The
 qualified name of the attribute is qName, the namespace URI is
@@ -104,13 +104,13 @@ Clears the list of attributes.
 
     Returns the number of attributes in the list. This function is
 equivalent to length().
 
-
    int TQXmlAttributes::index ( const TQString & qName ) const
+
    int TQXmlAttributes::index ( const TQString & qName ) const
 
    
 Looks up the index of an attribute by the qualified name qName.
 
     Returns the index of the attribute or -1 if it wasn't found.
 
     See also the namespace description.
 
-
    int TQXmlAttributes::index ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart ) const
+
    int TQXmlAttributes::index ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localPart ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Looks up the index of an attribute by a namespace name.
@@ -126,32 +126,32 @@ Returns the number of attributes in the list.
 
     
    See also count().
 
 
    Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp.
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::localName ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::localName ( int index ) const
 
    
 Looks up an attribute's local name for the attribute at position
 index. If no namespace processing is done, the local name is
-TQString::null.
+TQString::null.
 
     See also the namespace description.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::qName ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::qName ( int index ) const
 
    
 Looks up an attribute's XML 1.0 qualified name for the attribute
 at position index.
 
     See also the namespace description.
 
 
    Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp.
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::type ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::type ( int index ) const
 
    
 Looks up an attribute's type for the attribute at position index.
 
     Currently only "CDATA" is returned.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::type ( const TQString & qName ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::type ( const TQString & qName ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Looks up an attribute's type for the qualified name qName.
 
     Currently only "CDATA" is returned.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::type ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::type ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Looks up an attribute's type by namespace name.
@@ -160,25 +160,25 @@ local name. If the name has no namespace URI, use an empty string
 for uri.
 
     Currently only "CDATA" is returned.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::uri ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::uri ( int index ) const
 
    
 Looks up an attribute's namespace URI for the attribute at
 position index. If no namespace processing is done or if the
-attribute has no namespace, the namespace URI is TQString::null.
+attribute has no namespace, the namespace URI is TQString::null.
 
     See also the namespace description.
 
 
    Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/structureparser.cpp.
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::value ( int index ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::value ( int index ) const
 
    
 Looks up an attribute's value for the attribute at position index.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::value ( const TQString & qName ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::value ( const TQString & qName ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Looks up an attribute's value for the qualified name qName.
 
     See also the namespace description.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::value ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlAttributes::value ( const TQString & uri, const TQString & localName ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Looks up an attribute's value by namespace name.
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlcontenthandler.html b/doc/html/tqxmlcontenthandler.html
index 5ce191dbd..d0bcaa3ba 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlcontenthandler.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlcontenthandler.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ is called. At the beginning of prefix-URI scopes
 
     
    See also TQXmlDTDHandler, TQXmlDeclHandler, TQXmlEntityResolver, TQXmlErrorHandler, TQXmlLexicalHandler, and XML.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::characters ( const TQString & ch ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::characters ( const TQString & ch ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function when it has parsed a chunk of
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ reports an error. The reader uses the function errorStrin
 get the error message.
 
     
    See also startDocument().
 
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::endElement ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::endElement ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function when it has parsed an end element
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ get the error message.
 
     
    See also startElement().
 
 
    Example: xml/tagreader/structureparser.cpp.
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::endPrefixMapping ( const TQString & prefix ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::endPrefixMapping ( const TQString & prefix ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to signal the end of a prefix
@@ -144,13 +144,13 @@ get the error message.
 
     See also the namespace description.
 
     
    See also startPrefixMapping().
 
-
    TQString TQXmlContentHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
+
    TQString TQXmlContentHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to get an error string, e.g. if any
 of the handler functions returns FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::ignorableWhitespace ( const TQString & ch ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::ignorableWhitespace ( const TQString & ch ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Some readers may use this function to report each chunk of
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ whitespace in element content. The whitespace is reported in ch.
 reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to
 get the error message.
 
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::processingInstruction ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::processingInstruction ( const TQString & target, const TQString & data ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function when it has parsed a processing
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ the document.
 destroyed. (Do not use the locator after the reader is
 destroyed).
 
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::skippedEntity ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::skippedEntity ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Some readers may skip entities if they have not seen the
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ get the error message.
 
     
    See also endDocument().
 
 
    Example: xml/tagreader/structureparser.cpp.
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::startElement ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName, const TQXmlAttributes & atts ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::startElement ( const TQString & namespaceURI, const TQString & localName, const TQString & qName, const TQXmlAttributes & atts ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function when it has parsed a start element
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ values. The attribute list contains attributes used for namespace
 declaration (i.e. attributes starting with xmlns) only if the
 namespace-prefix property of the reader is TRUE.
 
     The argument namespaceURI is the namespace URI, or
-TQString::null if the element has no namespace URI or if no
+TQString::null if the element has no namespace URI or if no
 namespace processing is done. localName is the local name
 (without prefix), or TQString::null if no namespace processing is
 done, qName is the qualified name (with prefix) and atts are
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ get the error message.
 
     
    See also endElement().
 
 
    Example: xml/tagreader/structureparser.cpp.
-
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::startPrefixMapping ( const TQString & prefix, const TQString & uri ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlContentHandler::startPrefixMapping ( const TQString & prefix, const TQString & uri ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to signal the begin of a prefix-URI
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmldeclhandler.html b/doc/html/tqxmldeclhandler.html
index b881a6e5a..9f8ded8b2 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmldeclhandler.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmldeclhandler.html
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ content of XML data.
 
     
    See also TQXmlDTDHandler, TQXmlContentHandler, TQXmlEntityResolver, TQXmlErrorHandler, TQXmlLexicalHandler, and XML.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    bool TQXmlDeclHandler::attributeDecl ( const TQString & eName, const TQString & aName, const TQString & type, const TQString & valueDefault, const TQString & value ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlDeclHandler::attributeDecl ( const TQString & eName, const TQString & aName, const TQString & type, const TQString & valueDefault, const TQString & value ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to report an attribute type
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ attribute is reported.
 and the name of the attribute in aName. It passes a string that
 represents the attribute type in type and a string that
 represents the attribute default in valueDefault. This string
-is one of "#IMPLIED", "#REQUIRED", "#FIXED" or TQString::null (if
+is one of "#IMPLIED", "#REQUIRED", "#FIXED" or TQString::null (if
 none of the others applies). The reader passes the attribute's
 default value in value. If no default value is specified in the
 XML file, value is TQString::null.
@@ -81,13 +81,13 @@ XML file, value is TQString::null.
 reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to
 get the error message.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlDeclHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
+
    TQString TQXmlDeclHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of
 the handler functions returns FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQXmlDeclHandler::externalEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlDeclHandler::externalEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to report a parsed external entity
@@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ declaration. Only the effective (first) declaration for each
 entity is reported.
 
     The reader passes the name of the entity in name, the public
 identifier in publicId and the system identifier in systemId. If there is no public identifier specified, it passes
-TQString::null in publicId.
+TQString::null in publicId.
 
     If this function returns FALSE the reader stops parsing and
 reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to
 get the error message.
 
-
    bool TQXmlDeclHandler::internalEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlDeclHandler::internalEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & value ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to report an internal entity
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmldtdhandler.html b/doc/html/tqxmldtdhandler.html
index ae1852b6d..693625e35 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmldtdhandler.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmldtdhandler.html
@@ -64,13 +64,13 @@ and unparsed entity declarations using notationDecl(
 
     
    See also TQXmlDeclHandler, TQXmlContentHandler, TQXmlEntityResolver, TQXmlErrorHandler, TQXmlLexicalHandler, and XML.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQString TQXmlDTDHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
+
    TQString TQXmlDTDHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of
 the handler functions returns FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQXmlDTDHandler::notationDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlDTDHandler::notationDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function when it has parsed a notation
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ system identifier.
 reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to
 get the error message.
 
-
    bool TQXmlDTDHandler::unparsedEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, const TQString & notationName ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlDTDHandler::unparsedEntityDecl ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, const TQString & notationName ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function when it finds an unparsed entity
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlentityresolver.html b/doc/html/tqxmlentityresolver.html
index cf449a29d..3460027cf 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlentityresolver.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlentityresolver.html
@@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ external entities, it must implement this interface, i.e.
 
     
    See also TQXmlDTDHandler, TQXmlDeclHandler, TQXmlContentHandler, TQXmlErrorHandler, TQXmlLexicalHandler, and XML.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQString TQXmlEntityResolver::errorString () [pure virtual]
+
    TQString TQXmlEntityResolver::errorString () [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of
 the handler functions returns FALSE.
 
-
    bool TQXmlEntityResolver::resolveEntity ( const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, TQXmlInputSource *& ret ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlEntityResolver::resolveEntity ( const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId, TQXmlInputSource *& ret ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function before it opens any external
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlerrorhandler.html b/doc/html/tqxmlerrorhandler.html
index 1a345e6d5..b040196d6 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlerrorhandler.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlerrorhandler.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ invoking this function.
 reports an error. The reader uses the function errorString() to
 get the error message.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlErrorHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
+
    TQString TQXmlErrorHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlinputsource.html b/doc/html/tqxmlinputsource.html
index 628cd3849..5285e5939 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlinputsource.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlinputsource.html
@@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ file cannot be read the input source is empty.
 
 Destructor.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlInputSource::data () [virtual]
+
    TQString TQXmlInputSource::data () [virtual]
 
    
-Returns the data the input source contains or TQString::null if the
+Returns the data the input source contains or TQString::null if the
 input source does not contain any data.
 
     
    See also setData(), TQXmlInputSource(), and fetchData().
 
@@ -137,11 +137,11 @@ call to next() (if the data had run out).
 
     You don't normally need to use this function if you use next().
 
     
    See also data(), next(), and TQXmlInputSource().
 
-
    TQString TQXmlInputSource::fromRawData ( const TQByteArray & data, bool beginning = FALSE ) [virtual protected]
+
    TQString TQXmlInputSource::fromRawData ( const TQByteArray & data, bool beginning = FALSE ) [virtual protected]
 
    
 This function reads the XML file from data and tries to
 recognize the encoding. It converts the raw data data into a
-TQString and returns it. It tries its best to get the correct
+TQString and returns it. It tries its best to get the correct
 encoding for the XML file.
 
     If beginning is TRUE, this function assumes that the data
 starts at the beginning of a new XML document and looks for an
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ input source for more than one parse.
 
     
    See also next().
 
 
    Example: xml/tagreader-with-features/tagreader.cpp.
-
    void TQXmlInputSource::setData ( const TQString & dat ) [virtual]
+
    void TQXmlInputSource::setData ( const TQString & dat ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the data of the input source to dat.
 
     If the input source already contains data, this function deletes
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmllexicalhandler.html b/doc/html/tqxmllexicalhandler.html
index fd399ea11..9c56063d6 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmllexicalhandler.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmllexicalhandler.html
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ LexicalHandler.
 
     
    See also TQXmlDTDHandler, TQXmlDeclHandler, TQXmlContentHandler, TQXmlEntityResolver, TQXmlErrorHandler, and XML.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::comment ( const TQString & ch ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::comment ( const TQString & ch ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to report an XML comment anywhere
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ reports an error. The reader uses the function errorStrin
 get the error message.
 
     
    See also startDTD().
 
-
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::endEntity ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::endEntity ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to report the end of an entity
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ reports an error. The reader uses the function errorStrin
 get the error message.
 
     
    See also startEntity(), TQXmlContentHandler::skippedEntity(), and TQXmlSimpleReader::setFeature().
 
-
    TQString TQXmlLexicalHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
+
    TQString TQXmlLexicalHandler::errorString () [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to get an error string if any of
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ reports an error. The reader uses the function errorStrin
 get the error message.
 
     
    See also endCDATA().
 
-
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::startDTD ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::startDTD ( const TQString & name, const TQString & publicId, const TQString & systemId ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to report the start of a DTD
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ declaration, if any. It reports the name of the document type in
 name, the public identifier in publicId and the system
 identifier in systemId.
 
     If the public identifier is missing, publicId is set to
-TQString::null. If the system identifier is missing, systemId is
+TQString::null. If the system identifier is missing, systemId is
 set to TQString::null. Note that it is not valid XML to have a
 public identifier but no system identifier; in such cases a parse
 error will occur.
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ reports an error. The reader uses the function errorStrin
 get the error message.
 
     
    See also endDTD().
 
-
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::startEntity ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlLexicalHandler::startEntity ( const TQString & name ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     The reader calls this function to report the start of an entity
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlnamespacesupport.html b/doc/html/tqxmlnamespacesupport.html
index 0d1aaa40a..d903ab85c 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlnamespacesupport.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlnamespacesupport.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ element. After popping the context, all namespace prefix mappings
 that were previously in force are restored.
 
     
    See also pushContext().
 
-
    TQString TQXmlNamespaceSupport::prefix ( const TQString & uri ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlNamespaceSupport::prefix ( const TQString & uri ) const
 
    
 Returns one of the prefixes mapped to the namespace URI uri.
 
     If more than one prefix is currently mapped to the same URI, this
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ prefixes, use prefixes() instead.
 
     Note: to check for a default prefix, use the uri() function with
 an argument of "".
 
-
    TQStringList TQXmlNamespaceSupport::prefixes () const
+
    TQStringList TQXmlNamespaceSupport::prefixes () const
 
    
 Returns a list of all the prefixes currently declared.
 
     If there is a default prefix, this function does not return it in
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ argument of "".
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = myXmlNamespaceSupport.prefixes();
+    TQStringList list = myXmlNamespaceSupport.prefixes();
     TQStringList::iterator it = list.begin();
     while ( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
     
    
  
 
-
    TQStringList TQXmlNamespaceSupport::prefixes ( const TQString & uri ) const
+
    TQStringList TQXmlNamespaceSupport::prefixes ( const TQString & uri ) const
 
    
 This is an overloaded member function, provided for convenience. It behaves essentially like the above function.
 
     Returns a list of all prefixes currently declared for the
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ an argument of "".
 
     Note that if you want to iterate over the list, you should iterate
 over a copy, e.g.
 
    -    TQStringList list = myXmlNamespaceSupport.prefixes( "" );
+    TQStringList list = myXmlNamespaceSupport.prefixes( "" );
     TQStringList::Iterator it = list.begin();
     while( it != list.end() ) {
         myProcessing( *it );
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ over a copy, e.g.
     
    
  
 
-
    void TQXmlNamespaceSupport::processName ( const TQString & qname, bool isAttribute, TQString & nsuri, TQString & localname ) const
+
    void TQXmlNamespaceSupport::processName ( const TQString & qname, bool isAttribute, TQString & nsuri, TQString & localname ) const
 
    
 Processes a raw XML 1.0 name in the current context by removing
 the prefix and looking it up among the prefixes currently
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ declared.
 
     qname is the raw XML 1.0 name to be processed. isAttribute
 is TRUE if the name is an attribute name.
 
     This function stores the namespace URI in nsuri (which will be
-set to TQString::null if the raw name has an undeclared prefix),
+set to TQString::null if the raw name has an undeclared prefix),
 and stores the local name (without prefix) in localname (which
 will be set to TQString::null if no namespace is in use).
 
     Note that attribute names are processed differently than element
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ which declarations were made within this context.
 
 Resets this namespace support object ready for reuse.
 
-
    void TQXmlNamespaceSupport::setPrefix ( const TQString & pre, const TQString & uri )
+
    void TQXmlNamespaceSupport::setPrefix ( const TQString & pre, const TQString & uri )
 
    
 This function declares a prefix pre in the current namespace
 context to be the namespace URI uri. The prefix remains in
@@ -177,12 +177,12 @@ check for a default prefix, you must look it up explicitly using
 uri(). This asymmetry exists to make it easier to look up prefixes
 for attribute names, where the default prefix is not allowed.
 
-
    void TQXmlNamespaceSupport::splitName ( const TQString & qname, TQString & prefix, TQString & localname ) const
+
    void TQXmlNamespaceSupport::splitName ( const TQString & qname, TQString & prefix, TQString & localname ) const
 
    
 Splits the name qname at the ':' and returns the prefix in prefix and the local name in localname.
 
     
    See also processName().
 
-
    TQString TQXmlNamespaceSupport::uri ( const TQString & prefix ) const
+
    TQString TQXmlNamespaceSupport::uri ( const TQString & prefix ) const
 
    
 Looks up the prefix prefix in the current context and returns
 the currently-mapped namespace URI. Use the empty string ("") for
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlparseexception.html b/doc/html/tqxmlparseexception.html
index 06defa1d2..5452b0453 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlparseexception.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlparseexception.html
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ occurred using systemId(), publicId<
 
     
    See also TQXmlErrorHandler, TQXmlReader, and XML.
 
 
    Member Function Documentation
    
-
    TQXmlParseException::TQXmlParseException ( const TQString & name = "", int c = -1, int l = -1, const TQString & p = "", const TQString & s = "" )
+
    TQXmlParseException::TQXmlParseException ( const TQString & name = "", int c = -1, int l = -1, const TQString & p = "", const TQString & s = "" )
 
    
 
 
     Constructs a parse exception with the error string name for
@@ -77,15 +77,15 @@ Returns the column number where the error occurred.
 
 Returns the line number where the error occurred.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlParseException::message () const
+
    TQString TQXmlParseException::message () const
 
    
 Returns the error message.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlParseException::publicId () const
+
    TQString TQXmlParseException::publicId () const
 
    
 Returns the public identifier where the error occurred.
 
-
    TQString TQXmlParseException::systemId () const
+
    TQString TQXmlParseException::systemId () const
 
    
 Returns the system identifier where the error occurred.
 
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlreader.html b/doc/html/tqxmlreader.html
index 19d780600..614554732 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlreader.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlreader.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ own subclasses with setEntityResolver(),  Returns the error handler or 0 if none is set.
 
     
    See also setErrorHandler().
 
-
    bool TQXmlReader::feature ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlReader::feature ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     If the reader has the feature called name, the feature's value
@@ -140,14 +140,14 @@ undefined.
 feature called name; otherwise *ok is set to FALSE.
 
     
    See also setFeature() and hasFeature().
 
-
    bool TQXmlReader::hasFeature ( const TQString & name ) const [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlReader::hasFeature ( const TQString & name ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns TRUE if the reader has the feature called name;
 otherwise returns FALSE.
 
     
    See also feature() and setFeature().
 
-
    bool TQXmlReader::hasProperty ( const TQString & name ) const [pure virtual]
+
    bool TQXmlReader::hasProperty ( const TQString & name ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Returns TRUE if the reader has the property name; otherwise
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ the parsing was successful; otherwise returns FALSE.
 
 
     This function is obsolete. It is provided to keep old source working. We strongly advise against using it in new code.
 
     
-
    void * TQXmlReader::property ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
+
    void * TQXmlReader::property ( const TQString & name, bool * ok = 0 ) const [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     If the reader has the property name, this function returns the
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ is set to TRUE; otherwise *ok is set to FALSE.
 handler is 0.
 
     
    See also errorHandler().
 
-
    void TQXmlReader::setFeature ( const TQString & name, bool value ) [pure virtual]
+
    void TQXmlReader::setFeature ( const TQString & name, bool value ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Sets the feature called name to the given value. If the
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ reader doesn't have the feature nothing happens.
 
     Sets the lexical handler to handler.
 
     
    See also lexicalHandler().
 
-
    void TQXmlReader::setProperty ( const TQString & name, void * value ) [pure virtual]
+
    void TQXmlReader::setProperty ( const TQString & name, void * value ) [pure virtual]
 
    
 
 
     Sets the property name to value. If the reader doesn't have
diff --git a/doc/html/tqxmlsimplereader.html b/doc/html/tqxmlsimplereader.html
index 456a1cd82..443946309 100644
--- a/doc/html/tqxmlsimplereader.html
+++ b/doc/html/tqxmlsimplereader.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ parsing when it encounters this symbol, it is an error and FALSE
 is returned.
 
     
    See also parse() and TQXmlInputSource::next().
 
-
    void TQXmlSimpleReader::setFeature ( const TQString & name, bool value ) [virtual]
+
    void TQXmlSimpleReader::setFeature ( const TQString & name, bool value ) [virtual]
 
    
 Sets the state of the feature name to value:
 
     If the feature is not recognized, it is ignored.
diff --git a/doc/html/tutorial1-08.html b/doc/html/tutorial1-08.html
index 629ec4818..c276d5411 100644
--- a/doc/html/tutorial1-08.html
+++ b/doc/html/tutorial1-08.html
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ that the angle has changed. The emit keyword is unique to TQt and
 not regular C++ syntax. In fact, it is a macro.
 
     
        void CannonField::paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * )
     {
-        TQString s = "Angle = " + TQString::number( ang );
+        TQString s = "Angle = " + TQString::number( ang );
         TQPainter p( this );
         p.drawText( 200, 200, s );
     }
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ argument contains a description of the paint event. T
 contains the region in the widget that must be updated. For the time
 being, we will be lazy and just paint everything.
 
     Our code displays the angle value in the widget at a fixed position.
-First we create a TQString with some text and the angle; then we create
+First we create a TQString with some text and the angle; then we create
 a TQPainter operating on this widget and use it to paint the string.
 We'll come back to TQPainter later; it can do a great many things.
 
     
     t8/main.cpp
diff --git a/doc/html/tutorial2-03.html b/doc/html/tutorial2-03.html
index 4a737dcb2..4cdcb4960 100644
--- a/doc/html/tutorial2-03.html
+++ b/doc/html/tutorial2-03.html
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ access for data elements.
 
            double m_value;
         TQColor m_valueColor;
         int m_valuePattern;
-        TQString m_label;
+        TQString m_label;
         TQColor m_labelColor;
         double m_propoints[2 * MAX_PROPOINTS];
 
    
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ of chart has a (relative) position stored in the m_propoints array.
 
 
        #include <ntqcolor.h>
     #include <ntqnamespace.h>
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
     #include <tqvaluevector.h>
 
    
 
     Although the Element class is a purely internal data class, it
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ paint color and text color in the Element class. The use of TQt superclass which contains various
 enumerations. The Element class does not derive from TQt, so we need to include ntqnamespace.h to have access to
 the TQt enum names. An alternative approach would have been to have
-made Element a TQt subclass. We include ntqstring.h to make use of TQt's Unicode strings. As a convenience we
+made Element a TQt subclass. We include tqstring.h to make use of TQt's Unicode strings. As a convenience we
 will typedef a vector container for Elements, which is why we
 pull in the tqvaluevector.h header.
 
     
        typedef TQValueVector<Element> ElementVector;
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ and dynamically resized it depending on how many chart types are
 available. 
 
     
            Element( double value = INVALID, TQColor valueColor = TQt::gray,
                  int valuePattern = TQt::SolidPattern,
-                 const TQString& label = TQString::null,
+                 const TQString& label = TQString::null,
                  TQColor labelColor = TQt::black ) {
             init( value, valueColor, valuePattern, label, labelColor );
             for ( int i = 0; i < MAX_PROPOINTS * 2; ++i )
@@ -167,10 +167,10 @@ filter the data using a scripting language.
 
 
        #include "element.h"
 
-    #include <ntqstringlist.h>
+    #include <tqstringlist.h>
     #include <ntqtextstream.h>
 
    
-
     Our implementation of the operators requires the inclusion of ntqtextstream.h and ntqstringlist.h. 
+
     Our implementation of the operators requires the inclusion of ntqtextstream.h and tqstringlist.h. 
 
     
        const char FIELD_SEP = ':';
     const char PROPOINT_SEP = ';';
     const char XY_SEP = ',';
@@ -212,13 +212,13 @@ by a field separator. The points are written as comma separated (XY_SEP
 separator. The final field is the label followed by a newline.
 
     
        TQTextStream &operator>>( TQTextStream &s, Element &element )
     {
-        TQString data = s.readLine();
+        TQString data = s.readLine();
         element.setValue( Element::INVALID );
 
         int errors = 0;
         bool ok;
 
-        TQStringList fields = TQStringList::split( FIELD_SEP, data );
+        TQStringList fields = TQStringList::split( FIELD_SEP, data );
         if ( fields.count() >= 4 ) {
             double value = fields[0].toDouble( &ok );
             if ( !ok )
@@ -232,8 +232,8 @@ separator. The final field is the label followed by a newline.
             TQColor labelColor = TQColor( fields[3] );
             if ( !labelColor.isValid() )
                 errors++;
-            TQStringList propoints = TQStringList::split( PROPOINT_SEP, fields[4] );
-            TQString label = data.section( FIELD_SEP, 5 );
+            TQStringList propoints = TQStringList::split( PROPOINT_SEP, fields[4] );
+            TQString label = data.section( FIELD_SEP, 5 );
 
             if ( !errors ) {
                 element.set( value, valueColor, valuePattern, label, labelColor );
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ separator. The final field is the label followed by a newline.
                     i < Element::MAX_PROPOINTS && point != propoints.end();
                     ++i, ++point ) {
                     errors = 0;
-                    TQStringList xy = TQStringList::split( XY_SEP, *point );
+                    TQStringList xy = TQStringList::split( XY_SEP, *point );
                     double x = xy[0].toDouble( &ok );
                     if ( !ok || x <= 0.0 || x >= 1.0 )
                         errors++;
@@ -261,9 +261,9 @@ separator. The final field is the label followed by a newline.
     }
 
    
 
     To read an element we read one record (i.e. one line). We break the
-data into fields using TQStringList::split(). Because it is possible
+data into fields using TQStringList::split(). Because it is possible
 that a label will contain FIELD_SEP characters we use
-TQString::section() to extract all the text from the last field to the
+TQString::section() to extract all the text from the last field to the
 end of the line. If there are enough fields and the value, colors and
 pattern data is valid we use Element::set() to write this data into
 the element; otherwise we leave the element INVALID. We then
diff --git a/doc/html/tutorial2-04.html b/doc/html/tutorial2-04.html
index e7c678c3e..9c6f5a4bb 100644
--- a/doc/html/tutorial2-04.html
+++ b/doc/html/tutorial2-04.html
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
     {
         TQApplication app( argc, argv );
 
-        TQString filename;
+        TQString filename;
         if ( app.argc() > 1 ) {
             filename = app.argv()[1];
-            if ( !filename.endsWith( ".cht" ) )
-                filename = TQString::null;
+            if ( !filename.endsWith( ".cht" ) )
+                filename = TQString::null;
         }
 
         ChartForm *cf = new ChartForm( filename );
diff --git a/doc/html/tutorial2-05.html b/doc/html/tutorial2-05.html
index b6f5302fc..afd4014e8 100644
--- a/doc/html/tutorial2-05.html
+++ b/doc/html/tutorial2-05.html
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ conventional document-centric style.
         enum ChartType { PIE, VERTICAL_BAR, HORIZONTAL_BAR };
         enum AddValuesType { NO, YES, AS_PERCENTAGE };
 
-        ChartForm( const TQString& filename );
+        ChartForm( const TQString& filename );
         ~ChartForm();
 
         int chartType() { return m_chartType; }
@@ -81,14 +81,14 @@ conventional document-centric style.
 
     private:
         void init();
-        void load( const TQString& filename );
+        void load( const TQString& filename );
         bool okToClear();
         void drawPieChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
         void drawVerticalBarChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
         void drawHorizontalBarChart( const double scales[], double total, int count );
 
-        TQString valueLabel( const TQString& label, double value, double total );
-        void updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename );
+        TQString valueLabel( const TQString& label, double value, double total );
+        void updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename );
         void updateRecentFilesMenu();
         void setChartType( ChartType chartType );
 
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ conventional document-centric style.
         TQAction *optionsPieChartAction;
         TQAction *optionsHorizontalBarChartAction;
         TQAction *optionsVerticalBarChartAction;
-        TQString m_filename;
-        TQStringList m_recentFiles;
+        TQString m_filename;
+        TQStringList m_recentFiles;
         TQCanvas *m_canvas;
         CanvasView *m_canvasView;
         bool m_changed;
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ GUI, chartform_canvas.cpp for the canvas handling and chartform_fil
 which we've placed in the images subdirectory.
 
     
     The Constructor
 
    
-
     
        ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename )
+
     
        ChartForm::ChartForm( const TQString& filename )
         : TQMainWindow( 0, 0, WDestructiveClose )
 
    ...
 
            TQAction *fileNewAction;
@@ -234,9 +234,9 @@ them back when we construct the form.
         m_font.fromString(
                 settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "Font", m_font.toString() ) );
         for ( int i = 0; i < MAX_RECENTFILES; ++i ) {
-            TQString filename = settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "File" +
-                                                   TQString::number( i + 1 ) );
-            if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+            TQString filename = settings.readEntry( APP_KEY + "File" +
+                                                   TQString::number( i + 1 ) );
+            if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
                 m_recentFiles.push_back( filename );
         }
         if ( m_recentFiles.count() )
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ move the chart form's window accordingly.
 window's client area. We also create a CanvasView (our own subclass
 of TQCanvasView) to display the TQCanvas. We make the canvas view the
 chart form's main widget and show it.
-
     
            if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+
     
            if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
             load( filename );
         else {
             init();
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ call ensures that a status bar is created for this main window.
 
     
        void ChartForm::init()
     {
         setCaption( "Chart" );
-        m_filename = TQString::null;
+        m_filename = TQString::null;
         m_changed = FALSE;
 
         m_elements[0]  = Element( Element::INVALID, red );
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ already have a unique color (which they can change of course).
 
     
        bool ChartForm::okToClear()
     {
         if ( m_changed ) {
-            TQString msg;
+            TQString msg;
             if ( m_filename.isEmpty() )
                 msg = "Unnamed chart ";
             else
@@ -383,10 +383,10 @@ added a call to optionsSetData() and see which you prefer.
         if ( !okToClear() )
             return;
 
-        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
+        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getOpenFileName(
                                 TQString::null, "Charts (*.cht)", this,
                                 "file open", "Chart -- File Open" );
-        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
+        if ( !filename.isEmpty() )
             load( filename );
         else
             statusBar()->message( "File Open abandoned", 2000 );
@@ -399,10 +399,10 @@ the user wishes to load. If we get a filename we call load().
 
 
     
        void ChartForm::fileSaveAs()
     {
-        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
+        TQString filename = TQFileDialog::getSaveFileName(
                                 TQString::null, "Charts (*.cht)", this,
                                 "file save as", "Chart -- File Save As" );
-        if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) {
+        if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) {
             int answer = 0;
             if ( TQFile::exists( filename ) )
                 answer = TQMessageBox::warning(
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ opened files list and call fileSave() (covered in Fi
 
 
     
 
-
            TQStringList m_recentFiles;
+
            TQStringList m_recentFiles;
 
    
 
     We hold the list of recently opened files in a string list.
 
     
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ other file menu items had ids created by TQt (all of which are < 0);
 whereas the menu items we're creating all have ids >= 0.
 
     
 
-
        void ChartForm::updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename )
+
        void ChartForm::updateRecentFiles( const TQString& filename )
     {
         if ( m_recentFiles.find( filename ) != m_recentFiles.end() )
             return;
diff --git a/doc/html/tutorial2-06.html b/doc/html/tutorial2-06.html
index 96eabdd41..e8bbcdaba 100644
--- a/doc/html/tutorial2-06.html
+++ b/doc/html/tutorial2-06.html
@@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ be drawn on. We then set the bar's brush to the color and pattern that
 the user has specified for the element, set the pen to the pen we
 created earlier (i.e. to NoPen) and we place the bar at position 0
 in the Z-order. Finally we call show() to draw the bar on the canvas.
-
     
                    TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
-                if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
+
     
                    TQString label = m_elements[i].label();
+                if ( !label.isEmpty() || m_addValues != NO ) {
                     double proX = m_elements[i].proX( HORIZONTAL_BAR );
                     double proY = m_elements[i].proY( HORIZONTAL_BAR );
                     if ( proX < 0 || proY < 0 ) {
@@ -213,9 +213,9 @@ proportional height ready to draw the next element.
 
         CanvasText( int index, TQCanvas *canvas )
             : TQCanvasText( canvas ), m_index( index ) {}
-        CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQCanvas *canvas )
+        CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQCanvas *canvas )
             : TQCanvasText( text, canvas ), m_index( index ) {}
-        CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQFont font, TQCanvas *canvas )
+        CanvasText( int index, const TQString& text, TQFont font, TQCanvas *canvas )
             : TQCanvasText( text, font, canvas ), m_index( index ) {}
 
         int index() const { return m_index; }
diff --git a/doc/html/tutorial2-07.html b/doc/html/tutorial2-07.html
index 5e1b9040a..b0cc1e314 100644
--- a/doc/html/tutorial2-07.html
+++ b/doc/html/tutorial2-07.html
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }
 
 
     
 
-
        void ChartForm::load( const TQString& filename )
+
        void ChartForm::load( const TQString& filename )
     {
         TQFile file( filename );
         if ( !file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
diff --git a/doc/html/tutorial2-09.html b/doc/html/tutorial2-09.html
index 9a744357e..07c06d51e 100644
--- a/doc/html/tutorial2-09.html
+++ b/doc/html/tutorial2-09.html
@@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ choice of font. If they chose a font we call our setFont() slot which
 will present a textual description of the font in the font label.
 
     
        void OptionsForm::setFont( TQFont font )
     {
-        TQString label = font.family() + " " +
-                        TQString::number( font.pointSize() ) + "pt";
+        TQString label = font.family() + " " +
+                        TQString::number( font.pointSize() ) + "pt";
         if ( font.bold() )
             label += " Bold";
         if ( font.italic() )
diff --git a/doc/html/unicode.html b/doc/html/unicode.html
index 89f227e3d..5de9d2d46 100644
--- a/doc/html/unicode.html
+++ b/doc/html/unicode.html
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ strings are stored using Unicode. TQt provides:
 
     
  •  Translation to/from legacy encodings for file I/O: see TQTextCodec and TQTextStream.
 
  •  Translation from Input Methods and 8-bit keyboard input.
 
  •  Translation to legacy character sets for on-screen display.
-
  •  A string class, TQString, that stores Unicode characters, with
+
  •  A string class, TQString, that stores Unicode characters, with
 support for migrating from C strings including fast (cached)
 translation to and from US-ASCII, and all the usual string
 operations.
@@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ operations.
 
  •  Unicode support detection on Windows, so that TQt provides Unicode
 even on Windows platforms that do not support it natively.
 
     
-
     To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using TQString for storing
+
     To fully benefit from Unicode, we recommend using TQString for storing
 all user-visible strings, and performing all text file I/O using
 TQTextStream. Use TQKeyEvent::text() for keyboard input in any custom
 widgets you write; it does not make much difference for slow typists
 in Western Europe or North America, but for fast typists or people
 using special input methods using text() is beneficial.
 
     All the function arguments in TQt that may be user-visible strings, TQLabel::setText() and a many others, take const TQString &s.
-TQString provides implicit casting from const char *
+TQString provides implicit casting from const char *
 so that things like
 
         myLabel->setText( "Hello, Dolly!" );
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ writing, Vietnamese/VISCII is one such example.)
 fast functions for mapping to and from them. For example, to open an
 application's icon one might do this:
 
    -        TQFile f( TQString::fromLatin1("appicon.png") );
+        TQFile f( TQString::fromLatin1("appicon.png") );
 
    
  
 
     Regarding output, TQt will do a best-effort conversion from
diff --git a/doc/html/whatsthis b/doc/html/whatsthis
index 2acba2da4..24dcf0c30 100644
--- a/doc/html/whatsthis
+++ b/doc/html/whatsthis
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ Dialogs that allow users to select files or directories. | QFileDialog
 Direct access to the video hardware. | QDirectPainter
 Displays a number with LCD-like digits. | QLCDNumber
 Does low-level painting e.g. on widgets. | QPainter
-Doubly-linked list of char*. | QStrList
-Doubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison. | QStrIList
+Doubly-linked list of char*. | TQStrList
+Doubly-linked list of char* with case-insensitive comparison. | TQStrIList
 Drag and drop object for transferring colors. | QColorDrag
 Drag and drop object for transferring images. | TQImageDrag
 Drag and drop object for transferring plain and Unicode text. | QTextDrag
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Iterator for TQPtrDict collections. | TQPtrDictIterator
 Iterator for TQPtrList collections. | TQPtrListIterator
 Iterator for TQValueList. | TQValueListIterator
 Iterator for collections of QListViewItems. | QListViewItemIterator
-Iterator for the QStrList and QStrIList classes. | QStrListIterator
+Iterator for the TQStrList and TQStrIList classes. | TQStrListIterator
 Iterators over QLayoutItem. | QLayoutIterator
 Layout attribute describing horizontal and vertical resizing policy. | QSizePolicy
 Layout item that represents a widget. | TQWidgetItem
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ List box items with a pixmap and optional text. | QListBoxPixmap
 List of TQCanvasItems. | TQCanvasItemList
 List of TQDomNode objects. | TQDomNodeList
 List of selectable, read-only items. | QListBox
-List of strings. | QStringList
+List of strings. | TQStringList
 Mac/Platinum look and feel. | QPlatinumStyle
 Main application window, with a menu bar, dock windows (e.g. for toolbars), and a status bar. | QMainWindow
 Maintains the list of widgets in the focus chain. | QFocusData
diff --git a/doc/html/wizard-example.html b/doc/html/wizard-example.html
index 4e69f8ce3..98af583a2 100644
--- a/doc/html/wizard-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/wizard-example.html
@@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ protected:
     TQLabel *lKey, *lFirstName, *lLastName, *lAddress, *lPhone, *lEmail;
 
 protected slots:
-    void keyChanged( const TQString & );
-    void dataChanged( const TQString & );
+    void keyChanged( const TQString & );
+    void dataChanged( const TQString & );
 
 };
 
@@ -141,8 +141,8 @@ void Wizard::setupPage1()
     key->setMaxLength( 4 );
     key->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( 1000, 9999, key ) );
 
-    connect( key, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( keyChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( key, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( keyChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
 
     addPage( page1, "Personal Key" );
 
@@ -197,12 +197,12 @@ void Wizard::setupPage2()
     phone = new TQLineEdit( row4 );
     email = new TQLineEdit( row5 );
 
-    connect( firstName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
-    connect( lastName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
-    connect( email, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( firstName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( lastName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( email, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
 
     addPage( page2, "Personal Data" );
 
@@ -296,15 +296,15 @@ void Wizard::setupPage3()
     }
 }
 
-void Wizard::keyChanged( const TQString &text )
+void Wizard::keyChanged( const TQString &text )
 {
-    TQString t = text;
+    TQString t = text;
     int p = 0;
     bool on = ( key->validator()->validate(t, p) == TQValidator::Acceptable );
     nextButton()->setEnabled( on );
 }
 
-void Wizard::dataChanged( const TQString & )
+void Wizard::dataChanged( const TQString & )
 {
     if ( !firstName->text().isEmpty() &&
          !lastName->text().isEmpty() &&
diff --git a/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html b/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html
index f0f6b0bc0..7a9c1c835 100644
--- a/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html
+++ b/doc/html/wizard-wizard-cpp.html
@@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ void Wizard::setupPage1()
     key->setMaxLength( 4 );
     key->setValidator( new TQIntValidator( 1000, 9999, key ) );
 
-    connect( key, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( keyChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( key, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( keyChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
 
     addPage( page1, "Personal Key" );
 
@@ -143,12 +143,12 @@ void Wizard::setupPage2()
     phone = new TQLineEdit( row4 );
     email = new TQLineEdit( row5 );
 
-    connect( firstName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
-    connect( lastName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
-    connect( email, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
-             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( firstName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( lastName, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
+    connect( email, TQ_SIGNAL( textChanged( const TQString & ) ),
+             this, TQ_SLOT( dataChanged( const TQString & ) ) );
 
     addPage( page2, "Personal Data" );
 
@@ -242,15 +242,15 @@ void Wizard::setupPage3()
     }
 }
 
-void Wizard::keyChanged( const TQString &text )
+void Wizard::keyChanged( const TQString &text )
 {
-    TQString t = text;
+    TQString t = text;
     int p = 0;
     bool on = ( key->validator()->validate(t, p) == TQValidator::Acceptable );
     nextButton()->setEnabled( on );
 }
 
-void Wizard::dataChanged( const TQString & )
+void Wizard::dataChanged( const TQString & )
 {
     if ( !firstName->text().isEmpty() &&
          !lastName->text().isEmpty() &&
diff --git a/doc/html/wizard-wizard-h.html b/doc/html/wizard-wizard-h.html
index 0f07084cb..3c8a7c768 100644
--- a/doc/html/wizard-wizard-h.html
+++ b/doc/html/wizard-wizard-h.html
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ protected:
     TQLabel *lKey, *lFirstName, *lLastName, *lAddress, *lPhone, *lEmail;
 
 protected slots:
-    void keyChanged( const TQString & );
-    void dataChanged( const TQString & );
+    void keyChanged( const TQString & );
+    void dataChanged( const TQString & );
 
 };
 
diff --git a/doc/html/xform-example.html b/doc/html/xform-example.html
index 8d434753a..50791c67c 100644
--- a/doc/html/xform-example.html
+++ b/doc/html/xform-example.html
@@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ public:
 
 signals:
     void newMatrix( TQWMatrix );
-    void newText( const TQString& );
+    void newText( const TQString& );
     void newFont( const TQFont & );
     void newMode( int );
 private slots:
     void newMtx();
-    void newTxt(const TQString&);
+    void newTxt(const TQString&);
     void selectFont();
     void fontSelected( const TQFont & );
     void changeMode(int);
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ public:
 
     Mode mode() const { return m; }
 public slots:
-    void setText( const TQString& );
+    void setText( const TQString& );
     void setMatrix( TQWMatrix );
     void setFont( const TQFont &f );
     void setPixmap( TQPixmap );
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ private:
     void paintEvent( TQPaintEvent * );
     void resizeEvent( TQResizeEvent * );
     TQWMatrix  mtx;                      // coordinate transform matrix
-    TQString   text;                     // text to be displayed
+    TQString   text;                     // text to be displayed
     TQPixmap   pix;                      // pixmap to be displayed
     TQPicture  picture;                  // text to be displayed
     TQRect     eraseRect;                // covers last displayed text/pixmap
@@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ private:
     connect( fpb, TQ_SIGNAL(clicked()), TQ_SLOT(selectFont()) );
 
     textEd->setText( "Troll" );
-    connect( textEd, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)),
-                     TQ_SLOT(newTxt(const TQString&)) );
+    connect( textEd, TQ_SIGNAL(textChanged(const TQString&)),
+                     TQ_SLOT(newTxt(const TQString&)) );
 
     magLCD = new TQLCDNumber( 4,optionals_other, "magLCD" );
     magLCD->display( "100" );
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ void XFormControl::newMtx()
     emit newMatrix( matrix() );
 }
 
-void XFormControl::newTxt(const TQString& s)
+void XFormControl::newTxt(const TQString& s)
 {
     emit newText(s);
     changeMode(Text);
@@ -276,16 +276,16 @@ TQWMatrix XFormControl::matrix()
         m.rotate( 180 );
     }
 
-    TQString tmp;
-    tmp.sprintf( "%1.2f", shearVal  );
+    TQString tmp;
+    tmp.sprintf( "%1.2f", shearVal  );
     if ( shearVal >= 0 )
-        tmp.insert( 0, " " );
+        tmp.insert( 0, " " );
     shearLCD->display( tmp );
 
     int rot = rotS->value();
     if ( rot < 0 )
         rot = rot + 360;
-    tmp.sprintf( "%3i'", rot );
+    tmp.sprintf( "%3i'", rot );
     rotLCD->display( tmp );
     return m;
 }
@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ void ShowXForm::paintEvent( repaint(rect());
 }
 
-void ShowXForm::setText( const TQString& s )
+void ShowXForm::setText( const TQString& s )
 {
     text = s;
     showIt();
@@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ void XFormCenter::newMode( int m )
     setStretchFactor(sx,1);
     xc->setFrameStyle( TQFrame::Panel | TQFrame::Raised );
     xc->setLineWidth( 2 );
-    connect( xc, TQ_SIGNAL(newText(const TQString&)), sx,
-                 TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
+    connect( xc, TQ_SIGNAL(newText(const TQString&)), sx,
+                 TQ_SLOT(setText(const TQString&)) );
     connect( xc, TQ_SIGNAL(newMatrix(TQWMatrix)),
              sx, TQ_SLOT(setMatrix(TQWMatrix)) );
     connect( xc, TQ_SIGNAL(newFont(const TQFont&)), sx,
diff --git a/doc/html/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.html b/doc/html/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.html
index be7e63f95..60ac259fe 100644
--- a/doc/html/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.html
+++ b/doc/html/xml-sax-features-walkthrough.html
@@ -208,12 +208,12 @@ implements a handler that simply does nothing.
 
     This makes it easy for us to implement only the functionality
 we in fact need. In our case this is the constructor that
 takes a TQListView as an argument,
-
     
            bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
+
     
            bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
                            const TQXmlAttributes& );
 
    
 
     the function to execute at the occurrence of element start tags
 (inherited from TQXmlContentHandler), and
-
     
            bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
+
     
            bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
 
    
 
     the code to run when an end tag occurs.
 
     All we have to implement so far is content handling.
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ relevant functions.
 
 
        #include "structureparser.h"
 
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
     #include <ntqlistview.h>
 
    
 
     
        StructureParser::StructureParser( TQListView * t )
@@ -279,9 +279,9 @@ element's or attribute's qualified names and one for
 their namespace URIs. Columns are added from left to right
 and with the title as an argument.
 
     Now let's deal with XML content handling.
-
     
        bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString& namespaceURI,
-                                        const TQString& ,
-                                        const TQString& qName,
+
     
        bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString& namespaceURI,
+                                        const TQString& ,
+                                        const TQString& qName,
                                         const TQXmlAttributes& attributes)
     {
 
    
@@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ the current element.
 
     To prevent the reader from throwing an error we have to
 return TRUE when we successfully dealt with an
 element's start tag.
-
     
        bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
-                                      const TQString& )
+
     
        bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
+                                      const TQString& )
     {
         stack.pop();
 
    
diff --git a/doc/html/xml-sax-walkthrough.html b/doc/html/xml-sax-walkthrough.html
index d1c4a50f2..9ae0b2c7b 100644
--- a/doc/html/xml-sax-walkthrough.html
+++ b/doc/html/xml-sax-walkthrough.html
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ class StructureParser : public TQXmlDefaultHa
 {
 public:
     bool startDocument();
-    bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
+    bool startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& ,
                        const TQXmlAttributes& );
-    bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
+    bool endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& );
 
 private:
-    TQString indent;
+    TQString indent;
 };
 
 #endif
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ get indentation right, there is nothing special about our new
 
     
        #include "structureparser.h"
 
     #include <stdio.h>
-    #include <ntqstring.h>
+    #include <tqstring.h>
 
    
 
     First we overload TQXmlContentHandler::startDocument() with a non-empty version.
 
     
        bool StructureParser::startDocument()
@@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ reporting an error.
 
     Because we want to be informed when the parser comes
 accross a start tag of an element and subsequently print it out, we
 have to overload TQXmlContentHandler::startElement(). 
-
     
        bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
-                                        const TQString& qName,
+
     
        bool StructureParser::startElement( const TQString&, const TQString&,
+                                        const TQString& qName,
                                         const TQXmlAttributes& )
     {
         printf( "%s%s\n", (const char*)indent, (const char*)qName );
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ it should be indented. Therefore we add four spaces to the
 errors.
 
     The last functionality we need to add is the parser's behaviour when an 
 end tag occurs. This means overloading TQXmlContentHandler::endElement().
-
     
        bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& )
+
     
        bool StructureParser::endElement( const TQString&, const TQString&, const TQString& )
     {
         indent.remove( (uint)0, 4 );
         return TRUE;
-- 
cgit v1.2.3